PCC Catalog 2008-09
PCC Catalog 2008-09
PCC Catalog 2008-09
Focus Awards..............................................................131
PAVTEC...................................................................... 137
1
attend PCC. Third party billing arrangements may already be in place
with your financial sponsor. Resident Tuition: To qualify for resident
tuition, students must be a United States citizen or a legal immigrant
3
with a permanent resident status in Oregon, or the bordering states
Apply for Admission of California, Nevada, Idaho or Washington.
PCC is an open admission institution you may apply online or
in-person at one of our admissions offices. Students who are still Take the Placement Test
in high school must contact the admissions office for additional
requirements. www.pcc.edu/testing
If you’re NOT planning to earn a certificate, associate degree, or All students attending college for the first time who plan to earn a
to earn credits to transfer to another institution, you may register certificate, associate degree, or transfer to another college must
for classes as soon as your admission application has been complete placement testing before registering for class. Testing
4
processed. If you are applying online, allow two business days is free. If you have prior college credits, see an advisor first for
for processing. course placement.
5
INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS students, and is optional for those with prior college credits. You
can attend an in-person orientation or do it online.
V i s i t w w w. p c c . e d u / a b o u t / i n t e r n a t i o n a l / f o r i n f o r-
mation on admission and registration procedures, dead-
lines, academic advising and immigration information, Meet with an Advisor or Counselor
or call 503-614-7150. All F-1 visa students must enroll in at least 12 www.pcc.edu/advising
2
credit hours to be certified on the I-20 form. Other visa categories
are processed on a space available basis. An advisor or counselor can help you plan a course of study to
achieve your goals at PCC. You can meet with an advisor at orien-
6
tation. If you have credits from other colleges, bring copies of your
Arrange Your Finances grades or unofficial transcripts to your advising session.
www.pcc.edu/tuition
College is expensive, but tuition help is available. It is never too Register for Classes
early to prepare a budget and seek financial assistance. www.pcc.edu/registration/
7
FINANCIAL AID Once you have met with an advisor to develop your schedule, you
are ready to register for classes.
www.pcc.edu/fa
There’s a good chance you qualif y for financial assis- Arrange Transportation
t a n c e. A p p l y o n li n e. Re m e m b er, yo u m u s t s u b m i t a
new financial aid application for each academic year www.pcc.edu/parking
(fall through summer).
On-Campus Parking: Vehicles parked on any PCC campus and
roadway between 7 am -10 pm Monday through Friday must display
VETERANS’ BENEFITS a current PCC parking permit. PCC also requires visitors to display
www.pcc.edu/vets a parking permit.
PCC is a state-approved veterans training institution. Veterans must Shuttle Services: Go to www.pcc.edu/resources/parking/
verify program status with the Veteran Services Office located at the shuttle to view the shuttle schedule for transportation between
Sylvania campus before registering for the first time. campuses.
8
Pay for Classes
www.pcc.edu/tuition
Billing Information: Bills are issued the Wednesday before the term
begins. If you register using MyPCC you will be expected to access
will do our best to help with ad-
justments to your schedule.
Tuition Removal
Requests CALENDAR OF
your schedule and bill online. If you register using other methods, INSTRUCTION
If you were unable to com-
a bill will be mailed to you. You are expected to pay on time even if plete the course due to ex-
you do not receive a bill. To receive a paper schedule or bill, contact treme hardship, you may file Summer 2008
any Student Services Office and a copy will be provided. a Student Account Petition Term Begins: June 23
Payment Due Date: Full payment is due by the second Friday of form. If approved, you will Final Exams: Varies*
the term. If you register after that date payment is due immediately receive a tuition credit to help
and no bill will be sent. defray the cost of re-taking
End of Term:
the class. You must pay all
Sept. 6**
Student Payment Options past due amounts, including
the amount under petition,
Tuition, fees and other account charges may be paid: before filing. If your petition is Fall 2008
1. In person: Cash, check and credit card payments (Visa/MC) are incomplete or does not meet Term Begins: Sept. 22
accepted at any PCC Business Office. the requirements, it will be Final Exams: Dec. 8-13
returned without review. For
2. Online: Pay by credit card (Visa/MC) or eCheck using PCC- End of Term: Dec. 14
complete information go to:
Pay. www.pcc.edu/tuition.
Winter 2009
3. By mail: Make checks payable to PCC and mail to PCC
– Business Office; PO Box 19000; Portland, OR 97280- LEARN ABOUT Term Begins: Jan. 5
STUDENT SERVICES
9
0990. Final Exams: March 16-21
For additional information on End of Term: March 22
Buy Your Books tutoring, computer labs, stu-
Check first for textbooks at the campus you are attending. Cash,
dent involvement and more, Spring 2009
refer to the Student Services
personal checks (payable to PCC Bookstore with two pieces of Term Begins: March 30
and Activities section in this
ID), VISA and MC are accepted. See: bookstore.pcc.edu for more Final Exams: June 8-13
catalog or visit www.pcc.
information including hours of operation, text requirements, buy End of Term: June 14
edu/resources.
10
back hours and additional services.
GRADUATION Summer 2009
Go To Class As you near the end of your Term Begins: June 22
academic plan, submit a Final Exams: Varies*
Late Registration
graduation application to Stu- End of Term: TBA**
If you register after classes begin, the instructor teaching the dent Records. Your degree
course will need to give you permission to register. The instructor or certificate will be mailed to
may authorize you to register electronically, or by signing a Regis- your address on record upon
tration Authorization form. Forms are available at all Registration successful completion of your To view a calendar of instruction
and department offices. To avoid a $25 per class fee, be sure and program requirements. please visit: www.pcc.edu/reg-
turn in your permission form before the second week of the class. istration/academic-calendar.
Students who wish to be re-enrolled after being institutionally A graduation ceremony is held html.
dropped are subject to a $50 per class fee. These fees are non- at the end of spring term at the
Memorial Coliseum. Additional *Summer final exam schedules
refundable. Veterans and Financial Aid students: You must notify vary. Consult instructor.
the appropriate office of your intent before dropping or withdrawing information is located in the
from classes. graduation section or at: www. **11-week classes PCC operates
pcc.edu/resources/gradu- on the quarter system.
Student-Initiated Drops ation.
For registration calendar details
To drop a class, use MyPCC or submit a Registration and Change (online and in-person registration
of Address form to the Registration Office. 100% of charges as- dates, adds/drops, late registra-
sociated with a class will be removed if you formally drop by the tion, etc.) see the appropriate
deadline. No charges will be removed if you drop after the deadline. term’s schedule of classes at:
Drop deadlines vary for non-credit and CEU classes. www.pcc.edu/schedule/.
Limited Entry Programs not be appropriate for non-college aged students. Before you can
be given approval to register for classes as an underage student,
you must complete the following steps. www.pcc.edu/admis-
sions/under-16.html.
International Students
1. Obtain a letter of recommendation from your high school
www.pcc.edu/about/international/admissions counselor or administrator, which addresses both academic
International student applicants must complete all correspon- and behavioral preparedness for an adult learning environ-
dence and forms in English. To be considered for admission to ment. If you wish to be admitted to PCC in lieu of attending
PCC, please submit the following to the Office of International high school you must also present a copy of Exemption
Education. Forms are available online at www.pcc.edu/about/ from Compulsory Attendance from your high school or ESD
international/admissions. district.
4
High School
Partnerships
If you are home schooled, you are required to obtain the letter of
recommendation, as described above, from your educator or tutor
HIGH SCHOOL PARTNERSHIPS
and provide a copy of Exemption of Compulsory Attendance from
your local ESD. Before continuing, submit required documents in
person, by email, or fax to your campus contact. PAVTEC
www.pcc.edu/pavtec
2. Apply for admission. Complete the Admissions application
online or in person at your campus Admissions Office. Pay the PAVTEC is a consortium composed of the College and all of the
$25 non-refundable Admission application fee. K-12 school districts that feed into PCC. It also includes represen-
3. Take a college placement exam. Regardless of what type tation from private industry and other educational institutions that
of classes you intend to take at PCC, you must place at the are involved in Career and Technical Education (CTE). PAVTEC
minimum levels of Writing 115, Reading 115 and Math 60. works with the 40 area high schools and PCC to increase access
Testing schedules for each campus maybe accessed online of students to high quality CTE programs at both the high school
at: www.pcc.edu/resources/testing. and PCC levels. Among its responsibilities, PAVTEC coordinates
the articulation (dual credit) program – called “PCC Dual Credit”
4. Schedule an appointment with your campus contact, - which provides PCC credit for qualified high school students for
located at the campus where you wish to attend. Refer to the approved classes taken at the students’ home high schools.
campus contact information provided on the website. Both
you and your parent/guardian are required to attend, prior to
registering for classes. PAVTEC/PCC DUAL CREDIT
5. Complete the “Underage Enrollment Form” www.pcc.edu/pavtec/dual
and the “Underage Registration Form” issued through
The PCC Dual Credit is a program whereby high school students
your PCC campus contact at the time of your scheduled ap-
may earn PCC credits for advanced level courses that are taught
pointment. Instructor approval may be required as part of the
at their local high schools by PCC qualified high school teachers.
application process.
These courses are equivalent to courses offered on a PCC cam-
6. Complete a new student orientation online or in person at pus. For a $35 annual processing fee, high school students who
the campus you choose to attend. Access the online orienta- earn an “A,” “B,” or “C” grade in these “articulated” (dual credit)
tion and the schedule for on-campus orientations at https:// courses may obtain PCC credit saving both time and money in
www.pcc.edu/orientation. their postsecondary educational pursuits.
7. Enroll in your classes. Submit in person the completed About 45 high school sites (some are outside of the PCC district)
Underage Registration Form at one of the Campus Registra- participate in this dual credit program. Some high schools offer
tion Offices each term. Please note that students under 16 Career and Technical Education (CTE) articulated (dual credit)
years of age will not be permitted to register for classes until courses connected to more than 25 participating PCC CTE pro-
one week prior to the start of each term. grams. Examples include drafting, office systems, health services,
early childhood education, auto service, building construction, en-
OPEN ENROLLMENT/HOME SCHOOL FOR gineering, machine manufacturing, fire protection and welding.
STUDENTS 16 AND 17 YEARS OF AGE.
Some of the high schools also offer courses connected to one or
Get a head start on college, pursue special interests, make-up or more 16 PCC Lower Division Transfer subject areas. Examples
supplemental high school experience, or earn PCC credits you can include American Sign Language, Biology, Computer Science,
apply to a PCC degree or transfer to a university. To get started, Dance, English, Mathematics, Writing and History.
see your high school counselor or the PCC contact person listed
on the website.
Enrollment Procedures
Other programs
1. Complete the Admissions application online or in person at For a complete list of high school programs please visit http://www.
your campus Admissions Office. Pay the $25 non-refundable pcc.edu/pavtec/options/default.htm to learn about high school
Admission application fee. completion options and getting a head start on college.
2. Submit to the Admissions Office a permission letter from your
high school counselor. Letters not required for summer term EXPANDED OPTIONS PROGRAM (EOP)
enrollment. PCC partners with local high schools to provide opportunities for
If home schooled, you must provide a letter of verification from high school students to take regular PCC courses through the
your local Educational Service District (ESD). Letters not required Expanded Options Program (EOP). The EOP was established by
for summer term enrollment. the Oregon Legislature in 2005 with the enactment of Senate Bill
300 and modified by the Legislature in 2007 with Senate Bill 23.
3. Take college placement exams only if a prerequisite is re-
quired for desired class(es). The EOP provides the opportunity for high school juniors and
seniors who are at least 16 years of age and currently enrolled in
Note: Only high school counselors or home schooled educators high school to take regular PCC classes that relate to the career
may approve classes for high school credit. and educational plan of the student at the expense of his/her
local school district.
5
Other Programs
To take advantage of the EOP a student must first consult with How to Apply
his/her high school counselor and meet the high school’s criteria for
• www.FAFSA.ed.gov. The Free Application for Federal
EOP participation. After approval and referral by the authorized high
Student Aid is used for all federal and state financial aid
school contact, the student applies to PCC through the PCC Admis-
programs.
sions Office and eventually enrolls in regular PCC courses.
• Apply as early as possible after January 1 each year for the
EOP is one of several opportunities for high school students to earn following academic year. An early application allows you to
PCC credit. Others include the PCC Dual Credit program through have the best consideration.
the PAVTEC Education Consortium and the PCC High School
Completion program. • Applications for financial aid will be processed after the
admissions process is complete and all financial aid require-
ments have been met.
DEGREE PARTNERSHIP PROGRAMS
PCC offers dual admission or co-enrollment Eligibility
programs with:
Portland State University Students seeking financial aid:
Oregon State University • Must be U.S. Citizens or eligible non-citizens.
Oregon Institute of Technology • Must have a high school diploma or GED or meet defined
Western Governors University ability to benefit standards.
6
Testing
Students enrolled in travel classes are not eligible. A separate plan 6. The department may issue a letter grade or “Pass” for suc-
is available for international students in their second year please cessful completion of a challenge. The grade will be added
refer to the next page. The college provides a deferred payment to the student’s academic record using a Grade Review Re-
option to make it easier for students to pay tuition bills. All term quest Form submitted by the department chair. All challenge
charges must be paid in full before a student will be allowed to courses will appear on the transcript as “Credit by Examina-
register for the next term. tion”. Students must assume the responsibility for determin-
ing if the challenge credit earned at PCC is transferable to
other institutions.
OTHER PAYMENT OPTIONS
7. Students may take the challenge exam for a specific course
Infor m at i o n a b out tuit io n, fees an d var ious paym ent
only once.
options is at www.pcc.edu/tuition.
8. Students may not challenge a course in which they have pre-
viously enrolled or audited and received either a letter grade
Testing (A, B, C, D, F) or a mark (W, CIP, CIPR, I, NP, P, AUD, or X.).
9. Test scores may be required before a student may take a
www.pcc.edu/resources/testing challenge exam for a specific course.
COLLEGE PLACEMENT
COMPASS, a basic skills placement test, is used to determine the Registration
appropriate classes for students in English and math. If you are
enrolling for a certificate, degree or diploma, placement testing is www.pcc.edu/registration/
required. For specific testing hours and locations please visit our
website. Preparing for and taking the placement test seriously The college offers several registration service options. Students
could save you time and money. Your scores determine which are encouraged to use the web site https://my.pcc.edu. Other op-
classes you’ll be able to take. tions include fax, in-person, and mail-in processes. Specific reg-
istration information and procedures are in the quarterly schedule
Standard prerequisites for PCC are: Successful completion of WR of classes available at any PCC facility, plus many other public
115, or placement into WR 121, successful completion of RD 115, sites around the community. Those living outside the PCC district
or equivalent test scores, and successful completion of MTH 20 may call the PCC Admissions Office to request a schedule to be
or placement into MTH 60. Your scores determine which classes sent to them. Students are not allowed to attend classes unless
you’ll be able to register for. For more information on prerequisites, they are registered.
please visit www.pcc.edu/registration/prereq.
4. Challenge credit may not be used to meet the 30 quarter 3. Click on the Registration Services under Quick Links.
hour residency requirement. 4. On the Registration menu, click on Add or Drop Classes.
5. Students must complete and submit to the Business Office a 5. After selecting the Registration Term, click the Submit button.
challenge form with the current non-refundable fee. If the student
successfully challenges the course, the student will pay the 6. Scroll to the bottom of the page (the Add Classes Worksheet)
course tuition rate in effect at the time of testing, less the nonre- and enter the CRNs (Course Reference Numbers) for the
fundable fee, in order to receive credit. Students must complete courses you want to take, and then click the Submit Changes
the challenge exam within two consecutive terms. button.
7
Registration
7. You have completed your registration. Students who stop attending without formally withdrawing will
receive the grades assigned by instructors and will be responsible
8. Be sure and check your schedule for accuracy.
for payment of tuition and fees.
9. If you put yourself on a wait list, and a space becomes
available, you will be automatically taken off the wait list and
registered for the class. You will be notified of this action via
an email to your MyPCC account. Should you decide you do Continuing Education
NOT want to remain registered for the class, you must drop
by the drop dates. Classes
10. If you register after classes begin, you will need a permis-
Course numbers beginning with “CEU” are classes that award
sion from the instructor teaching the course to be allowed to
Continuing Education Units (CEUs) rather than college credits.
register. To avoid late fees being assessed, be sure to turn in
CEUs are not equivalent to credit hours and therefore may not be
your Registration and Address Change from to register before
used toward PCC certificates or degrees. Some programs offering
the end of the second week of the term. The forms for this are
CEU classes offer recertification or CEU certificates. One CEU
available at all Registration and department offices.
is awarded for each 10 hours or their equivalent. PCC transcript
records are available for CEU hours.
Registration Tips
Tuition for CEU courses is charged regardless of the number of
The choices of classes available to you may include all campuses credit hours for which the student enrolls. CEU classes do not
and centers of PCC. Check the name to the right of the CRN to meet the federal requirements for financial aid or most Veterans’
be sure you have selected the correct class at the right location. benefits.
You are personally responsible for dropping or withdrawing any
class for which you are registered. Even if you do not attend class,
you are responsible for dropping or withdrawing. If you fail to drop
within the refund period, you will be responsible for the charges. Pay Your Bill
Check class information carefully, and take care of any mistakes
as soon as possible. www.pcc.edu/resources/tuition-fees/
8
Continuing Education
Accounts referred for collection are subject to collection costs discount does not apply to lab and other class fees, non-resident
and attorney fees. Students with past due accounts may also be tuition or CEU tuition. The discount may be requested at the time
institutionally withdrawn from courses or required to pay upon of payment or by contacting the Business Office. Older adults will
registration. also receive a 50 percent discount when they purchase a term
parking permit.
Removing Tuition Charges Limited grants are also available to Oregon residents unable to af-
Classes must be officially dropped online using MyPCC or by ford the reduced tuition rates. Grants do not cover lab or other fees,
submitting an Add/Drop form with the Registration Office. It is and are not available if you are enrolled in a degree or certification
the responsibility of the student to confirm the dropped status. If program. To apply, call 503-977-4122. Submit your approved grant
the student does not receive written confirmation of the drop, the authorization to any campus Business Office prior to the payment
student may be charged all applicable tuition and fees and may due date for the term.
receive a grade for the course 100 percent of the charges associ-
ated with a class will be removed if the official drop was received
by the deadline published online and in the schedule of classes. GRADUATION
No charges will be removed if the drop was received after the
deadline for the class. All students graduating from Portland Community College must
complete a graduation application, preferably one term in advance
Tuition Forgiveness of the student’s final term. Graduation applications may be obtained
from the Business Office, Advising, Counseling, the Graduation
Students who were unable to complete course(s) due to circum- Office, or downloaded and printed from www.pcc.edu/resources/
stances beyond their ability to control, may formally petition to graduation. A separate application is required for each degree
receive a tuition credit. Petitions are reviewed by the college ap- or certificate. The $10 fee may be paid at the Business Office.
peal committee after all petition requirements have been met. If Students must file their application no later than one year after
approved, a tuition credit will be issued to help offset the cost of completing all degree requirements.
future enrollment.
A formal commencement ceremony is held at the end of spring
The Student Account Petition form and additional information is term. All students graduating in the current academic year (fall,
available online via MyPCC or at any campus Business Office. winter, spring and summer) are eligible to participate if they have
applied by the deadline and the application has not been denied.
Refunds Information regarding cap and gown purchases is emailed to
students who have applied and is also available at www.pcc.
Refunds resulting from an overpayment or reversal of paid charges
edu/resources/graduation.
are first applied to other outstanding charges on your account, even
if payment is not yet due. Remaining credit balances in excess of Graduating students will receive diplomas by mail eight to ten
$15 will be refunded within 30 days. A check will be issued directly weeks after the completion of their degree or certificate. The
to the student for any refunds resulting from payment by cash or diploma will be mailed to the address of record for the student.
check. Credit card refunds will be credited back to the card origi- Please contact the Student Records Office if there is an address
nally used in payment. Refunds resulting from payments made by change. Students must clear all debts to the college before their
third party sponsors, financial aid or scholarships will be returned degree or certificate will be awarded.
to the originator.
Business Office
(62 and Older) Portland Community College
If you are 62 or older when classes begin, you are eligible to receive PO Box 6119
a 50 percent tuition discount on credit and non-credit classes. The Aloha, OR 97007-0119
9
Graduation
10
College Level Entrance
Examination Program
11
Student Services
Phone/Location
12
Student Services
Phone/Location
Grant Programs
CAMP N/A 503-614-7485 N/A N/A
Bldg 5, Rm 201
Illumination Project N/A N/A N/A 503-977-8149
ST Bldg, Rm 208
Sylvania ROOTS N/A N/A N/A 503-977-8195
CC Bldg, Rm 225
Talent Search N/A 503-614-7572 N/A N/A
Bldg 5, Rm 201
Upward Bound N/A N/A N/A 503-977-8195
CC Bldg, Rm 225
High School Completion 503 978-5416 503-614-7290 503-788-6252 503-977-4473
SSB Rm 109 Bldg 9, Rm 102 Mt. Tabor, Rm 152 CC Bldg, Rm 217
Information 503 978-5700 503-614-7213 503-788-6240 503-977-4329
SC Lobby Bldg 9, Rm 101 Mt. Tabor, Great Hall CC Bldg, Rm 215
International Student Services 503 978-5615 503-614-7151 N/A 503-977-8310
SSB Rm 150 Bldg 3, Rm 223 CT Bldg, Rm 103
Library & Media Services 503 978-5270 503-614-7544 503-788-6130 503-977-4403
SC Library Bldg 9, 2nd floor Mt. Tabor, Rm 123 Sylvania Library
Multicultural Centers & Programs 503 978-5781 503-614-7435 503-802-6328 503-977-4112
SC Rm 01 Bldg 3, Rm 128 Mt. Tabor, Rm 110 CC Bldg, Rm 202
Parking & Transportation 503 977-4703 503-977-4703 503-977-4703 503-977-4703
PSEB 120 See Sylvania See Sylvania CSB Bldg, Rm 329
Public Safety 503-977-4902 503-977-4902 503-977-4902 503-977-4902
Public Safety Bldg Bldg 5, Rm 110 Mt. Tabor, Rm 153 CSB Bldg, Rm 325
Student Employment 503 978-5600 503-614-7325 N/A 503-977-4710
SSB Rm 104 Bldg 9, Rm 108 CC Bldg, Rm 221 CC Bldg, 221
Student Government 503 978-5379 503-614-7379 503-788-6262 503-977-4361
SC Rm 03 Bldg 3, Rm 128 Mt. Tabor, Great Hall CC Bldg, Rm 101
Testing & Assessment 503 978-5234 503-614-7300 503-788-6277 503-977-4533
SSB Rm 204 Bldg 9, Rm 118 Mt. Tabor, Rm 109/107 CC Bldg, Rm 216
Tutoring 503 978-5263 503-614-7414 503-788-6159 503-977-4540
TH Rm 123 Bldg 2, Rm 212 Mt. Tabor, Rm 123 CC Bldg, Rm 204
Women’s Resource Centers 503 978-5249 503-614-7448 N/A 503-977-8101
SSB Rm 103 Bldg 3, Rm 102-A CC Bldg, Rm 273
New Directions or Project 503 978-5249 503-614-7448 503-788-6252 503-977-8101
Independence SSB Rm 103 Bldg 2, Rm 103 Mt. Tabor, Rm 152 CC Bldg, Rm 273
13
Student Resources
www.pcc.edu/admissions Hours vary, so check the website, schedule of classes or call for
hours at 503-977-4910.
If you’re enrolling at PCC for the first time, the Admissions Office
can help you get started. Tri-Met bus tickets and bus passes may be purchased at any book-
store. Select student passes available at the Business Office.
ADVISING SERVICES The bookstore accepts VISA and MasterCard. Checks are accepted
www.pcc.edu/resources/advising for the amount of purchase only, and checks must be drawn on a local
bank and imprinted with current information. When paying by check,
Academic advisors are available on each campus to work with you must show one of the following: two pieces of identification: your
students to help them succeed in achieving their goals at PCC. current PCC ID card, check guarantee card, Oregon Drivers License
They help students select courses that match their interests and or Oregon I.D. There is a service charge for all returned checks.
skills, choose a degree program at PCC or another college or uni-
versity, review transcripts from other colleges, answer questions Textbooks will be available and may be purchased one week be-
about degree requirements and college policies and procedures, fore each term. You should be familiar with the bookstore refund
and make a long-term academic plan. Advisors also help students policy at time of purchase. It is posted at all bookstores and on the
find needed services and resources. website. A refund may be mailed when circumstances warrant, but
allow at least four weeks for processing. Book buy-back times will
be posted at each store.
Galleries
www.pcc.edu/about/galleries
BUSINESS OFFICE
www.pcc.edu/resources/business
There are art galleries located at Cascade, Rock Creek and Syl-
vania campuses. Shows are continually changing, featuring guest The college Business Offices accept payments for tuition, PE and
artists, students and faculty. library fines, and miscellaneous charges. Checks, MasterCard and
VISA are accepted. Current PCC students may cash checks up to
a $10 maximum per day.
Theatre
www.pcc.edu/about/theatre CAREER RESOURCE CENTERS
The drama program offers students a chance to perform and www.pcc.edu/resource/careers
to assist in the production of plays featured each term. Plays
are produced and performed at the Rock Creek and Sylvania The Career Resource Centers provide services to students and
campuses. the community. Resource materials provide current career and
job market information to those making initial career decisions
or looking for a career change. Computer-assisted programs in
ATHLETICS career assessment and exploration, personality assessment and
www.pcc.edu/about/athletics resume preparation are available. The centers also offer Internet
access with web pages and bookmarks on career exploration and
The college athletic program includes both men’s and women’s college choices. College catalogs, local career trend newspapers
basketball. The programs are part of the Northwest Athletic As- and videos are available to help with the college, career and job
sociation of Community Colleges representing the community research process.
colleges of Oregon and Washington. The teams are based at the
Cascade campus. All home games will be played at Cascade.
CHILD CARE
Official practice begins in October.
www.pcc.edu/resources/child-care
Students may be enrolled at any PCC campus and participate in a
sport based at another campus. Students must carry a minimum Child care is often a major concern to students, and PCC can help
of 12 credit hours and meet all other eligibility requirements set in a variety of ways. Limited on-campus child care is available.
by the NWAACC. Child care services offers resources and referrals which help you
find and evaluate the quality of care, arranges financial assistance
If you are interested in Intramurals please contact the individual if you meet specific qualifications, and provides information about
campus ASPCC Office. selecting care.
14
Student Resources
Child Care Services erative education combine their classroom studies with related
work experience that earns them college credit and in some cases
Child care resource and referral provides referrals for both on-
earns them pay for their work.
campus and off campus child care. Referrals include child care
centers, family child care providers, school-age programs, Head Cooperative education is an elective or a requirement in most ca-
Starts, and pre-schools located within the Tri-County area. reer and technical programs. You may enroll for a variable number
of credits depending on the number of hours you work per week.
Consumer education provides parents with a wide range of materi-
In some cases, students who are already working may convert
als developed to help in the planning and selection of develop-
eligible employment into a cooperative education experience. The
mentally appropriate child care.
college must approve your training sites and the learning objectives
developed by you and your supervisor.
Child Care Subsidy Program
If you are interested in exploratory cooperative education you must
Each campus has a program that provides financial assistance for meet certain requirements and receive approval from a coopera-
school related child care expenses. Students should contact the cam- tive education specialist. Eligibility for other training experiences
pus office where they are taking the majority of their classes. depends on the requirements of your major. In addition to job sites
within the continental United States, you may be eligible for an ex-
Cascade Child Care perience in approved international cooperative education sites.
There is currently no child care facility located on the Cascade To earn cooperative education credit through an international expe-
Campus. However, a collaboration agreement between PCC and rience, the work site must be verified by a qualified representative of
a nearby child development center has been arranged, and a the College, the work experience must be supervised and a specific
subsidy is available for qualified, low-income students. Contact set of learning objectives must be agreed upon in writing.
the Cascade number for information.
Portland Community College provides equal opportunity in edu-
cation and employment. The college is committed to a policy of
Rock Creek Child Care non-discrimination based on sex, age, handicap, color, religion or
Daytime preschool is for children ages 3-5 only and evening care is national origin. Equal Employment Opportunity guidelines are fol-
for ages 3-12. Available space in the fully licensed center is offered lowed and students are referred on a non-discriminatory basis for
to student parents and college staff who pre-register. A subsidy is all possible cooperative education, practicum or clinical experience
available for qualified, low-income students. placements.
The most comprehensive facilities open to all currently registered DISABILITY SERVICES (The Office for students with dis-
PCC students are the Computer Resource Centers located on the abilities)
Southeast Center, Cascade, Rock Creek and Sylvania campuses. www.pcc.edu/resources/disability
While all currently enrolled PCC students are welcome, an orienta-
tion is required before using the centers. The Office for Students with Disabilities (OSD) provides a wide
range of in-class and campus access services to students who
If you need help while using a CRC, lab assistants are available experience documented disabilities. These services are designed
to assist you. to promote student independence and equal access to classroom
and college-related activities for those students demonstrating an
COOPERATIVE EDUCATION ability to benefit from the college experience. Services include
sign language interpreters, transcription services, note taking
www.pcc.edu/resources/careers/co-op options, in-class aides, test accommodation services, alternate
Cooperative education is an exciting supervised work experience media formats for printed materials, and campus-based adaptive
program that enhances your educational program or provides an equipment and training.
opportunity to explore career options. Students enrolled in coop-
15
Student Resources
Students wishing to request services from OSD must meet with of preparing them to continue their education at a four-year col-
an OSD counselor (available at Cascade, Rock Creek, Southeast lege or university. Students who get accepted into the program
Center, and Sylvania) for an intake appointment. receive services such as: Tuition assistance, CAMP courses,
transportation assistance, tutoring and mentoring, academic
Provide documentation from a certifying professional that estab- advising, personal and career advising, book assistance, health
lishes the existence of a current disability and supports the need resources and monthly stipends. For more information please visit
for accommodations requested. Documentation is required to be our website: www.pcc.edu/camp, or if you want to contact our
on file with OSD prior to receiving services. (CAMP/Recruiter) at 503-614-7445.
Request accommodations through an OSD counselor each
term. Illumination Project
Follow the timelines and procedures for receiving each service as www.pcc.edu/resources/illumination
outlined in OSD’s Student Handbook available at campus offices
and online at www.pcc.edu/resources/disability/. The Illumination Project (IP) is Portland Community College’s in-
novative student leadership and education program designed to
Vocational Training: Although the college does not provide special foster a climate of equality, compassion, justice, and respect for
education or specialized (individualized) instruction, individualized all people in the PCC academic community and the community-
vocational training is available for qualified students with disabilities at-large.
through the Culinary Assistant Training Program (see Programs
and Disciplines in this catalog). The Illumination Project uses interactive social justice theater as
a venue for Student Educators and audience members to join
Corrective Physical Education: Specialized courses instructed together to rehearse ways of solving problems. Interactive theater,
and supervised by a physical therapist are available through the with its capacity to engage diverse learning styles and members
college’s Physical Education Department. of a community, is an ideal way to challenge racism, sexism, het-
erosexism and other forms of oppression.
Accessible Parking: Disabled parking is available at each campus
for drivers with valid permits obtained through the Oregon State
Department of Motor Vehicles. Drivers must still have valid PCC Sylvania ROOTS
parking permits to use these areas. Students needing temporary www.pcc.edu/pcc/resources/roots/
disabled parking (two weeks or less) may make arrangements
through OSD. A letter from a physician supporting the need for The Sylvania ROOTS Program is a federally-funded TRIO program
this temporary service is required. dedicated to helping students achieve their educational goals.
The programs helps low income, first generation students and
Accessible Pay Phones: Pay phones equipped with TTY (for hear- students with disabilities stay in school, transfer to other colleges
ing/speech impairments) are available at most campus locations. or universities and/or graduate from PCC.
A list of TTY locations is available in the OSD Student Handbook
available at campus offices and at www.pcc.edu/resources/dis- The program provides individualized academic advising; personal
ability/. financial aid assistance; career planning; free admission and
transportation to cultural events; and referrals to various tutoring
centers.
FITNESS AND RECREATION
www.pcc.edu/programs/pe Upward Bound
All campuses provide recreational opportunities in their gymna- www.pcc.edu/prepare/head-start/upward-bound.html
siums, weight rooms and walking/jogging routes. For specific
procedures, contact the Physical Education Department on these The Upward Bound program prepares students for college during
campuses. their high school years by providing tutoring, advising and mentor-
ing services, as well as opportunities to explore various careers.
16
Student Resources
or receive a four-year college degree. The goal of ETS is to increase MULTICULTURAL CENTER AND PROGRAMS
the number of youth from disadvantaged backgrounds who complete
www.pcc.edu/resources/culture
high school and enroll in college.
The Multicultural Centers located at Sylvania and Rock Creek
The PCC Rock Creek - ETS Program was established to serve
supports the efforts of multi-racial students in achieving academic
600 students in the Beaverton and Forest Grove School Districts
and personal success. The centers are a central place that nur-
of Washington County. Two thirds of our participants must be first
tures learning and the achievement of personal and educational
generation students and meet the U.S. Department of Education’s
goals through cultural enrichment, peer tutoring, advising and
income guidelines for Federal TRIO Programs. One third of our
mentorship. It offers one-on-one tutoring, information and referral
students need only demonstrate a need for services. This can be
services, sponsors educational and cultural workshops, events and
achieved through a needs assessment after receiving a referral
activities and assists new and returning students in their adjustment
from a teacher, counselors, parent or an agency. Students may
to college. The centers are dedicated to developing multicultural
also make a self-referral.
student leaders and raising awareness of issues related to race and
Talent Search also serves students who dropped out of high culture on campus. It is open Monday through Friday with varying
school by encouraging them to re-enter the educational system hours each term based on student availability. Faculty, staff and
and complete their education. students are encouraged to use the center for peer tutoring, study
groups, and cultural resources.
Portland Community College libraries provide many services for The Office of International Education (OIE) offers academic and
students, faculty and the community. The college has libraries at immigration advising and a comprehensive student activities
the Cascade, Rock Creek and Sylvania campuses as well as a program to introduce students to Oregon and cultures of the
limited-service library at Southeast Center. The library’s website United States.
provides detailed information about library hours and services.
Faculty librarians are available to help students and instructors with STUDENT EXCHANGE
research, homework and information needs. The library provides www.pcc.edu/studyabroad
reference services in person, over the phone and via the library
website. Faculty bring classes into the library for customized in- Portland Community College in cooperation with the American
struction by faculty librarians. Librarians also visit classrooms and Institute for Foreign Studies and Oregon International Consor-
teach a class that helps students with writing assignments. tium offers study abroad opportunities. Courses offered in these
programs are in the areas of Arts and Letters as well as social
The library’s diverse collection supports all PCC programs and in- sciences. In addition, PCC has an academic term exchange
cludes electronic and print books, magazines, CDs, DVDs, stream- program. To be considered for the program, students must be
ing video and more. The library can also provide material from currently attending PCC.
other libraries through its membership in Summit, a consortium of
regional academic libraries and interlibrary loan. Students can also
check out digital cameras and computers from the library. Parking and Transportation
www.pcc.edu/resources/parking
The libraries have many quiet study spaces and rooms for group
work. Bring a laptop or use a library computer. All libraries have On-Campus Parking: Vehicles parked on any PCC campus and
wireless access. PCC libraries are great places to relax between roadway between 7 am – 10 pm Monday through Friday must
classes. Pick up a book or magazine and take a break. PCC display a current PCC parking permit. PCC also requires visitors
libraries are here to serve you. Visit a library in person or on the to display a parking permit.
web to find out more.
17
Student Resources
18
Student Resources
and individualized credit options provide alternative learning op- Resource Center assists students with information and referral
portunities in math, English and other courses. services, scholarship information, sponsors educational work-
shops and symposiums. All students are encouraged to drop in
for information, check the activities and events board and use the
WOMEN’S RESOURCE CENTERS
free resource library.
www.pcc.edu/resources/women
The Sylvania Women’s Resource Center sponsors three important
Cascade Campus programs; the Transitions Program, the Illumination Project and
The Women’s Resource Center on the Cascade Campus is dedi- Women’s Leadership Program.
cated to providing a supportive, comfortable and safe environment
to all PCC students. The Center offers programs to support the The Transitions Program
personal and academic growth of students. It is a place to gain
information and encouragement and provides a connection to both The Transitions Program is a free first term college success
campus and community resources. program for single parents, displaced homemakers, and other
students in transition. The Transitions Program is a strength-based
Project Independence is a re-entry program for single parents supportive learning community dedicated to easing the transitions
and displaced homemakers. This tuition free program is offered to college, career, and life changing possibilities. Our purpose at
fall, winter and spring terms. Students in the program receive per- the Transitions Program is to help remove any obstacles that could
sonalized assistance in building self confidence, clarifying values, get in the way of your progress to college success. The program
exploring careers and setting goals. The program is offered at both is geared to the needs of students with families, jobs, and other
Cascade Campus and Southeast Center. responsibilities who wish to prepare for the future. This program
empowers students to think assertively and to become indepen-
The Women’s Resource Center offers workshops, seminars, lecture,
dent in their thoughts and actions.
and scholarship workshops to students and community members. The
Women’s Resource Center Student Advisory Board plans the program
and serves as peer support for students. Staff members are available
to assist students in accessing campus and community resources.
19
Student Resources
southeast CENTER
The Southeast Center is currently developing a Women’s Resource
Center. A listing of available resources and a well as posting of
pertinent events is located next to the ASPCC office in Tabor
Hall. All students are encouraged to stop by and access avail-
able information. Additional referral information for campus and
community resources is available through the Counseling Office
in Tabor 152.
Life Tracks is a tuition free program for women and single parents in
transition. This cohort class emphasizes career development and
values clarification. The goal is to assist students as they transition
into or return to college and to encourage students to continue in
their training and education to reach their personal goals.
20
Degree, Certificate,
and Course Overview
Degree, Certificate, and of Portland Community College, or the campus Advising and
Counseling offices to find out what computer resources are avail-
Course Overview able and when they can be accessed. Advisors, counselors and
faculty can assist students in choosing appropriate courses to help
them achieve computer proficiency.
Portland Community College operates on the quarter system. The
PCC Catalog is published and dated with each academic year, Courses
which begins fall term and ends with the next summer term. To
earn an associate degree or a certificate, students must meet the PCC offers courses to support the students’ learning goals at
requirements in the Catalog that is current when they earn their several campuses and center locations in the college’s district.
first credit(s) at PCC, unless they choose to meet the require- These are done through a variety of programs, such as Coopera-
ments of a later Catalog. However, students who do not earn tive Education and Service Learning. In addition, PCC supports
at least one PCC credit applicable to their degree requirements additional access points through courses taught by distance learn-
each academic year lose the right to meet the requirements of ing. Distance Learning includes, but is not limited to Web courses,
their original Catalog. They must then meet requirements of the Telecourses, ITV (Interactive Television Classes), and Hybrid
Catalog current at the time they resume work on their degree at courses (traditional classroom with significant web component).
PCC, or a later Catalog. Web, TV and ITV courses are identified as such and also listed in
the Class Schedule (printed or online at www.pcc.edu).
An edition of the Catalog is valid for six academic years. For exam-
ple, a Catalog that takes effect fall term 2003 is only valid through Credit courses that support PCC’s degrees and certificates are listed
summer term 2009. However, some programs may impose shorter in the Course Description section of the catalog. We strongly urge
time limits on accepting credits for degree or certificate require- students to meet with PCC advisors to make an academic plan.
ments. Occasionally the college may change courses and course In selecting course offerings to support their educational goals,
numbers within a program. Students should regularly consult an students should keep in mind the following.
advisor in their major department about their course of study. Course Prerequisites: Beginning Fall Term 2008, most of the
While every effort is made to ensure the accuracy of the informa- courses on the General Education distribution list will have stan-
tion in this catalog, Portland Community College, has the right to dard prerequisites:
make changes at any time without prior notice. This catalog is not • Reading: Completion of RD 115 or placement into WR 121 based
a contract between Portland Community College and current or on reading & writing placement test score and
prospective students.
• Writing: Completion of WR 115 or placement into WR 121 based
Portland Community College confers five associate de- on reading & writing placement test scores and
grees:
• Math: Completion of MTH 20 or placement into Math 60
• Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT), based on math placement test scores
• Associate of Science (AS), A grade of “D”, “F” or “NP” in a standard prerequisite course will not sat-
isfy the requirement. See Academic Regulations in the Appendix.
• Associate of Applied Science (AAS),
• Associate of General Studies (AGS), Some courses may have higher requirements in these areas
and/or additional prerequisites as appropriate. See individual
• Associate of Science Oregon Transfer in Business (ASOT in course prerequisites. Instructors may waive prerequisites on a
Business); case-by-case basis.
In addition, PCC offers numerous certificates in Career Technical
Three- to Four Credit Conversion: Some lower division collegiate
Education programs.
courses (LDC) have changed from three to four credits at PCC.
For degrees and certificates requiring specific LDC courses, the
Computer Proficiency: A Statement to Students three credit version of the same course is generally accepted. Total
Students at Portland Community College, in order to succeed here required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion.
and in the communities outside the college need to be familiar with PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum require-
and capable of using computers and computer software. Both upper ments must be met.
division college work and the requirements of the workplace demand Experimental Courses: Experimental courses are courses num-
such skills. Many PCC faculty will require students to access class bered 99, 199 and 299. These courses may be offered twice in
materials on the Internet and use a word processor, email and data- one academic year. After that time, they must either be converted
bases as part of regular course activities. to a regularly numbered course or inactivated. While experimental
Students need to determine which computer skills are appropri- courses count for graduation at PCC, they may not be acceptable
ate to their areas of study and take positive steps to acquire and for transfer to other institutions.
use them early. In order to facilitate appropriate student access to Non-credit courses: PCC offers a large number and variety of
computers and computer software, each comprehensive campus non-credit courses for personal and career advancement as well
at the college provides classrooms, labs, course work and library as continuing education for professionals in several areas. See
access where students can learn about and use these tools. www.pcc.edu/communityed for a list of courses and registration
Students should contact their instructors, the campus library, the information. Non-credit courses do not apply to any degrees or
campus office of Student Development, the Associated Students certificates at PCC.
21
Degree, Certificate,
and Course Overview
Degrees and Certificates count toward an associate degree. Credit courses, numbered
100 or less, cannot be used to fulfill the 90 credit minimum
requirement for the AAOT,AS,ASOT-BUS and AAS Degrees.
A complete listing of Portland Community College’s degree and
certificate programs and transfer disciplines may be found in the 2. Residency Requirement:
Programs and Disciplines section of the catalog. • All candidates for a degree at Portland Community College
must accumulate at least 30 quarter hours of satisfactory
work at PCC to establish residency.
CERTIFICATES
• Twenty-four of the credits earned at PCC must apply to the
Some career/technical departments offer certificates ranging from
specific associate degree requirements the student is pursu-
12-108 credits to students who complete the course of study with
ing.
a minimum 2.0 grade point average. Specific courses required
for each certificate program, including any General Education • Non-traditional credit, credit transferred from another institution
requirements, are listed under their appropriate programs in the or challenge credit cannot be used to establish the 30 quarter
Programs and Disciplines section of this catalog. Please note the hour residency requirement and the student petition process
following restrictions. may not be used to waive the residency requirement.
Two-year Certificate Restrictions 3. All candidates for a degree must have a 2.0 grade point aver-
age (C average) or higher for courses applied to the degree.
1. At least 24 credits must be earned at PCC, 18 of which must
4. Associate Degree Comprehensive Requirement limits are:
apply to the certificate requirements. The final nine credits
that apply to the certificate must be earned at PCC. • A maximum of 12 credits of Cooperative Education courses
may be applied to the degree.
2. Only nine credits of 199 and 299 Experimental courses ap-
ply. • A maximum of 9 credits of 199 or 299 Special
Topics courses may be applied to the degree.
One-year Certificate Restrictions
• A maximum of 24 credits of English for Speakers of other
At least 12 credits must be earned at PCC, nine of which must Languages (ESOL) courses may
apply to the certificate requirements. The final nine credits that be applied to the degree.
apply to the certificate must be earned at PCC.
• A maximum of 12 credits of SP 270 may be applied to
associate degrees.
Career Pathways Certificates
Career Pathways certificates are short-term credentials (12-44 Associate of Applied Science (AAS)
credits) which prepare individuals for entry-level employment Degree Requirements
within an occupational area. Career Pathways certificates may be
the first certificate a student earns while pursuing a certificate of The Associate of Applied Science (AAS) degree is awarded to
greater length or an Associate of Applied Science (AAS) degree. students in Career /Technical programs who meet the requirements
Information about Career Pathways in specific areas of study can listed below. Many career/technical programs require more than 90
be found in the Programs and Disciplines section of the catalog credits for an associate degree. See specific program requirements
under individual career technical programs. in the Programs and Disciplines section of the PCC Catalog.
22
Degree, Certificate,
and Course Overview
The 16 credits must include at least one course from each category The Associate of General Studies is awarded to students who
and no more than eight credits from any one category. No more than meet the following requirements:
two courses may come from program prerequisites or from courses
required by specific programs. Because of these restrictions, it 1. Associate Degree Comprehensive Requirements: see sepa-
is possible that a course is acceptable as General Education for rate catalog section.
some students while it is not acceptable for others. Students should 2. Associate of General Studies Requirements:
consult an advisor or faculty member in an AAS degree program
A. General Education Requirement: Students must earn a minimum
for advice on General Education courses appropriate to their goals
of 16 credits of General Education taken from the General Education
and interests. General Education requirements will be waived for
Distribution List** (see catalog Appendix for list). These credits must
students who enroll at PCC with an A.A., A.A.S., A.G.S., A.S., B.A.,
come from courses taken in the following categories:
B.S. degree or higher from a regionally accredited United States
institution. Program-specific General Education requirements for • Arts and Letters
AAS degrees will not necessarily be waived. Students should con-
• Social Sciences
sult the Career-Technical program department for specific courses
required for General Education. • Mathematics, Natural and Physical Sciences
and Computer Studies
C. PCC Basic Competency Requirements for Writing and Math
in AAS Degree: The 16 credits must include at least one course from each category
and no more than 8 credits from any one category. The General
• Writing: Competency in writing must be demonstrated by Education requirements for the AGS degree will be waived for
either: students who enroll at PCC with an A.A., A.A.S., A.G.S., A.S.,
• Completing WR 121 with a grade of C or better, or B.A., B.S. degree or higher from a regionally accredited United
States institution.
• Passing a lower division collegiate* writing course for which
WR121 is a prerequisite with a letter grade of C or better, or B. Basic Competency Requirements in Writing and Math for AGS
Degree:
• Passing the PCC WR 121 Challenge Exam. Students must
meet criteria to sit for the exam. • Writing: Competency in writing must be demonstrated by
* S e e “ C o u rs e D e s c ri p t i o n s” i n P C C C a ta l o g f o r a either:
complete list. • Completing WR 121 with a grade of C or better, or
Students with A.A., A.A.S., A.G.S., A.S., B.A., B.S., degrees or • Passing a lower division collegiate* writing course for which
higher from a U.S. regionally accredited institution will have the WR121 is a prerequisite with a letter grade of C or better or
basic competency in writing (WR 121) waived. Other writing re- • Passing the PCC WR 121 Challenge Exam. Students must
quirements specified by the program remain in effect. meet criteria to sit for the exam.
Math: Competency in mathematics must be demonstrated by *See “Course Descriptions” in PCC Catalog for a complete list.
either:
Students with A.A., A.A.S., A.G.S., A.S., B.A., B.S., degrees or
• Completing MTH 65 or MTH 63 with a grade of C or better, or higher from a U.S. regionally accredited institution will have the
• Passing the PCC competency exam for MTH 65, or basic competency in writing (WR 121) waived. Other writing re-
quirements specified by the program remain in effect.
• Passing a math class (minimum of 3 credits) with a grade of “C” or
better for which MTH 65 or higher level math skills are a prerequi- Math: Competency in mathematics must be demonstrated by
site. Excludes MTH 93.
• Completing MTH 65 or MTH 63 with a letter grade of C or
D. Program Requirements: better, or
All AAS candidates must complete a program of approved course • Passing the PCC competency exam for MTH 65, or
work in the major field. The Programs and Disciplines section of the • Passing a mathematics course (minimum of 3 credits) for which
catalog contains these course work requirements. No more than 3 MTH 65 is a prerequisite with a letter grade of C or better.
credits (100 level and above) in physical education (PE) may be ap-
plied to an AAS Degree unless specifically required by the program. C. Elective Credit Requirements – All students must com-
Students enrolled in programs that are accredited or licensed must plete elective credits to meet the overall requirements
meet the requirements most recently approved by the accrediting of 90 credits for this degree. Elective credits may apply from
agency or licensing authority. MTH 30 or higher, any lower division collegiate or career
technical courses. Elective credit limitations are:
• Maximum of six credits (100 level and above) of physical edu-
Associate of General Studies (AGS)
cation (PE) may apply
Degree Requirements
• Maximum of six credits of one credit MSD workshops may apply
The Associate of General Studies degree is designed for students
wishing to acquire a broad education, rather than pursuing a spe- • Maximum of 24 credits of professional skills classes (PST)
cific college major or career/technical program. Because of the may apply
flexibility of this degree, it may not fulfill requirements for transfer
to a four-year institution.
23
Degree, Certificate,
and Course Overview
The Associate of Science degree is awarded to students who meet Associate of Science Oregon Transfer
the following requirements: in Business (ASOT-BUS)
1. Associate Degree Comprehensive Requirements: see sepa- The Associate of Science Oregon Transfer in Business degree is
rate Catalog section designed for students planning to transfer credits to any Oregon
2. Associate of Science Requirements: University system (OUS) school and seek entry into that institution’s
business program. Students completing the ASOT-BUS degree will
A. Writing*: All candidates must complete a minimum of six credits have met the lower-division general education requirements of the
with a grade of “C” or better in English Composition by passing WR OUS institution’s baccalaureate degree programs. Students transfer-
121 with a grade of C or better, or passing the WR 121 challenge ring will have junior status for registration purposes.
exam and passing another Lower Division Collegiate WR course
with WR 121 as a prerequisite, with a grade of C or better. Admission to the business school of an OUS institution is not guar-
anteed upon completion of the ASOT-BUS degree. It is strongly
B. Health: Complete HE 250 Personal Health and 1 credit (100 recommended that students contact the specific OUS institution
level or above) of Physical Education (PE) or complete HPE 295 business program early in the first term of their ASOT-BUS program
Health & Fitness for Life. to be advised of additional requirements.
C. Math*: Complete minimum of four credits with a grade of “C” The Associate of Science Oregon Transfer in Business is
or better. MTH 105 or above with Intermediate Algebra as a pre- awarded to students who meet the following requirements:
requisite.
1. Associate Degree Comprehensive Requirements – see sepa-
*Basic Writing and Math competency will be met by these require- rate catalog section
ments.
2. Associate of Science Oregon Transfer in Business Degree
D. General Education Distribution Requirements: Requirements
Students must earn a minimum of 21 credits of General Education A. Writing: Students must complete a minimum of eight (8) hours in
taken from the General Education Distribution List** (see catalog writing with a grade of “C” or better. The courses must be selected
Appendix for list). A minimum of seven credits must be earned in from WR 121, 122, & WR 227.
each of the following distribution areas:
B. Math: Students must complete a minimum of 12 credits in MTH
111B or above, four (4) of which must be statistics.
24
Degree, Certificate,
and Course Overview
E. Business Specific Requirements: Each course must be completed A. Specific Requirements: Students must complete the following
with a grade of “C” or better: BA 101, BA 211, BA 212, BA 213, BA with a letter grade of “C” or better:
226. BA 226 may be replaced by any other faculty-approved 200-
level BA course. • Cultural Diversity: Three credits minimum. Applies to General
Education Distribution requirement.
F. Elective Requirements: Must complete additional elective or
• Health: HE 250 plus one credit of PE or HPE 295 with a letter
university specific prerequisite courses* for a minimum of 90 cred-
grade of “C” or “pass” or better.
its. The ASOT-BUS may include up to a maximum of 12 credits of
career/technical courses. • Math: *MTH 105 or above, minimum of four credits with In-
termediate Algebra as a prerequisite. Applies to the Science
*University Specific Prerequisites, Recommendations: and Math General Education Distribution requirement.
• Speech: Speech 111 or 112 or 113, three credits minimum.
EASTERN OREGON UNIVERSITY Applies to the General Education Distribution requirement.
BA 226 – Business Law • Writing: *Writing: WR 121, 122, 123 or 227; eight credits mini-
mum.
OREGON INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY *Basic Writing and Math competency will be met by these require-
BA 226- Business Law; Recommend ments.
PSY 101- General Psychology Students must complete 15 Distribution courses from the General
Education Distribution List (see catalog Appendix for list), with a
maximum of five courses in any single distribution area:
OREGON STATE UNIVERSITY
Arts and Letters Distribution Area (5 courses)
BA 226-Business Law; BA 275-Business
• Complete one 2-course sequence from the Arts and Letters
Quantitative Methods; MTH 241-Calculus; Distribution Area.
MTH 245-Math for Social Sciences • Complete three Arts and Letters courses. One course must
have a prefix different from the Arts and Letters sequence.
PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY Social Science Distribution Area (5 courses)
BA 205-Solving Communications Problems with Technology; CIS • Complete one 2-course sequence from the Social Science
122-Software Design; MTH 244-Statistics II; GPA of 2.75 for all Distribution Area.
core courses
• Complete three Social Science courses. One course must
have a prefix different from the Social Science sequence.
SOUTHERN OREGON UNIVERSITY Science and Math Distribution Area (5 courses, must include 12
BA 271/282-Business Statistics; GPA of 2.0 with GPA of 2.75 in credits of lab sciences including one 2-course sequence).
pre-business core courses
• Complete one 2-course lab sequence from either physical or
biological sciences from the Science and Math Distribution
Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) Area.
Degree Requirements • Complete three Science and Math. One additional lab Science
The Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer Degree is an opportunity for course is required in either physical or biological science. One
students to complete lower division degree requirements at PCC. course must have a prefix different from the Science and Math
Students who complete this degree and are accepted at Oregon sequence completed.
public universities will be admitted as having completed all lower C. Elective Credit Requirements: All candidates must complete
division comprehensive and General Education Requirements for elective credits to meet the overall requirement of 90 credits for this
a baccalaureate degree. degree. Elective credits may include any lower division collegiate
Transfer Credits: Transfer credit (credit earned at other schools) courses (100 level or higher). Limitations: Maximum of 12 credits
is allowed for grades “C” or higher. Transfer grades of “pass” are of career/technical courses (100-299); 1 credit MSD workshops
considered equivalent to a “pass” grade at PCC, even when that may not be applied to this degree and a maximum of 3 credits of
institution defines a pass as “D” or better. physical education (PE) courses may be applied to this degree.
25
Degree, Certificate,
and Course Overview
26
Programs and Disciplines
27
Programs and Disciplines
Sixth Term
CAREER AND PROGRAM DESCRIPTION
DS 202 Heavy Duty Power Train 6
The agricultural mechanic maintains, repairs and overhauls farm DS 280A CE: Diesel Service Tech -variable credit
machinery such as pumps, hydraulic systems, tilling equipment,
trucks and other mechanized, electrically powered or motor-driven
equipment on farms or in farm equipment repair shops.
Alcohol and Drug
The program’s first year offers a foundation in the field of agricul-
tural mechanics. In the second year, students divide time between Counselor
classroom work and field experience. Because the program is
designed to meet a variety of student needs, a number of flexible Cascade Campus
features have been built into the curriculum. Consult the Diesel Jackson Hall, (JH) Room 210
Department for information on courses, credit, class and labora-
Program Admissions Candia Elliot: 503-978-5667
tory hours per week, cooperative work experience arrangements
Department Chair, Jon Gieber: 503-978-5254,
and General Education requirements.
Program Advisors: Lucy Sheehey 503-978-5427,
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion. Allen Hall 503-978-5507
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements www.pcc.edu/addiction
must be met.
28
Programs and Disciplines
While participating in the program, recovering students will agree The Certified Alcohol Drug Counselor II (Level II) now requires
to abstain from alcohol and illicit drug use. All other students must an associate degree or equivalent with a minimum of 300 hours
agree to not abuse alcohol and other drugs while in the program. of alcohol and drug abuse/addiction education.
29
Programs and Disciplines
30
Programs and Disciplines
31
Programs and Disciplines
This certificate requires a minimum of 16 credits of related class- • Approved Program Electives: 0 credits
room training as well as 9 credits of related instruction. Embodied
• Total Credits: 25 – 108 credits
in this Certificate are many state certifications. Both the total
related training credits and the total related instruction credits *See related instruction list for approved courses
depend upon which state apprenticeship the student is pursuing This certificate requires a minimum of 16 credits of related classroom
and the requirements of the governing Joint Apprenticeship and training as well as 9 credits of related instruction. Embodied in this
Training Committee. Certificate are many state certifications. Both the total related training
credits and the total related instruction credits depend upon which
Construction Trades, General state apprenticeship the student is pursuing and the requirements of
Apprenticeship Pathway the governing Joint Apprenticeship and Training Committee.
32
Programs and Disciplines
33
Programs and Disciplines
Fourth Term
ARCH 123 Structural Systems III 4
Art
ARCH 201 Design Studio I 6
Cascade Campus
ARCH 224 Active & Passive Building Systems 4
Moriarty Arts and Humanities Building, (MAHB) Room 105
General Education 4 503 978- 5340
Fifth Term Southeast Center
ARCH 202 Design Studio II 6 Mt. Scott Hall, (MSH) Room 103
ARCH Elective (see list) 3 503-788-6147
General Education 8 Rock Creek Campus
Building 3, Room 201
Sixth Term 503-614-7235
ARCH 203 Design Studio III 6
Sylvania Campus
ARCH 280 CE: Architectural Design & Drafting 4 Communications Technology Building, (CT) Room 216
ARCH Elective (see list) 3 503-977-4264
General Education 4
www.pcc.edu/programs/art/
ARCH Electives:
Description
Residential Electives The art curriculum at PCC offers lower division college transfer
ARCH 110 Introduction to Architectural Drawing 2 courses in Art History (year-long sequences in Western Art,
ARCH 280 CE: Architectural Design & Drafting 2 Asian Art, Modern Art; term courses in Women in Art, American
ID 133 Space Planning 3 Residential Architecture, and Comics Art), Basic Design (Black
ID 135 Professional Practice for Designers 3 and White, Color 3-D), Painting (including Life Painting), Sculpture
(Carving, Figure Sculpture, Plaster and Clay, Welding), Ceramics,
ID 138 Introduction to Kitchen & Bath Planning 3
Drawing (including Life Drawing), Photography (Darkroom and
ID 236 Lighting Design 3
Digital), Printmaking, Calligraphy, and Watercolor.
Sustainability Electives Students exercise a wide range of technical, aesthetic, com-
ARCH 131 Sustainable Structures 4 munication and problem-solving skills applicable to many career
ARCH 204 Sustainable Design Studio 4 opportunities in an atmosphere that encourages the full realization
ID 121 Sustainable Materials for Residential Interiors 3 of each individual potential. Studio and Art History classes play
BCT 206 Sustainable Construction 3 a vital role in a general liberal arts education as well as train stu-
dents to become working artists or art historians. See the Course
CAD Electives Description (ART prefix) section of this catalog for individual art
ARCH 237 Revit 3 courses and specific course prerequisites.
ARCH 140 Chief Architect 3
34
Programs and Disciplines
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion. Second Term
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements AB 117 Auto Body Painting II 12
must be met.
Third Term
Degrees and Certificates Offered AB 118 Auto Body Painting III 12
Associate of Applied Science Degree
PM Courses
Auto Collision Repair Technology
Two-Year Certificate First Term
Auto Collision Repair Technology AB 110 Auto Body Painting I 6
AB 111 Auto Body Painting II 6
One-Year Certificate
Auto Body Painting Second Term
Auto Collision Repair Technology AB 112 Auto Body Painting III 6
AB 113 Auto Body Painting IV 6
Prerequisites and Requirements
None currently. Third Term
AB 114 Auto Body Painting V 6
Auto collision repair technology aas AB 115 Auto Body Painting VI 6
degree 36 Credits
35
Programs and Disciplines
including dealerships, fleets and independent repair shops. Part- Applied Science Requirements.
nerships between PCC and automotive repair businesses will al-
AM 101 Unit 1: Engine Repair I 4
low you to learn in the classroom and on the job. PCC automotive
service technology also provides up-grade training for technicians AM 102 Unit 2: Electrical Systems I 4
already in the field. AM 103 Unit 3: Engine Performance I 4
AM 104 Unit 4: Steering and Suspension Systems I 4
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion. AM 105 Unit 5: Brake Systems I 4
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements
AM 106 Unit 6: Heating and Air Conditioning Systems 4
must be met.
AM 107 Unit 7: Manual Drive Train & Axles I 4
Degrees and Certificates Offered AM 108 Unit 8: Introduction to Automotive Systems I 4
AM 112 Unit 12: Electrical II 4
Associate of Applied Science Degree
AM 113 Unit 13: Engine Performance II 4
Automotive Service Technology
AM 114 Unit 14: Steering and Suspension Systems II 4
Two-Year Certificate
AM 115 Unit 15: Brake Systems II 4
Automotive Service Technology
AM 117 Unit 17: Manual Drive Train & Axles II 4
AM 122 Unit 22: Electrical III 4
PROGRAM Awards
AM 123 Unit 23: Engine Performance III 4
Brakes - 20 credit hours AM 124 Unit 24: Steering and Suspension Systems III1 4
Alignment - 20 credit hours AM 125 Unit 25: Brake Systems III1 4
Transmission and Drive Train - 24 credit hours AM 127 Unit 27: Automatic Transmission/Transaxle I 4
Engine Performance - 40 credit hours AM 133 Unit 33: Engine Performance IV 4
Technician Up-grade Training AM 137 Unit 37: Automatic Transmission/Transaxle II 4
AM 143 Unit 43: Engine Performance V 4
PCC Automotive provides comprehensive training to technicians
AM 153 Unit 53: Engine Performance VI 4
already working in the field. See the Automotive Department chair-
AM 280 ACE: Automotive Service 2-8
person to develop a personal training plan or choose one to four
CG 209 Job Finding Skills2 1
General Education 16
Prerequisites and Requirements
AM 124 Unit 24: Steering and Suspension Systems III1 4
Applicants must take the placement test administered through test AM 125 Unit 25: Brake Systems III1 4
centers located at each campus. To begin the program, students 1
Elective modules (Unit 24 & Unit 25 are required for the awards in alignment
must place into (RD 90 and WR 90) or (ESOL 260, 262, and 264); or brake specialist.)
place into MTH 60 or higher-level math class. Students who place
2
below MTH 60 must successfully complete MTH 20 and be ready Class must be completed before enrolling in cooperative education (AM 280A.)
for MTH 60 before registering for the automotive program. The
ASRT Program accepts new students three times a year. New AUTOMOTIVE SERVICE TECHNOLOGY
students must contact the PCC Automotive Department for advis- CERTIFICATE
ing and permission forms.
AM 101 Unit 1: Engine Repair I 4
Students may receive PCC automotive credit for documented work AM 102 Unit 2: Electrical Systems I 4
experience. See the department chairperson for details. AM 103 Unit 3: Engine Performance I 4
AM 104 Unit 4: Steering and Suspension Systems I 4
Course of Study AM 105 Unit 5: Brake Systems I 4
AM 106 Unit 6: Heating and Air Conditioning Systems 4
Students may select a certificate or degree program that meets
their needs. The program consists of instructional modules of three AM 107 Unit 7: Manual Drive Train & Axles I 4
weeks, each module being an intensive course in a specialized AM 108 Unit 8: Introduction to Automotive Systems I 4
area. At the completion of each module, students are assessed AM 112 Unit 12: Electrical II 4
according to their success in meeting course outcomes. The au- AM 113 Unit 13: Engine Performance II 4
tomotive modules consist of lecture and hands-on laboratory work. AM 114 Unit 14: Steering and Suspension Systems II 4
Students will have additional costs for tools and equipment. AM 115 Unit 15: Brake Systems II 4
AM 117 Unit 17: Manual Drive Train and Axles II 4
AUTOMOTIVE SERVICE TECHNOLOGY AM 122 Unit 22: Electrical III 4
AAS DEGREE AM 123 Unit 23: Engine Performance III 4
Minimum of 105 credit hours which includes 89 credit hours of AM 124 Unit 24: Steering and Suspension Systems III1 4
required program plus General Education credit hours and elec- AM 125 Unit 25: Brake Systems III1 4
tives. Consult an advisor for assistance in planning competency AM 127 Unit 27: Automatic Transmission/Transaxle I 4
and General Education requirements. Students must also meet AM 133 Unit 33: Engine Performance IV 4
Associate Degree Comprehensive Requirements and Associate AM 137 Unit 37: Automatic Transmission/Transaxle II 4
AM 143 Unit 43: Engine Performance V 4
36
Programs and Disciplines
37
Programs and Disciplines
ASEP 104 Steering, Suspension, & Brakes 12 Minimum test scores are:
ASEP 280A CE: ASEP1 12 Placement into MTH 60
ASEP 280A CE: ASEP1 12
Placement into RD 90
ASEP 280A CE: ASEP1 12
Placement into WR 90
ASEP 280A CE: ASEP1 12
1
See advisor before enrolling in this course. Course of Study
The Aviation Maintenance Program is offered in a recommended
sequence of 24 courses, each an 18-day module. However, flexibil-
Aviation Maintenance ity in program design does allow some variation in sequence. Any
Email: shphilli@pcc.edu Math competency is met by: successful completion of PCC Math
60 or by successful completion (70% minimum) of the AMT Depart-
Career AND PROGRAM DESCRIPTION ment Math Competency Test. Department approval is required to
take the department Math Competency Test and requires either:
An aircraft mechanic certified under Part 65 of the Federal Avia- placement into higher than Math 60 or completion of higher than
tion Regulations may maintain or alter aircraft within limitations Math 60. This test may not be repeated within the same term.
specified by the regulations. The certificate also permits the holder
to supervise other people in maintaining aircraft and to approve Airframe: Students who have completed all of the courses in the
work for return to service. In addition, the certified mechanic may airframe area and general area, plus WLD 210, may receive a
perform 100-hour inspections. After performing 100-hour inspec- certificate of completion which qualifies them to take FAA tests for
tions or maintenance, the mechanic must certify airworthiness or an Aviation Mechanic Certificate with the Airframe rating.
approval for return to service in a signed entry in the appropriate
Powerplant: Students who have completed all of the courses in
aircraft record.
the powerplant area and general area may receive a certificate of
The Aviation Maintenance Technology Program is approved by the completion which qualifies them to take FAA tests for an Aviation
State Division of Vocational Education, the Veterans Administration Mechanic Certificate with the Powerplant rating.
and the Federal Aviation Administration.
The certified AMT mechanic is considered to be a general practi- AVIATION MAINTENANCE TECHNOLOGY
tioner at keeping aircraft in safe condition and may also decide to AAS degree
specialize in: hydraulics, pneumatics, rigging, inspection, bonded Minimum of 111 credit hours which includes 95 credit hours of
repair, corrosion control, sheet metal repair, electrical systems, required program courses plus General Education credit hours
avionics installation, propeller service, welding, painting, record and electives. Students must also meet Associate Degree Com-
keeping or engine service. prehensive Requirements and Associate of Applied Science
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion. Requirements.
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements General Area Courses
must be met.
AMT 101 Introduction to (Airframe and Powerplant) 1
DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES OFFERED AMT 102 Aircraft Electricity I 4
Associate of Applied Science Degree AMT 203 Aircraft Electricity II 4
Aviation Maintenance Technology AMT 204 Aircraft Electricity III 4
Two-year Certificate AMT 105 Aviation CFRs & Related Subjects 4
Aviation Technology AMT 106 Aircraft Applied Science 4
AMT 107 Materials & Processes 4
One –year Certificate
Aviation Maintenance Technology: Airframe Airframe Area Courses
Aviation Maintenance Technology: Powerplant AMT 208 Aircraft Systems 4
AMT 109 Assembly & Rigging 4
Prerequisites and Requirements AMT 211 Composite Structures 4
All candidates for the AMT Program must have the placement AMT 212 Sheet Metal 4
test scores that demonstrate competency in basic reading, writ- AMT 213 Hydraulic Pneumatic and Landing Gear 4
ing, and mathematics prior to program entry. Students who are AMT 214 Instruments, Communication and
attending only one class and are not an AMT Program participant Navigation Systems 4
are an exception.
38
Programs and Disciplines
AMT 115 Aircraft Structures & Inspection 4 CAREER AND PROGRAM DESCRIPTION
AMT 216 AMT Practicum/Airframe 4 The traditional entry-level position for professional airplane and
Powerplant Area Courses helicopter pilots is as a certified flight instructor (CFI). This position
offers the opportunity to gain experience sought by companies
AMT 117 Reciprocating Engine Theory that employ pilots in a variety of interesting and challenging posi-
and Maintenance 4 tions. Career opportunities for airplane pilots include work in flight
AMT 218 Powerplant Inspection 4 instruction, charter, corporate cargo, and airline industries. Career
AMT 219 Turbine Engine Overhaul 4 opportunities for helicopter pilots include flight instruction, charter,
AMT 120 Propellers and Engine Installation 4 corporate, air-ambulance and external load operations.
AMT 121 Turbine Engine Theory and Maintenance 4
Flight classes are conducted at Hillsboro and Troutdale airports,
AMT 222 Reciprocating Engine Overhaul 4
an accredited FAA Part 141 certified flight school, located at the
AMT 123 Ignition Systems 4 Hillsboro and Troutdale Airports. Additional fees apply for these
AMT 124 Fuel Metering Systems 4 classes; contact the Aviation Science Department for information
AMT 225 AMT Practicum/Powerplant 4 on current flight fees.
Additional Required Courses Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion.
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements
WLD 210 Aviation Welding 2
must be met.
Optional Courses
AMT 126 A&P Self Study/Tutorial 4 Degrees AND CERTIFICATES offered
AMT 227 A&P Makeup 4
Associate of Applied Science Degree
AMT 228 AMT Shop Practice 4
Aviation Science-Airplane
For an Associate of Applied Science you must include 16 credit
Aviation Science-Helicopter
hours of General Education credits. Please see an Academic
Advisor for assistance in planning General Education courses.
prerequisites AND REQUIREMENTS
Aviation maintenance Technology Applicants must take the placement test administered through the
campus assessment centers. Minimum test scores:
Minimum 95 credit hours of required aviation maintenance courses,
including general, airframe and powerplant courses, demonstrated Placement into MTH 20A
math competency, and WLD 210. Placement into RD 90
Placement into WR 80
Aviation Maintenance Technology: Airframe
Certificate Attendance at an aviation science orientation or individual advis-
ing recommended prior to commencement in the program. Please
59 credit hours of required aviation maintenance technology
see www.pcc.edu/fly for dates or contact the Aviation Science
courses; includes 25 credit hours of required general courses and
Department for dates or appointments.
32 credit hours of required airframe area courses, plus demon-
strated math competency, and WLD 210. Additionally, the FAA requires a Class II Medical Certificate prior
to beginning flight training. See www.pcc.edu/fly and click on
“Getting Started” for details.
Aviation Maintenance Technology:
Powerplant Certificate
61 credit hours of required aviation maintenance technology Aviation science AAS Degree
courses; includes 25 credit hours of required general courses Minimum of 90 credit hours of 100- and 200-level courses, includ-
and 36 credit hours of required powerplant area courses, plus ing Aviation Science core courses plus General Education courses
demonstrated math competency. and approved electives. Students must meet Associate Degree
Comprehensive Requirements and Associate of Applied Science
Requirements. Electives must be from the list of approved elec-
Aviation Science tives or receive department approval. Consult a program advisor
to help plan General Education courses, approved electives and
Rock Creek Campus math/writing competencies. The associate degree allows credit
Building 2, Room 230 transfer to some four-year schools toward a bachelor’s degree.
503-614-7256
Southeast Center Airplane
Mt. Scott Hall (MTH) Room 103 Includes 59 credit hours of required core aviation, academic, ground
503-788-6174 and flight courses (including the designated Meteorology course).
www.pcc.edu/fly The certified flight instructor specialization option in the second
year includes an additional eight credit hours of ground and flight
courses for a total of 67 credit hours. In either case, the student
39
Programs and Disciplines
will log the flight hours in airplanes for the appropriate FAA pilot Approved Electives 7
and instructor certificates by graduation. Total second year: 44
Helicopter Helicopter
Includes 57 credit hours of required aviation core academic, ground First-year students follow the same course of study regardless
and flight courses (including designated physics and meteorology of program option. At the end of the first year, students decide
courses). The instrument specialization option in the second year whether or not to add the instrument specialization to their course
includes an additional five credit hours of ground and flight courses of study. Those students interested in earning an instrument
for a total of 62 credit hours. In either case, the student will log the specialization will select Helicopter Commercial Flight - B (AVS
flight hours in helicopters for the appropriate FAA pilot and instructor 215), which includes instrument training, instead of Helicopter
certificates by graduation. Commercial Flight - A (AVS 205). This option, in conjunction with
Instrument Ground (AVS 130), earns the student an instrument
rating and instrument specialization.
Airplane
First-year students follow the same course of study regardless of First Year
program option. At the end of the first year, students must decide AVS 110 Helicopter: Private Pilot Ground 4
whether or not to add the certified flight instructor specialization AVS 115 Helicopter: Private Pilot Flight 3
to their course of study. AVS 127 Introduction to Aviation 4
AVS 137 Applied Aerodynamics 4
First Year AVS 150 Helicopter: Commercial Ground 3
AVS 120 Airplane: Private Pilot Ground 4 AVS 155 Helicopter: Introduction to Commercial Flight 3
AVS 125 Airplane: Private Pilot Flight 3 AVS 157 Aircraft Systems & Structures I: Airframe 3
AVS 127 Introduction to Aviation 4 AVS 167 Aircraft Systems & Structures II: Powerplant 3
AVS 130 Instrument Ground School 4 PHY 101 Fundamentals of Physics I 4
AVS 135 Airplane: Instrument Flight 3 GS 109 Meteorology 4
AVS 137 Applied Aerodynamics 4 General Education 4
AVS 140 Airplane: Commercial Pilot Ground 4 Approved Electives 3
AVS 145 Introduction to Commercial Airplane 3 Total first year: 45
AVS 157 Aircraft Systems & Structures I: Airframe 3
AVS 167 Aircraft Systems & Structures II: Powerplant 3 Second Year
GS 109 Meteorology 4 Commercial pilot (without instrument specialization)
General Education 4 AVS 205 Helicopter: Commercial Flight-A 3
AVS 227 Aviation Careers 4
Second Year AVS 237 Aviation Law and Regulations 4
Commercial pilot (without flight instructor specialization) AVS 260 Helicopter: CFI Ground 4
AVS 225 Airplane: Commercial Flight 4 AVS 265 Helicopter: CFI Flight 3
AVS 227 Aviation Careers 4 AVS 267 Economics of Flight Operations 4
AVS 237 Aviation Law and Regulations 4 General Education 8
AVS 255 Airplane: Pilot Performance 1 Approved Electives 14
AVS 267 Economics of Flight Operations 4 Total first year: 45
AVS 275 Airplane: Professional Pilot 3
General Education 4 Commercial pilot (with instrument specialization)
Approved Electives 15
AVS 130 Instrument Ground School 4
Total second year: 44
AVS 215 Helicopter: Commercial Flight-B 4
AVS 227 Aviation Careers 4
Commercial pilot (with certified flight instructor
AVS 237 Aviation Law and Regulations 4
specialization)
AVS 260 Helicopter: CFI Ground 4
AVS 225 Airplane: Commercial Flight 4 AVS 265 Helicopter: CFI Flight 3
AVS 227 Aviation Careers 4 AVS 267 Economics of Flight Operations 4
AVS 230 Airplane: Certified Flight Instructor Ground 4 General Education 8
AVS 235 Airplane: Certified Flight Instructor Flight 2 Approved Electives 10
AVS 237 Aviation Law and Regulations 4 Total second year: 45
AVS 241 Airplane: CFII/MEI Ground 3
AVS 242 Airplane: CFII/MEI Flight 2
Approved electives for Aviation Science - Airplane or
Helicopter
AVS 255 Airplane: Pilot Performance 1
AVS 267 Economics of Flight Operations 4 CIS 120 Computer Concepts I 4
General Education 4 CIS 121 Computer Concepts II 4
40
Programs and Disciplines
CAS 133
CAS 170
Basic Computer Skills/Microsoft Office
Beginning Excel: WIN
3
3
BioSCIENCE technology
CAS 171 Intermediate Excel: WIN 3
Rock Creek Campus
CAS 216 Beginning Word: WIN 3
Building 7, Room 202
CAS 217 Intermediate Word: WIN 3 503-614-7257 or 614-7282
PHY 101 Fundamentals of Physics 4
PSY 101 Psychology and Human Relations 3-4 Career Program and Description
WR 117 Introduction to Technical Writing 3-4
Bioscience Technology refers to the research and development of
WR 121 English Composition 3-4
products which use the processes, products or principles of living
WR 214 Business Communications II 3-4
organisms to solve problems. The applications of bioscience range
WR 227 Technical Writing I 3-4 from developing and manufacturing better ways to diagnose and
EC 200 Principles of Economics: Intro, Institutions and treat disease, to improving the production of plant crops, and even
Philosophies 3-4 using microorganisms to clean up toxic wastes. The field is dynamic,
EC 201 Principles of Economics: Microeconomics 4 employing applications and innovations that are cutting-edge and
EC 202 Principles of Economics: Macroeconomics 4 in many cases cut across traditional disciplines. Skilled technicians
BA 101 Introduction to Business 4 with broad-based laboratory training find employment in a variety
BA 206 Management Fundamentals 3 of settings, working with scientists at all levels in research, develop-
ment, manufacturing, testing, and quality control and assurance.
Technicians are needed in both large and small companies, research
Cascade Campus Course work in the Bioscience program involves four distinct ele-
Jackson Hall, (JH) Room 210 ments. Basic science courses provide the background information
503-978-5209 so that technical elements can be more completely understood.
The foundation course work provides a broad base of technical
Sylvania Campus knowledge that prepares individuals for entry-level positions in
Health Technology, (HT) Room 305 a variety of Bioscience companies, and includes emphasis on
503-977-4225 working in a regulated environment, as well as developing skill
Rock Creek Campus in technical communication and job readiness. The core of these
Building 7, Room 202 foundation courses make up the Biotechnician Certificate. The
503-614-7257 advanced technical courses develop more specific skill sets, and
provide for development of the fundamental skills in this more ad-
www.pcc.edu/pcc/pro/progs/bit/
vanced context. Students may choose some electives from outside
of the BIT program, in order to increase the breadth of training
Description or focus on a specify sector of the bioscience industry. Once the
formal course work has been completed, the work experience
At PCC, Biology (BI prefix) course offerings include biology classes
component will ensure that students have a chance to put their
for those interested in introductory topics, environmental habitats,
skills and knowledge into a working context. The AAS in Biosci-
anatomy and physiology, microbiology, and a wide variety of other
ence Technology also allows for a smooth transfer to Portland
science majors’ classes.
State University toward a bachelor’s degree in Biology.
Work in the sciences is an important part of many college programs.
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion.
Courses at PCC are organized to present basic principles and to
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements
provide a coordinated overview of the sciences as they relate to liv-
must be met.
ing systems. See the Course Description (BI) section of this catalog
for individual biology courses and course prerequisites.
Degrees and Certificates Offered
Associate of Applied Science Degree
BioMEDICAL ENGINEERING Bioscience Technology
Less than One-Year Certificates: Career Pathways
TechnOLOGY Career Pathways Certificates are short-term credentials (12-44
credits) which prepare individuals for entry-level employment.
Career Pathways certificates may be the first certificate a student
See Electronic Engineering Technology earns en route to a certificate of greater length or an Associate
of Applied Science (AAS) degree. Contact the department for
information.
41
Programs and Disciplines
AAS Bioscience Technology: Placement into WR 121 and MTH 95 Work Experience
Biotechnician Certificate: Placement into WR115, RD 115 and BIT 280A Work Experience (240 hrs) 8
MTH 65 BIT 280B Work Experience Seminar 1
42
Programs and Disciplines
Building construction technology with a BCT prefix, with the exception of BCT 217 and BCT 218,
aas Degree or instructor approval. See complete BCT course offerings in the
Course Description List. Students wishing to use prior courses in
Students new to the Building Construction Technology Program related disciplines such as Architectural Drafting, Building Inspec-
must take the college’s placement tests for math and writing admin- tion etc., in lieu of approved BCT elective, must receive approval
istered through the assessment centers prior to program advising from a BCT advisor.
and registration. Students must be enrolled in or have completed
MTH 20 or have placed into MTH 60 or above on the Numerical 3
While General Education requirements are listed during specific terms, they
Test and have enrolled in or completed WR 90 or placed into WR may be taken any time.
115 or above. Students must complete BCT 106 Hand and Power
Tool Use and Safety with a “C” or better or acquire department Building Construction Technology
approval before enrolling in classes requiring the use of hand or CERTIFICATE
power tools.
Students seeking a certificate in Building Construction Technology
Students must complete the course work requirements outlined must take all the classes listed below. No electives may be substi-
in the PCC catalog under Associate of Applied Science Degree in tuted without department approval. Certificate is 37 credits.
addition to 77 program credits for a minimum of 93 credit hours.
Consult a program advisor for assistance in planning General Fall Term
Education classes. BCT 102 Residential Printreading 3
BCT 103 Residential Materials and Methods 3
COURSE OF STUDY BCT 104 Construction Mathematics 3
BCT 106 Hand Tool/Power Tool Use & Safety 3
Fall Term
BCT 102 Residential Printreading 3 Winter Term
BCT 103 Residential Materials and Methods 3 BCT 101 Principles of Construction Surveying 3
BCT 104 Construction Mathematics 3 BCT 127 Concrete Construction I 6
BCT 106 Hand Tool/Power Tool Use & Safety 3 ARCH 132 Residential Building Codes 2
General Education3 4 ARCH 110 Intro. To Architectural Drawing 2
43
Programs and Disciplines
44
Programs and Disciplines
ARCH 110 Introduction to Architectural Drawing 2 other skills needed to be successful in building inspections tech-
BCT 202 Business Principles for Construction 3 nology. Plans examiners review new and remodel construction
ARCH 132 Residential Building Codes 2 drawings submitted for building code compliance before a permit is
General Education 4 issued. Building inspectors check construction sites work for com-
pliance to the permitted plans and applicable code and standards.
Spring Term As an inspector and/or plans examiner you will identify, interpret
BCT 221 Construction Law 3 and administer state and local codes; effectively communicate and
interact with the public and design professionals; and conduct plan
ARCH 133 Commercial Building Codes 2
reviews and inspections to protect the safety of the public.
BCT 133 Commercial Materials and Methods 3
SP 215 Small Group Communication 4 The two-year associate of applied science degree program
Approved BCT Elective 3 prepares students for a career as a building inspector and
plans examiner. After passing national certification exams
Fall Term offered by the International Code Council and the Oregon In-
BCT 150 Mechanical Electrical and Plumbing 3 spector Certification, the student might work as a commercial
BCT 213 Commercial Printreading 3 3 structural/mechanical inspector, commercial plans examiner,
WR 227 Technical Writing 4 one- and two-family dwelling structural/mechanical inspector,
one- and two-family dwelling plans examiner, or all of the above.
CAS 170 Beginning Excel 5 3
A one-year certificate prepares the student with extensive con-
Winter Term struction background for a career as a commercial structural/me-
BCT 207 Construction Job Costing 3 chanical inspector, or a residential structural/mechanical inspector
and plans examiner.
BCT 206 Sustainable Construction Practices 3
BCT 101 Construction Surveying 3 The Building Inspections Technology Department should be
BCT 204C Construction Estimating 3 contacted for program advising, program costs, and employment
General Education 4 opportunity information. Only Program courses graded “C” or
better will be accepted toward Building Inspection Technology
Spring Term program completion.
BCT 222 Engineering for Constructors 4 3 Consult a program advisor for information on PCC’s policy on ac-
BCT 130 Construction Safety 3 ceptance of courses taken at other colleges or high schools or the
BCT 214 Advanced Estimating 3 transferability of PCC courses to other institutions.
BCT 225 Construction Project Management 3
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion.
General Education 4
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements
Summer Term must be met.
BCT 280 Cooperative Education - Internship 1 6
1
Degrees and Certificates Offered
Credits for this class may vary from one to six depending on the nature and
duration of the co-op experience. This class may be taken one or more times Associate of Applied Science Degree
until the required number of credits is fulfilled. See advisor for details.
Building Inspection Technology
2
Class may be challenged by petitioning for course by examination. One-Year Certificates
3
ARCH 162 Blueprint Reading Part 2 may be substituted for BCT 213 Advanced Commercial Structural and Mechanical Inspection Certifi
Printreading cate (Pending State Approval)
4
ARCH 122 Structural Systems 2 may be substituted for BCT 222 Engineering Residential Structural and Mechanical Inspection and
for Constructors Plans Examination Certificate (Pending State Approval)
5
CAS 170 Beginning Excel may be substituted with CAS 171 with instructor
permission
Degree Requirements
Placement tests are available at the PCC testing centers to deter-
mine entry level skills in math and writing.
Building Inspection Several courses in Building Inspection require students to have taken
MTH 20, and WR 115 or RD 115 or higher-level math and writing
Technology courses. Additional skill requirements are specified through the list-
ing of prerequisites. Students with questions about this entry-level
Sylvania Campus readiness should arrange for evaluations of their skill levels through
Science Technology Building, (ST) Room 208 the PCC Counseling Department. Placement testing designed to
503-977-4163 assist students in selecting appropriate writing and mathematics
courses may be required prior to registration. Students must meet
www.pcc.edu/programs/bldg-inspection/
PCC’s writing and math competencies prior to graduation. See
Comprehensive Degree Requirements in this catalog.
Career and Program Description
This program is designed to help students develop technical and
45
Programs and Disciplines
46
Programs and Disciplines
struction for entry level employment as a building inspector or ARCH 121 Structural Systems I 2
plans examiner, and the national certification exams offered by the ARCH 161 Blueprint Reading I 2
International Code Council and the Oregon Inspector Certification CAS 216 Beginning WORD 3
tests. Check with the State Building Codes Agency or your advi-
Second Term
sor for specific requirements to meet eligibility to be employed in
INSP 152 International Residential Code-Mechanical 2
the State of Oregon.
ARCH 122 Structural Systems II 4
These certificates are intended mainly for evening students with CG 209 Job Finding Skills 1
extensive construction background. Programs are designed to begin INSP 280B CE: Field Experience 4
Fall term. INSP 280B Cooperative Education (work experience) is
available only during the day, Monday through Friday. Courses may Third Term
be offered evenings, days, online, or weekends. INSP 202 Plans Exam-Residential 4
INSP 280B CE: Field Experience 6
Prerequisites and Requirements ARCH 123 Structural Systems III 4
To enter, students must have taken MTH 20 and WR 115 or RD Choose any 6 credits from the list below
115 or higher level math and writing courses. Placement tests are
MSD 105 Interpersonal Communication 3
available at PCC Testing Centers to determine entry level skills
MSD 130 Creative Problem Solving 3
in math and writing. The Building Inspection Program should be
contacted for advising MSD 110 Gender Conflict Resolution 1
MSD 119A Intercultural Communication 1
MSD 151 Dealing with Difficult People 1
Commercial Structural and
MSD 157 Conflict Management 1
Mechanical Inspection Certificate (Pending
MSD 160A Communication Styles 1
State Approval)
MSD 150 Listening Skills 1
MSD 175A Direct Communication in the Workplace 1
Course of Study MSD 176 Nonverbal Communication 1
SP 100 Introduction to Speech Communication 4
First Term
SP 215 Small Group Communication 4
INSP 251 International Building Code I 4
INSP 257 International Fuel and Gas Code 3 Note: CE: Field Experience totals a minimum of 300 hours.
ARCH 121 Structural Systems I 2 See prerequisites for each course.
CAS 216 Beginning WORD 3
MSD 151 Dealing with Difficult People 1
CG 209 Job Finding Skills 1
Business Administration
Second Term
INSP 252 International Building Code II 3 Cascade Campus
INSP 255 International Mechanical Code I 2 Technology Education Building, (TEB) Room 210
ARCH 122 Structural Systems II 4 503-978-5317
ARCH 162 Printreading II 2 Rock Creek Campus
MSD 130 Creative Problem Solving 3 Building 3, Room 201
503-614-7235
Third Term
Sylvania Campus
INSP 253 International Building Code III 3
Social Science Building, (SS) Room 215
INSP 256 International Mechanical Code II 3 503-977-4324
ARCH 123 Structural Systems III 4
Extended Learning Campus
INSP 280B CE: Field Experience 6
Note: CE Field Experience totals a minimum of 180 hours. Southeast Center
See prerequisites for each course Mt. Scott Hall, (MSH) Room 103
503-788-6146
Residential Structural and Mechanical www.pcc.edu/programs/business/
Inspection and Plans Examination Certifi-
cate (Pending State Approval) CAREER AND PROGRAM DESCRIPTION
Three associate of applied science degrees in business admin-
Course of study istration are offered. They are: accounting, management and
marketing. These two-year degrees emphasize skills to be used
First Term on the job upon completion of the degree requirements and are not
INSP 151 International Residential Code-Structural 4 designed for students intending to transfer to four-year schools. If
INSP 154 Introduction to Residential Inspection 1 transferability of courses is a concern, students should consult with
47
Programs and Disciplines
the institution of their choice regarding transfer possibilities. including General Education, Math and English competencies.
All courses and programs of study in business require a minimum Career Description
of college entry-level competency in English and in computational
skills. Additional skill requirements are specified through the listing The associate of applied science accounting program prepares
of prerequisites. Students with questions about this entry-level students for entry into the accounting field as bookkeepers, ac-
readiness should arrange for evaluations of their skill levels through counting clerks or accounting assistants who perform routine
the PCC Counseling Department. Placement testing designed to calculations, posting and typing duties, check items on reports,
assist students in selecting appropriate writing and mathematics summarize and post data in designated books and perform a
courses may be required prior to registration. Additional testing variety of other duties such as preparing invoices or monthly state-
may be required for selected business courses. Due to the rapid ments, preparing payrolls, verifying bank accounts, keeping record
changes in employment opportunities, technological advances files and making periodic reports of business activities.
and certifying agency regulations, business programs are subject
to change. Degree Requirements
College entry-level competencies in English and in computational
Students must meet PCC’s writing and math competencies prior
skills. Additional skill requirements for individual business courses
to graduation. See Comprehensive Degree Requirements in this
are listed in the course description section of this catalog.
catalog.
48
Programs and Disciplines
49
Programs and Disciplines
CAS 217 Intermediate Word 3 College entry-level competencies in English and in computational
OS 131 10-Key on Calculator 1 skills. Additional skill requirements for individual business courses
are listed in the Course Description section of this catalog.
Second Term
BA 211 Principles of Accounting I 3 3
Course of Study
BA 177 Payroll Accounting 3 3
BA 228 Computer Accounting Applications 3 3 This program and individual courses are available at several PCC
locations. Please call a campus or center for further information.
WR 90 Writing 90 3
or The emphasis of the Management Program is on management
WR 115 Introduction to Expository Writing 4 principles, marketing, accounting, office management and small
or business management.
WR 121 English Composition 4
Required Business Courses
CG 209 Job Finding Skills 1
1
Students who have completed high school book keeping or have had work BA 101 Introduction to Business 4
experience with full-cycle bookkeeping responsibilities should substitute an BA 111 Introduction to Accounting 2 3
approved business elective and start the accounting series BA 211 in the BA 131 Computers in Business 4
second term.
BA 205 Solving Communication Problems
2
Students who can touch type more than 40 words per minute should substitute with Technology 4
an approved business elective. BA 206 Management Fundamentals 3
3
Prerequisites for business courses are listed in the course description section. BA 211 Principles in Accounting I 3
BA 212 Principles in Accounting II 3
Entry-Level Accounting Clerk BA 223 Principles in Marketing 3
cERTIFICATE: cAREER pATHWAYS BA 224 Human Resource Management 3
BA 226 Business Law 4
Career Description BA 285 Human Relations - Organizations 3
Required Business Related Courses
This program prepares students for entry-level positions such as
accounting or bookkeeping clerks. Skills gained in this program CAS 121 Beginning Keyboarding
can lead to a variety of jobs that support the accounting and finance or
functions within an organization. CAS 122 Speed & Accuracy 3
CAS 216 Beginning Word
or
Course of Study CAS 217 Intermediate Word 3
This program emphasizes learning accounting and computer CAS 170 Beginning Excel
skills. 14 credit hours or
CAS 171 Intermediate Excel 3
First Term EC 200 Introduction to Economics 3 4
BA 111 Introduction to Accounting 3 OS 131 Ten Key Calculator 1
BA 101 Introduction to Business 4 WR 121 English Composition 4
BA 131 Computers in Business 4 Required General Education 12
BA 228 Computer Accounting Applications 3 (EC 200 will count toward General Education)
Choose a minimum of 15 BA credits from the
Management AAS Degree following list
Minimum 91 credit hours; includes 75 credit hours of required BA 177 Payroll Accounting 3
courses and 16 credit hours of General Education. Consult a BA 203 Introduction to International Business 3
program advisor for assistance in planning General Education BA 207 Introduction to E-Commerce 3
classes. MTH 65 is required for graduation. A math compe- BA 213 Principles of Accounting III 3
tency exam is available. Students must meet college graduation BA 218 Personal Finance 3
requirements including General Education, math and English BA 228 Computer Accounting Applications 3
competencies.
BA 238 Sales 3
BA 239 Advertising 3
Career Description BA 242 Investments 3
A management graduate enters business as a supervisory trainee BA 250 Small Business Management 3
who will coordinate activities and direct personnel to attain opera- BA 280A Business Experience 4 3
tional goals. Management supervisors assign duties to workers BA 280B Seminar 4 1
and establish work schedules. They may also evaluate perfor-
mance and may recommend hiring, promotions and dismissals. Choose a minimum of 9 credits from the following list:
Degree Requirements
50
Programs and Disciplines
51
Programs and Disciplines
• Increase your Knowledge of the Retail Industry Elective courses. Choose 15-16 credits
• Improve your Business and your Professional Skills BA 101 Introduction to Business 4
BA 131 Computers in Business 4
• Enhance your Employability and your Promotion Potential
BA 205 Solving Communication Problems
• Earn credits toward your college degree with Technology 4
BA 206 Management Fundamentals 3
Total credits 34. This certificate is approved by the Western As-
BA 211 Principles of Accounting I 3
sociation of Food Chains (WAFC) and supported by several major
retailers. See this link for a list of major retail members: www.wafc. BA 212 Principles of Accounting II 3
com/links/groceryretailers.htm. BA 213 Principles of Accounting III 3
BA 222 Financial Management 3
MTH 30 Business Math (or MTH 60 or higher) 4
BA 223 Principles of Marketing 3
SP 111 Fundamentals of Speech 3-4
BA 224 Human Resource Management 3
BA 205 Solving Communications Problems
BA 226 Business Law I 4
with Technology 4
BA 227 Business Law II 3
BA 211 Principles of Accounting I 3
BA 238 Sales 3
BA 131 Computers in Business (or CIS 120) 4
BA 280A CE: Business Experience 3
BA 206 Management Fundamentals 3
BA 280B CE: Business Experience - Seminar 1
BA 223 Principles of Marketing 3
BA 285 Human Relations-Organizations 3
BA 224 Human Resources Management 3
CAS 133 Basic Computer Skills/Microsoft Office 3
BA 249 Principles of Retailing and E-tailing 3
ATH 207 Cultural Anthropology: Culture Concepts 4
BA 285 Human Relations-Organizations 3
ATH 208 Cultural Anthropology: Cultures of the World 4
Entry-level Sales and Service ATH 209 Cultural Anthropology: Cultural
Growth & Change 4
CERTIFICATE: cAREER pATHWAYS
GEO 105 Introduction to Human Cultural Geography 4
Contact department GEO 106 Introduction to Human Cultural Geography 4
GEO 107 Introduction to Human Cultural Geography 4
International Business Program Award
HST 103 Western Civilization: 1799 to the Present 4
The Business Administration Department confers a program HST 104 History of Eastern Civilization: Middle East 4
award in International Business. This is not a career certificate but HST 105 History of Eastern Civilization: India
a program designed to enhance cultural awareness and expose and Subcontinent 4
the student to the international business environment in general. HST 106 History of Eastern Civilization: Far East 4
Students will be introduced to international law, international
HST 278 Russian History I 4
marketing, importing and exporting, global economics and the
HUM 125 International Education 4
managerial implications of operating in a foreign environment.
Courses may be offered at various locations. Placement test PHL 202 Introduction to Philosophy: Elementary Ethics 4
administered through assessment centers. 30-31 credit hours; PS 220 U.S. Foreign Policy 4
includes 15 credit hours of required courses and 15-16 credit hours WR 121 English Composition 3-4
of restricted electives. Any modern language including English for Speakers of Other
Languages (limited to nine credit hours)
Note: Program award will be issued by the Sylvania Business
Division to students who meet the requirements. Students should
contact the Sylvania Business Division in their last term to apply
for the award.
Career Guidance
Required courses and College Success
BA 203 Introduction to International Business 3
BA 141 Introduction to International Business Law 3 Cascade Campus
BA 237 Fundamentals of Import/Export 3 Student Services Building, (SSB) Room 150
503-978-5271
BA 234 International Marketing 3
EC 230 Contemporary World Economic Issues: Southeast Center Tabor Hall, Room 152
International Economics 4 503-788-6256
or
Rock Creek Campus
PS 205 Global Politics: Conflict & Cooperation 4
Building 9, Room 118
Restricted Electives 15-16
503-614-7300
53
Programs and Disciplines
Sylvania Campus
College Center, (CC) Room 216
Chicano/Latino Studies
503-977-4531
Rock Creek Campus
Building 3, Room 201
DESCRIPTION
503-614-7235
College students face numerous challenges, not the least of which
are learning how to manage time, finances, and personal com- Description
mitments. While developing an understanding of their own unique
strengths and skills, students must choose an appropriate major Chicano/Latino Studies is the interdisciplinary study of the social,
and make careful career choices. These challenges, combined cultural, political, economic, and historical forces that shaped and
with those of everyday living, present an opportunity to grow from continue to shape the development of the people of Mexico and
important life experiences, renew one’s career commitments, and other Latin American countries in the United States over the past
oftentimes, manage an exciting career change. 300 years. Emphasis is on the experience of the Chicano/Mexican-
American and other Latinos as residents and citizens in the United
PCC’s Career Guidance and College Success courses are States and not in their countries of origin or descent.
designed to help students maximize college success; choose
a career or major; explore changing careers; and assess and The Chicano/Latino experience pre-dates the mid-19th century.
develop strengths and Chicanos and other Latinos living in the United States developed
a rich and extensive literature, and became involved in and made
personal skills. Several different exploratory, instructive classes major contributions to all aspects of life in the United States.
offer students opportunities to envision themselves and their
careers in new ways. “Career and Life Planning” offers students PCC courses in this area of study are designed to transfer with
tools to make important career decisions, while other courses, full credit to the Chicano/Latino Studies Certificate program at
such as “Introduction to Health Careers,” allow students to grasp Portland State University. They will transfer to most other colleges
the day-to-day challenges within a field and understand the work- and universities as elective credit. Students planning to transfer
place environment, licensing procedures, and career pathways. to a college or university other than Portland State University
See the Course Description (CG prefix) section of this catalog should see a counselor for additional information and guidance.
for individual career guidance and college success courses and See the Course Description (CHLA prefix) section of this catalog
course prerequisites. for individual courses and course prerequisites.
Courses in chemistry are offered for students who will transfer Degrees and Certificates Offered
to four-year institutions, who are completing requirements for Associate of Applied Science Degree
career/technical programs, or who are taking courses for personal
Civil Engineering Technology
enrichment. Chemistry courses at PCC are equivalent to freshman
and sophomore courses at four-year colleges and universities. One-year Certificate
Students should check the specific requirements of the institution Civil Engineering Technology
to which they plan to transfer prior to finalizing their course of study
at PCC. For complete listing of Chemistry (CH prefix) courses, see Prerequisite and Requirements
Course Descriptions at the end of the catalog
54
Programs and Disciplines
All students must have an advising interview with a civil engineer- Fourth Term
ing technology (CET) faculty advisor. Students must place in CMET 132 Plane Surveying 3
WR 115 and have completed MTH 60 or equivalent. High school CMET 133 Materials Technology 3
courses in chemistry and physics are helpful, but not required. CMET 221 Environmental Systems 4
Skill in keyboarding is highly recommended. A specific calculator
CMET 213 Fluid Mechanics 3
is required.
SP 100/111 Speech Communication 1 3-4
For students not meeting these requirements, advising is avail-
able to assist in preparing for entrance into the program and to Fifth Term
earn credits which will apply toward the certificate or degree once CMET 228 Construction Materials 3
accepted into the program. CMET 212 Thermodynamics I 4
CMET 211 Environmental Quality 4
Application and Acceptance CMET 241 Structural Steel Drafting 3
Full-time students: CET is a limited enrollment program for stu- CMET 254 CMET Seminar 1
dents seeking a certificate or degree. Qualified applicants are ac- General Education 1 4
cepted in the order in which the application process is completed.
Program starts in fall and winter terms. See a program advisor Sixth Term
for other term starts. CMET 214 Route Surveying 3
CMET 233 CET Applied Computer Aided Design 3
Job-upgrade students: non-program students seeking to upgrade
job skills are welcome to enroll in individual courses. Students must CMET 222 Thermodynamics II 4
meet individual course prerequisites and complete an advising CMET 223 Project Management 3
interview with a CET faculty advisor prior to enrollment. Admis- CMET 236 Structural Design 3
sion is granted on a space-available basis after the needs of the 1
General Education: 16 credits are required for the AAS degree, including the
full-time students have been met. speech and chemistry classes listed above. See AAS degree requirements
elsewhere in this catalog.
Continuing Education: Students of this program may transfer to
2
various out-of-state institutions to pursue a Bachelor of Science Writing: WR 121 is a basic competency requirement, but is not on PCC’s General
degree in civil or construction engineering technology or to Oregon Education course list. (WR 115 is a prerequisite for WR 121). WR 227 is highly
recommended to all students.
State University for a degree in construction engineering manage-
ment. Faculty advisors will provide assistance in the selection of
additional course work appropriate to each student’s goals. Civil Engineering Technology certificate
First Term
Civil Engineering Technology AAS degree
CMET 110 Statics 4
Minimum 100 credit hours which includes 92 credit hours of CMET 111 Engineering Technology Orientation 4
required program courses plus General Education credit hours CMET 112 Technical Algebra/Trigonometry 4
and electives. Students must also meet Associate Degree Com-
CMET 113 Engineering Technology Graphics 3
prehensive Requirements and Associate of Applied Science
Requirements. Second Term
CMET 121 Strength of Materials 4
First Term CMET 122 Technical Engineering Physics 4
CMET 110 Statics 4 CMET 123 Technical Algebra with Analytic Geometry 4
CMET 111 Engineering Tech Orientation 4 CH 104 General Chemistry 1 5
CMET 112 Technical Algebra/Trigonometry 4
CMET 113 Engineering Technology Graphics 3
55
Programs and Disciplines
Computer Applications Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion.
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements
and Office Systems must be met.
56
Programs and Disciplines
This degree requires a CAS/OS certificate with an additional 38 credit Course of Study
hours minimum of required course work as outlined below.
The program emphasis is on using business software, commu-
nications, Internet, emerging technologies, and office manage-
Required Courses ment skills.
CAS 140 Beginning Access 3 The courses are not listed in the order in which they should be
CAS 217 Intermediate Word 3 completed. It is critical that you see a CAS/OS instructor or pick
OS 280F Cooperative Education: Administrative Assistant 4 up a “Recommended Course Sequence” handout to use when
OS 280G Cooperative Education: Administrative Assistant planning your schedule. Recommended course sequence will
Seminar 1 differ from campus to campus.
(Unless taken in first year)
This degree requires a CAS/OS certificate with an additional 39
Writing course higher than WR 121 4
credit hours of required course work as outlined below:
General Education 12-13
BA Electives - 6 credits minimum
Required Courses
Take any BA courses not including BA courses from CAS/OS
CAS 140 Beginning Access 3
certificate. May not include BA 131 if CAS 133 was taken. CAS/OS
electives 7 credits minimum BA 211 Principles of Accounting I 3
BA 206 Management Fundamentals 3
CAS/OS Electives CAS 171 Intermediate Excel 3
or
CAS 103 Introduction to Windows 1
BA 210 Advanced Accounting Spreadsheet
CAS 104 Basic Internet Skills 1 Applications 3
CAS 106 Introduction to HTML 1 Writing course above WR 121 4
CAS 109 Beginning PowerPoint 1 General Education 12-13
CAS 111D Beginning Web Site Creation: Dreamweaver 3 BA Electives - 6 credits minimum
or
CAS/OS Electives - 6 credits minimum
CAS 111F Beginning Web Site Creation: FrontPage 3
CAS 112D Intermediate Dreamweaver 3 CAS/OS Electives
CAS 122 Keyboarding for Speed and Accuracy 3 CAS 103 Introduction to Windows 1
CAS 150 Introduction to Speech Recognition 1 CAS 106 Introduction to HTML 1
CAS 171 Intermediate Excel 3 CAS 109 Beginning PowerPoint 1
CAS 231 Publisher 3 CAS 111D Beginning Web Site Creation: Dreamweaver 3
CAS 232 Desktop Publishing: InDesign 3 or
CIS 178 Applied Internet Concepts 4 CAS 111F Beginning Web Site Creation: FrontPage 3
CAS 112D Intermediate Dreamweaver 3
Administrative Assistant: Office Manage- CAS 122 Keyboarding for Speed and Accuracy 3
ment AAS Degree CAS 150 Introduction to Speech Recognition 1
CAS 217 Intermediate Word 3
Minimum 90 credit hours which includes 74 credit hours of re-
CAS 231 Publisher 3
quired program courses plus General Education credit hours and
electives. Math 65 is required for graduation. A math competency CAS 232 Desktop Publishing: InDesign 3
exam is available. Students must also meet Associate Degree CIS 178 Applied Internet Concepts 4
Comprehensive Requirements and Associate of Applied Science Business Administration Electives
Requirements. Consulting a CAS/OS instructor for assistance is
critical in planning your classes. BA 101 Introduction to Business 4
BA 177 Payroll Accounting 3
Career and Program Description BA 203 Introduction to International Business 3
BA 207 Introduction to E-Commerce 4
Coordinates various office support services and frequently su-
BA 212 Principles of Accounting II 3
pervises office support staff. Establishes short range and long
BA 223 Principles of Marketing 3
range plans for the office. Requires excellent communications
and organizational skills. BA 224 Human Resource Management 3
BA 226 Business Law 4
Students who successfully complete the AAS, Administrative Assis- BA 228 Computer Accounting Applications 3
tant Office Management degree will develop skills and knowledge BA 238 Sales 3
appropriate to an entry-level office position as an administrative
BA 239 Advertising 3
assistant leading to managerial responsibilities.
BA 242 Introduction to Investments 3
57
Programs and Disciplines
Web Site Development and Design AAS DEGREE CAS 215 CSS and Dynamic HTML 4
CIS 120 Computer Concepts I 4*
Minimum 98 credit hours which includes required program courses
plus General Education credit hours and electives. Students must CIS 121 Computer Concepts II 4*
also meet Associate Degree Comprehensive Requirements and CIS 178 Applied Internet Concepts 4
Associate of Applied Science Requirements.Math 65 is required MM 120 Multimedia Design 2
for graduation. A math competency exam is available. CAS 208 Beginning PhotoShop for the Web 3
BA 207 Introduction to E-Commerce 4
Career and Program Description or
Web design and development represents a significant and growing CIS 243 E-ssentials of E-Commerce Information Systems 4
industry segment that combines computer programming, extensive BA 223 Principles of Marketing 3
knowledge of software applications and proficiency in multimedia or
techniques. This program prepares students to plan, create, BA 239 Advertising 3
manage, supervise, and market web-based business operations, BA 205 Solving Communication Problems with Technology 4
products, and services. These skills are transferable to a wide or
MM 270 Writing for Multimedia 3
variety of web-related careers.
or
The Computer Applications/Office Systems (CAS/OS), Computer WR 227 Technical Writing I 4
Information Systems (CIS) and Multi-Media (MM) Departments BA 101 Introduction to Business 4
have partnered to create an Associate of Applied Science (AAS) CAS 280W Cooperative Education: Web Site Development 4
two-year degree option. This interdisciplinary degree option MSD 279 Project Management 3
combines back-end programming and development skills with WR 121 English Composition 4
front-end design skills to prepare students for a wide variety of
General Education (Arts & Letters) 4
web-related careers. Furthermore, students in this program will
learn the designing, implementing, testing, and troubleshooting General Education (Social Sciences) 4
skills needed for web site construction and e-commerce applica-
tions, as well as incorporating multimedia techniques into web Development Emphasis Requirements- 28 credits
sites with audio and video applications. CAS 213 Enhancing Web Pages with JavaScript 4
or
In addition to foundational Web Design and Development skills, this CIS 233S Internet Web Page Scripting 4
degree has two distinct focuses for students to choose from:
CAS 214 Beginning ColdFusion 4
Web Development – This emphasis will focus on web application or
development, networking, and server setup. CIS 234S Web Application Development Using .NET 4
or
Web Design – This emphasis will focus on multimedia, graphical CIS 195P PHP Web Development I 4
as well as layout aspects of web site design. CIS 122 Software Design 4
CIS 133B Introduction to Visual Basic .NET Programming 4
or
Prerequisites and Requirements CIS 133J Java Programming I 4
Students must be competent with basic composition and math CIS 125D Database Application Development I 4
skills, word processing, spreadsheet, and basic formatting skills CIS 287I Web Server Administration 4
for common office documents. Basic browser navigation, search- CIS 179 Data Communication Concepts I 4
ing the web, and file management skills are also essential to be
successful in this program. Recommended classes to obtain Design Emphasis Requirements- 27 credits
these skills: WR 121, MTH 20, CAS 104, CAS 133, CAS 170, CAS CAS 175 Introduction to Flash 3
216, OS 120, BA 101, BA 131. All CAS/OS courses applied to this ART 115 Basic Design 3*
certificate must be passed with a “C” grade or better.
ART 116 Basic Design 3*
MM 130 Multimedia Graphic Video and Audio Production 3
Course of Study MM 140 Multimedia Authoring I 3
All students must complete General Education and Development and MM 160 Marketing Yourself as a Multimedia Professional 2
Design Requirements. Students will choose either the Development MM 220 Multimedia Design II 3
Emphasis or the Design Emphasis. Students must take all courses MM 230 Graphics for Multimedia 4
listed under Requirements for the chosen emphasis. They must also
MM 231 Vector Graphics & Animation
choose sufficient credits from the Electives section to make up the for the World Wide Web 3
rest of the 98 credits for the degree.
Development and Design Electives - Choose classes to
Development and Design Requirements – 65 credits mini- make 93 credits total
mum
CIS 275 Data Modeling and SQL Introduction 4
CAS 111D Beginning Web Site Creation: Dreamweaver 3 CIS 276 Advanced SQL 4
CAS 112D Intermediate Dreamweaver 3 CIS 233B Intermediate Visual Basic .NET Programming 4
CAS 206 Principles of HTML/XHTML 4
58
Programs and Disciplines
59
Programs and Disciplines
ing the web, and file management skills are also essential to be Word Processing certificate: Career
successful in this program. Recommended classes to obtain Pathways
these skills: WR 121, MTH 20, CAS 104, CAS 133, CAS 170, CAS
CAS 122 Keyboarding for Speed and Accuracy 3
216, OS 120, BA 101, BA 131. All CAS/OS courses applied to this
certificate must be passed with a “C” grade or better. CAS 216 Beginning Word 3
OS 120 Business Editing Skills 4
CAS 123 Production Keyboarding 3
Course of Study
CAS 217 Intermediate Word 3
Programs are located at Cascade, Rock Creek, and Sylvania CAS 170 Beginning Excel 3
campuses. The program is targeted to students and working CAS 231 Publisher 3
professionals who wish to specialize in web site creation and
WR 121 English Composition or higher 3-4
maintenance.
Total Credits - 25 minimum
These courses are not listed in the order in which they should be
completed. It is critical that you see a CAS/OS instructor or pick
up a “Recommended Course Sequence” planning sheet to use
Spreadsheet certificate: Career Pathways
when planning your schedule. Recommended course sequences CAS 122 Keyboarding for Speed and Accuracy 3
will differ from campus to campus. OS 131 10-Key on Calculator 1
Required Courses - Minimum 36 credits CAS 170 Beginning Excel 3
CAS 171 Intermediate Excel 3
CAS 208 Beginning Photoshop for the Web 3
CAS 140 Beginning Access 3
CAS 111D Beginning Web Site Creation: Dreamweaver 3
CAS 216 Beginning Word 3
CAS 112D Intermediate Dreamweaver 3 or
CAS 175 Introduction to Flash 3 CAS 217 Intermediate Word
CAS 206 Principles of HTML/XHTML 4 BA 111 Introduction to Accounting 3
CAS 215 CSS and Dynamic HTML 4 MTH 30 Business Mathematics 4
CAS 280W Cooperative Education: Web Site Development 2 WR 121 English Composition or higher 3-4
CIS 178 Applied Internet Concepts 4 Total Credits - 26 minimum
BA 207 Introduction to E-Commerce 4
or
CIS 243 Essentials of E-Commerce Information Systems 4 Office Assistant certificate: Career
MM 120 Multimedia Design 2 Pathways
BA 205 Solving Communication Problems with Technology 4 CAS 216 Beginning Word 3
or CAS 217 Intermediate Word 3
MM 270 Writing for Multimedia 3 CAS 170 Beginning Excel 3
BA 223 Principles of Marketing 3 or
or CAS 171 Intermediate Excel 3
BA 239 Advertising 3 CAS 123 Production Keyboarding 3
Restricted Electives - Total to equal 12 credits OS 120 Business Editing Skills 4
CAS 110 Introduction to Web Graphics Fireworks 1 OS 240 Filing & Records Management 4
CAS 111F Beginning Web Site Creation: FrontPage 3 CAS 109 Beginning PowerPoint 1
CAS 213 Enhancing Web Pages with JavaScript 4 OS 245 Office Systems and Procedures 4
CAS 214 Beginning ColdFusion 4 CAS 246 Integrated Computer Projects 4
CAS 246 Integrated Computer Projects 4 CAS 140 Beginning Access 3
MM 130 Multimedia Graphics Video &Audio Production 3 WR 121 English Composition or higher 3-4
MM 140 Multimedia Authoring I 3 BA 205 Solving Com. Problems w/ Tech 4
MM 230 Graphics for Multimedia 4 OS 280F Co-Op Ed: Administrative Assistant 2
MM 231 Vector Graphics & Animation OS 280G Co-Op Ed: Adm. Assistant Seminar 1
for the World Wide Web 3 Total Credits - 42 minimum
60
Programs and Disciplines
61
Programs and Disciplines
62
Programs and Disciplines
network security and more. Students earning this degree will be disciplines to acquire skills in using the computer as a manage-
well on their way to several network administration certifications rial, organizational and analytical tool. The one-year curriculum
from Microsoft and Comp TIA. provides a foundation in computer system concepts with an em-
phasis in microcomputer applications and practical experience. All
Course of Study required courses in this program apply toward the credits needed
CIS 120 Computer Concepts I 4 to obtain an Associate of Applied Science Degree in Computer
CIS 121 Computer Concepts II 4 Information Systems or AAS Network Administration options.
CIS 122 Software Design 4 You are expected to work with an advisor in planning term by term
CIS 140M Operating Systems I: Microsoft 4 schedules leading toward fulfillment of all program requirements.
CS 140U Introduction to Unix 4 Contact a CIS Department advisor at the earliest opportunity.
CIS 244 Systems Analysis 4
CIS 179 Data Communications Concepts I 4 Prerequisites and Requirements
CIS 145 Microcomputer Hardware 4
Some classes in the program will require prospective students to
CIS/CS Programming Elective 4
show, by college transcripts or PCC placement examination, that
WR 121 English Composition 3-4 they are prepared to take WR 121 and MTH 95. Students with
WR 227 Technical Report Writing 3-4 limited typing skills are strongly advised to take CAS 121A.
Business Electives 6-8
Students should consult with a CIS Department advisor prior to
Note: See footnotes under CIS AAS degree. enrolling in Computer Information Systems courses.
Elective Courses
Course of Study
Gen Ed. General Education Electives 1 6
CIS Network degree electives 28 First Term
Total Credits 92 CIS 120 Computer Concepts I 4
WR 121 English Composition 3-4
Approved Network degree electives
MTH 95 Intermediate Algebra 4
CIS 178 Applied Internet Concepts 4 Business Elective 1 3-4
CIS 188 Introduction to Wireless Networking 4 General Education elective from either Arts and
CIS 189 Wireless Security 4 Letters, or Social Science 3-4
CIS 240L Linux Installation and Configuration 4
CIS 240M Managing a Windows Server Environment 4 Second Term
CIS 278 Data Communications Concepts II 4 CIS 121 Computer Concepts II 4
CIS 279L Linux Network Administration 4 CIS 122 Software Design 4
CIS 280D CE: Application Development 1-4 CS/CIS 140 Operating Systems 2 4
CIS 285 Security Tools 4 CIS-CS Elective 4
CIS 286 Computer Forensics 4 Third Term
CIS 288L Linux Security 4 WR 227 Technical Writing I 3 4
CIS 288M Microsoft Network Administration 4 CIS-CS Electives 4
CIS 289M Microsoft Active Directory Administration 4 1
See business elective courses list at the end of the AAS -CIS degree require-
ments.
Computer information Systems One-Year 2
CIS 140M or CS 140U
Certificate
3
WR 122 can substitute for WR 227
Career program and Description Electives
Computer information systems one-year certificate, minimum From CIS-CS Elective course list 4
47 credits as outlined in the suggested sequence of courses, is or
developed and utilized by individuals in a wide variety of job titles DRF 126 Introduction to AutoCAD 3
(corporate executives, department managers, small business or
owners, secretaries, accountants, etc.) with various job respon- CAS 216 Beginning Word: WIN 3
sibilities. Typical computer information systems functions include
applications design and development, software and hardware Optional cooperative education work experience placements are
evaluation and selection, software integration, system mainte- available. For more information, see a CIS Department advisor.
nance, data management, security and integrity, documentation,
training and technical support.
63
Programs and Disciplines
64
Programs and Disciplines
65
Programs and Disciplines
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion. CJA 215 Forensic Science & Criminalistics 3
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements CJA 217 Interviewing & Interrogation 3
must be met. CJA 218 Criminal Justice Perspectives of Violence
& Aggression 3
Degrees and Certificates Offered CJA 280A CE: Criminal Justice 3
CJA 228 Organized Crime and Terrorism 3
Associate of Applied Science Degree
CJA 244 Tactical Communication in Critical Incidents 3
Criminal Justice
CJA 245 Search Warrant Preparation 3
One-Year Certificate CJA 260 Introduction to Correctional Institutions 3
Juvenile Corrections CJA 261 Introduction to Probation & Parole 3
Less than One-Year Certificate: Career Pathway CJA 262 Introduction to Correctional Treatment 3
Career Pathways Certificates are short-term credentials (12-44 CJA 263 Introduction to Corrections Casework 3
credits) which prepare individuals for entry-level employment. CJA 264 Introduction to Corrections
Career Pathways certificates may be the first certificate a student Administration 3
earns en route to a certificate of greater length or an Associate
of Applied Science (AAS) degree. Contact the department for
Prerequisites
information.
Students must pass all prerequisites with a grade of “C” or higher in or-
der to enroll in any CJA courses with a “200” or higher designator.
Criminal Justice AAS Degree
Minimum 93 credit hours which includes 65 credits of required pro- JUVENILE CORRECTIONS CERTIFICATE
gram courses, 12 credits of Criminal Justice electives, and 16 Gen-
Successful completion of the 54 credit hours of required
eral Education credits. Students must also meet Associate Degree
courses.
Comprehensive Requirements and Associate of Applied Science
Requirements. Students are asked to consult a program advisor for CAREER AND PROGRAM DESCRIPTION
assistance in planning General Education elective courses.
The statewide juvenile corrections one-year certificate was de-
Students who plan to transfer to a four-year institution should veloped at the request of the Oregon Youth Authority (OYA) to
contact that institution for transfer information, as well as consult provide entry-level workers to fill positions in the juvenile correction
a program advisor. facilities. Students will have an understanding of the psychological,
developmental and sociological issues which are present within the
Course List juvenile correctional system. Students who possess this certificate
CAS 133 Basic Computer Skills/MS Office 4 will automatically score 100 on the initial written test for the position
of Group Life Coordinator 2.
CJA 100 Introduction to Professions in Criminal Justice 3
CJA 101 Cultural Diversity in Criminal Justice Professions 3 Course of Study
CJA 111 Introduction to Criminal Justice System Police 3
The courses in this certificate program have been designated in
CJA 112 Introduction to Criminal Justice System – Courts 3
conjunction with both the needs and the authority of the OYA.
CJA 113 Introduction to Criminal Justice System – Corrections 3
CJA 114 Introduction to Juvenile Process 3 Required Courses
CJA 210 Arrest, Search, & Seizure 3 CJA 101 Cultural Diversity in Criminal Justice Professions 3
CJA 211 Civil Liability & Ethical Issues for Criminal Justice CJA 113 Introduction to Criminal Justice Systems Corrections 3
Practitioners 3 CJA 114 Introduction to Juvenile Process 3
CJA 212 Criminal Law 3 CJA 263 Introduction to Corrections Casework 3
CJA 225 Criminal Justice & The United States Constitution 3 CJA 280A CE: Criminal Justice 1 3
CJA 243 Narcotics & Dangerous Drugs 3 PSY 201 or PSY 201A Introduction to Psychology 4
PS 203 State and Local Government 4 PSY 202 or PSY 202A Introduction to Psychology 4
PSY 239 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology 4 PSY 222 Family and Intimate Relationships 4
SOC 206 General Sociology: Social Problems PSY 239 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology 4
Conformity & Deviance 4 SOC 206 General Sociology:
SP 100 Introduction to Speech Communication 4 Social Problems - Conformity & Deviance 4
or AD 101 Alcohol Use and Addiction 2 3
SP 111 Public Speaking 4
AD 150 Basic Counseling and Addiction 2 3
WR 121 English Composition 4
AD 151 Basic Counseling Skills Mastery 2 1
WR 122 English Composition 4
WR 121 English Composition 4
CJA 230 Police Report Writing 4
CAS 133 Basic Computer Skills/MS Office 4
Criminal Justice Electives - 12 credits required MTH 60 Introductory Algebra - First Term 4
1
CJA 213 Evidence 3 Department permission required prior to registration.
66
Programs and Disciplines
67
Programs and Disciplines
will pay one $4 service fee per term for classes requiring show- Required minimum program entrance level
ers/towels/lockers. Locks and towels must be turned in at the end requirements:
of the term. If these items are lost, students will be charged $4.
Placement into WR 115 or higher, placement into RD 115 or higher
See the Course Description (D prefix and PE prefix) section of this and placement into MTH 60 or higher.
catalog for individual dance courses and course prerequisites. Con-
tact the Performing Arts Department, and the Physical Education Application and Acceptance Process
and Fitness Department for additional information.
All prospective students must apply to PCC and their prospective
sponsoring CAT dealership. For details on final program accep-
tance and other information contact 503.614-7246
Dealer Service
Technology DEALER SERVICE TECHNOLOGY AAS DEGREE
Course List
Rock Creek Campus DST 110 Caterpillar Engine Fundamentals 6
Building 2, Room 105 DST 111 Introduction to Caterpillar Service Industry 1
503-614-7246 DST 150 Caterpillar Service Technology Internship 7
www.pcc.edu/thinkbig DST 112 Fundamentals of Hydraulics 4
DST 113 Caterpillar Engine Fuel Systems 4
CAREER AND PROGRAM DESCRIPTION DST 114 Fundamentals of Electricity 4
DST 150 Caterpillar Service Technology Internship II 7
This program is a partnership between Portland Community
College The Caterpillar Corp. and the five Northwest Caterpillar DST 115 Air Conditioning 3
dealerships. It is an industry specific two-year associate degree DST 116 Fundamentals of Transmissions
program with required on-the-job training/internships at a spon- and Torque Converters 4
soring Caterpillar dealership. It is designed to prepare individuals DST 117 Machine Hydraulic Systems 4
to become qualified Caterpillar service technicians. Students will DST 150 Caterpillar Service Technology Internship III 7
learn how to work on many types of Caterpillar equipment including DST 200 Undercarriage and Final Drive 4
agricultural, construction, forestry, and earthmoving equipment. DST 201 Machine Electronic Systems 4
The Dealer Service Technology Program combines technical and DST 150 Caterpillar Service Technology Internship IV 7
academic education with real world experience through paid on DST 202 Caterpillar Engine Performance 3
-the-job training. Students will learn about engine fundamentals,
DST 203 Diagnostic Testing 3
machine hydraulics, fuel systems, electrical systems, transmis-
DST 204 Machine Specific Systems 6
sions, torque converters, undercarriage, final drives and more.
During the four paid internships students will have the opportunity WR 121 English Composition 4
to experience a future career firsthand through on-the-job training. WLD 217 Diesel Welding 3
On completion of the program, students will earn an Associate of Total Credits 101
Science Degree from Portland Community College.
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion.
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements Dental Assisting
must be met.
Sylvania Campus
dEGREES and certificates oFFERED Health Technology Building, (HT) Room 206
503-977-4236
Associate of Applied Science Degree
www.pcc.edu/programs/dental-assisting/
Dealer Service Technology
Career And Program Description
Prerequisites AND REQUIREMENTS The dental assistant is a member of the dental team, working with
Applicants must take the placement test administered through and assisting the dentist during clinical procedures. Traditional du-
the testing center at PCC, or a center provided by their CAT ties and responsibilities include: Exposing and developing dental
dealer contact person. Prospective students must sign a release radiographs, mixing dental materials, organizing and preparing
of information form to allow their CAT dealership access to their treatment rooms, passing dental instruments and materials to
educational records and PCC the ability to share information with the dentist, taking impressions, preparing, placing and removing
the dealership. To begin the program students must secure a paid rubber dams, placing topical anesthetic, fluoride and desensitiz-
CAT dealership internship (required to stay in program also). Final ing agents, sterilizing instruments, disinfecting dental equipment,
selection for this program is based on the capacity of each CAT comforting patients during dental procedures and educating
dealership’s allotted seats in the program and actual hire as a CAT patients on various dental procedures. Graduates are also pre-
intern by a sponsoring CAT dealership. This is a two year, nine pared to perform the following expanded duties: Polish teeth and
term program (24 months). Students must meet General Education amalgam restorations, fabricate and cement temporary crowns,
and Comprehensive Degree requirements. remove cement, place temporary restorations, place and remove
68
Programs and Disciplines
matrix retainers, place sealants, temporary denture relines and Criminal Background Check
various orthodontic duties.
All PCC students enrolled in a health care or child care program,
Computer skills are an important asset to a dental assistant. Dental including Dental Assisting, with requirements for practical experi-
computer programs are learned in the office procedures courses. ence of field training may have to pass a Criminal History Check
(CHC) as a condition of their acceptance into a medical or other
Applications are accepted from October 1 to April 15. Forty-five facility for training.
students will be selected each year by lottery. Application forms may
be obtained from and should be submitted along with high school Students who do not pass the CHC may not be eligible to com-
and college transcripts to: plete training at affiliated practicum sites, to sit for licensure or
certification exams, or be hired for some professional positions.
Dental Sciences Department If you believe that your past history may interfere with your ability
Sylvania Campus, (HT) Room 206 to complete the program of study or to obtaining licensure, or cer-
Portland Community College tification in your chosen field, you should contact the appropriate
P.O. Box 19000 state board or program director.
Portland, Oregon 97280-0990
Course of Study
Candidates will be notified of their admission status by mid to late
May. For information call 503-977-4795 or 503-977-4236, or check The 45 credit hours prepare the student for job entry with State and
the web site www.pcc.edu/programs/dental/assisting. National certification in dental radiology, basic dental assisting and
expanded function dental assisting.
DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES OFFERED Students enrolled in the Dental Assisting Program will be per-
forming exposure prone procedures and will be required to wear
One-Year Certificate safety glasses, gloves, face masks and protective clothing during
Dental Assisting all laboratory and clinic activities that produce airborne particulate
Accredited by the Commission on Dental matter, or expose students to patients during dental procedures.
Accreditation without reporting requirements. An exposure prone procedure is one in which there is an increased
opportunity for the exchange of blood borne pathogens between
Prerequisites and Requirements the patient and the dental health care provider because of the kind
of procedure being performed.
All aspects of the Dental Assisting Program are continually as-
sessed to provide on-going excellence and continuing improve- Safety policies, procedures and protocols are taught and followed
ment, and are subject to change. according to OSHA regulations and CDC Standards to provide a
safe learning and patient care environment. The program policies
1. High school or college transcripts showing a minimum 2.0 on Blood borne Pathogens and Infectious Disease are available
GPA, or GED. to applicants upon request. Upon acceptance to the program,
2. Completion of the following courses or their equivalents, with extensive training in this area will occur.
a grade of “C” or better, is required to be considered for ap-
Applicants who have an infectious disease or who are carriers of
plication to the Dental Assisting Program.
an infectious disease should seek counsel from their physician
a. WR 115 or higher level writing course (Placement into WR and the program director prior to application. The College will fol-
121 can substitute for the WR 115 course) low CDC suggested work restrictions for health-care personnel
infected with or exposed to major infectious diseases in health
b. Approved college level health or nutrition course. Recom-
care settings, from the CDC’s Guidelines for Infection Control
mended classes include HE 250, HPE 295, or FN 225.
in Dental health-Care Settings --2003 available at www.ccdc.
c. MTH 10 or higher level math course.(Placement into MTH gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/rr5217al.htm, Table 1, attached
20 can substitute for the MTH 10 course.) to and incorporated by this reference to this policy.
Prerequisites may be in progress at the time of application (winter
term.) Courses planned for spring term may not be considered. Dental Assisting Certificate
Pass/No Pass grade is not acceptable in prerequisites. It is the
applicant’s responsibility to update their information by providing First Term
final grades of courses which are in progress at the time of ap-
DA 110 Clinical Procedures I 3
plication.
DA 111 Clinical Procedures I Lab 2
3. All students are required to be immunized against Hepatitis DA 120 Dental Radiology I 2
B as well as evidence of immunity to measles, tetanus im- DA 121 Dental Radiology I Lab 2
munization and current tuberculin skin test (TST). Positive DA 130 Dental Materials I 1
TST will require evidence of normal chest xray (supply upon
DA 131 Dental Materials I Lab 2
acceptance).
DA 140 Integrated Basic Science I 3
DA 160 Pharmacology 1
69
Programs and Disciplines
70
Programs and Disciplines
safe learning and patient care environment. The program policies Third Term
on Bloodborne Pathogens and Infectious Disease are available DH 103 Dental Hygiene Theory III 2
to applicants upon request. Upon acceptance to the program, DH 106 Dental Hygiene Practice III 3
extensive training in this area will occur. DH 109 Dental Radiology I 2
Applicants who have an infectious disease or who are carriers of DH 109L Dental Radiology I Lab 1
an infectious disease should seek counsel from their physician DH 129 Oral Pathology 3
and the program director prior to application. The College will fol- DH 246 Pharmacology 3
low CDC suggested work restrictions for health-care personnel Sociology Elective* 4
infected with or exposed to major infectious diseases in health *Recommended: SP 111, PSY 101, SOC 204, FN 225
care settings, from the CDC’s Guidelines for Infection Control
in Dental Health-Care Settings -- 2003, available at www.cdc. Summer Term
gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/rr5217al.htm, Table 1, attached DH 100 Special Dental Hygiene Practice (Elective) I or II 1-5
to and incorporated by this reference to this policy. FN 225 Nutrition* 4
All PCC students enrolled in a health care or child care program, or
FN 270 Applied Nutrition 4
including dental hygiene, with requirements for practical experi-
ence of field training may have to pass a Criminal History Check Fourth Term
(CHC) as a condition of their acceptance into a medical or other
DH 201 Dental Hygiene Theory IV 2
facility for training.
DH 204 Dental Hygiene Practice IV 5
Students who do not pass the CHC may not be eligible to com- DH 208 Community Oral Health I 2
plete training at affiliated practicum sites, to sit for licensure or DH 210 Dental Radiology Lab II 1
certification exams, or be hired for some professional positions. DH 229 Local Anesthesia 2
If you believe that your past history may interfere with your ability
DH 260 Periodontology I 2
to complete the program of study or to obtaining licensure, or cer-
tification in your chosen field, you should contact the appropriate Fifth Term
state board or program director. DH 202 Dental Hygiene Theory V 2
DH 205 Dental Hygiene Practice V 5
dental hygiene aas DEGREE DH 250 Research Methods and Issues in Oral Health 1
Minimum 95 credit hours to include required program courses and DH 252 Community Oral Health II 2
at least 16 credits of General Education. Program prerequisites are DH 261 Periodontology II 2
not included in the 95 credit total. Program Accreditation requires
that general education must include Sociology, Psychology, Oral Sixth Term
and Written Communication and Food Nutrition. Recommended DH 203 Dental Hygiene Theory VI 3
for meeting General Education Requirements: SOC 204, General DH 206 Dental Hygiene Practice VI 5
Sociology: Sociology in Everyday Life 3-4, PSY 101, Psychology DH 253 Community Oral Health III 2
& Human Relations 4 DH 232 Nitrous Oxide Sedation (Elective) 2
COURSE OF STUDY
Dental Laboratory
First Term
DH 101 Dental Hygiene Theory I 4 Technology
DH 104 Dental Hygiene Practice I 3
DH 113 Dental Anatomy 2 Sylvania Campus
DH 113L Dental Anatomy Lab 1 Health Technology Building, (HT) Room 206
503-977-4236
DH 121 Dental Health Education 2
DH 228 Head and Neck Anatomy 2 www.pcc.edu/programs/dental-tech/
Speech Elective* 4
Career and Program Description
Second Term
The dental laboratory technologist is a professional member of the
DH 102 Dental Hygiene Theory II 2
dental team and is considered the “artist” of that group. Using an order
DH 105 Dental Hygiene Practice II 3 from a dentist, the technician designs and fabricates dental replace-
DH 127 Medical Emergencies 2 ments such as crowns, bridges, dentures and orthodontic appliances.
DH 128 Oral Histology 1 In the process, the technician carves complex structures and designs
DH 236 Ethics & Jurisprudence 1 in wax, casts and finishes a variety of metals, and duplicates tooth
DH 230 Dental Materials 2 form and color in acrylic resin or porcelain materials.
Psychology Elective* 4 PCC offers a two-year program that is accredited by the Com-
mission on Dental Accreditation without reporting requirements.
71
Programs and Disciplines
Applications are accepted on a rolling basis throughout the DENTAL LABORATORY TECHNOLOGY AAS DEGREE
academic year. All prerequisites must be completed by summer
Minimum 95 credit hours which includes 75 credit hours of required
term in the year in which you apply. The program starts fall term
program courses plus General Education credit hours and enough
only. Enrollment is limited, so students are encouraged to apply
electives to equal required minimum. Students must also meet
early. Application forms may be obtained from and should be
Associate Degree Comprehensive Requirements and Associate
submitted to:
of Applied Science Requirements.
Dental Sciences Department
Sylvania Campus, HT 206 COURSE OF STUDY
Portland Community College
P.O. Box 19000
First Term
Portland, Oregon 97280-0990
DT 101 Dental Technology Lab I 6
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion. DT 120 Dental Anatomy 2
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements DT 141 Denture Techniques I 2
must be met. DT 151 Science of Dental Materials I 2
MTH 20 Basic Math (or higher level math courses) 4
Degrees and Certificates Offered
Second Term
Associate of Applied Science Degree DT 102 Dental Technology Lab II 6
Dental Laboratory Technology DT 142 Denture Techniques II 2
Two-Year Certificate DT 152 Science of Dental Materials II 3
HE 125 First Aid & Industrial Safety 3
Dental Laboratory Technology
Third Term
Skill upgrade courses DT 103 Dental Technology Lab III 6
Laboratory practicums are offered to experienced technicians who DT 143 Denture Techniques III 2
wish to upgrade their skills in any of the five specialties. Laboratory SP 100 Introduction to Speech Communication 3-4
credit hours vary from 1-5, depending on the technicians needs.
72
Programs and Disciplines
73
Programs and Disciplines
Drafting Technology and Design Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion.
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements
Certificate
must be met.
Students typically begin the drafting technology certification pro-
gram during the fall term, and follow in sequential order. Fundamen-
Degrees and Certificates Offered
tal classes are repeated on a periodic basis, which provides the
student with a variety of options in completing their certification in Associate of Applied Science
a timely manner. Certificate is 42 credit hours. Consult a program Early Education and Family Studies
advisor for entrance into the program. Less Than One Year Certificate
First Term Early Education and Family Studies
Must be able to enter MTH 60 and WR 115
DRF 117 Drafting Fundamentals 4 Prerequisites and Requirements
DRF 126 Introduction to AutoCAD 3 1. College placement test administered through assessment
DRF 136 Intermediate AutoCAD 3 centers.
DRF 100 Drafting Orientation 3 2. An initial advising/information session with an Early Educa-
tion Program faculty advisor. Info session schedule available
Second Term from the EEFS Office.
DRF 133 Intermediate Drafting 4
3. Students entering into the ECE Program must demonstrate
DRF 185 Inventor Fundamentals 3
through transcripted record or by appropriate placement
DRF 246 AutoCAD 3-D-Modeling 3
test scores the ability to be placed into WR 115 for certificate
DRF 270 SolidWorks Fundamentals 3 level course work and completion of WR 121 for AAS degree
74
Programs and Disciplines
classes. Math 20 is recommended for Environments (ECE 122). for the Certificate) plus General Education credit hours and elec-
tives. Students must also meet Associate Degree Comprehensive
Exit requirements for the early childhood certificate and the AAS
Requirements and Associate of Applied Science Requirements.
degree in Early Education and Family Studies are as follows:
Students must receive a grade of “C” or better in every required Required Core Courses
early education class in order to receive a certificate or degree.
Students must meet practicum competencies for the certificate HEC 226 Child Development 4
and the degree. Students may retake classes in order to meet the ECE 200 The Professional in ECE 3
grade requirement with the exception of ECE Practicum I (ECE 130, ECE 221 Observation and Guidance II 3
ECE 133), ECE Practicum II (ECE 130, 134), ECE Practicum for ECE 224 Multicultural Practices: Curriculum & Implementation 3
Experienced Teachers (ECE 151), and ECE Advanced Practicum ECE 234 Children with Special Needs in
(ECE 260, ECE 263, and 264) seminar and lab classes. These Early Childhood Education 3
classes may be re-enrolled in only once after a student receives ECE 236 Language and Literacy Development in ECE 3
a grade of less than “C.” SAC approval is required for any student Additional required courses
desiring to attempt any ECE course for the third time.
ECE 260 Advanced Practicum Seminar 1 6
A minimum of five credits and a maximum of 10 practicum lab cred- ECE 264 Advanced Practicum Lab 82
its are required to meet Practicum I and Practicum II competency
Electives - ECE related 6-10
levels. Credits required depend on individual student competency
Specified General Education 3 20
as evaluated by EEFS instructors. To be considered from practi-
1
cum, students must 1) be enrolled in the Oregon Child Care Divi- Seminar (three credits) is taken each term with advanced practicum lab
sion, Criminal History Registry; 2) submit verification of measles 2
Advanced practicum lab is taken each term for two terms. A minimum of eight
immunization; and 3) complete a Food Handlers Certificate. credits is required, although a student may take a maximum of 12 lab credits
to achieve competence. Competence is evaluated by EEFS instructors. To be
Criminal Background Check considered from practicum, students must 1) be enrolled in the Oregon Child
Care Division, Criminal History Registry; 2) submit verification of measles im-
All PCC students enrolled in a health care or child care program, munization; and 3) complete a Food Handlers Certificate.
including Early Childhood Education, with requirements for practi-
3
cal experience of field training may have to pass a Criminal History These credits include WR 121 plus 16 credit hours of college required General
Education courses.
Check (CHC) as a condition of their acceptance into a medical or
other facility for training. PCC requires math competency for the AAS degree.
Students who do not pass the CHC may not be eligible to com- ECE electives
plete training at affiliated practicum sites, to sit for licensure or ECE 170 Coaching and Mentoring in Early Education
certification exams, or be hired for some professional positions. and Family Studies 1
If you believe that your past history may interfere with your ability
ECE 173 Children and Loss: The Effects of
to complete the program of study or to obtaining licensure, or cer- Death and Divorce 1
tification in your chosen field, you should contact the appropriate
ECE 174 Head Start Past and Present 1
state board or program director.
ECE 175A Infant/Toddler Caregiving: Growth & Development 1
ECE 175B Infant/Toddler Caregiving: Group Care 1
Course of Study ECE 175C Infant/Toddler Caregiving: Social/Emotional Growth 1
The Early Education and Family Studies Program is planned as a ECE 175D Infant/Toddler Caregiving: Family Provider
career lattice to accommodate the part-time as well as the full-time Relationships 1
student. An early childhood certificate provides entry level child ECE 177 Tiny to Tall: Making Mixed Age Groupings Work 1
care skills and meets the minimum requirements for a child care ECE 179 The Power of Portfolios in Early Education 1
teacher in an Oregon licensed child care facility. The associate ECE 184 Children’s Puppetry & Theater 1
of applied science degree qualifies a student to become a head ECE 185 Planning Fun and Meaningful Field Trips for
teacher in a child care facility licensed by the Oregon Child Care Young Children 1
Division. The National Association for the Education of Young ECE 186 Nature and Gardening with Young Children 1
Children’s (NAEYC) minimum suggested training for teachers
ECE 187 Cooking with Kids 1
in early childhood programs is also an AAS degree in ECE. All
ECE 188 Block Play and Woodworking for Young Children 1
required courses and competencies mastered for the certificate
apply to the AAS degree. ECE 189 Building Relationships with Infants, Toddlers, and
Families 1
Certificate classes may apply toward a CDA credential. CDA and ECE 190-192 Reading and Conference in Child Development 1-3
Oregon Registry credentials may articulate into certificate level ECE 191 Interest-Based Planning for Infants 1
coursework. ECE 193 Advocacy in the Field of Early
Education and Family Studies 1
Early Education and Family Studies AAS ECE 194 Surviving and Thriving: Managing
Stress in Early Education 1
DEGREE
ECE 197 Career Exploration in Early Education
Minimum 90 credit hours which includes 74 credit hours of required and Family Studies 1
program courses (including completion of all coursework required ECE 198 Building Effective Outdoor Environments 1
75
Programs and Disciplines
For a list of approved, out-of-department EEFS electives, please Courses at PCC introduce students to economics and prepare
contact the EEFS Department. students for transfer into upper division courses. The transfer
sequence consists of EC 201 Microeconomics and EC 202
Macroeconomics. Students are recommended to take EC 201
Early education and family studies first. PCC also offers other economics courses, see the Course
Certificate Description (EC prefix) section of this catalog for individual courses
33-34 credits. Early childhood certificate requires WR 115 or its and course prerequisites.
equivalent.
Required Core Courses
ECE 120 Introduction to Early Education and Family Studies 3
Education
ECE 121 Observation & Guidance I 3
Cascade Campus
ECE 122 Environments and Curriculum in Early Care and Ed I 4
Technology Education Building (TEB) Room 209
ECE 123 Environments and Curriculum in Early Care and Ed II 4
503-978-5191, 503-978-5229 or 503-978-5317
ECE 124 Multicultural Practice: Exploring Our Views 3
ECE 201 Family Partnerships in Education 3 www.pcc.edu/pcc/pro/progs/ed/
HEC 262 Children’s Health, Safety, and Nutrition 3 Career and PROGRAM DEScripTION
HE 112 First Aid and Infant/Child CPR 1 1
PCC’s Education Department offers a Paraeducator Degree and
Additional Required Courses Certificate, Library Media Assistant Certificate, in addition to
ECE 130 Practicum Seminar 2 4 Teacher Relicensing and Elementary Education Transfer courses.
ECE 133 Practicum I Lab 3 These programs are designed to prepare students who wish to
work in a variety of educational and library settings.
ECE 134 Practicum II Lab 3
A minimum of five credits and a maximum of 10 practicum lab The Paraeducator degree and certificate are designed for those
credits are required to meet Practicum I and Practicum II com- who would like to work as Instructional Assistants in educational
petency levels. Credits required depend on individual student settings. They prepare students to resolve everyday challenges
competence as evaluated by ECE instructors. and to professionally support teachers in planning, presenting
and evaluating instruction and learning. The paraeducator’s
1
Or current Infant/Child First Aid and CPR cards. responsibilities may include assisting small group instruction in
2
Students must enroll in practicum seminar each term they take practicum. reading, math, spelling, assisting individual students in the above
academic areas and self-help skills, daily living skills, following
behavior programs as directed by the teacher, and preparing and
assembling materials. The particular responsibilities assigned to
Economics a paraeducator (instructional assistant) depend on the program
and personnel in each school. Employment opportunities exist
Cascade Campus in Portland and in surrounding areas as a result of the present
Student Center, (SC) Room 211 legislative support for equal education for students with special
503-978-5251 needs .The program is designed for persons of all ages, races,
cultures and economic backgrounds. The program values and
Southeast Center
encourages diversity in the field of education.
Mt. Scott Hall, (MSH) Room 103
503-788-6146 The Library Media Assistant Certificate prepares graduates to
Rock Creek Campus qualify for jobs in school libraries, public libraries and corporate
Building 3, Room 201 libraries. Employment opportunities exist throughout the greater
503-614-7327 metropolitan area. The library/media assistant works in all aspects
of library and media center operations including technical process-
Sylvania Campus ing, circulation procedures and reference materials, literature and
Social Science Building, (SS) Room 215 literature promotion, computer applications and operations such as
503-977-4289
multimedia, publishing, database and spreadsheet development
and maintenance, and communication with the public.
76
Programs and Disciplines
Teacher relicensing candidates may use PCC education courses to to qualify students for enrollment in WR 121 and/or MTH 60. Stu-
meet state requirements. Contact Oregon Teacher Standards and dents may have to be fingerprinted and submit a criminal back-
Practices Commission at 503-378-3586 or www.tspc.state.or.us ground check prior to practicum experiences in public schools.
for specific requirements. Interested students should also contact
an Education Department advisor. Education Courses numbered
101 or higher may generally be used for relicensing. See Course
PARAEDUCATOR AAS DEGREE
Description section for a complete listing of ED courses Students may enter the program at any point during the year. It
is recommended that students take ED 100 near the start of their
Elementary Education transfer students are allowed to take up to studies and take ED 263 as a capstone course at the end. Students
9 credit hours from the Education Department as general elec- must take course work required for the Paraeducator Certificate,
tives without being admitted into the program. Students will still be plus General Education Requirements outlined below, and a
expected to meet the same prerequisite in writing and be in good minimum of 6 credits in Education electives for a total of 90 credit
academic standing. Students interested in elementary education hours. Students must also meet Associate Degree Comprehensive
may wish to pursue an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer Degree, Requirements and Associate of Applied Science Requirements.
transferable to four-year public universities and colleges in Oregon.
Contact an Education Department advisor for more information:
The following classes are recommended, but any of the classes General Education Requirements
in the program may be acceptable: ED 251, ED 136, ED 112, and Eight credits from the Arts and Letters General Education list
ED 224. Students should check with the institution to which they (recommended: 8 credit hours in foreign language)
will be transferring.
Eight credits from the social sciences General Education list
Education courses may also be applied to the 90 credit hours (recommended: PSY 101)
required for an Associate of General Studies Degree. See a
program advisor for information about transferring to a four-year Eight credits from the math and science General Education list (recom-
institution. Many classes will be available via distance learning mended: MTH 211, 212, 213 - requires MTH 95 as a prerequisite) or
during the year. Please refer to the quarterly schedule or contact ESR 171, 172, 173 (Environmental Science)
education faculty for details.
Additional courses to bring total credits to 90.
In addition, PCC’s Education Department works in conjunction with
Northwest Regional Educational Service District (NWRESD) and
PARAEDUCATOR Certificate
Multnomah Educational Service District (MESD) Outdoor School
to offer students the opportunity to gain experience while working Minimum of 51 credits. Students may elect a one-year certificate
with sixth-grade students in an outdoor school setting. For more focusing on either special education or English for Second Lan-
information contact the Education Department or the NWRESD guage Learners or a two-year program culminating in an Associate
or MESD Outdoor School Departments. of Applied Science Degree. Students complete a 42-credit hour
core and add either the emphasis in English for Second Language
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion. Learners (9 credits) or in special education (9 credits) to complete
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements the 51 credit hours for the certificate.
must be met.
77
Programs and Disciplines
Spring Term
ED 102 Displays & Graphics for Educators 3
Electrical Trades
ED 124 Instructional Methods: Math and Science 3
See Apprenticeship
ED 271 Practicum II 3
ED 224 Foundations in Education 3
ED 263 Portfolio Development 2 Electronic Engineering
ED 268 Introduction to Developmental Disabilities 3
or Technology
ED 291 Advanced English Language Learner Methods 3
Note: A statewide Paraeducator certificate is under review at the Sylvania Campus
Oregon Department of Education in order to grant NCLB “highly Science Technology Building, (ST) Room 208
qualified” status throughout the state of Oregon to paraeducators 503-977-4163
who earn it.
Email: engineering@pcc.edu
www.pcc.edu/programs/electronic-engineering/
Library/Media Assistant Certificate
Minimum of 44 credit hours.
Career and Program Description
Students can select from two options: Electronic engineering technology (EET) is concerned with the
1. A one-year certificate program that develops skills used in theory and practice of applied electronics engineering. Emphasis
school, public and corporate is placed on the practical application of engineering knowledge.
To apply electronics engineering knowledge requires a thorough
libraries and media centers. Two terms of practicum are included. background in mathematics and science. EET graduates possess
a combination of theoretical and practical understanding and
2. An Associate of General Studies Degree. Students take a
require minimal on-the-job training to become productive.
combination of 45-60 credit hours from option one, plus 16
credit hours of General Education in order to complete the Graduates of an associate degree program in EET are called
90 credit hours necessary to receive an associate degree. electronic engineering technicians and find employment in circuits
Students completing the two-year option have varied experi- and systems testing, product development, prototype construction
ences in the field of libraries, media centers, and audio-visual and testing, circuit and systems medication, systems operation
departments. Each student’s program must be approved by and manufacturing. Associate EET graduates are expected to
the Education Dept. have good communication skills and be capable of creative prob-
lem solving, working independently and in teams. They should
COURSE OF STUDY have extensive knowledge of both the hardware and software of
electronic systems.
Fall Term
ED 102 Displays and Graphics for Educators 3 Employers of EET engineering technicians include research and
ED 109 Library Procedures 3 development laboratories, electronic equipment manufacturers,
public utilities, colleges and universities, government agencies,
ED 112 Introduction to Children’s Literature 3
medical laboratories and hospitals, electronic equipment dis-
ED 136 Computers in Education 3
tributors, semiconductor manufacturers and manufacturing and
ED 270 Practicum I 1 3 processing industries that use electronic control equipment.
ED 224 Foundations of Education 3
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion.
Winter Term PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements
ED 103 Desktop Publishing for Educators 3 must be met.
ED 114 Reference Materials 3
ED 171 Computers in Education II 3 DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES OFFERED
ED 271 Practicum II 1 3
Associate of Applied Science Degree
ED 260 Multicultural Literature for Children
and Young Adults 3 Electronic Engineering Technology:
Electronic Engineering Technology: Biomedical
Spring Term Engineering Technology
ED 104 Multimedia for Educators 3 Electronic Engineering Technology: Wireless and
ED 111 Selection of Library Materials 3 Data Communications Engineering Technology
ED 115 Storytelling 2 (Pending PCC and State Approval)
ED 206 Seminar: Advanced Education One-Year Certificate
Technologies 3 Electronic Engineering Technology
ED 272 Practicum III 1 3
1
Only two of the three practicums are required. Prerequisites and Requirements
All students must have an advising interview with an EET advisor.
78
Programs and Disciplines
Placement in WR 115 is required. Placement into MTH 95 is the EET 256 Project Lab 2
minimum prerequisite. Completion of MTH 95 is recommended. PHY 203 General Physics 3 4
Basic computer skills in the Windows operating system, word
processing and spreadsheets are required. Oregon Institute of Technology transfer option: Students can transfer
classes from the EET degree into any BSEET. Oregon Institute of
Full-time and Part-Time EET students: EET is a limited enrollment Technology (OIT) has two programs of particular interest to our EET
program for students seeking a degree. A day program starts in students: Electronics Engineering Technology (EET) (Full transfer-
the fall and a late afternoon/evening program starts in the winter. ability) and Renewable Energy Systems (RES) (Partial transferability).
Qualified students are accepted in the order in which the applica- Please check with the department for details.
tion process is completed.
16 credit hours of General Education are required for the Associate
Job-upgrade Students: Students who only want to upgrade their of Applied Science (AAS) Degree. Eight credits of General Educa-
job skills must meet individual course prerequisites and complete tion are satisfied by the Math and Physics courses listed above.
an advising interview with an EET advisor prior to enrollment. Eight additional credit hours must be taken in the Social Science
Admission is granted on a space available basis after the needs area and Arts and Letters area, with at least one course from
of the full-time and part-time of the EET degree and its options each area. Courses must be chosen from the “General Education
seeking students are met. Course List” in the PCC catalog.
Fifth Term
PROGRAM PREREQUISITES:
EET 222 Operational Amplifier Circuits 5
EET 242 Microcontroller Systems 4 Placement into WR 115 and MTH 95 required. MP 111 and (BI
PHY 202 General Physics 2 4 121/122) or (BI 231/232/233).
Arts and Letters Electives 4
Note: BI 231/122 is also acceptable.
Sixth Term
Please check with the department or our website at: www.pcc.edu/
EET 223 RF Communications Circuits 5
programs/electronic-engineering/biomed, for curriculum.
EET 254 EET Seminar I 1
EET 255 Industrial Control Systems 4
79
Programs and Disciplines
Full-time and Part-Time EET students: Biomedical Engineering EET 280C CE: BMET Practicum 4-11
Technology is a limited enrollment program for Arts and Letters Electives 4
students seeking a degree. Qualified students are accepted in the (Recommended PHL 205-Biomedical Ethics)
order in which the application process is completed. 1
CS 161 may be substituted (required by OIT)
Note: Placement for the Co-op EET 280C-BMETPracticum (un- Speech (SP 111) is required by OIT (from Arts and Letters).
paid) required course is based on department approval and avail-
ability. This course is offered mainly as 8 hours/day for 8 weeks-11
credits (330 hours). The Co-op hours for evening students are
Wireless and Data Communications
very limited. Please check with the department for placement. Engineering Technology-EET Option AAS
Possible practicum sites: hospitals, medical equipment manufac- DEGREE (Pending PCC and State Approval)
turers, and laboratories.
EET 111 Electric Circuit Analysis I 5
Winter starting students (planning to take evening classes) please EET 121 Digital Systems I 3
be advised that only some EET classes are offered during the MTH 111C College Algebra 5
evening. Please call for details. WR 121 English Composition 4
Job-upgrade Students: Students who only want to upgrade their EET 112 Electric Circuit Analysis II 5
job skills must meet individual course prerequisites and complete EET 122 Digital Systems II 3
an advising interview with an EET faculty advisor prior to enroll- EET 188 Industrial Safety 1
ment. Admission is granted on a space available basis after the MTH 112 Elementary Functions 5
needs of the full-time and part-time of the EET degree and its Arts and Letters Electives 4
options seeking students are met. EET 113 Electric Circuit Analysis III 5
EET 123 Digital Systems III 5
Biomed Curriculum:
EET 178 PC Architecture for Tech 4
First Term CS 133U Introduction to C 1 4
EET 111 Electric Circuit Analysis I 5 EET 221 Semiconductor Devices And Circuits 5
EET 1121 Digital Systems I 3 EET 241 Microcomputer Systems 4
MTH 111C College Algebra 5 MTH 243 Statistics 2 4
WR 121 Writing Composition 3-4 Social Science Electives 4
EET 222 Op-Amp Circuits 5
Second Term
EET 242 Microcontroller Systems 4
EET 112 Electric Circuit Analysis II 5
CIS 188 Introduction to Wireless Network 4
EET 122 Digital Systems II 3
EET 254 Seminar 1
MTH 112 Elementary Functions 5
CIS 179 Data Comm Concepts I 4
EET 188 Industrial Safety 1
EET 223 RF Communications Circuits 5
CIS 179 Data Comm Concepts I 4
EET 255 Industrial Control Systems 4
Third Term EET 256 Project Lab 2
EET 113 Electric Circuit Analysis III 5 CIS 189 Wireless Security 4
EET 123 Digital Systems III 5 CIS 278 Data Comm Concepts II 4
1
CS 133U Introduction to C 1 4 CS 161 may be substituted (required by OIT)
EET 178 PC Architecture for Techs 4 2
MTH 251 may be substituted
80
Programs and Disciplines
MTH 112 Elementary Functions 5 96 credit hours including 68 credit hours of Emergency Manage-
Social Science Electives 3-4 ment and other required courses, 12 credit hours of electives
from the EM recommended electives list, and 16 credit hours of
Third Term elective General Education courses. Students must choose two
EET 113 Electrical Circuit Analysis III 5 but not more than three from Other Required Course list; must
EET 123 Digital Systems III 5 choose two but not more than three from Gen Ed List 16. Students
EET 178 PC Architecture for Technicians 4 should consult a program advisor for help in planning course work
CS 133U Introduction to C 1 4 and scheduling.
1
CS 161 may be substituted (required by OIT) Emergency Management required courses and credits: All
68 credits required.
81
Programs and Disciplines
emergency management Certificate: with course completion. Place into WR 121 or complete WR
Career Pathways (Pending State Approval) 115 with a grade of “C” or better. Place into MTH 60, or com-
plete MTH 20 with a grade of “C” or better. Place into RD 115,
Successful completion of 44 hours of course work; including 28 hour or complete RD 90 with a grade of “C” or better.
of required EM courses and 16 hours of prescribed electives.
2. Must have completed high school or GED.
EM 101 Introduction to Emergency Services 4
3. Must be a minimum of 18 years of age.
ETC 105 Crisis Intervention & CISM 3
EM 110 Theory of Emergency Management 3 4. Must have documented results of: TB exam (within 6
EM 114 History of US Hazards, Disasters & EM 4 months), MMR (measles immunity) if born after 12-31-56, Tet-
EM 202 Principles & Practices of Hazard Mitigation 3 anus (within past 10 years), Hepatitis B immunization series
started, Varicella (chicken pox immunity), influenza (one dose
EM 203 Principles & Practices of Disaster Response I 4
each fall/winter for students receiving placements during the
EM 204 Principles & Practices of Disaster Response II 4
flu season).
EM 205 Disaster Recovery Operations 3
Applicants for the Basic and Intermediate levels must meet all prereq-
Select 16 additional hours of prescribed electives. uisite requirements prior to acceptance into the program. Satisfactory
Criminal History Background checks will be mandatory to qualify for
clinical rotations and state certification. The cost for Criminal History
82
Programs and Disciplines
General Education elective - Social Science Both emergency and non-emergency calls are handled and field
(PSY 101, 201A; SOC 232) 3-4 personnel dispatched to a variety of calls. The dispatcher must
have a thorough knowledge of local geography, an understanding
Term 3 of manpower needs and equipment, and be able to work within the
BI 232 Human Anatomy and Physiology II 4 constraints of departmental policy and procedures. Problem solv-
EMT 106 EMT Basic - Part II 5 ing and decision making skills, with minimum supervision, are also
EMT 280B CE: EMT Seminar 1 required. TeleCommunicators must keep accurate records of com-
EMT 116 EMT Rescue 3 munications received and transmitted, maintain a constant status of
all field operations and be able to perform simultaneous functions.
CIS 120 Computer Concepts I 4
or TeleCommunicators must respect the individual’s right to privacy
CAS 133 Basic Computer Skills/MS Office 4 and maintain strict confidentiality of sensitive information.
Term 4 The PCC Emergency TeleCommunicator 9-1-1 Program is located
BI 233 Human Anatomy and Physiology III 4 at the Cascade Campus. This Certificate has 46 credit hours of
EMT 115 Crisis Intervention 3 intensive training program for students interested in a career in
EMT 117 Emergency Response Communication/Patient emergency telecommunications. The curriculum includes skills,
Transportation 3 knowledge and abilities that have been identified as critical for
EMT 118 EMT Medical Terminology 3 career entry by 9-1-1 center directors, the PCC 9-1-1 advisory
General Education elective 3-4 committee and professional emergency telecommunications orga-
nizations. The 46 credit hour Certificate follows the 40 hour Basic
Term 5 TeleCommunicator Training Program developed by the National
EMT 240 Paramedic I 13 Academies of Emergency Dispatch (NAED). A hand on simulator
training is an integral part of the program. The Introduction to Emer-
Term 6 gency Services class is open to all students wishing to explore the
EMT 242 Paramedic II 9 various careers in public safety emergency services.
EMT 244 Paramedic Clinical Internship I 3 The Emergency TeleCommunicator Program is supported by local
9-1-1 centers and private agencies. This three-term certificate is
Term 7
designed to teach the technical skills needed to perform suc-
EMT 246 Paramedic Clinical Internship II 4 cessfully in emergency telecommunications. The PCC certificate
EMT 248 Paramedic Field Internship I 2 program has been developed cooperatively with the 9-1-1 dispatch
centers in the Portland metropolitan area and has served as a mod-
Term 8
el for new programs throughout the United States. The program
EMT 250 Paramedic Field Internship II 6 is supported by an advisory committee made up of emergency
EMT 252 Paramedic III 2 services managers, supervisors, trainers and dispatchers.
83
Programs and Disciplines
(NAED) Basic TeleCommunicator certification, and an overview 25 WPM, either three or five minute timing.
of Critical Incident Stress Management (CISM).
3. Advising appointment – an appointment with the program
Some course work within the Emergency TeleCommunicator 9-1-1 advisor to discuss curriculum and course schedule prior to
Program can be applied toward an associate of general studies registering for classes.
degree. Students wishing to apply for a general studies associate 4. Acceptance into the program is conditional upon receipt of a
degree should consult an academic advisor satisfactory Criminal History Background check. Applicants
will be asked to submit a fingerprint card and letter request-
Classes are taught by professionals in the field of emergency ser-
ing criminal history information to the Oregon State Police.
vices and public safety communications. Students observe 9-1-1
The cost of this background check is paid by the applicant.
center operations during the training and work with professional
Limited fingerprinting services are available through the col-
telecommunicators in the labs.
lege, by appointment.
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion.
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements EMERGENCY TELECOMMUNICATOR
must be met.
CERTIFICATE
The following courses are required of all students enrolled in the
DEGREEs AND Certificates offered Emergency TeleCommunicator Program and are open to dis-
One-Year Certificate patchers and other professionals working in fields related to 9-1-1
Emergency TeleCommunicator/911 Dispatcher dispatch. Enrollment is subject to course availability, class size,
lab restrictions and department permission. In addition, public
Program Prerequisites and Requirements sector organizations, such as local 9-1-1 centers, may contact the
department for professional in-service courses and seminars for
Placement into WR 115 and basic keyboarding skill equivalent their professional staff. 46 credits
to 25 WPM.
The following course sequence is recommended. EM 101, ETC
105 and ETC 108 may be taken out of the order listed below.
Application and Acceptance
The Emergency TeleCommunicator (ETC) Program is open to all
Course of Study
high school graduates or equivalent, who meet the standards for
employment in the 9-1-1 field, including good physical condition and
Term 1
high moral standards. Reading and writing skills are important.
EM 101 Introduction to Emergency Services 4
Students planning to apply for the Emergency TeleCommunica- ETC 103 Introduction to Emergency Telecommunications 4
tor Program should contact the program coordinator or program ETC 110 Communication Center Operations – Basic Skills 3
advisor for specific eligibility requirements and an application. ETC 106 Introduction to Criminal Law 3
Advising appointments will be scheduled upon request and are
ETC 108 Transcription 2
required prior to registering for classes. Because of the unique re-
sponsibilities involved in public safety emergency communications, Term 2
the Emergency TeleCommunicator Program reserves the right to EM 103 Introduction to Radio Communication 3
require that a student, who appears to the department, unsuited
ETC 104 Emergency Telecommunications – Call-Taking 4
for emergency communications employment be counseled into
ETC 111 Communication Center
another area of study.
Operations – Intermediate Skills 3
CAS 122 Keyboarding 3
The Selection Process CJA 101 Cultural Diversity in Public Safety 3
Selection into the ETC Program requires the following steps be
successfully completed: Term 3
EMT 120 Fire Responder 3
1. Application – An application form is available in the Emergen- ETC 112 Communication Cen Ops-Adv 3
cy Services Department Office, Public Services Education ETC 202 EMD Overview 2
Building, Room 133 at Cascade Campus. Application forms
ETC 105 Crisis Intervention 3
are also available by mail upon request. Returned application
ETC 115 ETC: Capstone 3
forms will be processed upon receipt of all documentation
listed in the application packet. Application for admission
Recommended Courses
may be made any term, new students may be accepted any
term, if space is available. Students wishing to complete the The following courses are recommended to enhance student skills
program in one year must begin fall term. but are not required for the certificate.
2. Placement test scores or transcript with course completion CAS 133 Basic Computer Skills 3
are required. ETC 201 Law Enforcement Data System (LEDS) 1
WR 121 English Composition 4
• Placement into WR 115.
• Keyboarding certificate showing a minimum typing speed of
84
Programs and Disciplines
85
Programs and Disciplines
Visa students are also welcome to enroll in Level 4 and above egon Transfer (AAOT) degree to complete courses in preparation
but must pay international tuition. Students with F-1 visas should for a bachelor’s degree in environmental studies or environmen-
contact the Office of International Education at PCC. Testing and tal science (if transferred to a four-year program at a college or
orientation are required before entering the program. university). Students must check with the specific requirements
of the bachelor’s program to which they intend to transfer. The
opportunity to learn interdisciplinary skills allows students to
Course of Study
customize their educational career goals while providing a solid
The ESOL Department offers eight levels of English, from level foundation for future learning. See the Course Description (ESR
1, for students with no or very little English, through level 8, after prefix) section of this catalog for individual environmental science
which students can continue on with their college classes. ESOL courses and their prerequisites.
levels 1 - 8 serve the needs of adult refugees, immigrants, per-
manent residents, and U.S. citizens. Levels 4 - 8 also serve the
needs of professional personnel working or training in the U.S.,
international students, and international visitors. ESOL offers both
Facilities Maintenance
credit and non-credit classes. Levels 1-3 are non-credit classes. Technology
Levels 4 and 5 can be taken either as non-credit or college credit
classes. Students should take Levels 4 and 5 for noncredit unless Cascade Campus
they are obligated to take them for credit because of visa or other Technology Education Building, (TEB) Room 101
requirements. Levels 6 - 8 are college credit classes. Twenty-four 503-978-5650, 503-978-5651
credits of ESOL courses may be applied to the Associates Degree
or the Oregon Transfer Degree. The cost of ESOL classes ranges www.pcc.edu/programs/facilities-maintencance/
from a moderate fee to full college tuition. Tuition for visa students
is considerably higher. Each class in levels 1 - 3 is designed to be Career program and Description
taken in one to three terms. Each class in levels 4 - 8 is designed
The Facilities Maintenance Technician (FMT) installs, maintains,
to be completed in one term. All new students must be tested prior
and repairs HVAC/R and other equipment and systems where en-
to enrollment. Contact the Testing Office at the campus where you
vironmental quality is essential. FMTs work in the semi-conductor
want to attend to find out about placement testing.
industry, large health care facilities, heavy industry organizations,
commercial facilities, or for HVAC/R companies.
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion.
Environmental Studies PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements
must be met.
Cascade Campus
Jackson Hall, (JT) Room 210
Degrees and Certificates offered
503-978-5209
Associate of Applied Science Degree
Sylvania Campus
Health Technology Building, (HT) Room 305 Facilities Maintenance Technology
503-977-4225 One-Year Certificate
Rock Creek Campus Facilities Maintenance Technology
Building 7, Room 202 Less than One-Year Certificates: Career Pathways
503-614-7257 Career Pathways Certificates are short-term credentials (12-44
credits) which prepare individuals for entry-level employment.
DESCRIPTION Career Pathways certificates may be the first certificate a student
earns en route to a certificate of greater length or an Associate
Environmental studies is the interdisciplinary field that incorporates of Applied Science (AAS) degree. Contact the department for
social sciences, mathematics, chemistry, biology, and geology information.
in order to examine the interactions between human beings and
the natural world. Environmental studies allows scientists and HVAC/R Installer - 14 credits
laypersons to understand the complex interaction between various Oregon State Bureau of Labor and Industries Approved Pre-Ap-
organisms while also equipping policy-makers with important data prenticeship Training
to make critical decisions. Environmental studies is important to a
broad array of disciplines, including architecture to law to public
health. Recent estimates show a growing demand in governmental, Prerequisites and Requirements
commercial, and industrial employment for professionals whose It is required that students test into MTH 20, into WR 90 or higher
qualifications include environmental analytical skills. and RD 90 or higher. Individual course prerequisites are listed in
the Course Description section of this catalog.
Students explore environmental studies by enrolling in foundation
classes in mathematics and the natural and social sciences. PCC
offers students the opportunity to earn the Associate of Arts Or- Course of Study
This program will provide the student with the skills to enhance
a career in facilities maintenance. It was designed by the advi-
sory committee to meet industry requirements. Students learn
86
Programs and Disciplines
the skills and concepts necessary to install, operate, maintain BCT 106 Hand Tool/Power Tool Use and Safety 3
and repair control, piping and mechanical systems in large com- BCT 213 Advanced Blueprint Reading 3
mercial, medical, institutional and industrial buildings. Students CIS 120 Computer Concepts I 4
also learn trouble shooting skills, problem solving methods and CIS 121 Computer Concepts II 4
electrical concepts. Continuous improvement techniques and
ELT 150 Fiber Optics I 4
effective written, verbal and electronic communications skills are
ELT 151 Fiber Optics II 4
stressed across the curriculum. Classes are designed in lecture
and lecture/lab format to give the student a solid foundation in ELT 152 Fiber Optics: Inside Plant/Outside Plant 4
general maintenance skills including HVAC/R. Print reading and MSD 117 Customer Relations 3
troubleshooting skills are emphasized. MTH 111C College Algebra for Math, Science & Engineering 5
PHY 102 Fundamentals of Physics II 4
Facilities maintenance AAS Degree PHY 103 Fundamentals of Physics III 4
Minimum 90 credit hours which includes 59 credit hours of required ELT 110 Electricity for the Non-Electrician 2
program courses plus General Education credit hours and elec- ELT 210 Electricity for the Non-Electrician II 2
tives. Students must also meet Associate Degree Comprehensive ELT 226 Basic Human Machine Interface (HMI) Program 2
Requirements and Associate of Applied Science Requirements.
FMT 131 Lock Service and Repair 4
AAS Degree coursework is certificate course requirements and
FMT 128 Oil Furnace Service 2
the following:
FMT 216 Commercial Systems Design 2
ELT 126 Intermediate Programmable Controllers (PC Based) 2 FMT 219 Residential Systems Design 2
ELT 225 Advanced Program Controllers, PC Based 2 FMT 213 Commercial Refrigeration Shop 2
ELT 201 Electrical Motor Controls 2 FMT 204 Heat Pumps 2
ELT 204 Adjustable Speed Drives 2 FMT 210 Basic HVAC/R Install 2
FMT 207 Pneumatic Controls 2 WR 227 Technical Writing I 3-4
PSY 101 Psychology and Human Relations 4 WLD 111 Shielded Metal Arc and Oxy-Acetylene Welding 3
PHY 101 Fundamentals of Physics 4
FMT 280A Cooperative Work Experience 8
Electives 12
General Education 8 HVAC/R Installer Certificates: Career
Certificate Courses Pathways 14 credits
FMT 100 Introduction to Facilities Maintenance Systems 2 FMT 111 Refrigeration Electrical I 2
ELT 125 Basic Programmable Controllers (PC Based) 2 FMT 112 Refrigeration Electrical II 2
FMT 201 Introduction to Chiller Systems 3 FMT 113 Refrigeration Electrical III 2
FMT 119 Water Treatment & Distribution 2 FMT 101 Refrigeration I 2
FMT 122 Introduction to Boilers 3 FMT 102 Refrigeration II 2
FMT 111 Refrigeration Electrical I 2 FMT 103 Refrigeration III 2
FMT 112 Refrigeration Electrical II 2 FMT 210 Basic HVAC/R Installation 2
FMT 113 Refrigeration Electrical III 2
FMT 101 Refrigeration I 2
FMT 102 Refrigeration II 2 Fire Protection Technology
FMT 103 Refrigeration III 2
FMT 125 Natural Gas Equipment I 2 Cascade Campus
ELT 220 OSHA 30 Hour Safety Training 3 Public Services Education Building, (PSEB) Room 132
503-978-5580; Fax 503-978-5535
ARCH 162 Blueprint Reading-Part II 2
BA 131 Computers in Business 4 www.pcc.edu/programs/fire-protection/
FMT 202 Direct Digital Control AdvancedTechnology 3
FMT 222 Intermediate Boilers 3 Career and Program Description
Electives 3 Those training in the Fire Protection Technology Program are prepar-
ing for occupations and advancement in fire suppression, investiga-
Approved Electives
tion, prevention, public safety education, emergency management,
Choose 15 credit hours of program electives from the following. emergency medical and rescue services, hazardous materials
Other electives may be chosen with department approval. technology, college transfer and other educational programs.
ART 292 Sculpture: Mixed Media 3
The PCC program is designed to correlate classroom, laboratory
BA 101 Introduction to Business 4 and field experience in public and private sector fire organizations.
BA 206 Management Fundamentals 3 The program that follows is designed for students wishing to enter
MSD 101 Principles of Management & Supervision 3 the fire service (pre-service) and professional fire fighters who wish
BCT 100 Introduction to the Construction Industry 3 to obtain an AAS degree or meet specific Oregon Department of
BCT 102 Residential Printreading 3 Public Safety Standards and Training accreditation requirements
87
Programs and Disciplines
or meet entry requirements for BA/BS programs in fire administra- by the use of protective breathing equipment should contact the
tion at Eastern or Western Oregon universities. department prior to entering the program.
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion.
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements Fire protection technology AAS DEGREE
must be met. Minimum 96 credit hours; includes 74 credit hours of required Fire
Protection courses, 16 credit hours of General Education and 6
DEGREES and certificates OFFERED credit hours of approved electives. Students should contact a
program advisor for help in planning a course of study. Students
Associate of Applied Science Degree
must meet college graduation requirements including General
Fire Protection Technology Education, Math and English competencies Students must also
meet Associate Degree Comprehensive Requirements and As-
PROGRAM AWARDS sociate of Applied Science Requirements.
Program awards are available in the following courses of study.
Contact the Fire Protection Department for course require- Course of Study
ments. First Term
1. NFPA Fire Inspection I 45 credits FP 101 Introduction to Fire Protection 4
FP 111 Firefighter I Skills Academy 10
2. NFPA Fire and Life Safety Education: 45 credits FP 121 Fire Behavior and Combustion 3
3. NFPA Fire Officer I 30-33 credits FP 122 Fundamentals of Fire Prevention 3
88
Programs and Disciplines
General Education courses must be taken from the college Course of Study
General Education course list and meet Comprehensive
Students are prepared for job entry as a Fitness Technologist or
Degree Requirements.
specialist with opportunities for developing additional skills as
Courses requiring a prerequisite are identified in the Course Descrip- a personal trainer or group exercise instructor. The program is
tion section of this catalog and in the term schedule of classes. designed to correlate classroom and laboratory experience with
Fire protection and emergency medical technician, criminal justice practical experience in fitness facilities in the community. During the
and emergency telecommunications courses not currently required course of study students are eligible to take the national personal
for the AAS degree in fire protection technology are approved for trainer certifying examination given by the American College of
use as electives. General Education courses may also meet the Sports Medicine (ACSM), the National Strength and Conditioning
requirements. Approval for electives must be granted by a Fire Association (NSCA) or the American Council on Exercise (ACE).
Protection Department advisor. In addition, AAS graduates, at program completion, are eligible
to take the Health and Fitness Instructor certifying examination
given by ACSM.
Fitness Technology Students requesting advanced placement or transfer credit must
submit a written request to the Fitness Department. Transcripts
Sylvania Campus and course descriptions for all coursework should be submitted
Health Technology Building, (HT) Room 215 with the request.
503-977-4210
www.pcc.edu/programs/fittech Fitness Technology aas degree
Minimum 91 credit hours which includes 72 credit hours of required
CAREER AND PROGRAM DESCRIPTION program courses plus General Education credit hours and electives.
The Fitness Technologist is a professional member of the preven- Students must also meet Associate Degree Comprehensive Require-
tive health care team and will find employment in health and fitness ments and Associate of Applied Science Requirements.
clubs, wellness centers, public and private recreation facilities,
hospitals and corporate fitness programs. The Fitness Technolo- First Term
gist performs a variety of instructional and administrative duties. FT 101 Fitness Technology Seminar 2
Instructional duties include directing safe and effective exercise FT 102 Injury Prevention and Management 2
programs, conducting fitness testing and instructing clients in
FT 131 Structure and Function of the Human Body 4
appropriate sport and fitness activities. Administrative duties
HPE 295 Health and Fitness for Life 3
include sales, club business operations and member retention
efforts. Fitness Technologists have a background in basic anatomy PE 181A Beginning Weight Training 1
and physiology, applied kinesiology and fitness assessment and *PE 282A Group Fitness: Pro-Act option 1
programming, along with training in interpersonal skills, customer Co-requisite: Aerobic class 1
relations, and fitness promotion.
Second Term
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion. FT 103 Nutrition for Fitness Instructors 2
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements FT 104 Fitness Assessment & Programming I 3
must be met.
FT 106 Analysis of Movement 3
*PE 281 Professional Activities: Weight Training 2
Degrees and Certificates offered *PE 283 Mind/Body: Pro Act options 1
Associate of Applied Science Degree Co-requisite: Yoga or Tai Chi 1
Fitness Technology
Third Term
One-Year Certificate
FT 105 Fitness Assessment and Programming II 3
Fitness Technology FT 107 Exercise Science I 3
FT 280 CE: Fitness Technology 4
Prerequisites and Requirements
*PE 287 Aquatics: Pro Act option 1
High school diploma or equivalent Co-requisite: Aquatics class 1
Attend Fitness Technology orientation. Contact administrative Fourth Term
assistant in HT 215 or call 503-977-4210 for dates and times
FT 203 Fitness Promotion 3
Must have successfully completed MTH 65 and WR 121 with a FT 204 Exercise Science II 2
grade of “C” or better FN 225 Nutrition 4
CG 280C PE Cooperative Education 1
Apply to Fitness Technology Program
Fifth Term
Interview with program director FT 201 Fitness Assessment and Programming III 3
Applicants with disabilities are encouraged to contact the Office FT 202 Fitness and Aging 3
for Students with Disabilities 503-977-4341 CG 280D FT Cooperative Education 1
89
Programs and Disciplines
Sixth Term
FT 280 CE: Fitness Technology Practicum-Internship 4
FRENCH
*PE 282B Special Populations:
Sylvania Campus
Communication Technology Building, (CT) Room 219
Pro Act Option 2
503-977-4851
*Degree requirement: Pro-Act WT Training (PE 281) +3 other Pro-
Act options. DESCRIPTON
All PCC French courses are taught using an immersion method.
Recommended and may be taken any term: The objective of all French courses at PCC is to help students to
**General Education minimum 16 develop communicative competence and proficiency in compre-
hension, speaking, reading and writing French as well as cultural
PSY 101 Psychology and Human Relations 4 awareness. Assessment is based on consistent attendance, active
CAS 133 Introduction to Computers 4 student participation, and daily written and oral assignments.
SP 111 Public Speaking 4
Biology/Chemistry course student choice 4-5 There are no requirements or prerequisites for entry into the first
term of first year French. However, the student should read the
**Degree Requirement: Two required courses may count toward French course descriptions for other French courses. Students
General Education. One course from each distribution area, no who have studied a language before and are unsure of their place-
more than two in one area. (Arts & Letters, Social Science, Math- ment are encouraged to consult with a world language teacher
ematics, Science, and Computer Science). since they will not be admitted to a course if their skill level is too
advanced for that course.
If the two required courses are taken as a General Education credits,
then eight additional credits of General Education must be taken. All students who enroll in world language classes (including those
on the waiting list) are expected to attend class the first day when
Fitness Technology Certificate material essential for successful completion of the course will be
presented. Students who do not attend the first class session may
Certificate 48 credit hours of required fitness technology courses
be replaced by those who do attend.
and related core courses.
See the Course Description (FR prefix) section of this catalog for
First Term individual environmental science courses and their prerequisites.
FT 101 Fitness Technology Seminar 2
FT 102 Injury Prevention 2
FT 131 Structure and Function of the Human Body 4 General Science
HPE 295 Health and Fitness for Life 3
PE 181A Beginning Weight Training 1 Cascade Campus
*PE 282A Group Fitness: Pro-Act option 1 Jackson Hall (JH) Room 210
Co-requisite: Aerobic class 1 503-978-5209
Rock Creek Campus
Second Term Building 7, Room 202
FT 103 Nutrition for Fitness Instructors 2 503-614-7500
FT 104 Fitness Assessment & Programming I 3
Southeast Center
FT 106 Analysis of Movement 3
Mt. Scott Hall (MTH) Room 103
*PE 281 Professional Activities: Weight Training 2 503-788-6146
*PE 283 Mind/Body: Pro Act options 1
Sylvania Campus
Co-requisite: Yoga or Tai Chi 1
Science Technology Building, (ST) Room 312
Third Term 503-977-4174
FT 105 Fitness Assessment and Programming II 3
FT 107 Exercise Science I 3 DESCRIPTION
FT 280 CE: Fitness Technology 4 General science courses introduce students to their physical en-
*PE 287 Aquatics: Pro Act option 1 vironment and its scientific exploration; specific topics examined
Co-requisite: Aquatics class 1 in these courses include geology, astronomy, oceanography and
meteorology. These courses are designed to: provide an inter-
Required and may be taken any term: disciplinary overview, introduce fundamental scientific concepts,
PSY 101 Psychology and Human Relations 4 demonstrate scientific inquiry, illustrate how hazards and resources
related to these topics impact society, and increase the student’s ap-
CAS 133 Introduction to Computers 4
preciation of their world. These courses are appropriate for students
SP 111 Public Speaking 4
with a limited science and math background. Work in the general
sciences is an important part of many college programs.
*Certificate requirement: Pro-Act WT Training (PE 281) +2 other
Pro-Act options.
90
Programs and Disciplines
All general science courses include a lab component and are on The G201, G202, G203 courses introduce students to the study
the PCC General Education Course List. General science courses of geology while preparing them for further study in the earth
can be taken individually or in any sequence and have no course science field and include a lab component. The G207, G208,
specific prerequisites. G209 courses introduce students to specific topics within geol-
ogy and do not include a lab component. The G160, G161, G200
See the Course Description (GS prefix) section of this catalog for field experience courses use fieldtrips to introduce students to
individual environmental science courses and their prerequisites. the regional geology of the Pacific Northwest. Geology courses
can be taken individually or in any sequence and have no course
specific prerequisites. See the Course Description (G prefix) sec-
Geography tion of this catalog for individual environmental science courses
and their prerequisites.
Cascade Campus
Liberal Arts & Mathematics Division
Terrell Hall, (TH) Room 220
GERMAN
503-978-5251
Sylvania Campus
Southeast Center Communication Technology Building, (CT) Room 219
Mt. Scott Hall, (MSH) Room 103 503-977-4851
503-788-6147
www.pcc.edu/programs/german/
Rock Creek Campus
Building 3, Room 201
DESCRIPTION
503-614-7327
All PCC German courses are taught using an immersion method.
Sylvania Campus
The objective of all German courses at PCC is to help students to
Social Science Building, (SS) Room 215
develop communicative competence and proficiency in compre-
503-977-4289
hension, speaking, reading and writing German as well as cultural
awareness. Assessment is based on consistent attendance, active
Description student participation, and daily written and oral assignments.
Geography is concerned with the uniqueness of places. What
There are no requirements or prerequisites for entry into the first
makes one place unique and different from another? What are the
term of first year German. However, the student should read the
factors and processes, both human and physical, which account for
German course descriptions for other German courses. Students
this uniqueness? Geography is not concerned with memorization
who have studied a language before and are unsure of their place-
of place names (capitals, rivers etc,) lists of imports and exports
ment are encouraged to consult with a world language teacher
or other statistical information.
since they will not be admitted to a course if their skill level is too
See the Course Description (GEO prefix) section of this catalog advanced for that course.
for individual geography courses and course prerequisites.
All students who enroll in world language classes (including those
on the waiting list) are expected to attend class the first day when
material essential for successful completion of the course will be
Geology presented. Students who do not attend the first class session may
be replaced by those who do attend. See the Course Description
(GER prefix) section of this catalog for individual environmental
Cascade Campus
science courses and their prerequisites.
Jackson Hall (JH) Room 210
503-978-5209
Rock Creek Campus
Building 7, Room 202 Gerontology
503-614-7500
Sylvania Campus Sylvania Campus
Science Technology Building, (ST) Room 312 Social Science Building, (SS) Room 1
503-977-4174 503-977-8254 or 503-977-4077
ger@pcc.edu
Description
www.pcc.edu/ger/
Geology is the study of the Earth: its composition, structure, history
and the processes which shape the Earth. Geologists investigate
landscapes and rocks to discover the story of how the Earth formed CAREER AND program Description
and developed over geologic time. Geologists examine problems Careers in gerontology are among the next big things in the 21st
related to earth hazards, resources and environmental quality and century workplace, and PCC’s gerontology program is on the
then work toward developing corrective measures. Work in geology cutting edge of this opportunity. This program is designed for
is an important part of many college programs. individuals who wish to develop careers in the field of aging, those
91
Programs and Disciplines
already employed or active in gerontology or related fields who Gerontology AAS degree
wish to enhance their career paths, and those seeking challenging
Minimum 90 credit hours, which includes 73 credit hours of
and meaningful career changes in response to new opportunities
required program courses plus General Education credit hours
created by an aging society. Graduates of this program will develop
and electives. Students must also meet Associate Degree Com-
problem-solving and research skills through interdisciplinary core
prehensive Requirements and Associate of Applied Science
courses and electives tailored toward their career goals. Intern-
Requirements. Two of the social sciences courses required for
ships, mentorships and career coaching will prepare students to
the Gerontology degree may also be used to meet the General
create individualized career paths in service industries responding
Education requirements.
to a longer living and healthier population. Exponential growth
is expected in all service-providing industries related to aging, Students completing the one-year Gerontology Certificate will
particularly in the health care services continuum, financial and have also completed the first year’s work toward the Associate
legal services, leisure, life-long learning, hospitality, fitness and degree in Gerontology. Students must meet college graduation
wellness areas. requirements including General Education, Math and English
competencies.
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion.
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements
must be met. Core Courses: 28 credits
GRN 181 Exploring the Field of Aging 2
GRN 282 Gerontology Professional Seminar 1
Degrees and Certificates offered
PSY 215 Human Development 3-4
Associate of Applied Science Degree SOC 223 Sociology of Aging 3-4
Gerontology SOC 230 Introduction to Gerontology 3-4
One-Year Certificate SOC 231 Sociology of Health and Aging 3-4
Gerontology SOC 232 Death & Dying: Culture & Issues 3-4
Less than One-Year Certificates: Career Pathways GRN 280A CE: Gerontology Internship 4
Career Pathways Certificates are short-term credentials (12-44 GRN 280B Gerontology Internship Seminar 1
credits) which prepare individuals for entry-level employment.
Career Pathways certificates may be the first certificate a student Required Degree Courses - 21 credits
earns en route to a certificate of greater length or an Associate AD 101 Alcohol Use & Addiction 3
of Applied Science (AAS) degree. Contact the department for PHL 207 Ethical Issues in Aging 4
information. SOC 204 General Sociology: Sociology in Everyday Life 3-4
SOC 213 Diversity in the United States 3-4
Gerontology Activity Assistant 23 credits (Pending State Ap-
GRN 280A CE: Gerontology Internship (Worksite Placement) 6
proval)
Gerontology Activity Director 35 credits (Pending State Ap- Basic Competencies
proval) WR 121 English Composition 3-4*
Gerontology Activity Consultant 20 credits (Pending State Ap- MTH 65 Introductory Algebra 3-4**
proval)
* Or passing a writing course for which WR 121 is a prerequisite.
Gerontology Advanced Behavioral & Cognitive Care-23-26
credits (Pending State Approval) ** Or higher, or passing the PCC competency exam for MTH 65.
Prerequisites and Requirements Restricted Electives - Choose eight credits from below and
eight from the certificate electives.
Candidates should be ready to enter WR 121 and MTH 20 for the
Certificate and MTH 65 for the Degree (demonstrated through AD 102 Drug Use & Addiction 3
placement tests or documented previous college level work.) Those AD 105 Aging & Addictions 3
candidates with insufficient background to enter at this level may AD 154 Client Record Mgmt & Addiction 3
need to extend the time it takes to complete the program. Faculty AD 156 Ethical & Professional Issues 3
advisors will provide information regarding preparatory course FT 102 Injury Prevention & Management 2
work options. FT 106 Analysis of Movement 3
Course of Study FT 131 Structure & Function of the Human Body 4
FT 202 Fitness and Aging 3
Students may earn a one-year certificate in Gerontology or an
GRN 265 Activity Professional Training I 3
Associate of Applied Science degree in Gerontology at PCC.
Students may also earn the degree or certificate in conjunction GRN 266 Activity Professional Training II 3
with a certificate or degree in other PCC programs such as fitness HE 252 First Aid Basics and Beyond 1
technology, the allied health field, nursing, business, management, HE 212 Women’s Health 4
or alcohol and drug counseling. The Division of Social Science has HE 213 Men’s Health 4
signed an articulation agreement with Portland State University to HE 242 Stress & Human Health 4
allow graduates of our two-year program in Gerontology to transfer HE 251 Comm/Public Health Issues 4
to Portland State University as juniors. Certificates and the Degree PSY 201 Introduction to Psychology 4
can be completed through an online option.
92
Programs and Disciplines
PSY 202 Introduction to Psychology 4 PSY 101 Psychology & Human Relations 4
PSY 214 Introduction to Personality 4 PSY 214 Introduction to Personality 4
PSY 222 Family & Intimate Relations 4 PSY 222 Family & Intimate Relations 4
PSY 231 Human Sexuality 4 MP 111 Medical Terminology 4
PSY 232 Human Sexuality 4 HPE 295 Health & Physical Fitness for Life 1 3
SOC 206 General Sociology: Social Problems 3-4 HE 250 Personal Health 3
SOC 218 Sociology of Gender 4 BA 101 Introduction to Business 4
1
HPE 295 requires on-campus initial, midterm and final assessments for Lab.
Choose one course from the following Restricted Electives1
Online students should check with the instructor to make alternative arrange-
CAS 216 Beginning Word: WIN1 3 ments.
CAS 217 Advanced Word: WIN1 3 2
These courses are required for the AAS Degree.
CAS 133 Basic Computer Skills/MS Office1 4
Choose one course from the following Restricted Electives
CAS 170 Excel1 3
CAS 216 Beginning Word: WIN 3
CAS 140 Access1 3
CAS 217 Advanced Word: WIN 3
CAS 231 Publisher1 3
CAS 133 Basic Computer Skills/MS Office 4
1
This requirement can be met through proof of comparable, work-based com- CAS 170 Excel 3
puter skills training.
CAS 140 Access 3
Gerontology Certificate CAS 231 Publisher 3
1
Minimum 47 credit hours as outlined in the suggested sequence This requirement can be met through proof of comparable, work-based com-
of courses. puter skills training.
93
Programs and Disciplines
Graphic Design Minimum 104 credit hours which includes 80 credit hours of
required program courses plus General Education credit hours
and electives. Students must also meet Associate Degree Com-
Sylvania Campus prehensive Requirements and Associate of Applied Science
Communications Technology Building, (CT) Room 102 Requirements.
503-977-4790, 503-977-4834, 503-977-4264
First Year Program
www.pcc.edu/gd
Fall Term
CAREER AND PROGRAM DESCRIPTION GD 120 Graphic Design I 3
Graphic design is the art, discipline and profession of visual ART 131 Drawing (prerequisite for GD 139) 3
communication. By combining images, words and ideas graphic GD 101 Macintosh for Graphic Designers 1
designers focus information toward an audience to achieve a de- GD 114 Introductory Typography 3
sired goal. Graphic designers blend artistic talent, typography and
WR 121 English Composition 3-4
computer knowledge to create advertisements, brochures, logos
and identity systems, newsletters, catalogs, signage systems, web Winter Term
pages, magazines and books. The two-year program at PCC pre- GD 122 Graphic Design II 3
pares the student for entry-level work in the highly competitive and
ART 231 Drawing 3
deadline-oriented field of graphic design. Class work is designed
GD 140 Digital Page Design I 3
to simulate industry situations and standards.
GD 116 Intermediate Typography 3
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion. GD 150 Digital Illustration I 3
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements
must be met. Spring Term
GD 124 Graphic Design III 3
Degree and certificate Offered GD 151 Digital Illustration II 3
Associate of Applied Science Degree ART 103 Introduction to Art 4
Graphic Design GD 141 Digital Page Design II 3
GD 241 Digital Imaging I 3
94
Programs and Disciplines
95
Programs and Disciplines
Degrees and certificates offered HIM 292 Health Information Directed Practice I 1
Associate of Applied Science Degree Winter 2010
Health Information Management HIM 270 Classification Systems I 4
HIM 285 Healthcare Financing/Compliance 3
Prerequisites and Requirements HIM 271 Quality Improvement in Healthcare 3
1. Compass scores to show readiness to enter WR 121, RD 115 HIM 274 Quality Improvement in Healthcare Lab 1
and MTH 60. HIM 282 Data Management & Analysis II 3
2. Four credits of computer courses including windows, word
SPRING 2010
processing, spreadsheet and database must be completed
prior to taking any HIM courses. HIM 273 Classification Systems II 4
HIM 276 Classifications Systems Lab 2
3. Four credit medical terminology course must be completed
HIM 290 Health Information Technology III 3
prior to taking any HIM courses.
HIM 272 Health Information Management 3
4. Evidence of immunity to measles. HIM 277 Health Information Management Lab 2
5. Program advising with a Health Information Management HIM 293 Health Information Directed Practice II 1
program advisor. Subject to change
6. Transportation to clinical facilities.
7. Criminal Background Check. Please contact the department
office for information. History
Health information management Cascade Campus
Terrell Hall, (TH) Room 220
AAS DEGREE
503-978-5251
Minimum of 90 credit hours which includes required program cours-
Southeast Center
es plus General Education credit hours and electives. Students
Mt. Scott Hall, (MSH) Room 103
must also meet Associate Degree Comprehensive Requirements
503-788-6146
and Associate of Applied Science Requirements.
Rock Creek Campus
Building 3, Room 201
Course of Study
Sylvania Campus
Fall 2008 Social Science Building, (SS) Room 215
HIM 101 Service Learning 2 503-977-4289
HIM 110 Health Information Technology I 3 www.pcc.edu/programs/history/
HIM 120 Health Information Technology I Lab 1
HIM 182 Health Care Delivery Systems 3 Description
BI 121 Introduction to Anatomy and Physiology I 4
History is one of the most important subjects that you can study
WR 121 English Composition 3-4 because it touches every academic subject. The study of history
enables individuals to think historically and to analyze cause and
Winter 2009
affect relationships in human affairs. Through the analysis and
HIM 105 Ancillary Information Analysis 3
interpretation of past events, historians provide insights on current
HIM 107 Ancillary Information Analysis Lab 1 events as well as on the broader human condition. The more that
HIM 121 Legal & Ethical Aspects of Healthcare 3 people understand about their past, the greater their perspective
BI 122 Introduction to Anatomy and Physiology II 4 becomes and the more likely the present is to make sense. His-
General Education 4 torians occupy positions in a wide variety of fields: for example,
high school and college instructors, researchers in business and
Spring 2009 industry, government positions, journalism, law, librarians, profes-
HIM 131 Medical Science 5 sional writers and a host of other occupations that require critical
HIM 136 Medications 3 thinking, research and writing skills.
SP 100 Introduction to Speech Communication 4
The PCC History Program includes survey classes in American
General Education 4 History, European History, and Eastern Civilization as well as spe-
cialty classes. These include: African American, Women’s History,
Fall 2009
American Indian, Holocaust and several others. Not all classes are
HIM 141 Health Information Technology II 3 offered every term. All classes are transferable to four-year universi-
HIM 275 Classification Systems III 3 ties. See the Course Description (HST prefix) section of this catalog
HIM 281 Data Management and Analysis I 3 for individual history courses and course prerequisites.
HIM 286 Data Management and Analysis I Lab 2
HIM 283 Health Information Systems 3
96
Programs and Disciplines
97
Programs and Disciplines
proved to satisfy those requirements will be found in the Compre- Core Required courses
hensive Degree Requirements section of this catalog. The A.A.S. ARCH 100 Graphic Communication for Designers 3
degree in Interior Design also requires ART 115 and 116, which may ARCH 110 Introduction to Architectural Drawing 2
be taken as part of the General Educations requirements. ART 131 Introduction to Drawing 3
ID 131 Introduction to Interiors 3
KITCHEN AND BATH CERTIFICATE (Pending State ID 132 Planning Interiors 3
Approval) ID 120 Interior Products and Materials I 3
Minimum of 54 credits within the program plus the college require- ID 121 Sustainable Materials for Residential Interiors 3
ments for Communication, Computation and Human Relations. This ID 122 History of Furniture-Ancient to 1800 3
program prepares students for an entry-level position as a kitchen ID 123 History of Furniture-1800 to Present 3
and bath designer. The Kitchen and Bath Certificate includes course ARCH 124 Introduction to Building Systems 3
work from architecture and interior design and prepares students to ID 133 Space Planning 3
take the National Kitchen and Bath Association exams to become ID 135 Professional Practices for Designers 3
a Certified Kitchen and/or Bath Designer. The Certificate earned
ID 230 Textiles for Interiors 3
Supported status by the National Kitchen and Bath Association.
BA 238 Sales 3
Required Courses
ARCH 100 Graphic Communication for Designers
ARCH 110 Introduction to Architectural Drawing
3
2
JAPANESE
ID 131 Introduction to Interiors 3
Sylvania Campus
ID 132 Planning Interiors 3
Communications Technology Building, (CT) Room 219
ID 121 Sustainable Materials for Residential Interiors 3
503-977-4841
ARCH 111 Working Drawings I 3
ARCH 124 Introduction to Building Systems 3
DESCRIPTION
ARCH 121 Structural Systems I 2
ARCH 132 Residential Building Code 2 All PCC Japanese courses are taught using an immersion method.
The objective of all Japanese courses at PCC is to help students
ART 215 History of American Residential Architecture 3
to develop communicative competence and proficiency in compre-
ID 125 Computer Drafting for Interior Designers 3
hension, speaking, reading and writing Japanese as well as cultural
ID 138 Introduction to Kitchen and Bath Planning 3 awareness. Assessment is based on consistent attendance, active
ID 133 Space Planning 3 student participation, and daily written and oral assignments.
ID 135 Professional Practice for Designers 3
There are no prerequisites and requirements for entry into the
ID 225 CAD for Kitchen and Bath 1
first term of first year Japanese. However, the student should read
ID 236 Lighting Design 3
the Japanese course descriptions for other Japanese courses.
BCT 244 Kitchen and Bath Cabinet Installation 2 Students who have studied a language before and are unsure of
ID 238 Advanced Kitchen and Bath Planning 3 their placement are encouraged to consult with a world language
ID 280 CE: Kitchen and Bath 6 teacher since they will not be admitted to a course if their skill level
Plus college requirements for communication, computation and is too advanced for that course.
human relations.
All students who enroll in world language classes (including those
WR 121 English Composition (or higher) 3-4
on the waiting list) are expected to attend class the first day when
MTH 65 Introductory Algebra (or higher) 4
material essential for successful completion of the course will be
BA 238 Sales 3 presented. Students who do not attend the first class session may
SUSTAINABLE BUILDING CERTIFICATE (Pending be replaced by those who do attend. See the Course Description
(JPN prefix) section of this catalog for individual environmental
State Approval)
science courses and their prerequisites.
Includes course work from architecture, interior design, building
construction, social sciences and science as it relates to sustain-
able or “green” building issues. This program focuses on creating
buildings that are sited, designed, constructed, operated, and Journalism
maintained for the health and well being of the occupants while
minimizing impact on the environment. See an advisor for current Sylvania Campus
list of required courses. Communications Technology Building, (CT) Room 216
503-977-4264
INTERIOR FURNISHINGS CERTIFICATE
DESCRIPTION
Minimum of 41 credit hours. Classes prepare students for an
entry-level position in an occupation involved with wholesale and
retail sales of interior furnishings. Emphasis is on the planning of
aesthetic interiors, products/materials and professional practice.
Not all courses are offered every term.
98
Programs and Disciplines
Journalism is inquiry: the struggle to understand and respond ef- Degree and Certificates Offered
fectively to public issues. While it is the collection and transmission
Associate of Applied Science Degree
of news through media such as newspapers, periodicals, televi-
sion, radio, and the Internet, it is more than simply a commodity Landscape Technology
that can be mined from public events and repackaged as “news.” Two-Year Certificates
It is fundamentally a democratic art, a way a free society engages Landscape Construction
in conversation with itself. In part, the study of journalism allows Landscape Management
students to analyze the media and their impact on the world.
Landscape Design
PCC offers courses in Journalism that introduce the student to One-Year Certificate
the media and to media literacy through the study of the history
Landscape Service Technician
of mass media, developing research and writing techniques, and
examining visual communication. Students who take journalism
courses find it helps them develop and hone their judgments in
Prerequisites and Requirements
making public and personal choices. PCC Journalism courses are All degree-seeking landscape students will be required to place into
transferable to any Oregon college or university, fulfill requirements WR 115 and Reading 115 or completion of Upper Advanced English
for the AAOT degrees, and will prepare students to apply to the for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL). Check the appropriate
University of Oregon School of Journalism and Communication. course descriptions for individual course requirements.
PCC also offers students a Journalism Focus Award.
Additional information on the Focus Award in Journalism may be Landscape Technology AAS DEGREE
found in the Focus Award section of the catalog. See the Course
Minimum of 96 credit hours which includes 62 credit hours of
Description (J prefix) section of this catalog for individual environ-
required landscape technology courses and 6 credit hours of co-
mental science courses and their prerequisites.
operative work experience; 12 credit hours of approved landscape
technology electives and 16 credit hours of General Education.
Landscape Technology Students must also meet Associate Degree Comprehensive Re-
quirements and Associate of Applied Science Requirements.
With proper licensing and experience, many students establish Third Term
their own business in construction, maintenance or design. Em- HOR 228 Plant Materials - Flowering 4
ployment can include work with wholesale and retail nurseries, LAT 110 Grounds Maintenance 4
landscape contractors, designers and positions in landscape
LAT 108 Landscape Irrigation I 3
maintenance and gardening. In addition, positions are available
LAT 104 Pesticides 3
at retail nurseries, garden centers and at landscape and horticul-
tural suppliers. General Education 3-4
PCC classes are designed to develop knowledge and skills in Fourth Term
plant care, plant identification, soils, irrigation, landscape business LAT 217 Landscape Drafting 3
operations, estimating and bidding, basic landscape design and LAT 223 Site Surveying and Analysis 3
construction practices. Following the listed sequence of classes General Education 4
and entry into the program in the fall is recommended although
not required by the program Fifth Term
LAT 243 Landscape Business Operations 3
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion.
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements MSD 101 Management and Supervisory Development 3
must be met. LAT 264 Landscape Estimating and Bidding 3
General Education 4
99
Programs and Disciplines
Electives
Landscape CONSTRUCTION CERTIFICATE
Landscape: Select 6 credit hours from other landscape certificates
Classes are designed to develop knowledge and skills in plant iden-
or from the requirements and/or electives listed for the AAS degree
tification, soils, irrigation, landscape business operations, estimat-
in landscape technology.
ing and bidding, and construction practices. Students successfully
completing this curriculum may seek field supervisory positions
General Education.
in landscape construction. Upon application and presentation of
transcripts and certificate to the State of Oregon Landscape Con-
tractors Board, students completing this certificate will be eligible Landscape Management CERTIFICATE
to sit for the Landscape Contractors licensing exam. Classes are designed to develop knowledge and skills in plant
Minimum 78 credit hours which includes 66 credit hours of re- identification, soils, irrigation, landscape business operations,
quired landscape courses; 6 credit hours of approved landscape grounds maintenance, tree care, turfgrass culture and pest man-
electives. agement. Students successfully completing this curriculum may
seek field level supervisory positions in the landscape manage-
Students are prepared for work in landscape construction install- ment industry.
ing landscapes, hardscapes (outdoor construction features) and
irrigation systems. Minimum 86 credit hours which includes 74 credit hours of required
landscape courses; 6 credit hours of approved landscape electives
All landscape students will be required to place into WR 115 and and 6 credit hours of approved General Education, business, art,
Reading 115 or completion of Upper Advanced English for Speak- management and supervision and/or applied computer courses.
ers of Other Languages (ESOL). Check the appropriate course
descriptions for individual course requirements. Students are prepared for work in the landscape management field
maintaining residential, estate, commercial and public properties,
Exit Requirement: All certificate applicants must have completed golf courses, private and public gardens, and parks.
MTH 60; transferred a math level equivalent to, or higher than,
MTH 60 from a prior degree, or placement into MTH 65. All landscape students will be required to place into WR 115 and
Reading 115 or completion of Upper Advanced English for Speak-
ers of Other Languages (ESOL). Check the appropriate course
descriptions for individual course requirements.
100
Programs and Disciplines
Exit Requirement: All certificate applicants must have completed The 72 credit hours of required landscape design courses meet
MTH 60; transferred a math level equivalent to, or higher than, the educational requirement for certification with the Association
MTH 60 from a prior degree, or placement into MTH 65. of Professional Landscape Designers.
101
Programs and Disciplines
Third Term
Career and Program Description
HOR 228 Plant Materials - Flowering 4 Machinists operate various types of material processing equipment
LAT 110 Grounds Maintenance 4 such as lathes, drill presses, milling machines, grinders, computer
LAT 108 Landscape Irrigation I 3 numerical control (CNC) machines, rapid prototyping, and computer
assisted machining (CAM) systems. Machinists may specialize in the
LAT 104 Pesticides 3
operation of one type of machine or work in a shop where they are
required to perform equally well on several different machines.
Literature The Machine Manufacturing Technology Program has been de-
veloped specifically as Open Entry and Open Exit (OEOE.) The
Cascade Campus program is designed to fit the needs of a student (take as few or as
Terrell Hall, (TH) Room 220 many modules as desired), and have the following characteristics:
503-978-5251 Open entry (enter any time during the term); Self-paced (learn at
your own pace); Flexible (select your own attendance schedule);
102
Programs and Disciplines
Individualized (a program can be tailor-made to fit specific needs); MCH 130 Machine Shop Trigonometry 2.5
and, open exit (leave the program when you have met your train- MCH 135 Basic Measuring Tools 1.5
ing goals/needs) MCH 145 Layout Tools 1.5
Consult a program advisor through the department to help plan a MCH 150 Precision Measuring Tools 1.5
course of study that will allow you to achieve your educational goals. MCH 160 Drilling Machines & Operations 2
Many of the machine manufacturing courses are now available in MCH 175 Band Saws 1
a distance learning format. MCH 180 Turning Machines & Operations 4
MCH 190 Boring on the Lathe 1
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion.
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements MCH 195 Threading on the Lathe 3
must be met. MCH 205 Vertical Milling Machines & Operations 3.5
MCH 225 Surface Grinding Machines & Operations 2
MCH 259 CNC Programming-Lathe 5
Degree and Certificates Offered
MCH 268 CNC Programming-Mill 5
Associate of Applied Science Degree MCH 272 Mastercam Level I 5
Machine Manufacturing Technology MCH 273 Mastercam Level II 5
One-Year Certificates MCH 278 CNC Operation-Mill 4
CNC Turning, 45.5 credit hours of required MCH courses MCH 279 CNC Operation-Lathe 4
(Pending State Approval)
CNC Milling, 46 credit hours of required MCH courses Technical Electives
(Pending State Approval) MCH 101 Occupational Health & Safety 3
Less than One-Year Certificates: Career Pathways MCH 102 Introduction to Manufacturing 3
MCH 121 Manufacturing Processes I 4
Career Pathways Certificates are short-term credentials (12-44 cred-
its) which prepare individuals for entry-level employment. Career MCH 123 Sheet Metal Fabrication 4
Pathways certificates may be the first certificate a student earns MCH 151 Metrology 2
en route to a certificate of greater length or an Associate of Applied MCH 157 Shop Project Machine Technology I 1.5
Science (AAS) degree. Contact the department for information. MCH 158 Shop Project Machine Technology II 3
MCH 159 Shop Project Machine Tech. III 4.5
Manufacturing Technician, 25.5 credit hours of required MCH
courses MCH 210 Shop Project Machine Tech. IV 6
MCH 211 Shop Project Machine Tech. V 7.5
pREREQuisites and Requirements MCH 212 Shop Project Machine Tech. VI 9
MCH 213 Shop Project Machine Tech. VII 10.5
It is recommended that degree seeking students entering the MMT
program have a score of 21 or higher (MTH 20) in the math portion; MCH 214 Shop Project Machine Tech. VIII 12
42 or higher (WR90) on the writing portion; and 66 or higher (RD90) MCH 215 Horizontal Milling Machines & Operations 2.5
on the reading portion of the COMPASS test. Students whose first MCH 216 Mechanical Inspector 4
language is not English should take the English test through the MCH 217 Quality Technician 4
English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) Department. MCH 220 Manufacturing Processes II 4
Students who place into advanced writing and advanced reading MCH 221 Gears 2
are ready to begin machining courses. MCH 222 Coordinate Measuring Machine Operation 2
MCH 227 CNC Grinder Operation 2.5
ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE DEGREE MCH 228 Abrasives 1.5
Associate of Applied Science Degree in Machine Manufactur- MCH 229 Rapid Prototyping 5
ing Technology - 108 credit hours; satisfactory completion of 90 MCH 235 Tool Sharpening 2
credit hours of MCH courses, 62 required core course credits, MCH 240 Cutting Tool Technology 2
28 technical electives credits and 16 credit hours of general MCH 245 Metallurgy 2.5
education classes. Students must also meet Associate Degree MCH 246 Metallurgy II 4
comprehensive requirements and Associate of Applied Science MCH 247 Manufacturing Processes III 3
Degree requirements.
MCH 248 Metallurgy III 4
MCH 262 CNC Conversational Controls 2
COURSE OF STUDY MCH 263 CNC Cycle Time Reduction 1.5
Required Core Courses (62 credit hours) MCH 266 Advanced CNC Programming 3.5
MCH 100 Machine Tool Basics 1 MCH 276 Mastercam Solids 3
MCH 105 Blueprint Reading I 1.5 MCH 277 Mastercam CNC/CAM Project 3
MCH 110 Blueprint Reading II 1.5 MCH 280 Cooperative Education 1-8
MCH 115 Geometric Dimensioning & Tolerancing 3.5 MCH 282 CNC Router Operation 3
MCH 120 Machine Shop Math 2 MCH 283 Mastercam Router 3
MCH 125 Speeds and Feeds 1 MCH 284 Computer Aided Manufacturing 3
103
Programs and Disciplines
MCH 285 Computer Integrated Manufacturing 3 MCH 125 Speeds and Feeds 1
MCH 288 Manufacturing Technologist Certification Review 4 MCH 130 Machine Shop Trigonometry 2
MCH 289 Manufacturing Engineer Certification Review 4 MCH 135 Basic Measuring Tools 1.5
MCH 145 Layout Tools 1.5
CNC TURNING – ONE-YEAR CERTIFICATE
MCH 150 Precision Measuring Tools 1.5
45.5 credit hours (Pending State Approval) MCH 280 Cooperative Education 4
MCH 100 Machine Tool Basics 1
MCH 105 Blueprint Reading I 1.5
MCH 110 Blueprint Reading II 1.5
MCH 115 Geometric Dimensioning & Tolerancing 3.5
MCH 120 Machine Shop Math 2
MCH 121 Manufacturing Processes I 4
MCH 125 Speeds and Feeds 1 Management/Supervisory
MCH 130
MCH 135
Machine Shop Trigonometry
Basic Measuring Tools
2.5
1.5
Development
MCH 145 Layout Tools 1.5
Southeast Center
MCH 150 Precision Measuring Tools 1.5
Mt. Scott Hall, (MSH) Room 103
MCH 158 Shop Project Machine Technology II 3
503-788-6146, 503-788-6147
MCH 180 Turning Machines & Operations 4
MCH 190 Boring on the Lathe 1 Washington County Workforce Training Center
Room 1506
MCH 195 Threading on the Lathe 3
503-533-2955
MCH 259 CNC Programming-Lathe 5
MCH 279 CNC Operation-Lathe 4 www.pcc.edu/programs/management-training
MCH 280 Cooperative Education 4
Career and Program Description
CNC MILLING – ONE-YEAR CERTIFICATE
The Management/Supervisory Development Department offers a
46 credit hours (Pending State Approval) comprehensive program designed for adults desiring to increase
MCH 100 Machine Tool Basics 1 their personal and professional skills and knowledge and/or to
MCH 105 Blueprint Reading I 1.5 continue private or public sector managerial/supervisory careers.
By interacting with instructors who are currently practicing manag-
MCH 110 Blueprint Reading II 1.5
ers or consultants, participants develop a practical knowledge of
MCH 115 Geometric Dimensioning & Tolerancing 3.5
cutting-edge professional skills that will prepare them for future
MCH 120 Machine Shop Math 2 success. To accommodate most employees’ schedules, most
MCH 121 Manufacturing Processes I 4 courses are offered in the evenings, on Saturdays and over the
MCH 125 Speeds and Feeds 1 Internet.
MCH 130 Machine Shop Trigonometry 2.5
This program is not intended primarily as a transfer program;
MCH 135 Basic Measuring Tools 1.5
however, bachelor degree articulation agreements are in place
MCH 145 Layout Tools 1.5 with Marylhurst and Warner Pacific as well as other area colleges
MCH 150 Precision Measuring Tools 1.5 and universities. For more information about transfer programs,
MCH 158 Shop Project Machine Technology II 3 contact the four-year universities as early as possible to ensure
MCH 205 Vertical Milling Machines & Operations 3.5 a smooth transition.
MCH 268 CNC Programming-Mill 5
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion.
MCH 272 Mastercam Level I 5
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements
MCH 278 CNC Operation-Mill 4 must be met.
MCH 280 Cooperative Education 4
104
Programs and Disciplines
Course of Study Minimum of 18 credit hours to include MSD 101, MSD 105, MSD
107, MSD 121 and 6 additional MSD credits.
Management/Supervisory Development courses are offered
throughout the PCC District both on campus and through dis-
tance learning. The entire degree is available online. Credit may
Project Management program award
be obtained for projects or other learning experiences at work.
Contact the department for specific information on transferability Minimum of 18 credit hours to include MSD 101, MSD 121, MSD
or program information. 174, MSD 177, MSD 279, and 7 additional MSD credits.
Customer Service Management program award
Management/Supervisory Development
aas Degree Minimum of 18 credit hours to include MSD 105, MSD 115, MSD
116, MSD 117, MSD 151 and 7 additional MSD credits.
Minimum of 90 credit hours including General Education credit
hours and electives. Students must also meet Associate Degree Human Resource Management program award
Comprehensive Requirements and Associate of Applied Science
Minimum of 18 credit hours to include MSD 105, MSD 222, MSD
Requirements. Of the 90 credit hours, 45 credit hours of manage-
223, MSD 115, and 6 additional MSD credits.
ment/supervisory development courses must be taken, including
MSD 101, MSD 105, MSD 111, MSD 115, and/or MSD 222, and
Note: A maximum of 9 1-credit workshops may be used toward a
MSD 216. Also, 29 credit hours must be taken from the restricted program award, certificate, or degree.
elective course list, including BA 211 Principles of Accounting I
and CIS 120 Computer Concepts I, and 16 credit hours from the
General Education list. In addition, WR 121 and either MTH 63 or Course List
MTH 65 must be completed with a “C” grade or better. MSD 101 Principles of Management and Supervision 3
MSD 111 Corresponding Effectively At Work 3
Restricted Electives
Human Behavior Courses
For the completion of the associate of applied science degree in
management/supervisory development, students must complete MSD 105 Interpersonal Communication 3
29 credit hours of restricted electives. These elective courses are MSD 107 Organizations & People 3
restricted to the business, computer, and/or professional areas. MSD 115 Improving Work Relations 3
Mandatory courses include BA 211 and CIS 120. The remainder of MSD 117 Customer Relations 3
the 29 credits may be chosen from the above mentioned areas as MSD 121 Leadership Skill Development 3
well as economics courses, HPE 295, HE 125 and MTH 30. MSD 130 Creative Problem Solving 3
See www.pcc.edu/resources/academic/degree-outcome/ MSD 200 Organizations and Social Responsibility 3
msd.html for AAS Degree and Certificate Outcomes.
Specialty Courses
MSD 295A Management Effectiveness 3
Management/Supervisory Development
MSD 295B Management Effectiveness 2
Certificate
MSD 201 Productivity Management 3
Minimum of 45 credit hours required. Of this total, 36 credit hours MSD 202 Training the Employee 3
from the management/supervisory development course areas
MSD 204 Labor - Management Relations 3
including MSD 101, MSD 105, MSD 111, MSD 115, and/or MSD
MSD 206 The Troubled Employee 3
222 and MSD 216. In addition to these 36 credit hours, 9 credit
hours must be selected from the restricted elective course list. MSD 210 Public Relations 3
This must include BA 211 and CIS 120. MSD 212 Work Analysis and Improvement 3
MSD 214 Safety and Security Management 3
program awards MSD 216 Budgeting for Managers 3
Management/Supervisory Development program award MSD 222 Human Resource Management: Personnel 3
MSD 223 HR Management: Performance and Compensation 3
Minimum of 18 credit hours of management/supervisory develop- MSD 240 Strategic Planning 3
ment courses are required: 6 credit hours of core courses, MSD
MSD 279 Project Management 3
101, and MSD 111, MSD 105 and MSD 206 and 6 credit hours
MSD 280A CE: Management/ Supervisory Development 3
from other MSD offerings.
105
Programs and Disciplines
MSD 280B CE: Management/Supervisory PCC offers pre-college math courses (numbered below 100)
Development - Seminar 1 that focus on algebraic skills and prepare students for certificate
MSD 285A Fundamentals of Total Quality Management 3 programs, 2-year degree programs, and college level coursework.
MSD 287 Data Analysis for Quality Improvement 3 Math courses at PCC numbered 100 and above are equivalent and
MSD 298 Trends in Management and Supervision variable transferable to the similarly numbered courses at Oregon’s public
universities. All math classes at PCC are designed to challenge
Management Workshops students to improve their analytic reasoning, problem solving, and
communication skills.
The Management/Supervisory Development Department offers
various special interest one credit workshops. The following is a
list of commonly offered workshops:
Mechanical Engineering
MSD 148 Asserting Yourself in the Workplace 1
MSD 160A Communication Styles 1 Technology
MSD 157 Conflict Management 1
MSD 162 Coping with Angry Feelings and Angry People 1 Sylvania Campus
Science Technology Building, (ST) Room 208
MSD 161 Customer Relations 1
503-977-4163
MSD 151 Dealing with Difficult People 1
MSD 198B Exploring 7 Habits of Highly Effective People 1 www.pcc.edu/programs/mechanical-engineering
MSD 180A Goal Setting and Productivity 1 Email: engineering@pcc.edu
MSD 187 Humor in the Workplace 1
MSD 193A Leadership Skill Development 1
Career and Program Description
MSD 198A Male/Female Communication Style Difference 1
MSD 192A Project Management 1 Mechanical engineering technicians work as part of a team
involved in the planning, design, and fabrication of mechanical
MSD 193 Self Esteem the Key to Success 1
systems. They work for manufacturing, energy, facilities manage-
MSD 159 Stress Control 1
ment, consulting and construction firms.
MSD 174 Time Management 1
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion.
Note: A maximum of nine workshops may be used toward a pro-
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements
gram award, certificate, or degree.
must be met.
106
Programs and Disciplines
facturing engineering technology. Faculty advisors will provide as- Mechanical Engineering Technology Cer-
sistance in the selection of additional course work appropriate for tificate
each student’s goals.
First Term
Mechanical Engineering Technology AAS CMET 110 Statics 4
DEGREE CMET 111 Engineering Technology Orientation 4
CMET 112 Technical Algebra and Trigonometry 4
Minimum of 100 credit hours which includes 92 credit hours of
CMET 113 Engineering Technology Graphics 3
required program courses plus General Education credit hours
and electives. Students must also meet Associate Degree Com-
Second Term
prehensive Requirements and Associate of Applied Science
CMET 121 Strength of Materials 4
Requirements.
CMET 122 Technical Engineering Physics 4
First Term CMET 123 Technical Algebra with Analytic Geometry 4
CMET 110 Statics 4 CH 104 General Chemistry 1 5
CMET 111 Engineering Technology Orientation 4
CMET 112 Technical Algebra and Trigonometry 4 Third Term
CMET 113 Engineering Technology Graphics 3 CMET 131 Applied Calculus 8
CMET 227 Applied Electricity Fundamentals 2
Second Term WR 121 English Composition 2 3-4
CMET 121 Strength of Materials 4 General Education 1 3-4
CMET 122 Technical Engineering Physics 4 CMET 280A Cooperative Education, available any term after com-
CMET 123 Technical Algebra with Analytic Geometry 4 pleting term three (optional)
CH 104 General Chemistry 1 5
Fourth Term
Third Term CMET 226 Dynamics 3
CMET 131 Applied Calculus 8 CMET 133 Materials Technology 3
CMET 227 Applied Electricity Fundamentals 2 CMET 221 Environmental Systems 4
WR 121 English Composition 2 3-4 CMET 213 Fluid Mechanics 3
General Education 1 3-4 SP 100/111 Speech Communication 1 3-4
CMET 280A Cooperative Education, available any term after com-
pleting term three (optional)
Fifth Term
Career and Program Description
CMET 215 Manufacturing Processes 3
CMET 212 Thermodynamics I 4 Those training in the Medical Assisting Program will find occupa-
tions involved with administrative and clinical aspects of health care
CMET 211 Environmental Quality 4
in clinics and physicians’ offices. The medical assistant performs
CMET 241 Structural Steel Drafting 3
a variety of clinical and administrative duties. Clinical duties may
CMET 254 CMET Seminar 1 include: assisting physician and preparing patients for examinations
General Education 1 3-4 and treatment; taking and recording vital signs and medical histo-
ries; performing certain diagnostic tests; preparing, administering
Sixth Term and documenting medications; collecting and processing speci-
CMET 235 Machine Design 3 mens. Administrative duties may include: scheduling and receiving
CMET 237 MET Applied Computer Aided Design 3 patients; maintaining medical records; handling telephone calls;
CMET 222 Thermodynamics II 4 correspondence and reports; insurance matters; office accounts;
CMET 223 Project Management 3 fees and collections.
CMET 236 Structural Design 3
Students are prepared to function under the supervision of a li-
1 General Education: 16 credits are required for the AAS degree, including the censed physician. The program is accredited by the Commission
speech and chemistry classes listed above. See AAS degree requirements on Accreditation of Allied Health Educational Programs (CAAHEP),
elsewhere in this catalog. on recommendation of the Committee on Accreditation for Medical
2
Writing: WR 121 is a basic competency requirement, but is not on PCC’s General
Assistants Education. Graduates are eligible to take the national
Education course list. (WR 115 is a prerequisite for WR 121). WR 227 is highly certifying examination given through the American Association
recommended to all students. of Medical Assistants. Individuals who have been found guilty of
107
Programs and Disciplines
a felony or pleaded guilty to a felony, are not eligible to take the Course of Study
Certified Medical Assistance Examination (CMA). However, the
certifying board may grant a waiver based on mitigating circum- First Term
stances. See the American Association of Medical Assistance MTH 22 Measurements 1
(AAMA) CMA Examination Application for specifics. BI 55 Human Biology 4
MA 111 Medical Terminology 3
Students may enter the Medical Assistant program either in the fall
MA 117 Medical Office Administration Procedures 4
or spring terms. Students must receive a grade of “C” or better in
all program required courses. The program is designed to correlate MA 118 Medical Office Administration Procedures Lab 2
classroom and laboratory experience with practical experience in MA 112 Seminar I 1
health care facilities.
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion.
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements Second Term
must be met. MA 180 Coding & Reimbursement 1
MA 123 Medical Office Clinical Procedures 3
MA 124 Medical Office Clinical Procedures Lab 2
DEGREES AND CertificateS Offered
MLT 100 Medical Office Lab Orientation 3
One-Year Certificate
MA 122 Seminar II 1
Medical Assisting MA 125 Administrative Directed Practice 2
HE 112 First Aid & Emergency Care 1
Prerequisites and Requirements
Third Term
1. High school completion or GED.
MA 131 Introduction to Medical Science 5
2. Compass scores to show readiness for WR 121, RD 115 and MA 132 Seminar III 1
MTH 60.
MA 133 Clinical Directed Practice 2
3. Students must demonstrate a working knowledge and/or MA 136 Medications 2
background of basic computer skills including windows, MA 121 Legal & Ethical Aspects of
keyboarding, internet and email. Students not able to dem- Health Care 2
onstrate a working knowledge and/or background will be MA 134 Medical Record Transcription Lab I 1
required to take a course(s) prior to admission.
MA 147 Specialty Directed Practice 2
4. MA 134 requires a keyboarding speed of 35/wpm with no
more than three errors.
5. Program advising with a Medical Assisting Program advisor. Medical Laboratory
6. Students must have transportation to clinical facilities
throughout the Portland Metropolitan area and surrounding
Technology
communities.
Cascade Campus
7. Two statements of recommendation from a recent employer, Health Professions Admissions
instructor or counselor. Jackson Hall, (JH) Room 210
8. A criminal background check and drug screen. Contact the 503-978-5209
department office for more information. www.pcc.edu/programs/medical-lab/
Acceptance into the medical assisting program requires that
students meet the Compass placement scores and demonstrate Career and Program Description
satisfactory English language ability through a written and oral
interview assessment. Students also must have documentation A medical laboratory technician performs routine clinical labora-
of the following prior to the beginning of winter term: satisfac- tory testing procedures to provide scientific information needed in
tory physical examination, current immunizations, Mantoux Test, diagnosis, prognosis and treatment of disease. Technicians use
evidence of immunity to measles and evidence of initiating the sophisticated instrumentation for these evaluations, which encom-
immunization series to Hepatitis B or sign a waiver. Qualified ap- pass quantitative and qualitative chemical and biological analyses
plicants are accepted in the order in which the application process of body specimens. Technicians function under the supervision of
is completed. For more information call the department office. a qualified practitioner. The local metropolitan area offers very good
employment opportunities and jobs are readily available in smaller
communities throughout the country. Opportunities are available
Medical assisting CERTIFICATE in hospitals, independent laboratories, research and industry for
Minimum of 43 credit hours of required medical assisting courses. graduates of the program.
For requirements for an Associate of General Studies Degree, refer To successfully participate in the MLT Program and become em-
to Comprehensive Degree Requirements within this catalog. ployable, the student must be able to perform essential functions
expected of the profession. Examples of essential functions for
the MLT are communication, vision, manual dexterity, physical
activity, analytical skills and technical aptitude.
108
Programs and Disciplines
Because of limited laboratory space and clinical facilities as well Students enrolled in the MLT Program will be required to use
as the delicate balance of job opportunities in medical laboratory medical devices and follow safety precautions of the clinical
science, the MLT Program has a limited enrollment. Admission laboratory. Students who have a health, physical or psychological
to the first year of the program is based on Compass scores in problem which may affect or be affected by the use of the devices
algebra and English, and achievement examinations in chemistry or precautions should contact the department prior to entering the
and biology, or equivalent courses. program. The graduates are eligible to sit for national examinations
for certification given by several agencies.
It is strongly recommended that applicants have completed high
school chemistry, biology, algebra and English or their equivalents. Only those students who have been officially accepted into the
Students should not interpret acceptance into the first year of the first year of the MLT Program may enroll in MLT 111, MLT 112
program as automatic eligibility for entrance to the second year and MLT 213.
of the program. Continuation into the second year is contingent
upon performance during the first year. Each student entering
into the second year is required to complete the health physical
Medical Laboratory technology
examination form provided by the MLT Department. Contact the AAS DEGREE
department for any additional requirements. Minimum of 105 credit hours which includes 93 credit hours of re-
quired MLT courses plus General Education credit hours and elec-
The Medical Laboratory Technology Program is accredited by
tives. Students must also meet Associate Degree Comprehensive
the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences
Requirements and Associate of Applied Science Requirements.
(NAACLS), 8410 West Bryn Mawr Avenue, Suite 670, Chicago, Il
60631, telephone 773-714-8880.
Course List
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion.
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements First Term
must be met.
CH 104 General Chemistry 5
MLT 111 Medical Technology I 4
DegreeS AND cERTIFICATES Offered WR 121 English Composition 3-4
Associate of Applied Science Degree
Second Term
Medical Laboratory Technology
BI 121 Introduction to Human Anatomy & Physiology I 4
CH 105 General Chemistry 5
Prerequisites and Requirements
MLT 112 Medical Technology II 4
During the first term of the MLT Program students must show
General Education 4
evidence of beginning the Hepatitis B immunization series or sign
a waiver acknowledging the risk factors involved without the im- Third Term
munization. The second year of the MLT Program has additional BI 122 Introduction to Human Anatomy & Physiology II 4
health and immunization requirements. Please contact the depart-
CH 106 General Chemistry 5
ment for more information.
MLT 213 Intro to Medical Microbiology 4
Students are required to pass a criminal background check and urine General Education 4
drug screen. Contact the department office for more information.
Only those students who have completed the first year require-
Students planning to enroll in the MLT Program should contact ments and have been officially accepted into the second year of
the Health Professions Admissions Office for specific eligibility the MLT Program may enroll in the courses listed below.
requirements and an appointment for a program advising session.
Because of the unique responsibilities involved in the practice Fourth Term
of clinical laboratory science, the MLT Department reserves the MLT 221 Clinical Chemistry I 3
right to require that a student who appears to the department MLT 250 Hematology 4
unsuited for clinical laboratory science be counseled into another MLT 261 Bacteriology I 4
area of study. MLT 241 Immunohematology I 3
MLT 271 Clinical Laboratory Practice I 3
Course of Study
Fifth Term
Students are prepared to perform routine clinical laboratory tests MLT 222 Clinical Chemistry II 4
under the supervision of a pathologist, medical technologist or phy- MLT 262 Bacteriology II 3
sician. The course combines on-campus instruction in fundamental
MLT 242 Immunohematology II 4
principles with clinical experiences gained through rotation in clini-
MLT 272 Clinical Laboratory Practice II 3
cal laboratories. The clinical laboratories affiliated with the MLT
Program include Kaiser Permanente, Legacy Health System, St.
Charles Medical Center, Oregon Health and Sciences University,
Oregon Medical Laboratories, Sisters of Providence Health System,
SW Washington Medical Center, Tuality Health Care Hospital and
Willamette Falls Hospital and Asante Health System.
109
Programs and Disciplines
110
Programs and Disciplines
MTH 111C College Algebra for Math, Science MT102 Introduction to Semi Devices 1
and Engineering 5 MT 104 Introduction Solar Cell Processing 1
CH 221 General Chemistry 5 MT111 Electric Circuits and Devices I 4
111
Programs and Disciplines
professions, such as graphic design, film/video, publishing, art MM233 3D Character Model & Animation 3
and more. A variety of advanced courses are available for those MM 234 3D for the World Wide Web 3
wishing to expand and move their skills into the “digital world.” MM 235 Digital Video Editing and Production 1 3
Multimedia specialists are employed by companies that produce MM 236 Internet Delivery of Digital Video and Audio Files 3
multimedia destined for the World Wide Web, CD-ROM, kiosks, MM 237 Video Compositing and Effects 4
and computer-based delivery. Multimedia projects include those MM 238 Creating Professional DVD-Video 4
focused on business, marketing, education, training, presentations MM 240 Multimedia Authoring II - Scripting 1 4
and entertainment applications. MM 241 Multimedia Authoring III - Scripting 1 4
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit con- MM 244 Creating Interactive Web Pages 3
version. PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum MM 245 Internet Delivery of Interactive Multimedia 3
requirements must be met. MM 250 Advanced Multimedia Project Development I 3
MM 251 Advanced Multimedia Project Development II 3
DegreeS and CertificateS Offered: MM 252 Advanced Multimedia Project Development III 3
MM 260 Video Production I 4
Associate of Applied Science Degree Multimedia
MM 261 Video Production II 4
One-Year Certificate Multimedia MM 262 Video Production III 4
Less than One-Year Certificate MM 270 Writing for Multimedia 1 3
Video Production (Pending State Approval) MM 280 CE: Work Experience in Multimedia 1-3
1
Required course credit for multimedia certificate
Prerequisites and Requirements
Students entering the program must possess strong Macintosh or APPROVED ELECTIVE LIST
Windows computer management skills and be familiar with essen-
Choose 15 elective credit hours from the following list:
tial software such as word processing and draw/paint programs.
Recommended prerequisites: ART 115, 116, 117 and CAS 111D. ART 115, 116, 117 Basic Design 3
ART 131 Introduction to Drawing 3
Course of Study ART 140 Digital Photography 3
The program is located at the Cascade campus. The 100 level ART 221 Computer Graphics in Arts I 4
multimedia courses are generally offered each term and students ART 221A Computer Graphics in Arts I 2
may begin taking classes during any term. A variety of advanced, ART 224 Computer Graphics in Arts II 4
200 level courses are also offered. Certificate students must receive ART 293 Figure Sculpture 3
a “C” or better in all required multimedia courses.
BA 101 Introduction to Business 4
BA 205 Solving Communication Problems with Technology 4
Multimedia aas degree BA 207 Introduction to E-Commerce 4
Minimum of 105 credit hours which includes General Education CAS 106 Introduction to HTML 1
credit hours and electives. Students must also meet Associate CAS 109 Beginning PowerPoint 1
Degree Comprehensive Requirements and Associate of Applied CAS 110 Introduction to Web Graphics 1
Science Requirements. CAS 111D Beginning Web Site Creation: Dreamweaver 3
CAS 112 Intermediate Web Site Creation 3
MULTIMEDIA CERTIFICATE
CAS 113 Enhancing Web Pages with JavaScript 3
Minimum of 60 credit hours which includes 33 required Multimedia CAS 175 Introduction to Flash 3
credits (1) and an additional 12 credits from the course list and 15 CAS 206 Principles of HTML/XHTML 4
credit hours of electives from the approved electives list. CAS 208 Beginning Photoshop for the Web 3
Course List CAS 232 Desktop Publishing: InDesign 3
CIS 122 Software Design 4
MM 110 Introduction to Multimedia 1 1
CIS 133/233/234 any CIS 133, 233, or 234 series classes 12
MM 120 Multimedia Design 1 2
CIS 178 Introduction to the Internet 4
MM 130 Multimedia Graphics, Video & Audio Production 1 3
CS 133G Introduction to Computer Games 4
MM 140 Multimedia Authoring I 1 3
CS 140U Introduction to UNIX 4
MM 141 Incorporating Multimedia Elements
In Presentation Software 2 CS 233G Game Programming 4
MM 150 Multimedia Project Review, Testing and Delivery 1 1 DRF 122 Isometric Illustration 3
MM 160 Marketing Yourself as a Multimedia Professional 1 2 DRF 124 Exploded Isometric Illustration 3
MM 230 Graphics for Multimedia 1 4 DRF 126 Introduction to AutoCAD 3
MM 231 Vector Graphics and Animations DRF 136 Intermediate AutoCAD 3
for the World Wide Web 1 3 DRF 246 AutoCAD 3-D and Solid Modeling 3
MM 232 Multimedia 3D Modeling and Animation 3 DRF 256 Advanced AutoCAD 3
MM 220 Multimedia Design II 3 ED 103 Desktop Publishing for Educators 3
112
Programs and Disciplines
Sylvania Campus
Legal Limitations for RN Licensure
Communications Technology Building, (CT) Room 216 Applicants should be aware that the following questions are asked
503-977-4264 or 503-977-4279 on the registered nurse licensure exam application by the Oregon
www.pcc.edu/programs/music State Board of Nursing:
113
Programs and Disciplines
1. Do you have a physical, mental or emotional condition which National League for Nursing Accrediting
in any way impairs your ability to practice nursing with rea- Commission (NLNAC)
sonable skill and safety? 61 Broadway-33rd Floor
2. Have you ever been arrested, charged with, entered a plea New York City, NY 10006
of guilty, nolo contendere, convicted of or been sentenced for 800-669-1656 ext. 153
any criminal offense, including driving under the influence, in
any state? Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion.
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements
Individuals who may have a past history of chemical abuse, felo- must be met.
nies, or believe that past history circumstances may interfere with
their ability to sit for the licensure examination should contact the
Degrees and certificates Offered
OSBN at 503-731-4745 for recommendations prior to applying to
the PCC Nursing Program. Applicants may also confer with the pro- Associate of Applied Science Degree
gram director regarding concerns with any of these questions. Nursing
*For additional information and specific dates regarding the 2010 1. Completion of immunization form.
nursing admission process, please refer to www.pcc.edu/nursing
or contact the Health Admissions Office (Sylvania Campus, HT 2. Negative TB test or chest x-ray.
205) to schedule an appointment with an advisor. 3. Current CPR certificate (Level C, or BLS for Health Care
Professionals), renewed annually.
Phone: 503 977-4795, email: healthsy@pcc.edu, fax: 503 977-
4837 4. Criminal background check.
5. Negative 5 panel drug screen
Prerequisites/Preparatory courses: The nursing admission packet describes these requirements in more
BI 231 Human Anatomy & Physiology I 4 detail including tuition and fees required. Contact the Health Admis-
BI 232 Human Anatomy & Physiology II 4 sions Offices for more information.
BI 233 Human Anatomy & Physiology III 4
WR 121 English Composition 4 Course of Study
WR 122 English Composition 4
The Nursing Program is based upon a self-care model that incor-
PSY 215 Human Development 4 porates the concepts of biological, psychosocial/cultural, critical
MTH 95 Intermediate Algebra or higher 4 thinking, communication, health promotion, management and
FN 225 Nutrition 4 professional nursing role. The student applies these concepts and
General Education Minimum 13 the self-care model while providing nursing care for clients with a
PCC Nursing Program Accreditation variety of health needs.
Oregon State Board of Nursing Students enrolled in the program will work with clients who have
17938 SW Upper Boones Ferry Rd a variety of health conditions some which may require special
Portland OR 97224 precautions in relation to body fluids.
503-731-4745
114
Programs and Disciplines
Winter Term
DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES OFFERED
NUR 107 Nursing Care for the Perioperative
Client/Psychosocial Adaptation 9 One-Year Certificate
PSY 214 Introduction to Personality 4
BI 241 Pathophysiology 3 Prequisites and Requirements
An interview with a OST coordinator is required for assessment,
Spring Term to determine the specific occupation and to identify a suitable
NUR 108 Nursing Care for Clients with training site and its availability. Prerequisites are determined by
Chronic Health Care Needs 9 specific occupational standards.
PHL 205 Contemporary Moral Problems:
Biomedical Ethics 4
Course of Study
Fall Term PCC faculty and academic professionals approve community em-
NUR 206 Nursing Care for Clients with Acute Health Care ployers based on their experience and training in the specific oc-
Needs/Nursing Care of Families 9 cupational area. PCC faculty and academic professionals provide
115
Programs and Disciplines
on-site monitoring of student progress toward learning outcomes Degrees and certificates Offered
through monthly on-site supervisor reports, weekly/monthly stu-
Associate of Applied Science Degree
dent reports, quarterly learning outcomes and curriculum reviews
and quarterly student evaluations. This is an open entry/open exit Ophthalmic Medical Technology
program so that students complete a full college quarter, but may
begin their program at any time during the school term. Prerequisites and Requirements
1. High school completion or GED.
Occupational skills training Certificate 2. Compass scores to show readiness for WR 121, RD 115 and
MTH 60.
A minimum of 64 credits is required for a Certificate of Completion.
A maximum of 24 credit hours of occupational skills credit may be 3. Two statements of recommendation from a recent employer,
applied to an Associate of General Studies Degree. instructor or counselor.
4. Students must have working knowledge or background of
basic computer skills including Windows, internet and email.
Ophthalmic Medical 5. Program advising session with an Ophthalmic Medical Tech-
nology Program faculty advisor.
Technology 6. Students must also have transportation to practicum facilities
throughout the Portland metropolitan area.
Cascade Campus
Jackson Hall, (JH) Room 210A 7. A criminal background check. Please contact the department
503-978-5667 for more information.
116
Programs and Disciplines
OMT 231 Seminar I 1 Paralegal courses may transfer to Portland State University toward
OMT 121 Practicum I 1 a general studies degree. PCC students interested in transferring
to any four-year university should check with that institution for
Only those students who have completed the first year require- information about specific paralegal courses.
ments and have been officially accepted into the second year of
the Ophthalmic Technology Program may enroll in the courses Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion.
listed below. PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements
must be met.
Fourth Term
OMT 206 Diagnostic Procedures I 4
DegreeS and CertificateS Offered
OMT 209 Surgical Assisting Procedures 3
OMT 232 Seminar II 2 Associate of Applied Science Degree
OMT 222 Practicum II 4 Paralegal
OMT 208 Ocular Motility/Binocular Vision 2 One-Year Certificate
General Education 4 Paralegal
117
Programs and Disciplines
Course List - 21 credit hours teem, health, current issues and others.
LA 101 Introduction to Law - Fundamentals 1 3
Courses are designed to help participants develop skills for suc-
LA 102 Introduction to Law - Substantive Areas 1 3
cessful parenting, learn more about their roles as parents and
LA 103 Introduction to Law - Ethics 1 3 enhance their relationships with their children. Parent Education
LA 106 Computer Assisted Legal Research 3 courses include: HEC 9402, HEC 157, HEC 9420, HEC 9421 and
LA 107 Techniques of Interview 1 3 HEC 9422. See the Course Description (HEC prefix) section of
LA 203 Legal Research and Library Use 1 3 this catalog for individual environmental science courses and
LA 204 Applied Legal Research and Drafting 1 3 their prerequisites.
In addition to the required core courses listed, 24 credits from the
paralegal electives listed below must be completed to earn the
PCC certificate or associate of applied science degree.
Peace and conflict studies
Paralegal Electives
Please see the Focus Awards section of the catalog.
LA 104 Investigation Techniques for Legal Assistants 2 3
LA 105 Litigation 2 3
LA 109 Estate Planning 3
LA 111 Probate Practice 3 Philosophy
LA 113 Income Tax Law 3
LA 116 Real Property Law I 3 Cascade Campus
LA 124 Law Office Management 3 Liberal Arts & Mathematics Division
LA 206 Intellectual Property 3 Terrell Hall (TH) Room 220
503-978-5251
LA 208 Family Law 3
LA 210 Advanced Estate Planning 3 Sylvania Campus
LA 216 Employment Law 3 Social Science Building, (SS) Room 215
LA 219 Consumer Law 3
503-977-4324
LA 220 Worker’s Compensation 3 Rock Creek Campus
LA 221 Bankruptcy Law 3 Building 3, Room 201
LA 222 Corporate Law Practice 3 503-614-7235
LA 224 Torts/Personal Injury 3
LA 226 Criminal Law for Legal Assistant 3 Description
LA 280A CE: Legal Assist/Paralegal variable credit 2 Philosophers ask and attempt to answer fundamental questions
1
Required core courses. Prerequisites required. See Course Descriptions sec- about ourselves and the world. What is real? What can be known?
tion of this catalog. How should we live our lives? What is the nature of human nature?
2
What distinguishes logic from illogic? Philosophy courses will look
Prerequisites required. See Course Descriptions section of this catalog.
at the answers given to such questions by major historical figures
Paralegal electives from other departments and will help the student to learn how to think critically about is-
sues of the sort raised by these questions. Philosophy courses
Courses from other departments, such as BA or CJA, may be need not be taken in sequence and any three courses constitute a
used as paralegal electives. Consult the department for course sequence for purposes of graduation. All philosophy courses are
approval. transferable to Portland State University, Oregon State University
and the University of Oregon.
See the Course Description (PHL prefix) section of this catalog for
Parent Education individual philosophy courses and course prerequisites.
Sylvania Campus
Health Technology Building, (HT) Room 318
503-977-4217 or 503-977-4218
Physical Education
www.pcc.edu/academics/index.cfm/76,html
Cascade Campus
Liberal Arts & Mathematics Division
Description Terrell Hall (TH) Room 220
Classes are taught by PCC parent education instructors with 503-978-5251
expertise in working both with children and adults. Some classes Southeast Center
are lecture and discussion and others are interactive with parents Mt. Scott Hall, (MSH) Room 103
and children together. Each class is tailored to the ages of the 503-788-6146
children and includes study topics. The study topics for the term Rock Creek Campus
are chosen by the participants and the instructor in each class. Building 7, Room 202
Topics include: development, guidance, communication, self-es- 503-614-7257
118
Programs and Disciplines
Although a physical exam is not required for physical education Sylvania Campus
courses, students are advised to seek approval from their personal Social Science Building, (SS) Room 215
physician before entering into a regular program of vigorous physi- 503-977-4289
cal activity as is found in physical education courses. Students Rock Creek Campus
who require classroom accommodations should notify the physical Building 3, Room 201
education instructor and the Office for Students with Disabilities 503-614-7327
(OSD). OSD works with students to identify and ensure reasonable
accommodations in PCC classes and programs. Description
The Oregon State System of Higher Education and the systems in Political science focuses upon politics and political systems and
other states vary in their physical education requirements. Many the behavior of people within political systems. At PCC, primary
physical education classes fulfill degree requirements at PCC or emphasis is on American government, the constitutional back-
other institutions and colleges, or may transfer as elective credit. ground of American politics, political parties, interest groups,
Students should check with their PCC program advisor or with the elections, Congress, the Presidency, the Supreme Court, domestic
institution to which they plan to transfer. For information on Fitness and foreign policies. In addition, PCC offers international relations,
Technology Certificate and AAS degree, see Fitness Technology American foreign policy and political ideology. See the Course
in catalog. See the Course Description (PE prefix) section of this Description (PS prefix) section of this catalog for individual political
catalog for individual environmental science courses and their science courses and course prerequisites.
prerequisites.
PROFESSIONAL Music
Physics
Cascade Campus
Cascade Campus Moriarty Arts and Letters Building, (MAHB) Room 210
Jackson Hall (JH) Room 210 503-978-5226 or 503-978-5430
503-978-5209 or 503-978-5430
Rock Creek Campus www.pcc.edu/programs/music-pro/
Building 7, Room 202
503-614-7500
CAREER AND PROGRAM Description
Southeast Center
Music careers are made successful by one’s ability to choose a focus
Mt. Scott Hall, (MSH) Room 103
area: One may become a performance/studio musician, composer/
503-788-6147
arranger, recording engineer/producer, sound editor, foley artist,
Sylvania Campus private music instructor/coach, record promoter/distributor, music
Science Technology Building, (ST) Room 312 journalist, or work in music marketing and promotions. Whichever is
503-977-4174 the case, a professional musician’s resume is built from a balance
between practice, theory, and solid technological skills.
Description
PCC’s program is intended for the occupationally-oriented music
Physics is the root discipline of science that describes the natural student whose career goals can best be reached by improving
universe at its most fundamental level. Physics is relevant to a skills in music performance, music writing, music technology or a
broad range of academic pursuits including chemistry, biology, combination thereof. PCC offers a one-year certificate in music
engineering, medicine and liberal arts. Physics allows students performance, production, and music writing. Students may earn
to view the world with a new understanding and appreciation of this certificate by completing a minimum of 50 credit hours, includ-
its order and beauty. ing 39 credits of required, professional music courses, eight credits
of elective professional music courses, and three or four credits
119
Programs and Disciplines
of writing (WR 115 or above). A graduate may pursue a career as MUC 125 Electronic Media III 2
a private teacher of music, instrumental musician, composer, ar- MUC 140B Group Piano II 2
ranger, orchestrator, music engineer, or producer. To learn whether MUC 144 Contemporary Singing 2
courses will transfer to a four-year university, students must check MUC 145B Group Guitar/Bass II 2
with the institutions to which they intend to transfer. See the Course
MUC 145C Group Guitar/Bass III 2
Description (MUC prefix) section of this catalog for individual pro-
MUC 154A Band Performance Workshop I 2
fessional music courses and their prerequisites.
MUC 154B Band Performance Workshop II 2
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion. MUC 154C Band Performance Workshop III 2
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements MUC 155 Introduction to Improvisation 2
must be met.
MUC 155A Improvisation I 2
MUC 155B Improvisation II 2
DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES OFFERED MUC 155C Improvisation III 2
One-Year Certificate MUC 222 Introduction to Recording Tech 2
Professional Music MUC 223 Studio Recording Technology I 3
MUC 224 Studio Recording Technology II 3
PROFESSIONAL MUSIC CERTIFICATE MUC 225 Studio Recording Technology III 3
MUC 226 Digital Recording I 2
Course of Study MUC 227 Digital Recording II 3
MUC 228 Digital Recording III 3
This program is designed for the occupationally-oriented music
Required writing course for the Professional Music Program:
student whose career goals can best be reached by improving
skills in music performance, music writing, music technology or a WR 115 Introduction to Expository Writing 4
combination of courses in these areas.
120
Programs and Disciplines
Career and Program Description Once accepted to the program, students will be required to submit to
a criminal background check and a five-panel drug screen for their
Radiographers are important members of the health care team
clinical practicum. Students must be able to provide a valid Social
and work closely with physicians and particularly with radiologists.
Security number for the criminal background check. Proof of im-
The radiographer is primarily concerned with providing diagnostic
munizations will also be required. For a complete listing of required
radiographic images (x-rays) of disease and injury and assisting
immunizations, please visit our website at www.pcc.edu/rad.
in patient care. The radiographer may be employed in hospitals,
clinics and medical offices. During the program students will be working with ionizing radia-
tion, processing chemicals and they will provide patient care to
Radiography Program graduates may apply to take the national
individuals who may have contagious diseases. Special immuni-
certification examination offered by the American Registry of Ra-
zation is required.
diologic Technologists and for licensure as a radiographer in the
state of Oregon. Students are required to satisfactorily complete
the course of study with a minimum grade of “C” or higher in each radiography AAS Degree
required course and must maintain an overall grade point average
Minimum of 119 credit hours which includes 102 credit hours of
of 2.0 for graduation.
required radiography courses plus General Education credit hours
PCC’s program begins each September with an introductory and electives. Students must also meet Associate Degree Compre-
course in the preceding summer term. The Radiography Program hensive Requirements and Associate of Applied Science Degree.
is eight terms in length (24 consecutive months). The program
combines campus instruction with clinical education at affiliated Course of Study
hospitals in the Portland area. This program is designed to pre- Summer Term (before entering program)
pare the student for certification as a registered technologist in
radiography, R.T. (R). RAD 100 Introduction to Radiology 2
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion. First Term
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements RAD 101 Radiographic Positioning I 3
must be met. RAD 105 Methods of Patient Care 3
RAD 106 Radiolographic Equipment I 4
DegreeS AND CERTIFICATES Offered RAD 110 Radiographic Clinic I 4
Associate of Applied Science Degree HE 110 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation 1
Radiography
Second Term
Less than One-Year Certificate
RAD 102 Radiographic Positioning II 3
Magnetic Resonance Imaging
RAD 107 Radiolographic Equipment II 4
RAD 115 Principles of Exposure I 3
Prerequisites and Requirements
RAD 120 Radiographic Clinic II 4
All program applicants must have a high school diploma or a
GED certificate. In addition, all applicants will be required to have Third Term
satisfactorily (“C” grade minimum) completed WR 121, MTH 111B RAD 103 Radiographic Positioning III 3
or MTH 111C, BI 231, 232 and 233, MP 111 or the equivalent, and RAD 122 Radiation Protection - Biology 3
be computer literate. BI 231, BI 233 and MTH 111 must be current RAD 130 Radiographic Clinic III 4
within seven years of application. Currently, all prerequisites must
RAD 132 Radiographic Image Production 3
be completed by spring term in the year in which you apply.
General Education Elective 4
NOTE: The 2010 application will require ALL prerequisites be
completed by winter 2010. Fourth Term
RAD 140 Radiographic Clinic IV 10
Potential applicants are encouraged but not required to gain General Education Elective 4
health care experience by volunteering or working in the health
care industry, preferably in a hospital setting to gain knowledge Fifth Term
of professional duties and responsibilities. RAD 203 Applied Radiography Topics 2
The Radiography Program is a closed entry program with limited RAD 209 Advanced Radiographic Procedures 2
enrollment. Completing admission requirements and applying to RAD 210 Radiographic Clinic V 6
the program does not guarantee admission. RAD 215 Principles of Exposure II 3
121
Programs and Disciplines
General Education Elective 4 the Oregon Real Estate Agency for the real estate broker license.
PCC also offers the Real Estate Advanced Practices post-license
Sixth Term course which is required of all real estate brokers prior to their first
RAD 205 Radiographic Positioning V 3 license renewal.
RAD 211 Advanced Imaging Modalities 4
Real estate appraisers, depending upon which license or certification
RAD 220 Radiographic Clinic VI 6
is earned, may specialize in valuing simple single family residential,
General Education Elective 4 complex residential, or income producing properties. PCC offers pre-
license/certification courses for real estate appraisers. The appraisal
Seventh Term
courses satisfy the qualifying education requirements for a registered
RAD 206 Survey of Medical Imaging Diseases 3
appraisal assistant. Appraisers in Oregon must satisfy the education
RAD 230 Radiographic Clinic VII 10 and experience requirements established by the Oregon Appraisal
Certification and Licensure Board.
Eighth Term
RAD 240 Radiographic Clinic VIII 8 Property managers are responsible for overseeing the manage-
RAD 216 Radiography Registry Review 2 ment of such properties as single family residences, duplexes,
apartments, condominiums, office or retail buildings, and other
College credit courses are available to A.R.R.T. certified tech- types of income producing real estate. PCC offers pre-license
nologists for updating and re-entry knowledge and skills. Contact courses approved by the Oregon Real Estate Agency for the real
department for specific offerings each term. 503-977-4227. estate broker and property manager licenses. Property managers
must satisfy the Oregon Real Estate Agency requirements for a
Magnetic Resonance Imaging Certificate property manager’s license.
(Pending State Approval)
Course List - Broker Preparation Courses
Course of Study RE 110 Real Estate Practices 3
RE 112 Real Estate Law 3
First Term RE 114 Real Estate Agency Law 2
MRI 101 MR Physics I-Principles,Equipment & Safety 2 RE 116 Real Estate Finance 3
MRI 111 MR Cross-Sec Anatomy 2 RE 118 Real Estate Brokerage 2
MRI 121 MR Clinical Education I 6 RE 126 Real Estate Contracts 2
RE 140 Real Estate Broker Property Management 1
Second Term
Broker Post-License Course
MRI 102 MR Physics II Advanced Principles 2
RE 130 Real Estate Advanced Practices 3
MRI 112 MR Cross-Sec Anatomy II 1
MRI 122 MR Clinical Education II 8 Property Manager Preparation Course
RE 252 Real Estate Property Management 6
Third Term
MRI 130 MR Imaging Procedures & Diagnosis 2 Appraisal Preparation - (for a registered assistant)
MRI 140 MR Registry Review 1 RE 210 Real Estate Appraisal - Foundations 3
MRI 123 MR Clinical Education III 8 RE 211 Real Estate Appraisal - Single Family Residences 3
RE 212 Real Estate Appraisal - USPAP 2
Fourth Term (If needed)
MRI 124 MR Clinical Education IV Note: Requirements for licensing/certification as a broker, prop-
erty manager or appraiser may change over time. Students are
advised to confirm the current license/certification requirements
with the Oregon Real Estate Agency, Oregon Appraisal Certifi-
Real Estate cation and Licensure Board or PCC before making any course
commitments.
Sylvania Campus
Social Science Building, (SS) Room 215 General Interest Real Estate Courses
503-977-4393 or 503-977-4287 Non pre-licensing/certification
www.pcc.edu/re RE 100 Introduction Real Estate 3
RE 250 Real Estate Investments I 3
Career and Program Description RE 212 Real Estate Appraisal - Uniform 3
RE 226 Real Estate Investments - Advanced 3
PCC’s Real Estate Program offers classes to train brokers, ap-
praisers and property managers. Real estate brokers represent
buyers and/or sellers in real estate sale/lease transactions. PCC
offers courses that give students an introduction to the field of
real estate as well as basic and advanced real estate investment.
Brokers must satisfy the Oregon Real Estate Agency requirements
for a broker’s license. PCC offers pre-license courses approved by
122
Programs and Disciplines
Refrigeration, HVAC All students who enroll in world language classes (including those
on the waiting list) are expected to attend class the first day when
and Trade Related material essential for successful completion of the course will be
presented. Students who do not attend the first class session may
be replaced by those who do attend. See the Course Description
Cascade Campus
(RUS prefix) section of this catalog for individual environmental
Technology Education Building, (TEB) Room 101
science courses and their prerequisites.
503-978-5650, 503-978-5651
See Facilities Maintenance Technology
Sign Language
Religious Studies Interpretation (SLIP)
Rock Creek Campus Sylvania Campus
Building 3, Room 201 Communications Technology Building, (CT) Room 219
503-614-7235 503-977-4672 (V); 503-977-4951 (VP)
www.pcc.edu/programs/sign-language/
CAREER AND PROGRAM DESCRIPTION
Religious Studies, as an interdisciplinary field, investigates the Career and Program Description
variety of human religious experience. A broad understanding of Professional sign language interpreters work in a variety of set-
religion is sought through critical reflection on the various found- tings such as education, social service, religion, government,
ers, history, myths and doctrines, rituals and traditions, and social business, performing arts, mental health, medical, legal and law
and personal ethics. Techniques from the arts, humanities, social, enforcement. Interpreters may specialize in one area or may work
and even hard sciences are employed. Religious Studies prepares in private practice in a variety of settings. The majority of graduates
students to go on to work or study further in disciplines such as from this program are hired into entry level positions in educational
religion and ministry, social service, archeology, education, law, settings. Currently, the demand for services exceeds the supply
linguistics, or political science. of interpreters nationwide.
PCC currently offers one Religious Studies course, R210 World The program focuses on the acquisition of bi-cultural and bi-lingual
Religions. This course fulfills both General Education and diversity abilities and on both transliteration and interpretation skills. Stu-
requirements. AAOT students interested in earning a bachelor’s dents may retake courses which will assist them in developing
degree in Religious Studies should take related courses in areas exit competencies.
such as anthropology, history, literature, and philosophy. Students
must check for the specific requirements of the bachelor’s program An articulation agreement between PCC and Marylhurst University
to which they intend to transfer. The interdisciplinary nature of the allows students to apply credits earned in Sign Language Inter-
field allows students to customize their educational goals while pretation (SLIP) toward a bachelor degree in Human Studies at
providing a solid foundation for future learning. See the Course Marylhurst. For more information, contact the department office.
Description (R prefix) section of this catalog for individual envi-
ronmental science courses and their prerequisites. Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion.
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements
must be met.
RUSSIAN
Degree and Certificates Offered
Sylvania Campus
Communications Technology Building, (CT) Room 219 Associate of Applied Science Degree
503-977-4841 Sign Language Interpretation
Two-Year Certificate
DESCRIPTION Sign Language Interpretation
All PCC Russian courses are taught using an immersion method. One-Year Certificate
The objective of all Russian courses at PCC is to help students to Deaf Studies
develop communicative competence and proficiency in compre-
hension, speaking, reading and writing Russian as well as cultural Prerequisites and Requirements
awareness. Assessment is based on consistent attendance, active
student participation, and daily written and oral assignments. 1. Submit an application.
2. Complete WR 121 with a grade of “C” or better prior to enter-
There are no requirements or prerequisites for entry into the first
ing the program.
term of first year Russian. However, the student should read the
Russian course descriptions for other Russian courses. Students 3. Complete ASL 130 with a grade of “C” or better prior to enter-
who have studied a language before and are unsure of their place- ing the program. Students taking any prerequisites classes
ment are encouraged to consult with a world language teacher during the summer prior to enrollment may be tentatively ac-
since they will not be admitted to a course if their skill level is too cepted based on their progress in the course at midterm, with
advanced for that course. final acceptance pending successful completion of the course.
123
Programs and Disciplines
4. Complete ASL 101, 102, 103, and 201, 202, 203 or ASL 150, knowledge. In addition, groups and organizations such as school
151, 250, 251 with a grade of “C” or better prior to entering districts may contract with the SLIP for custom-designed courses
the program. for their staff.
5. Demonstrate American Sign Language and spoken English
competencies through department-administered assessment. First Term
ITP 111 American Sign Language I 5
The deadline to complete steps 1-4 above is April 1. Once step
4 is complete, students will be given a language assessment. ITP 120 Fingerspelling I 2
Minimum entrance requirements are intermediate level for ASL ITP 131 Deaf Culture 4
and superior level for English. Candidates with higher language ITP 270 Interpreting Process I 4
competencies will be awarded seats before those with lower lan-
guage competencies. Second Term
ITP 112 American Sign Language II 5
ASL 130 Deaf Studies is a lecture course listed under Sign ITP 230 American Sign Language Linguistics I 3
Language Studies in the college schedule and serves as a pre- ITP 260 Interpreting Theory I 3
requisite course.
ITP 271 Interpreting Process II 4
ITP 180 Field Experience 1
Course of Study
This is a full-time two year (six term) program for students inter- Third Term
ested in sign language interpretation as a career. A maximum of ITP 113 American Sign Language III 5
30 students will be accepted annually into the fall term. There are ITP 121 Fingerspelling II 2
five practicum courses which place students in contact with Deaf ITP 276 Specialized Discourse I 3
people, employers and professional interpreters. Students must
ITP 231 American Sign Language Linguistics II 2
pass a qualifying exam before being accepted into an internship.
ITP 272 Interpreting Process III 4
Graduation is dependent upon entrance into and successful
completion of an internship under the direction of a professional ITP 279 Mock Interpreting I 1
interpreter who acts as a mentor.
Fourth Term
Students who require additional time to master interpreting skills ITP 211 American Sign Language IV 3
may return after completion of second year courses to prepare to ITP 277 Specialized Discourse II 3
enter and complete this internship by re-taking and passing the ITP 273 Interpreting Process IV 6
qualifying exam. SLIP coursework which would assist this develop- ITP 281 Mock Interpreting II 2
ment is available to the candidate. These courses must be taken for
ITP 262 Interpreting Theory III 4
credit. Please make arrangements with the SLIP Department.
Fifth Term
sign language interpretation AAS DE- ITP 212 American Sign Language V 3
GREE ITP 261 Interpreting Theory II 3
ITP 283* Interpreting Internship I 3
Minimum of 106 credit hours which includes 90 credit hours of
ITP 274 Interpreting Process V 6
required SLIP courses, plus General Education credit hours and
elective courses and exit literacy in English and math. Students ITP 285 Deaf Studies Internship 3
must also meet Associate Degree Comprehensive Requirements HEC 226 Child Development 4
and Associate of Applied Science Requirements. or
PSY 215 Human Development 4
124
Programs and Disciplines
SP 100 Introduction to Speech Communication 3-4 a student to perform interpreting services. Interpreting requires
SP 111 Fundamentals of Speech 3-4 formal training. Students who are interested in interpreting as a
SP 140 Introduction to Intercultural Communication 3-4 career, please see the catalog description under Sign Language
Interpretation (SLIP.)
Deaf Studies Certificate The following general remarks apply to all sign language stud-
Student must follow the same application process as for entrance ies courses:
into the SLIP, then complete a separate application packet. Mini-
All students who enroll in sign language studies classes (including
mum of 51 credit hours of required courses. The Deaf studies cer-
those on the waiting list) are expected to attend class the first day,
tificate does not qualify students to work as interpreters but allows
when material essential for successful completion of the course
them to work with Deaf people in a field other than interpreting,
will be presented. Students who do not attend the first class ses-
such as teaching, working in an agency that serves Deaf people,
sion may be replaced by those who do attend. Students who have
or continuing the study of American Sign Language. Coursework
studied sign language elsewhere and wish to continue at PCC must
for this certificate closely parallels that of the SLIP, with the omis-
take a Sign Language Proficiency Interview through the depart-
sion of some of the hands-on interpreting courses.
ment. Call Sign Language Studies Department, 503-977-4672
voice or 503-977-4951 (VP) at least three weeks prior to the end
Required Courses of the term before the term you plan to take ASL to schedule an
ITP 111 ASL I 5 appointment for a Sign Language Proficiency Interview (SLPI.)
ITP 112 ASL II 5
There are no prerequisites for entry into the first term of first year
ITP 113 ASL II 5
American Sign Language. However, students should read the
ITP 120 Fingerspelling I 2 Sign Language Studies course descriptions for the prerequisites
ITP 121 Fingerspelling II 2 for other American Sign Language courses.
ITP 131 Deaf Culture 4
ITP 180 Field Experience 1
ITP 211
ITP 212
ASL IV
ASL V
3
3
Sociology
ITP 230 ASL Linguistics I 3
Cascade Campus
ITP 231 ASL Linguistics II 2
Liberal Arts & Mathematics Division
ITP 260 Interpreting Theory I 3 Terrell Hall (TH) Room 220
ITP 261 Interpreting Theory II 3 503-978-5251
ITP 262 Interpreting Theory III 4
Southeast Center
ITP 285 Deaf Studies Internship 3
Mt. Scott Hall, (MSH) Room 103
HEC 226 Child Development 3 503-788-6146
or
PSY 215 Human Development 3-4 Rock Creek Campus
Building 3, Room 201
503-614-7327
Sign Language Studies Sylvania Campus
Social Science Building, (SS) Room 217
(SLS) 503-977-4289
With the exception of ASL 130 Deaf Studies, American Sign Lan-
guage will be used in classes; no spoken English will be used.
This method involves the student in conversation using ASL and
prepares them to function comfortably in a variety of situations in
the Deaf community. Completion of ASL courses does not qualify
125
Programs and Disciplines
SPANISH DESCRIPTION
Speech Communication is the study of human communication
Cascade Campus processes. By understanding human symbolic interaction, stu-
Liberal Arts & Mathematics Division dents may critically analyze and apply methods of persuasion in
Terrell Hall, (TH) Room 220 interpersonal, small-group, intercultural, business, public speak-
503-978-5251 ing, and mass media contexts. Speech Communication provides
students with practical tools that enable them to develop, manage,
Southeast Center maintain, and mature many types of relationships.
Mt. Scott Hall, (MSH) Room 103
503-244-3585 PCC offers three sequences of classes, which reflect differing
approaches, for students who want a more focused study of com-
Rock Creek Campus
munication: SP140, 237, 214, 215 (Interpersonal Communication);
Building 3, Room 214
SP 112, 228 (Persuasive Discourse); SP 130, 215, 237 (Business
503-614-7336
Communication). Students may select two courses from one of the
Sylvania Campus above sequences to be applied toward their sequence requirement
Communications Technology Building, (ST) Room 219 for the Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) degree.
503-977-8023
See the Course Description (SP prefix) section of this catalog for
individual speech communication courses and their prerequisites.
DESCRIPTION
To learn whether courses will transfer to a four-year university,
All PCC Spanish courses are taught using an immersion method. students must check with the institutions to which they intend to
The objective of all Spanish courses at PCC is to help students to transfer.
develop communicative competence and proficiency in compre-
hension, speaking, reading and writing Spanish as well as cultural
awareness. Assessment is based on consistent attendance, active
participation, and written and oral assignments. Theatre Arts
There are no requirements and prerequisites for entry into the first
Cascade Campus
term of first year Spanish. However, the student should read the
Moriarty Arts and Humanities Building
Spanish course descriptions for other Spanish courses. Students
503-978-5250
who have studied a language before and are unsure of their place-
ment are encouraged to consult with a world language teacher Sylvania Campus
since they will not be admitted to a course if their skill level is too Performing Arts Center
advanced for that course. 503-977-4323
All students who enroll in world language classes (including those www.pcc.edu/programs/theatre/
on the waiting list) are expected to attend class the first day when Rock Creek Campus
material essential for completion of the course will be presented. Building 3, Room 201
Students who do not attend the first class session may be replaced 503-614-7235
by those who do attend. See the Course Description (SPA prefix)
section of this catalog for individual environmental science courses
DESCRIPTION
and their prerequisites.
The PCC Theatre Arts courses prepare community college stu-
dents in the arts of acting, directing, design, and stagecraft. In
Speech Communication a state-of-the-art theatre on the Sylvania campus, the program
mounts fully staged productions ranging across the dramatic,
comic and musical genres. Our students often find professional
Cascade Campus employment as technicians or actors, or excel in four-year aca-
Liberal Arts & Mathematics Division demic programs.
Terrell Hall (TH) Room 220
503-978-5251 Theatre Arts courses provide a nurturing atmosphere for explora-
tion of this most collaborative and compelling art form. We offer
Southeast Center
hands-on classes in technical theatre and acting and currently
Mt. Scott Hall, (MSH) Room 103
produce three mainstage shows each year. In addition, the an-
503-788-6146
nual Student One-Act Play Festival showcases new plays written,
Rock Creek Campus directed and acted, and designed by our students. Students may
Building 3, Room 201 select courses to complete requirements for the Associate of Arts
503-614-7235 Oregon Transfer (AAOT) degree.
Sylvania Campus
Communications Technology Building, (CT) Room 216
503-977-4264
126
Programs and Disciplines
Rock Creek Campus Note: Only students who have been officially accepted into the
Building 7, Room 202 program or those who have prior approval may enroll in courses.
503-614-7461
www.pcc.edu/programs/vet-tech/ Veterinary Technology AAS DEGREE
Minimum of 103 credit hours which includes 84 credit hours of
Career and Program Description veterinary technology courses,16 credit hours of General Edu-
Veterinary technicians work with veterinarians and are skilled and cation and 3 to 4 credit hours to meet the English Composition
knowledgeable in the practical application of aspects involved in requirement for graduation. The remaining credit hours of General
the care and handling of animals, clinical laboratory procedures, Education needed to meet the graduation requirement will be from
animal diseases, animal nutrition, pharmacology, radiography, the chemistry and biology courses required prior to starting the
anesthesiology and medical and surgical assistance. Gradu- program. Students must also meet Associate Degree Compre-
ates are prepared to perform entry-level work as technicians in hensive Requirements and Associate of Applied Science degree
small and large animal hospitals and clinics, laboratory animal Requirements. Course work from other colleges may substitute
research facilities, educational institutions, military service and for the General Education requirement. Consult a program advisor
commercial firms. The program also emphasizes the develop- to plan General Education classes.
ment of professional attitudes and interpersonal skills expected
of health care professionals.
Course of Study
This program is accredited by the Committee on Veterinary
Technician Education and Activities of the American Veterinary Fall Term
Medical Association. Graduates are eligible to take the Veterinary VT 100 Veterinary Medical Terminology 2
Technician National Examination administered by the Oregon VT 101 Introduction to Veterinary Technology 2
Board of Veterinary Medical Examiners certification examination VT 121 Basic Animal Science 4
for veterinary technicians. Graduates may also travel to other VT 105 Comparative Veterinary Anatomy and Physiology I 4
states to take licensing examinations.
Winter Term
This is a seven-term program. Continuation into the second year
is contingent upon satisfactory performance in the first year. VT 102 Animal Nursing and Restraint 3
VT 107 Veterinary Parasitology 3
Total required credit may vary due to three to four credit conversion. VT 108 Pharmaceutical Mathematics I 1
PCC comprehensive degree and certificate minimum requirements VT 106 Comparative Veterinary Anatomy and Physiology II 4
must be met.
General Education 4
127
Programs and Disciplines
Spring Term welding,) G.T.A.W. (gas tungsten arc welding,) G.M.A.W. (gas metal
VT 203 Veterinary Procedures Seminar 3 arc welding,) F.C.A.W. (flux-cored arc welding,) O.A.W. (oxy-acety-
VT 209 Large Animal Diseases and Procedures 3 lene welding,) O.A.C. (oxy-acetylene cutting,) and basic fabrication.
VT 210 Animal Nutrition 3 Lecture portions of the program include blueprint reading, welding
principles, non-destructive testing (visual, penetrant, magnetic
VT 280C CE: Vet Tech Clinic III 4
particle) and codes and standards.
128
Programs and Disciplines
129
Programs and Disciplines
The women’s studies program award at PCC prepares students PCC offers students one of the largest selections of creative writ-
for entry into other Women’s Studies Programs at the bach- ing courses in Oregon. Creative writing faculty recommend that
elor’s degree level. In Oregon these programs can be found at students who register for creative writing courses adhere to the
Portland State University, University of Oregon, Oregon State standard conventions of spelling and grammar and have reading
University, and Lewis and Clark College. Additional information skills that are at the WR 121 level. Students should expect to
on the Women’s Studies Focus Award may be found in the Focus study critical terminology and spend time discussing their work.
Award section of the catalog. See the Course Description (WS Information on the focus award in creative writing may be found
prefix) section of this catalog for individual environmental science in the Focus Award section.
courses and their prerequisites.
Students majoring in technical areas or business are either re-
quired or encouraged to take WR 227, Technical Writing I. See the
Course Description (WR prefix) section of this catalog for individual
Writing writing courses and their prerequisites.
Cascade Campus
Terrell Hall, (TH) Room 220
503-978-5251
Southeast Center
Mt. Scott Hall, (MSH) Room 103
503-788-6146
Rock Creek Campus
Building 3, Room 201
503-614-7327
Sylvania Campus
Communications Technology Building, (CT) Room 219
503-977-4266
www.pcc.edu/programs/writing/
DESCRIPTION
Writing is fundamental to learning to think and express ones
thoughts in ways that reach others. The ability to use language
coherently and powerfully, to write in ways that connect with others
across cultural boundaries and within communities, to persuade,
to inform, to inquire and discover, and to express oneself--these
are all essential to active citizenship and to success in almost any
profession. The writing courses at PCC enable students to think
creatively and prepare them as they transfer to universities and
evolve vocationally.
130
Focus Awards
www.pcc.edu/programs/asian-studies/ Music
The PCC Asian Studies Program seeks to foster a richer under- MUS 108 Music Cultures of the World 4
standing and appreciation of the cultures of Asia. Sixteen credits
from the following courses can culminate in an Asian Studies Business Administration
Focus Award, which will show prospective employers and transfer BA 203 International Business 3
colleges a foundational focus on Asia. This program encourages
broader reflections about the nature of culture and how it shapes Anthropology
everything from world views to daily life, increasing the student’s
cultural competencies. Above all, these focused studies provide ATH 103 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology 4
an enriching life experience. ATH 199 or 299 Selected topics focusing on Asia*
To receive the Asian Studies Focus Award, a student must com- Geography
plete at least 16 credits from the following choices, which must:
GEO 107 Geography of the Developing World 4
• Include no more than two courses from one discipline (e.g. GEO 199 or 299 Selected topics focusing on Asia*
Art, Japanese, Literature)
• Cover more than one geographic area of Asia
Political Science
• Include no more than one general course, in which the stu- PS 204 Comparative Political Systems 4
dent should focus on Asian topics (BA 203, MUS 108, ATH
PS 205 Global Politics 4
103, GEO 107, PS 204, PS 205, SP140, WS 201).
Although only two courses from one discipline may apply toward Speech
the award, we encourage and wholeheartedly support taking two
SP 140 Introduction to Intercultural Communication 4
full years of an Asian language
Courses may be selected from the following (*courses subject Women’s Studies
to approval): WS 201 Women of the World 4
131
Focus Awards
132
Focus Awards
To receive information on the Health Studies Program Award, PSY 216 Social Psychology
contact: SOC 204 General Sociology: Sociology in Everyday Life
SOC 205 General Sociology: Social Change
Susanne Christopher – Rock Creek
and Social Institutions
Marshall Meyer – Sylvania
SOC 206 General Sociology: Social Problems
Shari Rochelle – Cascade SOC 215 Global Studies: Social Issues and Movements
*Lower division courses that will be accepted as equivalent to SP 100 Introduction to Speech Communication
PSU’s upper division courses. Transfer students will still need SP 140 Introduction to Intercultural Communication
to complete upper division credit requirements for the university
SP 237 Gender and Communication
and/or college.
WR 240 Creative Writing-Non-fiction
WR 248 Advanced Creative Writing -Non-fiction
JOURNALISM FOCUS AWARD WS 101 Introduction to Women’s Studies
133
Focus Awards
134
Prepare for College
Programs
PREPARE FOR COLLEGE 3. Science test: Gauges knowledge on life science, biology and
physical sciences, earth science, physics and chemistry.
PROGRAMS This test covers reading skills components including compre-
hension, application, analysis and evaluation.
Adult Basic Education (ABE) and General Educational 4. Interpreting Literature and the Arts: Consists of popular lit-
Development (GED) erature, classical literature and commentary about literature
and the arts. Reading skills assessed include comprehen-
Southeast Center sion ,application and analysis.
Mt. Tabor Hall, (MTH) Room 128
503-788-6255 5. Mathematics: Incorporates arithmetic (measurement, number
relationships and data analysis), algebra and geometry. Skills
www.pcc.edu/prepare/basic/ that are tested are problem-solving abilities and higher level
thinking skills.
Description
A non-credit program for self-improvement designed to expand
basic skills for students whose abilities range from underprepared Developmental Education
to pre-college level. Development of reading, writing and math
skills are emphasized, as well as life skills, employability and Cascade Campus
technology. Students without a high school diploma also have the Terrell Hall, (TH) Room 220
opportunity to prepare for the GED exams in five subject areas: 503-978-5251
writing, social studies, science, literature and math.
Southeast Center
ABE classes are open to anyone 18 or over who want to improve Mt. Scott Hall, (MSH) Room 103
basic reading, writing and math skills at the pre-college level. 503-788-6146
Students who are 16 or 17 must first obtain an official release
Rock Creek Campus
from high school before attending class. To enroll, individuals
Building 2, Room 212
must attend a two-part Orientation and Placement session. The
503-614-7414
sessions for both day and evening classes are conducted on a
regular basis throughout each term. Students needing special as- Sylvania Campus
sistance such as an interpreter, a reader or a writer to participate Social Science Building, (SS) Room 215
in the orientation and intake sessions should contact the Office 503-977-4192
for Students with Disabilities (503-977-4341) at least two weeks www.pcc.edu/prepare/developmental/
before the session is held.
Description
Course of Study Programs in developmental education help students prepare for
Upon entering an ABE class, students’ reading, writing and PCC academic and career/technical programs and their chosen
math abilities are assessed and individual programs of study are careers. Courses in this department include reading, writing and
developed to guide them toward their personal academic goals. mathematics. Also available are support services including Learn-
Large group, small group and individualized instruction are used ing Centers and tutoring.
to maximize academic gains. To help with their studies, students
Classes and services are offered at Cascade, Rock Creek, South-
may purchase books but are not required to do so. Day and evening
east Center and Sylvania. For most developmental education
classes are offered at all campuses and at many other locations
courses, financial aid is available to those who qualify. For more
in the community.
information, contact the Financial Aid Office.
135
English for Speakers
of Other Languages
ESOL classes are open to U.S. citizens, immigrants and refugees 1. Be at least 16 years old.
who want to improve their basic English language proficiency.
136
Workforce, Economic and
Community Development
Programs
2. Have earned a minimum of 12 credits from an accredited The Youth Empowered to Succeed! (YES!) program is for students
high school or appropriate college work. Those with less interested in obtaining a GED. Students take classes specifically
than 12 credits may be admitted on a probationary status. designed to prepare them to pass the GED tests. After complet-
ing their GED YES! students may be eligible to apply to Gateway
3. Provide PCC with an official copy of their high school tran-
to College or receive a tuition wavier for one free term of classes
script mailed or hand delivered in a sealed envelope to one
at PCC.
of the campus offices above.
4. Schedule an appointment for the English and Math place- In each program students receive the support of a Resource Spe-
ment tests. cialist who acts as an instructor, advisor and counselor. In all three
programs, the cost of classes and books are covered but students
5. Schedule an appointment with a PCC counselor at one of the must pay a registration fee. In Gateway to College, students are
campus offices listed above to discuss transcript evaluation also responsible for class fees each term.
and placement test scores. At that time students will receive
a copy of remaining graduation requirements. See also Alternative Programs, High School Completion, English
for Speakers of Other Languages and Developmental Education
Graduation Requirements
sections in this catalog for related instruction.
1. Students must meet the State of Oregon minimum require-
ments of 22 high school credits.
2. Students must meet the college English and Mathematics
competency requirements which are as follows: PAVTEC
Writing placement test less than three years old indicating
Rock Creek Campus,
placement at Writing 115 or completion of Writing 90 with a
Building 5, Room 115
grade of “C” or better.
503-614-7738
Reading placement test less than three years old indicating
www.pcc.edu/pavtec
placement at Reading 115 or completion of Reading 90 with
a grade of “C” or better. PAVTEC is a consortium of 12 school districts, private industry,
Math placement test less than three years old indicating labor and other educational institutions including K-12 through
placement at Math 70 or higher, or completion of Math 65 graduate school. PAVTEC works with the 30 area high schools
with a grade of “C” or better. and PCC to provide quality articulated career technical programs.
Among its responsibilities, PAVTEC coordinates the articulation
3. Students must attend at least one complete term and satis- (dual credit) program called “PCC Dual Credit.”
factorily pass a minimum of 6 college credit hours.
High school graduation petitions will remain valid for one calen-
dar year.
Volunteer Literacy
Tutoring
PCC Prep Alternative
Sylvania Campus
Programs Social Science Building, (SS) Room 03
503-977-4148
503-788-6213 www.pcc.edu/resources/tutoring/volunteer/
www.pcc.edu/pccprep
Volunteer tutors are available to help with basic skills in reading,
PCC Prep Alternative Programs offer educational options to youth writing, math and speaking English. Some tutors can also help
16-20 years of age who are with GED preparations. Tutorial services are available at all PCC
locations in addition to a variety of other community sites Wash-
at risk of dropping out of school or those who have already left ington County Consortium.
school without obtaining a high school diploma. Three programs
offer a variety of options to give students a second chance at
academic success.
137
Center for Business
and Industry
Through these programs the Worksource Centers offer: Institute for Health Care
Services to job seekers including: a career center with computers, Professionals (IHP)
printers and fax machines for job searches; job listings; job search
workshops; career counseling; assessment and testing; computer Central Portland Workforce Training Center
classes; Adult Basic Education; Work Experience opportunities, 503-731-6633
English as a Second Language classes; career technical training
www.pcc.edu/business/ihp/
and post-employment training.
As a part of the Center for Business & Industry, the Institute for
Services to businesses including: new employee recruitment; job
Health Care Professionals offers timely, relevant and innovative
applicant screening and referral; skill testing; customized pre-
solutions for health care providers. Educational opportunities
employment training; Jobs Plus training, rapid response and out
offered are: professional development/continuing education
placement services.
courses; certification/re-certification; entry level health care train-
ing; preparation for licensure; customized training; conference
management services; American Heart Association (AHA) training
CENTER FOR BUSINESS through its AHA designated Community Training Center. Choose
from traditional classroom format, customized on-site training or
AND INDUSTRY (cbi) distance education.
138
Distance Learning
Small Business Develop- Whether it’s honing a particular skill or hobby or exploring a wide
range of new interests, the classes are designed for adults and are
ment Center (SBDC) typically offered during evenings or on weekends to accommodate
professional schedules. Courses are open to everyone sixteen
years old and older and feature local experts as instructors; top-
2025 Lloyd Center Mall
ics include creative arts workshops; hands-on home and garden
503-978-5080
classes; ethnic cooking, music; relationships; social and political
www.pcc.edu/business/small-business-development discussions; travel excursions; languages from around the world
and many other options for lifelong learning. Classes are offered
As a part of the Center for Business & Industry, the Small Busi-
in neighborhood locations throughout Portland, Beaverton, Lake
ness Development Center (SBDC) is all about creating employers.
Oswego, Tigard, Tualatin, Sherwood, Hillsboro and Forest Grove.
The SBDC helps entrepreneurs start and grow their businesses.
Classes are also available online. Additional contact information
The SBDC is part of a network of 19 SBDCs located throughout
is listed below.
the state of Oregon and more than 1000 SBDCs throughout the
U.S. Continuing education courses offer busy professionals the quickest
and surest route to maintaining and enhancing their professional
The SBDC uses experienced business professionals, focusing
certifications. Classes offer CEU hours that can be used for pro-
on essential business skills, to help entrepreneurs just starting
fessional licensure renewal and preparation for taking the next
their first business or experienced entrepreneurs developing their
step in an employee’s career. Class formats feature in-person,
existing business to identify and make critical business decisions.
hands-on learning opportunities from industry experts. Options
The business advisors work with the entrepreneur one-on-one to
include: electrical license renewal, insurance and tax workshops,
design a customized plan of action. Business advising is a free
home inspection certification and renewal, real estate and ap-
confidential service available by appointment.
praiser license renewal.
The SBDC also provides excellent entrepreneurial education for
Beaverton, Hillsboro, Forest Grove: Gary Palmer, 503-533-2711
all phases of business development – from starting a business
to developing and growing an existing business. Classes and Online Learning: Dawn Davis, 503-731-6619
workshops are taught by experienced business professionals North/Northeast Portland, Cascade Campus: 503-978-5303
who provide practical information that entrepreneurs can use in Columbia County, Downtown/Northwest Portland, Rock Creek:
the business the next day. Ann Carlsmith, 503-614-7307
Southeast Portland: Julie Wolleck, 503-788-6269
Sylvania Campus: Tsipora Dimant, 503-731-6643
Workforce Development Lake Oswego, Southwest Portland: Tigard, Tualatin, Newberg
Programs and Sherwood: Tsipora Dimant, 503-731-6643
CEUs: Dawn Davis, 503-731-6619
Career Pathways Non-credit classes do not meet the federal requirements for
503-788-6271 financial aid or most Veterans’ benefits, are not equivalent to
credit hours and may not be used toward PCC certificates and
www.pcc.edu/cp degrees
Career Pathways are PCC classes offered in an intensive, short-
term format (three to six months) that prepare students to gain en-
try-level employment in a chosen field and continue their education International Programs
toward an advanced certificate and/or degree. In addition to their
job-specific education, students will learn tools needed to get a International Customized Contract Training
job, including writing resumes and cover letters and interviewing.
Completion awards are available for most Pathways. 503-533-2889
Pathways are available for entry-level occupations in various fields Portland Community College’s International Contract Training Pro-
such as healthcare, business services and trades. Several voca- gram (ICT) offers international business, industry and government
tional trainings are also available for English language learners traditional and customized training and educational services. ICT
including healthcare and office skills. offers international organizations more than 60 traditional degree
and certificate programs available through PCC as well as the
option of customized training and educational services offered in
cOMMUNITY & Continuing the United States or abroad.
EDUCATiON
DISTANCE LEARNING
503-788-6266
www.pcc.edu/business/small-business-development
www.pcc.edu/pcc/pro/comed/
PCC’s Community Education Department offers hundreds of non- Web Classes: www.distance.pcc.edu
credit life enriching classes that do not involve grades or exams. Web classes utilize Internet-based distance learning where stu-
139
General Education List
140
General Education List
J 201 Mass Media and Society 3 ENG 104, 105, 106 Introduction to Literature
J 202 Information Gathering 3 ENG 107, 108 World Literature: Western
J 204 Visual Communication for the Media 3 ENG 195, 196, 197 Film Studies:
ENG 201, 202 Shakespeare
MODERN LANGUAGES ENG 204, 205 Survey of English Literature
ASL 101, 102, 103 First Year ASL I, II, 2 ENG 207, 208, 209 World Literature: Asian *
ASL 130 Deaf Studies * ENG 253, 254 Survey of American Literature
ASL 150,151 Accelerated ASL I, 2 ENG 256, 257, 258 African American Literature *
ASL 201, 202, 203 American Sign Language IV, V, VI
Two terms completing a sequence chosen from:
ASL 250, 251 Accelerated American Sign Language
ENG 213 Latin American Literature *
ESOL 150,152,154,160,162,164,166, and 253 English for Speakers
of Other Languages 2 ENG 215 Literature of the Genocide *
ESOL 250, 252, 254, 260, 262, 264, 265 English for Speakers of ENG 222 Images of Women in Literature *
Other Languages ENG 240 Introduction to Native American Literature *
FR 101,102,103,150,151 First Year French I, 2 ENG 244 Introduction to Asian American Literature *
FR 201, 202, 203 Second Year French ENG 250 Introduction to Folklore and Mythology *
FR 250, 251 Second Year French ENG 260 Introduction to Women Writers *
FR 255 Accelerated French I,2 ENG 265 International Political Poetry *
FR 256, 257 Accelerated French
FR 260A, 261A, 262A French Culture MUSIC
FR 270A, 271A, 272A Readings in French Literature * MUS 105 Music Appreciation
FR 290A French Speaking and Writing MUS 106 Opera Appreciation
FR 291A, 292A French Composition 2 MUS 108 Music Cultures of the World *
GER 101,102,103,150,151 First Year German I,2 MUS 110 Fundamentals of Music
GER 201, 202, 203, 250, 251 Second Year German MUS 204 Music of the Western World 2
141
General Education List
Courses that can be used for the AAOT Sequence TA 101 Theater Appreciation
Requirement: TA 141, 142, 143 Fundamentals of Acting Technique 3
(Choose 2 from one of the sets below.) TA 144 Improvisational Theater 3
MUS 111, 112, 113 Music Theory TA 148 Movement for the Stage 3
MUS 201A, 202, 203 Introduction to Music and Its Literature TA 180C, 253C Theater Rehearsal and Performance
MUS 205, 206, 207 Introduction to Jazz History, History of Rock TA 241, 242, 243 Intermediate Acting Technique 3
Music, History of Folk Music* TA 261 Introduction to Costuming
MUS 208,209,210 African-American Music * TA 274 Theatre History
PHILOSOPHY WRITING
WR 222 Writing Research Papers
Courses that can be used for the AAOT Sequence
WR 240, 241, 242, 243 Creative Writing
Requirement:
WR 244, 245, 246, 247, 248 3 Advanced Creative Writing
(Choose 2 from one of the sets below.)
PHL 191 Lang & the Layout of Argument, OTHER ARTS AND LETTERS
and one of: WS 101 Women’s Studies *
PHL 195 Critical Thinking: Science & the Occult
WS 201 Women of the World 2
Or PHL 197 TV & the Present of Reality
PHL 201 Philosophical Problems WS 202 Women Working for Change 2
or PHL 202 Introduction to Philosophy: Elementary Ethics
and one of: SOCIAL SCIENCE
PHL 204 Philosophy of Religion
PHL 205 Biomedical Ethics ANTHROPOLOGY
PHL 206 Introduction to Environmental Ethics 3 ATH 210 Selected Topics in Ethnology *
PHL 207 Ethical Issues in Aging ATH 212 Introduction to Shamanism 3
PHL 208 Political Philosophy ATH 214 Human Environments: Ecological Aspects
PHL 209 Business Ethics
PHL 210 Introduction to Asian Philosophy * Courses that can be used for the AAOT Sequence Require-
PHL 221 Symbolic Logic ment (Choose 2 from one of the sets below.):
PHL 222 Elementary Aesthetics ATH 101 Introduction to Physical Anthropology
ATH 102 Archaeology & Prehistory
Religion Studies ATH 103 Cultural Anthropology
R 210 World Religions * ATH 207, 208, 209 Cultural Anthropology
ATH 230 Native Americans of Oregon *
ATH 231 Native Americans of the Northwest *
SPEECH
ATH 232 Native North Americans *
SP 100 Introduction to Speech Communication
SP 105 Listening 3 ECONOMICS
SP 111 Public Speaking , 113 Fundamentals of Speech EC 200 Introduction to Economics
SP 227 Non-verbal Communication EC 203 Principles of Economic Issues: Applications to Economic
SP 229 Oral Interpretation 3 Issues
Courses that can be used for the AAOT Sequence EC 216 Labor Markets: Economics of Gender, Race & Work
Requirement: EC 230 Contemporary World Economic Issues: International
Economics
(Choose 2 from one of the sets below.)
EC 285 Introduction to Political Economy
SP 140 Introduction to Intercultural Communication *
and SP 215 Small Group Communication Courses that can be used for the AAOT Sequence Require-
ment:
and/or SP 237 Gender and Communication *
EC 201 Principles of Economics: Microeconomics
and/or SP 214 Interpersonal Communication
EC 202 Principles of Economics: Macroeconomics
SP 112 Persuasion Argument and Debate
and SP 228 Mass Communication
GEOGRAPHY
SP 130 Business and Professional Communication 3
GEO 202 Geography of Europe
and SP 215 Small Group Communication
GEO 204 Geography of Middle East *
and SP 237 Gender and Communication *
GEO 206 Geography of Oregon
THEATER ARTS
142
General Education List
143
General Education List
Courses that can be used for the AAOT Sequence Require- Grading Guidelines
ment (Choose 2):
G 201, 202 Physical Geology and
G 203 Historical Geology Graded System
The traditional graded system uses A, B, C, D, and F, as defined
GENERAL SCIENCE under “Grade Definitions.” Degree or certificate requirements may
designate certain courses as pass/no pass only.
Courses that can be used for the AAOT Sequence Require-
ment (Choose 2 from one of the sets below.):
ESR 171 Environmental Science: Bio Perspectives Pass/No Pass System
ESR 172 Environmental Sci: Chem Perspectives To take a class on a pass/no pass basis, students must make ar-
ESR 173 Environmental Science: Geo Perspectives rangements with the instructor during the first 8 weeks of class. A
pass grade does not satisfy the prerequisite of C or better required
Two of the following courses: for entry into some courses — the English Composition sequence,
GS 106 Physical Science (Geology)
for example. Transfer students should be aware that four-year
GS 107 Physical Science (Astronomy) institutions limit the number of pass/no passes credits that may
GS 108 Physical Science (Oceanography) be applied to a degree. Degree or certificate requirements may
GS 109 Physical Science (Meteorology) prohibit taking certain courses on a pass/no pass basis.
MATHEMATICS
MTH 105 Explorations in Mathematics Grade Definitions
MTH 111B, 111C College Algebra A Superior
MTH 112 Elementary Functions Honor grade indicating excellence. Earned as a result of a combi-
MTH 211, 212, 213 Foundations of Elementary Math I, II, III nation of some or all of the following as outlined by the instructor
MTH 231, 232 Elements of Discrete Mathematics I, II in the course handout: superior examination scores, consistently
MTH 241 Calculus for Management, Life and Social Science accurate and prompt completion of assignments, ability to deal
MTH 243, 244 Statistics I, II resourcefully with abstract ideas, superior mastery of pertinent
MTH 251 Calculus I skills, and excellent attendance. Probable success in a field re-
MTH 252 Calculus II lating to the subject or probable continued success in sequential
courses.
MTH 253 Calculus III
MTH 254 Vector Calculus I II B Above Average
MTH 256 Differential Equations II
Honor grade indicating competence. Earned as a result of a com-
MTH 261 Applied Linear Algebra II
bination of some or all of the following as outlined by the instructor
in the course handout: high examination scores, accurate and
PHYSICS prompt completion of assignments, ability to deal well with abstract
Courses that can be used for the AAOT Sequence Require- ideas, commendable mastery of pertinent skills, and excellent at-
ment (Choose 2 from one of the sets below.): tendance. Probable continued success in sequential courses.
PHY 101, 102, 103 Fundamentals of Physics C Average
PHY 121, 122, 123 Elementary Astronomy
PHY 201, 202, 203 General Physics Standard college grade indicating successful performance
earned as a result of a combination of some or all of the following
PHY 211, 212, 213 General Physics (Calculus)
as outlined by the instructor in the course handout: satisfactory
examination scores, generally accurate and prompt completion
OTHER SCIENCE of assignments, ability to deal with abstract ideas, fair mastery
of pertinent skills, and regular attendance. Sufficient evidence of
FN 225 Nutrition 2 ability to warrant entering sequential courses.
D Substandard but receiving credit.
144
Academic Regulations
Courses with grades of “D,” “F,” “NP,” “I,” or “CIP” and “CIPR” may
Mark Definitions be repeated for a higher grade. All grades earned will appear on
SC Satisfactory Completion the transcript. The first earned grade of “C,” “P,” or better will count
in the accumulated credit total. The first grade of “C” or better will
Mark used when a student satisfactorily completes continuing be used for the GPA calculation.
education units (CEUs).
NSC Not Satisfactory Completion Computing Grade Point Averages
Mark used when a student does not satisfactorily complete Con- Grade points are computed on the basis of four points for each
tinuing Education Units (CEUs). credit of “A”, three points for each credit of “B”, two points for each
credit of “C”, one point for each credit of “D”, and zero points for
I Incomplete each credit of “F”. Grades of “P” and “NP” and marks of “SC,”
“NSC,” “I,” “W,” “X,” “CIP,” “CIPR,” “R,” and “AUD” are disregarded
When the quality of work is satisfactory, but some minor, yet es-
in the computation of the grade point average. The grade point
sential, requirement of the course has not been completed, and
average is the quotient of the total points divided by the total credits
for reasons acceptable to the instructor, a report of “I” may be
in which “A,” “B,” “C,” “D,’ and ”F” are received .
made and additional time granted for completion of the work. If the
course is not completed within a year, the “I” will be administratively
changed to an “NP” unless the instructor submits another grade. Attendance
The conditions for completion of work should be stated in writing, Students are expected to attend all classes in which they are en-
signed by the instructor and the student, and kept on file in the rolled. Repeated absences will affect a student’s grade. Students
department or program office. An “I” may not be assigned as a must follow the published guidelines for dropping/withdrawing from
withdrawal. An “I” does not entitle a student to repeat a course class. If a student has excessive absences and fails to drop/with-
without paying tuition. It may be impossible to receive an “I” in some draw from class by the published deadlines, a grade of “F” may
courses where, for example, equipment usage is required. be assigned. Faculty members are not required to drop students
145
Standards for Student
Academic Progress
for non-attendance. In addition, students who do not attend or minimum 2.00 GPA.
stop attending classes and fail to drop will be responsible for the
2. Student failing to achieve satisfactory progress shall be
associated tuition and fees.
assisted by program faculty or student development staff.
Progress interventions will be as follows:
Grade Changes Academic Alert—At the end of the first term of unsat-
If a student feels that there has been a mistake in a grade, the in- isfactory progress, students will be notified that they
structor should be contacted immediately. If a grade dispute cannot are in academic alert status. They will be encouraged to
be resolved with the instructor, the student may follow the student seek assistance to prevent a recurrence of the problem.
grievance procedure within one year after receiving a grade. Note Academic Probation—At the end of the second consecu-
that requests for grade changes after one year following receipt tive term of unsatisfactory progress, students will be no-
of a grade will not be considered unless the instructor who issued tified that they have been placed on academic probation-
the grade agrees to such consideration. ary status. They will not be allowed to register without
the permission of an academic advisor, counselor, or
Withdrawal Policy program faculty member.
Responsibility for withdrawal from a class within the specified Academic Suspension—At the end of the third consecu-
withdrawal time lines resides with the student. To have tuition tive term of unsatisfactory progress, students will be
charges removed, students must withdraw from the class within the notified that they are suspended from the institution for
first two weeks of the term (or equivalent*). If a student withdraws one year.
from the class in the first four weeks, the class will not appear on 3. In addition, students are expected to complete at least half
the transcript. A withdrawal in the fifth through the eighth week of all credits attempted. Currently enrolled, degree-seeking
will show as a W on the transcript. Students must withdraw before students who: a) attempted 24 or more credits during the pre-
the end of the eighth week, or a grade or mark will be assigned vious academic year and b) failed to complete 50% of those
by the instructor. credits will be
Faculty may deny registered students access to a class if they do identified annually. Those students will receive information about
not attend the first class session or stop attending class anytime college resources and assistance from the dean of student devel-
through the end of the fourth week. Faculty denial of access will not opment. No sanctions will be imposed.
remove student tuition charges. From the fifth week on, faculty may
withdraw a student for lack of attendance. Faculty must indicate
the last date of attendance to withdraw a student; that date must
be within the first eight weeks of the term, although paperwork may
Honor Recognition
be processed later. A faculty-initiated withdrawal does not result
in tuition charges being removed.
Honor Roll
*Time lines stated here refer to an 11-12 week term-length class. The College will recognize academic excellence in students who
Equivalent deadlines must be substituted for classes offered in have earned a 3.25 or higher GPA in a given term on a minimum
shorter formats. of six graded credits, excluding pass/no pass, in a given term. The
following honors will be awarded:
Honor’s List: 3.25 - 3.49
STANDARDS FOR STUDENT Dean’s List: 3.50- 3.74
ACADEMIC PROGRESS President’s List: 3.75 - 4.00
Portland Community College is open to any citizen of the PCC Highest Honors: 3.75 - 4.00 PCC cumulative average
awarded upon graduation.
district who can benefit from the instruction offered. Students
who are not making satisfactory progress will be provided with
counseling, academic advising, and instruction. These services
will be aimed at maximizing opportunities for students to benefit
from their learning experience at PCC.
146
Student Rights and
Responsibilities
Phi Theta Kappa • The right to file a complaint with the Department of Education,
Family Compliance Office, concerning alleged failures by the
Phi Theta Kappa is an honorary society designed for students in college to comply with the requirements of FERPA.
two-year colleges who have established a 3.5 or higher grade point
average. Membership forms are available through the Associated
Students of PCC (ASPCC). Solomon Act
Federal law requires PCC to provide student name, address and
www.pcc.edu/resources/phi-theta-kappa/
telephone number to the military for recruiting purposes.
Buckley Amendment
DISCLOSURE OF STUDENT RE- The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (Statute:
CORDS AND DIRECTORY IN- 20 U.S.C. 1232g; Regulations: 34CFR Part 99) also known as the
Buckley Amendment is a Federal Law which states (a) that a written
FORMATION institutional policy must be established and (b) that a statement
of adopted procedures covering the privacy rights of students be
made available. The law provides that the institution will maintain
Portland Community College Board Policy the confidentiality of student education records. Certain directory
STudent Records B4o7 information is excluded from this law and may be disclosed at the
discretion of the college.
The PCC district shall follow all applicable state and federal
laws, rules, and regulations which apply to student records. All
information contained in the college records which is personally
identifiable to any student shall be kept confidential and not re-
leased except upon prior written consent of the subject student or
Student Rights and
upon the lawful subpoena or other order of a court of competent Responsibilities
jurisdiction. Student information may be shared among college
faculty and staff on an official (need to know) basis
INTRODUCTION
Educational Records Policy This handbook supersedes all previous student handbooks and
The PCC district follows all applicable state and federal laws, rules student grievance procedures and applies to all conduct and ac-
and regulations that apply to Student Records. The Family Edu- tivities effective fall 2008. This handbook shall be made available
cational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) affords students certain to all students in the PCC College Catalog, on the PCC website
rights regarding their educational records. They are: at www.pcc.edu, and in printed form.
• The right to inspect and review the student’s records. The This handbook is not a contract between a student and PCC, and PCC
student may request to review his/her records by submitting reserves the right to modify or revise the contents of this handbook
a written request to the Records Office or other school of- at any time. This handbook is to be construed in a manner that is
ficial having custody of such records; consistent with other College policies and regulations.
147
Student Rights and
Responsibilities
The College’s goal is to provide an atmosphere that encourages Student academic performance shall be evaluated solely on an
individuals to realize their potential. Therefore, it is against the academic basis (which may include attendance and the ability to
College’s policy for any manager, supervisor, faculty, staff, or apply skills), not on the student’s opinions or conduct in matters
student to engage in harassment or discrimination of any member unrelated to academic standards. The course syllabus shall con-
of the College community based on his/her race, color, religion, tain and articulate the evaluation standards and grading criteria
ethnicity, use of native language, national origin, age, sex, marital by which student performance is measured. Students shall have
status, height/weight ratio, disability, or sexual orientation. The the right to grieve their academic evaluation under the Grievance
prohibition against harassment or discrimination based on the use Procedure only if the student believes that these standards and
of native language does not require the College to offer classes criteria were not followed by the instructor, or were not fairly and
in any language other than English. Under the College’s policy, consistently applied to all students.
harassing or discriminatory behaviors will not be tolerated. The
At the same time, students are responsible for meeting standards
College also prohibits retaliation against any person who makes a
of academic performance established for each course in which
good faith complaint of discrimination or harassment and retaliation
they are enrolled.
against any person who in good faith cooperates in an investigation
of alleged harassment or discrimination. Information about student views, beliefs, and political associations
which staff members acquire in the course of their association with
Therefore, it is the responsibility of every member of the College
students is considered confidential.
community to strictly comply with the policy. This includes notify-
ing each employee/student of his or her rights and responsibilities RIGHT OF ACCESS TO, AND PROTECTION FROM IM-
under PCC’s Nonharassment Policy. Management staff will be held PROPER DISCLOSURE OF, STUDENT RECORDS
accountable for taking reasonable action to maintain work sec-
tions and educational environments free of conduct that causes, To minimize the risk of improper disclosure, academic and disciplin-
or reasonably could be considered to cause, intimidation, hostility, ary records shall remain separate. Transcripts of academic records
or discrimination. shall contain only information about academic status.
Any person who believes he or she has been discriminated against Information from disciplinary or counseling files shall not be
or harassed by a College employee, representative or student available to unauthorized persons on campus or to individuals
is encouraged to file a complaint through the Affirmative Action off-campus without the written consent of the student involved,
Office, SSB 301 Cascade, 503-978-5840, or online at www.pcc. except under legal compulsion, in cases where the safety of per-
edu/about/affirmative-action/. Non-affirmative action complaints sons or property is involved, or other disclosures that comply with
are to be filed in accordance with the Student Grievance Procedure the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, Board Policy, and
or Complaint Form. Oregon laws pertaining to education records.
RIGHT TO PROTECTION OF FREEDOM OF EXPRESSION In order to assist students to benefit from courses, programs, and
activities, the College provides limited guidance and counseling
Students shall be free to take reasoned exception to the data or services which students are encouraged to make use of on a
views offered in any course of study and to reserve judgment about voluntary basis. The confidentiality of student record information
matters of opinion, but they are responsible for learning the content obtained by counseling and advising services will be strictly main-
of any course of study in which they are enrolled. tained, except when PCC is legally permitted to disclose student
record information.
As constituents of the academic community, PCC students shall
be free, individually and collectively, to express their views on RIGHT TO FORM STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS
issues of institutional policy and procedures which shall include
the examination and discussion of issues of interest to them and Students may form student clubs and organizations under the
expression of opinions both publicly and privately. They shall be provisions of the ASPCC constitution and campus by-laws. Any
free to invite and to hear persons of their choosing and to sup- chartered student club or officially recognized student organization
port causes by orderly means that do not substantially disrupt the acting through the Associated Students of Portland Community
regular and essential operations of the College. College may invite any person of their own choosing to the campus,
provided the invitation and arrangements are in compliance with
Demonstrations are a legitimate mode of expression, whether established policies of the College.
politically motivated or directed against the college administration,
and will not be prohibited. Demonstrators, however, have no right College procedures must be followed to ensure orderly scheduling of
facilities, adequate preparation for the event, and that activities are
conducted in a manner appropriate for an academic community.
148
Student Rights and
Responsibilities
RIGHT TO SELL AND DISTRIBUTE MATERIALS AND EN- member of the College community. Thus, when a student is admit-
GAGE IN FUND-RAISING ACTIVITIES ted to and/or enrolled at Portland Community College, the student
likewise assumes the obligation to observe standards of conduct
Students have the right to engage in legal incidental sales of per-
which are appropriate to the pursuit of educational goals.
sonal property in private transactions. PCC has not designated any
facilities for this purpose, however, except for the use of designated Students shall generally have an opportunity to participate in the
College bulletin boards. formulation of policies and rules pertaining to student conduct and,
to the extent legally permitted, in the enforcement of such rules.
All fund-raising activities for ASPCC must be approved by the
PCC administration and its Board, however, retain the authority
Campus Student Leadership Coordinator.
to create and enact College policy.
All merchandise, periodicals, magazines, and books offered for
Programs based on contracts with government agencies or ex-
commercial sale may be sold only through the College bookstores
ternal funding sources operated outside of the comprehensive
or College food services except when within district policy and
campuses may adopt separate conduct procedures consistent
approved by the Campus President or designee.
with Portland Community College’s Code of Student Conduct, the
All free publications not in violation of state laws, federal laws, program’s goals, and the principle of due process for all parties.
and/or College rules, such as books, magazines, newspapers,
Portland Community College may take appropriate disciplinary ac-
handbills, leaflets, and similar materials may be distributed on
tion when student conduct deemed by the Dean of Student Develop-
campus. Any persons desiring to distribute publications shall first
ment or designee to be disruptive to the operation of the College,
register with the Campus President or designee on the campus at
or constitutes one or more of the behaviors identified below.
which distribution is contemplated so that reasonable areas and
times can be assured and the activities of the College will not be VIOLATIONS
interfered with.
Disciplinary action may result from the commission of any of the
All handbills, leaflets, newspapers, and similar materials must actions listed herein, or any violation of civil or criminal law while on
bear the name and address of the organization and/or individual College property or while engaged in any College activity.
distributing the materials.
1. Academic cheating or plagiarism or aiding or abetting cheat-
Printed materials shall not be placed on any vehicle parked on ing or plagiarism, which may also result in academic penal-
campus. ties under the College’s Academic Integrity Policy.
RIGHT TO ACCESS COLLEGE FACILITIES 2. Furnishing false information to the College with the intent to
deceive the College or any person or agency.
Students have the right of access to College facilities, subject to
ordinary schedules and policies and regulations governing the use 3. Forgery, alteration, or misuse of College documents, records
of each facility. When using these facilities, the student has the or identification cards whether in written or electronic form.
responsibility to respect these regulations and to comply with the 4. Unauthorized use or access of College electronic communi-
spirit and intent of the rules governing facility use. Chartered ASPCC cations media, equipment, files, or data, or failure to comply
student clubs have free access to facilities unless additional services with the “PCC Technical Terms of Usage Policy”: www.pcc.
(custodial, Campus Safety, etc.) are required. edu/library/policies/aup.htm
When faced with a situation which he/she determines is likely to 5. Abuse, harassment, intimidation, or threats by any means to-
or does disrupt the order of the College, threatens the health and ward a student, staff member, vendor, visitor, or invited guest
welfare of the College community, or that interferes with the in- of the college.
gress and/or egress of persons from College facilities, the Campus 6. Malicious destruction, damage, or misuse of College or
President or designee shall have the authority to: private property.
1. Prohibit the entry of any person or persons, or to withdraw 7. Theft or conversion of College property.
the license or privilege of any person or group of persons to
8. Failure to comply with the College’s Service and Assistance
enter or remain upon any portion of a College facility; or
Animal Guidelines. www.pcc.edu/resources/disability/animal.htm
2. Give notice against trespass by any manner specified by law
9. Failure to comply with the lawful directions of College person-
to any person, persons, or group of persons against whom
nel acting in performance of their duties.
the license or privilege has been withdrawn or who have
been prohibited from entering into or remaining within a Col- 10. Unwanted contact or communication of any nature with
lege facility. another student or a staff member after being advised by
a College official or the other student that such contact or
Any student (s) disobeying a directive given by the Campus President
communication is unwelcome.
or designee, pursuant to the statements above, shall be subject to
disciplinary action, and/or criminal trespass laws. 11. Any behavior that is disruptive to the educational or adminis-
trative processes of the College as determined by a College
official.
CODE OF STUDENT CONDUCT
12. Interference by force or by violence (or by threat of force or
GENERAL POLICIES violence) with any administrator, faculty or staff member, or
Admission to Portland Community College carries with it the pre- student at the College who is in the discharge or conduct of
sumption that the student will conduct him/herself as a responsible his/her duties or studies.
149
Student Rights and
Responsibilities
13. Possession, consumption, being under the influence, or authorized to take such steps as are necessary when behavior of
furnishing of alcoholic beverages (as identified by federal a student interrupts the normal class procedure. When behavior
or state law) on College-owned or controlled property or is so serious as to result in expulsion from the class, the faculty
at College or student organization supervised functions, member may remove the student from one class session or the
except as provided by rules and procedures of the Portland equivalent. For non-classroom environments, conduct violation will
Community College Board of Directors. be handled expeditiously. Violations may also require a conference
among the student, the instructor and/or Division Dean to identify
14. Possession, consumption, being under the influence, or
and set conditions for his/her return to the class. Permanent re-
furnishing of any narcotic or dangerous drug, as defined by
moval of a student from a class or classes may only be imposed
ORS 475 and ORS 167.203 to 167.252 [as now law or here-
by the Dean of Student Development or designee pursuant to the
inafter amended], except when use or possession is lawfully
provisions of the Code of Student Conduct.
prescribed by an authorized medical doctor or dentist.
15. Failure to disperse when an assembly is ordered to disperse The Dean of Student Development or designee may impose the fol-
by College officials. lowing sanctions for violations of the Code of Student Conduct:
16. Failure to comply with a notice against trespass. 1. Expulsion from Portland Community College (i.e., permanent
removal of the privilege to attend Portland Community Col-
17. Failure to comply with the following rules regarding firearms
lege);
and weapons:
2. Suspension from Portland Community College for a definite
a. The use, carrying, exhibiting, or displaying of any weapon
period of time and/or pending the satisfaction of conditions
(as defined by Oregon Revised Statute 161.015), or facsimi-
for re-admission, (i.e., suspension of the privilege to attend
les thereof, is prohibited on or in College facilities, except
Portland Community College).
as provided by Oregon law or when approved by College
administration for official College activities. 3. Removal from class(es) for which the student is currently
registered;
b. Explosives, incendiary devices, or any facsimiles thereof
are prohibited on or in College facilities, except as provided 4. Restitution for damages;
by Oregon law, or when approved by College administration
5. A specified period of college and/or community service;
for official College activities.
6. Disciplinary probation with or without the loss of privileges
c. The above rules do not apply to equipment or materials
for a definite period of time. The violation of the terms of the
owned, used, or maintained by the College, used by the
disciplinary probation or the breaking of any College rule dur-
College or under College direction, nor to law enforcement
ing the probation period may be grounds for suspension or
officers or campus security personnel.
expulsion from the College;
18. Violations of published College regulations, including those
7. Disciplinary admonition and warning.
related to entry and use of College facilities, the rules in this
Section, and any other College regulations which may be 8. Any other sanction the College deems educationally appro-
enacted. priate.
19. Conduct that substantially interferes with the College’s The parents or guardian of any student under 16 years of age who
educational responsibility of ensuring the opportunity for all receives a sanction under the Code of Student Conduct shall be
members of the College community to attain their educa- notified.
tional objectives, or the College’s subsidiary responsibilities,
DISCIPLINARY DUE PROCESS HEARING
which may include, but are not limited to: record-keeping, PROCEDURES
providing miscellaneous services, and sponsoring out-of-
class activities, such as lectures, concerts, athletic events, In keeping with the educational purposes of the College, disciplin-
and social functions. ary actions other than those requiring expulsion are intended to
be remedial rather than punitive. Often disciplinary proceedings
If a student is charged or convicted of an off-campus violation of the
will be conducted informally between the student(s) and the Dean
law, the matter shall be no cause for disciplinary action by the College
of Student Development or designee.
unless there is a reasonable possibility, as determined by the Dean of
Student Development or designee, that the behavior is substantially 1. Students in violation of institutional regulations or civil or
likely to disrupt the educational process of the College. criminal law shall be so informed.
SANCTIONS 2. During investigation of the charges, the status of the student
shall not be altered nor shall his/her right to be present on the
The District Board has directed the College President, pursuant campus and to attend classes be suspended except for rea-
to ORS 341.290, to establish administrative rules to govern the sons related to the safety and well-being of students, faculty,
College and its students, and to administer disciplinary action. staff, or College property, or which relate to or interfere with
Board Policy B213 the orderly operation of the College, as determined by the
Each faculty member is responsible for class conduct and is Dean of Student Development or designee.
3. The student has the right to appeal any disciplinary (as distinct
from academic) action to the Campus President or designee
solely on the basis of alleged procedural violation(s). If a violation
is found to have occurred, the Campus President or designee will
150
Academic Integrity Policy
Step 3: After considering the evidence in the case and interview- • Students must follow all written and/or verbal instructions
ing persons as appropriate, the Dean of Student Development, or given by instructors or designated college representatives
designee, may take one of the following actions: prior to taking examinations, placement assessments, tests,
quizzes, and evaluations.
a. Terminate the proceedings, exonerating the student.
• Students are responsible for adhering to course require-
b. Dismiss the case after appropriate counseling and advice. ments as specified by the instructor in the course syllabus.
c. Impose an appropriate sanction as described above.
The student will be notified in writing of the decision of the Dean of
FORMS OF ACADEMIC DISHONESTY
Student Development or designee. If the student decides to appeal Actions constituting violations of academic integrity include, but
the decision on the basis of alleged violation of due process, he or are not limited to, the following:
she may do so by filing a written appeal with the Campus President
or designee within 7 calendar days of the decision. The Campus Plagiarism: the use of another’s words, ideas, data, or product
President or designee shall render a decision regarding the alleged without appropriate acknowledgment, such as copying another’s
violation of due process within 7 calendar days of its filing. work, presenting someone else’s opinions and theories as one’s
own, or working jointly on a project and then submitting it as
READMISSION AFTER SUSPENSION one’s own.
A student suspended from the College may be readmitted only Cheating: the use or attempted use of unauthorized materials,
on written petition to the campus Dean of Student Development information, or study aids; or an act of deceit by which a student
or designee. Petitions must, if applicable, indicate how specific attempts to misrepresent academic skills or knowledge; unauthor-
reinstatement conditions have been met and reasons which sup- ized copying or collaboration.
port reconsideration. The Dean of Student Development or des-
ignee shall convey his/her decision in writing to the student; and Fabrication: intentional misrepresentation or invention of any infor-
in the case of non-readmission, shall express his/her reasons mation, such as falsifying research, inventing or exaggerating data,
in writing. The decision of the Dean of Student Development or or listing incorrect or fictitious references.
designee is final.
151
Academic Integrity Policy
Collusion: assisting another to commit an act of academic dishon- a verbal or written warning, or a grade of “F” or “NP” on an
esty, such as paying or bribing someone to acquire a test or as- assignment, project, or examination, or no further action. If
signment, taking a test or doing an assignment for someone else, the accused student contests the faculty member’s decision,
or allowing someone to do these things for one’s own benefit. a hearing with the division dean may be requested in writing
to the division dean within 10 days of the time the student is
Academic Misconduct: the intentional violation of college policies, notified of the faculty member’s decision. A hearing request-
such as tampering with grades, misrepresenting one’s identity, ed by a student under this section is informally conducted
or taking part in obtaining or distributing any part of a test or any by the division dean, who may take steps he or she deems
information about the test. appropriate to resolve the conflict.
6. If the faculty member wishes to initiate further action (e.g. as-
PENALTIES FOR ACADEMIC DISHONESTY sign a lower grade or a grade of “F” or “NP” for the course),
If a student is found guilty of violating academic integrity, any one the student is entitled to a hearing with the division dean.
or a combination of the following penalties may be imposed by The faculty member submits a copy of the Academic Dishon-
the faculty member: esty Report form and any additional evidence to the division
dean within 10 days of the alleged act of academic dishon-
• Verbal or written warning esty, which initiates the hearing process.
• A grade of “F” or “NP” for the assignment, project, or exami- 7. Within 10 days of receiving an Academic Dishonesty Report
nation form, the division dean notifies all parties in writing of the
The following penalty may be imposed by the faculty member only date, time and location of the hearing. At the hearing, the
after a hearing conducted by the division dean: faculty member and division dean present charges and allow
the student to present his/ her side of the case. The student
• A grade of “F” or “NP” for the course, overriding a student may bring an advisor, who may advise the student but not
withdrawal from the course present the case. If the student misses the hearing, the facul-
The Dean of Student Development may also issue the following ty member and division dean may proceed with the process
disciplinary sanctions, in accordance with the Code of Student to completion. The division dean will consider any evidence
Conduct: submitted within seven days of the hearing, and interview
persons as warranted. The division dean determines if the
• Disciplinary admonition and warning action recommended by the faculty member is appropriate.
• Disciplinary probation with or without the loss of privileges 8. Within 10 days of the hearing, the division dean sends
for a definite period of time. The violation of the terms of the written notification of the results to the student and faculty
disciplinary probation or the breaking of any college rule dur- member.
ing the probation period may be grounds for suspension or
9. Within 10 days of the notification, the student may submit a
expulsion from the college.
written appeal to the dean of instruction. The decision of the
• Suspension from Portland Community College for a definite dean of instruction is final.
period of time. (i.e., suspension of the privilege to attend
10. The division dean sends a final report to the dean of student
Portland Community College)
development. The dean of student development may also
• Expulsion from Portland Community College (i.e., removal of issue the following disciplinary sanctions, in accordance with
the privilege to attend Portland Community College) the Code of Student Conduct:
• Disciplinary admonition and warning.
ACADEMIC DISHONESTY COMPLAINT AND HEAR-
ING PROCEDURES • Disciplinary probation with or without the loss of privileges
for a definite period of time. The violation of the terms of the
1. The faculty member observing or investigating the apparent disciplinary probation or the breaking of any college rule dur-
act of academic dishonesty documents the commission of ing the probation period may be grounds for suspension or
the act, usually by writing down the time, date, place, and a expulsion from the college.
description of the act.
• Suspension from Portland Community College for a definite
2. The faculty member collects evidence, often by photocopy- period of time. (i.e., suspension of the privilege to attend Port-
ing the plagiarized assignment and creating a paper trail land Community College).
of all that occurs after the alleged act of academic dishon-
esty. Often the evidence will include various samples of the • Expulsion from Portland Community College (i.e., removal of
student’s work showing a radical disparity in style or ability. the privilege to attend Portland Community College).
152
Consensual Relationship
Statement
GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE INTRODUCTION are available at campus ASPCC and Dean of Student Devel-
opment Offices and online at www.pcc.edu.
Students enrolled at Portland Community College may use the
Grievance Procedure to challenge decisions and/or actions taken b. Within 14 calendar days, the Administrator will objectively
by college faculty and staff that are alleged to violate their rights investigate the grievance, consult and share appropriate
as defined in the Student Rights Section of the Student Rights information with all involved parties, consider relevant evi-
and Responsibilities Handbook. This procedure does not apply dence, and render a decision in writing to the student and the
to any other dispute. campus Dean of Student Development.
The student will be allowed to have an advocate of his/her choice Step 3: Appeal to Dean of Instruction or Dean of Student Devel-
(such as a PCC Counselor or Advisor, or student government opment
representative) present in meetings throughout the grievance a. The student may appeal the decision in Step 2 if (1)
process. Advocates are not permitted to present the case, but may PCC procedures were not followed or (2) there is relevant
advise the student. Both the College and the student may seek evidence that was not available during Step 2. An appeal
legal advice at their own expense; however, neither the College nor must be made within 14 calendar days to the campus Dean
the student shall be represented by a lawyer during any grievance of Instruction for academic evaluation grievances, or to the
meeting or hearing involving the College and the student. campus Dean of Student Development for other grievances
Programs based on contracts with government agencies or ex- as defined in the Student Rights Section of the Student
ternal funding sources operated outside of the comprehensive Rights and Responsibilities Handbook. The student must
campuses may adopt separate grievance procedures consistent submit written justification for further review and provide
with Portland Community College’s Grievance Procedure, the evidence that there are grounds for the appeal.
program’s goals, and the principle of due process for all parties. b. The Dean will objectively investigate how the grievance
process was conducted in Step 2, consult with all involved
Concerns involving harassment or discrimination by a college
parties, consider relevant evidence that was not available or
staff member on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, sexual ori-
not considered during Step 2, and render a decision in writing.
entation, age, national origin, disability, or veteran status should
The decision will be final and not subject to appeal.
be directed to the College’s Affirmative Action Officer. Concerns
involving harassment or discrimination by a student on the basis
of race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, age, national origin, REPORTING, RECORDING, AND MAINTAINING
disability, or veteran status should be directed to the campus Dean RECORDS
of Student Development. When the grievance is concluded, all documentation shall be
Any other complaint about college services, programs, or activities forwarded to the campus Dean of Student Development, who will
not addressed in the Student Rights Section of the Student Rights maintain them in accordance with the state archival policies.
and Responsibilities Handbook should be put in writing and sent
to the campus Dean of Student Development or designee, who
will forward it to the appropriate administrator. Complaint Forms
CONSENSUAL RELATIONSHIP
are available at any campus ASPCC Office, Information Booth,
or Admissions Office.
STATEMENT
Portland Community College’s mission is to offer an atmosphere
GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE that encourages the full realization of each individual’s potential.
Step 1: Communicate with the Faculty/Staff Member: This mission is promoted by professionalism in the relationships
that faculty and staff have with students. These relationships are
a. The student must directly communicate with the faculty/ intended to foster free and open exchange of ideas, productive
staff member involved within 30 calendar days of the event learning, and the work that supports it.
that is the subject of the grievance. Otherwise the student
forfeits the right to grieve the issue. The student is encour- In addition, those who supervise or evaluate the work of students must
aged to put the grievance in writing, including a specific be perceived to be making their decisions fairly and without favoritism.
description of the problem, the reasons the student believes This mission is potentially jeopardized when faculty/staff enter into
his/her rights have been violated as defined in the Student consensual romantic relationships with their students.
Rights Section of the Student Rights and Responsibilities Faculty and staff are cautioned that consensual romantic relation-
Handbook, and a proposed remedy. ships with their students can prove to be unwise and problematic,
Step 2: Submit a Grievance Form to the Dean of Student Devel- and should be avoided. When consensual romantic relationships
opment: occur, questions of fairness, favoritism, and coercion arise:
a. In cases where the problem is not resolved through • Such relationships may undermine the real or perceived
direct communication with the faculty/staff member integrity of the supervision provided, and the particular trust
involved, the student will submit a Grievance Form, with inherent in the student-faculty relationship.
supporting evidence, to the campus Dean of Student • Relationships in which one party is in a position to review the
Development or designee within 14 calendar days of the work, or influence the career of the other may provide grounds
communication with the faculty/staff member. The Dean of for complaint when that relationship appears to give undue ac-
Student Development or designee will review the grievance cess or advantage, restricts opportunities, or creates a hostile
and refer it to the appropriate Administrator. Grievance Forms
153
Children on PCC Properties
• Testing centers
CHILDREN ON PCC • Classrooms (when the Instructor determines that the pres-
ence of children would be unsuitable)
PROPERTIES • Laboratories and laboratory preparation areas
Children are welcome on Portland Community College campuses • Scientific, technical and maintenance work spaces
and properties in appropriate situations and while actively su- • Fine or performing arts work spaces or studios
pervised by a parent, guardian, or responsible adult. This policy
outlines the College’s approach to ensuring that reasonable steps • Areas that contain hazardous chemicals,
are taken to protect the study and work environment of the College, machinery or equipment
and the health, safety, and liability issues associated with children • Commercial kitchens and other food
on PCC properties. preparation areas
• Fitness centers
SCOPE Other areas may be identified as unsuitable for children as a
This policy applies to minor children under the age of 16 who are result of a risk assessment and supervisors of the respective
not officially enrolled in classes or employed by the College. This areas are required to inform staff and students of requirements
policy does not apply to organized activities such as attending a or restrictions.
registered child care facility, after school care activities, school
field trips, and approved programs including, but not limited to,
athletic events, theater productions, art programs, and other events
targeted to children.
Students under the age of 16 who are officially enrolled, and for
whom an authorized Underage Release form is on file with the
Admissions Office, have the same rights, responsibilities and
privileges of any other student in the classroom and on college
properties.
154
Responsibility of the College
Alaskan Native 1% 1%
• To provide an environment conducive to study and work for
all students, staff and visitors. Asian,
• To provide a healthy and safe study and work environment Pacific Islander 9% 9%
for all students, staff and visitors and to comply with legisla-
Hispanic 7% 13%
tive requirements.
• To take reasonable steps to assist students, staff and visitors International 3% 3%
who may have special needs to enable access to facilities
and services. Equal Opportunity Statement
155
Core Outcomes
156
PCC Campuses
District residents showed continuing support for their college in Hillsboro Education Center
1980, and again in 1986 as they voted to increase the PCC tax 102 SW Washington Street
base. Enrollment growth of 25 percent since 1986 led voters to ap- Hillsboro, OR 97123
prove a $61.4 million bond measure in 1992 to expand facilities at 503-615-6801
all campuses, and repair and upgrade existing buildings. In 2000, www.pcc.edu/hec
voters approved another bond measure for $144 million.
Located in downtown Hillsboro, the center houses four classrooms
As a result of the bond measure, the college opened new buildings with state-of-the-art audio/visual equipment and a 30-station
at all three comprehensive campuses in 2003 and 2004, and built a computer lab.
new Southeast Center on SE 82nd and Division in January 2004. Dr.
Preston Pulliams was hired as PCC’s fifth president in 2004. Classes are offered mornings, afternoons, evenings and Satur-
days. A variety of transfer courses are offered along with classes
in computers and graphic design. Pre-college reading, writing and
PCC Campuses math are also offered. English for Speakers of Other Languages
(ESOL) classes are scheduled year round.
The college has three comprehensive campuses which provide Academic advising and placement testing are available during
lower-division college transfer courses, two-year associate degree normal business hours.
programs, and career/technical training programs. The Extended
Learning Campus provides adult basic education, job training Extended Learning Campus
and retraining, small business development and life enrichment Campus President: Dr. Nan Poppe
courses for residents in more than 200 district locations. Cam- 2305 SE 82nd
puses and centers are strategically located throughout the district Portland, Oregon 97216
to be within easy access of residents. PCC’s Extended Learning Campus (ELC) serves students district-
wide by offering a wide variety of programs at locations throughout
Cascade Campus
the PCC service district. The programs include credit transfer
Campus President: Dr. Algie Gatewood
programs, Workforce Training and Development, Adult Basic Skills,
705 N Killingsworth
English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL), Community Edu-
Portland, Oregon, 97217
cation, Career Pathways and alternative high school programs.
PCC’s Cascade Campus is located in the urban heart of the city
of Portland and serves about 6,600 students each year. Its neigh- The ELC has four main sites:
borhood is diverse, lively and close-knit. The campus offers a full Southeast Center
array of educational offerings, including the first two years of the 2305 SE 82nd and Division
university courses where students can earn an associate degree Portland, Oregon 97216
and 27 career/technical degree and certificate offerings.
The center serves as the hub for all Extended Learning Campus
Rock Creek Campus programs. Students at this site can complete the first year of a
Campus President: Dr. Katherine Persson college transfer degree and courses range from art, history, writ-
17705 NW Springville Road ing and math, to business administration, economics and general
Portland, Oregon, 97229-1744 science. Career technical programs in Management and Supervi-
While Rock Creek has a Portland address, it sits about 12 miles sory Development and Occupational Skills are also offered. Other
west of downtown in the rapidly growing Beaverton-Hillsboro area programs include alternative high school programs, Gateway to
of Washington County. The 256-acre campus provides a beautiful College, Adult Basic Skills (ABE, GED, ESL) and the Regional
setting for both college transfer and career/technical programs and Dislocated Workers Program.
annually serves 8,600 students. The campus provides a model for A variety of Community Education activities and courses take
partnerships with area high schools. A new Science and Technology place in the dance studio, fitness center, ceramics studio and
building houses classroom and laboratory instruction. photography darkroom.
Sylvania Campus The Central Portland Workforce Training Center
Campus President: Dr. Linda Gerber 1626 SE Water Avenue
12000 SW 49th Avenue Portland, Oregon 97214-3336
Portland, Oregon, 97219-7132
This center houses the Institute for Health Professionals, which
Sylvania is located in suburban Southwest Portland between provides continuing education for professionals in a variety of
Lake Oswego, Tigard and downtown Portland. It is the largest health related fields. An array of Community Education courses
campus, serving more than 26,000 students annually and is home are also offered at this downtown location. Other programs and
for numerous PCC programs. Sylvania provides college transfer, courses include continuing education in computer training and
career/technical and developmental education. The library and vendor certification, Small Business Development courses,
theater facilities are a focal point of the campus. English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) and the Senior
Studies Institute.
157
PCC Campuses
158
Board of Trustees
Board of Trustees
Peter Bauer, President
Ella Booth
Thane Cleland
Tom Fahey
Michael J. Gentry
Ken Madden
Matt Morton
Vanessa Nelson
Sarah Petrone
Harvey Platt
Barbara Raz
Mary Savage
Alex Zatarain
159
Course Descriptions
PCC is committed to offering instruction providing students with the GRN: Gerontology ......................................................................... 211
opportunity for self-improvement, entry level employment skills and to
HEC: Consumer and Family Studies (except 226, 250, 280A) ................ 212
complete the first two years of a baccalaureate degree. The following
prefixes describe the primary intent of the courses offered: HIM: Health Information Management ......................................... 213
ALC: Alternative Learning Center . ................................................ 163 ID: Interior Design ......................................................................... 215
DE: Developmental Education ....................................................... 187 INSP: Building Inspection Technology . ........................................ 216
ESOL: English for Speakers of Other Languages . ........................ 199 ITP: Sign Language Interpretation . .............................................. 217
LA: Paralegal ................................................................................. 219
AB: Auto Collision Repair Technology . ......................................... 162 MA: Medical Assisting .................................................................. 221
AD: Alcohol and Drug Counselor .................................................. 162 MCH: Machine Manufacturing Technology . ................................. 221
AM: Automotive Service Technology ............................................ 164 MLT: Medical Laboratory Technology . ......................................... 224
AMT: Aviation Maintenance Technology ....................................... 164 MM: Multimedia ............................................................................ 225
ARCH: Architectural Design and Drafting ..................................... 167 MRI: Magnetic Resonance Imaging .............................................. 226
ASEP: Automotive Service Educational Program ......................... 170 MSD: Management & Supervisory Development ......................... 227
AVS: Aviation Science ................................................................... 172 MT: Microelectronic Technology . ................................................. 230
BA: Business Administration (only 141) . .......................................... 173 MUC: Professional Music . ............................................................ 233
BCT: Building Construction Technology . ...................................... 174 NUR: Nursing ................................................................................ 236
BIT: Bioscience .............................................................................. 177 OMT: Ophthalmic Medical Technology ......................................... 237
CAS: Computer Applications . ....................................................... 178 OS: Office Systems ....................................................................... 238
CIS: Computer Information Systems (except 120, 121, 122) ................. 181 PST: Occupational Skills Training ................................................. 243
CJA: Criminal Justice (only 230, 244) ................................................. 183 RAD: Radiography ........................................................................ 243
CMET: Civil and Mechanical Engineering Technology .................. 185 RE: Real Estate .............................................................................. 245
DA: Dental Assisting ..................................................................... 187 VT: Veterinary Technology ............................................................ 251
DRF: Drafting Technology and Design .......................................... 188 *Many professional and technical courses are applicable to the bac-
calaureate degree. Check with the BA-granting institution.
DS: Diesel Service Technology ..................................................... 189
DST: Dealer Service Technician .................................................... 189 LOWER DIVISION COLLEGIATE COURSES
DT: Dental Technology .................................................................. 190 (only course numbers 100-299 are LDC at PCC)
ECE: Early Education and Family Studies ..................................... 191 ART: Art ......................................................................................... 168
ED: Education (only 101-105, 109, 111-116, 151, 171, 260, 290) ...................... 193 ASL: American Sign Language ..................................................... 170
EET: Electronic Engineering Technology . ..................................... 194 ATH: Anthropology . ...................................................................... 171
ELT: Electrical Trades .................................................................... 195 BA: Business Administration** (except 141) ..................................... 173
EMT: Emergency Medical Technician . .......................................... 197 CG: Counseling and Guidance** (except 101, 102) ............................. 180
FMT: Facilities Maintenance Technology ...................................... 203 CHLA: Chicano/Latino Studies ..................................................... 181
FN: Foods and Nutrition (except 225, 270) . ......................................... 203 CIS: Computer Information Systems (only 120, 121, 122) ................... 181
FP: Fire Protection ........................................................................ 203 CJA: Criminal Justice (except 230, 244) .............................................. 183
GD: Graphic Design . ..................................................................... 208 CSS: Crop Soil Science ................................................................. 186
160
Course Descriptions
161
Course Descriptions
Auto Collision Repair Technology AB 114 Auto Painting IIIA 6.00: Introduces safe use Alcohol and Drug Counselor
of Base coat/Clear coat, Pearl coat, and Tri-coat ure-
AB 100 Autobody Basic Skills 12.00: Introduces thane systems. Emphasizes spot repair, color matching AD 101 Alcohol Use and Addiction: 3.00: Basic
oxy-acetylene welding, use of hand tools, equipment, and blending. Covers surface preparation and proper overview of addiction with emphasis on alcohol ad-
and procedures in replacing and aligning auto body masking techniques for these products. diction. Considers physiology, psychology, treatment,
components including the use of MIG welders in auto prevention, recovery and relapse. Required for students
body repair. Develops skills in repair of auto body AB 115 Auto Painting IIIB 6.00: Review and practice wishing to enter the Alcohol and Drug Counselor
metals. Discusses damage analysis and how dents are all previously learned painting skills on customer and Program. AD 102 Drug Use and Addiction Drug Use
reshaped to original contours. school-owned cars. and Addiction Considers current drug use and psycho-
logical/behavioral aspects of client misuse or addiction.
AB 101 AB Basic Skills I 6.00: Introduces oxy- AB 116 Auto Painting I 12.00: Develops knowledge Includes drug chemistry, physiological effects of drug
acetylene welding, use and care of hand tools and shop and skills in care and use of all painting equipment, shop use upon the body and specific treatment formats and
equipment, types and placement of currently used auto safety, conservation of materials, surface preparation techniques.
body steels, type of construction and repair procedures for application of paint, application techniques, color
including procedures used in replacing and aligning matching and basic taping techniques. AD 103 Women and Addiction 3.00: Investigates
hoods, fenders and other body components. patterns of alcohol and drug use and abuse by women in
AB 117 Auto Painting II 12.00: Introduces safe use our society. Explores models of treatment and recovery
AB 102 AB Basic Skills II 6.00: Develops skills in use of single stage urethane, advanced masking techniques, specific to the needs of women and the relationship of
of and maintenance of MIG welders as applied to auto small dent repair and detailing. Review and practice of substance abuse to social issues.
body repair. Develops skills in repair of auto body met- all previously learned painting skills on customer and
als. Damage analysis is discussed and small dents are school owned cars. Prerequisite: AB 116. AD 104 Multicultural Counseling 3.00: Focuses
reshaped to the original contour of the auto body panel. on diversity of populations using addiction counseling
AB 103 Panel Repair I Panel Repair I Develops skills in AB 118 Auto Painting III 12.00: Introduces safe services. Emphasizes developing sensitivity to relevant
repair of small dents. Safe use of grinders, sanders, and use of pearl and tri-coat urethane base coat/clear coat cultural differences and building skills in addressing
assorted hand tools will be practiced. Paint preparation systems. Emphasizes spot repair, color matching, them.
also discussed. Prerequisites: AB 101, AB 102. blending and plastic part refinishing. Covers surface
preparation and proper masking techniques for these AD 105 Aging & Addiction 3.00: Covers drug and
AB 104 Panel Repair II 6.00: Develop skills in products. Prerequisites: AB 116, 117. alcohol addiction among older adults, including pre-
repair of damaged panels on program and customer scription and other drugs and alcohol, used either along
vehicles. Safe use of grinders, sanders, and assorted AB 121 Estimating 3.00: Damage appraisal relating or in combination. As tolerance to the effects of alcohol
hand tools will be practiced. Prerequisites: AB 101, AB to collision repair and use of crash estimating guides are and other drugs decline, aging adults have higher risk
102. AB 105 Frame Analysis & Repair Frame Analysis applied to major and minor vehicle damage. factors. Addresses issues specific to aging, including
& Repair Covers structural misalignment analysis, use late onset addiction, effects of use on performance of
AB 201 Panel Replacement 12.00: Covers replacing
of measuring systems, structural repair procedures, activities of daily living, treatment issues and co-oc-
new and used weld-on panels, such as rocker panels, quar-
and wheel alignment. Prerequisites: AB 100 or AB 101 curing disorders such as depression or other chronic
ter panels and rear body panels. Includes preparation and
and AB 102. illnesses. A multicultural perspective is used, including
installation of cosmetic and structural weld-on panels.
the role of social class and gender issues.
AB 106 Panel Repair 12.00: Develop skills in repair
AB 205 Technical Skills and Collision Repair
of practice panels, school owned vehicles, and customer AD 150 Basic Counseling and Addiction 3.00:
12.00: Develops knowledge and manipulation skills
cars. Safe use of grinders, sanders, assorted hand tools, Introduces basic skills required for establishing an ef-
required for the complete repair of a collision damaged
and pulling equipment will be applied and practiced. fective professional helping relationship. Emphasizes
vehicle by understanding and testing the safety and
Paint fundamentals, preparation, and application will in-class practice and feedback. Prerequisite: AD 101.
comfort features found on current vehicles. Prerequi-
be discussed. Prerequisite/concurrent: WR 122.
sites: AB 100, 105, 106 and 201.
AB 110 Auto Painting IA 6.00: Introduces care and AD 151 Basic Counsel Skills Mastery 1.00:
AB 280A CE / Auto Body 1.00–10.00: Focuses on
use of all paint equipment, shop safety and surface Provides an opportunity to demonstrate a minimum
demonstrating knowledge of auto body repair. Observe
preparation for solid color materials. Emphasizes level of facilitative skills required for initial practicum
and obtain hands-on experience matching their learning
urethane undercoats, spot repair, color matching, and placement. Demonstrate mastery in responding to cli-
objectives. Credits are determined by total clock hours
blending with urethane base coat. Covers masking ent behavior, content, feelings and meaning, through
spent on site during the term. Must be coordinated
techniques. in-class practice and videotape review. Offered on a
with supervisor, instructor and cooperative education
pass/no pass basis only. Prerequisite: AD 101. Pre-
AB 111 Auto Painting IB 6.00: Introduces care and specialist. Department permission required.
requisite/concurrent: WR 122.
use of all paint equipment, shop safety and surface
AB 280B CE / Auto Body Repair - Seminar 1.00–
preparation for metallic color materials. Emphasizes AD 152 Group Counsel and Addiction 3.00:
urethane undercoat, spot repair, color matching, and 2.00: Provides opportunity to share work experiences
Provides exposure to the concepts of group process,
blending with urethane base coat. Covers masking and receive feedback from students and instructors.
group development and leader facilitation skills. Special
techniques. Department permission required.
emphasis on group therapy and the addiction counselor.
AB 9120 Auto Body Restoration 3.00: Develops Prerequisite: AD 101. Prerequisite/concurrent: WR 122.
AB 112 Auto Painting IIA 6.00: Introduces safe use
of solid color enamel and single stage urethane systems. knowledge and manipulation skills required for vehicle
AD 153 Theories of Counseling 3.00: Basic theo-
Emphasizes spot repair, color matching and blending. restoration by understanding the processes used in
ries of counseling, emphasizing treatment of addiction.
Covers surface preparation and proper masking tech- welding, metal forming and finishing, rust repair, and
Developmental model of recovery is used as a basis
niques for these products. panel alignment.
for discussion and comparison of the various theories.
AB 9121 Vintage Auto Restor Process 2.00: Intro- Prerequisite: AD 101.
AB 113 Auto Painting IIB 6.00: Introduces safe use
of metallic enamel and single stage metallic urethane duces restoration of antique and vintage automobiles.
AD 154 Client Record Management and Ad-
systems. Emphasizes spot repair, color matching and Develops knowledge in the process of researching,
diction 3.00: Provides the student the knowledge
blending. Covers surface preparation and proper mask- purchasing, and restoring all components pertaining
and skills needed to plan treatment and manage client
ing techniques for these products. to vintage vehicles.
records. Explores methods for making decisions regard-
162
Course Descriptions
ing goals and objectives to be reached by clients during ways to communicate credible evaluation results to policy domains of prevention, and integration of academic
and after treatment. Covers all aspects of client record makers, funding sources and the media. Considers how to preparation with “real world” experience. Prerequisite:
management including federal and state regulations advocate for prevention resources and include research AD 101, AD 102, AD 241, AD 242, WR 121. Prerequisite
and American Society of Addiction Medicine (ASAM) based best practices. or concurrent: WR 122. Corequisite: AD 280C. Student
placement criteria. Prerequisite: AD 101. Prerequisite/ must document two years of not abusing alcohol and
concurrent: WR 122. AD 250 Advanced Counseling and Addiction other drugs, and pass the criminal history check as
3.00: Designed to enhance the professional knowledge outlined in ACCBO Certified Prevention Specialist
AD 155 Motivational Interviewing & Addiction and skills of counselors preparing to enter the field. It fo- certification standards, and department approval.
3.00: Designed to facilitate the acquisition of motivational cuses on current evidence-based practice/best practice
interviewing counseling skills as applied to the arena of models in addiction counseling, integrating a variety of Alternative Learning Center
addiction counseling. Prerequisites: AD 101, AD 150, AD conceptual theories into a comprehensive framework for
151, WR 121. Prerequisite or concurrent: WR 122. human behavior, addiction, and change. Prerequisites: ALC 50 Basic English Skills Lab 1.00: Self-paced,
AD 101, AD 150, AD 151, WR 121. Prerequisite or individualized reading, writing and English instruction
AD 156 Ethical and Professional Issues 3.00: concurrent: WR 122. Co-requisite: AD 251. in lab setting. Content varies depending upon interest
Covers ethical and legal issues relevant to the alcohol and diagnosed needs. May include computer-assisted
and drug counselor. Prerequisite: AD 101. Prerequisite/ AD 251 Advanced Counseling Skills Mastery instruction, tutoring, use of textbook-workbook for
concurrent: WR 122. 1.00: Focuses on increasing counselor empathy and assignments and other media.
communication skills. Demonstrate skills through
AD 184 Men & Addiction 3.00: Provides an in-depth in-class practice and videotape review. Offered on a ALC 51 Basic English Skills Lab 1.00: Self-paced,
view of the biological, cultural, and sociological origins pass/no pass basis only. Co-requisite: AD 250. individualized reading, writing instruction in lab
of male roles and behavior and explore the implications setting. Content varies depending upon interest and
of this for understanding mental health, sexuality, addic- AD 255 Multiple Diagnoses 3.00: Covers assess- diagnosed needs. May include computer assisted or
tion, and criminal behavior of men. Course develops a ment of chemical dependency clients for communicable small group instruction; tutoring; textbook/workbook
framework for the essential elements of gender-specific diseases and co-existing mental disorders, effective assignments; or audio/video. May be taken three times.
treatment for boys and men. intervention, and referral of clients to optimum re- Prerequisite: Placement into WR 80, RD 80, ESOL 250
sources for resolving coexisting diagnoses. Develops or ESOL 252.
AD 201 Families and Addiction 3.00: A compre- clear ethical guidelines for alcohol and drug counselors
hensive survey of all topics related to family work, from practicing within an area of competence. Prerequisites: ALC 52 Basic English Skills Lab 2.00: Self-paced,
intervention to recovery, covering the scope of family AD 101, AD 102, AD 151, WR 121. Prerequisite or individualized reading and writing instruction in lab
work with a special population of families impacted by concurrent: WR 122, PSY 239. setting. Content varies depending upon interest and
addiction, whether current or intergenerational. Covers diagnosed needs. May include computer assisted or
the initial contact with a family, defining and describing all AD 278 Practicum Preparation 1.00: Provides small group instruction; tutoring; textbook/workbook
of the possible dynamics, needs and interventions defined student with the opportunity to demonstrate facility assignments; or audio/video. May be taken three times.
in current literature. Prerequisite: AD 101. with the documentation required for the A/D practicum Prerequisite: Placement into WR 80, RD 80, ESOL 250
course, and develop an individualized plan for success or ESOL 252.
AD 211 Alcohol & Drug: Special Studies 1.00: Not in practicum. Prerequisite/Concurrent: AD 101, 102, 150,
required for degree and may not be substituted for any 151, 156, and WR 121. ALC 53 Basic English Skills Lab 3.00: Self-paced,
required program courses. individualized reading and writing instruction in lab
AD 280A Practicum: Addiction 1.00–6.00: Field setting. Content varies depending upon interest and
AD 212 Alcohol & Drug: Special Studies 2.00: Not placement in an addiction counseling or DUII edu- diagnosed needs. May include computer-assisted or
required for degree and may not be substituted for any cational facility. Students are required to complete a small group instruction; tutoring; textbook-workbook
required program courses. minimum of two six month placements for a total of 18 assignments; or audio/video. May be taken three times.
credits. Prerequisites: AD 102, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, Prerequisites: Placement into WR 80, RD 80, ESOL 250,
AD 213 Alcohol & Drug: Special Studies 3.00: Not
155, 156. Corequisite: AD 280B.AD 280B Practicum: or ESOL 252.
required for degree and may not be substituted for any
required program courses. Addiction-Seminar Practicum: Addiction - Seminar
Focuses on the integration and synthesis of academic ALC 55 Basic Study Skills Lab 3.00: Self-paced,
preparation with “real world” addiction counseling ex- individualized study skills instruction in lab setting.
AD 241 Prevention Theory and Practice 3.00:
perience. Includes consideration of counselor self-care, Topics may include notetaking, time management,
Provides knowledge of prevention basics including
healthy work practice, professional ethics and ongoing concentration and memory, reading texts, test taking,
history, Risk/Protective Factors, research-based best
professional development. Corequisite: AD 280A. self advocacy and PCC resources.
practices, the prevention continuum of care, resiliency
and assets. Builds skills in identifying community needs ALC 56 Basic Study Skills Lab 0.5: Self-paced,
and planning comprehensive prevention programs. In- AD 280C CE / Prevention Practicum 3.00: Works
with a prevention professional mentor to achieve individualized study skills instruction in lab setting.
cludes professional responsibilities, scope of practice, Topics may include notetaking, time management,
cultural factors and ethics. Explores and evaluates alco- knowledge of Addiction Counselor Certification Board
of Oregon (ACCBO), Alcohol, Tobacco and Other concentration and memory, reading texts, test taking,
hol, tobacco and other drug curriculums. Investigates self advocacy and PCC resources. ALC 60 Basic Math
how to match programs to target audiences. Drug Abuse Prevention Domains. Learns professional
responsibilities and growth, cultural sensitivity and Skills Lab Basic Math Skills Lab In conjunction with the
ethics. Prerequisites: AD 101, AD 102, AD 241, AD instructor, students choose a limited number of topics
AD 242 Community Organization3.00: Provides
242, WR 121. Prerequisite or concurrent: WR 122. in Arithmetic (MTH 20) and/or Introductory Algebra
knowledge of comprehensive community prevention
Corequisite: AD 280D. Students must document two (MTH 60 and 65) to review over the course of one term.
planning. Focuses on developing competencies in ef-
years of not abusing alcohol and other drugs, and Instruction and evaluation are computer-based and
fective planning, program design, evaluation and grant
pass the criminal history check as outlined in ACCBO self-guided. Completion of this course does not meet
administration. Develops capacity to review and apply
Certified Prevention Specialist certification standards, prerequisite requirements for other math courses.
current research and integrate research-based best
practices into planning and evaluation. Emphasizes and department approval. ALC 61 Basic Math Skills Lab 1.00: In conjunction
skills needed to work with diversity. with the instructor, students choose a limited number
AD 280D CE / Prevent Practicum: Seminar 2.00:
Focuses on prevention specialist’s supervised learning of topics in Arithmetic (MTH 20) and/or Introductory
AD 243 Planning & Evaluating Outcomes 3.00:
experience including professional growth and respon- Algebra (MTH 60 and 65) to review over the course of
Explores methods of influencing public policy. Shows how
sibility, prevention specialist ethics, five professional one term. Instruction and evaluation are computer-based
to apply current research to advocacy efforts. Demonstrates
163
Course Descriptions
and self-guided. Students must spend a minimum of 30 AM 105 Unit 5 — Brake Systems I 4.00: Stud- problems, read schematics, use test equipment, perform
hours in the lab. Completion of this course does not meet ies principles of automotive brake systems. Practice satisfactory wire connections, test, repair, and/or replace
prerequisite requirements for other math courses. disassembly/assembly of system components using electrical units. Prerequisites: AM 102, 108 and 112.
school owned equipment. Includes proper measuring
ALC 62 Basic Math Skills Lab 2.00: In conjunction and machining of brake drums and discs. Prerequisites: AM 123 Unit 23 — Engine Performance III 4.00:
with the instructor, students choose a limited number AM 108, 102. Study the operation, servicing and testing of electronic
of topics in Arithmetic (MTH 20) and/or Introductory fuel injection systems, on board diagnostics I and II,
Algebra (MTH 60 and 65) to review over the course AM 106 Unit 6 — Heating and Air Conditioning idle control systems. Students will diagnose failed fuel
of one term. Instruction and evaluation are computer- Systems 4.00: Covers theory, operation and repair of injection vehicles. Prerequisites: AM 108, AM 101, AM
based and self-guided. Students must spend a minimum automotive heating and air conditioning systems. Work 102, AM 103, AM 113 and AM 112.
of 60 hours in the lab. Completion of this course does on approved customer automobiles. Includes testing
not meet prerequisite requirements for other math and repair of electrical and vacuum circuits. Prerequi- AM 125 25 — Brake Systems III 4.00: Work on
courses. sites: AM 108, AM 102, AM 101 and AM 112. approved customer automobiles to diagnose customer
complaints, analyze costs, repair and/or replace faulty
ALC 63 Basic Math Skills Lab 3.00: In conjunction AM 107 Unit 7 — Manual Drive Train and Axles brakes or related parts and use safety check sheets.
with the instructor, students choose a limited number I 4.00: Introduces various designs of manual transmis- Prerequisites: AM 108, 102, 105, 115.
of topics in Arithmetic (MTH 20) and/or Introductory sions and transaxles and to the driveline components
Algebra (MTH 60 and 65) to review over the course of an automobile. Each component is covered in detail AM 127 Unit 27 — Automatic Transmission/
of one term. Instruction and evaluation are computer- including purpose, application, operation, inspection, Transaxle I 4.00: Work on automatic transmis-
based and self-guided. Students must spend a minimum diagnosis and repair. Disassemble, inspect and assemble sions/transaxles and study how to trace the power flow,
of 90 hours in the lab. Completion of this course does school owned units to obtain hands-on experience and diagnose problems, disassemble, inspect and evaluate,
not meet prerequisite requirements for other math familiarization. Prerequisite: AM 108. clean and layout components. Reassemble and adjust
courses. transmission, and test the unit for its proper operation.
AM 108 Unit 8 — Introduction to Automotive Prerequisites: AM 108, 102.
ALC 70 Technical Math Support 2.00: Supports Systems I 4.00: Orientation to PCC Automotive Ser-
existing math courses by providing an opportunity for vice Technology program. Introduces automotive tools, AM 133 Unit 33 — Engine Performance IV 4.00:
students to develop and refine beginning math skills fasteners, precision measurement, service manuals and Continuation of Unit 23. Prerequisites: AM 108, AM 101,
applicable to many technical programs. It provides shop procedures. Perform basic automotive service and AM 102, AM 103, AM 113, AM 123 and AM 112.
practical exercises in arithmetic, geometry, measure- inspection procedures. Includes the practical applica- AM 137 Unit 37 — Automatic Transmission/
ment skills, problem-solving techniques and calculator tion of mathematics for the automotive trade. Transaxle II 4.00: Work on approved customer
functions with emphasis on applying functional math to
AM 112 Unit 12 — Electrical II 4.00: Read sche- automobiles diagnosing and servicing components
the work world. Prerequisites: Pre-Algebra COMPASS
matics and work on charging systems and accessories. of the automatic transmission/transaxle. Provides
score 21-48 or successful completion of MTH 10 or
Prerequisites: AM 108, 102. specific understanding of shop procedures that take
MTH 11 with a “C” or better and Reading COMPASS
place in an automotive repair facility. Prerequisites:
score 44-65 or successful completion of RD 80 or ESOL
AM 113 Unit 13 — Engine Performance II 4.00: AM 108, 102, 127.
250 with a “C” or better.
Study the causes of air pollution, the use of the five gas
analyzer, air injection systems, catalytic converters, AM 143 Unit 43 — Engine Performance 5 4.00:
Automotive Service Technology
crankcase ventilation systems, evaporation control Work on approved customer vehicles and perform main-
AM 101 Unit 1 — Engine Repair I 4.00: Stud- systems and federal and state emission control laws. tenance and/or drivability hands on work much the same
ies basic theory, design and operation of automotive Prerequisite: AM 108, AM 101, AM 102, AM 103 and as would be done in the repair industry. Prerequisites:
engines. Engine components are covered in detail AM 112. AM 108, 101, 102, 103, 113, 123, 133.
including purpose, inspection and repair. Disassemble
AM 114 Unit 14 — Steering and Suspension Sys- AM 153 Unit 53 — Engine Performance VI 4.00:
and reassemble school owned engines to gain experi-
tems II 4.00: The capstone class in a 2-class sequence Continuation of AM 143. Prerequisites: AM 108, 101,
ence in hand tool use and proper engine repair and
covering steering system service, suspension system 102, 103, 113, 123, 133, 143.
evaluation procedures. Compression and leakage tests
are included. Prerequisite: AM 108. service and 4-wheel alignment. Practice learned skills AM 280A CE / Automotive Service Cooperative
repairing real steering, suspension and wheel alignment Education 1.00–12.00: Work outside of the class-
AM 102 Unit 2 — Electrical Systems I 4.00: Cov- problems. Jobs assigned by instructor, drawing from a room at a job performing diagnostic and repair work
ers electrical theory, schematic symbols, battery and pool of customer vehicles, or school owned vehicles. under the supervision of a professional automotive
starter theory, operation, diagnosis and repair. Prerequisites: AM 108, 102, 104. technician. Department permission required.
AM 103 Unit 3 — Engine Performance I 4.00: AM 115 Unit 15 — Brake Systems II 4.00: Brake Aviation Maintenance Technology
Covers use of automotive scan tools, operation and diagnosis and repair of base brakes and anti-lock
testing electronic ignition systems, ignition second- systems in a laboratory/shop setting. Covers how to do AMT 101 Introduction to A&P (Airframe &
ary oscilloscope patterns, electronic advance, engine complete brake inspections and determine what repairs Powerplant) 1.00: Familiarization with aviation main-
knock control systems, basic timing adjustment and are needed. Ordering parts and completing repairs tenance technology, including: program requirements,
distributor removal and replacement. Prerequisites: under close instructor supervision. Prerequisites: AM safety, aircraft and engines, general-purpose common
AM 108, 101, 102, 112. 108, 102, 105. hand tools, work ethics and career opportunities. This
AM 104 Unit 4 — Steering and Suspension course is a prerequisite for all other AMT courses.
AM 117 Unit 17 — Manual Drive Train and Ax-
Systems I 4.00: Covers basic principles of steering, les II 4.00: Work on approved customer automobiles AMT 102 Aircraft Electricity I 4.00: Includes basic
suspension and wheel alignment for passenger cars and diagnosing and servicing components of standard trans- electrical theory, interpretation of electrical schematics,
light duty trucks. Familiarization with tire construction, missions/transaxles. Provides realistic understanding of principles of component operation, and alternating
types and sizing. Practice disassembly and re-assem- procedures which take place in an automotive repair facility current theory. Prerequisites: Placement into RD 90 or
bly of steering and suspension system components. each day. Prerequisites: AM 108, 107. higher; WR 90 or higher; AMT 101 with a minimum grade
Familiarization and practice in using computerized of “C” or higher. Prerequisite or concurrent registration:
4-wheel-alignment equipment and tire balancing AM 122 Unit 22 — Electrical III 4.00: Work on ap- MTH 60 or with AMT Department Chair permission, the
machines. Prerequisites: AM 108 and 102. proved automobiles and study how to diagnose electrical department Math test with 70% or higher.
164
Course Descriptions
AMT 105 Aviation CFRs and Related Subjects Department Chair permission, the AMT department AMT 211 Composite Structures 4.00: Covers
4.00: Presents federal aviation regulations as they Math test with 70% or higher. modern bonded structures such as honeycomb and
pertain to the aircraft mechanic, plus some “action” laminated components. Includes discussion of inspec-
learning on servicing and operation of the aircraft on the AMT 121 Turbine Engine Theory and Mainte- tion and limited repairs to wood structures. Examines
ground. Prerequisites: Placement into RD 90 or higher; nance 4.00: Presents theory for all turbine engines, but methods of removing finishes, corrosion proofing and
WR 90 or higher; AMT 101 with a minimum grade of “C” does not build expertise in any one design. Maintenance painting aircraft and aircraft components. Includes
or higher. Prerequisite or concurrent registration: MTH includes inspection, checking, servicing and repairing inspection and recovering operations for fabric covered
60 or with AMT Department Chair permission, the AMT turbine engines and turbine engine installations. Pre- aircraft. Prerequisites: AMT 203, AMT 204, MTH 60
Department Math test with a 70% or higher. requisites: AMT 203, AMT 204, MTH 60 or with AMT or with AMT Department Chair permission, the AMT
Department Chair permission, the AMT department department Math test with 70% or higher.
AMT 106 Aircraft Applied Science 4.00: Covers Math test with 70% or higher.
aircraft weight and balance procedures and associated AMT 212 Sheet Metal 4.00: Covers methods for
record keeping. Also covers aircraft drawings, precision AMT 123 Ignition Systems 4.00: Covers reciprocat- sheet metal repairs to aircraft and methods of forming
measuring tools and some basic principles of physics. ing and turbine engine ignition system theory and overhaul repair parts for damaged aircraft. Prerequisites: AMT
Prerequisites: Placement into RD 90 or higher; place- practices, plus the relationships of the complete ignition 203, AMT 204, MTH 60 or with AMT Department Chair
ment into WR 90 or higher; AMT 101 with a minimum system to the powerplant and its operation. Prerequisites: permission, the AMT department Math test with 70%
grade of “C” or higher. Prerequisite or concurrent AMT 203, AMT 204, MTH 60 or with AMT Department or higher.
registration: MTH 60 or with AMT Department Chair Chair permission, the AMT department Math test with
permission, the AMT Department Math test with a 70% or higher. AMT 213 Hydraulics, Pneumatics and Landing
70% or higher. Gear 4.00: Covers inspection and repair of aircraft
AMT 124 Fuel Metering Systems 4.00: Examines landing gear and hydraulic system components. Pre-
AMT 107 Materials & Processes 4.00: Covers the many methods used to move air and fuel into and requisites: AMT 203, AMT 204, MTH 60 or with AMT
several general aircraft maintenance subjects including through an engine in a ratio producing safe and efficient Department Chair permission, the AMT department
power tools, shop equipment, aircraft hardware, fluid engine operation under widely varying conditions. Pre- Math test with 70% or higher.
lines and fittings, non-destructive testing methods, heat requisites: AMT 203, AMT 204, MTH 60 or with AMT
treatment, aircraft cleaning, and corrosion control. Pre- Department Chair permission, the AMT department AMT 214 Instruments, Communication &
requisites: Placement into RD 90 or higher; placement Math test with 70% or higher. Navigation Systems 4.00: Presents basic func-
into WR 90 or higher; AMT 101 with a minimum grade tions, internal workings and maintenance procedures
AMT 126 A&P Self Study/Tutorial 1.00–4.00: for instruments, communication, navigation and
of “C” or higher. Prerequisite or concurrent registration:
Optional module offered to Aviation Maintenance autopilot systems used on complex, modern aircraft.
MTH 60 or with AMT Department Chair permission, the
Technology students who have special needs in de- Prerequisites: AMT 203, AMT 204, MTH 60 or with
AMT Department Math test with a 70% or higher.
veloping math and other skills necessary for success AMT Department Chair permission, the AMT depart-
AMT 109 Assembly & Rigging 4.00: Covers in the required courses to follow. Under very special ment Math test with 70% or higher.
methods of assembly and rigging commonly used circumstances, this course title is used to substitute for
in preparing both fixed and rotary wing aircraft for a certain required courses that are not offered at a time AMT 216 AMT Practicum/Airframe 4.00: Provides
safe test flight. Includes analysis of test flight reports that meets student scheduling needs. This carefully further development of students’ skills through practical
and recommended rigging corrections necessary to coordinated and supervised independent study method application before graduating from the FAA-approved
produce a safe and efficient aircraft. Prerequisites: must be well planned in advance. airframe curriculum. Used as a comprehensive tool
AMT 203, AMT 204, MTH 60 or with AMT Department to evaluate student and program strengths and weak-
AMT 203 Aircraft Electricity II 4.00: Presents basic nesses. Prerequisites: AMT 203, AMT 204, MTH 60
Chair permission, the AMT department Math test with
electronic theory; inspection and servicing of aircraft or with AMT Department Chair permission, the AMT
70% or higher.
batteries; study of electrical system components; the department Math test with 70% or higher; completion
AMT 115 Aircraft Structures & Inspection 4.00: installation and servicing of airframe/engine electrical of all General and Airframe courses, or FAA permission
Examines structural designs and methods of inspecting wiring, controls, switches, indicators and protective granted under 14 CFR Part 65 to take mechanic certi-
the aircraft to assure continued operation in the “as devices; and electrical system inspection and trouble- fication testing on an experience basis, or permission
engineered” configuration. Emphasizes the interpretation shooting. Prerequisites: Placement into RD 90 or higher; obtained from the Department Chair.
of airworthiness directives, service bulletins and other WR 90 or higher; AMT 101 with a minimum grade of “C”
maintenance documents. Technical writing skills required or higher. Prerequisite or concurrent registration: MTH AMT 218 Powerplant Inspection 4.00: Covers
to complete FAA forms and records. Prerequisites: AMT 60 or with AMT Department Chair permission, the AMT proper inspection of the entire engine installation,
203, AMT 204, MTH 60 or with AMT Department Chair Department Math test with a 70% or higher. including exhaust systems, engine instrumentation,
permission, the AMT department Math test with 70% lubrication systems and control systems. Prerequisites:
AMT 204 Aircraft Electricity III 4.00: Covers AMT 203, AMT 204, MTH 60 or with AMT Department
or higher.
airframe/engine electrical components; inspection, check, Chair permission, the AMT department Math test with
AMT 117 Reciprocating Engine Theor y & service and repair of alternating and direct current electri- 70% or higher.
Maintenance 4.00: Covers aircraft reciprocating cal systems; the application of electrical principles used in
engine theory and various maintenance procedures sensing, indicating and control of airframe and powerplant AMT 219 Turbine Engine Overhaul 4.00: Covers
and techniques. Includes the use of manufacturer’s systems. Prerequisites: Placement into RD 90 or higher; removing, disassembling, cleaning, inspecting, reas-
publications. Prerequisites: AMT 203, AMT 204, MTH WR 90 or higher; AMT 101 with a minimum grade of “C” sembling and reinstalling a turbine engine. Emphasizes
60 or with AMT Department Chair permission, the AMT or higher. Prerequisite or concurrent registration: MTH engine manufacturer’s publications. Prerequisites: AMT
department Math test with 70% or higher. 60 or with AMT Department Chair permission, the AMT 203, AMT 204, MTH 60 or with AMT Department Chair
Department Math test with a 70% or higher. permission, the AMT department Math test with 70%
AMT 120 Propellers and Engine Installation or higher.
4.00: Examines propeller theory and repair within AMT 208 Aircraft Systems 4.00: Study of various
limitations imposed by FAA Regulation Part 65, plus airframe systems including ice and rain, cabin at- AMT 222 Reciprocating Engine Overhaul 4.00:
control and auxiliary systems, such as anti-ice and mosphere, position and warning, and fire protection. Covers machining and overhaul processes for recipro-
synchronization.Unducted fan systems are explored Prerequisites: AMT 203, AMT 204, MTH 60 or with cating engines. Prerequisites: AMT 203, AMT 204, MTH
and engine removal and installation are accomplished. AMT Department Chair permission, the AMT depart- 60 or with AMT Department Chair permission, the AMT
Prerequisites: AMT 203, AMT 204, MTH 60 or with AMT ment Math test with 70% or higher. department Math test with 70% or higher.
165
Course Descriptions
AMT 225 A&P Practicum/Powerplant 4.00: tive reactance, capacitance and capacitive reactance, and limited energy circuit as per the NEC and the require-
Provides further development of students’ skills various types of capacitors, capacitor testing and their ments for each. Prerequisites: APR 125 or TE 9614.
through practical application before graduating from use an industria environment will also be discussed.
the FAA-approved powerplant curriculum. Used as a Prerequisites: APR 101 and TE 9631. APR 131 Refrigeration I 2.00: Covers refrigeration
comprehensive tool to evaluate student and program principles and different basic cycles which include heat
strengths and weaknesses. Prerequisites: AMT 203, APR 103 LME / AC Motors & Transformers 3.00: transfer, termperature, and basic physics and gas laws.
AMT 204, MTH 60 or with AMT Department Chair Covers the construction, theory and application of trans- Lab includes the use of tools and instruments used
permission, the AMT department Math test with 70% or formers, three phase AC motors and single phase AC for charging and evacuationand recovery methods.
higher; completion of all General and Airframe courses, motors, includes theory and application of three phase APR 131 and FMT 101 both cannot be taken for credit.
or FAA permission granted under 14 CFR Part 65 to take windings namely the Delta and Wye connection. Intro- Prerequisites: MTH 20; (WR 90 or ESOL 262); (RD 90
mechanic certification testing on an experience basis, or duces power factor as applied to an electrical circuit, or ESOL 260).
permission obtained from the Department Chair. deciphering motor name plate data, and electrical safety
standards. Prerequisites: APR 102 or TE 9632. APR 132 Refrigeration II 2.00: Cover and analyze
AMT 227 A&P Makeup 1.00–4.00: This optional the operation of refrigeration system components.
course becomes required when a student has success- APR 104 LME / Luminaries & Equipment 3.00: Includes compressors, condensers, evaporators, re-
fully completed all required airframe or powerplant Introduces lighting fundamentals and their application frigerants and metering devices. Lab includes system
courses but has not attended sufficient hours to qualify in the industrial environment. Also covers fuses, recep- components and compressor testing methods, focusing
for graduation. Under some circumstances the course tacles, wiring methods, blueprints, batteries and some on charging, evacuation and recovery methods. APR 132
titled A&P Shop Practice may be more appropriate. solid state components related to their use. and FMT 102 cannot both be taken for credit. Prerequi-
Completion of all airframe or powerplant courses is sites: APR 131 or FMT 101 or TE 9242.
APR 121 Introduction to Electricity and Circuits
usually required; however, if attendance problems are APR 133 Refrigeration III 2.00: Covers the op-
3.00: Covers general atomic theory, electron flow in
indicated and schedule openings are apparent in the eration of refrigeration HVAC systems, emphasizing
conductors, calculations of Ohms law when determin-
student’s record, the A&P Make-up course could be maintenance and controls. Lab includes troubleshooting
ing the values of voltage, current, resistance and power
scheduled one or two modules prior to completion of systems along with evacuation and charging techniques.
in series, parallel and combination electrical circuits.
required courses. APR 133 and FMT 103 cannot both be taken for credit.
Covers sizing and the application of conductors and the
AMT 228 A&P Shop Practice 1.00–4.00: Some concept of Voltage Drop in electrical circuits. Prerequisites: APR 132 or FMT 102 or TE 9243.
students feel the need for more shop experience in areas APR 200 Trades Preparation 8.00: Includes
APR 122 AC/DC Motors Principles 3.00: Covers
of choice. When it is within the practical capabilities of Pre-Apprenticeship Construction Trade topics such
the basic principles of alternating current, direct current,
the department to offer that experience, the student may as industry orientation, hazardous materials, general
and electromagnetism as applied to generators, and al-
take one or more shop practice modules. The module on-the-job questions, material handling, scaffolding,
ternating current and direct current motors, including the
may, under some circumstances, be substituted for the rigging, fire protection, hand and power tool use,
concepts of inductance, inductive reactance, capacitors,
A&P Make-up course. Completion of most of the required fall protection, and electrical basics. Covers safety
capacitive reactance, and their effects upon alternating
A&P courses is desirable. procedures that apply to each topic. Also covered will
current circuits. Prerequisites: APR 121 or TE 9610.
AMT 229 Rotary Wing Maintenance 4.00: Exam- be related terminology, task planning, methods and
APR 123 AC Theory for Motors and Transformers functions of construction, apprenticeship application
ines many specialized techniques and practices used
3.00: Focueses on alternating current power distribu- process, program requirements, resume and interview
in the maintenance of rotary wing aircraft. APP 9124
tion, transformers, motors, storage cells, solid state skills and OSHA 30-hour safety training. Recognized by
Inside Electrician 1 Inside Electrician 1 Introduction
semiconductor devices and three phase motor winding the Oregon Bureau of Labor and Industry: Apprentice-
to the structure of the Oregon State Apprenticeship
connections (Delta and Wye) as they apply to a heavy ship and Training Division’s Council as an approved
program and the electrical field to include tools of the
industrial environment. Prerequisites: APR 122 or TE Pre-Apprenticeship program. Prerequisite: MTH 60 or
trade, history, mathematical review and basic laws of
9611. Department Permission.
physics as they relate to the electrical trades.
APR 124 Electrical Systems Operations 3.00: APR 201 Electrical Motor Controls 2.00: Provides
Apprenticeship
Covers alternating current measure instruments, test knowledge and skills needed to design, install, maintain,
APR 100 Exploring Trades & Apprenticeship equipment, advanced motor theory, blueprint reading, service and troubleshoot electric motors. Focuses on
2.00: Explores career opportunities within the Trades. electrical related materials, AC systems, advanced the operation and installation of control Systems, spe-
Includes traditional careers and new opportunities in transformer theory, lighting, grounding and bonding, cifically motor starters and controllers. Electromagnetic
fields such as Renewable Energy and Sustainability. contactors, relays and general installation require- controls, motors and transformers will also be covered.
Introduces resources for assisting students in identify- ments to meet code specifications. Prerequisites: APR Lab activities will utilize electrical test equipment to
ing skills needed to succeed in these fields. 123 or TE 9612. analyze electric motor control malfunctions. This class
can be used towards Continuing Education Units for
APR 101 LME / Electrical Theory Fundamentals APR 125 Electrical Circuits and Wiring Methods
Oregon State electrical licensing purposes. APR 201
3.00: Covers electrical theory and math for computing 3.00: Covers residential and commercial lighting, and ELT 201 cannot both be taken for credit.
the values of voltage, amperage, resistance and power. fixtures, and ballast in detail. Includes conductor
Also covers various types of electrical circuits (series, selection, overcurren protection, motor maintenance, APR 202 LME / Electrical Code Level I 4.00:
parallel, combination) when applying Ohm’s Law. calculations, controls, troubleshooting, services, con- Provides a working knowledge of the NEC. Assists
Introduces electrical safety, conductors, wire sizes and struction upgrades, wire methods, tagout, lockout and LME apprentices in preparing for the state electrical
their application as per the American Wire Gauge (AWG) appliances. Covers series, branch, and parallel circuits exam. Topics include definitions, requirements for
Table. The principles of voltage drop, efficiency and cost in detail, and the basic use of a multimeter to check for electrical installation, identification and use of electrical
of electrical energy will also be covered. voltage, current, and resistance. Prerequisites: APR conductors, wiring, cicuit-protection, wiring methods,
124 or TE 9613. materials, and electrical safety standards. Prerequisites:
APR 102 LME / DC Motors 3.00: Covers the prin- APR 104 or TE 9634.
ciples of magnets, magnetism and electromagnetism; APR 126 Electrical Systems Installation per NEC
AC/DC generators and the process of generating a 3.00: Covers standby electrical systems, temporary APR 203 LME / Electrical Code / Level II 4.00:
voltage; DC motors and alternating current principles, electrical services, fire alarm systems, specialty systems, Provides a working knowledge of the NEC. Topics in-
including the components of an AC since wave/ wave- advanced controls, heat tracing, freezing protection, clude installation code requirements for the following:
form. Electrical safety, principles of inductance, induc- installation practices, and what constitutes a low voltage electrical equipment for general use such as motors,
166
Course Descriptions
luminaries, air conditioners, cords, switchboards and phasizes the use of understanding of the NEC. Topics ARCH 113 Site Planning 2.00: Covers site devel-
panel boards. Also covers special occupancies which includes code articles, OAR’s, supplemental code opment, including surveying existing grades, locating
will assist students in locating and understanding elec- reference materials, calculations and practice exams. existing and future buildings, driveways erosion control,
trical code requirements for hazardous locations such Completion of the series prepares the student apprentice storm water management, plus drawing site plans.
as gas stations, spray paint booths, aircraft hangars, to become a licensed Manufacturing Plant Electrician Recommended: ARCH 126 or equivalent.
health care facilities, places of assembly, theaters, Journey person. Prerequisites: APR 225 or TE 9620.
manufactured buildings, mobile homes, temporary ARCH 121 Structural Systems I 2.00: An overview
locations, etc. Electrical standards will be emphasized. APR 230 National Electrical Code 3.00: Instructs of residential structural systems, including identification
Prerequisites: APR 202 or TE 9636. the electrical professional where and how to find re- of loads, sizing of framing, and reading of structural
quired information in the NEC book, demonstrating how plans. Recommended: ARCH 124.
APR 204 LME / Electrical Code / Level III 4.00: the various articles work together to provide complete
Provides a woking knowledge of the NEC. Assists LME information on a subject. Most code articles (90 through ARCH 122 Structural Systems 2 4.00: Covers
apprentices in preparing for the state electrical exam. 450) will be explained in detail. This class can be used sizing of wood structural members (rafters, joists,
Topics include: Special Equipment including electric towards Continuing Education Units for Oregon State beams, etc.). Prerequisite: MTH 60 and ARCH 121.
signs, cranes, hoists, elevators, electric welders, infor- electrical licensing purposes. APR 230 and ELT 230 ARCH 123 Structural Systems 3 Structural Systems 3
mation technology equipment, pools, and foundations; cannot both be taken for credit. Covers retaining walls, concrete foundations, structural
Special Conditions including emergency systems, steel framing, and sizing for wind and seismic loads.
Class 1, 2, and 3, low voltage control circuits, fire alarm APR 231 National Electrical Code II 3.00: Pre- Prerequisite: MTH 65 and ARCH 122.
systems, and fiber optics; and Communication Systems. pares electricians for state examination as prescribed
by Oregon State Building Codes Division. Includes code ARCH 124 Introduction to Building Systems
Covers state of Oregon statutes governing electrical
explanations and applications. This class can be used 3.00: An overview of residential building systems,
installations, building code division administrative rules
towards Continuing Education Units for Oregon State including building construction, and heating, cooling,
covering license requirements and responsibilities,
electrical licensing purposes. APR 231 and ELT 231 plumbing, electrical, and passive solar systems.
states of Oregon amendments, supplemental code ref-
erence materials, safety standards and practice exams. cannot both be taken for credit.
ARCH 126 Introduction to AutoCAD 3.00: Intro-
Prerequisites: APR 204 or TE 9637. duces AutoCAD software as a design tool. Instructions
Architectural Design and Drafting
will be given in the operation of both hard disk and
APR 221 Advanced AC Circuitry 3.00: Includes the
ARCH 100 Graphic Communication for Designers flexible disk data storage, and plotting. Class covers
theory of alternating current and power. Also includes
3.00: Addresses the fundamentals of perspective draw- creation, retrieval and modification of drawings that
alternating current, resistance in AC circuits, inductance
ings as a communicative device. Develops perspective, meet industry standards using basic AutoCAD com-
and inductive reactance, capacitance and capacitive
freehand sketching and diagramming skills, by building mands. This course is 30 total contact hours and is
reactance, power factor correction, power in AC circuits,
a graphic vocabulary and establishing a language of also worth 60 LU credits to AIA members.
vector analysis and three phase connections and calcu-
architectural communication.
lations. Prerequisites: APR 124 or TE 9615. ARCH 131 Sustainable Structures 4.00: This
ARCH 101 Architectural Graphics 1 – 3.00: Intro- course will focus on creating buildings that are sited,
APR 222 Hazardous Locations Hazardous
duction to design process and drawing for residential designed, constructed, operated and maintained for the
Locations 3.00: Includes introduction to hazard- health and well being of the occupants, while minimizing
design. Course will include: Programming; code/zon-
ous locations, Class I, II, III installations, commercial impact on the environment.
ing/site analysis; concept diagrams; schematic design
garages-repair and storage, aircraft hangers, gasoline
evolving into drawing of plans, elevations, section;
dispensing and service stations, bulk storage plants, ARCH 132 Residential Building Codes 2.00: Intro-
building of a model; and creating a professional qual-
finishing processes and health care facilities. Prereq- duction to land use zoning and international residential
ity graphic presentation. ARCH 110 recommended for
uisites: APR 221 or TE 9616. building codes. Selected portions of the code will be
students with no previous drafting experience.
discussed, with application to sample building plans.
APR 223 Motor Control Operations includ- Prerequisite: ARCH 124 or BCT 103.
ARCH 102 Architectural Graphics 2 – 3.00: Intro-
ing PLC’s 3.00:Reviews basic motor controls and duction to design and drafting for commercial design.
progresses to moderately complex machine controls. Course will include: programming; code/zoning/site ARCH 133 Commercial Building Codes 2.00:
Includes fundamentals of motor control, control of motor analysis; concept diagrams; schematic design evolving Introduction to land use zoning and Oregon Building
starting, control components, programmable control- into drawing of plans, elevations, section; building of Codes for commercial buildings, using International
lers, pilot devices, control circuit diagrams, solid state a model; and creating a professional quality graphic Building Code. Selected portions of the code will be
logic and diagrams, development of control circuits presentation. ARCH 110 recommended for students discussed, with application to sample buildings. Pre-
and troubleshooting electrical controls. Prerequisites: with no previous drafting experience. requisite: ARCH 124 or BCT 103.
APR 222 or TE 9617.
ARCH 110 Introduction to Architectural Drawing ARCH 136 Intermediate AutoCAD 3.00: In-depth
APR 224 Electrical Code / Level I 4.00: Em- study of computer-aided-drafting using AutoCAD soft-
2.00: Covers basic Architectural drawing skills includ-
phasizes the use and understanding of the National ware and its applications to architecture. This course is
ing lettering, line quality, plans, elevations, sections and
Electrical Code. Assists plant maintenance electricians 30 total contact hours and also worth 60 LU credits to
axonometric drawings.ARCH 111 Working Drawings 1
in preparing for the state electrical exam. Topics include AIA members. Prerequisite: ARCH 126.
Working Drawings 1 Covers standards of architectural
grounding, motors, wiring methods, overcurrent protec-
drafting and preparation of construction documents, for ARCH 137 AutoCAD Architecture 3.00: Introduc-
tion, branch circuits, calculations, feeders and speciality
typical residential construction. Construction process tion to Architectural Desktop, which offers a variety of
codes. Prerequisites: APR 223 or TE 9618.
will also be examined. ARCH 110 recommended for tools not available in the base AutoCAD drafting pack-
APR 225 Electrical Code / Level II 4.00: Empha- students with no previous drafting experience. age. It includes a collection of objects representing the
sizes the use and understanding of the NEC. Topics most common architectural components such as walls,
ARCH 112 Working Drawings 2 – 3.00: Covers
include cable, raceway, busway, cablebus, switches, doors, windows, stairs and roofs. Prerequisite: ARCH
standards of architectural drafting and preparation of
panel boards, lighting, heating equipment, transformers 136 or DRF 136.
construction documents for typical commercial con-
and the taking of practice exams. Prerequisites: APR
struction. Construction process will also be examined. ARCH 140 Introduction to CHIEF ARCHITECT
224 or TE 9619.
ARCH 110 recommended for students with no previous
3.00: Introduces CHIEF ARCHITECT software as a
APR 226 Electrical Code / Level III 4.00: Em- drafting experience.
design and drafting tool, its applications to architecture,
and covers creation, retrieval and modification of draw-
167
Course Descriptions
ings using basic commands. Course is also worth 60 ARCH 231 Specifications 3.00: Covers basic con- the values, technology, economy and taste of our culture
LU credits to AIA members. tracts and construction specifications for residential in light of aesthetic, historic and critical issues. The
and commercial projects. Recommended: Completion Introduction to Art series 101, 102, 103 may be taken
ARCH 161 Blueprint Reading-Part 1 – 2.00: of all first year courses. in any order. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH
Teaches non-drafting students to read architectural 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
blueprints. ARCH 232 Estimating 3.00: Estimating material and
labor costs of construction. Recommended: Completion ART 115 Basic Design 3.00: Black and white de-
ARCH 162 Blueprint Reading-Part 2 – 2.00: of all first year courses. sign foundations studio experience centers on creative
Teaches advanced techniques in reading architectural problem-solving, developing perceptual awareness and
blueprints. Recommended: ARCH 161 or equivalent. ARCH 237 Introduction to Autodesk Revit 3.00: understanding and establishing critical skills and personal
Introduces Autodesk Revit, a parametric 3D modeling artistic vision. Use a broad range of materials, techniques
ARCH 191 Special Projects 1 – 2.00: Course software, and its applications to architecture and cov- and projects to design concepts with reference to historical
content will be jointly developed by the student and ers the creation, retrieval and modification of drawings and contemporary perspectives. Basic Design series 115,
the instructor. The course may be repeated for longer using basic Revit commands. 116, 117 may be taken in any sequence.
projects.
ARCH 246 AutoCAD 3D and Solid Modeling 3.00: ART 116 Basic Design 3.00: Color and design
ARCH 192 Special Projects 2 – 2.00: For larger Provides thorough coverage of 3-dimensional drafting foundations studio experience centers on creative
special projects the same term or projects that require a and design procedures. Concepts examined will include problem-solving, developing perceptual awareness
second term to complete. Course content will be jointly 3D primitives, User Coordinate Systems, 3D V points, and understanding, and establishing critical skills and
developed by the student and the instructor. Recom- complex extrusions, regions, shading and rendering, personal artistic vision. Use a broad range of materials,
mended: ARCH 191. 3D models and supportive AutoCAD 3D databases. This techniques and projects to explore color and design
course is 30 total contact hours and is also worth 60 LU concepts with reference to historical and contemporary
ARCH 193 Special Projects 3 – 2.00: For larger
credits to AIA members. Prerequisite: ARCH 136. perspectives. Basic Design series 115, 116, 117 may be
special projects that require a third term to complete.
Course content will be jointly developed by the student taken in any sequence.
ARCH 256 Advanced AutoCAD 3.00: Examines
and the instructor. Recommended: ARCH 191, 192. customization of AutoCAD menu files. Includes but- ART 117 Basic Design 3.00: Three-dimensional
tons, pop, icon, screen and tablet sections, creation foundations studio experience centers on creative
ARCH 200 Introduction to Architecture 4.00:
and implementation of user defined AutoLISP functions problem-solving, developing perceptual awareness
Introduces concepts, theories, and practices of the
and basic file management techniques. This course is and understanding and establishing critical skills and
discipline of architecture. Includes study of perceptual,
30 total contact hours and is also worth 60 LU credits personal artistic vision. Use a broad range of materials,
environmental, technical and organizational concepts
to AIA members. Prerequisite: ARCH 136. techniques and projects to explore three-dimensional
through lectures and individual projects in observing
architectural spaces and forms. design concepts with reference to historical and con-
ARCH 280 CE / Architectural Design and Drafting
temporary perspectives. Basic Design series 115, 116,
ARCH 201 Design Studio 1 – 6.00: Covers design 1.00–4.00: Work or observe on approved job sites.
117 may be taken in any sequence.
of single family buildings and preparing a complete set of Student receives as varied and complete an experience
residential working drawings. Recommended: Comple- as possible under job conditions. Credits are variable ART 131 Introduction to Drawing 3.00: A studio
tion of all first year courses. Prerequisites: ARCH 100, and based on the number of clock hours student spends experience exploring basic drawing techniques, materi-
101, 111, 113, 121, 122, 124, 126, 132, 136, 137, 200 on job site. Must be coordinated with the supervisor, als and concepts while addressing historical and con-
and ART 215. instructor, and cooperative education specialist. Depart- temporary issues. A conceptual framework for critical
ment permission required. analysis is presented along with basic art theory. May
ARCH 202 Design Studio 2 – 6.00: Covers design be taken three times for credit.
of special and general use commercial buildings and Art
preparing a set of commercial working drawings. ART 140 Digital Photography 3.00: Introductory
ART 101 Introduction to Art 4.00: Addresses see-
Recommended: Completion of all first year courses. course emphasizing knowledge of the camera, develop-
ing, experiencing and appreciating the urban world as a
Prerequisites: ARCH 100, 102, 112, 121, 122, 124, 126, ment of computer skills in preparing and outputting im-
reflection of human interaction with the socio-political
133, 136, 137, 200. ages, and exploration of visual design and composition.
and physical environment, such as with architecture,
Recommended: Basic computer skills and WR 115.
ARCH 203 Design Studio 3 – 6.00: Covers design gardens, fountains, malls and public spaces. Examines
and preparing a set of remodel/addition working how cities express the values, technology, geography ART 141 Introduction to Photography (Non-dark-
drawings. Recommended: Completion of all first year and economic structure of many cultures in the light of room) 3.00: Covers camera operation, selection and
courses. Prerequisites: ARCH 100, 101, 111, 113, 121, aesthetic, historic, and critical factors. The Introduction use of film, filters, lenses, flash units and other acces-
122, 124, 126, 132, 136, 137, 200 and ART 215. to Art series 101, 102, 103 may be taken in any order. sories. Students shoot 35mm color slides and have them
Recommended: ART 102 and ART 103. Prerequisites: processed commercially. Must own, or have access to a
ARCH 204 Sustainable Building Design Studio WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement 35mm camera with adjustable exposure controls.
4.00: Advanced study of sustainable building design test scores.
and systems, and applied to residential buildings. ART 142 Introduction to Photography (Dark-
ART 102 Introduction to Art 4.00: Addresses issues room) 3.00: Introductory course in black and white
Includes site analysis passive technologies, and use
of fine art, particularly painting, sculpture and drawing, photography, emphasizing knowledge of the camera,
of sustainable building materials. Concepts will be
in terms of experiencing, appreciating and understand- development of darkroom skills, and exploration or
applied to an actual house design in a studio format.
ing their role in our lives. Art is examined in the light of visual design and composition. Should own or have
Prerequisite: ARCH 101 or department approval for
aesthetic, historic, and critical issues. The Introduction access to a 35mm camera with adjustable exposure
similar experience. Prerequisite or concurrent registra-
to Art series 101, 102, 103 may be taken in any order. controls. May be adjustable exposure controls. May be
tion: ARCH 131 and 224, and ID 121 and BCT 206; or
Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent taken three times. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and
instructor permission.
placement test scores. MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
ARCH 224 Active and Passive Building Systems
ART 103 Introduction to Art 4.00: Addresses issues ART 143 Photography II 3.00: Course follows
4.00: Advanced study of structural systems, mechanical
relating to design in our daily lives, particularly graphic ART 142 in sequence, and is devoted to further the
systems, specifications, and building codes in residential
design, and may include commercial, industrial, crafts, development of technical photographic skills, and to
and small commercial buildings. Prerequisite: ARCH 124.
and product design. Examines how design expresses the continued exploration of visual design theory and
168
Course Descriptions
the conceptual approaches involved in making art. May ART 209 History of Asian Art 4.00: Explores and practices necessary for actual production of calligraphic
be taken three times for credit. Prerequisites: ART 142 analyzes the visual arts in relation to the culture of and drawn letters on a commercial basis. Work involves
and its prerequisites. Japan from the Neolithic through the modern period. problem-solving activities the professional calligrapher
Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equiva- is likely to encounter on the job.
ART 181 Painting I 3.00: A studio experience exploring lent placement test scores.
basic painting techniques, materials, and concepts while ART 231 Drawing 3.00: A studio experience exploring
addressing historical and contemporary issues. A concep- ART 210 Women in Art 4.00: Covers the work of ways of seeing and basic drawing techniques, materials
tual framework for critical analysis is presented along with women artists from antiquity to the present. The works and concepts while addressing historical and contempo-
basic art theory. May be taken three times for credit. of the most important women artists from each period rary issues. A conceptual framework for critical analysis
will be studied in relation to the changing roles of women is presented along with basic art theory. May be taken
ART 197 Artist’s Skills/Practical Issues 3.00: in society and to the art produced contemporaneously three times for credit.
Professional practices relevant to emerging artists’ by men. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or
careers. Workshop/lecture format includes resume equivalent placement test scores. ART 237 Life Drawing 3.00: Students study and
and portfolio preparation, developing resources and draw the human form from professional models.
community, gaining exposure and representation for art- ART 211 Modern Art History / 19th Century Art Applying various drawing techniques and concepts,
work, creating publicity, basic marketing and exhibition in Europe 4.00: The Nineteenth Century saw the students study the structure, form and proportions of
strategies, presenting and installing art work, business beginning of the modern world and modern societies in the human figure. Emphasis is upon personal progress
concerns, art market dynamics, art collecting. Field Europe. Examines and analyzes the visual arts to reveal as an artist with attention to composition. May be taken
trips to local galleries and/or guest lectures. Practical some effects of those changes, and to gain insight into three times for credit.
experience gained in PCC gallery, through internships, our modern world. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and
and/or through Service Learning Projects. MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. ART 243 The Photographic Portfolio 3.00:
Provides framework within which students may pursue
ART 198 Special Topics in Art 1.00–5.00: A ART 212 Modern Art History / Early 20th Century their unique photographic vision. Explores role of pho-
variable topics course offering special classes and Art 4.00: The turn of the Twentieth Century witnessed tography in the arts, and rights and responsibilities of the
workshops in art and in art history. Course affords revolutions in science and technology, psychology and photographic artist. Work in black and white and/or color
novel opportunity to explore out-of-the-ordinary skills, philosophy. Examines and analyzes the visual arts to (color processed at student expense). May be taken three
themes, and subjects, including art travel. reveal some effects of those changes, and to gain insight times. Prerequisite: ART 143.
into our modern world. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115
ART 204 History of Western Art 4.00: Examines and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. ART 253 Ceramics I 3.00: An introductory studio
visual art and architecture as a reflection of human experience exploring ceramic form, processes, tech-
interaction with the socio-political and physical ART 213 Modern Art History / Art Since 1945 niques and concepts while addressing historical and
environment of a particular era. Objectives center on 4.00: World War II ended the supremacy of Europe in contemporary issues. Students will use a variety of
viewing, analyzing and comparing many art forms in an the visual art world and focused attention on America. techniques to develop and encourage creative problem
historical context, and covers the Paleolithic, Ancient Examines and analyzes art since 1945 to explore the solving. Critiques, discussions, and ceramic presen-
Near Eastern, and Aegean cultures, beginning about ideas behind it, to reveal our culture and values, and tations establish critical skills necessary to evaluate
30,000 BCE. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH to gain a greater understanding and appreciation of ceramics, explore artistic intent, examine and structural
20 or equivalent placement test scores. contemporary art. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and solutions, and expand perceptual awareness. Course in-
MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. cludes demonstrations, lectures, slides and audiovisual
ART 205 History of Western Art 4.00: Examines materials. May be taken three times for credit.
visual art and architecture as a reflection of human ART 215 History of American Residential
interaction with the socio-political and physical envi- Architecture 3.00: Examines the historical origins ART 256 Ceramics II 3.00: Allows further exploration
ronment. Objectives center on viewing, analyzing and and elements of American house styles in order to in all aspects of clay processes: development of ideas,
comparing many art forms in an historical context, and develop insights into the residential architecture of care and preparation of clay, skills and understanding
covers Late Antiquity, Early Christian and Medieval our own era. related to clay work on and off the potter’s wheel, glazes
periods, beginning about 500 BC. Prerequisites: WR and firing procedures. May be taken three times.
115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement ART 217 Understanding Comic Art 3.00: Examines
test scores. comics art as a medium of visual communication. Aesthetic ART 270 Printmaking 3.00: Laboratory course in
qualities unique to comic books and graphic novels analyzed print art focusing on specific techniques and materials
ART 206 History of Western Art 4.00: Examines in artistic, historical, and narrative contexts using seminal each term as well as standards for critical analysis.
visual art and architecture as a reflection of human texts. Strongly recommend: Placement into WR 121 and References the history of the print and the diverse his-
interaction with the socio-political and physical envi- RD 115. torical and cultural context of the visual arts. Primarily
ronment. Objectives center on viewing, analyzing and a studio experience with supporting slide lectures and
comparing many art forms in an historical context, and ART 218 Lettering Calligraphy I 2.00: Covers other visual media. Critiques of student work are held
covers the Renaissance and Baroque periods, beginning practical and creative uses of calligraphy, lettering regularly. Recommended: ART 115, 116 and 131. May
about 1300 AD. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH principles, techniques and functions, and discusses be taken three times for credit.
20 or equivalent placement test scores. the traditions and historical development of letters. Fall
term: Roman alphabet, lower and upper case. Winter ART 271 Printmaking II 3.00: A studio experience
ART 207 History of Asian Art 4.00: Explores and term: Italic alphabet, lower and upper case. Spring term: in printmaking, the more advanced level in a succession
analyzes the visual arts in relation to the culture of India Carolingian and uncial alphabet styles. Each term may of classes exploring relief printing, monotype, intagilio,
from the Neolithic through the modern period. Prereq- be taken once for a maximum of six credits. and other processes. Students will use both direct and
uisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent indirect methods of imagery development. References the
placement test scores. ART 220 Advanced Lettering and Seminar history of the print and the diverse historical and cultural
2.00: Basic calligraphic scripts studied in ART 218 context of the visual arts. Personal critiques of student
ART 208 History of Asian Art 4.00: Explores and are reviewed and a variety of additional styles stud- work of the visual arts. Personal critiques of student
analyzes the visual arts in relation to the culture of ied. Layout and design principles are presented, and work are held regularly. May be taken up to three times
China from the Neolithic through the modern period. students work through the process of designing and for credit. Prerequisite: ART 270.
Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equiva- completing both broadsides and commercial kinds of
lent placement test scores. work. Students study the lettering techniques and shop ART 277 Life Painting 3.00: Students study and
paint the human form from professional models. Apply-
169
Course Descriptions
ing various painting techniques and concepts, students techniques to develop and encourage creative problem ings, flywheel, leakage, gaskets, cables, cylinders and
study the structure, form and proportions of the human solving. Critiques, discussions, and sculpture presen- fluids. Work with automatic transmissions and transaxles
figure. Emphasis is on personal progress as an artist tations establish critical skills necessary to evaluate used on General Motors vehicles, trace the power flow,
with attention to composition. Students will paint from a sculpture, explore artistic intent, examine aesthetic and diagnose problems, disassemble, inspect and evaluate,
nude model. May be taken three times for credit. structural solutions, and expand perceptual awareness. clean and layout components. Reassemble and adjust
Course emphasizes the use of mixed media in sculpture. transmission and test the unit for proper operation. Work
ART 279 Experimental Media 3.00: Students in- May be taken three times for credit. on approved customers vehicles diagnosing, servicing
troduced to and explore ways of seeing and creating that and repairing as needed. Provides specific diagnostic
acknowledge personal artistic intentions. Studio experi- ART 293 Figure Sculpture 3.00: A studio experience guidelines and covers procedures that take place in a
ence examines various 2-D and 3-D experimental media exploring sculptural form, processes, techniques, and dealership. Prerequisite: ASEP 100.
and processes used to develop and encourage creative concepts while addressing historical and contemporary
problem solving. The conceptual framework for critical issues relating to figure sculpture. Students study and ASEP 103 Engine Performance 16.00: Studies op-
analysis is structured with regard to contemporary and sculpt the human form from professional models, nude eration, diagnosis and testing of systems used to deliver
historical art making. Course intended for students and clothed. Applying various sculpting techniques spark ignition and air/fuel to the combustion chamber
willing to formulate their own artistic directions. May and concepts, students study the structure, form and of the engine, reduce vehicle emission levels and diesel
be taken 3 times. proportions of the human figure. Critiques, discussions, engine operation. Prerequisite: ASEP 100.
and sculpture presentations establish critical skills
ART 281 Painting II 3.00: A studio experience ex- necessary to evaluate figure sculpture and explore the ASEP 104 Steering, Suspension and Brakes
ploring ways of seeing and basic painting techniques, expressive potential of the human form. May be taken 12.00: Studies and works with suspension systems
materials, and concepts while historical and contem- up to three times for credit. used on General Motors vehicles; components, steering
porary issues. A conceptual framework for critical gears, wheel bearings, alignment angles, rear wheel
analysis is presented along with basic art theory. May ART 294 Sculpture / Welding 3.00: A studio experi- tracking, adjustments and correction, wheel balance
be taken three times for credit. Recommended: ART ence exploring sculptural form, processes, techniques, and factors contributing to vehicle handling and tire
116 and ART 181. and concepts while addressing historical and contem- wear. Studies principles of automotive brake systems
porary issues. Students will develop creative problem on General Motors vehicles. Practices disassembly and
ART 284 Watercolor I 3.00: A studio experience solving skills through making sculpture with welded assembly of system components using school owned
exploring basic watercolor painting techniques, steel. Introduces oxy-acetylene welding and cutting and equipment. Includes proper measuring and machinery
materials, and concepts while addressing historical mig welding. Critiques, discussions, and sculpture pre- techniques of brake drums and rotors. Prerequisite:
and contemporary issues to become more visually sentations establish critical skills necessary to evaluate ASEP 100.
literate. A conceptual framework for critical analysis sculpture, explore artistic intent, examine aesthetic and
is presented along with basic art theory. May be taken structural solutions, and expand perceptual awareness. ASEP 280A CE / Automotive Service Education
three times for credit. May be taken three times for credit. Recommended: ART Program 12.00
291 or ART 293.
ART 287 Watercolor II 3.00: A studio experience American Sign Language
exploring basic and more advanced watercolor painting Automotive Service Educational Program
techniques, materials, and concepts while addressing ASL 101 First Year American Sign Language I
historical and contemporary issues to become more ASEP 100 Introduction to ASEP 8.00: Provides – 3.00: Emphasizes active conversational competence
visually literate. A conceptual framework for critical overview of automotive systems and the automotive in ASL. Includes visual readiness skills, vocabulary,
analysis is presented along with basic art theory. May industry. Studies use of service manuals, tool use culture and grammar used for meeting communica-
be taken three times for credit. Prerequisite: ART 284 and purchase, precision measurement, shop safety tion needs. For beginners. Proficiency target level:
or instructor permission. procedures and basic vehicle service, such as, lube, Novice high.
oil and filter (LOF) and pre-delivery inspections (PDI).
ART 290 Sculpture / Plaster / Clay 3.00: A studio Also spend nine weeks at the dealership on a trial basis. ASL 102 First Year American Sign Language II
experience exploring sculptural form, processes, tech- Placement into MTH 55 or higher, WR 121 and attain- – 3.00: Continues work of ASL 101. Emphasizes active
niques, and concepts while addressing historical and ment of a Dealership sponsor required. communication in ASL. Proficiency target level: Interme-
contemporary issues. Students will develop creative diate low. Sign Language Proficiency Interview may be
problem solving while using clay and plaster to create ASEP 101 Electrical Systems and Air Condi- required. Prerequisite: ASL 101. Prerequisite course must
sculptures. Critiques, discussions, and sculpture pre- tioning 16.00: Study and work with General Motors have been completed within one year of class enrollment;
sentations establish critical skills necessary to evaluate Electrical Systems, basic electrical, components, series, proficiency interview within one term.
sculpture, explore artistic intent, examine aesthetic and parallel and series parallel circuits, voltage, current,
structural solutions, and expand perceptual awareness. amperage, resistance, ohms, mhos, batteries, starters, ASL 103 First Year American Sign Language III
May be taken three times for credit. Recommend: ART alternators, wiper motors, wiring, small motors, semi- – 3.00: Continues work of ASL 102. Emphasizes active
290, 291, 292, or 293. conductors, lights, meters, scopes, wiring diagrams, communication in ASL. Proficiency target level: Interme-
SIR (Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System), radios, diate mid. Sign Language Proficiency Interview may be
ART 291 Sculpture / Carving 3.00: A studio experi- BCM (Body Control Module), and instrumentation. Cov- required. Prerequisite: ASL 102. Prerequisite course must
ence exploring sculptural form, processes, techniques, ers heating and air conditioning systems, components, have been completed within one year of class enrollment;
and concepts while addressing historical and contem- compressors, air conditioning control systems, vacuum proficiency interview within one term.
porary issues. Students will develop creative problem systems, electrical systems, diagnosing, repairing,
solving while using the reductive process of carving to ASL 130 Deaf Studies 3.00: Introduces two perspec-
recycling and the proper handling of R-12, 134A, and tives of Deaf community, past and current perspectives
create sculptures. Critiques, discussions, and sculpture antifreeze. Prerequisite: ASEP 100.
presentations establish critical skills necessary to evaluate on education, services, employment, legislation, sign-
sculpture, explore artistic intent, examine aesthetic and ASEP 102 Engine Repair and Drive Train 16.00: ers vs interpreters, signaling devices, terminology, com-
structural solutions, and expand perceptual awareness. Study and work with gasoline and diesel engines used munication system and attitudes toward language.
May be taken three times for credit. on General Motors vehicles; components, engine blocks, ASL 150 Accelerated American Sign Language
cylinder heads, pistons, valves, cam, crankshaft, gaskets, 4.00: For beginners. Covers the material of ASL 101 and
ART 292 Sculpture / Mixed Media 3.00: Studio oil, coolant, repair, diagnosis, and some areas of machin-
experience exploring sculptural form, processes, tech- half of ASL 102 in an accelerated format. Emphasizes
ing. Manual drive train and axles on and off the car; active conversational competence in ASL. Includes
niques, and concepts while addressing historical and components, gears, bearings, clutches, CV joints, transfer
contemporary issues. Uses a variety of materials and visual readiness skills, vocabulary, culture and grammar
cases, differentials, axle shafts, drive lines, seals, bush-
170
Course Descriptions
used for meeting communication needs. Recommended Anthropology ATH 212 Introduction to Shamanism 4.00: Exam-
to the highly motivated student. Proficiency target level: ines shamanism as it is practiced in various cultures
Intermediate low. ATH 101 Introduction to Physical Anthropology around the world. Students will be introduced to the
4.00: Presents physical anthropology and the study shamanic cosmologies, values and world views of dif-
ASL 151 Accelerated American Sign Language of human biological evolution in the context of modern ferent tribal societies and use participant-observation
5.00: Covers the material of half of ASL 102 and ASL 103 genetics and primate behavior studies. Examines human to explore different styles of shamanic journeying. Core
in an accelerated format. Emphasizes active communica- fossil record, as well as the diversity and commonality shamanism and the interface of shamanism and modern
tion in ASL. Proficiency target level: Intermediate mid. of present and past populations of humankind. Pre- medicine and psychotherapy will be explored. Pre-
Sign Language Proficiency Interview may be required. requisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent requsite: WR 121 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement
Prerequisite: ASL 102 or ASL 150. Prerequisite course placement test scores. test scores, and ATH 103 or instructor’s permission.
must have been completed within one year of class enroll-
ment; proficiency interview within one term. ATH 102 Introduction to Archaeology and Prehis- ATH 214 Human Environments: Ecological Aspects
tory 4.00: Introduces methods and techniques used 4.00: Examines ecological relationships between human
ASL 201 Second Year American Sign Language by archaeologists to study the development of human societies and their natural environments. Clarifies the
IV 3.00: Continues work of first year ASL, reviewing, culture. Provides a survey of world prehistory, while human’s biological relatedness to the world’s natural
expanding, and perfecting expressive skill, structure, emphasizing the development of social complexity and ecosystems and then presents a look at the ensuing
and vocabulary for the purpose of active communica- the origins of agriculture that precede both new and old disruptions in nature and in human cultures. Prereq-
tion. Emphasizes active communication in ASL. Profi- world civilizations. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and uisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent
ciency target level: Intermediate mid. Sign Language MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. placement test scores.
Proficiency Interview may be required. Prerequisite:
ASL 103. Prerequisite course must have been com- ATH 103 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology ATH 230 Native Americans of Oregon 4.00:
pleted within one year of class enrollment; proficiency 4.00: Examines modern human cultures. Analyzes a Presents the history of anthropological research and
interview within one term. variety of ethnographic examples from various world the prehistory, languages and culture areas of Oregon’s
societies to understand the diverse aspects of language, native peoples. Individual native groups are studied to
ASL 202 Second Year American Sign Language technology, economy, social structure, governance, better depict the life ways of Oregon’s major cultural and
V 3.00: Continues work of ASL 201. Emphasizes active religion, world views and expressive aspects of life. geographic divisions. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115
communication in ASL. Increased emphasis on explor- Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equiva- and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
ing, analyzing the rules and presenting ASL stories and lent placement test scores.
literature. Proficiency target level: Intermediate mid. ATH 231 Native Americans of the Northwest
Sign Language Proficiency Interview may be required. ATH 207 Cultural Anthropology / Culture Con- 4.00: An in-depth survey of the native peoples of
Prerequisite: ASL 201. Prerequisite course must have cepts 4.00: Examines different schools of anthropolog- Oregon, Washington, Alaska, and Southwest Canada.
been completed with one year of class enrollment; ical thought and the concept of culture from a historical Individual native groups are studied to depict cultural
proficiency interview within one term. perspective. Emphasis placed upon the importance of variation within the region. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD
culture in explaining similarities and differences in our 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
ASL 203 Second Year American Sign Language evolving world system. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115
VI 3.00: Continues work of ASL 202. Emphasizes and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. ATH 232 Native North Americans 4.00: Surveys an-
active communication in ASL. Increased emphasis on thropology and distribution of the native North American
exploring, analyzing the rules, discussing, developing ATH 208 Cultural Anthropology / Cultures of the peoples. Presents history of anthropological research
and presenting ASL literature and poetry. Proficiency World 4.00: Introduces ethnographic descriptions of a and the prehistory, languages and culture areas of native
target level: Intermediate high. Sign Language Profi- representative sample of the cultural variations among North America. Specific native groups will be surveyed
ciency Interview may be required. Prerequisite: ASL 202. contemporary peoples. Compares various subsistence to better depict the life ways of the major cultural and
Prerequisite course must have been completed within systems and levels of socio-political integration. Pre- geographic divisions. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and
one year of class enrollment; proficiency interview requisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
within one term. placement test scores.
ATH 234 Death / Crosscultural Perspectives
ASL 250 Accelerated American Sign Language ATH 209 Cultural Anthropology / Cultural Growth 4.00: An interdisciplinary study into cross-cultural
4.00: Covers the material of ASL 201 and half of ASL & Change 4.00: Examines processes of cultural variations regarding human responses to death and
202 in an accelerated format. Emphasizes active com- growth and change, the development of contemporary the differing cosmological implications these suggest.
munication in ASL. Increased emphasis on exploring, anthropological theory and the rapidly growing fields Death, a cultural universal, is addressed in its diversity
analyzing the rules, discussing, developing and present- within applied anthropology. Ethnographic techniques from both anthropological and sociological perspec-
ing ASL literature and poetry. Proficiency target level: presented so students may use them to examine the tives. The subject of death as experienced by several
Intermediate mid. Sign Language Proficiency Interview changing culture of our complex society. Prerequisites: major regions and cultures of the world is explored,
may be required. Prerequisite: ASL 103 or ASL 151. WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement including Asia, India, Bali, Middle East, Melanesia and
Prerequisite course must have been completed within test scores. Native American; historical trends in Western Europe
one year of class enrollment; proficiency interview and Americas are assessed regarding the evolution of
ATH 210 Selected Topics Ethnology 4.00: Intro- contemporary perspectives on mortality. ATH 234 and
within one term.
duces life styles and interactions with their environ- SOC 234 cannot both be taken for credit. Recommend:
ASL 251 Accelerated American Sign Language ments of peoples in a selected part of the world. Uses A course in Anthropology or Sociology.
5.00: Covers the material of half of ASL 202 and ASL ethnographic and other information for concentrated
203 in an accelerated format. Emphasizes active com- study of the cultural diversity and environmental adapta- ATH 235 Survey of Prehistoric Mexico and
munication in ASL. Continues emphasis on the ASL tions of those peoples. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 Central America 4.00: Study of the development,
literature, poetry and other topics. Proficiency target and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. form and history of pre-Columbian Indian civilizations,
level: Intermediate high. Sign Language Proficiency surveying the achievements of the Maya, the Aztec and
ATH 211 Selected Topics in Anthropology 4.00: their neighbors.
Interview may be required. Prerequisite: ASL 202 or
Focuses on a specific anthropological topic and explores
ASL 250. Prerequisite course must have been com-
it in detail. Topics are drawn from the four sub-fields of ATH 298 Independent Study / Anthropology
pleted within one year of class enrollment; proficiency
anthropology and provide an in depth examination and 3.00: Individualized, advanced study in areas of an-
interview within one term.
analysis of the chosen subject. Topic specific theories thropology not considered in other courses, to meet
and methods also highlighted. special interests or program requirements. Complete
171
Course Descriptions
a term project and readings approved by the instruc- AVS 145 Introduction to Commercial Airplane AVS 227 Aviation Careers 4.00: Designed to prepare
tor. Recommended: prior study in anthropology and 3.00: Begins commercial pilot training activities and students for a career in aviation. Explores aviation em-
instructor permission. includes cross-country flight operations and a review ployment opportunities. Includes interview and resume
of previous items learned during private pilot training. preparation. Intended for second year AVS students.
Aviation Science Students will learn how to plan and execute a cross-
country flight as a commercial pilot. Prerequisites: AVS AVS 230 Airplane / Flight Instructor Ground 4.00:
AVS 110 Helicopter Private Pilot Ground School Includes flight instruction fundamentals, evaluation
135 and FAA Private Pilot Certificate with Instrument
4.00:Covers fundamentals of flight, helicopter systems, techniques, and related skills necessary for a Flight In-
Rating. Corequisite: AVS 140.
aeronautical publications, Federal Aviation Regulations, structor certificate. Emphasizes instruction techniques
navigation, flight planning, radio procedures and weather. AVS 150 Helicopter / Commercial Ground 3.00: and presents sufficient knowledge to prepare for the FAA
Presents sufficient knowledge to prepare for the FAA Private In depth study of aerodynamics systems, performance, Fundamentals of Instructing and CFI knowledge tests.
Pilot Rotocraft knowledge test. aeronautical charts, regulations, and flight maneuvers Prerequisite: AVS 140.
all relating specifically to helicopters. Presents sufficient
AVS 115 Helicopter Private Pilot Flight 3.00: AVS 235 Airplane / Flight Instructor Flight 2.00:
knowledge to prepare for the FAA Commercial Pilot
Familiarizes student with the operation of helicopters. Provides a structured environment to learn to fly the
Rotocraft helicopter written test.
Fundamentals of flight, emergency procedures, air aircraft from the instructor’s seat. Learn to explain,
traffic control and operational procedures are explored. AVS 155 Helicopter / Introduction to Commercial demonstrate and to assess flight performance. Pre-
Prepares student for the FAA Private Pilot Rotocraft Flight 3.00: Begins the commercial pilot training ac- pares students for the FAA Flight Instructor practical
Helicopter practical test. Corequisite: AVS 110. tivities. Cross- country flight procedures and emergency test. Prerequisites: AVS 225; FAA Commercial Pilot
maneuvers are the focus. Students must hold a private certification. Corequisite: AVS 230.
AVS 120 Airplane / Private Pilot Ground School
pilot certificate prior to enrollment.
4.00: Covers fundamentals of flight, aeronautical publi- AVS 237 Aviation Law and Regulations 4.00:
cations, Federal Aviation Regulations, navigation, flight AVS 157 Aircraft Systems & Structures I / Air- Explores the applicable Federal Aviation Regulations
planning, radio procedures and weather. Presents sufficient frame 3.00: Designed to give students the background through case law and current events. The FAA’s role in
knowledge to prepare for the FAA Private Pilot knowledge in aircraft systems and structures, with an emphasis on the development and regulation of the industry is ex-
test. Open to the general public. airframe components, that will enable them to progress amined. Covers how to reference, interpret and explain
into more advanced aircraft. Provides understanding of aviation law and regulations.
AVS 125 Airplane / Private Pilot Flight 3.00:
Familiarizes student with operation of single engine the safe and efficient operation of aircraft systems. Prior
AVS 240 Airplane / CFII/MEI Ground3.00: Includes
aircraft. Fundamentals of flight, air traffic control and flight experience recommended.
Instrument and Multi-Engine subject areas for a Flight
operational procedures are explored. Prepares student AVS 167 Aircraft Systems 3.00: Powerplant Instructor certificate. Presents sufficient knowledge to
for the FAA Private Pilot Airplane practical test. Coreq- Designed to give students the background in aircraft prepare for the Certified Flight Instructor Instrument
uisite: AVS 120. systems and structures, with an emphasis on powerplant knowledge test. Prerequisite: AVS 230.
AVS 127 Introduction to Aviation 4.00: Examines components, that will enable them to progress into more
AVS 241 Airplane / CFII Ground/Flight 3.00:
aviation from early flight to future potentials. Introduces advanced aircraft. Provides understanding of the safe
Includes subject areas for an Instrument Airplane rat-
career opportunities in all fields of aviation and outlines and efficient operation of aircraft systems. Prior flight
ing on a Flight Instructor certificate. Presents sufficient
career advancement possibilities. Provides general experience recommended.
knowledge to prepare for the Certified Flight Instructor
overview of pilot certificates and ratings and training AVS 205 Helicopter / Commercial Flight A 3.00: - Instrument knowledge test. Prepares students to obtain
aircraft used. May include visits to area aviation facili- Continues the Commercial Pilot Rotorcraft Helicopter the aeronautical skill and knowledge necessary to apply
ties. Open to general public. training activities and includes cross-country flight for the FAA Flight Instructor - Instrument practical test.
operations and a review of previous items learned during Prerequisites: AVS 230, AVS 235, and FAA Commercial
AVS 130 Instrument Ground School 4.00: Covers Pilot Certificate with Instrument Rating: CFI certificate.
fundamentals of instrument flight planning, use of flight the introduction to Commercial Pilot training. Increase
and navigation instrumentation, air traffic control proce- knowledge about efficiently planning and executing
AVS 242 Airplane / MEI Ground/Flight 2.00: In-
dures, radio navigation systems including the concepts of cross-country flights as well as off airport operations
cludes subject areas for Multi-Engine Airplane rating on
instrument flight. Presents sufficient knowledge to prepare required for commercial pilots. Prerequisite: AVS 155.
a Flight Instructor certificate. Prepares student to obtain
for the FAA Instrument Rating knowledge test. NOTE: Corequisite: AVS 150.
the aeronautical skill and knowledge necessary to apply
Course not recommended without prior flight experience. AVS 215 Helicopter / Commercial Flight B 4.00: for the FAA Flight Instructor - Multi-Engine practical
Prerequisite: AVS 120. Continues the Commercial Pilot Rotorcraft Helicopter test. Prerequisites: AVS 230, 235, and FAA Commercial
training activities and includes instrument flight train- Pilot Certificate with Instrument, CFI ratings.
AVS 135 Airplane / Instrument Flight 3.00:
Receive training in instrument flight operations. Pre- ing, cross-country flight operations and a review of
AVS 245 Airplane / CFII/MEI Flight 2.00: Instruc-
pares student for the FAA Instrument Rating - Airplane previous items learned during the introduction to
tion, flight training and practice teaching that will allow
practical test. Prerequisite: AVS 125 and FAA Private Commercial Pilot training. Learn to operate the aircraft
the student to obtain the aeronautical skill and knowl-
Pilot Certificate. Corequisite: AVS 130. under instrument flight rules in simulated instrument
edge necessary to apply for the FAA Flight Instructor In-
flight conditions. Increase knowledge about efficiently
strument and Multi-Engine practical test. Prerequisites:
AVS 137 Applied Aerodynamics 4.00: Introduces planning and executing cross-country flights as well as
AVS 235 and FAA Commercial Pilot Certificate with
aerodynamics. Explores various concepts and theories off airport operations required for commercial pilots.
Instrument, CFI ratings. Corequisite: AVS 240.
relevant to modern aviation. Open to the general public Prerequisite: AVS 155. Corequisites: AVS 130, 150.
(no math prerequisite.) AVS 255 Airplane / Pilot Performance 1.00:
AVS 225 Airplane / Commercial Flight 4.00:
Designed to expose students to Cockpit Resource
AVS 140 Airplane / Commercial Pilot Ground Concludes commercial pilot training activities and
Management. Focuses on workload management and
4.00: Covers advanced concepts of flight maneuvers, includes complex flight operations, multi-engine opera-
check list usage. Prerequisites: AVS 225 and FAA
Federal Aviation Regulations, weight and balance, and tions, advanced systems and performance maneuvers.
Commercial Pilot Certificate with Multi-engine Land
other aeronautical skill topics. Presents sufficient knowl- Students will be prepared to take the Commercial Pilot
and Instrument rating.
edge to prepare for the FAA Commercial pilot knowledge single-engine land practical test and the multi-engine
test. Prerequisite: AVS 130. land additional class rating practical test upon success- AVS 260 Helicopter / CFI Ground 4.00: Includes
ful completion of the course. Prerequisites: AVS 145; flight instruction fundamentals, evaluation techniques,
FAA private Pilot Certificate w/Instrument Rating.
172
Course Descriptions
and related skills necessary for a Flight Instructor BA 177 Payroll Accounting 3.00: Learn fundamental management planning, budgeting, and responsibility
certificate. Emphasizes instruction techniques and skills and basic knowledge in the area of business payroll. accounting. Prerequisites: BA 211, Principles of Ac-
presents sufficient knowledge to prepare for the FAA The focus of the course is primarily in the following areas: counting I.
Fundamentals of Instructing and CFI knowledge tests. payroll and personnel record keeping, calculation of
Prerequisite: AVS 150. gross pay using various methods, calculation of Social BA 215 Basic Cost Accounting 3.00: ICovers cost
Security and Medicare taxes, calculation of federal and accounting concepts, application, and techniques
AVS 265 Helicopter / CFI Flight 3.00: Provides a state income taxes, calculation of federal and state unem- employed in the accumulation and reporting of manu-
structured environment to learn to fly the helicopter from ployment taxes, journalizing and posting payroll entries, facturing cost data. Particular attention shall be paid to
the instructor’s seat. Learn to explain, demonstrate adn and completing various federal and state forms. Prereq- job order costing, process costing, joint and by-product
to assess flight performance. Prepares students for the uisites: BA 111 Introduction to Accounting or BA 211 or costing, standard costs, budgeting and analysis of vari-
FAA Flight Instructor practical test. instructor permission. Recommended: MTH 30 Business ances. Recommended: BA 96 or BA 211.
Mathematics, and Microcomputer experience.
AVS 267 Economics of Flight Operations 4.00: BA 218 Personal Finance 3.00: IStudies role of
Examines management philosophies and accounting BA 203 Introduction to International Business the consumer in our economy, problems of financing
procedures as they apply to general aviation. Includes 3.00: Explores processes of international trade, family and individual needs, including budgeting,
business aspects of maintaining and flying aircraft, whether the company is an importer, exporter, or a banking relationships, charge accounts, installment
operating airport facilities, and managing passenger/ multinational firm. Forms a basis for further study and buying, insurance, wills, real estate investing and
cargo activities. Guest speakers from the industry may specialization in the international business field. personal taxes.
be featured.
BA 205 Solving Communication Problems with BA 222 Financial Management 3.00: ICovers
AVS 275 Airplane / Professional Pilot 3.00: Technology 4.00: Focuses on using current technol- basic financial concepts and practices and includes
Provides further post-commercial instruction and PIC ogy to create, revise, and design business documents: analysis of company resources, types and sources of
flight time in single and multi-engine aircraft for those letters, memos, e-mail, reports, minutes, simple financing, forecasting and planning methods, and the
not selecting the flight instructor option. Prerequisites: instructions, and resumes. Students will use library roles of the money and capital markets. Recommended:
AVS 225 and FAA Commercial Pilot Certificate with and Internet resources to collect information. In ad- BA 212; MTH 60.
Instrument rating. dition, students will deliver oral presentations using BA 223 Principles of Marketing 3.00: IProvides
Business Administration presentation tools. Recommended: WR 121, BA 131, a general knowledge of marketing with emphasis on
CAS 133, or computer literacy. the marketing mix elements and target markets for
BA 98 Business Administration / Skills and consumer and industrial products. Marketing strate-
Issues 1.00: Increases academic skills and deepens BA 206 Management Fundamentals 3.00: Intro-
duces business management theory, including the basic gies, customer behavior, and international marketing
understanding of business administration as a discipline are topics addressed. Recommended: BA 101.
while supporting work performed in BA 101. Includes functions of planning, organizing, directing, leading, and
1) a tutorial relating to course concepts and content, controlling as well as factors contributing to change in BA 224 Human Resource Management 3.00: IAt-
2) academic skill building, including discipline-spe- current management approaches. Recommended: BA tention is given to human behavior, employment, employee
cific vocabulary, concepts, study skills, investigative 101, Introduction to Business. development, performance appraisal, wage and salary
techniques, and research mechanics, and 3) a brief BA 207 Introduction to E-Commerce 4.00: administration, employment and job rights, discipline and
community-related learning project to allow for direct Presents concepts and skills for the strategic use of due process, and labor-management relations.
application of learning. The overarching goal is to e-commerce and related information technology from
develop a deeper understanding of business practices. BA 226 Business Law I 4.00: Discusses funda-
three perspectives: business to consumers, business- mental concepts, principles, and rules of law that apply
Corequisite: BA 101. to-business, and intra-organizational. Examination of to business transactions. Includes the function and
BA 101 Introduction to Business 4.00: Survey e-commerce in altering the structure of entire industries, operation of the courts, business crimes, torts, contract
course in the field of business including topics such and how it affects business processes including elec- law, intellectual property, the application of the Uniform
as management, finance accounting, marketing, tronic transactions, supply chains, decision making and Commercial Code to business activities and recent
production, computers, international business, small organizational performance. developments in business law, such as cyberlaw and
business, investments and other areas of general BA 210 Advanced Accounting Spreadsheet Ap- electronic commerce.
business interest. plication 3.00: Presents the advanced functions of BA 227 Business Law II 3.00: Discusses funda-
BA 111 Introduction to Accounting 3.00: Presents electronic spreadsheets as related to the accounting mental concepts, principles and rules of law that apply
double-entry accounting as related to service and mer- profession. Also applies to finance, marketing, opera- to business organizations. Includes agency, property
chandising business. Covers accounting cycle, including tions, and other business occupations. Recommended: law, sales transactions, partnerships, corporations and
journalizing, posting to the general ledger, preparation (CAS 170 or 174) or CIS 125S, and BA 95, BA 96 or BA government regulations. Recommended: BA 226.
of financial statements, petty cash, bank reconciliations, 111 or BA 211.
combined journal , special journals and payroll. BA 228 Computer Accounting Applications 3.00:
BA 211 Principles of Accounting I 3.00: Introduces Introduces double-entry, fully integrated computerized
BA 131 Computers in Business 4.00: Course in financial accounting theory, including the accounting general ledger software. Topics include general ledger,
computer literacy that covers computer concepts and typi- cycle, analysis and recording of transactions, and accounts receivable, accounts payable, payroll, fixed assets,
cal activities computers are used for in business. Includes reporting financial information in accordance with bank reconciliations, and inventory. Recommended: BA 111
introduction to hardware and software, operating systems, generally accepted accounting principles. Strongly or BA 211; CAS 133.
word processing, spreadsheet, database and electronic mail. recommended: MTH 60 and BA 111.
Appreciate the value of ethical conduct in a business/com- BA 234 International Marketing 3.00: Covers
BA 212 Principles of Accounting II 3.00: IContin- nature and concepts of international marketing including
puter environment. ues the presentation of fundamental issues begun in BA techniques for identifying potential markets and assess-
BA 141 Introduction to International Business Law 211. Introduces statement of cash flows and financial ing uncontrollable elements such as economic, political
3.00: Surveys international aspects of traditional busi- statement analysis. Prerequisite: BA 96 or BA 211. and sociocultural environmental factors. International
ness law subjects (sales, commercial paper, corporate marketing strategies related to product/service, pricing,
BA 213 Principles of Accounting III 3.00:
law, agency, etc.) and related subjects (antitrust law, promotion and distribution are examined.
IStudy Managerial Accounting. Covers cost/volume
administrative law, trade regulation, etc.). relationships, manufacturing costs, cost decisions,
173
Course Descriptions
BA 237 Fundamentals of Import/Export 3.00: nature of firms doing business outside their national printreading skills relevant to residential building construc-
Examines motivations and procedures for the import borders and learn how information technology and tion. Students will demonstrate an understanding of print
and export of goods and services. Emphasizes U.S. technological changes in our society have driven the reading by analyzing, interpreting, and measuring plans for
import/export regulations, documentation, logistics, globalization of products and markets. Recommended: relevant construction information, and by sketching scaled
community resources and customer services. BA 101, BA 203, and BA 234. plans for peer and instructor evaluation. Work will be limited
to residential prints.
BA 238 Sales 3.00: Offers a blend of practicality BA 280A CE / Business Experience 1.00–3.00:
and theory on industrial, commercial and retail sales. Offers relevant field experience in business environ- BCT 103 Residential Materials and Methods
Demonstrates and practices basic sales techniques, ments in one of the following areas: bookkeeping, 3.00: Introduces function and performance character-
explores communication and motivation as they relate marketing, management, international business, istics of basic building materials, components, methods,
to selling and examine the function of sales relative to advertising, banking, purchasing, investment, finance and sequences in the construction process. Emphasizes
the total marketing program. and customer services (sales or credit services). Allows residential construction.
exploration of career options. Department permission
BA 239 Advertising 3.00: Covers the basics of required. BCT 104 Construction Math 3.00: Provides a
planning, creating, using, and placing advertising in the framework for learners to apply mathematical concepts
business world. Reviews entire field of advertising as BA 280B CE / Business Experience - Seminar and principles to building construction situations prob-
basis for students who select advertising as a career or 1.00: Supplements on-the-job experience through lems through collaborative learning. Learners will also
as an integral part of a marketing program. feedback sessions, instruction in job-related areas, and develop, articulate and document their own problem
linkages to the student’s on-campus program. Depart- solving strategies. Exploration of construction problems
BA 240 Governmental Accounting 3.00: Devel- ment permission required. will be limited to light framing, concrete, finish carpentry
ops conceptual foundation underlying the accounting and cabinetmaking. Prerequisite: Placement into MTH
procedures, records and statements used to summarize BA 285 Human Relations-Organizations 3.00: 20A or department approval.
and disclose the results of non-profit and governmental Explores interactions in organizations by examining
activities. Recommended: BA 95 or BA 96 or BA 111. human perceptions, communications, small group BCT 105 Vectorworks for Constructors 3.00:
dynamics and leadership. Includes dynamics of change, Learn to create 2D architectural working drawing using
BA 242 Introduction to Investments 3.00: Study cultural diversity, substance abuse, work stress, eth- VectorWorks CAD based software. A building blocks
popular investment vehicles--what they are, how they ics and social responsibility, and the challenges of approach will be used to help learners develop the
can be utilized and the risk and return possibilities. globalization. skills and vocabulary necessary to generate their own
Emphasizes stocks and bonds, mutual funds, options working drawings. Suitable for both MAC and Windows
and real estate. Examines securities exchanges and the BA 9235 Financial Statement Analysis I 3.00: operating systems. Recommended: Blueprint reading
functions of the broker. Recommended: MTH 20 Presents techniques used in financial statement and basic computer skills.
analysis from credit manager’s perspective. Includes
BA 244 Introduction to Records Management 3.00: common-sizing, ratio analysis, and cash flow analysis. BCT 106 Hand Tool/Power Tool Use and Safety
Offers a study of the life cycle of records on all types Recommended: BA 113. 3.00: Develops understanding of the hand tools and
of media from creation through disposition. Considers power tools used in the construction trades. Identifies
responsibilities of the records manager as they relate to BA 9703 Income Tax Preparation / Basic 8.00: commonly used hand/power tools, selecting the cor-
each subsystem of the total records management pro- Elements of taxation. Meets the statutory educational rect tool to complete assigned projects and working in
gram and to the needs of all types of organizations. requirements for those wishing to be licensed income a safe and competent manner. Emphasizes safety and
tax preparers in Oregon. care of tools.
BA 249 Principles of Retailing and E-tailing
3.00: Covers analyzing target market, developing retail BA 9706 Income Tax Preparation / Advanced BCT 115 Introduction to Residential Greenroofing
marketing mix elements, and reviewing store planning 3.00:Provides comprehensive review of federal 1.00: Provides a basic understanding of local residen-
techniques used by retailers. Includes discussions of individual income tax law for return preparers and tial greenroof design and installation. Covers greenroof
changing retailing environment and impact of govern- consultants. Includes update of changes in current law. benefits, best practices, material selections, and appro-
ment regulations. Qualifies for CPE credit. priate plantings; includes hands-on installation.
BA 250 Small Business Management 3.00: Building Construction Technology BCT 116 Alternative Building Design 3.00: This
Designed for students and prospective small business course introduces students to natural green building
owners and managers. It emphasizes the general func- BCT 100 Overview to the Construction Industry
principles used in the design and construction of alter-
tions, procedures, and specific subject areas related to 3.00: Study of management functions in the con-
native buildings such as straw bale, cobb and rammed
initiating, organizing, and operating a successful small struction industry. Planning and scheduling, project
earth. Student team will develop designs by construct-
business. It specifically prepares the student to develop organization and communications, cost control, project
ing scaled models, and will then prepare and deliver
a business plan for opening a business. Recommended: and contract administration, and project close out.
presentations that defend and promote their designs.
BA 101, Introduction to Business Basic construction industry operation knowledge, or
instructor’s permission required. BCT 120 Floor Framing 3.00: Covers the basic floor
BA 251 Office Management 3.00: Introduces orga- framing systems and principles used in residential con-
nizing, planning, leading, and controlling functions of an BCT 101 Principles of Construction Surveying
struction. Floor systems will be installed on foundations
office and the resulting role and responsibilities of the 3.00: Provides a collaborative learning framework in
using current building construction methods. Learning
office manager. Recommended: BA 206. Prerequisite: which learners practice the basic concepts of construc-
will include floor leveling, sill plate installation, floor
BA 101 or instructor permission. tion surveying. Includes set up and use of auto level,
framing material identification, joist and beam lay-out,
total station, leveling rod and steel tape. Also included
BA 256 Income Tax 3.00: Introduces preparation quantity take offs, estimating and related codes. Pre-
are field note assembly and interpretation, and eleva-
of federal individual and sole proprietorship income requisites: BCT 106 or instructor permission.
tion and distance measuring techniques. Vertical and
tax returns. Provides brief overview of partnership and horizontal angle calculations are also covered. Includes BCT 121 Wall Framing 3.00: Covers basic residen-
corporate returns. grid method for generating contour maps. Prerequisite: tial wood wall framing methods and principles used in
Prior completion of BCT 104 or instructor permission. current residential construction. Content will include
BA 270 Global Business Management 3.00: This
course explores the contemporary issues and the unique wall lay-out and assembly of studs, corners, partitions
BCT 102 Residential Printreading 3.00: Provides
challenges businesses face when moving into the int’l and openings. Includes material quantity take offs, esti-
a collaborative learning framework from the development of
marketplace. The emphasis will be on the changing mating and related codes. Structural sheathing, interior
174
Course Descriptions
wall bracing, bay framing, window box, framing arched BCT 150 Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing 3.00: acquiring a building permit; communicating effectively
openings and stair construction will also be covered. Covers the principles and applications of mechanical with sub contractors and clients; hands-on remodel-
Prerequisite: BCT 106 or instructor permission. and electrical components during the construction ing projects involving framing, concrete, interior and
process and of constructed facilities; heating, ventilat- exterior finish, and basic electrical, plumbing and
BCT 122 Roof Framing I 3.00: Course covers basic ing, air conditioning, plumbing, fire protection, power, mechanical ventilation. Prerequisites: BCT 102, BCT
residential roof rafter framing. Content covers rafter lighting, distribution systems, security systems and a 104 and BCT 106 or instructor approval.
math calculations for various roof slopes, lay-out, part review of the related codes.
nomenclature, assembly procedures, related codes and BCT 213 Commercial Printreading 3.00: Covers
material take-off. Ceiling joist, collar ties, gable roof, BCT 202 Business Principles for Construction typical commercial and civil construction plans and
gambrel rood and hip roof types will be covered. Prereq- 3.00: To learn fundamental business principles and practices. Presents skills for print reading and apply-
uisites: BCT 104 and 106, or instructor permission. practices used in managing a construction company. ing knowledge to commercial construction projects.
Establish objectives in marketing, operations and fi- Prerequisite: BCT 102 or instructor permission based
BCT 123 Roof Framing II 3.00: Layout, cutting and nance, and understand the relationship between those on industry experience in print reading.
assembly of hip, intersecting and unequal pitch roofs, business activities. Study planning and management
and dormers. Discussions include truss roof assem- methods for achieving objectives. Learn the general BCT 214 Advanced Construction Estimating
blies. Prerequisite:BCT 122; or instructor permission. legal requirements, accounting and record keeping 3.00: Advanced estimating for larger scale projects.
practices. Discussion of labor rates, specifications, budget esti-
BCT 127 Concrete Construction I 6.00: Covers mating, assemble of bids bidding procedures, including
residential concrete construction, including layout, foot- BCT 203 Interior Finish 6.00: Covers codes, materi- use of computer estimating software. Prerequisite: BCT
ings, foundation walls, slabs, stairs, and the handling als, installation, and estimating methods in residential 204C or instructor permission.
and curing of concrete. Explore and use different forming drywall. Includes drywall, tape, finish, texture and patch-
methods and materials to erect a concrete foundation. ing. Finish carpentry covers materials types, take-offs BCT 216 Cabinetry I 2.00: Focuses on materi-
Prerequisite: BCT 106 or instructor permission. and estimation of interior trim. Includes the miter cuts als, hardware and techniques used to build industry
and installation of base molding, casing, crown molding, standard cabinetry. Covers productive uses and safe
BCT 128 Exterior Finish 6.00: Course covers the operation of hand and power tools as well as equipment
installation, estimation of materials and labor of various wainscot panel molding, door installation and various
other interior trim treatments. A student may not receive and machinery used for the production of cabinetry.
exterior siding products. Includes construction of vari- Generate shop drawing and subsequently machine, mill
ous horizontal lap, wood shingles and vertical sidings. credit for both BCT 203 and BCT 224 or BCT 226. Pre-
requisite: BCT 106 or instructor approval. and assemble a cabinet complete with plastic laminate
Covers ceiling soffits, door, window and corner trim. countertop.
Roofing covers composition, shake and shingle roofing. BCT 204B Construction Estimating - Residential
Prerequisites: BCT 106 or instructor permission. 3.00: Introductory class in construction estimating con- BCT 217 Cabinetry II 2.00: Covers more advanced
centrating on basic residential estimating techniques. forms of cabinet construction and joinery such as
BCT 129 Mechanical Systems for Kitchens and doweling, box joints, dovetail joints and lock shoulders.
Baths 3.00: Covers electrical, plumbing, HVAC sys- Using plans for a small house, students will learn how
to organize and prepare estimates, quantity take-off and Machining and assembly of the five piece door will be
tems used in residential kitchens and baths. Students covered. An instructor designed cabinet project will sup-
will become familiar with the code requirements and pricing, and fundamentals of bid assembly. Prerequisite:
BCT 102 and BCT 104; or instructor permission. ply the frame work for learning experience. Prerequisite:
restrictions through the examination of remodeling case BCT 216 or instructor permission.
studies. Students will design general and task lighting BCT 204C Construction Estimating - Commer-
systems for kitchens and baths. cial3.00: Introductory class in construction estimating BCT 218 Woodworking Projects 2.00: Designed
concentrating on basic commercial estimating tech- for independent work on cabinet projects. Students
BCT 130 Construction Safety 3.00: Requirements are required to present shop drawings for instructor
for safety on the job site, Occupational Safety and niques. Using plans for a light commercial building, stu-
dents will learn: how to organize and prepare estimates, approval before beginning. Students must supply
Health Act and other related regulations and legisla- their own materials. Instructor will evaluate student
tion, accident prevention and hazard identification and quantity take-off and pricing, and the fundamentals of
bid assembly. Prerequisites: BCT 102 and BCT 104; or knowledge of hand and power tool safety at first class
procedures. meeting to determine whether skill level is appropriate
instructor permission
for independent work.
BCT 132 Computer Applications for Construction
3.00: Covers information generation, processing, BCT 206 Sustainable Construction Practices
BCT 219 Cabinetmaking I 6.00: Learners will
distribution and utilization for the management of 3.00: Introduces the environmental, economical, and
become familiar with the skills, materials, hardware
construction projects and construction companies. human consequences resulting from conventional
and equipment necessary to produce industry standard
Emphasizes the design of the information process, the building practices and the need for sustainable design
cabinets. Students will learn and demonstrate the safe
role of information technology in construction, software and construction.
use of cabinetmaking hand and power tools. Students will
selection and the ongoing evaluation of the efficiency BCT 207 Construction Job Costing 3.00: Traces draw shop drawings and estimate materials for cabinet-
and effectiveness of the information process. the construction dollar flow from time sheet to balance making jobs. Learners will develop cabinetmaking skills
sheet. Emphasizing microcomputer methods, students by constructing instructor designed cabinet projects.
BCT 133 Commercial Materials and Methods
3.00: Materials and Methods used in commercial con- are introduced to construction related financial docu-
BCT 220 Cabinetmaking II 6.00: Expands on the
struction. Techniques and methods including building ments: including “schedule of values”, labor and opera-
data management, materials, hardware, outsourcing
systems and assemblies. tions cost reports, and construction budgets. Concepts
alternatives, equipment and techniques necessary to
such as unit analysis, job costing, and development
produce industry standard cabinetry covered in BCT
BCT 134 Construction Scheduling 3.00: Methods of historic costs, life cycle costing and change order
219. Includes cabinet construction using the 32mm
of planning and scheduling construction projects. analysis are explored.
system, and stile & rail door making. Cabinet installation
Emphasis on building and efficient use of construction methods for kitchens and baths are covered including
schedules, including critical path method and resource BCT 211 Remodeling 6.00: Because of the variety
of projects and number of specialty trades engaged room preparation, cabinet layout, cabinet storage,
and cost loading. Use of computer scheduling software cabinet and countertop installation, appliance installa-
to build and monitor schedules. Recommended: Basic in remodeling, this course will focus on business
principles and construction strategies most commonly tion, and mouldings. Kitchen and bath design skills will
knowledge of Microsoft Windows. Prerequisite: BCT be developed by hand drafting assigned case studies.
104 or Instructor permission. encountered by the remodeler. This course covers the
business principles associated with running a suc- Prerequisite: BCT 219.
cessful remodeling company; the steps necessary in
175
Course Descriptions
BCT 221 Construction Law for the Contractor BCT 280A CE / Building Construction 1.00–12.00: sions are complemented by laboratories which include
3.00: Introduces basic principles of construction law On-the-job training at a department-designated work- physiological exercises, dissections, microscopy, and
used in managing construction contracts. Gain work- site, giving students experience in real work conditions multimedia. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20
ing knowledge of construction law principles through and helping determine career choices. Department or equivalent placement test scores, and BI 121.
examination of case studies. permission required.
BI 141 Habitats / Life of the Forest 4.00: Examines
BCT 222 Engineering for Constructors 3.00: BCT 280C Cooperative Education BCT Design/ structure and function of Oregon forest ecosystems.
Presents the fundamentals of analysis and design Build Remodeling 1.00–5.00: On-the-job training at Covers distribution and interactions of plants, animals,
of residential construction to students with limited a department-designated worksite, giving students ex- microorganisms, climate and basic geology. Laboratory
technical training. Investigation of basic contemporary perience in real work conditions and helping determine emphasizes identification and environmental testing.
structural systems in masonry, steel and wood framing career choices. Department permission required. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equiva-
systems will be used. Concepts such as determination of lent placement test scores.
support forces, bending moments and shear, strengths Biology
and properties of materials, loads and dimensional BI 142 Habitats / Marine Biology 4.00: Examines
BI 55 Human Biology 4.00: Surveys human body marine environment and the ecology, physiology, and
properties are explored. Prerequisites: BCT 104, 102.
systems. Exercises include the identification of struc- morphology of marine plants and animals, emphasiz-
BCT 223 Finished Stair Construction 3.00: Covers tural components of the body as well as investigations ing Oregon. Laboratory focuses on identification and
the construction and finish of interior staircases, including in physiology. Designed for students in the Medical As- environmental testing. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115
balustrades, handrails and guardrails. Emphasizes the sisting and Ophthalmic Medical Technology programs. and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
materials and techniques used to construct finish stairs, Prerequisites: Good command of the English language
relevant building codes, and methods used to estimate and Placement into RD 90. BI 143 Habitats / Fresh Water Biology 4.00:
labor and materials associated with stair and rail construc- Covers environments of freshwater streams, lakes, and
BI 101 Biology 4.00: A laboratory science course marshes. Includes effects of physical and chemical
tion. Prerequisites: BCT 106 or instructor permission.
designed for non-biology majors. Introduction to the factors on organisms, along with the organisms, their
BCT 225 Construction Project Management 3.00: properties of life, morphology and physiology of cells, biological interactions and nutrient cycles. Explores
Study of management functions in construction industry. cell chemistry, energy transformation, and the basic ecological factors of freshwater environments and the
Planning and scheduling, project organization and com- principles of ecology. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 effects of human activities on them. Prerequisites: WR
munications, cost control, project and contract adminis- and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test
tration, and project close out. The instructional approach scores.
BI 102 Biology 4.00: A laboratory science course
is based on the general contractor’s point of view, and
designed for non-biology majors. The second term BI 145 Introduction to Wildlife Conservation and
the intent is to provide a good working knowledge of
of a three-term sequence. Presents protein synthesis, Management 4.00: Introductory lecture and labora-
construction project management procedures.
cell division, genetics, reproduction and development, tory on fundamental wildlife conservation and manage-
BCT 226 Finish Carpentry 2.00: Covers techniques and evolution. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and ment. Course will cover the basic elements of wildlife
and methods used to hang and install interior doors, MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores, and BI population dynamics, biodiversity, the importance of
install door hardware; measure, cut and install base 101 or BI 101B. habitat, legal and social aspects of wildlife management,
trim, casing, crown molding wainscoting and various human impacts on wildlife, and some management tech-
BI 103 Biology 4.00: A laboratory science course
interior window trim treatments; and in plastic laminate niques. Wildlife examples from Oregon will be included.
designed for non-biology majors. Presents the evo-
countertop fabrication. Covers estimating techniques Prerequisites: Placement into MTH 60 and placement
lutionary relationship among the kingdoms. Includes
used to establish labor and material costs associated into WR 115. Recommended: BI 101 or equivalent.
a comparison of biological systems across kingdoms.
with finish carpentry. A student may not receive credit for
Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equiva- BI 160 Ecology/Field Biology / Coast 1.00: Field
both the BCT 223, 224 and 226 series and BCT 203.
lent placement test scores, and (BI 101 or BI 101B) trip experience designed to introduce the relationships
BCT 229 Introduction to Kitchens and Baths 2.00: and BI 102. among plants, animals and the general geologic forma-
Explores the history and trends of the kitchen and bath tion of various life zones for the Oregon Coast.
BI 112 Cell Biology for Health Occupations 5.00:
industry. Focuses on basic kitchen & bath layouts and
A laboratory science course designed as a prerequisite BI 161 Ecology/Field Biology / Malheur 2.00:
specification of specialized equipment, materials and
course for students who plan to take microbiology and/ Field trip experience designed to introduce the re-
surfaces required for safe and functional kitchens &
or anatomy and physiology. Topics will include study of lationships among plants, animals and the general
baths. Products include cabinet systems, appliances,
the scientific method, cellular chemistry, cell structure geologic formation of various life zones for the Malheur
equipment and surfacing materials. Students will com-
and function, principles of inheritance, and laboratory geographical area.
plete basic kitchen and bath designs based on case stud-
skills. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or
ies. Prerequisite: ARCH 110 or instructor approval. BI 163 Organic Gardening 4.00: Introduces the
equivalent placement test scores.
BCT 244 Kitchen and Bath Cabinet Installation structure and function of soils including the soil food
BI 121 Introduction to Human Anatomy & Physi- web, composting and compost tea, and the basics of
2.00: Students will learn professional installation meth-
ology I 4.00: Surveys anatomical terminology, basic biogeochemical cycling. Explores basic plant anatomy
ods of kitchen and bath cabinetry. Room preparation,
chemistry, cell structure and function, tissues, and the and growing flowers, vegetables and fruits in the Pacific
cabinet layout cabinet storage, cabinet and countertop
following systems: integumentary, skeletal, muscular, Northwest. Includes organic pest control, beneficial
installation, appliance installation, moldings will be
and nervous. Lecture discussions complemented by insects and pruning and grafting. The laboratory will
covered. Customer relations and job site management
laboratories involving physiological exercises, dis- elucidate these concepts. An interest in plants and a
techniques will be explored.
sections, microscopy, and multimedia. Prerequisites: basic high school biology course are recommended
BCT 250 Construction Practice 4.00: Construction WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement
management capstone class applying knowledge gained test scores. BI 164 Bird ID and Taxonomy 4.00: An introductory
in previous estimating, scheduling, project manage- course to the biology of birds of the Pacific Northwest.
BI 122 Introduction to Human Anatomy & Emphasizes learning bird identification in the field by
ment, and business classes to a mock construction
Physiology II 4.00: Surveys the endocrine, lymphatic, sight and sound. Aspects of avian ecology, natural
project. Exposed to and solve real life construction
cardiovascular, digestive, respiratory, reproductive, history, and behavior will be studied. The student will
management situations and problems. Prerequisite:
urinary, and some coverage of human development, be introduced to field techniques for identifying and
Prior completion of BCT 134, 213, 214, 225 and INSP
human genetics, and immunology. Lecture discus- studying birds. Recommended completion of WR 115
251, or instructor permission.
176
Course Descriptions
or placement into WR 121. sentation of the fundamentals of human genetics. Includes tive education training agreement with an instructor,
physical basis of inheritance, the mechanics of inheritance, an employer/supervisor, and a cooperative education
BI 170 Environmental Science 4.00: Examines probability, sex chromosomal abnormalities, autosomal specialist. The agreement will clearly define student,
major environmental questions facing the world anomalies, gene structure and function, molecular genet- employer/supervisor, and instructor information as
today. Includes population growth, matter and energy ics, behavioral genetics, twinning and contemporary issues well as the job description (paid or unpaid) and length
resources, ecosystems, pollution, and environment in human genetics. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and of job. The job should involve laboratory or field work
and society. Explores broad range of environmental MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. associated with biology and/or environmental science
issues--including sustainability, the interconnection of and should extend student knowledge of Biology/Envi-
the economy with ecosystem, short-term versus long- BI 231 Human Anatomy & Physiology I 4.00: First ronmental Science. Prerequisite: BI 101 or BI 211, and
term gains, and the trade-offs in balancing problems term of three-term sequence covering: chemistry, cells, instructor permission.
and solutions. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH tissues; the skin, skeletal and muscular systems and
20 or equivalent placement test scores. nervous tissue. Lecture discussions complemented by BI 298 Biology Independent Study 1.00–4.00:
laboratories involving microscopy, animal dissection, Provides an opportunity for students to work inde-
BI 198 Independent Study - Biology 1.00–4.00: physiological exercises and computer work. Prerequi- pendently on an advanced individualized area of study
Provides an opportunity for students to work indepen- sites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent place- within biology under the sponsorship and guidance of
dently on an individualized area of study within biology ment test scores, and BI 112 or (BI 211 and BI 212) a biology faculty member. Recommend: Prior study in
under the sponsorship and guidance of a biology faculty biology. Prerequisites: Instructor permission.
member. Prerequisite: Instructor permission. BI 232 Human Anatomy & Physiology II 4.00:
Second term of a three-term sequence. Courses may Bioscience
BI 200 Principles of Ecology / Field Biology not be taken out of sequence. Covers nervous, endo-
4.00: Introduction to concepts of ecology. Includes crine, cardiovascular and immune systems. Lecture BIT 101 Introduction to Bioscience Technology
lecture component covering the concepts of ecology and discussions complemented by laboratories involving 4.00: Introduction to and survey of the broad range of
diversity of life and a field component surveying plants, microscopy, animal dissection, physiological exercises activities in bioscience technology. Major applications
animals, or other kingdoms, and interactions with their and computer work such as CD-ROM-based exercises. and advances in pharmaceuticals, medical devices,
environment. May involve national or international Prerequisite: BI 231 with a “C” or better and its prereq- genomics, forensics, proteomics, agriculture, and
travel. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or uisite requirements. environmental science will be covered. Includes ex-
equivalent placement test scores. amination and discussion of ethical, legal and hands-on
BI 233 Human Anatomy & Physiology III 4.00: activities based on authentic bioscience applications.
BI 202 Botany / An Introduction to the Plant Third term of a three-term sequence. Courses may not Recommend: BI 112 or 211. Prerequisites: Placement
Kingdom 4.00: A laboratory science course designed be taken out of sequence. Covers digestive, respiratory, into WR 115 and RD 115.
to have students develop knowledge about plant urinary and reproductive systems; metabolism fluid and
anatomy, physiology, how humans interact with plants, electrolyte balance; embryology and genetics. Lecture BIT 105 Bioscience Workplace Safety 2.00:
and particularly taxonomy with an evolutionary focus. discussions will be complemented by laboratories Survey of technical and regulatory aspects of physical,
Areas covered include mosses, ferns, conifers, and involving microscopy, animal dissection, physiological chemical, radiation and biological safety in the biosci-
flowering plants. Recommended for students interested exercises and computer work such as CD-ROM-based ence laboratory. Topics covered include: mechanical
in agriculture, horticulture, ethnobotany, and general exercises. Prerequisite: BI 232 with a “C” or better and and electrical systems, hazards due to temperature and
botany. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or its prerequisite requirements. pressure, handling and storing hazardous chemicals,
equivalent placement test scores. personal protective equipment, chemical waste dispos-
BI 234 Microbiology 5.00: Lecture, recitation, and als and spill, ionizing radiation and control measures,
BI 211 Principles of Biology 5.00: First term of a laboratory cover: bacterial identification, morphology, biological containment, disinfection/sterilization, medical
three term sequence for students majoring in biology metabolism and genetics; bacterial, viral, and parasitic waste handling, applicable regulations and guidelines.
and the sciences, including pre-medical, pre-dental, relationships with human health and disease; and basic Prerequisites: Placement into WR 115 and RD 115.
chiropractic, pharmacy, and related fields. Includes immunology. Laboratory stresses aseptic technique,
introduction to science, biochemistry, metabolism, bacterial identification and physiology using a variety BIT 107 Bioscience Lab Math 2.00: Develops
the cell, molecular biology, and reproduction. Recom- of media, culturing techniques, and staining techniques. mathematics skill and problem-solving related to work
mended: High school biology and chemistry in the Recommend BI 231. Prerequisites: BI 112 or (BI 211 and in a bioscience laboratory or biomanufacturing environ-
past seven years. Prerequisites: WR 115 and RD 115 BI 212) and their prerequisite requirements. ment. Includes calculations for solution preparation,
or equivalent placement test scores, and MTH 60 or analysis and manipulate of molecules and cells, analysis
higher. Prerequisite/Concurrent: CH 100 or above; or BI 237 Applied and Environmental Microbiol- and interpretation of data and commonly used statistical
instructor permission. ogy 4.00: Highlights the medical and environmental methods. Recommend: Prior or concurrent college-level
aspects of microbiology with an emphasis on genetic course in Chemistry, or BI 112 or 211, and MTH 65.
BI 212 Principles of Biology 5.00: Second part of a engineering, forensics, immunology, epidemiology,
three-quarter sequence designed for students majoring emergent diseases, water quality, bioremediation, and BIT 109 Basic Laboratory Techniques and Instru-
in biology and the sciences, including pre-medical, pre- food safety. Stresses molecular techniques including ments 5.00: Introduces fundamental principles and
dental, chiropractic, pharmacy, and related fields. Topics DNA fingerprinting, water and food analysis and the practices for the bioscience laboratory. Principles of
include: inheritance, the genetic code, modern and clas- manipulation of bacterial genes. Note: this course is not quality documentation, safety, and precise communi-
sical genetics, evolution, diversity, and systematics. This intended to replace Microbiology 234. Prerequisite: (BI cation will be emphasized throughout, in the context of
course may include some dissection of plants and animals. 101 or BI 101B) or instructor permission. technical activities that include solution preparation,
Prerequisite: BI 211 and its prerequisite requirements. instrumentation for measurements (weight, volume,
BI 241 Pathophysiology 3.00: Lecture/discussion temperature, pH, conductivity and spectroscopy),
BI 213 Principles of Biology 5.00: Third term of a presentation of alterations in homeostasis, alterations in assay techniques and routine laboratory maintenance.
three term sequence for students majoring in biology cellular function; and diseases of the immune, muscular, Recommend prior or concurrent college level course in
and the sciences, including pre-medical, pre-dental, skeletal, integumentary, nervous, cardiovascular, respi- Chemistry, or BI 112 or 211, and MTH 65. Prerequisite:
chiropractic, pharmacy, and related fields. Includes ratory, digestive, endocrine, urinary, and reproductive Placement into WR 115 and RD 115. Prerequisite or
plant and animal anatomy and physiology, and indi- systems. Prerequisites: BI 231 and 232. BI 233 is either concurrent enrollment in: BIT 105 and BIT 107.
vidual, population, community and ecosystem ecology. a prerequisite or may be taken concurrently.
Prerequisite: BI 212 and its prerequisite requirements. BIT 110 Bioscience Technology Basics 9.00:
BI 280A CE / Biology Cooperative Education Introduces fundamental principles and practices for the
BI 222 Human Genetics3.00: Lecture/discussion pre- 1.00–10.00: Requires students to make a coopera- bioscience laboratory and biomanufacturing environment.
177
Course Descriptions
Principles of quality documentation, safety, and com- cations. This laboratory-intensive course will cover with emphasis on terminology, world wide web browsers,
munication will be emphasized throughout, in the context the principles of and practice in filtration, differential search techniques, and communication tools. May include
of technical activities that include solution preparation, precipitation, and electrophoretic and chromatographic independent web-based learning. Recommended: Win-
instrumentation for measurements (weight, volume, tem- techniques. Prerequisite: BIT 109 or BIT 110; and any dows, file management, word processing knowledge.
perature, pH, conductivity and spectroscopy) and selected of the following: BIT 155, BI 112, CH 100 or higher; or
biomanufacturing activities. Recommend: concurrent instructor permission. CAS 106 Introduction to X/HTML 1.00: Beginning
enrollment in BIT 181. Recommend: MTH 65. hands-on course for creating simple web pages with
BIT 207 Cell Culture 5.00: Laboratory-intensive X/HTML. Basic concepts of HTML and X/HTML tags
BIT 125 Quality Systems in Bioscience Technol- course providing introduction to and practice in the and file transfer protocol (FTP) will be emphasized
ogy 2.00: Introduction to internal and external quality culture of animal cells and cell lines. Focus is on routine using a text editor and an FTP application. Recom-
systems that apply to the bioscience industry, with em- maintenance and record-keeping, including media mended: Basic working knowledge of Windows, word
phasis on working a regulated environment. Also covers preparation, cryopreservation, and troubleshooting processing, browsers and file management. Placement
various agencies that regulate the bioscience industry, common culture problems. Prerequisite: BIT 109 or BIT into RD 115 or Writing 115. Note: Students pursuing
FDA regulation for good laboratory and manufacturing 110 or instructor permission. the CAS Web Site Development Certificate should take
practices (GLP and cGMP), and proecesses relating to CAS 206 instead.
product approval. BIT 211 Biomolecular Principles 4.00: Struc-
ture/function relationships of biological molecules. CAS 109 Beginning PowerPoint 1.00: Use PowerPoint
BIT 165 Biotechniques / Recombinant DNA 4.00: Principles of organic and biochemistry will be related software to produce visual media for electronic presenta-
This course will give students authentic hands-on to practical problems of function, detection and separa- tions, overhead transparencies, 35mm slides, or Web
experience in recombinant DNA work. Students will tion of biological molecules. Prerequisite: (CH 106 or pages. Recommend: Placement into RD 115 or WR 115.
learn the basic principles, strategies and techniques 223); and BIT 109. Additional lab hours may be required, consult instructor.
that are the essential tools for molecular biology. These
include the preparation of plasmid vector and insert BIT 215 Protein Purification 5.00: Application of CAS 110 Introduction to Web Graphics Using
DNA, transformation, plasmid purification, and analysis commonly used methods for separation of biological Fireworks 1.00: Introduces the basic painting and
of constructs from restriction patterns, Southern blot molecules in multi-step protein purifications. This labo- drawing features of Macromedia Fireworks to refine sim-
hybridization and PCR. Recommended: BI 101 or 211 ratory intensive couse will focus on issues of recovery ple graphics for web sites. Introduces basic painting and
and CH 100, 104 or 221. and yield, step-to-step analysis and troubleshooting, as drawing tools and whether to use bit-mapped or vector
well as documentation and reporting procedures and re- graphics. Recommended: CAS 111 or equivalent.
BIT 175 Biotechniques / Protiens 4.00: Covers theory sults. Prerequisite: BIT 205 or instructor permission.
and practice in the purification and analysis of protiens. CAS 111D Beginning Web Site Creation / Dream-
Techniques commonly used in reasearch labs and biotech- BIT 217 Tissue Culture II 4.00: Second term of a weaver 3.00: Introduces basic elements of web site
nology settings will be covered, including protein assay, two-term laboratory-intensive course offering more creation using Dreamweaver. Includes web terminol-
SDS-PAGE, enzyme assay, chromatography and protein advanced training and practical experience in culture of ogy, basic X/HTML, uploading pages to a server, site
purification principles and practices. Recommended BI 101 plant and animal cells. Prerequisite: BIT 207. management, tables, layers, styles sheets, rollovers,
or 211 and CH 100, 104 or 221, and MTH 95 optimizing graphics, and accessibility. Recommended:
BIT 221 Techniques in Molecular Biology I Basic working knowledge of Windows, word process-
BIT 181 Exploring Bioscience 2.00: Overview and 5.00: First term of a two-term laboratory-intensive ing, browsers and file management. Placement into RD
exploration of bioscience technology, from research and course focusing on theory and practice of techniques 115 or WR 115.
development to manufacturing. Covers career options for analysis and manipulation of nucleic acids. Em-
and pathways, and guides students in the development phasizes recombinant DNA techniques and strategies CAS 111F Beginning Web Site Creation /
of skills to identify potential internships, entry-level and analysis of recombinant DNA by restriction digest, FrontPage 3.00: Introduces basic elements of web
positions and education and training opportunities that blot hybridization and PCR. Prerequisite: (BI 234 or site creation using FrontPage. Includes web terminol-
fit the student’s goals and trends in the field. Participa- equivalent), and BIT 109. ogy, basic X/HTML, uploading pages to a server, site
tion in field trips is essential. Prerequisite: Concurrent management, tables, layers, style sheets, rollovers,
BIT 223 Advanced DNA Techniques 5.00: optimizing graphics, and accessibility. Recommended:
enrollment in BIT 110 or instructor permission.
Laboratory-intensive course focusing on the theory and Basic working knowledge of Windows, word process-
BIT 201 Immunochemical Methods 5.00: In- practice of techniques for analysis and manipulation of ing, browsers and file management. Placement into RD
troduces the general properties adn uses of antibody nucleic acids. Topics include construction and use of 115 or WR 115.
molecules. Includes an overview immune response, plasmid and phage libraries, DNA sequence determina-
biosynthesis of immunoglobulin, obtain, purifying and tion and analysis, bioinformatics, and applications of CAS 112D Intermediate Dreamweaver 3.00:
labeling antibodies, and using antibodies in a variety of PCR. Prerequisites: BIT 203 or instructor permission. Plan and publish professional web sites by using the
common applications (ELISA, Western blot, immuno- intermediate features of Dreamweaver. Utilize existing
BIT 280A Work Experience 1.00–8.00: Students scripts, audio, video, graphics, and other emerging
precipitation and immunocytochemistry, antibody-based
work in a biotechnology laboratory, supervised by technologies. Explores issues such as accessibility,
affinity chromatography). Prerequisite: BIT 109 or 110; BI
professionals on site and by program instructor(s). security, and e-commerce. Includes extensive use of the
112 or CH 100 or higher; or instructor permission.
Department permission required. Internet. Recommended: CAS 111D or equivalent.
BIT 203 Recombinant DNA 5.00: Laboratory-inten-
BIT 280B Work Experience 1.00: PREREQ: Depart- CAS 121 Beginning Keyboarding 3.00: Learn to key
sive course focusing on the strategies and techniques
ment permission required. alphabetic portion of computer keyboard by touch. Intro-
used in recombinant DNA work. Covers vector and
insert options and preparation, quantitation of DNA, Computer Applications duces the numeric portion of the keyboard. Develop or
ligation and transformation procedures, and analysis refine basic keyboarding techniques and increase speed
by restriction digest, blot hybridization and PCR. Pre- CAS 103 Introduction to Windows 1.00: Hands- and accuracy. Produce basic business and academic
requisites: BIT 109 or BIT 110; and any of the following: on introduction to Microsoft Windows as a part of the documents using a word processor. Recommended:
BIT 101, BI 102, BI 112, BI 212 or BI 234, or instructor operating system of Windows-based computers. Apply Placement into RD 90 or WR 90 or above. Additional
permission. basic concepts of the Windows environment and acquire lab hours may be required, consult instructor.
skill in using the mouse, menus, and other parts of the
BIT 205 Bioseparations 5.00: Introduction of program. English communication skills necessary. CAS 121A Beginning Keyboarding 1.00: Key alpha-
commonly used methods for separation of biological betic portion of computer keyboard by touch. Develop
molecules for both analytical and preparative appli- CAS 104 Basic Internet Skills 1.00: Hands-on course or refine basic keyboarding techniques. Recommended:
178
Course Descriptions
Placement into RD 90 and WR 90 or above. Additional present it. Recommended: Placement into RD 115 or WR user. Create stunning, interactive web pages using
lab hours may be required, consult instructor. 115 Additional lab hours may be required. CSS and Dynamic HTML. Recommended: CAS 206 or
HMTL coding skills.
CAS 122 Keyboarding for Speed and Accuracy CAS 170A Beginning Excel 1.00: Hands-on oppor-
3.00: Develops confidence, endurance, and control for tunity covering basic concepts of using a spreadsheet CAS 216 Beginning Word 3.00: Create, edit, and
accurate keyboarding while increasing keyboarding speed. program on a microcomputer. Includes moving around print documents such as letters, memos, and manu-
Develops ability to proofread documents accurately and the spreadsheet, entering data, formatting, and printing. scripts; produce multi-page documents; use headers
efficiently. Keying by touch is essential. Recommended: Stresses a working knowledge of spreadsheet vocabulary. and footers; become familiar with the program’s writing
Placement into RD 115 or WR 115. Additional lab hours Recommended: Placement into RD 115 or WR 115. Ad- tools and basics of enhancing documents; and produce
may be required, consult instructor. ditional lab hours may be required, consult instructor. merged copy. Recommended: Placement into RD 115 or
WR 115, and keyboarding 25 words per minute.
CAS 123 Production Keyboarding 3.00: Rapid CAS 171 Intermediate Excel 3.00: An in-depth,
keyboarding and accurate proofreading of business hands-on course that presents advanced features CAS 216A Beginning Word 1.00: Develops intro-
letters, memos, reports, and tables. Increased speed of Excel to design and create accurate, professional ductory skill in the use of a word processing program.
and accuracy of keyboarding skills. Recommended: worksheets for use in business and industry. Includes Includes creating, editing, and printing basic documents
Placement into RD 115 or WR 115; CAS 216; OS 120, financial, logical, statistical, lookup, and database such as letters and memos and become familiar with the
keying 45 wpm by touch; or instructor permission. functions; pivot tables; “what-if” analysis with data program’s writing tools. Recommended: Placement into
Prerequisite: CAS 216. Additional lab hours may be tables; importing data; complex graphs; macros; and RD 115 or WR 115; keyboarding 25 words per minute. Ad-
required, consult instructor. solver features. Focus on ways to ensure accuracy ditional lab hours may be required, consult instructor.
including proofreading techniques and critical thinking
CAS 133 Basic Computer Skills/Microsoft Office to determine what data to present and how to present it. CAS 217 Intermediate Word 3.00: Review basic
4.00: Hands-on computer literacy course for beginners. Prerequisite: CAS 170 or instructor permission. features and develop additional skill using Word. En-
Includes mouse and windows basics and file manage- hance documents through special formatting features
ment. Use MS Word, Excel, Access, PowerPoint, email, CAS 175 Introduction to Flash 3.00: Introduces the such as graphic lines and images, Word Art, and clipart;
and Internet basics. An overview of the MyPCC Portal basic Flash (Macromedia) interface. The Flash program work with headers and footers in multi-page documents;
website is also included. Recommended: RD 115 or WR is broken down into smaller parts so students can learn create and format tables; use advanced merge; create
115. Keyboarding by touch recommended. Additional to use this complex program. Includes menu items, documents with newspaper columns; and create and use
Lab hours required. timelines, events, and toolbars to put together simple fill-in forms. Recommended: Placement into RD 115 or
Flash projects. Emphasizes how to use the software. WR 115; CAS 216; or instructor permission. Additional
CAS 135 Keeping Your Computer Healthy 3.00: Recommended: CAS 111 or equivalent. lab hours may be required, consult instructor.
Practical computer course demonstrating ways of using
a Windows computer effectively, and maintaining it to CAS 208 Beginning Photoshop for the Web 3.00: CAS 230 PageMaker 3.00: Use desktop publish-
operate smoothly, efficiently and securely. Explores Introduces basic painting and drawing features in Adobe ing software features to design and create effective
issues such as protection from viruses, spyware and Photoshop to create and refine graphics for websites. publications, such as announcements, fliers, adver-
adware; data backup and recovery; organizing your files; Introduces basic painting and drawing tools, and export tisements, and reports. Create, import and manipulate
connecting to the Internet; setting up a home network; options for the web. Emphasizes learning the Photoshop text and/or graphics through use of software features.
customizing your Windows interface; installing/unin- interface efficiently. Recommended: MM 120 and one Recommended: Placement into RD 115 or WR 115; prior
stalling software; speeding up Windows; maintaining of the following: CAS 111D or CAS 111F or CAS 206 knowledge and use of Windows 95 or higher; CAS 133,
and optimizing your PC to run at its best. Ideal for or equivalent. 210, or 216; or instructor permission.
personal use or small business owners. Recommended:
RD 115 or WR 115 and CAS 133. CAS 206 Principles of HTML/XHTML 4.00: Create CAS 231 Publisher 3.00: Students will use desktop
complex web sites involving a variety of technologies publishing software program to design and create
CAS 140 Beginning Access 3.00: Hands-on micro- using HTML and XHTML. effective publications that combine text graphics, illus-
computer course covering beginning database manage- trations, and/or photographs such as announcements,
ment concepts including tables, forms, reports, queries CAS 213 Enhancing Web Pages with JavaScript fliers, advertisements, and reports. Create, import, and
and basic macros. Stresses a working knowledge of 4.00: Presents a thorough introduction to the JavaS- manipulate text, graphics, and/or templates through pro-
database management vocabulary. Emphasizes efficient cript language from a non-programmers viewpoint. Add gram tools and features. Recommended: Placement into
use of Access toolbars and menus. Database design is- interactivity to web pages and perform a variety of tasks RD 115 or WR 115; prior knowledge and use of Windows
sues are discussed but not emphasized. Recommended: such as validating form input, manipulating browser technology and CAS 216 or instructor approval.
Placement into RD 115 or WR 115. windows, and working with cookies. Recommended:
CAS 111 or equivalent. CAS 232 Desktop Publishing / InDesign 3.00:
CAS 150 Introduction to Speech Recognition Students will use InDesign, a desktop publishing
1.00: Use Speech Recognition software to input CAS 214 Beginning ColdFusion 4.00: Develop software, to design and create effective publications
information into the computer. Students will train the dynamic web sites that pull data from a database and such as announcements, fliers, advertisements, and
software to his/her voice and learn voice commands display it ‘on the fly’ in response to user inquiries. Learn reports. Create, import, and manipulate text and/or
to edit, format, and produce documents. Computer server-side techniques such as responding to data sub- graphics through use of software features. This software
literacy required. Recommended: CAS 133 and place- mitted from forms, sending email, displaying images in replaces PageMaker. Recommended: Placement into RD
ment into RD 80. response to user requests, validating entries, password 115 or WR 115 and prior knowledge and use of Windows
protection, and working with files on the server. Create technology and CAS 216.
CAS 170 Beginning Excel 3.00: An in-depth, a dynamic e-commerce or business web site using
hands-on course that presents beginning spreadsheet ColdFusion. Recommended: CAS 111D. CAS 246 Integrated Computer Projects 4.00:
concepts. Use Excel efficiently to design and create Apply previous computer and business knowledge to
accurate professional worksheets for use in business CAS 215 Cascading Style Sheets (CSS) and Dy- create individual and group projects using software
and industry. Includes entering data; creating formulas; namic HTML 4.00: Create complex Cascading Style found in today’s workplace. Use integrated software (i.e.
professional formatting; creating charts; creating, sort- Sheets (CSS files) that format web pages according to MS Office) to learn skills such as linking and embedding,
ing, and filtering lists; creating and using templates; industry and accessibility standards, work in multiple e-mail, Internet, FAX and scanners. Recommended: 3
and working with functions. Focus on ways to ensure browsers, and separate content from presentation. credits of word processing and 3 credits of spreadsheet
accuracy including proofreading techniques and critical Develop web pages using XHTML, Dreamweaver, or or instructor permission. Additional lab hours may be
thinking to determine what data to present and how to another HTML editor that can be customized by the
179
Course Descriptions
required, consult instructor. textbook reading, and taking exams. Identify preferred develops skillsthat enable students to more effectively
learning style and develop skills in scheduling study deal with stress.
CAS 280W CE / Web Site Development 1.00– time, library research, memory strategies, and critical
4.00: Provides field experience for students related to thinking. Prerequisites: Placement into WR 115 or RD CG 146 Value Clarification 1.00: Examines beliefs,
web site development. Recommended: Satisfactory prog- 115 or above, or instructor permission. attitudes and values behind decisions and actions
ress through two terms of web site classes or equivalent including whether behavior matches stated beliefs,
experience. CG 111B Study Skills for College Learning 2.00: evaluating consequences of choices and developing a
Provides information, techniques, strategies and skills process that will enable the development of personal-
Counseling and Guidance helpful in becoming more efficient in notetaking, ized values. CG 147 Decision Making Decision Making
textbook reading, and taking exams. Identify preferred Help students develop awareness of their personal
CG 0690 Stopping Test Anxiety 1.00: Covers
learning style and develop skills in scheduling study decision- making style(s) in order to make effective life
techniques for coping with excessive test-taking anxi-
time and memory strategies. Prerequisites: Place- choices in personal, social, or work settings. Introduces
ety and improving overall test performance. CG 0693
ment into WR 115 or RD 115 or above, or instructor information on effective decision-making.
Confidence Building Confidence Building Helps stu-
permission.
dents explore the concept of self-confidence: how it is CG 150 Exploring Careers in Science Technology
learned, how it can be developed and how it is sabotaged. CG 111C Study Skills for College Learning 1.00: 3.00: Explores the fields of microelectronics, biotech-
Ideas, tools and techniques are introduced that will help Introduces information and techniques in notetaking, nology, aviation sciences and computer literacy. Covers
students in their development of a stronger self-image. textbook reading, and taking exams. Develop a study lab experiments in biotechnology and environmental
schedule. Prerequisites: Placement into WR 115 or RD science classes, photolithography and pattern etching
CG 100A College Survival and Success 3.00:
115 or above, or instructor permission. in microelectronics.
Provides information and techniques on time and money
management, motivation, and goal-setting for college CG 112 Stopping Test Anxiety 1.00: Covers CG 151 Exploring Careers in Science and
success. Develop skills in communicating in a culturally techniques for coping with excessive test-taking anxiety and Technology II 3.00: Explores the fields of diesel,
diverse learning environment and accessing online and improving overall test performance. CG 130 Today’s Careers welding, building construction, auto collision repair
in- person college resources and services. Today’s Careers Explores careers and what it takes to succeed and computer literacy in this new and exciting career
in them. Covers ways of gathering information about specific exploration class.
CG 100B College Survival and Success 2.00:
occupations. Uses guest speakers from a variety of career
Provides information and techniques on time manage- CG 181 Exploring Gerontology 1.00: Introductory
areas and helps develop a plan for next steps. Provides basic
ment, motivation, and goal-setting for college success. workshop and follow-up online assignments, meet-
career information.
Develop skills communicating with instructors and ings with course instructor, and fieldwork to explore
students and accessing online and in-person college CG 140A Career and Life Planning 3.00: This options and to identify appropriate internships in
resources and services. course provides students with the most in depth tools the field. Fieldwork includes shadow mentorships,
needed to make informed career decisions. Students informational interviews, online research, and other
CG 100C College Survival and Success 1.00:
will assess career confidence and readiness, skills, activities to prepare students for paid and volunteer
Provides basic information on time management and
values, interests, personality, obstacles, attitudes and work in gerontology.
goal setting for college success. Develop skills in com-
approaches to decision making. This course provides
municating with instructors and accessing online and CG 190 Mentorship of Latino(a) Students 3.00:
instruction on how to research career information,
in-person college resources and services. Offers instruction in areas of leadership and mentorship
gain access to information materials, and methods of
exploring careers. Also included is educational deci- for those serving as mentors to Latino(a) high school
CG 101 Positive Family Relations I 1.00: Explores
sion making which covers choice of major and college students who are enrolled in the Oregon Leadership
ways of building positive family relationships while
as well as planning a program of study. Prerequisites: Institute. Covers the mentoring process as well as
enhancing individual self worth. Gain understanding of
Placement into WR 115 or RD 115. intercultural skills and effective communication strate-
components necessary for a positive self image. Learn
gies. Requires instructor consent and willingness to be
the characteristics common to both negative and positive
CG 140B Career and Life Planning 2.00: This enrolled for fall, winter, and spring terms.
communication.
course provides students with the tools needed to
make informed career decisions. Students will assess CG 191 Exploring Identity and Diversity for
CG 102 Positive Family Relations II 1.00: A
continuation of CG 101. Explores family communication skills, values, interests, personality, obstacles, and College Success 4.00: This course is designed to
styles, family rules, family as impacted by government approaches to decision making. The course provides assist students in gaining a deep understanding of
and social policies. Parenting strategies and the family instruction on how to research career information, the impact diversity and social justice has on human
as a source of self understanding will be discussed. gain access to information materials, and methods of development and their experiences as students in col-
Prerequisite: CG 101. exploring careers and majors. Prerequisites: Placement lege. The experiential nature of this course will provide
into WR 115 or RD 115. students an opportunity to explore the different facets
CG 105 Scholarships / $$ for College 2.00: of identity development and how culture plays a role in
Provides a systematic approach to researching and CG 140C Career and Life Planning 1.00: This their college experience. Participants will also develop
applying for scholarships. Topics include: Creating course provides students with the tools needed to make culturally competent skills to succeed in college and in
a scholarship portfolio, Oregon Student Assistance informed career decisions. Students will assess skills, a diverse society. Prerequisite: WR 115.
Commission application, PCC Foundation application, values, interests, and personality toward making a career
internet resources, and research strategies. Students decision. The course provides instruction on how to CG 209 Job Finding Skills 1.00: Explores broad
will identify skills, accomplishments, values, goals, and research career information, gain access to information range of job search techniques, including building a job
life experiences, and learn strategies to translate them materials, and methods of exploring careers. Prerequi- network, compiling appropriate information for job ap-
into an effective scholarship application. Interviewing sites: WR 115 or RD 115 or instructor permission. plications, targeting cover letters and resumes, typical
tips will be discussed. Panels and guest speakers, interview questions and techniques. Promotes overall
CG 144 Introduction to Assertiveness 1.00: understanding of the job search process.
including scholarship winners, will share perspectives
Provides basic communication skills students can use
on the scholarship process. Corequisite: WR 105: CG 280A CE / Career Exploration 1.00–3.00:
to state or declare their rights in a positive fashion to
Scholarship Essay Writing. Students earn credit for learning from practical experi-
obtain desired results in career, social and personal
CG 111A Study Skills for College Learning 3.00: relations. CG 145 Stress Management Stress Man- ence at a worksite related to their major or career goal.
Provides information, techniques, and strategies help- agement Identifies specific, personal stressors and Appropriate work experiences provide opportunities for
ful in becoming more efficient in studying, notetaking,
180
Course Descriptions
new learning and skill development. May be repeated sequence. Provides the opportunity to enhance under- ies I 4.00: Introduces Chicano/Latino history in the
up to 12 credits. standing of general chemistry topics through structured United States beginning with Spanish colonization
collaborative, active-learning activities (often under the and continuing with the Mexican-American War and
CG 280B CE / Career Exploration - Seminar 1.00: direction of a peer leader), correlated with current lecture the migration of Chicanos/Latinos. Covers the events
Required seminar supplements the work experience topics. NOT an open study/homework session. Concur- that shaped the Chicano/Latino experience, such as
by offering a flexible menu of assignments from which rent registration with CH 221, 222, or 223 required. the Bracero Program, the Chicano Movement, and U.S.
to select a variety of activities. Includes video tapes, foreign policy in Latin America.
selected readings, workshops, lectures and a variety of CH 211 Introduction to Biochemistry 4.00: Intro-
career related exercises to enhance career development. duces the chemistry of biological systems. Principal CHLA 202 Introduction to Chicano/ Latino
Department permission required. topics covered are: the structure and function of bio- Studies II 4.00: Introduces Chicano/Latino social,
logicalmolecules, the chemistry of heredity, metabolism political, and economic status in the United States.
CG 280L Career Development 1.00: Provides and biological energy. CH 106 or 200-level organic Includes an examination of the political and economic
Latino high school students an opportunity to develop chemistry required. structure, organization and U.S. society, and the status
leadership skills, explore career and educational options and class position of various Chicano/Latino groups.
after high school through interactive sessions. CH 221 General Chemistry 5.00: Introduction to Also includes a demographic profile and overview of
chemistry covering measurements, classification and current social issues.
CG 282 Gerontology Profession Seminar 1.00: properties of matter, nomenclature, atomic structure
This seminar provides gerontology students close to and modern atomic theory, periodic table and chemi- CHLA 203 Introduction to Chicano/Latino Studies
graduation the opportunity to participate in a job club cal periodicity, and chemical bonding. Recommended III 4.00: Introduces the cultural heritage of Chicano/La-
with other gerontology majors, prepare and get feedback for chemistry and other natural science majors, and tino people in the United States. Drawing on disciplines
on portfolios and resumes appropriate to gerontology, pre-professional majors in engineering, medicine and such as anthropology, folklore, literature, film, linguistics,
receive guidance from a gerontology specialist, and dentistry. Successful completion of high school or college folk and popular culture, intergration of various traditions
participate in other activities to prepare for entry into chemistry class with a lab component (e.g. CH 100) in the in Chicano/Latino communities, are examined.
or path change within the field. last 5 years required. Students who have not taken high
school chemistry within the last 5 years are STRONGLY Computer Information Systems
Chemistry
encouraged to take CH 100 before CH 221. Prerequisite:
CIS 100 TEKnology - High Tech Career Exploration
CH 100 Fundamentals for Chemistry 4.00: WR 115 and RD 115 or equivalent placement test scores.
Prerequisite/concurrent: MTH 111B or MTH 111C. 4.00: Explores high tech careers including educa-
Covers selected basic chemical principles and com- tion, ethics, and work environment. Assess individual
putational problems found in first-year, 100-level skills, abilities and attitudes. Presents high technology
CH 222 General Chemistry 5.00: Topics include:
chemistry courses. For students who have no chemical disciplines through class discussions, presentation
stoichiometry; chemical reactions and equations;
background and those with minimal problem solving by professionals, mentoring, and hands-on activities.
thermochemistry; physical states of matter including
skills. Recommended: Algebra I and II, or equivalent. Create a written plan to help them prepare for a career
properties of gases, liquids, solids and solutions; and, an
Students who have completed or are concurrently en- in high technology. Note: Not an elective toward a CIS
introduction to organic chemistry. Special topics will be
rolled in MTH 95 should consider enrolling in CH 104. degree or certificate.
included as time and interest allows. Successful comple-
Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent
tion of Chem 221 and its prerequisites required.
placement test scores. CIS 100A High Tech-Career Exploration I 2.00:
CH 223 General Chemistry 5.00: Topics include: Introduces high tech careers including education, eth-
CH 101 Inorganic Chemistry Principles 5.00: ics, and work environment. Assess individual skills,
chemical kinetics and ionic equilibria; electrochemistry;
Survey of inorganic chemistry with emphasis on solu- abilities and attitudes. Presents high technology
nuclear chemistry; thermodynamics; and descriptive
tion chemistry. Designed for Allied Health students. disciplines through class discussions, presentation
chemistry topics. Special topics will be included as
Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115, and MTH 20 or equiva- by professionals, mentoring, and hands-on activities.
time and interest allows. Prerequisites: CH 222 and its
lent placement test scores. CH 102 Organic Chemistry Explores a plan to help prepare for a career in high
prerequisite requirements.
Principles Organic Chemistry Principles Covers basic technology. English communication skills necessary.
organic and bio-chemistry. Designed for Allied Health CH 241 Organic Chemistry 5.00: Includes funda- Note: This elective course will not count towards a CIS
students. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 mentals of organic chemistry, bonding, hydrocarbons, degree or certificate. A student cannot receive credit for
or equivalent placement test scores. alkyl halides, alcohols, nucleophylic and radical both CIS 100 (A and B) and CIS 100.
reactions, stereochemistry and spectroscopy. Recom-
CH 104 General Chemistry 5.00: Includes general CIS 100B High Tech Career Exploration II 2.00:
mended for chemistry and other laboratory science
principles of chemistry, including atomic structure, Continues high tech career exploration including
majors, and pre-professional students (medical, dental,
mole concept, chemical reactions, stoichiometry, and education, ethics, and work environment. Assesses
pharmacy, physical therapy, veterinary, chiropractic,
gas laws. Designed for students in a health science individual skills, abilities and attitudes. Presents high
etc.) Recommended: CH 106, CH 223 or equivalent.
curriculum leading to a Baccalaureate degree or liberal technology disciplines through class discussions,
Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent
arts students who need a laboratory science elective. presentation by professionals, mentoring, and hands-
placement test scores.
Prerequisite: WR 115 and RD 115 or equivalent place- on activities. Complete a written plan to help prepare
ment test scores. Prerequisite/Concurrent: MTH 95 CH 242 Organic Chemistry 5.00: Includes con- for a career in high technology. English communication
jugation, aromaticity, arene chemistry, aldehydes, skills necessary. Recommended: CIS 100A. Note: This
CH 105 General Chemistry 5.00: Includes stoi-
ketones and spectroscopy. Prerequisite: CH 241 and elective course will not count toward a CIS degree or
chiometry, gases, oxidation-reduction, acid-base
its prerequisite requirements. certificate. A student cannot receive credit for both CIS
concepts, equilibrium, physical and chemical properties
of solutions, and nuclear chemistry. Prerequisite: CH 100 (A and B) and CIS 100.
CH 243 Organic Chemistry 5.00: Includes car-
104 and its prerequisite requirements. boxylic acids, amines, carbohydrates, amino acids, CIS 120 Computer Concepts I 4.00: Demystify
proteins, lipids, nucleic acids, heterocyclic compounds, computing and discover how computers work. Solve
CH 106 General Chemistry 5.00: Includes funda-
spectroscopy and selected topics. Prerequisite: CH 242 practical problems using computer technology. Explore
mental principles of organic chemistry and biochemical
and its prerequisite requirements. the Internet and the creation of basic web pages. Dis-
processes. Prerequisite: CH 105 and its prerequisite
requirements. cuss controversial ethical issues and their impact on
Chicano / Latino Studies society. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or
CH 110 ChemExcel 1.00: One-credit optional work- CHLA 201 Introduction to Chicano/Latino Stud- equivalent placement test scores, and basic computer
shop class taken concurrently with the CH 221, 222, 223
181
Course Descriptions
skills equivalent to CAS 133 or BA 131. 4.00: A first course in Microsoft operating systems tion, scripting, techniques, database manipulation, user
administration including installation, configuration, authentication, tracking and session management and
CIS 121 Computer Concepts II 4.00: Evaluate, and management. Command line and GUI tools used e-Commerce techniques. Recommend: Completion of
select and apply computer technology to solve practi- to organize, manage and maintain the file system are CIS 122 and CAS 213 or CIS 233S or equivalent experi-
cal problems. Use Internet technologies. Organize and covered. Additionally students are introduced to us- ence; concurrent enrollment in CAS 206 and CIS 178 or
display information using a database. Address ethical ers, groups, printing, profiles policies and the registry. equivalent experience.
issues. Recommended: CIS 120 or equivalent. Pre- Recommended: CIS 120
requisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent CIS 225 End User Support 4.00: Prepares computer
placement test scores. CIS 140S Perl Script Programming 1.00: Prepares professional for providing training and support to end
students to install and configure Perl on Linux; design, users. Includes the roles and responsibilities of the end-
CIS 122 Software Design 4.00: Illustrates the implement, and test Perl scripts; debug Perl scripts; and user support person; characteristics of the adult learner;
importance of software design as part of the software locate, read and integrate information from a variety of and strategies and techniques for developing instruc-
development life cycle. Prepares student to take pro- technical sources. Recommended: Experience writing tion, teaching technical subject matter and providing
gramming courses, by giving examples of well-designed shell scripts and using Unix regular expressions as ongoing technical support. Recommended: CIS 120,
software projects. Student is expected to design small covered in CS 140U or equivalent. WR 227, and three additional CIS courses or instructor
programming projects, and code the projects to prove permission. Additional lab hours may be required.
the design. Focus is on procedural design. Additional CIS 145 Microcomputer Hardware and Trouble-
lab hours may be required. Recommended: CIS 120 and shooting 4.00: Students will learn to identify, remove, CIS 233B Intermediate Visual Basic.NET
CIS 121. May be taken concurrently with CIS 121. Pre- and install standard components of a PC style micro- Programming 4.00: Continues Visual Basic.NET pro-
requisites: WR 115, RD 115, and MTH 20 or equivalent computer, including motherboards, CPUs, RAM, hard gramming sequence utilizing arrays, sorting, relational
placement test scores. drives, removable media drives and power supplies. Ad- database access and data structures. Structured design
ditional topics include BIOS, CMOS, the boot process, techniques emphasized throughout. Recommended: CIS
CIS 125D Database Application Dev I 4.00: Con- video displays, printers, and home networking. 133B or instructor permission; CIS 275 or instructor
cepts of a client-based relational database management permission. CIS 275 may be taken concurrently.
system (RDBMS) and application of such systems to CIS 178 Applied Internet Concepts 4.00: In-
the business environment. Topics include database troduces the Internet from a user’s perspective, with CIS 233J Java Programming II 4.00: Continues
management issues, database design, creating and emphasis on productive, professional access. Topics the introduction of Java Programming and Web based
maintaining databases, creating forms, queries and include how to connect to the Internet, how to com- programming. Introduces advanced graphics, advanced
reports. Design, create and maintain a database system. municate with others, how to find and share information event handling, advanced graphical user interfaces,
Recommended: CIS 121 or instructor permission. productively, as well as educational, business and social input/output to files, networking, multi-processing,
issues related to the Internet. Recommended: CIS 120 database access and internationalization in Java.
CIS 133B Introduction Visual Basic.NET Pro- or instructor permission. Recommended: CIS 133J or CS 161 and CIS 275; or
gram 4.00: Introduces design, implementation and instructor permission.
testing of software using Visual Basic.NET. Structured CIS 179 Data Communication Concepts I 4.00:
design techniques emphasized throughout. Write and Provides basic concepts of data communications, CIS 233S Internet Web Page Scripting 4.00:
test a final Visual Basic.NET program that solves a networking and connectivity. Explores hardware, con- Provides the foundation to build real-world, browser inde-
business-oriented problem. Recommended: CIS 122; nectivity, signaling, addressing, network topologies, pendent, web applications using client-side technologies
or instructor permission. communication protocols, network designs, switching, including HTML, DHTML, Cascading Stylesheets and
management, TCP/IP protocols, security and standards Javascript. Although the primary focus is on W3C Stan-
CIS 133J Java Programming I 4.00: Introduces el- with emphasis on the OSI reference model. Recom- dards, Internet Explorer and Netscape specific extensions
ementary principles of software engineering, structured mended: CIS 120 or instructor permission. are discussed. A functioning website is built using the
program design, modular programming, object oriented content presented in the course. Recommended: Profi-
program design, event driven programming, problem CIS 185 Computers and Ethics 3.00: Discusses the ciency in a modern programming language (CIS 133B,
solving and social issues of computer systems. Topics ethical and social issues around the use of computer 133J or CS 161); or instructor permission.
include scalar and structured data types, alternation and technology. Computer use has created unique ethical
repetition control structures, modular programming, issues that are not addressed in traditional ethics. For CIS 234B Advanced Visual Basic.NET Program-
object oriented programming and use of event driven computer professionals and even casual computer ming 4.00: Continues the Visual Basic.NET Program-
graphics user interfaces. Recommended: placement in users, it’s imperative not only to explore what we can ming sequence utilizing relational database access,
WR 121 and CIS 122 or equivalent. do with computer technology, but our ethical respon- multiple document interface and software objects and
sibilities in using that technology. CIS 185 and PHL classes. Structured design techniques emphasized
CIS 135D Database Application Development II 185 cannot both be taken for credit. Recommended: throughout. Recommended: CIS 233B, 275; or instruc-
(VBA) 4.00: Design, development and implementation CIS 120; or instructor permission and college-level tor permission.
of a complete database application using Visual Basic reading and writing. Prerequisite: WR 121 or instructor
for Applications (VBA). Covers Access Object Model, permission. CIS 234J Java Programming III 4.00: Learn to use
user interfaces, object variables, ADO automation, Java/J2EE to build scalable n-tiered web applications.
databases on a server, and COM add-ins. Thorough CIS 188 Introduction to Wireless Networking Covers servlets, JSP, JDBC database connectivity, Enter-
documentation and structured programming techniques 4.00: Introduces the student to wireless networking theory prise JavaBeans, and SOAP Web Services Technologies.
will be emphasized. Recommended: CIS 133B or CIS and its practical application. Recommend prior knowledge: Learn advanced Apache Tomcat web server configuration
125D or instructor permission. CIS 179. including how to secure web resources, authenticate
users and mask URLs. Recommended: CIS 233J or
CIS 140D Operating System / Microcomputers CIS 189 Wireless Security 4.00: Introduces the instructor permission.
4.00: Provides the basic concepts of Linux and Windows student to wireless security intrusion, policies, tools,
operating systems. Includes basic operating system and solutions. Recommend prior knowledge: CIS 179 CIS 234N C# Programming 4.00: Covers the C#
functions, file/folder management, disk partitioning and and CIS 188 Wireless Networking. language; Microsoft.Net framework; Windows applica-
formatting, operating system and application installation, tions, forms and controls; introduces Web Applications
and system configuration. See www.pcc.edu/cis. Recom- CIS 195P PHP Web Development I 4.00: Intro- and ASP.NET; introduces Web Services; basic ADO.NET;
mended: CIS 120 or instructor permission. duces student to the server-side scripting language, file I/O; Visual Studio IDE. Recommended: Two courses
PHP, and its use in the development of Web sites. Topics (or proficiency) in a programming language.
CIS 140M Operating Systems I / Microsoft include web server, PHP and MySQL database installa-
182
Course Descriptions
CIS 234S Web Application Development Using. permission. CIS 286 Computer Forensics 4.00: Introduces
NET 4.00: Provides the necessary knowledge to create computer security administrators to computer foren-
real-world web applications using server-side technolo- CIS 276 Advanced SQL 4.00: Focuses on design, sics. Topics include setup and use of an investigator’s
gies, including ASP.NET, VB.NET, and database access development and implementation of SQL programming laboratory, computer investigations using digital evi-
with ADO.NET. Although the primary focus is on the for all types of relational database applications including dence controls, processing crime and incident scenes,
concepts, a business web-site is developed utilizing the client/server and Internet databases. Learn to write com- performing data acquisition, computer forensic analysis,
presented material. Recommended: CIS 233S. plicated interactive and embedded SQL statement and e-mail investigations, image file recovery, investigative
learn the implications of multi-user database applica- report writing, and expert witness testimony. Maps to
CIS 240L Linux Installation and Configuration tions. Recommended: CIS 275; two-term programming the IACIS certification. Recommend: CIS 284
4.00: Designed to prepare students for an entry-level language sequence; or instructor permission.
position as an administrator of a system utilizing the CIS 287I Web Server Administration 4.00: Pro-
Linux operating system. Focuses on knowledge and CIS 277O Advanced Database Concepts in vides aspiring systems administrators with the knowl-
skills necessary for day-to-day operations on a Linux Oracle 4.00: Covers concepts with Oracle includ- edge and skill sets to install, configure, implement, and
system using the command line. Recommended: CS ing PL/SQL programming concepts review. Includes manage a web server. A variety of operating systems
140U. design considerations for PL/SQL program units will be explored. Course does not cover publishing Web
and packages. Advanced interface methods, features page content. Recommended: CIS 278 and either CIS
CIS 240M Managing a Windows Server Environ- for PL/SQL, performance and tuning, and advanced 279M or CIS 279L.
ment 4.00: The first of a three-term sequence designed features of Oracle supplied packages also covered.
to prepare students for an entry-level position as a Recommended: CIS 276. CIS 287M Microsoft Server Security 4.00:
system administrator of a network utilizing Microsoft’s Prepares IT security professionals working in medium
Windows operating systems. The course focuses on CIS 277T Oracle Forms/Reports Developer 4.00: to large computing environments to implement autho-
the knowledge and skills necessary to design, install, Covers the fundamentals of the ORacle IDS (Internet rization and authentication strategies, use certificates
configure and manage a workgroup or domain consist- Developer Suite). Learn the oracle forms, reports, de- and certificate authorities, use Encrypting File System,
ing of Microsoft Windows servers and workstations. veloper tools. Build user interfaces using Oracle Forms create secure baselines, use Software Update Services
Recommended: CIS 140M. and build supporting reports using Oracle Reports. enhance data transmission security, wireless network
Recommended: CIS 276. security, perimeter security and secure remote access.
CIS 243 E-ssentials of E-Commerce Information The primary focus will be Windows Server with some
CIS 278 Data Comm Concepts II 4.00: Provides
Systems 4.00: Encompasses the multi-faceted aspects client content. Maps to Microsoft certification exam.
in-depth concepts of data communications, and
of e-commerce information systems. Combines study Prerequisite: CIS 240M or instructor permission.
networking. Explores network architectures, complex
of network, database and programming concepts with
network designs and network hardware configuration. CIS 288M Microsoft Network Administration
hands on skills. Provides a framework for the analysis of
Includes a close look at network/telephone company 4.00: Second of a three-term sequence designed to
information system based e-commerce solutions to issues
interfaces. Work will principally be done in the labora- prepare students for an entry-level position as a system
surrounding B2B, B2C, and intra-organizational trade.
tory. Students will have the opportunity to configure administrator of a network utilizing Microsoft’s network
Provides a solid background in critical issues and tech-
operating Cisco routers and other data communica- operating system. Focuses on the knowledge and skills
nologies related to e-commerce. Recommended: CIS 120
tion equipment in order to build functional networks. necessary to design, install, configure, and administer
and one programming class or instructor permission.
Recommended: CIS 179. a network infrastructure that uses Microsoft Windows
CIS 244 Systems Analysis 4.00: Provides overview Server products. Recommended: CIS 240M or instructor
CIS 279L Linux Network Administration 4.00:
of the system development life cycle (SDLC) emphasiz- permission. CIS 289M may be taken concurrently.
First term of a sequence designed to prepare students
ing analytical techniques to develop the correct definition
for an entry-level position as a system administrator of CIS 289M Microsoft Active Directory Adminis-
of business problems and user requirements. Students
a network utilizing the Linux network operating system. tration 4.00: Third of a three-term sequence designed
will prepare a feasibility assessment and develop system
Networking, TCP/IP, DNS, DHCP, NFS and Samba are to prepare students for an entry-level position as a
requirements for an assigned project. Recommended:
covered. Recommend: CIS 240L system administrator of a network utilizing Microsoft’s
One class in a high-level programming language and
WR 227. One 200-level business administration course. CIS 280D CE / Application Development 1.00– network operating system. Focuses on the knowledge
Additional lab hours may be required. and skills necessary to design, install, configure, and
4.00: Develop career objectives by linking their course
administer an enterprise network using Microsoft Win-
CIS 246 Structured Systems Design 4.00: work with off-campus learning experiences in computer
dows Active Directory. Also focuses on implementing
Provides overview of the system development life information systems of the public/private sector orga-
Group Policies and understanding Group Policy tasks
cycle (SDLC), emphasizing analytical techniques to nizations. Department permission required.
required to centrally manage users and computers.
develop a project from a previously prepared require- CIS 284 Network Security 4.00: Preparation for Recommended: CIS 240M, or instructor permission.
ments document through a structured design to a final an entry level position as a network administrator, the CIS 288M may be taken concurrently.
implementation. Students will prepare a formal design course focuses on the knowledge and skills necessary
statement and implement the project in a computer CIS 295P PHP Web Development II 4.00: Intro-
to maintain system security and to install, configure and
language of their choice. Recommended: Two classes duces the advanced capabilities and features of PHP for
maintain a local area network with common internet ap-
in a high-level programming language, CIS 233S, CIS Web site development. Topics include using the object-
plications. Use of Open Source software and CompTIA’s
244 and CIS 275 or instructor permission. oriented features of PHP, developing applications for
Security+ certification are emphasized. Recommended:
security and portability, advanced features of MySQL,
CIS 275 Introduction Data Modeling and SQL CIS 240M; or CIS 279L.
creating efficient applications by implementing business
4.00: Introduction Introduces the design, uses, and CIS 285 Security Tools 4.00: Prepares network logic within the database itself using stored procedures
terminology of a database management system. Includes administrators to apply information security concepts and triggers. Recommend: Completion of CIS 195P and
data modeling using Entity Relationship modeling tools and Open Source applications to manage security in CIS 125D or equivalent experience; concurrent enrollment
and Semantic Object modeling tools, normalization Windows and Linus/Unix information systems. Topics in CIS 275 or equivalent experience.
rules, relational database terminology, program/query include analysis and management tools, firewalls and
development, multi-user database issues (including Criminal Justice
packet filters, port and vulnerability scanners, sniffers,
the Internet) and data administration. Recommended: intrusion detection, encryption, wireless and forensics. CJA 100 Introduction to Professions in Crimi-
CIS 122. One high-level programming language course Recommended: CIS 284
(CIS 133B, CIS 133J, CS 161) or equivalent or instructor nal Justice 3.00: Provides overview of the various
careers in the public safety professions, including
183
Course Descriptions
police, corrections, parole and probation, juvenile of Oregon are reviewed. Prerequisites: CJA 100, CJA CJA 230 Police Report Writing 4.00: Course is
and adult casework, private security, loss prevention, 111 and WR 121 or instructor permission. designed to teach students police report writing skills.
investigator and all forms of communication. Open to Emphasized are techniques appropriate to narrative
the general public. CJA 211 Civil Liability and Ethics in Criminal structures necessary for operational police reports.
Justice 3.00: Explores the conduct and ethics of Included are legal aspects, content, organization and
C JA 10 1 Cultur al Diver sit y in Criminal criminal justice practitioners that give rise to civil lia grammar. The focus is to produce a quality police
Justice Professions 3.00: Provides introduction and attention is paid to aspects of risk management to help report capable of withstanding courtroom scrutiny.
familiarization with communication styles, customs, prevent legal claims. Prerequisites: CJA 100, CJA 111 Prerequisite: WR 122.
language and behavior patterns of various cultures, and WR 121 or instructor permission.
ethnic groups and non-traditional populations as CJA 243 Narcotics and Dangerous Drugs 3.00:
employed by and encountered by criminal justice CJA 212 Criminal Law 3.00: Addresses the principles Covers history and causes of narcotic and drug problems,
professions; including police, corrections, parole and of criminal liability (culpability), the elements of specific how to identify drug addicts and drug abusers, how to de-
probation, juvenile and adult casework, private security, crimes, and defenses to culpability. Examines crimes fine and classify various types of narcotics and dangerous
loss prevention, investigation and 911 communications. established under constitutional, statutory, common and drugs, including laws and other controls and rehabilita-
Open to the general public. case law. Prerequisites: CJA 100, 111; WR 121. tion programs. Prerequisites: CJA 100; WR 121.
CJA 111 Introduction to Criminal Justice System - CJA 213 Evidence 3.00: Explores the nature and CJA 244 Tactical Communication in Critical
Police 3.00: Course designed to provide an overview of types of criminal evidence and rules governing admis- Incidents 3.00: This course focuses on police inter-
the role of police in society. Students will become familiar sibility, competency and relevancy. Introduces presen- vention in the lives of people in the midst of an emotional
with general concepts related to law enforcement and be tation and suppression of evidence, hearsay rules and or physical crisis in the manner designed to minimize or
introduced to associated foundations and principles that exceptions. Prerequisites: CJA 100; WR 121. prevent violence while gaining control of the situation.
comprise the criminal justice system. A range of issues Emphasized are verbal and non-verbal communication
CJA 214 Criminal Investigation 3.00: Introduces
and facts relevant to policing will be discussed. Included techniques and skills utilized to calm the client and
modern investigative methods, including the collection
is historical development of police in America, crime data gain compliance helping to lead to a successful and
and preservation of physical evidence, scientific aids,
collection, police organization and structure, the police safe resolution. Prerequisites: CJA 100 and CJA 111 or
sources of information, interviews, follow-up and case
sub-culture, police and community relations, laws and instructor permission.
presentation. Includes techniques of interview and
constitutional limitations on authority. interrogation. Prerequisites: CJA 100; WR 121. CJA 245 Search Warrant Preparation 3.00:
CJA 112 Introduction to Criminal Justice System Covers legal concepts in search warrant preparation
CJA 215 Forensic Science and Criminalistics
- Courts 3.00: This course focuses on the United and focuses on learning to draft legal documents
3.00: Covers the theoretical and technical skills neces-
States criminal court systems including state, federal comprised of probable cause statements and judicial
sary for complex criminal investigation. Explores how
and miscellaneous other jurisdictions. It covers roles orders. Particular attention is paid to strengthening
scientific principles help in crime detection and solution.
and functions of participants in the adjudication process legal writing and evidence gathering in preparation for
Prerequisites: CJA 100; WR 121.
including the prosecutor, defense attorney, defendant, warrant application. Prerequisites: CJA 100, CJA 111
victim, judge, jury, police and more. Also examined CJA 217 Interviewing and Interrogation 3.00: and WR 121 or instructor permission.
various criminal court procedures from arrest and ar- Presents knowledge and working skills in the art of
raignment through trial and sentencing. CJA 260 Introduction to Correctional Institutions
interviewing and interrogation. Prerequisites: CJA
3.00: Overview of the institutional penal system, in-
100, 111; WR 121.
CJA 113 Introduction to Criminal Justice System cluding jails and detention facilities, prisons, treatment
- Corrections 3.00: Covers theories and current C JA 2 18 Criminal Jus tice Per spec tives and work release facilities. Provides historical and
practices in correctional treatment, crime prevention, of Violence and Aggression 3.00: Explores and policy study of the role and purposes of confinement
contemporary criminal justice services and treatment analyzes violence and aggression as viewed from or imprisonment as a criminal justice system tool.
methods, and professional career opportunities. Open biological, psychological, psychiatric and sociological Prerequisites: CJA 100, 113.
to the general public. perspectives. Emphasizes episodically violent individu-
CJA 261 Introduction to Probation and Parole
als, their detection, treatment methods and violence
CJA 114 Introduction to Juvenile Process 3.00: 3.00: Introduces Community Corrections or probation
prevention in the area of crisis intervention. Presents
Focus on integrating juvenile law, theories of causa- and parole in the management of offender behavior.
the tools and techniques of crisis intervention through
tion and procedural requirements. Discusses current Discusses Management of Community Corrections
discussion, demonstrations, simulation and role play-
programs in Oregon available to juveniles who have agencies and community intervention with offenders.
ing. Prerequisites: CJA 100; WR 121.
gone, or are going through the Juvenile Justice System. Prerequisite: CJA 100, 113.
Covers generic issues regarding some history of juve- CJA 225 Criminal Justice and the United States
nile adjudication and correction law and philosophies. CJA 262 Introduction to Correctional Treatment
Constitution 3.00: Provides a broad overview of
Open to the general public. 3.00: This course provides an overview of correctional
United States Constitutional Law as it relates to pro-
treatment within the criminal justice system. It provides
fessions in the criminal justice field. Examines Articles
CJA 199A Privacy, Technology and the Law 3.00: insight into the role and purpose of effective correc-
and Amendments of the U.S. Constitution, focusing on
Examines the origins and evolution of the concept of tional treatment strategies and programs, including the
the 1st, 6th, 8th, 14th amendments and “penumbras.”
privacy in the United States. Particular attention is responsibilities of providers and clients. Prerequisites:
Focuses on freedom of speech, religion and assembly
paid to the role of technology, and the manner in which CJA 100 and CJA 113.
as these rights relate to limitations on police authority.
Congress, the courts and law enforcement have made
Prerequisites: CJA 100; WR 121. CJA 263 Introduction to Corrections Casework
an impact on privacy in the United States.
CJA 228 Organized Crime and Terrorism 3.00: 3.00: Introduces the process of casework and case
CJA 210 Arrest, Search & Seizure 3.00: Cov- management in a correctional setting. Develops both a
Provides information on organized crime, its devel-
ers issues and procedures regarding stops, frisks, theoretical and practical base of knowledge to allow the
opment, growth and impact on society and criminal
searches and seizures. The Fourth Amendment of the student to develop counseling techniques. Prerequisite:
justice processes. Includes crime families, terrorists,
United States Constitution and Article 1, Section 9 of CJA 100, 113.
gangs and fringe groups with criminal intentions, their
the Oregon State Constitution are discussed. Topics
detection, investigation and combat. Prerequisites: CJA 264 Introduction to Corrections Administra-
include stops, arrests, privacy issues, search warrants
CJA 100; WR 121. tion 3.00: This course provides an overview of the
and warrantless searches and seizures. Case law, cur-
rent events and statutory law from the Criminal Code administration and management of corrections facilities,
184
Course Descriptions
programs and field services. It provides insight into the Prerequisite or concurrent: CMET 121, 123. CMET 215 Manufacturing Processes 3.00: Covers
role and purpose of effective management strategies today’s global economy and solutions to problems of
for the professional delivery of correctional services. CMET 123 Technical Algebra with Analytic manufacturing enterprise. Factors addressed: statistical
Prerequisites: CJA 100 and CJA 113. Geometry 4.00: Covers algebra and geometry of process/quality control, robotics, CAD, CAM, DFA/
special interest to engineering technicians including DFM, and CIM. Traditional and nontraditional manu-
CJA 279 Criminal Justice Seminar 1.00–4.00: solving higher order equations, determinants, matrix facturing processes covered. Prerequisites: CMET 121,
Designed for criminal justice agencies offering special operations, logarithms and trigonometric identities. 122; WR 115. Prerequisite or concurrent: CMET 133.
topic seminars to meet the information and training Plane analytical geometry introduced in preparation
needs oflocal criminal justice agencies. for calculus, emphasizing development of skills and CMET 221 Environ Engineering Tech II Environmental
confidence to solve advanced pre-calculus problems. Systems 4.00: Explores ground water, air, hazard-
CJA 280A CE / Criminal Justice 1.00–3.00: Prerequisite: CMET 112, or MTH 111. ous waste, and water pollution problems. Addresses
Students participate with various public sector crimi- technological solutions of these problems, including
nal justice agencies to learn about their structure and CMET 131 Applied Calculus 8.00: Introduces water, waste water, and air pollution treatment, as well as
function. The field placement must be program-related. differential and integral calculus, with applications alternatives. Prerequisite: CMET 123, WR 115.
Department permission required prior to registration. to engineering problems, including kinematics, mo-
Prerequisite: CJA 100 and (CJA 111 or CJA 113). ments of inertia and deflections of beams. Specific CMET 222 Thermodynamics II 4.00: Covers
calculator required, see advisor. Prerequisites: CMET application of principles of thermodynamics in the
CJA 280B CE / Applied Criminal Justice 1.00– 121, 122, 123. analysis of vapor and gas power cycles, refrigeration
6.00: Offered to students employed by a public sector and heat pump machinery, and air distribution systems.
criminal justice agency to increase professional skills CMET 132 Plane Surveying 3.00: Basic concepts Combustion reactions, ideal gas mixtures, and prop-
and knowledge. Prerequisite: Department permission of plane surveying are introduced. Includes use of tape, erties of moist air (psychrometrics) are also studied.
required. See CJA advisor. level, transit, electronic total station (ETS), along with Prerquisite: CMET 212.
horizontal and vertical control networks. Includes net-
Civil and Mechanical Engineering Technology work calculations and adjustments; angles and bearings CMET 223 Project Management 3.00: Adminis-
and topographic surveying and mapping. Prerequisite or tration of engineering projects. Covers owner-design
CMET 110 Statics 4.00: Covers fundamental
concurrent: (CMET 123 or MTH 112) and CMET 113. professional-constructor relationships, law and con-
concepts of mechanics relating to forces acting on
tracts, specifications writing and interpretation, cost
rigid bodies. Includes problems involving actions and CMET 133 Materials Technology 3.00: Selection estimating, engineering economy, and planning and
reactions on structures and machines in two and three of materials for engineering technology applications, scheduling (CPM and time-scaled arrow diagrams).
dimensions. Also covers friction, moments of inertia, structure and properties of metals, ceramics and Recommended: SP 100 or 111. Prerequisites: CMET
and centroids. Corequisite: CMET 111. Prerequisite polymers starting with fundamental atomic arrange- 123. Prerequisite or concurrent: WR 121.
or concurrent: CMET 112. Prerequisites: MTH 60 and ments. Microstructural control through thermal and
placement in WR 115. Department approval required. mechanical processing and effects of service environ- CMET 226 Dynamics 3.00: Covers kinematics and
ment are covered. Prerequisites: CMET 121, 123; CH kinetics principles relating to the motion of particles
CMET 111 Engineering Technology Orientation
104; WR 115. and rigid bodies. Examines force, mass, acceleration
4.00: A rigorous practical approach to techniques
and velocity relationships. Practical linear and curvi-
and problems encountered in the field of engineering CMET 211 Environmental Quality 4.00: Introduces linear motion problems are solved. Work-energy and
technology. Offers abundant opportunity to solve engi- physical, chemical and biological parameters relating impulse-momentum methods covered. Prerequisite:
neering problems. Corequisite: CMET 110. Prerequisite to the quality of water. Presents sampling systems, CMET 110, 131.
or concurrent: CMET 112. data analysis techniques and computational methods,
including mathematical models. Recommended: CMET CMET 227 Applied Electricity Fundamentals
CMET 112 Technical Algebra/Trigonometry 4.00:
131. Prerequisites: CMET 123, CH 104, and WR 115. 2.00: Introduces fundamental principles of electricity
Includes algebra and trigonometry used in CMET 110
Prerequisite or concurrent: WR 121. as applied to mechanical systems. Principle topics cov-
and 111, emphasizing simultaneous linear equations,
ered: basic electrical theory, electric motors, controls,
quadratic equations and applied problems. Prerequi- CMET 212 Thermodynamics I 4.00: Covers and energy consumption considerations. Prerequisite:
sites: MTH 60 and placement in WR 115. Department principles of classical thermodynamics. Develops un- CMET 112.
approval required. derstanding of mass energy, heat, work, efficiency, ideal
and real thermodynamic cycles and processes. Teaches CMET 228 Construction Materials 3.00: Cov-
CMET 113 Engineering Technology Graphics
first and second laws of thermodynamics, perfect gas law, ers production, processing, and testing of aggregate,
3.00: Introduces manual and computer-aided drafting
properties of real gases, and the general energy equation asphalt, concrete, soil and other materials in highway and
including hand sketching, drafting standards, pictorial
for closed and open systems. Prerequisites: CMET 131, commercial/industrial building projects. Includes quality
drawings, and dimensioning. Includes creation of 2-D
CMET 122 and CH 104. assurance concepts, measurements and calculations,
drawing and 3-D solid models using AutoCAD Software.
terminology and random sampling. Focuses on testing
Prerequisite: Placement in WR 115. Prerequisite or CMET 213 Fluid Mechanics 3.00: Covers proper- procedures common to construction in the northwest.
concurrent registration: MTH 60 or CMET 112. ties, laws of fluid mechanics and energy relationships for Recommended: CMET 131. Prerequisites: CMET 121, 122,
incompressible fluids. Studies flow in closed conduits, 123. Prerequisite/concurrent: WR 121.
CMET 121 Strength of Materials 4.00: Covers the
including pressure loss, flow measurement, pipe siz-
relationship between stress and strain in deformable
ing and pump selection. Includes open channel flow CMET 233 CET Applied CAD 3.00: Presents ad-
solids. Analysis is applied to circular shafts, beams,
analysis. Recommended: CMET 131. Prerequisites: vanced topics in civil engineering oriented computer
columns and pressure vessels. Covers combined
CMET 110, 122, 123. aided design and drawing meeting industry standards.
stresses, statically indeterminate systems and proper-
Prerequisite: CMET 113, CMET 241. Prerequisite/con-
ties of structural materials. Prerequisites: CMET 110, CMET 214 Route Surveying 3.00: Presents current: CMET 214.
112, 113. Prerequisite or concurrent: CMET 122, 123. techniques for preliminary, location and construction
surveys related roads and pipelines. Includes elements CMET 235 Machine Design 3.00: Examines
CMET 122 Technical Engineering Physics 4.00:
of horizontal and vertical location, including circular, fundamentals of machine design, including analysis
Introduces physical properties of matter and energy, in-
spiral and parabolic curves. Draw plans, profiles and and design of mechanical components. Covers shafts,
cludes properties of solids, liquids and gasses. Presents
cross sections and use electronic total stations. Pre- fasteners, belt and chain drives, brakes, gears, springs
applications of the basic equations of fluid mechanics,
requisite: CMET 132. and bearings. Includes predicting static and fatigue
heat transfer, and the First Law of Thermodynamics.
failures for various loadings and materials. Prerequisite:
185
Course Descriptions
CMET 121, 226. and develops rudimentary software development skills. overloading, single and multiple inheritance, virtual
Recommended: Computer Literacy (such as completion functions, polymorphism, templates, exceptions. STL
CMET 236 Structural Design 3.00: Introduces of CIS 120); placement at MTH 65 and RD 115. containers and algorithms. Recommended: CS 260.
design of steel, wood, and reinforced concrete structures
with emphasis on steel buildings. Covers beam and CS 161 Computer Science I 4.00: Introduces Crop Soil Science
column design along with bolted and welded connec- control structures, functions, arrays, and pointers.
tions. Recommended: CMET 131. Prerequisites: CMET Concepts of data representation and algorithm design; CSS 200 Soils and Plant Nutrition 3.00: Soils
121, 122, 123; WR 115. CMET 237 sorting and searching; lab exercises. Recommended: and plant interrelationships. Soil development and
MTH 111; WR 121; CS 160. completion of (CS 160 or terms. Use of organic and inorganic means to provide
CMET 237 Applied CAD 3.00: Presents advanced CIS 122). (For CIS students: please contact instructor optimum environment for plant growth. Recommended
topics in mechanical/manufacturing engineering if you need a prerequisite waiver.) prerequisite MTH 60 or instructor permission.
oriented computer aided design and drawing meeting
industry standards. Prerequisites: CMET 113. CS 162 Computer Science II 4.00: Recursion, ob- Dance
ject oriented programming, assignment operator, copy
CMET 241 Structural Steel Drafting 3.00: Intro- D 150 Jazz Dance I 1.00: Introduces principles and
constructor. Data structures include singly linked list,
duces structural detail drafting of engineering designdraw- skills in the fundamentals of jazz dance technique.
stack, and queue. Lab exercises. Recommended: MTH
ings and shop fabrication drawings for steel construction. Emphasizes and develops correct body alignment,
112 or MTH 116; WR 121; CS 140u, 161. Additional lab
Covers steel grades and shapes, and design, fabrication, coordination, strength, flexibility, rhythm, and move-
hours may be required.
and erection drawings for steel structures. Prerequisites: ment awareness. Includes jazz dance vocabulary and
CMET 113, 121. CS 200 Computer Systems I 4.00: Introduction to simple jazz dance combinations. Course may be taken
computer systems from a software perspective Systems 3 times for credit (D 150 or PE 186F separately or in
CMET 254 Civil/Mechanical Engineering Tech- programming using C and assembly language. Basic combination).
nology 1.00: Seminar Topics include information on computer organization. Representation of data. Machine
finding employment in the civil/mechanical/manufac- D 151 Jazz Dance II 1.00: Continues development
instruction sets and assembly programming, relation-
turing industry, writing resumes, and interviewing. of jazz dance technique at the beginning/intermediate
ship between C code and assembly code, C pointers and
Prerequisite: WR 115. level. Emphasizes increased coordination, strength,
structures and their machine-level representation. Link-
control, flexibility, stamina, musicality, and jazz dance
ing and loading. Program debugging. Recommended:
CMET 280A Cooperative Ed – Civil/Mechanical vocabulary in more challenging combinations. Course
CS 140u and either CS 162 or CS 234u.
Engineering Technology 1.00–5.00: An op- may be taken 3 times for credit (D 151 or PE 186G
portunity to develop engineering technology skills CS 201 Computer Systems II 4.00: Further separately or in combination). Recommended courses:
in a department-approved work setting. Department introduction to computer systems from a software D 150, or PE 186F, or equivalent.
permission required. perspective. Basic operating system concepts and calls.
D 169 Musical Theater Dance 2.00: Covers dance
Defining, measuring and improving program perfor-
Computer Science forms and styles used in the musical theater choreog-
mance. The memory hierarchy: storage technologies,
raphy. Covers basic techniques, vocabulary, and dance
CS 133G Introduction to Computer Games 4.00: caches, virtual memory, memory allocation techniques.
excerpts from musical theater shows. Course may be
Fundamentals of computer game development, includ- Recommended: CS 200.
taken 3 times for credit. Recommended courses: Two
ing a survey of computer game categories and platforms, dance technique courses or previous dance training.
CS 233G Game Programming 4.00: Object-ori-
major game components, an overview of the game
ented architectures and software design patterns used
development process, and an introduction to game D 170 World Dance 2.00: Introduces traditional
for game design. Students work with a game engine
graphics. This course will design and develop some and popular dance forms and styles from a selection of
software framework to design and implement several
elementary two-dimensional computer games. countries and cultures. Examines and practices dance
kinds o games. Additional topics include animation
movement within a cultural context. Ethnic dances may
CS 133U Introduction to C 4.00: Solve real-world techniques, physics simulation, user controls, graphi-
vary by term. Course may be taken 3 times for credit.
problems using structured programming principles and cal methods, and intelligent behaviors. Recommended:
the C programming language in a MS DOS/Windows Object-oriented programming in C++ and/or C#, such D 175A Tap Dance I 1.00: Introduces fundamentals of
environment. Introduces with little or no previous pro- as CS 162, CIS 211, or CIS 234N. tap dance technique and vocabulary. Develops a sense
gramming experience the world of computer programming of timing, rhythm, musicality. Emphasizes basic tradi-
CS 234U Accelerated C++ 4.00: Fast-paced
through development of C programs to solve practical tional tap steps, rhythm tap combinations and complete
presentation of C++ for students who already posess
problems. Recommended: Computer Literacy (such as dances. Course may be taken 3 times for credit (D 175A
solid software skills: data types, control structures and
completion of CIS 120). or PE 186K separately or in combination).
modularity. The course will also focus on fundamental
CS 140U Introduction to UNIX 4.00: Provides an concepts of computer science: problem solving and D 192A Ballet I 1.00: Develops skills and examines
in-depth introduction into the UNIX operating system, algorithm and program design. This course serves as principles in the fundamentals of classical ballet
including: task scheduling and management, memory an accelerated path to fulfilling the prerequisites for CS technique. Emphasizes correct alignment, basic barre
management, input/output processing, internal and 260, and is primarily designed for CS majors. Recom- and center work, traveling steps, and ballet vocabulary.
external commands, shell configuration, and shell cus- mended: CS 133U, CIS 233J, CIS 233B, or equivalent Course may be taken 3 times for credit (D 192A or PE
tomization. Explores the use of operating system utilities knowledge of another modern language program. 186A separately or in combination).
such as text editors, text formatters, electronic mail,
CS 260 Data Structures 4.00: Data structures D 192B Ballet II 1.00: Continues development of
and file management, scripting, and C/C++ compilers.
including stacks, queues, lists, vectors, graphs, and knowledge and skills in classical ballet technique
Discusses trends in UNIX, including use of graphical
trees. Algorithms including hash tables, sorting, beyond the beginning level. Emphasizes correct align-
user interfaces. Recommended: Computer literacy (such
searching and iterating over structures. Includes an in ment, increased speed, strength, flexibility, balance,
as completion of CIS 120); MTH 95; placement at WR
depth examination of recursion. Lab exercises. Recom- coordination, and ballet vocabulary in more challenging
121. Additional lab hours may be required.
mended: CS 162 or CS 234u. Additional lab hours may combinations. Course may be taken 3 times for credit
CS 160 Exploring Computer Science 4.00: Explores be required. (any combination of D 192B or PE 186B for a total of 3
the field of computer science. Provides an overview of times). Recommended courses: D 192A, or PE 186A,
CS 261 Programming Systems 4.00: Operator
computer architecture, software development engineer- or equivalent.
ing, data organization, problem-solving strategies, eth-
ics, and theory of computation. Explores career options D 192C Modern Dance I 1.00: Introduces knowl-
186
Course Descriptions
edge and skills in beginning modern dance technique. DA 118 Expanded Duties I 1.00: Study of the func- DA 152 Dental Office Procedures II 2.00:
Includes dance fundamentals, vocabulary, and impro- tion and procedures beyond the scope of general dental Comprehensive course that includes oral and written
visation, emphasizing correct alignment, coordination, assisting as allowed by the Oregon Dental Practice Act. communication, computer skills and job search tech-
strength, and awareness of movement. Course may be Includes amalgam polishing and margination, rubber niques. All study is related to dentistry. Recommended:
taken 3 times for credit (D 192C or PE 186IU separately dam placement and removal. typing/keyboarding skills.
or in combination).
DA 119 Expanded Duties II 1.00: Continued study DA 156 Ethics and Jurisprudence 1.00: Covers
D 192D Modern Dance II 1.00: Continues devel- of expanded duties to include coronal polishing, cement ethical standards established by the dental professions
opment of modern dance technique, with focus on removal, and other areas needed to meet changes in and legal responsibilities of the dental assistant and the
alignment, strength, control, musicality, and dynamics. the field. dentist as established by the Oregon Dental Practice Act.
Includes expanded modern dance vocabulary, dance The legal responsibilities and obligations of the dental
combinations, and improvisation. Course may be taken DA 120 Dental Radiology I 2.00: Introduction to the assistant and the dentist are also taught.
3 times for credit (D 192D or PE 186J separately or in uses of radiographic images in dentistry, including the
combination). Recommended courses: D 192C or PE history, physical and chemical properties, biological DA 160 Dental Pharmacology 1.00: Become fa-
186I or equivalent. effects and safety principles. miliar with medications and drugs used by the dentist
in treating patients.
D 209 Dance Performance 1.00–3.00: Offers DA 121 Dental Radiology I (Lab) 2.00: Practices
practical experience in rehearsing and presenting a radiographic techniques on manikins and correlate DA 9406 Dental Assisting Practicum 1.00–5.00:
dance performance. Course may be taken 3 times for activities to the DA 120 lecture. Upgrading for dental assistants who have been out of
credit. Recommended courses: Previous dance training the field for a prolonged period of time, or who feel their
DA 122 Dental Radiology II 1.00: Continued study skills are out of date.
or audition.
of the philosophy and principles of dental radiography
D 252 Jazz Dance III 1.00: Continues development of with review and preparation for National and State Developmental Education
jazz dance technique at the intermediate level. Empha- certification examinations.
DE 21 Introduction to Information Literacy 1.00:
sizes increased strength, control, flexibility, stamina, Introduces students to the skills used to formulate a
DA 123 Dental Radiology II (Lab) 2.00: Continued
musicality, dynamics, and jazz dance vocabulary in research query, emphasizing intellectual curiosity,
experience with radiographic techniques on manikins
more challenging combinations. Course may be taken creative thinking, and persistence in information seek-
and clinic patients under direct supervision.
3 times for credit (D 252 or PE 286H separately or in ing activities. Students learn and practice research as
combination). Recommended courses: D 151, or PE DA 125 Dental Radiology III (Lab) 2.00: Advanced a multi-step process: identifying an information need
186G, or equivalent. x-ray clinical experience to include extra-oral and x-rays and selecting a topic; formulating a question; locating
for children and edentulous patients. Radiographic and selecting varied and appropriate print and electronic
D 292 Ballet III 1.00: Continues development of
experience during private practice internships. sources; using critical reading and thinking to evaluate
classical ballet technique at the intermediate level. Em-
phasizes correct alignment, increased speed, strength, information; and paraphrasing and citing sources. Use
DA 130 Dental Materials I Dental Materials I
flexibility, balance, coordination, stamina, and ballet of library resources is required, including contacting
1.00: Basic physical and chemical properties of dental
vocabulary in longer, more challenging combinations. Reference Librarians for research assistance. This
materials including resins, gypsum products, impres-
Course may be taken 3 times for credit (any combination course is offered as a co-requisite to RD 80.
sion materials, waxes, cements and bases.
of D 292 or PE 286 for a total of 3 times). Recommended DE 30 Learning Skills 3.00: Topics include time
courses: D 192B, or PE 186B, or equivalent. DA 131 Dental Materials I (Lab) 2.00: Lab activities
management, setting priorities, values, and goals
prepare students in the proper handling and manipula-
Dental Assisting clarification, improving basic skills, and planning an
tion of the materials studied in DA 130 lecture.
individual program.
DA 110 Clinical Procedures I 3.00: Introduction to DA 132 Dental Materials II 1.00: Continued study
clinical dental assisting including operatory preparation, DE 31 Learning Skills I 1.00: Introduces study skills
of dental materials to include those used specifically in
sterilization/disinfection procedures, dental equipment, required in college. Principle topics include motivation,
the processes of crown and bridge construction.
tray set-ups and restorative dental procedures. goal setting, time management, organization of college,
DA 133 Dental Materials II (Lab) 2.00: Students and study suggestions and techniques. Course may
DA 111 Clinical Procedures I (Lab) 2.00: Labora- continue to develop skills in the handling and ma- be taken alone or as part of a three-credit series (DE
tory training and experience in basic dental assisting nipulation of dental materials as described in the DA 31, 32, 33).
functions and responsibilities. Students progress to 132 lecture.
assisting dentists in the dental clinics. DE 32 Learning Skills II 1.00: Introduces the study
DA 135 Dental Materials III (Lab) 2.00: Advanced skills needed in college. Principle topics include read-
DA 112 Clinical Procedures II 1.00: Intermedi- laboratory activities designed to improve proficiency ing, writing, listening and speaking better, time manage-
ate clinical dental assisting with instruction in oral and efficiency in the handling and manipulation of ment, and goal-setting. Course may be taken alone or as
examination, charting and other procedures. PREREQ: dental materials. Students apply knowledge and skills part of a three-credit series (DE 31, 32, 33).
DA 110. in dental office internships.
DE 33 Learning Skills III 1.00: Introduces the
DA 113 Clinical Procedures II (Lab) 3.00: Contin- DA 140 Integrated Basic Science I 3.00: Funda- study skills required in college. Principle topics include
ued clinic and laboratory experience. Students spend mental principles of human anatomy and physiology, an overview of college and university education, an
1 (one) day per week assisting dental students at the plus study of tooth form and function. Introduction overview of resources available at PCC and how to
Oregon Health Sciences University Dental School. to dental embryology, microbiology and pathology access them, an introduction to college terminology,
included. how to read the PCC catalog, and the preparation of an
DA 114 Clinical Procedures III 1.00: Advanced individual college plan. Course may be taken alone or
clinical dental assisting with instruction in dental DA 142 Integrated Basic Science II 2.00: Special- as part of a three-credit series (DE 31, 32, 33).
specialty procedures. ized study of the structures of the head and neck with
emphasis on the oral cavity. DE 50 Vocabulary Building 1.00: Topics include
DA 115 Clinical Procedures III (Lab) 5.00: Ad- determining word meaning, parts of speech, pronuncia-
vanced clinical experience, including dental specialty DA 150 Dental Office Procedures I 2.00: Overview tion, spelling, and writing with new vocabulary. Recom-
procedures. Students spend three days per week in of procedures associated with reception desk respon- mend for students in developmental and preparatory
dental office internships. sibilities and dental office management. reading and writing classes. Prerequisites: Reading
187
Course Descriptions
COMPASS score 44-65 or successful completion of use of ultrasonics and advanced techniques. develop and participate with community oral health
ESOL 250 with a “C” or better. programs for various populations.
DH 202 Dental Hygiene Theory V 2.00: Advanced
Dental Hygiene dental hygiene theory to include treatment of periodontal DH 253 Community Oral Health III 2.00: Develop-
disease and expanded functions. ment, implementation and evaluation of dental health
DH 100 Special Dental Hygiene Practice 1.00– projects in the community.
5.00: Clinic experience for dental hygiene students or DH 203 Dental Hygiene Theory VI 3.00: Expansion
graduates needing to maintain or enhance clinic skills of dental hygiene theory to include dental specialties and DH 260 Periodontology I 2.00: Introduction to
outside the regularly scheduled clinic sequence, espe- the role of the hygienist in specialty offices. Job search the science and management of periodontal diseases.
cially in preparation for Board examinations. Instructor skills and stress management included. Emphasizes microbial, biochemical and etiological prin-
permission required. ciples. The course will correlate to clinical activities.
DH 204 Dental Hygiene Practice IV 5.00:
DH 101 Dental Hygiene Theory I 4.00: Studies Continued clinical activities to include treatment of DH 261 Periodontology II 2.00: Advanced study of
basic dental hygiene procedures, theory and philosophy periodontally involved patient. Activities will correlate periodontal disease to include the most severe condi-
as applied to direct patient services. to DH 201. tions, surgical corrections and research findings.
DH 102 Dental Hygiene Theory II 2.00: Con- DH 205 Dental Hygiene Practice V 5.00: Contin- Drafting Technology and Design
tinued study of dental hygiene theory and practices, ued clinical activities providing treatment to a variety
including oral prophylaxis classifications, alternative of dental patients. Laboratory activities in expanded DRF 100 Drafting Orientation 3.00: Designed
oral physiotherapy aids and school clinic policies and functions. Activities correlate to DH 202. to acquaint students with firms that employ drafters
procedures. and designers. Students observe product lines and
DH 206 Dental Hygiene Practice VI 5.00: Ad- manufacturing operations through visual media or
DH 103 Dental Hygiene Theory III 2.00: Expansion vanced dental hygiene clinic activities to include all facility tours. Students become familiar with working
of the concepts of dental hygiene theory to include the aspects of previous training at increased skill levels. conditions, and may converse with employees. Covers
more difficult oral conditions and special needs. Nitrous oxide sedation included, plus simulated private the fundamentals of technical report writing, memos,
practice and mock board activities. resume development, and internet research of technical
DH 104 Dental Hygiene Practice I 3.00: Applies products related to drafting and design.
dental hygiene theory and techniques in a laboratory DH 208 Community Oral Health I 2.00: Introduc-
setting on dental manikins. Work with patients will begin tion to national and local public health issues and initia- DRF 117 Drafting Fundamentals 4.00: Introduces
when specified skill levels are reached. tives for delivering care to varied populations. skills needed to produce 2-D mechanical drawings,
including orthographic projection, sections and picto-
DH 105 Dental Hygiene Practice II 3.00: Stu- DH 210 Dental Radiology Lab II 1.00: A continuation rial drawings. Covers dimensioning basics and simple
dents apply dental hygiene preventive and therapeutic of DH 109, Dental Radiology I. Course will include provi- architectural plans and sections.
principles while providing patient care in a clinical sion of basic dental radiographic services to clinic patients
environment. Patient care includes oral prophylaxis including more advanced radiographic techniques. DRF 126 Introduction to AutoCAD Introduction to
and oral hygiene. AutoCAD 3.00: Introduces AutoCAD software as a
DH 228 Head and Neck Anatomy 2.00: Studies the design tool. Instructions will be given in the operation
DH 106 Dental Hygiene Practice III 3.00: Con- structures and functions of oral anatomy with emphasis of both hard disk and flexible disk data storage, and
tinued clinical activities with increased difficulty in the on those structures important in the administration of plotting. Covers creation, retrieval and modification
type and number of cases. local anesthesia. of drawings that meet industry standards using basic
DH 229 Local Anesthesia 2.00: Covers techniques AutoCAD commands.
DH 109 Dental Radiology I 2.00: Instruction covers
basic theory of dental radiography. Students practice of pain control by the administration of local anesthetics. DRF 133 Intermediate Drafting 4.00: Reviews and
intra-oral techniques on manikins with emphasis on Prepares student for management of complex clinical incorporates material presented in DRF 117 and DRF
radiation safety practices and techniques. clients during advanced dental hygiene procedures. 118. Introduces threads, fasteners, keys and springs,
DH 230 Dental Materials 2.00: Classification, and their applications. Prerequisites: DRF 117, 126. DRF
DH 113 Dental Anatomy 2.00: Studies anatomical
chemistry, physical properties, and uses of dental 135 Advanced Drafting Advanced Drafting Introduces
characteristics of all permanent and deciduous teeth
materials including manipulation techniques. working drawings, including assemblies and details,
and their surrounding tissues.
weldments, drawing numbering systems and revisions.
DH 121 Dental Health Education 2.00: This course DH 232 Nitrous Oxide Sedation 2.00: Theory and Covers dimensional tolerancing and fits, surface finish-
seeks to familiarize the student with selected teaching clinical application of nitrous oxide sedation for dental ing and welding systems. Prerequisite: DRF 133.
techniques and organized teaching programs having di- patients as prescribed by the State Dental Practice Acts
of Oregon, Washington and California. DRF 136 Intermediate AutoCAD 3.00: In-depth
rect application to dental health education concepts.
study of computer aided drafting using AutoCAD soft-
DH 127 Medical Emergencies 2.00: Study of medi- DH 236 Ethics & Jurisprudence 1.00: Studies legal ware. Covers slide files, block attributes, user coordinate
cal emergencies that occur in the dental office including restrictions and ethical responsibilities associated with systems, v-points, 3-D entity creation, external refer-
prevention, recognition and appropriate intervention. the practice of dental hygiene and dentistry. ences, and paper/model space drawing manipulation.
Prerequisite: DRF 126.
DH 128 Oral Histology 1.00: Studies microscopic DH 246 Pharmacology 3.00: Introduces various
anatomy of the oral tissues. Course serves as an intro- drugs used in the practice of dentistry. Students study DRF 185 AutoCAD Inventor - Fundamentals 3.00:
duction to DH 129 Oral Pathology. nomenclature, classification, dosage, and effects of Introduces AutoCAD Inventor as a feature-rich, parametric
different pharmacologic compounds. 3D design tool for assembly-centric modeling and collab-
DH 129 Oral Pathology 3.00: Studies oral diseases orative engineering. Develops fundamental knowledge in
and recognition of conditions that may require consulta- DH 250 Research Methods and Issues in Oral the areas of part and assembly modeling, using adaptive
tion and treatment by a dentist prior to, or concurrent Health 1.00: Introduction to epidemiological studies features and parts, utilizing work groups, surfacing basics,
with dental hygiene procedures. and basic statistics in preparation to critically evaluate managing data, and the Engineer’s Notebook.
evidence-based research of oral health.
DH 201 Dental Hygiene Theory IV 2.00: Dental DRF 237 Pro/Engineer Basics 3.00: Provides infor-
hygiene theory applied to patients having moderate to DH 252 Community Oral Health II 2.00: Students mation on the Pro/Engineer Interface, command structure
severe periodontal involvement. Instruction includes the utilize public health program planning models to and solid modeling. Develops knowledge and skills
188
Course Descriptions
in the creation and detailing of solid models. DRF 246 tronics 6.00: Fundamentals of electricity, electrical DST 110 Caterpillar Engine Fundamentals 6.00:
AutoCAD 3-D & Solid Modeling AutoCAD 3-D and Solid circuitry and components. Practice on electrical com- This course introduces the student to Caterpillar basic
Modeling Provides thorough coverage of 3-Dimensional ponents and live circuitry. diesel engine theory and service procedures. The
drafting and design procedures. The concepts examined principles of compression ignited internal combus-
include 2D and 3D primitives, user coordinate systems, DS 105 Fundamentals of Hydraulics & Air Con- tion engines are taught and variations in design are
3D v-points, complex extrusions, regions, shading and ditioning Systems 6.00: Fundamentals of hydraulics discussed. Caterpillar engines are used for lab disas-
rendering, 3D solid models, and supportive AutoCAD 3D in theory and shop practice provides a solid background sembly and assembly. Prerequisites: Provide a dealer
databases. Prerequisite: DRF 136. in applications of hydraulics in the trucking and heavy letter indicating secured internship at a participating
equipment industry. Heavy duty air conditioning opera- Caterpillar Dealership.
DRF 251 Kinematics Drafting 3.00: Introduces tion, trouble shooting and system repair is incorporated
mechanisms that translate motion and force, includ- into this class. DST 111 Introduction to Caterpillar Service
ing cams, gears, belts/pulleys and chains/sprockets. Industry 1.00: This course introduces the student to
Introduces components such as pawls ratchets, linkages DS 106 PMI/Detroit Diesel Electronic Control the Caterpillar Organization and provides instruction
and levers. Includes drawings of stock (shelf) items and 3.00: Preventive Maintenance Inspection (PMI) of and lab experience in shop safety, shop operation,
custom designs. Prerequisite: DRF 135, DRF 136 vehicles, Department of Transportation (D.O.T.) out of service tools, and how to obtain Caterpillar Service
service criteria, PM scheduling, lubricants and winter- Information. (SIS) Prerequisites: Provide a dealer
DRF 256 Advanced AutoCAD 3.00: Examines izing. Detroit Diesel Electronic Control (DDEC) lern to letter indicating secured internship at a participating
customization of AutoCAD menu and Lisp files. Includes understand and troubleshoot system. Caterpillar Dealership.
buttons, POP, image, screen and tablet sections, creation
and implementation of user-defined AutoLISP functions, DS 107 Live Equipment and Lab 6.00: Repair of DST 112 Fundamentals of Hydraulics 4.00:
and basic file management techniques. Prerequisite: customer-owned (live) equipment under a minimum of This course is designed to teach the basic hydraulic
DRF 136. supervision. Department approval required. fundamentals used in Caterpillar products, to identify
and state the function of the various values used in
DRF 270 SolidWorks Fundamentals 3.00: Intro- DS 202 Heavy Duty Power Train 6.00: Advanced
Caterpillar hydraulic systems, to identify and state the
duces SolidWorks software as a 3-D design tool. Covers theory and application on automatic and power shift trans-
function of vane pumps, gear pumps and piston pumps,
creation, retrieval and modification of 3-D and layout missions as used in the heavy equipment industry.
to disassemble and assemble hydraulic components, to
drawings using basic SolidWorks commands. Includes identify and state the function of ISO hydraulic symbols
DS 203 Fuel Injection System Diagnostics & Cat
skills needed to create parametric models of parts and and to trace the oil flow and state the operation of vari-
assemblies; generate dimensioned layouts; and Bill of Elect Eng Controls 6.00: Designed to cover diesel
fuel injection pumps and their applications, timing ous hydraulic systems. Prerequisite: Provide a dealer
Materials of those parts and assemblies. letter indicating secured internship at a participating
advance mechanisms, governing systems, electronic
engine controls and other related items that effect engine Caterpillar Dealership. DST 110 and DST 111.
DRF 271 SolidWorks Advanced 3.00: Covers
advanced editing and modeling options, configurations operation and performance.
DST 113 Caterpillar Engine Fuel System 4.00:
of assemblies, sheet metal, and top-down assembly This course introduces the student to the various fuel
modeling. Prerequisite: DRF 270. DS 204 Diesel Starting, Charging & Electronic
Control Systems 6.00: Overhaul system components systems used on Caterpillar engines. The student will
and practice live troubleshooting of heavy duty electrical become familiar with fuel selection, calibrations, nozzle
DRF 280 CE / Drafting 1.00–4.00: Student works on
and electronic systems. Prerequisite: DS 104. testing procedures, governor operation, and hydraulic
approved job sites and receives as varied and complete an
fuel ratio controls. The student will also become familiar
experience as possible under job conditions. Prerequisite:
DS 205 Mobile and Hydrostatic Hydraulics 6.00: with the 1.1 and 1.2 Mechanical Unit Injection (MUI) and
Department approval required prior to registration.
Covers advanced hydraulics and hydrostatics used on Hydraulic Electronic Unit Injection (HEUI) fuel systems,
DRF 285 AutoCAD Inventor-Advanced 3.00: heavy equipment, farm machinery, marine equipment, the Electronic Unit Injection (EUI), Nippondenso, and
Covers advanced techniques used in creating and hydraulic cranes, backhoes and other equipment. Em- Zexel fuel systems. Prerequisite: Provide a dealer letter
modifying parametric, assembly-centric 3D models phasizes troubleshooting. Prerequisite: DS 105. indicating secured internship at a participating Caterpil-
with AutoCAD Inventor. Develops extensive knowledge lar Dealership. DST 110 and DST 111.
in the areas of part and assembly modeling, adaptive DS 206 Medium/Heavy Duty Truck Brake, Sus-
pension & Steering 9.00: Gain knowledge in medium/ DST 114 Fundamentals of Electrical Systems
features, utilizing work groups, surfacing, managing
data and the Engineer’s Notebook. Prerequisite: DRF heavy duty truck brake systems, suspension and steering. 4.00: This course introduces the student to basic electri-
185; or department permission. Covers: air brake systems, hydraulic brake systems, truck cal and electronic fundamentals needed by a technician
foundation brakes, antilock brakes, automatic slack ad- to properly diagnose and repair the complex electrical
Diesel Service Technology justers, wheels, tires and fifth wheels. Emphasizes safety installed in Caterpillar machines. Prerequisite: Provide a
and the use of service manuals and textbooks. dealer letter indicating secured internship at a participat-
DS 101 Engine Rebuild & Lab Procedure 12.00: ing Caterpillar Dealership. DST 110 and DST 111.
Covers engine theory, engine components, and proper DS 280A CE / Diesel Service Technology 1.00–10.00:
diesel engine rebuild procedures. Introduces basic On-the-job work experience related to the individual’s DST 115 Air Conditioning 3.00: This course is
engine electrical and fuel systems, shop tool use and education and career goals. Receive one credit for 30 designed to prepare the servicemen to understand the
maintenance. DS 102 Truck Power Train Truck Power Train hours of work. Department permission required. principles of air conditioning, to identify air conditioning
Introduces gear transmissions, differentials and clutches components, to state the component functions, and to
involved in the application of diesel-powered vehicles. DS 280B CE / Diesel Service Technology - Semi- service Caterpillar air conditioning systems. This course
nar 1.00–2.00: Share and receive feedback on experi- prepares the student to confidently work on mobile air con-
DS 103 Fuel Injection Systems 6.00: Emphasizes ences from other students and instructors. Discuss job ditioning systems in an industrial environment. Prerequi-
fuel injection systems and how they relate to diesel survival skills. Department permission required. site: Provide a dealer letter indicating secured internship at
engine performance and operation. Lecture and hands a participating Caterpillar Dealership. DST 114.
on training used for instruction. The operations of all DS 9112 Small Marine Diesel Engine Preventive
major fuel injection devices including diesel fuels, fuel Maint and Tune-up 2.00: Analyze and diagnose each DST 116 Fundamentals of Transmissions and
transfer pumps, fuel nozzles, fuel injectors, filtration supporting system of the small diesel engine to properly Torque Converters 4.00: This course will discuss
systems, metering systems and governing systems tune the engine for maximum performance. the basic components and operation of power train
will be presented. systems used in Caterpillar machines. Included will
Dealer Service Technician
be basic components, clutches, torque converters,
DS 104 Fundamentals of Electricity & Elec- manual shift transmissions, and component functions
189
Course Descriptions
are explained as they relate to the operation of various Caterpillar machines. The course will concentrate on unit conversions are stressed.
power train systems. Prerequisite: Provide a dealer repair logic and applications, using a troubleshooting and
letter indicating secured internship at a participating diagnosis process, to solve machine faults in the power DT 204 Dental Technology Lab IV 6.00: Skill
Caterpillar Dealership. DST 112 and DST 114. train, hydraulic system, and electrical system. The re- development in the processes and procedures associ-
mainder of the course will focus on solving actual machine ated with dental crown and bridge construction. Dental
DST 117 Caterpillar Machine Hydraulic Systems malfunctions, utilizing all diagnostic principles, tooling, inlays included.
4.00: This course is designed to teach the system and electronic troubleshooting applications. Prerequisite:
operations and the testing and adjusting procedures for DT 205 Dental Technology Lab V 6.00: The uses of
Provide a dealer letter indicating secured internship at a
the pilot operated hydraulic system, the load sensing, porcelain and acrylic in crown and bridge construction
participating Caterpillar Dealership. DST 201 and DST
pressure compensated (LSPC) hydraulic system used with emphasis on color and form reproduction.
117. reference material to properly diagnose and repair
in Caterpillar machines. Prerequisite: Provide a dealer the complex systems installed on Caterpillar machines. DT 206 Dental Technology Lab VI 6.00: Fabrication
letter indicating secured internship at a participating The course will concentrate on repair logic and applica- of removable partial dentures with emphasis on frame-
Caterpillar Dealership. DST 112 and DST 114. tions, using a troubleshooting and diagnosis process, to work design. Orthodontic appliances included.
solve machine faults in the power train, hydraulic system,
DST 150 Caterpillar Service Technology Intern- DT 253 Science of Dental Materials III 2.00:
and electrical system. The remainder of the course will
ship 7.00: Students will work 40 hours per week for 8 Continued study of dental materials as related to cast
focus on solving actual machine malfunctions, utilizing
weeks at an approved Caterpillar dealership. They will be metal alloys and crown and bridge construction.
all diagnostic principles, tooling, and electronic trouble-
performing service related tasks defined by the instructor,
shooting applications. Prerequisite: Provide a dealer letter
the students mentor and the students direct supervisor. DT 254 Science of Dental Materials IV 2.00:
indicating secured internship at a participating Caterpillar
Although the students will be working in a live shop envi- Advanced study of dental materials including ceramics
Dealership. DST 201 and DAT 117.
ronment, the tasks assigned will primarily be related to the (porcelain) and high fusing metal alloys.
previous course studied. Prerequisite: Provide a dealer DST 204 Machine Specific Systems 6.00: This
letter indicating secured internship at a participating course introduces the student to Caterpillar machine DT 270 Inlay Casting, Crown & Bridge 3.00:
Caterpillar Dealership. Students must have completed specific systems. The materials presented in this course Introduces crown and bridge construction processes
the sequence courses with a minimum C grade, prior to are intended to give the student a general knowledge and techniques including preparation and waxing of
internship. See advisor for proper courses. of Caterpillar machine specific systems used in today’s dies, investing, casting, and finishing. Principles also
products. Prerequisite: Provide a dealer letter indicating applied to dental inlays.
DST 200 Undercarriage and Final Drive 4.00:
secured internship at a participating Caterpillar Dealer- DT 271 Partials, Clasp & Bar 2.00: Study of the
This course will discuss methods for transferring
ship. DST 201 and DST 117. philosophy, materials, design and fabrication processes
power through the mechanical power train and cover
differential, brakes, final drives, and under carriage. Dental Technology of removable partial dentures.
The content of this course should be treated as general
DT 101 Dental Technology Lab I 6.00: Initial skill DT 272 Dental Ceramics 3.00: Study of dental ce-
information for power train components in all Caterpillar
development in the use and operation of dental labora- ramics (porcelain) including the philosophy, structure,
machines. Prerequisite: Provide a dealer letter indicat-
tory equipment, the application of safety principles, properties, uses, and laboratory procedures associated
ing secured internship at a participating Caterpillar
and introduction to the fabrication process of complete with this material.
Dealership. DST 116.
removable dentures. DT 275 Dental Laboratory Management 2.00:
DST 201 Machine Electronic Systems 4.00: This
DT 102 Dental Technology Lab II 6.00: Continued Introduces management skills and responsibilities as
course introduces the student to Caterpillar machine
skill development in complete denture construction. Articu- well as the problems associated with dental laboratory
electronic systems and diagnostic tooling needed by a
lators and immediate overdentures introduced. ownership.
technician to properly diagnose and repair the complex
electrical/electronic systems installed in Caterpillar DT 276 Dental Laboratory Management Lab
machines. Prerequisite: Provide a dealer letter indicat- DT 103 Dental Technology Lab III 6.00: Advanced
complete denture construction to include alternative ma- 1.00: Computer-based exercises in techniques required
ing secured internship at a participating Caterpillar for small business management.
Dealership. DST 117. terials, occlusal patterns and denture individualization.
DT 120 Dental Anatomy 2.00: Studies basic forms, DT 284 Dental Specialties 2.00: Introduces dental
DST 202 Caterpillar Engine Performance 3.00: specialties and advanced techniques that involve par-
This course is an in-depth study of engine diagnostics structures and functions of teeth and their surrounding
tissues. ticipation and skill of the dental lab technician.
and repair techniques. Much of the class time is spent
with on-iron activities, diagnosing and correcting DT 141 Denture Techniques I 2.00: History and DT 285 Dental Seminar and Practicum 2.00: A
engine problems. Participants learn basic diagnosis philosophy of complete removable dentures with an workplace preparation course including professional
and shooting procedures, use of Caterpillar diagnostic introduction to the construction process. Artificial tooth ethics, organizations and opportunities, certification
tools, an use of Caterpillar reference material. The four selection and setting procedures emphasized. requirements and an overview of the dental care deliv-
major engine systems studied are oil, air, cooling, ery system in Oregon. Also introduces new products
and fuel. Prerequisite: Provide a dealer letter indicat- DT 142 Denture Techniques II 2.00: Continued and procedures and have an opportunity to visit local
ing secured internship at a participating Caterpillar study of denture construction including the use of laboratories.
Dealership. DST 110 and DST 113. troubleshooting articulators, finishing procedures and alternative
procedures, use of Caterpillar diagnostic tools, and techniques. DT 9406 Dental Technology Practicum 1.00–
use of Caterpillar reference material. The four major 5.00: Covers all steps and procedures in the construc-
engine systems studied are oil, air, cooling and fuel. DT 143 Denture Techniques III 2.00: Advanced tion of dental replacements which may include cast
Prerequisite: Provide a dealer letter indicating secured study of denture construction including alternative oc- metal crowns and bridges, the use of dental ceramics,
internship at a participating Caterpillar Dealership. DST clusal patterns and materials. DT 151 Science of Dental and/or partial and full dentures.
110 and DST 113. Materials I Science of Dental Materials I Overview of
materials used in dentistry such as gypsum products, Economics
DST 203 Caterpillar Machine Diagnostic 3.00: This waxes and impression materials.
EC 200 Introduction to Economics 4.00: A survey
course introduces the student to machine problem identi-
DT 152 Science of Dental Materials II 3.00: course covering basic microeconomic and macro-
fication using diagnostic tooling and material to properly
Introduces chemistry and physics, especially as they economic concepts, the history of economic ideas,
diagnose and repair the complex systems installed on
relate to dental materials. Measurement techniques and and a variety of economic issues. Depending on the
190
Course Descriptions
instructor’s interest, the issues covered might include: institutional perspective. With this approach, students of early childhood education.
price ceilings, price floors, pollution, income distribu- will explore the key institutions that make up the U.S.
tion, poverty, international trade issues, inflation, economy including corporations, government, the ECE 131 Practicum I-Experienced Teachers (In-
unemployment, economic growth, public finance, and market system, labor unions, monetary and financial fant/Toddler and Presch) 3.00: Course to improve
transitional economies. This course is recommended for institutions, and others. Students will also examine and strengthen achievement of competencies in working
students who desire a one term survey course. Recom- three problem areas: environmental degradation and with young children in a group setting at their work sites.
mend: MTH 95. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH resource depletion; social and political inequality; and Includes using developmentally appropriate methods in
20 or equivalent placement test scores. economic instability. Also introduces possible solu- recognizing and providing a safe and sanitary environ-
tions based on institutional change and development. ment; using positive guidance techniques; supporting
EC 201 Principles of Economics / Microeconom- Students will deepen their understanding of capitalism language development and planning a schedule and cur-
ics 4.00: A study of the market system, involving the in America, as well as gain insights into developing riculum. Department permission required based on work
essentials of demand and supply analysis; competition viable economic alternatives based on principles of experience and course work. Corequisite: ECE 130.
and monopoly; labor markets; public policy towards environmental sustainability, equity and economic
business; distribution of income; international trade and ECE 133 Practicum I 3.00: Develops skills in work-
stability. Recommended: MTH 95 and WR 115.
commercial policy; comparative advantage, tariffs, and ing with infants/toddlers in a group setting in the PCC
quotas. EC201 and EC202 together constitute the two Early Education and Family Studies Child Care Center. Includes using developmentally
term transfer sequence. Recommended: MTH 95. Pre- appropriate methods in recognizing and providing a
requisities: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent ECE 120 Introduction to Early Education and safe and sanitary environment; using positive guidance
placement test scores. Family Studies 3.00: Introductory level child techniques; supporting language development, and
development class integrating the normal growth and planning a schedule and curriculum. Prerequisite: ECE
EC 202 Principles of Economics / Macroeconomics developmental patterns of children from conception 120. Prerequisite or concurrent registration: ECE 121.
4.00: A study of factors affecting the level of national through age 10 with developmentally appropriate prac-
income; the essentials of money and banking; the role tices. Linkages between development and practice in a ECE 134 Practicum II 3.00: Develops skills in
of government expenditure and taxation in achieving variety of settings are covered with particular emphasis supervision of children in a group setting in the PCC
economic stability, growth, and development; interna- on parent (family) - teacher (caregiver) partnerships. Child Care Center. Includes using developmentally
tional monetary issues including exchange rates and appropriate methods in recognizing and providing a
the balance of payments. Recommended: MTH 95 and ECE 121 Observation & Guidance I 3.00: Focuses safe and sanitary environment; using positive guid-
EC 201. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or on age-appropriate guidance and observations techniques ance techniques; supporting language development;
equivalent placement test scores. for individual children six week to six years. Topics include supporting and planning a schedule and curriculum.
the ongoing dynamics of relationships, how values Prerequisites: ECE 120 and 121. Prerequisite or concur-
EC 203 Principles of Economics / Applications and belief systems impact guidance decisions, and the rent registration: ECE 122 and 123.
to Economic Issues 4.00: An economic issues linkages between observation and guidance plans for
course that covers specific topics in some depth. Top- individual children. ECE 170 EEFS Coaching and Mentoring in Early
ics covered change with current events and instructor Education and Family Studies 1.00: This course
interest and may include: International trade and finance; ECE 122 Environments and Curriculum in Early Care explores the role of coaching and mentoring in facilitat-
energy and resource economics; poverty, discrimina- and Ed I 4.00: An introduction to an overview of creating ing the development of novice early education practitio-
tion, and income distribution in national economies physical and social environments and curriculum for ners and in enhancing early childhood environments.
and the global economy; economic development; children six weeks to six years in home or center-based Models of coaching and mentoring will be reviewed and
financial market instability; environmental and sustain- programs. Course covers theories and relationships issues discussed.
ability issues; government and central bank policies between physical and social space, activities, experi-
ences, and materials. Students are introduced to the use ECE 173 Children and Loss / The Effects of Death
and competing ideologies; other current or relevant and Divorce 1.00: Divorce and death in families can
topics. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115, and MTH 95 of developmentally and culturally appropriate practices
in planning, selecting, and evaluating environments and have a profound effect on young children. Develop-
or equivalent placement test scores, and EC 200 or EC ment can be impacted across domains. This course
201 or EC 202. curriculum for young children.
examines the effects of loss on children and common
EC 216 Labor Markets / Economics of Gender, ECE 123 Environments and Curriculum in Early developmental outcomes. Strategies and resources
Race, and Work 4.00: The study of labor markets Care and Ed II 4.00: This course explores the use of for supporting children and families through difficult
with emphasis on the economic status of women and developmentally and culturally appropriate practices periods involving separation or the death of a loved
their decisions about work and family. Topics of study in creating physical and social environments and cur- one are explored.
include: recent developments in the labor market; the riculum for children six weeks to six years in home or
center-based programs. Theories of play and early care ECE 174 Head Start Past and Present 1.00:
gender pay gap and women-men occupational differ- Head Start (including MIgrant and Tribal Head Start)
ences; labor supply decisions; human capital theory; and education are employed to plan and implement en-
vironments and curriculum for children. Students plan, has served and empowered families and children from
racial discrimination; economics of marriage and house- low- income environments for over 30 years. Today,
hold decisions. Recommended: MTH 95. Prerequisites: implement, and evaluate environments and curriculum
for young children. Prerequisite: ECE 122. Head Start is one of the largest child care-related
WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement employers in the country. This course examines the
test scores. ECE 124 Multicultural Practices / Exploring Our history, current status, and future of Head Start. An
EC 230 Contemporary World Economic Issues Views 3.00: Develops awareness of how personal ideal course for students interested in future employ-
/International Economics 3.00: Selected issues and experiences, belief systems, and values impact work ment with the agency.
problems related to international economics and inter- with children and families. Examines the impact of
cultural, linguistic, and class identities and histories ECE 175A Infant/Toddler Caregiving / Learning
national economic institutions. Includes trade and the and Development 1.00: Covers growth and develop-
balance of payments, trade competition between Japan on inter-relationships in diverse populations. Applies
techniques for incorporating other peoples histories, ment: physical, cognitive, and language; ages of infancy
and the U.S., reform and restructure of the Russian and and facilitating learning. ECE 175B I/Tod Care-Group
Eastern European economies, economic development values and belief systems into child-and-family-cen-
tered practices. Care Infant/Toddler Caregiving: Group Care Covers group
and problems of developing nations. care including: routines, quality, staff relations, environ-
EC 285 Introduction to Political Economy 4.00: ECE 130 Practicum Seminar 2.00: Reviews lab ments and welcoming children and families into care.
Examines the United States economy from a systems/ experiences and observations. Focuses on the role of
the teacher in carrying out a developmental philosophy ECE 175C Infant/Toddler Caregiving — Social/
191
Course Descriptions
Emotional Growth 1.00: Covers social-emotional programs. Students will explore field trip possibilities services for children and families. This course is de-
growth and socialization including: development, tem- in the Portland area, develop field trip protocols, and signed for students who are considering a career in the
perament, responsible care, guidance and discipline, problem-solve common field trip issues. field. In conjunction with service learning placements in
and supporting the needs of infants and toddlers. the Portland area, students will explore the boundaries
ECE 186 Nature and Gardening with Young of the field, career options and requirements, and op-
ECE 175D Infant/Toddler Caregiving — Fam- Children 1.00: Children are inherently engaged by portunities for life-long learning and advancement.
ily/Provider Relationships 1.00: Covers fam- nature and gardening experiences. Bringing gardening
ily/provider relationships including: establishing and experiences in nature to your work with children ECE 198 Building Effective Outdoor Environments
partnerships with parents, listening and responding to will help you facilitate children’s development across 1.00: Outdoor spaces are an integral part of quality early
families needs, supporting culturally diverse families, domains in an engaging and ever-changing context. childhood environments. Outdoor experiences foster
culturally sensitive care, conducting business and This course explores the many benefits of gardening children’s exploration and positive self-esteem as well
handling difficult issues. and natural experiences for young children. as large and small motor development. This course will
examine outdoor environments for children of all ages
ECE 177 Mixed Age Groups Tiny to Tall / Making ECE 187 Cooking with Kids 1.00: Cooking with kids and abilities. Students will plan, implement, and evaluate
Mixed Age Groupings Work 1.00: Mixed-age early can do it all! Cooking can help young children learn outdoor environments and activities.
childhood settings can include children from infancy language and literacy, math, science, cooperation, and
through elementary school age. This course explores healthy eating habits. Learn to create and share cooking ECE 200 The Professional in Early Education and
the benefits and addresses the challenges of creating experiences with young children in a way that maximizes Family Studies 3.00: History, current programs and
quality environments and programming for children of child participation and developmental opportunities and practices, and future issues of early childhood educa-
mixed ages. minimizes the potential for chaos. tion. Includes professionalism, historic and current
issues, types of programs for young children, parent
ECE 179 The Power of Portfolios in Early ECE 188 Block Play and Woodworking for Young interaction, job opportunities, ethical/legal issues
Education 1.00: Portfolios for children in early care Children 1.00: When children are exposed to well- and community resources. Develops a professional
and education programs are a powerful way to demonstrate planned block play and wood working experiences they philosophy. Prerequisite: WR 115
children’s skills, learning, development, and culture. Creat- create, they build, they construct, and they stay engaged.
ing meaningful portfolios with children and families includes Bringing block play and wood working to your program ECE 221 Observation and Guidance II 3.00:
an observation plan, an organization system, and accessible will help you facilitate children’s development across Examines techniques for observing and recording
technology (digital photography, scanners, etc.). domains in an engaging context. This course explores behavior and keeping records as used in the care and
the many benefits of block play and wood working education of infants through five-year-olds. Focuses
ECE 180 Early Childhood Professional English experiences for young children. on observation and guidance techniques for groups of
A 3.00: ECP English A, the first term of a three-term children in addressing challenging behaviors and issues
sequence, introduces teh academic English used in the ECE 189 Building Relationships with Infants, in early childhood environments. Covers the caregiver’s
fields of early childhood development and education. Toddlers, and Families 1.00: Strong relationships role in using observation to promote development,
This course is intended for non-native speakers of are vital to healthy development for infants and toddlers. including self-development. Prerequisites: WR 115
English who are working toward an AAS degree in Early The role of infant and toddler caregivers is to facilitate, and ECE 121.
Education and Family Studies. support, and sustain individualized relationships with
the families and children in their programs. This course ECE 224 Multicultural Practice / Curriculum &
ECE 181 Early Childhood Professional English B will explore ways in which caregivers can facilitate and Implementation 3.00: Develops awareness of cultural
3.00: ECP English B, the second term of a three-term sustain these extremely important relationships. and ethnic issues as they relate to the early childhood
sequence, continues an introduction to the academic classroom teacher. Focuses on ethnocentrism, racism and
English used in the fields of early childhood develop- ECE 191 Interest-Based Planning for Infants 1.00: discrimination. Includes techniques for developing multi-
ment and education. This course is intended for non-na- Interest-based planning is a key aspect of quality cur- cultural, anti-bias curriculum. Prerequisite: ECE 124.
tive speakers of English who are working toward an AAS riculum development in early childhood. Identifying infant
degree in Early Education and Family Studies. interests requires perceptive and responsive adult atten- ECE 226 Child Development 3.00: Basic theories,
tion and creative effort. This course will explore the ways research and principles of physical, cognitive, language,
ECE 182 Early Childhood Professional English in which infants communicate their interests to adults, social and emotional development of children from the
C 3.00: ECP English C, the third term of a three-term methods of assessing infant interests, and interest-based prenatal period through adolescence. Includes observa-
sequence, continues an introduction to the academic curriculum development in infant-care programs. tion and classroom processes. Placement into WR 121
English used in the fields of early childhood develop- strongly recommended.
ment and education. This course is intended for non-na- ECE 193 Advocacy in the Field of Early Education
tive speakers of English who are working toward an AAS and Family 1.00: Studies Issues in early education ECE 234 Children with Special Needs in Early
degree in Early Education and Family Studies. and family studies (affordability, funding, quality, Childhood Education 3.00: Become acquainted
compensation, accessibility, and so forth) provoke im- with areas of special needs in children from birth
ECE 184 Children’s Puppetry & Theater 1.00: passioned responses and a desire to effect change. This through six years of age. Emphasis is on inclusion of
Puppetry and theater can be a powerful tool in early course explores the role of advocacy in the field of early children in early childhood settings. Explore services
childhood environments. Puppetry and theater capital- education and family studies. In contributing to real-life available to children and their families. Child develop-
izes on children’s creativity and imagination. It fosters (self-selected) advocacy efforts students will learn ef- ment helpful.
development across domains and is particularly effec- fective advocacy techniques, plan an advocacy project,
tive in helping children work through issues, conflicts and review lobbying and legislative processes. ECE 235 Music and Movement in Early Childhood
and important transitions in their lives. This course Education 3.00: Overview of the development of musi-
explores the many benefits of puppetry and theater for ECE 194 Managing Stress in EEFs Surviving and cal and motor skills in children from birth to age 6, learn
young children. Thriving 1.00: Managing Stress in Early Education This and develop a variety of music and movement activities,
course examines common sources of stress and burnout techniques and materials appropriate for them.
ECE 185 Field Trips in Early Childhood / Planning in early education and family studies. Strategies for
Fun and Meaningful Field Trips for Young Chil- surviving, thriving, and caring for the self are explored. ECE 236 Language and Literacy in Early Child-
dren 1.00: Field trips are worth the hassle! Field trips hood Education 3.00: Overview of language and
build on child interests and contribute to children’s de- ECE 197 Career Exploration in Early Education literacy development in children from infancy to age
veloping knowledge of the world. This course explores and Family 1.00: Studies Early Education and Family 6. Design and use a variety of language and literacy
the positive benefits of field trips in early childhood Studies is a broad field encompassing many forms of development activities with young children.
192
Course Descriptions
ECE 238 Administration of Early Childhood functions, and procedures in libraries. Provides a base on ED 136 Computers in Education 3.00: Introduces
Programs 3.00: Studies various tasks and respon- which to build specific skills needed for employment in various software applications in both stand-alone and
sibilities of program administration. Topics include libraries. Covers knowledge and use of the Dewey Deci- network environments. Create educational word-pro-
licensing, program planning, organization, financial mal System, electronic card catalog/circulation systems, cessed documents, spreadsheets, databases, graph-
management, parent and community relationships, procedures for processing, and maintaining collections, ics, desktop publishing and presentation documents.
and personnel management. Prior ECE course work basic terminology and policies. Prerequisite: Placement Demonstrate computer-search skills using various
and experience working with children in groups is test scores qualifying student to enroll in WR 121. network resources. Prerequisites: Completion of WR
highly recommended. 115; RD 115; and CAS 133.
ED 111 Selection of Library Materials 3.00:
ECE 241 Exploring the CDA 1.00: Introduces the Provides an introduction to the selection and evalu- ED 171 Computers in Education II 3.00: Provides
national Child Development Associate (CDA) credential ation of library materials. Covers library standards, introduction to all aspects of the Internet and email.
for professionals in early childhood care and educa- selection policies, verification tools, censorship and Use internet browser. Recommended: Basic computer
tion. Includes a description of the process of applying, copyright laws. knowledge. ED 199A Introduction Lang Develop Intro-
developing competencies, and completing requirements duction to Language Development An overview of basic
for the CDA. ED 112 Introduction to Children’s Literature linguistics and practical applications of the theoretical
3.00: Introduces children’s literature, authors and illus- explanation of language acquisition. Included obser-
ECE 260 Advanced Practicum-Seminar 3.00: trators. Covers current and classic works, book awards, vation of infants, children, and adolescents as the
Refine skills necessary for supporting the total develop- artistic and literary elements, introduction to genres, major focus for identifying the milesones of language
ment of children, ages 6 weeks to 6 years, in a group basic book discussion techniques, and audio-visual development.
setting and to integrate child development theory and and electronic formats. Prerequisite: WR 115.
practice in two interdependent components: seminar ED 200 Introduction to Education for Para-
and field work experience. Department permission ED 114 Reference Materials 3.00: Introduces educators 4.00: Examines the role of paraeducators
required. Prerequisite: Certificate level courses plus reference materials and sources as well as reference in schools. Includes personal responses to school
WR 121, HEC 226, ECE 221, and ECE 224. Corequisite: procedures in the library. Overview and evaluation of situations, students, personnel, the roles of schools in
ECE 263 or 264. standard reference sources in print format as well as American Society and ethical, legal, and administrative
electronic format is central. Learn to design search strat- implications for the paraeducator.
ECE 264 Advanced Practicum (Lab) 4.00: Refine egies for efficient location of information and to conduct
skills necessary for supporting the total development effective reference interviews. Prerequisites: Placement ED 206 Seminar / Advanced Education Tech-
of children, ages 6 weeks to 6 years, in a group setting test scores qualifying student to enroll in WR 121. niques 3.00: Provides time and direction for inves-
and to integrate child development theory and practice tigating current issues in education. ED 207 Adaptive
in two interdependent components: seminar and field ED 115 Storytelling 2.00: Provides introduction into Sign for Spec Pop Seminar: Adaptive Sign for Special
work experience. Department permission required. how to do storytelling. Different storytelling techniques Populations Introduces Signed English and alternative
Corequisite: ECE 260. will be demonstrated and practiced in the course. communication modes for adults to use to teach stu-
ED 116 Literature for Adolescence and Young dents with no or limited language. Includes techniques
Education to teach these signs and focuses on shaping, adapting
Adults 3.00: Covers contemporary literature being
signs and breaking signs down into component parts.
ED 100 Introduction to Education for Paraeduca- read by young people of high school age, literature-
tors 3.00: Explores the roles of a variety of personnel related audio-visuals, and various specialized reading ED 208 Outdoor School Leadership 2.00: Gain
in schools. Includes personal responses to school lists and bibliographies. Includes controversial areas training and experience teaching and leading sixth graders
situations, students, other personnel and the roles of in young adult literature. at outdoor school. Requires attending at least one full day
schools in American Society. Examines ethical, legal, training session (10-12 hours) at the outdoor school site
and administrative implications for educators. Recom- ED 123 Instructional Strategies / Reading 3.00:
prior to the scheduled assignment to work for 1 week,
mended as an initial coure for those contemplating a Introduces components of the reading process and
approximately 16 hours per day, 4 days, at a residential
career in education. Course is designed to ease the techniques for teaching reading to kindergarten through
outdoor school for 6th graders.
transition of students to college-level study. grade 8 students. Includes assessment and methods for
teaching students with special needs. Prerequisites: WR ED 209 Practicum 3.00: Spend nine hours per week
ED 102 Displays/Graphics for Educator 3.00: 115 and RD 115. in a supervised field experience after an orientation.
Presented as a means of visual communication that
develops an understanding and usage of the Internet, ED 124 Instructional Strategies — Mathemat- ED 210 Practicum 3.00: Spend nine hours per week
digital camera, scanner, and word processing for graph- ics/Science 3.00: Presents strategies for teaching, in a supervised field experience after an orientation.
ics. Introduces dry mounting, laminating, enlarging, reinforcing, and assessing basic math concepts by
copying, poster making, award making and bulletin moving in a continuum from concrete to abstract. ED 211 Practicum 3.00: Spend nine hours per week
board creating. Provides opportunities to empower Emphasizes using manipulatives to introduce concepts in a supervised field experience after an orientation.
the prospective librarians/teachers with the ability to in addition, subtraction, division, fractions, and place
value. Covers the use of writing to reinforce and assess ED 214 Practicum / Outdoor School 3.00: Gain
promote content in different modalities. Prerequisite: training and experience teaching and counseling sixth
CAS 133 or ED 136. math concepts and integration of math concepts into
science curriculum. Prerequisites: MTH 60 or higher; graders in an outdoor setting. Requires attending two
ED 103 Desktop Publish for Educators 3.00: placement into WR 121. evening training sessions; spending one week at an
Introduces desk-top publishing. Produces materials to outdoor camp; keeping a journal and submitting a
be used in an educational setting using flat-bed scan- ED 131 Applied Learning Theory 3.00: Prepares summation paper to the PCC coordinator.
ners, graphics sources, layout guidelines and design teachers and instructional assistants to work in a
standards-based setting. Offers strategies to plan and ED 216 Practicum / Seminar 1.00: Discuss practi-
rules. Prerequisites: ED 136. cum experiences, problems and successes. Concurrent
implement instruction, assess student progress and
ED 104 Multimedia for Educators 3.00: Develops instructional effectiveness, and re-teach as needed. enrollment in a practicum is required.
and evaluates multimedia presentations for use in schools Focuses on learning and motivational theories that ED 217 Classroom Management 3.00: Introduces
and libraries. Multimedia presentation guidelines will be apply to instructional situations. Includes creating several approaches to proactive classroom manage-
used in planning and developing materials. and studying activities for specific learning problems. ment. Strategies for settingup an appropriate room
Prerequisites: WR 115 and RD 115. environment and establishing procedures, systems,
ED 109 Library Procedures 3.00: Introduces structure,
193
Course Descriptions
and rules will be introduced and practiced. Behavior ED 281 Techniques of Teaching Philosophy and using the calculator, and using software applications
management will also be introduced and practiced. Techniques of Teaching at a Community College in the EET program. Introduces resources available on
Prerequisites: WR 115 and RD 115. 3.00: Develops the capacity to effectively use and man- campus and in the EET department. Prerequisite: Place-
age instructional resources in achieving the learning ment in WR 115. Prerequisite or concurrent: MTH 95.
ED 224 Foundations of Education 3.00: Provides objectives of vocational programs.
an overview of the history and current issues in the field EET 111 Elec Circuit Analysis I 5.00: International
fo K-12 education including the impact of philosophy on ED 290 Teaching Strategies for English Lan- System of Units, engineering notation and prefixes, defi-
practice. Prerequisites: RD 115 and WR 115. guage Learners 3.00: Introduces learning strategies nitions of current, voltage, resistance, power, work and
that will modify content for English Language Learners, efficiency. For DC circuits: Ohm’s and Kirchoff’s Laws,
ED 251 Overview Exceptional Learners 3.00: and examines current theories in bilingual education. series, parallel, and series-parallel circuit principles,
Introduction to diverse conditions of students with Provides opportunities to explore curriculum develop- superposition, Thevenin and Norton theorems, mesh
special needs in public schools. Identifies and defines ment and the needs of the learner. Prerequisite: RD current and node voltage analysis. Includes a 3-hour
the following disabilities: learning disabilities, emo- 115 and WR 115. per week laboratory. Prerequisite: Placement in WR 115;
tional and behavior disorders, mental retardation, severe Prerequisite or concurrent registration: MTH 111C.
and multiple disabilities, autism, health impairments, ED 291 Strategies for Teaching English Lan-
physical disabilities, communication disorders, vision guage Learners II 3.00: In depth approach to EET 112 Electrical Circuit Analysis II 5.00:
impairments, hearing loss, and traumatic brain injury. analyzing best practices and teaching strategies for Capacitance, inductance, reactance, and impedance.
assisting ELL learners in the K-12 setting. Further en- Transient analysis of RL and RC circuits. AC circuit
ED 252 Behavior Management 3.00: Behavior phasor analysis. Power in AC circuits. Includes a 3 hour
hances students’ ability to assess, design and provide
terminology will be defined and applied. Students per week laboratory. Prerequisite: EET 111 Prerequisite
appropriate instruction and communication for and to
will demonstrate and practice baselining, setting up or concurrent registration: MTH 112.
ELLs. Explores relevant linguistic and cultural theories
a program, reinforcing, modeling, shaping, chaining,
and issues, and offers students a chance to connect
monitoring and graphing data. EET 113 Electrical Circuit Analysis III 5.00:
theory to practice. Prerequisite: ED 290.
Superposition, THevenin and Norton theorems applied
ED 258 Multicultural Education I 3.00: Introduces to AC circuits, AC power and transformers. Series
ED 295 Leisure for Special Populations 3.00:
philosophy, activities, and materials applied in develop- and parallel resonant circuits, low pass, high pass,
Provides information on programming and teaching
ing a culturally sensitive multicultural classroom and bandpass, and band reject filters, Q and selectivity,
recreational activities that meet the needs of the indi-
curriculum. Achieves an understanding of multicultural trnasfer functions, decibels, frequiency response and
vidual with disabilities.
education and its impact on teaching in the classroom. Bode diagrams. Includes a 3-hour per week laboratory.
Prerequisites: RD 115 and WR 115. ED 298A Special Projects in Education 1.00: De- Prerequisite: EET 112.
signed to allow the student to do an individualized study in
ED 259 Multicultural Education II 3.00: Provides EET 121 Digital Systems I 3.00: The first course in
the area of education. The student is required to develop a
an in depth view into multicultural educational issues digital electronics covering basic electrical concepts, number
learning contract with the assigned instructor. Instructor
in the K-12 setting today. Gain skills to develop cultural systems, combinational gates (AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR,
permission required for registration in this course.
appropriate pedagogy, materials and curriculum in order and XOR), electrical characteristics and internal structures
to serve the needs of an increasingly diverse US educa- ED 298B Special Projects in Education 2.00: of TTL gates, Boolean algebra, Karnaugh mapping, and
tional system Prerequisite: ED 258. Designed to allow the student to do an individualized use of MSI devices including adders, decoders, encoders,
study in the area of education. The student is required multiplexes and demultiplexers. Includes a 3 hour per week
ED 260 Multicultural Literature for Children and
to develop a learning contract with the assigned instruc- laboratory. Prerequisite: MTH 95; placement into WR 115.
Young Adults 3.00: Introduces multicultural literature tor. Instructor permission required for registration in
for early childhood through young adult. Emphasizes this course. EET 122 Digital Systems II 3.00: Second course in
contemporary literature representing a range of cultures digital electronics presents sequential circuit elements
in the U.S. as well as world-wide. Covers selection and ED 298C Special Projects in Education 3.00: (latches and D/JK flip-flops) with applications includ-
evaluation, cultural considerations, and book awards. Designed to allow the student to do an individualized ing counters, registers, and shift registers. Sequential
Prerequisites: Placement test scores qualifying student study in the area of education. The student is required network analysis and synthesis are covered including
to enroll into WR 121. to develop a learning contract with the assigned instruc- the use of state tables and state diagrams. Introduces
tor. Instructor permission required for registration in sampling and the Nyquist Sampling Theorem including
ED 263 Portfolio Development 2.00: This is a this course. introductory coverage of analog-to-digital converters
capstone course for the Paraeducator and Library/Media
(ADC) and digital-to-analog converters (DAC). Includes
Certificate programs. Students will prepare professional ED 298D Special Projects in Education 4.00: a 3-hour per week laboratory. Prerequisite: EET 121.
portfolios that demonstrate the competencies they have Designed to allow the student to do an individualized
developed during the program. It may also be taken by study in the area of education. The student is required EET 123 Digital Systems III 5.00: Third course in
others in the field of education who wish to create profes- to develop a learning contract with the assigned instruc- digital electronics continues prior coverage of digital-
sional portfolios. Prerequisite: WR 115 and RD 115. tor. Instructor permission required for registration in to-analog converters (DACs) and analog-to-digital
this course. converters (ADCs) with additional conversion topolo-
ED 268 Introduction to Developmental Dis-
gies, a more detailed analysis of the Nyquist sampling
abilities 3.00: Provides background information ED 298E Special Projects in Education 5.00: theorem, additional coverage of programmable logic
on teaching techniques, expected achievement levels, Designed to allow the student to do an individualized devices (PLDs), and the implementation of sequential
intellectual functioning, goals and objectives for work- study in the area of education. The student is required state machines. Includes a 3-hour per week laboratory.
ing with students with developmental disabilities. Em- to develop a learning contract with the assigned instruc- Prerequisite: EET 122.
phasizes physical and mental development from birth tor. Instructor permission required for registration in
and familiarity with the known causes, classifications this course. EET 178 PC Architecture for Technician 4.00:
and terminology used in the field of special education. Covers the architecture, assembly, and disassembly of
Electronic Engineering Technology IBM PC compatible computers. Includes basic opera-
ED 269Introduction to Teaching the Learning tional concepts and identification, removal/installation,
Disabled Student 3.00: Defines terms associated EET 101 Introduction to Electronic Technology
and configuration of motherboards, microprocessors,
with learning disabilities and behavior disorders. In- 1.00: Helps students start the EET program. Introduces
memory, power supplies, disk drives, video adapter
cludes diagnostic procedures, remedial programs and the electronic industry and the EET course of study.
boards, I/O boards and modems. Servicing hardware,
teaching techniques. Provides help and information on studying, taking tests,
194
Course Descriptions
software, and documentation will be reviewed. Includes EET 256 Electronics Project Lab 2.00: Students licensing purposes.
a 3-hour per week laboratory. Prerequisite: EET 111. learn how to work as teams or instructor approved proj-
ects. Typical project activities include the research and ELT 125 Basic Prog Controllers-PC Base 2.00:
EET 188 Industrial Safety 1.00: Safety practices design phase, the execution phase, and the project report Develops the student’s understanding of the complete
in the electronics industry. Emphasizes electrical and phase. A written report and oral presentation is required. operation of a variety of programmable controllers.
chemical hazards. Safe handling of electronic compo- Prerequisite: EET 241 or EET 242; and EET 222 The applications, operations, and programming of
nents in the manufacturing environment including ESD P.C.s are the areas of study with the main emphasis on
control. Prerequisite: EET 111. EET 257 Optical Electronics I 4.00: Principal topics programming (computers will be used as programmers).
include energy and wavelength relationships, LEDs, laser This class can be used towards Continuing Education
EET 221 Semiconductor Devises/Circuits 5.00: diodes, semiconductor photo diodes, detector amplifier Units for Oregon State electrical licensing purposes.
Introduction to semiconductor devices. Characteristics circuits, and fiber optics including sources, fibers, detec- Prerequisites: (FMT 111 or TE 9237); BA 131.
and biasing of diodes and transistors. Design and analysis tors and applications. Prerequisites: MTH 112; EET 218.
of circuits using diodes, bipolar transistors, and field ef- Prerequisite or concurrent: PHY 202 or 212. ELT 126 Intermediate Programmable Controllers (PC
fect transistors. Application of transistors as amplifiers Based) 2.00: Presents advanced features of program-
and switches. A 3-hour per week laboratory includes the EET 260 Biomedical Equipment I 4.00: Introduc- mable controllers, including designing, monitoring, and
application of computer tools in circuit design, evaluation, tion to the fundamentals of medical instrumentation, editing programs with practical hands-on experience.
and analysis. Prerequisite: EET 113. bioelectric signals and electrodes, recording systems, This class can be used towards Continuing Education
biomedical recorders, patient monitoring systems, Units for Oregon State electrical licensing purposes.
EET 222 Operational Amplifier Circuits 5.00: arrhythmia and ambulatory monitoring instruments, Prerequisites: ELT 125 or TE 9126
Characteristics and applications of operational am- fetal monitoring instruments, biomedical telemetry
plifiers (op-amps). Design and analysis of op-amp and telemedicine, oximeters, blood flowmeter, cardiac ELT 150 Fiber Optics I 4.00: Origins of Fiber Optics
amplifiers, comparators, voltage and current regulators, output measurement, pulmonary function analyzers, and Fiber Optic solutions for communications. Introduc-
summers, integrators, and differentiators. Frequency laboratory equipment, audiometers, and patient safety. tion to design and plant cabling, cable preparation,
response of op-amp circuits. Appliations of the op-amp Prerequisites: BI 122 or BI 233, EET 123 or instructor pulling techniques, termination, splices, and cable
in power supplies and control systems. A 3-hour per permission. Prerequisite/concurrent: EET 221. testing. Includes cable and closure preparation, fiber
week laboratory includes project design, evaluation, and cleaving and splicing. This class can be used towards
documentation. Use of computer tools. Prerequisites: EET 261 Biomedical Equipment I 4.00: Introduc- Continuing Education Units for Oregon State electrical
EET 221; MTH 251. tion to modern imaging systems, pacemakers, defibril- licensing purposes.
lators, surgical equipment, lasers, physiotherapy and
EET 223 RF Communications Circuits 5.00: electrotherapy equipment, hemodialysis machines, ELT 151 Fiber Optics II 4.00: Develops skills in fiber
Transistor and diode AC models and equivalent circuits. lithotriptors, anaesthesia machines, ventilators, radio- optics connections and testing. Connector assembly
Design and analysis of multistage amplifiers and RF therapy equipment and automated drug delivery sys- and polishing techniques, system losses and testing.
communicatins systems. Frequency response and Bode tems. Prerequisites: BI 122 or 233, EET 123, EET 221 Fault location, repair and restoration are included.
plots. A 3-hour per week laboratory includes measureing This class can be used towards Continuing Education
and analyzing the performance of transistor circuits in RF EET 280A CE / Electronics Engineering Tech- Units for Oregon State electrical lincensing purposes.
communications systems. Prerequisite: EET 221. nology 1.00–5.00: For students employed in an Prerequisites: ELT 150 or TE 9101.
approved cooperative education position within a local
EET 241 Microcomputer Systems I 4.00: Intro- electronic industry. Experiences are closely aligned ELT 152 Fiber Optics — Inside/Outside 4.00:
duces X86 assembly language programming for the with the student’s on-campus educational program. Plant Application for Ready Access; includes the use of
IBM PC compatible computer including the use of Department permission required. special splicing techniques, enclosures, test sets and
BIOS and DOS function calls and the use of procedures. fault locating equipment. Placing, splicing, termination
Structured programming techniques will be used to EET 280C CE / BMET Practicum 4.00–11.00: and testing of fiber optic cables in campus applications
write programs and accept keyboard input and create Provides clinical education experience in a biomedical is included. This class can be used towards Continuing
displayed results. Appropriate program testing and department with a hospital, clinic or other medical facility Education Units for Oregon State electrical licensing
debugging methods will be emphasized. Prerequisites: under the supervision of a biomedical technician. Vari- purposes. Prerequisites: ELT 151 or TE 9102
EET 122 and either CS 133U or CS 161. able credit: 30 hours of work experience equals 1 credit.
Recommended: EET 280B. ELT 153 Fiber Optics / Outside Plant 4.00: Ap-
EET 242 Microcontroller Systems 4.00: Intro- plication is ready access, pressurized, direct buried,
duces the student to the popular 8051 microcontroller. Electrical Trades and pedestal-type enclosures, and the use of special
Topics include the hardware, software, and interfacing splicing techniques. Includes test sets and fault locating
of the Intel 8051 microcontroller. The emphasis is on ELT 110 Electricity for Non-Electricians 2.00: equipment. Placing, splicing, and testing of fiber optic
interfacing the 8051 to real-world devices such as Practical, hands-on application of electrical principles, cables in aerial applications is included. Prerequisites:
switches, displays, motors, and A/D converters, through practices and codes to help non-electricians learn the ELT 151 or TE 9102.
assembly language and possibly C language program- basics of wiring that they encounter around the house.
ming. Prerequisite: CST 109 or CST 116; and EET 122 Safety practices will be emphasized as will basic electri- ELT 201 Electrical Motor Control 2.00: Provides
cal theory. After the first three class sections, there will knowledge and skills needed to design, install, maintain,
EET 254 Electronic Engineering Technology Semi- be minimal theor or lecture and maximum practice using service and troubleshoot electric motors. Focuses on
nar 1.00: Topics include information on finding employ- tools and materials that the homeowner will encounter the operation and installation of control systems, spe-
ment in the electronics industry, writing resumes, and in doing electrical work on his/her home. cifically motor starters and controllers. Electromagnetic
interviewing. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing in EET. controls, motors and transformers will also be covered.
ELT 120 OSHA 10 Hour Safety Training 1.00: Lab activities will utilize electrical test equipment to
EET 255 Industrial Control Systems 4.00: Introduces OSHAs General Duty Clause 5(a)(1) General analyze electric motor control malfunctions. This class
Introduces electronic feedback control systems using Safety and Health Provisions, Competent Person, Quali- can be used towards Continuing Education Units for
analog and digital methods. Topics include temperature fied Person, Health Hazards in Construction, Electrical, Oregon State electrical licensing purposes. ELT 201
control, motor speed control, and servo systems. Lab Fall Protection, Stairways and Ladders, Scaffolding, and APR 201 cannot both be taken for credit.
exercises will include the interfacing and programming Motor Vehicles, Hand & Power Tools, and Excavations.
of a microcontroller IC. Prerequisite: EET 241 or EET Awards a 10- hour Construction Outreach Completion ELT 204 Adjustable Speed Drive 2.00: Covers
242. Prerequisite or concurrent: EET 222. Card from OSHA. This class can be used towards theory, operation, installation, and maintenance of
Continuing Education Units for Oregon State electrical adjustable speed motor drives. Introduces drive applica-
195
Course Descriptions
tions and selection for industrial, utility, and commercial the ANSI/TIA/EIA and ISO/IEC industry standards, and EM 101 Introduction to Emergency Services
structures. This class can be used towards Continuing a discussion and hands-on practicum on the rough-in, 4.00: Covers roles and responsibilities of a broad range
Education Units for Oregon State electrical licensing installation, management, and termination of shielded and of emergency services providers and the relationship
purposes. Prerequisites: MTH 20; (WR 90 or ESOL unshielded twisted pair and optical fiber cabling systems. between these service providers and the community.
262); (RD 90 or ESOL 260) The course is about 85% hands-on and is designed with a The relationships between police, fire service, emer-
systems approach instruction method. Successful comple- gency medical service, and emergency communications
ELT 210 Electricity for the Non-Electrician II 2.00: tion of the course examination will certify you as an AMP and emergency management, will be covered, as well
Provides practical, hands-on application of residential Registered Installer. as, the organizational structure, terminology, history,
wiring methods. This class is a direct continuation of training and standards, ethical and legal responsibilities
the skills developed in Electricity for the Non-Electrian, ELT 251 AMP ACT II 1.00: Students will obtain the of each discipline.
incorporating additional wiring practices, materials experience necessary to certify and document twiested
and troubleshooting methods. Emphasizing safety and pair and optical fiber cable plants based established EM 103 Introduction to Radio Communication
workmanship as well as electrical theory and building industry standards, which include ANSI/TIA/EIA- 568A, 3.00: This course introduces students to the technol-
codes as they apply to the homeowner. Prerequisites: TSB-67, ANSI/EIA/TIA-526-14A and ANSI/TIA/EIA- ogy of two-way radio communications, as applied to
ELT 110 or TE 9071. 526- 7. Each student will also obtain experience emergency services. Telecommunicators provide the
troubleshooting common problems with installed communications link between agencies, field respond-
ELT 220 OSHA 30 Hr Safety Training 3.00: Em- LAN cable plants. This course is approximately 75% ers and the public. Understanding the operation and
phasizes safe working environments targeting people hands-on training. An extensive documentation pack- components of two-way radio and proper radio broad-
who have compliance and training responsibilities. age is provided. Successful completion of the course casting procedures is essential to the communications
Covers how to establish employee protection programs examination will certify you as an AMP Registered role of all first responders. Prerequisite: WR 115.
and to inform and train employees properly. Includes Certifier and Troubleshooter.
intro to OSHA, general safety and health provision, EM 110 Theory of Emergency Management 3.00:
Hazcom, health hazards in construction, stairways and ELT 252 AMP ACT III 1.00: Designed for individu- Introduces emergency management theory, including
ladders, motor vehicles, materials handling, hand and als involved in the design and installation of premises basic definitions, identification of hazards, descriptions
power tools, scaffolding, fire protection, excavations, cabling systems. This course progresses through a of the phases of emergency management, identification
confined space entry, fall protection, personal protec- step-by-step process from the initial design analysis of resources, roles and responsibilities of emergency
tive and lifesaving equipment and electrical safety. through the final actual project presentation based managers, and coordination of various systems. Rec-
Awards a 30 hour OSHA safety card upon successful on the guidelines of the TIA/EIA/ISO standards. The ommend: WR 115.
completion of course. This class can be used towards student design decision rationale regarding network
Continuing Education Units for Oregon State electrical platforms and technologies, cabling architectures, EM 114 History of U.S. Hazards, Disasters and
licensing purposes. and media selection is discussed in detail. Successful Emergency Management 4.00: Surveys the U.S.
completion of the course examination will certify you History of hazards and disasters and traces the evolu-
ELT 225 Advanced Programmable Controllers, as an AMP Registered Designer. tion of emergency management. Emphasis will be on
PC Based 2.00: Covers advanced features of Pro- naturally occurring disasters with appropriate attention
gramming controllers including designing, monitoring, ELT 280 Electrical Code Changes 0.5: Emphasizes to the development of technological incidents and the
troubleshooting and editing techniques with practical how code changes from the previous adopted code evolution of terrorism. Recommend: WR 115.
hands-on experience. This class can be used toward differs fom the newly adopted codes. This class can be
Continuing Education Units for Oregon State electrical used towards Continuing Education Units for Oregon EM 202 Principles & Practices of Hazard Mitiga-
licensing purposes. Prerequisites: ELT 126 or TE 9121. State electrical licensing purposes. tion 3.00: The disaster mitigation goal of governments
is to develop disaster resistant communities. This
ELT 226 Basic Human Machine Interface (HMI) ELT 281 NEC Ratings 0.5: Includes the study of expla- course identifies hazard risks and associated mitiga-
Program 2.00: Develops the student’s understanding nation of approved Underwriter labs and testing standards tion programs and strategies and how to identify local
of the basic operation and programming techniques of as related to the purchase and use of electrical equipment. mitigation opportunities and cost effective solutions.
Human Machine Interface Devices. The applications, This class can be used towards Continuing Education Units Prerequisite: EM 114.
operations, and programming of HMIs are the areas for Oregon State electrical licensing purposes.
of study with the main emphasis on programming. EM 203 Principles & Practices of Disaster Re-
Computers will be used to program. Prerequisites: ELT ELT 282 Grounding and Bonding Grounding and sponse I 4.00: Uncovers the principles that promote
225 or TE 9127. Bonding 0.5: The study of Article 250 in the NEC. Cov- effective disaster response practices in operations and
ers what has to be grounded and bonded and standards management. It will examine the nature of disasters,
ELT 230 National Electrical Code 3.00: Instructs and rules associated with such. This class can be used the context of response operations, and the roles and
the electrical professional where and how to find re- towards Continuing Education Units for Oregon State responsibilities of various individuals and organiza-
quired information in the NEC book, demontrating how electrical licensing purposes. tions. This is the first of a two part sequence: EM 203
the various articles work together to provide complete and 204. Prerequisite: EM 110 and EM 114.
information on a subject. Most code articles (90 through ELT 283 Code Calculations 0.5: Provides licensed
450) will be explained in detail. This class can be used electricians with current National Electric Code proce- EM 204 Principles & Practices of Disaster
towards Continuing Education Units for Oregon State dures on how to calculate electrical loads and applica- Response II 4.00: Continues the investigation of
electrical licensing purposes. ELT 230 and APR 230 tions. Includes tables to calculate loads and proper response operations and management by focusing on
cannot both be taken for credit. use of applications. This class can be used towards various management systems. The Incident Command
Continuing Education Units for Oregon State electrical System, are command, multi-agency coordination
ELT 231 National Electrical Code II 3.00: Prepares licensing purposes. systems, joint information system and other systems
electricians for state examination as prescribed by Oregon will all be examined. Prerequisite: EM 203.
State Building Codes Division. Includes code explana- ELT 284 Motor Controls 0.5: Focuses on code
tions and application. This class can be used towards articles related to motor controlled systems, starters, EM 205 Disaster Recovery Operations 3.00: Cov-
Continuing Education Units for Oregon State electrical controllers and transformers. Safety also covered. This ers the basic concepts and operational procedures and
licensing purposes. ELT 231 and APR 231 cannot both class can be used towards Continuing Education Units authorities involved in recovering from major disasters.
be taken for credit. for Oregon State electrical licensing purposes. It addresses Federal, State, and local government roles
and responsibilites in major disaster recovery work,
ELT 250 AMP ACT I 1.00: Includees an overview Emergency Management
with an emphasis on government coordination and the
of premises cabling systems, and in- depth review of solution of problems that frequently arise in recovery
196
Course Descriptions
operations. Prerequisites: EM 110 and EM 114. exams. Department permission required. Corequisite: of the educational objectives. Patients are in a hospi-
EMT 280B. Prerequisites: Successful completion of tal/ clinical setting with disease and injury conditions
EM 210 Emergency Management Planning for EMT 105 at PCC within the last year. comparable to those the student will experience in the
Hazards & Disasters 4.00: Course will examine the pre-hospital care situations. Department permission
concepts of writing an emergency operating plan and EMT 115 Crisis Intervention 3.00: Covers inter- required. Prerequisite: EMT 240.
the elements necessary for inclusion in the plan (all-risk vention in behavioral crises of sudden death, suicide,
hazards planning). Students will begin with the process rape, murder, vehicle accidents, disease, trauma, and EMT 246 Paramedic Clinical Internship II 4.00:
for identifying local hazards and resources, vulnerability child abuse. Includes resources, supporting behav- Complete in-hospital clinical experience to include
and impact analysis, and public policy considerations. ioral patterns and handling emotional stress of the direct patient care responsibilities necessary for
Using groups they will analyze their hazard assess- individual as well as coping with emotional conflict completion of the program’s objectives. The patients
ments and write a basic plan. The groups will present within one’s self. in the hospital/clinical setting shall have disease and
their plans to the whole for critique. Actual emergency injury conditions comparable to those the student will
operating plans will be used to illustrate the planning EMT 116 Emergency Medical Technology Rescue experience in the pre-hospital care situation. Depart-
requirements and results. Prerequisites: EM 110 and 3.00: Covers the elementary procedures of rescue prac- ment permission required. Prerequisite: EMT 244.
EM 114 and WR 121. tices, systems, components, support and control of rescue
operations including ladder procedures and basic rescue EMT 248 Paramedic Field Internship I 2.00:
EM 211 Public Policy & Law in Emergency tools. Introduces techniques and tools of patient extrica- Begins field experience designed to expose student
Management 3.00: Provides the student with tion, emphasizing application to traffic accidents. to disease and injury conditions. This segment begins
specialized knowledge and skills necessary to develop the required 200 hours and number of calls necessary
public policy related to emergency management. The EMT 117 Emergency Response Communication to fulfill the State curriculum. Department permission
course emphasizes policy leadership in the are of & Patient Transportation 3.00: Covers ambulance required. Prerequisite: EMT 244.
emergency planning and response as part of the larger operations, laws, maintenance and safety, emergency
responsibility to protect the general welfare of the people response driving and route planning, communication EMT 250 Paramedic Field Internship II 6.00:
community, all within existing federal, state and local systems, radio types, codes, and proper techniques. Complete the field experience necessary to fulfill the
laws. Prerequisite: EM 110. required hours and calls necessary for state certifica-
EMT 118 EMT Medical Terminology 3.00: Analy- tion. Department permission required. Prerequisite:
EM 221 Business Continuity or Resumption of sis of anatomical roots, prefixes, and suffixes, and Greek EMT 248.
Operations Planning 3.00: Address the critical and Latin verbs and adjectives. Helps build a medical
vocabulary. Examination of representative anatomical EMT 252 Paramedic III 2.00: Students success-
dependence of modern organizations on disaster vul-
structures, diseases, procedures, tumors, and descrip- fully complete course final written and practical exam
nerable technology, such as management information,
tive terms by simple analysis of words. and prepare for the State and National Registry written
communications, and computerized process control
and practical exam. Department permission required.
systems. Students will have the opportunity to produce EMT 120 Emergency Medical Service / First Prerequisite: EMT 248.
working plans that provide preventative measures to
Responder 3.00: For those who are usually the first
minimize disaster impact, provide an organized re- EMT 280B CE / EMT - Seminar 1.00: This coopera-
persons at the scene of trauma or medical emergencies
sponse, and ensure business continuity during recover. tive work experience requires clinical rotation. Designed
including law enforcement, fire department personnel,
Prerequisites: EM 114 & WR 121. to expose students to the EMT’s role in the hospital
etc. Knowledge and skills are developed to provide basic
care for trauma, medical and environmental emergen- emergency department and ambulance ride-along ex-
EM 222 Disaster Exercise Design and Evaluation
cies; evaluation of scene and patients; and appropriate perience. Corequisite: EMT 106. Prerequisites: WR 115;
3.00: Provides the student with an understanding of
access and use of the Emergency Medical Services MTH 20; RD 90.
how different types of disaster exercises are written
and conducted. Exercises are a necessary training tool System. Must be 16 years of age.
EMT 9320 CPR/First Aid 0.5: OSHA-approved
for all emergency response organizations to test new EMT 240 Paramedic I 13.00: Didactic portion covers course teaching airway, breathing, circulation assess-
skills, technology and competency. Prerequisites: EM illness and injury prevention, medical legal issues and ment and basic CPR skills. Treatment of bleeding,
203, EM 204, and EM 205. well being of the paramedic. Patient care topics include broken bones and other non-life threatening injuries
advanced airway, medication math, general principles are practiced. A two-year card will be issued upon
EM 223 Terrorism 3.00: Introduces the issues of
of pathophysiology of shock, trauma assessment, ki- completion.
terrorism, the organizations and key characters in both
international and domestic terror. The course also nematics, pharmacology, toxicology, drug and alcohol
English
introduces the various agents and delivery systems of abuse, infection disease, endocrinology, OB/GYN,
weapons of mass destruction. Recommend: WR 115. neonatology, cardiovascular system, EKG monitoring. ENG 104 Introduction to Literature (Fiction)
There will be associated practical labs. Students will be 4.00: Enhances enjoyment of various forms of fictional
Emergency Medical Technician certified in Pre-Hospital Life Support (PHTLS). Depart- prose, increases understanding of the conventions of
ment permission required. Prerequisite: WR 121, MTH fiction and various forms of storytelling, and encour-
EMT 100 Introduction to Emergency Medical Ser- 60/65, BI 101, BI 231, BI 232, EMT 100, EMT 106, EMT ages exploration of the diversity of human experience.
vices 3.00: Covers the roles and responsibilities of the 280B, EMT 115, EMT 116, EMT 117, EMT 118. Prerequisites: WR 115 and RD 115 or equivalent place-
EMT, emergency medical services system, medical-legal
EMT 242 Paramedic II 9.00: Didactic portion cov- ment test scores.
considerations, major incident response, hazardous
materials awareness, and stress management. ers EKG review, pediatric, geriatric, acute abdomen, ENG 105 Introduction to Literature (Drama) 4.00:
burns, psychiatric disorders, dealing with death and Enhances enjoyment of plays as literature, including
EMT 105 EMT Basic Part I 4.00: Part 1 of the the dying, crime scene preservation, Hazmat awareness, tragedies and comedies; increases understanding of
Oregon EMT Basic course is designed to develop environmental conditions, advanced airway. Students the conventions of drama and the theater; and encour-
student skills in the recognition of symptoms of illness will be certified in Pediatric Education for Pre-hospital ages exploration of the diversity of human experience.
and injuries and proper procedures of emergency care. Professional (PEPP) and Advance Cardiac Life Support Prerequisites: WR 115 and RD 115 or equivalent place-
Department permission required. Prerequisite: WR 115; (ACLS). There will be associated practical labs. Depart- ment test scores.
MTH 20; RD 90. ment permission required. Prerequisite: EMT 240.
ENG 106 Introduction to Literature (Poetry)
EMT 106 EMT Basic Part II 5.00: Part 2 of the EMT 244 Paramedic Clinic Internship I 3.00: 4.00: Enhances enjoyment of poetry, increases
Oregon EMT Basic course is a continuation of EMT 105, Begin in-hospital clinical experience including direct understanding of poetic elements, conventions and
including preparation for state and national certification patient care responsibilities necessary for completion forms, and encourages exploration of the diversity of
197
Course Descriptions
human experience. Prerequisites: WR 115 and RD 115 chosen to reflect a broad range of patterns, themes, ment test scores.
or equivalent placement test scores. and genres. Recommended prior coursework: ENG 105
and 106. Prerequisite: WR 115 and RD 115 or equivalent ENG 215 Literature of Genocide 4.00: Explores a
ENG 107 World Literature - Western 4.00: English placement test scores. range of writings and films on genocide and its aftermath.
107 is the first of a two-course survey of World Literature Considers memoirs, fiction, poetry, literary nonfiction, and
that includes ENG 108. English 107 exposes students to ENG 202 Shakespeare 4.00: Enhances understand- films created by survivors and other in relation to genocide
a broad spectrum of literature in translation that begins ing and appreciation of Shakespeare’s achievement and and its varied historical contexts. Prerequisite: WR 115 and
in antiquity and concludes at the dawn of the Renais- contribution to literature. Focuses on five or more plays RD 115 or equivalent placement test scores.
sance. English 107 usually begins with the reading of and selected non-dramatic poetry in order to introduce
such works as Gilgamesh, the Leiden Hymns, and/or the study of Shakespeare’s dramatic techniques, charac- ENG 222 Images of Women in Literature 4.00:
Genesis, and stops of Dante’s Divine Comedy. The series ter development, and language. The works are chosen Challenges students to explore images of women in
does not have to be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: WR to reflect a broad range of patterns, themes, and genres. literature. Focuses on portrayal of the feminine in
115 and RD 115 or equivalent placement test scores. Recommended prior coursework: ENG 105, 106, and mythology; conventional images in Western literature;
201. Prerequisite: WR 115 and RD 115 or equivalent literature of non-Western cultures or that of other groups
ENG 108 World Literature - Western 4.00: English placement test scores. within Western culture in relation to specific themes;
108 is the second of a two-course survey of Western Lit- or a combination of these. Students practice literary
erature that includes English 107. English 108 exposes ENG 204 Survey of English Literature 4.00: analysis. Prerequisite: WR 115 and RD 115 or equivalent
students to a broad spectrum of literature in transla- Literature of the British Isles: Medieval and Renaissance placement test scores.
tion that begins at the formation of a modern Western selections, from Beowulf to Shakespeare. Prerequisite: WR
literature (14th century) and concludes at the present. 115 and RD 115 or equivalent placement test scores. ENG ENG 240 Introduction to Native American Lit
English 108 usually begins at the point of Dante’s The 205 Survey of English Literature Survey of English Literature 4.00: Studies oral and written composition by Native
Divine Comedy, Chaucer’s The Canterbury Tales, and Literature of the British Isles: seventeenth, eighteenth, and Americans from both before and after contact with Euro-
Cervantes Don Quixote, and finishes in the late modern early nineteenth century selections, from Donme through Americans. Provides historical, geographical, political,
era of Gao Xingjian’s Soul Mountain. The series does not the Early Romatics. Prerequisites: WR 115 and RD 115 or social, religious, linguistic, aesthetic and ethnopoetic
have to be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: WR 115 and equivalent placement test scores. contexts for understanding the various tribal literatures
RD 115 or equivalent placement test scores. studied. Recommended: some background or experi-
ENG 207 World Literature-Asian 4.00: English ence in literature is desirable. Prerequisite: WR 115 and
ENG 195 Film Studies / Film as Art 4.00: Enhances translations of Indian literature from earliest times to RD 115 or equivalent placement test scores.
understanding of film through analysis of film history modern. May include such works and authors as hymns
and form. Develops visual literacy and analysis skills from the Rygveda, the love stories and the battles of the ENG 244 Introduction to Asian American Lit
by offering a range of tools to study any film. Analyze Ramayana, and the twentieth century authors Tagore and 4.00: Studies writings in English by American writers
ways in which a film may both contribute and react to Rushdie. Prerequisite: WR 115 and RD 115 or equivalent of Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Vietnamese, Filipino,
its time and culture; analyze film through studying the placement test scores. Pacific Islander, and other Asian ancestry. Considers
techniques by which it was made; and substantiate the writings in their historical, cultural, political, and
observations with examples taken from film tradition ENG 208 World Literature-Asian 4.00: English social contexts. Emphasizes development of attitudes,
and from the film itself. Prerequisite: WR 115 and RD translations of Chinese literature from earliest times to values, and identities. Prerequisites: WR 115 and RD
115 or equivalent placement test scores. modern. May include such works and authors as The 115 or equivalent placement test scores.
Book of Songs, Li Po, Tu Fu, The Journey to the West,
ENG 196 Film Studies / Directors 4.00: Enhances and the twentieth century authors Lu Xun and Ding ENG 250 Introduction to Folklore & Mythology
understanding of film through analysis of directorial Ling. Prerequisite: WR 115 and RD 115 or equivalent 4.00: Explores origins, nature and content of myth
decisions and film techniques. Develops visual literacy placement test scores. and folklore. Offers student ability to recognize and
and analysis skills by offering a range of tools to study appreciate myths from any culture. Through selected
any film. Analyze ways in which directorial decisions ENG 209 World Literature-Asian (Japan) 4.00: readings, students become aware of questions about
may affect an individual film and viewer; situate a film English translations of Japanese literature from earliest life as expressed in myth. Prerequisite: WR 115 and RD
within a director’s body of work; analyze ways in which it times to modern. May include such works and authors 115 or equivalent placement test scores.
may both contribute and react to its time and culture; and as the Manyoshu, selections from Heian court diaries,
The Tale of Genji, the No, Kabuki, and puppet theatres, ENG 253 Survey of American Literature 4.00:
substantiate observations with examples taken from the
and the twentieth century authors Kawabata, Tanizaki, Introduces students to the literature of the land which
film tradition and from the film itself. Prerequisite: WR
Hayashi, Enchi, and Mishima. Prerequisite: WR 115 and is now the United States from before European contact
115 and RD 115 or equivalent placement test scores.
RD 115 or equivalent placement test scores. through the mid-nineteenth century. The course revolves
ENG 197 Film Studies / Contemporary Themes around written manifestations of the various interests,
and Genres 4.00: Enhances understanding of film ENG 212 Biography 4.00: Explores biography preoccupations, and experiences of the peoples creating
through analysis of contemporary film-making, narra- and autobiography from various places and periods. and recreating American culture. Prerequisite: WR 115
tive techniques, genres, themes and critical approaches. Prerequisite: WR 115 and RD 115 or equivalent place- and RD 115 or equivalent placement test scores.
Develops visual literacy and anaylsis skills by offering a ment test scores.
ENG 254 Survey of American Literature 4.00:
range of tools to study any film. Analyze contemporary ENG 213 Latin American Literature 4.00: Ex- Introduces students to the literature of the land which is
film techniques and the ways in which the films may plores fiction, poetry, drama, myths, and more from now the United States from the mid-nineteenth century
both contribute and react to their time and culture; study Latin America. Includes works of hispanic, Indigenous, to the present. The course revolves around written
contemporary film theory; and substantiate observa- and Afro-Caribbean origin. All readings are in English. manifestations of the various interests, preoccupations,
tions with examples taken from the film tradition and Prerequisite: WR 115 and RD 115 or equivalent place- and experiences of the peoples creating and recreating
from the film itself. Prerequisite: WR 115 and RD 115 ment test scores. American culture. Prerequisite: WR 115 and RD 115 or
or equivalent placement test scores.
equivalent placement test scores.
ENG 214 Literature of the Northwest 4.00: Studies
ENG 201 Shakespeare 4.00: Enhances understand- fictional, factual, and poetic works by Northwest writers ENG 256 African-American Literature 4.00: Intro-
ing and appreciation of Shakespeare’s achievement and from before the arrival of Euro-Americans to the present. duces the literature of the American people whose roots
contribution to literature. Focuses on five or more plays Emphasizes relationship between Northwest writing and are in Africa, emphasizing the period of the diaspora, the
and selected non-dramatic poetry in order to introduce Northwest social, cultural, and physical environment. Middle Passage, and the period of slavery. Addresses
the study of Shakespeare’s dramatic techniques, Prerequisite: WR 115 and RD 115 or equivalent place- the African origins of African American writing, the role
character development, and language. The works are
198
Course Descriptions
of oral storytelling, the slave narrative, and the earliest academic preparation it requires. Discrete time and linear time invariant systems.
literary publications. Focuses on both oral and written Characterization and Fourier Series representation of
texts that represent the interests, aspirations, and expe- ENGR 101 Engineering Fundamentals 4.00: signals and systems, communications systems, and
riences of African Americans. Prerequisite: WR 115 and Introduces basic engineering problem solving, analysis the z-transform. Includes a 3-hour per week laboratory.
RD 115 or equivalent placement test scores. and design. This course covers basic concepts of curve Prerequisite: ENGR 222.
fitting, statistics, electricity, and mechanics, including
ENG 257 African-American Literature 4.00: vector algebra. It utilizes spreadsheet and computer ENGR 226 Plane Surveying 4.00: Introduces basic
Introduces literature of Americans whose roots are in programming applications as problem solving tools. concepts of plane surveying Includes use of tape, level,
Africa. Emphasizes period Post Civil War through the Students will be introduced to non-technical aspects transit, electronic total station (ETS), along with hori-
Harlem Renaissance. Covers “birth” of African American of engineering, such as registration laws and ethics. zontal and vertical control networks. Includes network
canon, post-war novels, short stories, poems, autobi- Labs may include group engineering project work. calculations and adjustments, angles and bearings,
ographies, and plays. Literary magazines may be read Prerequisite: Placement in MTH 251. Prerequisite or and topographic surveying and mapping. Prerequisite:
to introduce early African American literary criticism. concurrent: WR 115. ENGR 101 and 102.
Focuses on oral and written texts representing interests,
aspirations, and experiences of African Americans. ENGR 102 Engineering Graphics 3.00: Introduces ENGR 231 Material Science 4.00: Selection
Prerequisites: WR 115 and RD 115 or equivalent place- manual and computer-aided drafting including hand of materials for modern engineering applications.
ment test scores. sketching, drafting standards, pictorial drawings, and di- Structure and properties of metals, ceramics and
mensioning. Includes creation of 2-D drawings and 3-D polymers starting with fundamental atomic arrange-
ENG 258 African-American Literature 4.00: Intro- solid models with AutoCAD. Prerequisite: ENGR 101. ments. Microstructural control through terminal and
duces modern and contemporary literature of Americans mechanical processing and effects of service environ-
whose roots are in Africa. Emphasizes period following ENGR 114 Engineering Programming 4.00: ment are covered. Prerquisites: PHY 211; MTH 252;
Harlem Renaissance. Introduces writings which came Introduces structured programming with applications (CH 201 or 222).
to age after the Harlem Renaissance as well as contem- to engineering problems. Prerequisite: ENGR 101 or
porary writings. May focus on experimental writings to department-approved equivalent. ENGR 262 Manufacturing Processes 4.00: The
understand ways of African and early African American interaction of design with industrial materials and
ENGR 171 Introduction to Logic Design 5.00: processes is considered in connection with technical
tropes as used in new and innovative ways. Focuses on
Introduces switching theory and logic design. Number and economic feasibility, trade-offs and automation.
oral and written texts representing interests, aspirations,
systems, logic families, Boolean algebra, minimization, Prerequisite: ENGR 101 and 102
and experiences of African Americans. Prerequisite: WR
flip-flops, registers and counters, are covered. Analysis
115 and RD 115 or equivalent placement test scores. ENGR 275 Microprocessor Systems 4.00: Intro-
and design of finite state machines with discrete and
ENG 260 Introduction to Women Writers 4.00: An programmable devices. Prerequisite: ENGR 221. duces X86 microprocessor architecture and assemble
examination of writing by women. Students read poetry, language programming for the IBM PC compatible
ENGR 211 Statics 4.00: Analysis of forces acting computer, including the use of BIOS and DOS functions
fiction, plays, diary and journal entries by women from
on particles and rigid bodies. Force systems, centroids, calls and the use of procedures. Structured program-
various places and periods. Prerequisite: WR 115 and
and moments of inertia are covered. Scientific, program- ming techniques will be used to write programs that
RD 115 or equivalent placement test scores.
mable, graphing calculator required. Prerequisites: MTH accept keyboard input and create displayed results.
ENG 261 Literature of Science Fiction 4.00: 252, PHY 211; ENGR 101. Appropriate program testing and debugging methods
Introduces literature of speculative or science fiction. will be emphasized. Includes a 3-hour per week labora-
ENGR 212 Dynamics 4.00: Kinematics and kinetics
Explores historical and contemporary themes. Covers tory. Prerequisite or concurrent: ENGR 171.
of particles and rigid bodies are analyzed by Newton’s
a variety of authors, and examines the art and function
laws, work-energy and impulse-momentum methods. ENGR 280A CE / Engineering 1.00–5.00: For
of this genre of fiction. Recommended: student should
Prerequisite: ENGR 211. students employed in an approved co-op education
possess sufficient aural/oral skills to fully participate in
large and small group activities. Prerequisite: WR 115 position with a local company. Credits do not ordinarily
ENGR 213 Strength of Materials 4.00: Relation-
and RD 115 or equivalent placement test scores. transfer for an engineering degree. Department permis-
ships between stress and strain in deformable solids
sion required.
are studied. Analysis is applied to axially-loaded mem-
ENG 265 International Political Poetry 4.00:
bers, circular shafts, beams and columns. Combined English for Speakers of Other Languages
Develops students’ understanding of how poets address
stresses, statically indeterminate systems and proper-
issues of class oppression, economic inequality, racism, ESOL 10 Level 1 Integrated Skills 0.00: This is
ties of structural materials are included. Prerequisite:
sexism, war, and peace. Shows how poets function as the first of eight levels of English for Speakers of Other
ENGR 211.
prophets, precursors, dissidents, and recorders. Pre- Languages. Students develop beginning English read-
requisite: WR 115 and RD 115 or equivalent placement ENGR 221 Electrical Circuits I 5.00: DC and AC ing, writing, speaking and listening skills in the context
test scores. circuit analysis. Ohm’s and Kirchhoff’s Laws, network of communicatin in adult life roles as family and commu-
theorems, node voltage and mesh current methods. nity members, workers, citizens and lifelong learners. A
ENG 275 The Bible as Literature 4.00: selected
Includes computer circuit simulation, math analysis language placement test is required for enrollment.
Biblical literature which continues to influence literary
using Maple, and laboratory experiments. Recom-
imagination. Studies literary, cultural, and interpretive ESOL 10A Level 1 Integrated Skills 0.00: The
mended: MTH 253; PHY 213. Prerequisites: ENGR
contexts in which Biblical literature was created, and in first of four levels of English as a second language.
101; MTH 252.
which it is currently read. Prerequisite: WR 115 and RD Students develop basic English communication. Read-
115 or equivalent placement test scores. ENGR 222 Electrical Circuits II 5.00: Electrical ing, Writing, Speaking and Listening skills are taught
Circuits Circuit analysis using Laplace and Fourier in the context of communicating in adult life roles as
Engineering
transforms. Fourier series, convolution integral, transfer family and community members, workers, citizens and
ENGR 100 Exploring Engineering 1.00: Focuses on functions, and frequency response. Includes computer lifelong learners. A language placement test is required
engineering careers, and what engineers “do”. Presents analysis using Maple, lab experiments using LabView, for enrollment.
various engineering disciplines and associated oc- GPIB and DAQ, and computer circuit simulation. Pre-
cupations through class discussions, presentations by requisites: ENGR 221; MTH 256 ESOL 10B Level 1 Integrated Skills 0.00: The first
practicing engineers, laboratory activities, and viewing of four levels of English as a second language. Students
ENGR 223 Signals and Systems 5.00: Emphasizes develop basic English communication. Reading, Writing,
of occupational videos. Designed to inform students
discrete time analysis of electrical circuits, including Speaking and Listening skills are taught in the context of
of the attributes of a career in engineering and the
sampling and the discrete time Fourier Transform.
199
Course Descriptions
communicating in adult life roles as family and community for enrollment. ESOL and the first of five-course sequence that focuses
members, workers, citizens and lifelong learners. A lan- on writing. Students develop intermediate writing skills.
guage placement test is required for enrollment. ESOL 30B Level 3 Integrated Skills 0.00: The third Introduction to the writing process. Descriptive and
of four levels of English as a second language. Students narrative paragraphs, authentic forms and formal let-
ESOL 12 Beginning Literacy 0.00: Non-native Eng- develop low intermediate English communication. Read- ters. Review of basic grammar. Present perfect, present
lish speaking students develop beginning literacy skills. ing, Writing, Speaking and Listening skills are taught continuous, and past continuous. Writing and grammar
Reading and writing are taught in the context of com- in the context of communicating in adult life roles as taught in the context of communicating in adult life
munication in adult life roles. Prerequisite: Placement family and community members, workers, citizens and roles. Prerequisite: ESOL placement test or instructor
into ESOL 10 or ESOL 20 or instructor permission. lifelong learners. A language placement test is required permission; concurrent placement in Level 4 Reading
for enrollment. and Communication or higher.
ESOL 15 English in the Workplace 0.00: Available
to participants who are non-native speakers of English ESOL 32 ESOL High Beginning Literacy 0.00: ESOL 44 Level 4 Communication 4.00: The fourth
enrolled in programs at the Capital Career Center. Non-native English speaking students develop high level of ESOL and the first of a five-course sequence that
Instruction focuses on work search related skills and beginning literacy skills. Reading and writing are focuses on communication. Identification and production
communication in the workplace. taught in the context of communicating in adult life of English stress and intonation; certain vowels and conso-
roles. Prerequisite: Placement in ESOL 30 or instructor nants; reductions. Listening comprehension for main idea
ESOL 20 Level 2 Integrated Skills 0.00: This is permission. and important details, grammatical structures, questions,
the second of eight levels of English for Speakers of Other
and key vocabulary words. Discussion skills. Speaking
Languages. Students develop high-beginning English ESOL 33 EL Civics 0.00: Adult English language
using important language functions including asking for
communication skills. Reading, Writing, Speaking and learners receive civics education in US citizenship, US
clarification, agreeing, and negotiating meaning. Short,
Listening skills are taught in the context of communicating history and culture, and also become active participants
prepared presentation. Communication taught in the
in adult life roles as family and community members, work- in their new communities. Reading, writing, speaking
context of communicating in adult life roles. Prerequisites:
ers, citizens and lifelong learners. A language placement and listening skills are taught in the context of commu-
ESOL placement test or instructor permission; concurrent
test is required for enrollment. nicating in the adult life roles of community member and
placement in Level 4 Reading and Writing or higher.
citizen. Instruction includes a variety of methods based
ESOL 20A Level 2 Integrated Skills 0.00: The second on students’ individual skill levels, needs and learning ESOL 44N Level 4 Communication 0.00: The
of four levels of English as a second language. Students styles. Concepts and skills taught in the EL Civics fourth level of ESOL and the first of a five-course se-
develop basic English communication. Reading, Writing, classes help students gain citizenship. Prerequisites: quence that focuses on communication. Identification
Speaking and Listening skills are taught in the context of Placement in ESOL 30, 40, 42, or 44. and production of English stress and intonation; certain
communicating in adult life roles as family and community
vowels and consonants; reductions. Listening compre-
members, workers, citizens and lifelong learners. A lan- ESOL 40 Level 4 Reading 4.00: The fourth level
hension for main idea and important details, grammati-
guage placement test is required for enrollment. of ESOL and the first of a five- course sequence that
cal structures, questions, and key vocabulary words.
focuses on reading: content comprehension, textual
ESOL 20B Level 2 Integrated Skills 0.00: The second Discussion skills. Speaking using important language
analysis, critical thinking skills, study skills, and lan-
of four levels of English as a second language. Students functions including asking for clarification, agreeing,
guage analysis. Using the dictionary, finding main
develop basic English communication. Reading, Writing, and negotiating meaning. Short, prepared presentation.
ideas, summarizing, inferencing, using context clues,
Speaking and Listening skills are taught in the context of Communication taught in the context of communicating
reviewing prereading techniques, study of word forms,
communicating in adult life roles as family and community in adult life roles. Prerequisites: ESOL placement test or
common affixes, synonyms, and antonyms. Readings
members, workers, citizens and lifelong learners. A lan- instructor permission; concurrent placement in Level 4
from textbooks and literature taught in the context of
guage placement test is required for enrollment. Reading and Writing or higher.
adult life roles. Prerequisites: ESOL placement test or
instructor permission; concurrent placement in Level 4 ESOL 140 American Culture/Communication
ESOL 23 ESOL Language Learning Lab 0.00:
Writing and Communication or higher. 3.00: Introduces and illustrates American cultural
The ESOL Language Lab provides ESOL students with
self-paced, individualized learning. The primary focus ESOL 40N Level 4 Reading 0.00: The fourth level themes and values through instruction in reading,
in the lab is on grammar, vocabulary, reading, writing, of ESOL and the first of a five- course sequence that discussion, journal writing, film, and speeches. Intro-
listening and speaking skills related to the eight levels focuses on reading: content comprehension, textual duction and beginning application of academic study
of the ESOL program curriculum. Multi-media/com- analysis, critical thinking skills, study skills, and lan- skills. May include a service learning component. Does
puter assisted instruction in addition to textbook and guage analysis. Using the dictionary, finding main not replace courses in the core curriculum. Prerequisite:
workbook assignments are used. Learning activities ideas, summarizing, inferencing, using context clues, ESOL placement at ESOL 150, ESOL 152, ESOL 154 or
may be supplemented with one-on-one or small group reviewing prereading techniques, study of word forms, higher; or instructor permission.
tutoring. Prerequisite: Placement in ESOL 10 or higher common affixes, synonyms, and antonyms. Readings ESOL 150 Level 5 Reading 4.00: The fifth level
or instructor permission. from textbooks and literature taught in the context of of ESOL and the second of a five-course sequence
adult life roles. Prerequisites: ESOL placement test or that focuses on reading; content comprehension, tex-
ESOL 30 Level 3 Integrated Skills 0.00: This is
instructor permission; concurrent placement in Level 4 tual analysis, critical thinking skills, study skills, and
the third of eight levels of English for Speakers of Other
Writing and Communication or higher. language analysis. Using the dictionary, finding main
Languages. Students develop low-intermediate English
communication skills. Reading, Writing, Speaking and ESOL 42 Level 4 Writing 4.00: The fourth level of ideas, summarizing, inferencing, using context clues,
Listening skills are taught in the context of communicat- ESOL and the first of five-course sequence that focuses reviewing prereading techniques; study of word forms,
ing in adult life roles as family and community members, on writing. Students develop intermediate writing skills. common affixes, synonyms, and antonyms. Readings
workers, citizens and lifelong learners. A language Introduction to the writing process. Descriptive and from textbooks and literature taught in the context
placement test is required for enrollment. narrative paragraphs, authentic forms and formal let- of communicating in academic and adult life roles.
ters. Review of basic grammar. Present perfect, present Prerequisite: Placement test; concurrent placement in
ESOL 30A Level 3 Integrated Skills 0.00: The third Level Writing and Communication or higher.
continuous, and past continuous. Writing and grammar
of four levels of English as a second language. Students
taught in the context of communicating in adult life ESOL 150N Level 5 Reading 0.00: The fifth level
develop low intermediate English communication. Read-
roles. Prerequisite: ESOL placement test or instructor of ESOL and the second of a five-course sequence
ing, Writing, Speaking and Listening skills are taught
permission; concurrent placement in Level 4 Reading that focuses on reading. Content comprehension,
in the context of communicating in adult life roles as
and Communication or higher. textual analysis, critical thinking skills, study skills, and
family and community members, workers, citizens and
lifelong learners. A language placement test is required ESOL 42N Level 4 Writing 0.00: The fourth level of language analysis. Using the dictionary, finding main
200
Course Descriptions
ideas, summarizing, inferencing, using context clues, of the writing process and development of the essay. concurrent placement in Level 6 Reading and Com-
reviewing prereading techniques. Study of word forms, Covers descriptive, narrative, process, and comparison/ munication or higher.
common affixes, synonyms, and antonyms. Readings contrast essays. Review of verb tenses, sentence types,
from textbooks and literature taught in the context punctuation, and spelling patterns. Introduction to adverb ESOL 253 Advanced Supplementary Writing
of communicating in academic and adult life roles. and adjective clauses, reported speech, passive voice, and 3.00: Emphasizes the refinement and development of
Prerequisite: Placement test; concurrent placement in gerunds and infinitives. Prerequisite: ESOL placement test; conscious control of English sentence and paragraph
Level Writing and Communication or higher. concurrent placement in ESOL 150 and 154 or higher. structure as well as the correction of persistent errors
in writing. ESOL 253 provides a bridge course between
ESOL 152 Level 5 Writing 4.00: The fifth level ESOL 164 Level 6 Academic Communication ESOL 252 and ESOL 262 or between ESOL 262 and
of ESOL and the second of a 5-course sequence that 5.00: Review of English consonants and vowels, con- WR 115.
focuses on writing. Review of the writing process and sonant clusters, past tense and plural endings; common
introduction to the essay. Descriptive, narrative, process sound substitutions; intonation, phrasing, reductions ESOL 254 Level 7 Academic Communication
and comparative/contrast. Review of basic grammar. and stress patterns. Listening comprehension, discus- 5.00: Students develop strategies to improve spoken
Introduction to present perfect, gerunds and infinitives, sion, and conversation skills. Public speaking including intelligibility, critical thinking, and listening and note
and adverbial causes. Writing and grammar taught in prepared speeches of three to five minutes with written taking skills in public speaking with written outlines on
the context of communicating in academic and adult life outlines; impromptu speeches. Prerequisite: ESOL informative academic topics. Students review English
roles. Prerequisite: ESOL placement test or instructor placement test; concurrent placement in Level 5 Reading consonants and vowels, intonation, phrasing, and stress
permission; concurrent placement into ESOL Level 4 and Writing or higher. patterns. Prerequisite: ESOL placement test; OR concur-
Reading and Communication or higher. rent placement in ESOL 160 and 162 or higher.
ESOL 173 Grammar 1 2.00: Includes the identifica-
ESOL 152N Level 5 Writing 0.00: The fifth level tion and practice of the following grammatical structures: ESOL 260 Level 8 Academic Reading 5.00: Content
of ESOL and the second of a 5-course sequence that subject-verb agreement; verb tenses; question and nega- comprehension, textual analysis, critical thinking, study
focuses on writing. Review of the writing process and tion structure; gerunds and infinitives; and articles. It is skills, and language analysis. Readings from textbooks,
introduction to the essay. Descriptive, narrative, process designed to reinforce concepts in both oral and written short stories and/or a novel, newspapers, and popular
and comparative/contrast. Review of basic grammar. contexts. Does not replace courses in the core curriculum. magazines. Includes finding themes and main ideas,
Introduction to present perfect, gerunds and infinitives, Prerequisite: placement in ESOL 160 levels or above. summarizing, paraphrasing, inferencing, evaluation of
and adverbial causes. Writing and grammar taught in sources and analysis of arguments. Prerequisites: ESOL
the context of communicating in academic and adult life ESOL 183 Grammar 2 2.00: Includes the identificaion placement test; OR completion of ESOL 252 and 254; OR
roles. Prerequisite: ESOL placement test; or instructor and practice of the following grammatical structures: placement into ESOL 262 and ESOL 264.
permission; concurrent placement into ESOL Level 4 verb tense review, active/passive voice, simple, com-
pound and complex sentences, transitional words and ESOL 262 Level 8 Academic Writing 5.00: Review
Reading and Communication, or higher.
phrases, claue and phrase reduction, parallel structures, of the writing process. Descriptive, and expository es-
ESOL 154 Level 5 Communication 4.00: The modals, conditionals, and reported speech. Designed says ( e.g. description, classification, problem/solution,
fifth level of ESOL and the second of a five-course to reinforce concepts in both oral and written contexts. definition, argument). Introduces principles of research.
sequence that focuses on communication. Identifica- Does not replace courses in the core curriculum. Prereq- General review of English grammar, punctuation, and
tion and production of English consonants and vowels; uisites: ESOL 173; or instructor permission. sentence structure. Prerequisite: ESOL placement
common sound substitutions; stress and intonation. test and prerequisite/concurrent: Level 7 Reading and
Listening comprehension and discussion skills. Public ESOL 193 Grammar 3 2.00: This elective class includes Communication or placement into Level 8 Writing and
speaking, including at least one prepared speech and the identification and practice of the following grammatical Communication.
written outline on an academic topic. Communication structure; modals, conditionals clause and phrase reduc-
tions, parallel structures, and reported speech. It is designed ESOL 264 Level 8 Academic Communication
taught in the context of communicating in academic
to reinforce concepts in both oral and written contexts. Does 5.00: Students develop strategies to improve spoken
and adult life roles. Prerequisite: ESOL placement test
not replace courses in core curriculum. intelligibility, critical thinking, and listening and note
or instructor permission; concurrent placement in ESOL
taking skills in public speaking with written outlines on
Level 4 Reading and Writing or higher.
ESOL 240 American Culture and Communication II academic topics, including those requiring argument
ESOL 154N Level 5 Communication 0.00: The 3.00: Continued illustration of American cultural themes and persuasion. Students review English consonants
fifth level of ESOL and the second of a five-course and values. Instruction through reading, discussion, jour- and vowels, intonation, phrasing, and stress patterns.
sequence that focuses on communication. Identifica- nal- writing, film and speeches. Overview and application Prerequisite: ESOL placement test; OR concurrent
tion and production of English consonants and vowels; of academic study skills. May include a service learning placement in ESOL 250 and 252 or higher.
common sound substitutions; stress and intonation. component. Does not replace courses in the core curricu-
lum. Prerequisites: ESOL placement at ESOL 250, ESOL ESOL 265 Level 8 Academic Communication
Listening comprehension and discussion skills. Public
speaking, including at least one prepared speech and 252, ESOL 254 or higher; or instructor permission. 3.00: Students develop strategies to improve spoken
written outline on an academic topic. Communication intelligibility, critical thinking, and listening and note
ESOL 250 Level 7 Academic Reading 5.00: taking skills in public speaking with written outlines
taught in the context of communicating in academic
Content comprehension, textual analysis, critical thinking on academic topics, including those requiring basic
and adult life roles. Prerequisite: ESOL placement test
skills, study skills, and language analysis. Readings from argument and persuasion. Prerequisites: ESOL place-
or instructor permission; concurrent placement in ESOL
textbooks, short stories and/or a short novel, newspapers, ment test; OR concurrent placement in ESOL 250 and
Level 4 Reading and Writing or higher.
and popular magazines. Includes finding themes and main 252 or higher.
ESOL 160 Level 6 Academic Reading 5.00: ideas, summarizing, paraphrasing, inferencing, using
Content comprehension, textual analysis, critical context clues, review of prereading techniques. Study of ESOL 267 Level 8 Pronunciation 2.00: Review
thinking skills, study skills, and language analysis. word forms, common affixes and stems, figurative language English consonants and vowels, intonation, phrasing,
Readings from textbooks, literature, and newspapers. Prerequisite: ESOL placement test; concurrent placement and stress patterns. Prerequisites: ESOL placement test;
Includes finding themes and main ideas, summarizing, into Level 6 Writing and Communication or higher. concurrent placement in ESOL 250 and 252 or higher.
paraphrasing, inferencing, using context clues, review Environmental Studies
ESOL 252 Level 7 Academic Writing 5.00: Review
of prereading techniques. Study of words forms and
of the writing process. Expository essays (e.g. narration,
common affixes. Prerequisite: ESOL placement test; ESR 150 Environmental Studies Orientation
comparison/contrast, cause/effect, discussion). Review
concurrent placement in ESOL 152 and 154 or higher. 1.00: Serves to orient students to environmental infor-
and instruction in English grammar, punctuation, and
sentence structure. Prerequisite: ESOL placement test; mation available through campus library and computer
ESOL 162 Level 6 Academic Writing 5.00: Review
201
Course Descriptions
resources. Uses assignments aimed at gathering and and equipment operation. Presents an overview of and protocols to specific situations. Scenarios will be
summarizing information on academic preparation of federal, state and local agencies and their respective complex, may involve multiple responses and may
environmental professionals. communication systems. have a high level of impact on individuals or the com-
munity. Identification and notification of a wide variety
ESR 160 Introduction to Environmental Studies ETC 104 Emergency Telecommunications - Call of resources both local and state will be included in
4.00: Introduces the structure and function of terres- Taking 4.00: Introduction to the field of emergency simulation. Prerequisite: ETC 110.
trial, aquatic and atmospheric systems, including the communications, with an emphasis on : history, roles
human actions that affect them. Includes lab sections of dispatchers in fire and medical emergencies. ETC 112 Communication Center Operations- Ad-
that introduce basic quantitative techniques for collect- Confidentiality and liability issues and personality vanced Skills 3.00: This is the third in a series of 9-1-1
ing and analyzing data from environmental systems. characteristics of emergency services personnel are simulation labs designed to build skills in emergency call-
Prerequisite: ESR 150 (may be taken concurrently). explored. An overview of the structure and organization taking and emergency services radio communication. The
of the fire service and of the emergency medical dispatch types of calls handled will involve volatile situations, such
ESR 171 Environmental Science 4.00: Biological system. Includes the terminology of the fire service and as, crimes in progress, incidents involving weapons, serious
Perspectives 0.00: Develops an understanding of envi- medical field and application of protocols for emergency injuries or those having a severe impact upon individuals and
ronmental topics that are primarily biological in nature. response. Prerequisite: ETC 103. the community. This course demands a high level of multi-
Includes human population issues, matter and energy tasking ability, quick responses and rapid problem-solving
resources, ecosystems, environmental ethics, and food ETC 105 Crisis Intervention & Critical Incident skills, as well as a familiarity with 911 computer software
and land resources. The associated laboratories will il- Stress Management 3.00: Focuses on the emotional and multi-function telephone systems. Prerequisites: ETC
lustrate these topics. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and and psychological needs of police, telecommunicators, 110 and ETC 111.
MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. firefighters, emergency medical providers and other
emergency responders in dealing with daily crisis and ETC 115 Emergency Telecommunicator- Cap-
ESR 172 Environmental Science 4.00: Chemical trauma situations. Explores both individual crisis and stone 3.00: Provides the opportunity to demonstrate
Perspectives 0.00: Develops an understanding of large scale disasters impacting entire communities. and document a variety of activities completed during
environmental topics that are primarily chemical in Evaluates the resources available to responders and the two-term program. Skills learned and the practical
nature. Includes air pollution, global warming, toxicol- to the public. Examines the Critical Incident Stress application of various lab techniques will be presented
ogy, risk assessment, water pollution, and hazardous Management model and how it is utilized within in a portfolio that may be used by prospective em-
waste. The associated laboratories will illustrate these various agencies. Teaches methods and techniques ployers to determine job readiness. Pre-employment
topics. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or for dealing with high stress of long-term emergency testing and screening will be covered, as well as, a
equivalent placement test scores. service careers. variety of community based activities. Students will be
prepared to sit for various state level certifications in
ESR 173 Environmental Science 4.00: Geological ETC 106 Introduction to Criminal Law 3.00: Cov- emergency services related competencies, such as, law
Perspectives 0.00: Develop an understanding of envi- ers the origin, structure and definitions of common law enforcement computer access, and emergency medical
ronmental topics that are primarily geological in nature. and statutory crimes, the Oregon Criminal Code and dispatch protocols.
Includes geology basics, soil resources, hydrogeology, criminal court procedures.
nonrenewable mineral and energy resources, perpetual ETC 201 Law Enforcement Data System (LEDS)
energy resources, and solid waste. The associated labora- ETC 108 Transcription for Telecommunicators 1.00: LEDS is the State of Oregon Law Enforcement data
tories will illustrate these topics. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 2.00: Develops keyboarding skills based on informa- network. This course is designed as an overview of the
115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. tion received aurally. Utilizes dictation of emergency LEDS system and to provide certification at the lowest
response information, such as locations, names, and level (Inquiry). Students will use the LEDS Operating
ESR 201 Applied Environmental Studies 4.00: numeric data in various formats. A variety of software
Science/Policy Consideration 0.00: Introduces envi- Manual to format requests for information and to access
applications are used including Word, Excel, Critical and links to state and local computer systems, as well as the
ronmental laws and the regulations promulgated under several Computer-Aided Dispatch Programs. Simulated
them. Includes examinations of the genesis of these National Crime Information System (FBI). State certi-
emergency telephone calls, radio broadcasts and tape fication requires the application of certain programs to
laws (eg. NEPAA, Clean Air and Water Acts, RCRA, recorded incidents are used to practice skills inputting
Endangered Species Act) and their history of compliance test records in the live system. Prerequisite: ETC 103.
data, accurately recording, abbreviating, coding and
and violation. Prerequisite: ESR 160. formatting information. Speed accuracy and brevity are ETC 202 Emergency Medical Dispatch Over-
ESR 202 Applied Environmental Studies 4.00: important components of this course. A keyboarding view 2.00: Emergency Medical Dispatching consists
Prep for Problem Solving 0.00: Includes environmental ability of approximately 25 wpm is recommended. of emergency medical pre-arrival instructions to assist
sampling, sampling design, and measurement in rela- the average citizen in stabilizing and in some cases treat-
ETC 110 Communication Center Operations ing a medical emergency prior to the arrival of trained
tion to the field experience. Prerequisite: ESR 160. ESR - Basic Skills 3.00: Introduction to the emergency
203 Applied Environ Studies: Applied Environmental medical personnel. This overview explores the basic
communications simulator lab. This course involves concept of emergency medical assistance delivered over
Studies: Project Uses project work involving work with the use of emergency communications equipment
an environmental agency, industry, service or research the telephone and familiarizes the student with various
and standard operating procedures to simulate actual protocols for dealing with specific emergency situations.
organization. Prerequisite: ESR 202. emergency calls and situations. Overview of the roles Prerequisite/Concurrent: EMT 120 or current 1st Aid/CPR
ESR 298 Special Topics 1.00–4.00: Environmental and responsibilities of emergency communications certification.
Science 0.00: Covers special topics, activities or projects professionals in their work environment. Application
in an area of environmental science not usually covered of methods and theory obtained through classroom ETC 203A Tactical Dispatching for High Risk In-
in depth in other environmental science courses. presentations, in an interactive lab setting, using radio, cidents 1.00: High risk incidents such as kidnapping,
telephone, computers, recording equipments and vari- hostage situations, and suicidal or mentally unstable
Emergency Telecommunicator (911 Emergency ous pre-employment screening tools. persons require a higher level of communication skills
Dispatch) and a greater degree of commitment on the part of the
ETC 111 Communication Center Operations first responders and the emergency communications
ETC 103 Introduction to Emergency Telecom- - Intermediate Skills 3.00: Introduction to the art personnel. This course through the use of scenarios
munications 4.00: Introduces the field of emergency of multi-discipline emergency response dispatching in and role-playing allows the student to test these skills
communications. Includes history, role of the dispatcher, an emergency communications simulation center. The in a safe environment. Prerequisite: ETC 103 Prerequi-
field operations (police, fire and emergency medical), course involves the use of emergency communications site/corequisite: ETC 104.
radio broadcasting, telephone techniques, radio codes equipment and the application of policies, procedures
202
Course Descriptions
Facilities Maintenance Technology diagnosis procedures. FMT 222 Intermediate Boilers 3.00: Fundamentals
of hydronics systems related to electrical controls and
FMT 100 Introduction to Facilities Maintenence FMT 128 Oil Furnance Service 2.00: Covers fluid flow. Includes burner control system, schematic
Systems 2.00: Overview of industrial maintenance. oil burner service and installation procedures, fuel diagrams, distribution systems, heat emitters, radiant
OSHA approved industrial safety procedures are oil principles, motors, fan couplings, nozzles, trans- floor heating, expansion tanks, entrained air, and auxil-
practiced. Includes use of basic tools and specialized formers burner construction, pumps, controls and iary heat loads. Prerequisites: FMT 122 or TE 9161.
equipment; lubrication, maintenance and repair motors, troubleshooting procedures. FMT 131 Lock Service
drive belts, pulley, and sheaves. Examines the inter- and Repair Lock Service and Repair Covers maintaining FMT 280A Cooperative Work E xperience
dependency of related systems. Prerequisistes: MTH residential and commercial locks and related hardware. 1.00–8.00: Provides “hands-on” work experience for
20; (WR or ESOL 262); (RD 90 or ESOL 260). Includes basic operating principles of cylinders, types students enrolled in Facilities Maintenance Technology.
of locking mechanisms, desk type locks, and master Department permission required.
FMT 101 Refrigeration I 2.00: Covers refrigeration key systems.
principles and different basic cycles which include heat Foods and Nutrition
transfer, temperature, and basic physics and gas laws. FMT 201 Introduction to Chiller Systems 3.00:
Lab includesthe use of tools and instruments used Chilled water and its application in the industrial/ FN 110 Personal Nutrition 3.00: Basic nutrition
for charging and evacuation and recovery methods. institutional setting. Covers chiller compressors, re- course for students with little or no science background.
FMT 101 and APR 131 both cannot be taken for credit. frigerants, air cooled and water cooled condensers, Explores personal food habits and beliefs. Emphasizes
Prerequisites: MTH 20; (WR 90 or ESOL 262); (RD 90 controls and piping. Prerequisites: FMT 103 or APR practical application of nutrition knowledge to enhance
or ESOL 260). 133 or TE 9244. general health. Analyze present diet and evaluate it
according to latest nutritional guidelines.
FMT 102 Refrigeration II 2.00: Cover and analyze FMT 204 Heat Pumps 3.00: Focus on operation and
the operation of refrigeration system components. service requirements of heat pumps. Demonstrates the FN 225 Nutrition 4.00: Introduces components of
Includes compressors, condensers, evaporators, re- application and understanding of the test equipment an adequate diet, nutrient availability and utilization.
frigerants and metering devices. Lab includes system required to service the heat pumps. Includes the func- Analyze dietary intake and compare to current scientific
components and compressor testing methods, focus- tion of the control system required for operation of the guidelines. Examines peripheral factors influencing diet
ing on charging, evacuation and recovery methods. heat pump system. Prerequisites: FMT 103 or APR such as global and local issues, cultural environment,
FMT 102 and APR 132 cannot both be taken for credit. 133 or TE 9244. and elements of food safety. Strong background in life
Prerequisites: FMT 101 or APR 132 or TE 9242. sciences recommended. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115
FMT 207 Pneumatic Controls 2.00: Provides and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
FMT 103 Refrigeration III 2.00: Covers the op- HVAC service technician with the proper methods of
eration of refrigeration HVAC systems, emphasizing diagnosing malfunctions in Honeywell control systems. FN 225X Nutrition Bridge 1.00: Study the principles
maintenance and controls. Lab includes troubleshooting Also covers thermostat/controllers of Robert Shaw, of diet therapy, routine hospital diets and commonly
systems along with evacuation and charging techniques. Johnson, Honeywell, and Barber Coleman. Includes used diet modifications in therapeutic care. Diseases
FMT 103 nand APR 133 cannot both be taken for credit. elements of pneumatic systems, valve assemblies, and conditions associated with the gastrointestinal tract,
Prerequisites: FMT 102 or APR 132 or TE 9243. dampers, controllers, thermostats, sensors, relays and cardiovascular system and diabetes are emphasized.
air supply equipment. Learn the specfic roles of the health care team members
FMT 111 Refrigeration Electrical I 2.00: Basic in nutrition care management of the institutionalized
theory and applications of electrical concepts including FMT 210 Basic HVAC/R Installation & Tech- patients.
Ohm’s Law, electric power, and concepts of electric circuits niques 2.00: Introduces basic application of HVAC/R
are emphasized. Alternating current, power distribution and installation and techniques. Integrates code require- FN 270 Normal and Applied Clinical Nutrition
installation of HVAC systems using wiring diagrams and ments and practical field installations; including sheet 4.00: Introduces relationship of foods to health, fac-
schematics are included. Prerequisites: MTH 20; (WR 90 metal, piping, and venting. Prerequisites: (FMT 112 or tors affecting food/nutrient intake, and role of food
or ESOL 262); (RD 90 or ESOL 260). TE 9238); (FMT 102 or APR 132 or TE 9243) processing in nutrient availability. Evaluates use of
modified diets used in treatment of disease. Primary
FMT 112 Refrigeration Electrical II 2.00: Theory FMT 213 Commercial Refrigeration Shop emphasis: nutritional status of the young adult; second-
and application of electrical motor concepts and elec- 2.00: Troubleshooting, maintenance, and repair of ary emphasis, institutionalized patient. Project includes
trical circuits are emphasized. Control system compo- typical commercial refrigeration equipment found in a nutritional self-assessment. Required for PCC Nursing
nents, wiring diagrams and schematics are included. convenience stores, markets, restaurants, and related Program. Prerequisites: MTH 20 or higher, or placement
Prerequistes: FMT 111 or TE 9237 applications. Prerequisites: (FMT 112 or TE 9238); (FMT into MTH 60; and WR 115 or higher, or placement into
102 or APR 132 or TE 9243) WR 121; placement into RD 115 or higher, and BI 103,
FMT 119 Water Treatment and Distribution or BI 122, or BI 231.
2.00: Covers the basics of cooling, tower, boiler, waste FMT 216 Commerical Systems Design 3.00: Cov-
water, and water purification systems. Topics include ers refrigeration loads, equipment selection, piping and Fire Protection
corrosion, scale, fouling and bacteria related issues. installation procedures. Focuses on calculating loads
Mechanical equipment pertaining to water treatment for walk-in units, sizing condensing units, and evapora- FP 101 Introduction to Fire Protection 3.00:
is included. tive coils. Includes use of catalogs to locate and properly Studies the history and development of fire service
select components, for design and troubleshooting new as well as safety and security movements. Identifies
FMT 122 Introduction to Boilers 3.00:Funda- and existing applications. Prerequisites: FMT 103 or general fire hazards and their causes and how to apply
mentals of hydronics systems, heat loss calculations, APR 133 or TE 9244. fire protection principles.
physical properties of water, types of biolers, piping
systems and components for correct fluid flow including FMT 219 Residential Systems Roofing 3.00: FP 111 Firefighter I Skills Academy 10.00: De-
circulating pumps. Includes practical maintenance and Covers residential heat loads, equipment selection, signed to meet NFPA Standard 1001 “Firefigher I” train-
component identification. piping and installation procedures. Calculating loads ing requirements, this course provides a program that
for residential homes, sizing furnaces, condensing presents comprehensive training in all aspects of basic
FMT 125 Natural Gas Equipment I 2.00: Covers units, and evaporative coils. Includes use of catalogs firefighting skills. Knowledge obtained from classroom
natural gas and its properties, pressures, piping and to locate and properly select components and for design instruction is transferred to drill ground application,
the mechanical code requirements for natural gas and troubleshooting new and existing applications. during hands-on training. Students study basic tools,
installation. Utilizing basic knowledge gained in this Prerequisites: FMT 103 or APR 133 or TE 9244. procedures, techniques and safety precautions utilized
course, students can apply this knowledge to basic by fire fighters, during fire ground operations. PCC
203
Course Descriptions
department application acceptance required. drown-proofing and basic victim retrieval techniques. tions and study how to stimulate personal development
of supervisory skills. Prerequisite: FP 111.
FP 112 Firefighter II Skills Academy 7.00: De- FP 151 Aircraft Crash and Rescue Basics 0.5:
signed to meet NFPA Standard 1001 “Firefighter II” Studies aircraft and airport systems, practical procedures, FP 214 Occupational Safety & Health for the Fire
training requirements, this course continues to develop techniques, and safety precautions utilized by rescue Science 3.00: Introduces the basic concepts of oc-
basic fire fighter skills learned in FP 111 while increasing personnel during aircraft crash and rescue response. cupational health and safety as it relates to emergency
technical knowledge of fire ground operations, placing Organization of a crash rescue team, equipment re- service organizations. Topics include risk evaluation and
more emphasis on team skills, through evolutions, and quirements, scene evaluation, and tactical and strategic control procedures for fire stations, training sites, emer-
live fire training. Prerequisite: FP 111. considerations are covered. Prerequisite: FP 111. gency vehicles, and emergency situations involving fire,
EMS, hazardous materials, and technical rescue.
FP 113 Firefighting Skills III 4.00: Studies advanced FP 152 Emergency Response to Terrorism 2.00:
fire fighting skills and applies these skills during weekly Covers special needs of responders to incidents which FP 215 Urban Interface Fire Operations 3.00:
drill activities. Equipment and procedures learned in FF may have been caused by terrorists. Includes definitions of Studies strategies for fire attack, action plans, tactics,
Skills I & II are utilized in an operational format. Students terrorism, history of terrorists, suspicious circumstances, structural triage, action plan assessment, public
function as a firefighter, apparatus operator, company agents utilized by terrorists, self-protection, crime scene relations and safety precautions used in wildland fires
officer, and training officer during drill activities. Prereq- considerations, and special command issues. during urban interface operations. Practices the sizing
uisite: FP 111, 112. up and operational procedures required to operate as
FP 161 Vehicle Extrication Basics 0.5: Studies initial command on urban interface fires. Prerequisite:
FP 121 Fire Behavior and Combustion 3.00: procedures utilized for extrication of injured victims FP 133.
Course explores the theories and fundamentals of how from motor vehicles, tools, equipment and hazards
and why fires start, spread, and how they are controlled. associated with vehicle extrication and safety consid- FP 231 Aircraft Crash Rescue Practices 3.00:
There will be an emphasis on compartment fire behavior. erations during rescue operations. Studies current techniques of aircraft firefighting and
Recommend: MTH 65. rescue, principles associated with aircraft design and
FP 200 Fire Service Hydraulics & Water Supply mock situations involving varieties of aircraft disasters.
FP 122 Fundamentals of Fire Prevention 3.00: 3.00: Provides a foundation of theoretical knowledge Prerequisite: FP 111.
Studies fundamentals of fire inspection standards and in order to understand the principles of the use of water
techniques of evaluation, identification of hazards and in fire protection and to apply hydraulic principles to FP 232 Pump Construction and Hydraulics II
making practical recommendations. Students study analyze and to solve water supply problems. Recom- 2.00: .00: Practical procedures, techniques, and safety
fire prevention and education programs and conduct mend: MTH 65. precautions used during apparatus operations. Covers
presentations. the history and development of fire apparatus capabili-
FP 201 Emergency Service Rescue 4.00: Studies ties, pump construction, procedures for operation and
FP 123 Hazardous Materials Awareness and a variety of procedures, equipment, and tools utilized hydraulic formulas used to calculate flow requirements.
Operations 3.00: Designed to prepare individuals by emergency rescue personnel. Become familiar with Operational techniques required to operate an engine at
to safely respond to hazardous materials emergencies. building search, auto extrication, aircraft crash, high a multiple alarm fire will be practiced. FSAB Apparatus
Individuals will learn to analyze an incident; detect the angle, and water rescue. Prerequisite: FP 111. Operator II (26-01), (26-02), (26-03). Prerequisite:
presence of hazardous materials; survey the scene; FP 132.
collect hazard information from the DOT Emergency FP 202 Fixed Systems and Extinguishers 3.00:
Response Guidebook; implement actions consistent Studies portable extinguisher equipment, fire alarm and FP 233 Aerial Ladder Operations for Firefighters
with standard operating procedures; initiate protective detection systems, sprinkler systems and standpipes, 3.00: Studies the concepts of aerial ladder operation
actions and initiate the notification process. protection systems for special hazards, explosion and becomes familiar with equipment used in construc-
release, ventilation systems, inert atmospheres and tion, operation and maintenance. Situations involving
FP 131 Introduction to High Angle Rescue0.5: static bonding. Prerequisite: FP 111. field use, deployment and operation of equipment are
Studies practical procedures, techniques, and safety explored. Prerequisite: FP 132.
procedures utilized by rescue personnel during rope FP 203A Introduction to Firefighting Tactics &
rescue. Covers organization of a rope rescue team, Strategy 3.00: Studies fireground tactics and strategy, FP 240 Emergency Services Instructor I 3.00:
equipment, requirements, scene evaluation, and rescuer responses and size-up, protection of exposures, contain- Designed to meet NFPA Standard 1041; Fire and
safety will be covered. Practices basic rappel, relay and ment, extinguishment, the command post, combined Emergency Services Instructor I. Students will or-
victim retrieval techniques. operations, analysis and post-mortem evaluation, pre-fire ganize classroom, laboratory and outdoor learning
surveys and planning. Prerequisite: FP 111. environments and present prepared lessons utilizing
FP 132 Fire App/Pump Construction Operation recognized methods of instruction. Learn to adjust and
and Hydraulics 3.00: Studies practical procedures, FP 211 Building Construction for Firefighters
modify presentations based on student learning styles
techniques, and safety precautions utilized during ap- 3.00: Offers knowledge and skills in the various construc-
and changing classroom environments and learn about
paratus operations. Covers engine capabilities, pump tion features of buildings. Includes structural features
course objectives and learning outcomes.
construction, procedures for operation and hydraulic affecting fire spread and building collapse, the effect of
formulas utilized to calculate flow requirements. Pre- fire on materials, fire stops and ratings. Use of blueprints FP 242 Flammable, Explosive and Toxic Mate-
requisite: FP 111. and plans to understand building features and pre-fire rials 3.00: Studies electrical exotic metal fires and
planning emphasized. Prerequisite: FP 111. space age fuel fires; how to handle radioactive materials
FP 133 Wildland Firefighter 3.00: Trains students involved in fire, the use of monitoring equipment and
in the basic skills required for wildland fire fighting. FP 212 Fire Investigation (Cause Determination)
personnel safety practices. Prerequisite: FP 123.
Students will study wildland fire behavior, fire control 3.00: Studies burning characteristics of combustibles.
tactics, human factors on the fireline, standards for fire Interprets clues and burn patterns leading to point of ori- FP 243 Laws Affecting Fire Fighting 1.00: Cov-
fighter safety & survival and receive an introduction to gin. Identifies incendiary indications, sources of ignition ers various federal, state and local statutes, codes and
the incident command system. and materials ignited and how to preserve the fire scene ordinances that have a bearing on firefighters. Personal
evidence. Prerequisite: FP 111. and organizational responsibilities will be covered.
FP 141 Introduction Water Rescue 0.5: Studies Equal employment opportunity, operation of emergency
practical procedures, techniques, and safety precau- FP 213 Principles of Supervision for Firefighters
vehicles and fire codes are included.
tions utilized by rescue personnel during water rescue 3.00: Studies fireline supervision. Future fire supervisors
response. Practices organization of a water rescue team, concentrate on the responsibilities of and opportunities FP 250 Emergency Services Instructor II 3.00:
equipment requirements, scene evaluation, rescuer for supervision, develop an understanding of human rela- Designed to meet NFPA Standard 1041; Fire and Emer-
204
Course Descriptions
gency Services Instructor II. Learn to manage instruc- of risk analysis and problem solving are used. Prereq- with human resource management, community and
tional resources, staff, facilities, records and reports; uisite: FP 213. government relations, fire administration, inspection an
develop instructional materials; conduct specialized and investigation and emergency service delivery and
and advanced training; develop evaluation instruments FP 9040 Managing Fire Personnel 1.00: Cov- safety. First level supervisory and middle management
to support instruction and the evaluation of test results. ers the appointment/promotional process to include responsibilities will be discussed and contrasted with
Prerequisite: FP 240 or equivalent. desirable traits of personnel. Discusses motivation Fire Office II duties and responsibilities.
and counseling as well as the legal responsibilities of
FP 252 High Angle Rescue I 3.00: Offers knowledge management and utilization of employees. Prerequisite: FP 9210 Arson Law, Evidence, Motives 3.00:
and skills to select, maintain, inspect and use basic high FP 213. Introduces common law, statutory law and case law
angle rescue equipment. Hands-on experience helps pertaining to arson and other willful burning. Arson as
the student develop confidence in high angle rescue FP 9050 Public Relations Information and Edu- an economic crime and a part of organized crime opera-
techniques, an appreciation for safety considerations cation 1.00: Covers company officer responsibilities tion is also discussed. Prerequisite: FP 212.
used and provides a good foundation for continuation for a basic understanding of public relations, informa-
training. Prerequisite: FP 201. tion and fire education. Designed to offer a brief overview FP 9250 Advanced Fire and Arson Investigation
of these topics. Prerequisite: FP 213. 4.00: Examines areas of knowledge necessary for the
FP 260 Emergency Services Instructor III 3.00: identification and investigation of specific causes of
Learn to administer agency policies and procedures FP 9060 Fire Science II Chemistry 3.00: Studies fires. Designed to expand on information introduced in
for the management of instructional resources, staff, physical and chemical properties of substances, chemi- FP 212. Prerequisite: FP 212 or instructor permission.
facilities, records and reports; plan, develop and cal changes, elements, compounds, gases, chemical
implement comprehensive fire training programs and combinations, weights and measurements, as well as French
curriculum; develop evaluation plans, collect, analyze theories of metals, acids, bases, salts, solvents, solu-
tions and emulsions. Prerequisite: MTH 60. FR 101 First Year French 4.00: Introduction to
and report data and utilize data for program validation
French stressing the development of listening, speak-
and student feedback. Prerequisites: FP 240 and 250
FP 9070 Major Emergency Tactics/Strategy ing, reading, writing, and cultural awareness through
or equivalent.
3.00: Studies response and size-up, fire-ground a communicative approach. Primary emphasis on the
FP 262 Water Rescue for Emergency Services tactics and analysis, post-mortem, pre-fire survey and student’s active use of the language. Proficiency target
3.00: Studies practical procedures, techniques, and planning, combined operations, mutual aid, disaster level: Novice high. For beginners.
safety precautions utilized by rescue personnel during planning and problems in unusual fire operations.
FR 102 First Year French 4.00: Continues work of
water rescue response. Covers organization of a water FR 101, further developing all skills. Primary emphasis
FP 9080 Fire Fighting Safety & Survival for
rescue team, equipment requirements, scene evaluation on the student’s active use of the language. Proficiency
Company Officers 1.00: Covers safety on the
and rescuer drown-proofing will be covered. Victim target level: Intermediate low. Recommended: Comple-
fireground, equipment, the officer’s role in modifying
retrieval, rescue swimming and search techniques will tion of: FR 101 or 150 or instructor permission.
behavior and identifying hazardous situations. Identifies
be practiced. Prerequisite: FP 201.
state safety rules.
FR 103 First Year French 4.00: Continues the work
FP 280A CE / Fire Science 3.00: Field placement of FR 102, further developing all skills. Primary empha-
FP 9110 Fire Inspection Practices 3.00: Studies
in a municipal fire department as a fire intern, volunteer sis on the student’s active use of the language. Profi-
the various steps to be followed prior to and during an
firefighter or cadet/explorer. Students are evaluated by ciency target level: Intermediate mid. Recommended:
actual fire inspection. The legal aspects of fire inspec-
a PCC field representative from Cooperative Education. Completion of: FR 102 or instructor permission.
tions on both new and existing structures are covered.
Department permission required.
Prerequisites: FP 122, 202, 211.
FR 111A First Year French Conversation 3.00:
FP 280B CE / Fire Science - Seminar 2.00: Depart- Practice of structures and vocabulary of first year French
FP 9120 Fire Codes & Related Ordinances 3.00:
ment permission required. in a conversational format. Recommended: Completion
Studies fire, building, exit, flammable liquid and other
FP 283 Public Sector Employment Workshop fire prevention codes. Students go on supervised build- of or simultaneous enrollment in FR 101 or 150 or
(Fire) 3.00: Provides the opportunity to develop skills ing inspection field trips. Primarily for fire department instructor permission.
needed to successfully complete Civil Service and inspectors. Prerequisites: FP 122, 202, 211.
FR 111B First Year French Conversation 2.00:
Public Sector employment examinations. Practice of structures and vocabulary of first year French
FP 9130 Hazardous Materials Inspection 3.00:
FP 293 Advanced Firefighting Tactics & Strat- Studies state codes and regulations pertaining to haz- in a conversational format. Recommended: Completion
egy 1.00: Studies response and size-up, fire-ground ardous material storage, labeling, incident reporting, of or simultaneous enrollment in FR 101 or 150 or
tactics and analysis, post-mortem, pre-fire survey and inspection and handling. Discusses characteristics instructor permission.
planning, combined operations, mutual aid, disaster and identification of hazardous materials, hazards as-
sociated with flammable, explosive, toxic, radioactive, FR 111C First Year French Conversation 1.00:
planning and problems in unusual fire operations. Practice of structures and vocabulary of first year French
Prerequisite: FP 203A. corrosive and oxidizing agents. Prerequisites: FP 122,
202, 211. in a conversational format. Recommended: Completion
FP 9010 Fire Management Practices Fire Man- of or simultaneous enrollment in FR 101 or 150 or
FP 9140 Fire Officer I 4.00: Designed to meet instructor permission.
agement Practices 1.00: Outlines basic management
skills for the mid-level manager. Includes organizational National Fire Protection Association Standard 1021
(NFPA). Includes a contemporary look at the duties FR 112A First Year French Conversation 3.00:
structure, communicating, financial management and Practice of structures and vocabulary of first year French
controlling resources. Prerequisite: FP 213. and responsibilities of first level supervisors. Covers
first level supervisory functions associated with human in a conversational format. Recommended: Completion
resource management, community and government re- of or simultaneous enrollment in FR 102 or 151 or
FP 9020 Fire Department Budgets 1.00: Outlines
lations, fire administration, inspection and investigation instructor permission.
the budget process as required by Oregon laws to include
types of budgets, the process of preparing the budget and emergency service delivery and safety. FR 112B First Year French Conversation 2.00:
classifying expenditures. Prerequisite: FP 213. Practice of structures and vocabulary of first year French
FP 9150 Fire Officer II 4.00: Designed to meet NFPA
qualifications. Includes contemporary look at duties in a conversational format. Recommended: Completion
FP 9030 Planning Fire Protection 1.00: Covers
and responsibilities of fire service supervisor. Covers of or simultaneous enrollment in FR 102 or 151 or
the elements that are considered when planning for
fire protection needs of a community. The techniques company officer supervisory functions associated
205
Course Descriptions
instructor permission. municative tasks and social situations. Recommended: 8.00: Covers the material of FR 101 and FR 102 in an
Completion of FR 202 or instructor permission. accelerated format. Stresses the development of listen-
FR 112C First Year French Conversation 1.00: ing, speaking, reading, writing, and cultural awareness
Practice of structures and vocabulary of first year French FR 211A Intermediate French Conversation through a communicative approach. Primary emphasis
in a conversational format. Recommended: Completion 3.00: Stresses conversational skills at the second year on the student’s active use of the language. Recom-
of or simultaneous enrollment in FR 102 or 151 or level. Recommended: Completion of or simultaneous mended to the highly motivated student. Proficiency
instructor permission. enrollment in FR 201, 250, or instructor permission. target level: Intermediate low; the successful student
will be able to handle a limited number of interactive
FR 113A First Year French Conversation 3.00: FR 211B Intermediate French Conversation
social situations. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and
Practice of structures and vocabulary of first year French 2.00: Stresses conversational skills at the second year
MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
in a conversational format. Recommended: Completion level. Recommended: Completion of or simultaneous
of or simultaneous enrollment in FR 103 or 151 or enrollment in FR 201, 250, or instructor permission. FR 256 Accelerated French 8.00: Covers the
instructor permission. material of FR 103 and FR 201 in an accelerated for-
FR 211C Intermediate French Conversation
mat. Stresses the development of listening, speaking,
FR 113B First Year French Conversation 2.00: 1.00: Stresses conversational skills at the second year reading, writing, and cultural awareness through a com-
Practice of structures and vocabulary of first year French level. Recommended: Completion of or simultaneous municative approach. Primary emphasis on student’s
in a conversational format. Recommended: Completion enrollment in FR 201, 250, or instructor permission. active use of the language. Recommended to the highly
of or simultaneous enrollment in FR 103 or 151 or
FR 212A Intermediate French Conversation motivated student. Proficiency target level: Intermedi-
instructor permission.
3.00: Stresses conversational skills at the second year ate mid; the successful student will be able to handle a
FR 113C First Year French Conversation 1.00: level. Recommended: Completion of or simultaneous variety of basic communicative tasks and social situa-
Practice of structures and vocabulary of first year French enrollment in FR 202, 250, or instructor permission. tions. Recommended: Completion of FR 102 or 255; or
in a conversational format. Recommended: Completion instructor permission. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115
of or simultaneous enrollment in FR 103 or 151 or FR 212B Intermediate French Conversation and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
instructor permission. 2.00: Stresses conversational skills at the second year
FR 257 Accelerated French 8.00: Covers the
level. Recommended: Completion of or simultaneous
FR 150 First Year French For beginners. 6.00: material of FR 202 and FR 203 in an accelerated for-
enrollment in FR 202, 251, or instructor permission.
Introduction to French stressing the development of lis- mat. Stresses the development of listening, speaking,
tening, speaking, reading, writing, and cultural awareness FR 212C Intermediate French Conversation reading, writing, and cultural awareness through a com-
through a communicative approach. Primary emphasis 1.00: Stresses conversational skills at the second year municative approach. Primary emphasis on student’s
on the student’s active use of the language. Proficiency level. Recommended: Completion of or simultaneous active use of the language. Recommended to the highly
target level: Novice high to intermediate low. enrollment in FR 202, 251, or instructor permission. motivated student. Proficiency target level: Intermediate
high; the successful student will be able to handle most
FR 151 First Year French 6.00: Continues the FR 213A Intermediate French Conversation uncomplicated communicative tasks and social situa-
work of FR 150, further developing all skills. Primary 3.00: Stresses conversational skills at the second year tions. Recommended: Completion of FR 201 or FR 256
emphasis on the student’s active use of the language. level. Recommended: Completion of or simultaneous or instructor permission. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115
Also provides a review before entering second year enrollment in FR 203, 251, or instructor permission. and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
French. Proficiency target level: Intermediate mid.
Recommended: Completion of FR 102 or 150; or FR 213B Intermediate French Conversation FR 260A French Culture 3.00: Studies and discusses
instructor permission. 2.00: Stresses conversational skills at the second year contemporary thought and life of the French speaking world.
level. Recommended: Completion of or simultaneous Recommended: Completion of one term of second year
FR 201 Second Year French 4.00: Continues the enrollment in FR 203, 251, or instructor permission. French at the college level or instructor permission.
work of first year French, reviewing, expanding, and
perfecting listening, speaking, reading, writing, and FR 213C Intermediate French Conversation FR 260B French Culture 2.00: Studies and discusses
cultural awareness through a communicative approach. 1.00: Stresses conversational skills at the second year contemporary thought and life of the French speaking world.
Primary emphasis on the student’s active use of the level. Recommended: Completion of or simultaneous Recommended: Completion of one term of second year
language. Proficiency target level: Intermediate mid; enrollment in FR 203, 251, or instructor permission. French at the college level or instructor permission.
the successful student will be able to handle a variety
FR 250 Second Year French 6.00: Continues the FR 260C French Culture 1.00: Study and discussion
of basic communicative tasks and social situations.
work of first year French, reviewing, expanding, and of contemporary thought and life of the French speaking
Recommended: Completion of first year French at the
perfecting listening, speaking, reading, writing, and world. Recommended: Completion of one term of second
college level or instructor permission.
cultural awareness through a communicative approach. year French at the college level or instructor permission.
FR 202 Second Year French 4.00: Continues the Primary emphasis on the student’s active use of the
language. Proficiency target level: Intermediate mid FR 261A French Culture 3.00: Continuation of
work of FR 201, reviewing, expanding, and perfect-
to high; the successful student will be able to handle a FR 260A. Recommended: Completion of two terms of
ing listening, speaking, reading, writing, and cultural
variety of basic communicative tasks and social situa- second year French at the college level or instructor
awareness through a communicative approach. Primary
tions. Recommended: Completion of first year French permission. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH
emphasis on student’s active use of the language. Pro-
at the college level or the equivalent. 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
ficiency target level: Intermediate mid to high; the suc-
cessful student will be able to handle many basic com- FR 261B French Culture 2.00: Continuation of
municative tasks and social situations. Recommended: FR 251 Second Year French 6.00: Continues the
work of FR 250, reviewing, expanding, and perfect- FR 260B. Recommended: Completion of two terms of
Completion of FR 201 or instructor permission. second year French at the college level or instructor
ing listening, speaking, reading, writing, and cultural
awareness through a communicative approach. Primary permission.
FR 203 Second Year French 4.00: Continues the
work of FR 202, reviewing, expanding, and perfect- emphasis on student’s active use of the language. Pro- FR 261C French Culture 1.00: Continuation of FR
ing listening, speaking, reading, writing, and cultural ficiency target level: Intermediate high; the successful 260C. Recommended: Completion of two terms of
awareness through a communicative approach. Primary student will be able to handle most uncomplicated com- second year French at the college level or instructor
emphasis on student’s active use of the language. Pro- municative tasks and social situations. Recommended: permission.
ficiency target level: Intermediate high; the successful Completion of FR 250 or instructor permission.
student will be able to handle most uncomplicated com- FR 262A French Culture 3.00: Continuation of
FR 255 Accelerated French For beginners.
206
Course Descriptions
FR 261A. Recommended: Completion of second year and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. Provides information and knowledge concerning preven-
French at the college level or instructor permission. Pre- tion and rehabilitation of athletics/sports/fitness injuries.
requisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent FR 272B Readings in French Literature (Women Emphasis will be on prevention of injury by incorporating
placement test scores. Writers) 2.00: Emphasizes skills for reading in French. fitness principles related to cardiovascular strength &
Reading and discussion of accessible works of French endurance, flexibility/range of motion, muscular strength
FR 262B French Culture 2.00: Continuation of prose and poetry written by women. Recommended: & endurance, nutrition & body composition. Patterns will
FR 261B. Recommended: Completion of second year Completion of second year French at the college level, be discussed as they impact prevention and treatment
French at the college level or instructor permission. simultaneous enrollment in FR 203, FR 251 or FR 257; options of sports injuries. Emphasis will be placed on
or instructor permission. the methods used to build, improve and maintain fitness,
FR 262C French Culture 1.00: Continuation of
as a means of injury/illness prevention.
FR 261C. Recommended: Completion of second year FR 272C Readings in French Literature (Women
French at the college level or instructor permission. Writers) 1.00: Emphasizes skills for reading in French. FT 103 Nutrition for Fitness Instructors 2.00: An
Reading and discussion of accessible works of French overview of basic principles of nutrition with an empha-
FR 270A Readings in French Literature 3.00: prose and poetry written by women. Recommended: sis on application to fitness, weight management and
Emphasizes skills for reading in French. Reading and Completion of second year French at the college level, athletic performance Recommended: Completion of FN
discussion of accessible works of French prose and simultaneous enrollment in FR 203, FR 251 or FR 257; 225. Prerequisites: HPE 295; WR 121 and MTH 65.
poetry. Recommended: Completion of second year or instructor permission.
French at the college level, simultaneous enrollment in FT 104 Fitness Assessment & Programming I
FR 203, 251 or 257, or instructor permission. FR 290A French Speaking and Writing 3.00: 3.00: Introduces fitness testing for apparently healthy
Expands and perfects skills learned in second year French. populations. Covers cardiovascular fitness, muscular
FR 270B Readings in French Literature 2.00: Emphasizes speaking and writing, but students also practice strength and endurance, flexibility, nutrition, and body
Emphasizes skills for reading in French. Reading and listening and reading. Recommended: Successful completion composition in both individual and group assessments.
discussion of accessible works of French prose and of second year French at the college level or instructor permis- Prerequisites: HPE 295 and FT 101.
poetry. Recommended: Completion of second year sion. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent
French at the college level, simultaneous enrollment in placement test scores. FT 105 Fitness Assessment & Programming II
FR 203, 251 or 257 or instructor permission. 3.00: Second course in sequence of Fitness Assess-
FR 290B French Composition 2.00: Practice ment and Programming. Introduces individual and
FR 270C Readings in French Literature 1.00: in developing composition skills. Recommended:
Emphasizes skills for reading in French. Reading and group exercise plans and progressions, and recreational
Instructor permission and either second year college program planning. Covers reassessment and exercise
discussion of accessible works of French prose and French with grades of A or B or native or near native
poetry. Recommended: Completion of second year compliance. Prerequisites: FT 104 and CAS 133 or
ability in French. equivalent.
French at the college level, simultaneous enrollment in
FR 203, 251 or 257 or instructor permission. FR 290C French Composition 1.00: Practice in de- FT 106 Analysis of Movement 3.00: Studies and ana-
veloping composition skills. Recommended: Instructor lyzes human posture and movement as it applies to physi-
FR 271A Readings in French Literature (African & Ca- permission and successful completion of either second cal fitness and sport. Uses knowledge to design effective
ribbean) 3.00: Emphasizes skills for reading in French. year college French with grades of A or B or native or and safe exercise programs. Prerequisite: FT 131.
Reading and discussion of accessible works of French near native ability in French.
prose and poetry written by African and Caribbean FT 107 Exercise Science I 3.00: Studies and analyz-
writers. Fulfills diversity requirement for AAOT degree. FR 291A French Composition 3.00: Practice in de- es human posture and movement as it applies to physical
Recommended: Completion of second year French at veloping composition skills. Recommended: Instructor fitness and sport. Uses knowledge to design effective and
the college level, simultaneous enrollment in FR 203, permission. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 safe exercise programs. Prerequisite: FT 131.
251, or 257, or instructor permission. Prerequisites: or equivalent placement test scores. FR 291B French
WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement Composition French Composition Continuation of FR FT 131 Structure & Function of the Human Body
test scores. 290B. Recommended: Instructor permission. 4.00: Presents basic principles in anatomy, physiology,
and exercise science. This class will introduce termi-
FR 271B Readings in French Literature (African & FR 291C French Composition 1.00: Continuation of nology, concepts, basic chemistry, cell structure and
Caribbean) 2.00: Emphasizes skills for reading in FR 290C. Recommended: Instructor permission. function, tissues and the following systems: metabolic,
French. Reading and discussion of accessible works of cardiovascular, pulmonary, skeletal, muscular, endo-
French prose and poetry written by African and Carib- FR 292A French Composition 3.00: Continuation
of FR 291A. Recommended: Instructor permission. Pre- crine, and nervous. Interpret and apply the fundamental
bean writers. Recommended: Completion of second year concepts of human anatomy and physiology. Prepares
French at the college level, simultaneous enrollment in requisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent
placement test scores. students who are in the Fitness Technology program for
FR 203, 251, or 257; or instructor permission. their future course work.
FR 271C Readings in French Literature (African FR 292B French Composition 2.00: Continuation of
FR 291B. Recommended: Instructor permission. FT 201 Fitness Assessment and Program III
& Caribbean) 1.00: Emphasizes skills for reading in 3.00: Third in sequence of Fitness Assessment and
French. Reading and discussion of accessible works of FR 292C French Composition 1.00: Continuation of Programming. Covers advanced testing procedures,
French prose and poetry written by African and Carib- FR 291C. Recommended: Instructor permission. assessments for special populations, exercise program-
bean writers. Recommended: Completion of second year ming for special populations, and exercise programming
French at the college level, simultaneous enrollment in Fitness Technology for group exercise. Prerequisites: FT 105; PE 281, 282B,
FR 203, 251, or 257; or instructor permission. and 282A or 287.
FT 101 Fitness Technology Seminar 2.00:
FR 272A Readings in French Literature (Women Explore careers in the fitness and health industry. FT 202 Fitness and Aging 3.00: Explores physi-
Writers) 3.00: Emphasizes skills for reading in Obtain practical experience and insight into the role ological aspects of aging as applied to fitness and
French. Reading and discussion of accessible works of a fitness/health professional in health and fitness exercise. Prerequisites: FT 107 and PE 282B
of French prose and poetry written by women. Fulfills clubs and community based wellness centers. Recom-
diversity requirement for AAOT degree. Recommended: mended: Admittance to Fitness Technology Program. FT 203 Fitness Promotion 3.00: Develops skills
Completion of second year French at the college level, Prerequisites: WR 121 and MTH 65. to promote healthy and fit lifestyles to both individuals
simultaneous enrollment in FR 203, 251 or 257; or and groups. Learn skills to promote oneself in the job
instructor permission. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 FT 102 Injury Prevention & Management 2.00: market. Applies skills gained from a variety of fitness
207
Course Descriptions
disciplines. Prerequisites: 5th term standing in Fitness 20, or equivalent placement test scores. well as technology-enhanced techniques. Production
Tech Program or instructor permission. issues focus on the illustration’s eventual placement
G 291 Elements of Rocks and Minerals 4.00: in the computer environment. Prerequisites: GD 120
FT 204 Exercise Science II 2.00: Continues appli- Introduces the study of rocks and minerals that includes and ART 131. Corequisite: GD 140.
cation of physiological concepts from Exercise Science their classification, origin and identification. Recom-
I. This course will introduce environmental conditions, mended for persons interested in rock and mineral col- GD 140 Digital Page Design 1 3.00: Explores
ergogenic aids, advanced training adaptations, and lecting, mining and prospecting. Prerequisite: WR 115, beginning level graphic design and publishing us-
clinical exercise physiology. Students will spend ad- RD 115, MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. ing professional page layout software. Introduces
ditional time in the lab setting learning metabolic and typography design, basic page layout, computer file
ECG stress testing. Prerequisite: FT 107. Graphic Design management, professional methods of design organiza-
tion, keyboard work and the foundations of computer
FT 280 CE / Fitness Technology 3.00–10.00: GD 101 Macintosh for Graphic Designers 1.00:
use in single-page layouts. To be taken sequentially.
Provides required internship experiences for Fitness Course covers current Macintosh operating system
Placement permission slip required. Prerequisites: GD
Technology majors. Required: 3rd term standing for computer fundamentals and techniques used to increase
101, GD 114 and GD 120.
Certificate students, 6th term standing for AAS Degree efficiency and productivity for professional Graphic
students in Fitness Tech program or instructor permis- Designers. Topics include an in-depth study of system GD 141 Digital Page Design 2 3.00: Intermediate
sion; must have current First Aid and CPR card. desktop features, search and navigation, advanced file course covering professional layout and design of
management, font organization and essential shortcuts multi-page documents. Focuses on using creativity to
Geology specific to the Graphic Design industry. Required course solve design projects. Additional course topics include
for Graphic Design majors. Prerequisite: Placement into basic prepress and output, file management and indus-
G 160 Geology / Oregon Coast 1.00: Designed to WR 115 or higher. try-standard design processes. Placement permission
introduce the relationships between the biology and
slip required. Prerequisite: GD 140.
geology of the Oregon Coast. GD 114 Introductory Typography 3.00: Designed to
introduce type as a design element. This non-computer GD 150 Digital Illustration 1 3.00: Course explores
G 161 Geology / Malheur Region 2.00: This field course emphasizes exploration of letterforms through the basic tools and techniques of Adobe Illustrator and
trip experience is designed to introduce the relation- hand-rendering. Focuses on interaction of letterforms its use in creating appropriate solutions to graphic
ships between the biology and geology of the Malheur from single letters through multiple words. Includes font design problems. To be taken sequentially. Placement
geographical area. classification, composition and production techniques. permission slip required. Prerequisite: GD 140.
G 200 Field Studies 1.00–4.00: Introduces basic GD 116 Intermediate Typography 3.00: An GD 151 Digital Illustration 2 3.00: Course explores
concepts in geology through field experience. Includes intermediate typography course continuing the study advanced tools and techniques of Adobe Illustrator, and
both lecture and field components. Content varies based of type as a design element. Concentration on typo- its use in creating solutions to complex graphic design
on site location. Students may repeat for credit with graphic composition, hierarchy, type identification and problems. To be taken sequentially. Placement permis-
different sites. Prerequisite or concurrent enrollment: typographic systems. Traditional and digital methods of sion slip required. Prerequisite: GD 150.
G 201 or instructor permission. production will be used. Student required to use some
page layout software and output outside of class. Pre- GD 170 Photoshop and Design Basics 2.00:
G 201 Physical Geology 4.00: Introduces physical ge-
requisites: GD 120, GD 114. Corequisite: GD 140 Introductory Photoshop tools and techniques combined
ology which deals with minerals, rocks, internal structure
with basic design and composition principles. Ideal for
of the earth and plate tectonics. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD GD 120 Graphic Design I 3.00: Introduces the basic learning digital photo page layout and design. Macin-
115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. concepts of graphic design, including design elements tosh experience highly recommended.
and principles. Emphasizes the design process, de-
G 202 Physical Geology 4.00: Introduces physi-
veloping an idea from thumbnail sketch, through tight GD 221 Graphic Design 4 3.00: Second-year
cal geology which deals with mass wasting, streams,
roughs, to a comprehensive design. Focuses on the course focusing on Publication Design. Single-page
glaciers, deserts, beaches, groundwater, and use of
importance of presentation, industry standards and and multiple-page projects will emphasize hierachy,
topographic maps. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and
professional tools and techniques. eyeflow, structure and organization. Projects, lessons
MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
and exercises are intended to build on first-year skills in
GD 122 Graphic Design 2 3.00: Second in a series of typography and design using professional page layout
G 203 Historical Geology 4.00: Introduces his-
six graphic design courses. Builds on the basic concepts of software. Advanced computer production techniques
torical geology which deals with geologic time, fossils,
graphic design. Emphasizes color, including color theory, build on previous coursework. To be taken concurrently
stratigraphic principles, and the geologic history of the
vocabulary, color schemes, and the effects of color. Focuses with GD 241. Prerequisites: GD 124 and 141; second-year
North American continent. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115
on identifying graphic styles, brainstorming techniques, and standing in the Graphic Design program.
and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
introduces 3-dimensional design. Attention continues being
G 207 Geology of the Pacific Northwest 3.00: placed on design process, presentation, and industry stan- GD 222 Graphic Design 5 3.00: Second-year course
Introduces the regional geology of the Pacific Northwest dards. Prerequisites: GD 120, GD 114. Corequisite: GD 140 focusing on Logo Design and Identity Systems. Create de-
with emphasis on Oregon geology. Includes basic geo- sign solutions to communicate client and product image
GD 124 Graphic Design 3 3.00: Third in a series of through logos, logotypes, icons, and symbols. Projects,
logic principles, earth materials and geology of Pacific
six graphic design courses. Builds on basic concepts of lessons and exercises draw on previous coursework in
Northwest provinces. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and
graphic design. Emphasizes research, identifying specific typography and design. Prerequisites: GD 150, 241, 221;
MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
graphic design needs for a business, symbol design, and second-year standing in the Graphic Design program.
G 208 Volcanoes and Their Activity 3.00: Covers maintaining continuity while working with multiple colors,
the origin, activity, products, classification and hazards sizes and materials. Studies in-depth the relationships GD 228 Professional Graphic Design Practices
of volcanoes. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH of type, layout and color in two- and three-dimensional 3.00: Prepare self-promotion resume packages, visit
20 or equivalent placement test scores. graphic design projects. Prerequisites: GD 122, 140. graphics businesses and receive industry insights from
guest speakers. Offered to second-year, graduating
G 209 Earthquakes 3.00: Covers the nature and GD 139 Illustration for Graphic Designers Graphic Design majors intending to seek employment
origin of earthquakes, the characteristics of seismic 3.00: Covers basic spot illustration techniques used in the industry. To be taken concurrently with GD 222.
waves, how earthquakes are measured, the hazards of by graphic designers in print and web. Emphasizes Prerequisites: GD 150, 221, 241.
earthquakes and the historical and geological record of generating illustration from photo references. Color,
earthquakes. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH and black and white illustration include traditional as GD 229 Portfolio Preparation 3.00: Develop a
208
Course Descriptions
professional portfolio comprised of design work that may issues and events. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
be revised, redone or created. Define employment goals MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
and participate in practice interviews and critiques. Of- GEO 230 Geography of Race & Ethnic Conflicts
fered to second-year, graduating Graphic Design majors GEO 106 Geography of the Developed World 4.00: Examines the issues of race and ethnicity and
intending to seek employment in the industry. To be taken 4.00: An examination of world regions with developed their interrelationships with contemporary global
concurrently with GD 223. Prerequisite: GD 228. industrial and service economies, including Europe, patterns of political factionalism, economic disparity,
the Untied States, Canada, the former Soviet Union, religious fervor and ethnic nationalism. Learn how
GD 241 Digital Imaging 1 3.00: Using profes- Japan, Australia, and New Zealand. Topics include these issues influence the processes of development
sional software to explore digital image editing, photo spatial patterns of economic development, resource for various countries (developed and developing)
manipulation and layer compositing. File formats, tech- use, international trade, population and migration, throughout the world.
niques and tools most used by graphic designers are transportation, and urban landscapes. Each region
emphasized. Projects are designed to achieve basic is analyzed as part of the larger global community, GEO 250 Geography of Africa 3.00: Provides an
understanding of the software. Placement permission with a specific emphasis on current issues and trends. understanding of the geographical perspectives - physi-
slip required. Prerequisites: Second year status in the Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent cal and cultural landscapes, people, natural resources,
Graphic Design Program required and GD 150. placement test scores. economic activities, regions, and political divisions
- of Africa south of the Sahara or Sub-Saharan Africa.
GD 242 Combined Graphic Programs 3.00: Cre- GEO 107 Geography of the Developing World Special emphasis on the region’s historical geography
ate graphic elements in multiple programs and explore 4.00: An examination of world regions, including non- and on its political, cultural and demographic ramifi-
importing, exporting and assembling in other programs. western cultures, with an undeveloped or developing cations to explain its problems and the changes now
Advanced techniques are used to study cross-ap- industrial base including lower standards of living. occurring in the region.
plication issues. Placement permission slip required. Particular attention is given to Asia, Central and South
Prerequisites: GD 241 and GD 150. America, and Africa. Topics include the spatial patterns GEO 265 Introduction to GIS (Geographical
of agriculture, industrial development, resource use, Information Systems) 4.00: Provides a conceptual
GD 243 Digital Imaging 2 3.00: Introduces population and migration, religious and political conflict, overview and hands-on experience using ArcView GIS
advanced techniques in color correction and image and cultural landscapes. Each region is analyzed as part software. Introduces basic principles of maps and map
manipulation for print and web-based graphics. The of the larger global community, with a specific emphasis design and use ArcView GIS to create, edit, display,
study of masks, channels and advanced selection on current issues and trends. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD query and analyze geographic and tabular data and
methods will be incorporated in professional-level 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. create maps and charts. An introduction to GPS is
design projects. Export formats and cross-application included. Prerequisite: WR115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or
issues are covered. Prerequisites: Second year standing GEO 204 Geography of Middle East 4.00: Ex- equivalent placement test scores.
in Graphic Design Program and GD 241. amines the impacts of different physical and cultural
factors in formation, development, and distribution pat- GEO 266 GIS Analysis 4.00: Provides a more
GD 244 Preparing Files for Print 3.00: Presents the terns of human settlements, and studies the influence of advanced overview of ArcGIS software and introduces
process graphics for print go through after the design religious beliefs as well as other cultural elements in the extensions to the main ArcMap interface. Topics include
phase. From correctly preparing design in the digital evolution of human landscapes and the quality of life preparing data for analysis, creating and managing
environment for successful printing on commercial within the region. Study the Middle East as a culturally databases, geocoding, creating and editing spatial
presses to the business roles of the designer, the printer diverse region (i.e. not a monolith) and learn about the data, and analyzing data using the Spatial Analyst
and the service bureau. Prerequisite: GD 222. dominant value systems held by different Middle Eastern and 3D Analyst extensions. Prerequisite: GEO 265; or
societies. Among issues discussed in class are popula- instructor permission.
GD 249 Design Studio 3.00: Exercise graphic design
theory in actual client-directed projects. Course is set tion issues, urbanization processes, traditionalism,
GEO 267 Application Topics in Geographic In-
up to simulate a working design studio providing the op- modernity, male-female relations, feminism, democracy,
formation Systems 4.00: Application focus varies
portunity to experience the requirements and roles of a and westernization.
and provides an opportunity for extended exposure to
designer in the field, as well as the administrative tasks. GEO 206 Geography of Oregon 4.00: Examines one or more of the analytical techniques first learned
Emphasizes client communication and professional various historical, social, economic and geographic in prerequisite courses. Attention to institutional and
practices. Acceptable substitution: PT280 Cooperative factors that have made the Oregon landscape unique. professional GIS application issues and programming
Work Experience. Second year status in the Graphic Slides, films, videos, and overhead transparencies are environments. Prerequisite: GEO 266; or instructor
Design program required. To be taken concurrently utilized. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or permission.
with GD 221 and 150. equivalent placement test scores. GEO 209 Phys Geog:
GEO 280A CE / Geography 1.00–4.00: Enables stu-
GD 280A CE / Graphic Design 1.00–6.00: Weather & Climate Physical Geography: Weather and
dents to extend their knowledge of Geography through
Cooperative on-the-job experience allowing for the Climate Examines the processes of the atmosphere,
work in settings which provide learning experiences that
application and development of knowledge and skills the distribution and character of climate types, climate
are not available in the classroom, but which supplement
acquired in the on-campus program. Variable credits: change and humankind as a modifier of climate. Pre-
classroom learning. Under the employer’s supervision
Receive one credit for every 40 hours of successful work requisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent
the student learns to apply classroom theory to actual
experience. Department permission required. placement test scores.
work situations. Department permission required.
Geography GEO 210 The Natural Environment 4.00: Focuses
GEO 280B. CE / Geography - Seminar 1.00: Pro-
on natural processes that create physical diversity on
vides a forum in which to discuss work experiences with
GEO 105 Introduction to Human Geography the earth. Includes weather and climate, vegetation,
peers and instructor. Department permission required.
4.00: Introduces key geographic themes of location, soils, landforms, ecosystems, their distribution and
place, region, human-environment interaction, and significance. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH GEO 298 Independent Study / Geography 3.00:
mobility. Includes an examination of spatial patterns of 20 or equivalent placement test scores. Offers individualized study at an advanced level in areas
topics such as language, religion, culture, population, of geography not considered in other courses to meet
cooperation and conflict, natural resources, migration, GEO 221 Field Geography / The Local Landscape
special interests or program requirements. Students
and political organization. All of these are addressed at 4.00: Works with a community organization using field
complete a term project and readings approved by the
varying scales and with respect to their influence on the research methods in human geography and application
instructor. Recommended: prior study of geography.
global landscape. Special attention is given to current of GIS to prepare cartographic presentation of commu-
nity needs and resources. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 German
209
Course Descriptions
GER 101 First Year German 4.00: Emphasizes pronunciation, structure, vocabulary and culture. At GER 213A Intermediate German Conversation
active communication in German which includes lis- the end of this course the student will communicate in 3.00: Stresses conversational skills at the second year
tening, speaking, reading, writing, pronunciation, common day-to-day interactions. level. Continues the work of GER 212A. Recommended:
structure, vocabulary and culture. Proficiency target Completion of or simultaneous enrollment in GER 203
level: Novice high. GER 151 First Year German 6.00: Second term of or instructor permission.
a two-term sequence. Continues the work of GER 150.
GER 102 First Year German 4.00: Continues the work Students become adept at skills in listening, speaking, GER 213B Intermediate German Conversation
of GER 101. Emphasis on active communication in German. reading, writing, pronunciation, structure, vocabulary 2.00: Stresses conversational skills at the second year
Proficiency target level: Intermediate low. Recommended: and culture. On completion, the student will be able level. Continues the work of GER 212B. Recommended:
Completion of GER 101, or 150, or instructor permission. to converse in a variety of situations. Recommended: Completion of or simultaneous enrollment in GER 203
Completion of GER 150 or instructor permission. or instructor permission.
GER 103 First Year German 4.00: Continues the work
of GER 102. Emphasizes active communication in German. GER 201 Second Year German 4.00: First term GER 213C Intermediate German Conversation
Proficiency target level: Intermediate mid. Recommended: of a three-term sequence that continues the work of first 1.00: Stresses conversational skills at the second year
Completion of GER 102, or instructor permission. year German. Students expand on their skills in the five level. Continues the work of GER 212C. Recommended:
language areas: listening, speaking, writing, reading, Completion of or simultaneous enrollment in GER 203
GER 111A First Year German Conversation 3.00: and culture. Emphasizes proficiency in spoken German. or instructor permission.
Practice of structures and vocabulary of first year German in Recommended: Completion of first year college German
a conversational format. Recommended: Completion of or or instructor permission. GER 250 Second Year German 6.00: First term of
simultaneous enrollment in GER 101 or 150; or instructor a two-term sequence that continues the work of first year
permission. GER 202 Second Year German 4.00: Second term German. Students expand on their skills in the five language
of a three-term sequence. Students continue to expand areas: listening, speaking, writing, reading and culture.
GER 111B First Year German Conversation 2.00: on their skills in the five language areas: listening, Emphasizes proficiency in spoken German. Recommended:
Practice of structures and vocabulary of first year German in a speaking, writing, reading, and culture. Emphasizes Completion of first year German at the college level or
conversational format. Recommended: Completion of or simulta- proficiency in spoken German. Recommended: Comple- instructor permission.
neous enrollment in GER 101 or 150; or instructor permission. tion of GER 201, 250 or instructor permission.
GER 251 Second Year German 6.00: Second term
GER 111C First Year German Conversation 1.00: GER 203 Second Year German 4.00: Third term of of a two-term sequence. Students continue to expand
Practice of structures and vocabulary of first year German in a a three-term sequence. Students continue to expand on on their skills in the five language areas: listening,
conversational format. Recommended: Completion of or simulta- their skills in the five language areas: listening, speaking, speaking, writing, reading and culture. Emphasizes
neous enrollment in GER 101 or 150 or instructor permission. writing, reading, and culture. Emphasizes proficiency proficiency in spoken German. Recommend: Comple-
in spoken German. Recommended: Completion of GER tion of GER 202, 250 or instructor permission.
GER 112A First Year German Conversation 3.00:
202, 250 or instructor permission.
Practice of structures and vocabulary of first year German in a GER 260A German Culture Through Film 3.00:
conversational format. Recommended: Completion of or simulta- GER 211A Intermediate German Conversation Enhances understanding of German culture and
neous enrollment in GER 102 or 151; or instructor permission. 3.00: Stresses conversational skills at the second year contemporary society through analysis of cultural and
GER 112B First Year German Conversation level. Recommended: Completion of one year of college social issues presented in seven German films. May
level German, simultaneous enrollment in GER 201, or explore issues including but not limited to: interracial
2.00: Practice of structures and German vocabulary of first
instructor permission. and cultural relations, ethnic conflict, Germany during
year German in a conversational format. Recommended:
Completion of or simultaneous enrollment in GER 102 or the Second World War, economic, social and historical
GER 211B Intermediate German Conversation perspectives in post-war Germany, roles of German men
151; or instructor permission. 2.00: Stresses conversational skills at the second year and women, self-discovery, German humor, East versus
GER 112C First Year German Conversation level. Recommended: Completion of one year of college West. Course conducted in English and all films with
level German, simultaneous enrollment in GER 201, or English subtitles. Students may take only one course in
1.00: Practice of structures and German vocabulary of first
instructor permission. the 260 series: A, B, or C. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115
year German in a conversational format. Recommended:
Completion of or simultaneous enrollment in GER 102 or GER 211C Intermediate German Conversation and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
151; or instructor permission. 1.00: Stresses conversational skills at the second year GER 260B German Culture Through Film 2.00:
GER 113A First Year German Conversation 3.00: level. Recommended: Completion of one year of college Enhances understanding of German culture and
Practice of structures and vocabulary of first year German in level German, simultaneous enrollment in GER 201, or contemporary society through analysis of cultural
a conversational format. Recommended: Completion of or instructor permission. and social issues presented in five German films. May
simultaneous enrollment in GER 103 or 151; or instructor explore issues including but not limited to: interracial
GER 212A Intermediate German Conversation
permission. and cultural relations, ethnic conflict, Germany during
3.00: Stresses conversational skills at the second year
the Second World War, economic, social and historical
GER 113B First Year German Conversation 2.00: level. Continues the work of GER 211A. Recommended:
perspectives in post-war Germany, roles of German men
Practice of structures and vocabulary of first year German in a Completion of or simultaneous enrollment in GER 202
and women, self-discovery, German humor, East versus
conversational format. Recommended: Completion of or simulta- or instructor permission.
West. Course conducted in English and all films with
neous enrollment in GER 103 or 151; or instructor permission. GER 212B Intermediate German Conversation English subtitles. Students may take only one course
2.00: Stresses conversational skills at the second year in the 260 series: A, B, or C.
GER 113C First Year German Conversation 1.00:
Practice of structures and vocabulary of first year German level. Continues the work of GER 211B. Recommended:
GER 260C German Culture Through Film 1.00:
in a conversational format. Recommended: Completion Completion of or simultaneous enrollment in GER 202
Enhances understanding of German culture and
of or simultaneous enrollment in GER 103 or 151; or or instructor permission.
contemporary society through analysis of cultural and
instructor permission. GER 212C Intermediate German Conversation social issues presented in four German films. May
1.00: Stresses conversational skills at the second year explore issues including but not limited to: interracial
GER 150 First Year German For beginners 6.00: and cultural relations, ethnic conflict, Germany during
First term of a two-term sequence which equals one level. Continues the work of GER 211C. Recommended:
Completion of or simultaneous enrollment in GER 202 the Second World War, economic, social and historical
full year of German. Students develop basic language perspectives in post- war Germany, roles of German men
skills in German: listening, speaking, reading, writing, or instructor permission.
and women, self-discovery, German humor, East versus
210
Course Descriptions
West. Course conducted in English and all films with GER 262C German Culture Through Film 1.00: developing composition skills. Conducted in German.
English subtitles. Students may take only one course Enhances understanding of German culture and contempo- Recommended: Instructor permission and completion
in the 260 series: A, B, or C. rary society through analysis of cultural and social issues of second year college German with grades of A or B or
presented in four German films. May explore issues including native or near native ability in German.
GER 261A German Culture Through Film 3.00: but not limited to: love as a medium for representing chang-
Enhances understanding of German culture and ing ideas in Germany, east vs. west, personal and national GER 290C German Composition 1.00: Practice in
contemporary society through analysis of cultural and identity struggles, foreigners in Germany, stereotypes, roles developing composition skills. Conducted in German.
social issues presented in seven German films. May of women in German society. Course conducted in English Recommended: Instructor permission and completion
explore issues including but not limited to: interracial and all films with English subtitles. Students may take only of second year college German with grades of A or B or
and cultural relations, ethnic conflict, the New German one course in the 262 series: A, B, or C. native or near native ability in German.
Cinema, morality of the bourgeoisie, alienation of youth,
roles of German men and women, self-discovery, moral GER 270A Readings in German Literature GER 291A German Composition 3.00: Continua-
disaster of the Nazi legacy, authority and rebellion. 3.00: Read and discuss literary works of German tion of GER 290. Instructor permission required. Pre-
Course conducted in English and all films with English prose and poetry. Skills for reading in German are also requisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent
subtitles. Students may take only one course in the 261 emphasized. Conducted in German. Recommended: placement test scores.
series: A, B, or C. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and Second year German at the college level, simultane- GER 291B German Composition 2.00: Continua-
MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. ous enrollment in GER 203, 251 or 257 or instructor tion of GER 290B. Instructor permission required.
permission. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH
GER 261B German Culture Through Film 2.00: 20 or equivalent placement test scores. GER 291C German Composition 1.00: Continua-
Enhances understanding of German culture and tion of GER 290C. Instructor permission required.
contemporary society through analysis of cultural GER 270B Readings in German Literature 2.00:
and social issues presented in five German films. May Students read and discuss literary works of German GER 292A German Composition 3.00: Continua-
explore issues including but not limited to: interracial prose and poetry. Skills for reading in German are also tion of GER 291. Instructor permission required. Pre-
and cultural relations, ethnic conflict, the New German emphasized. Conducted in German. Recommended: requiisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent
Cinema, morality of the bourgeoisie, alienation of youth, Second year German at the college level, simultane- placement test scores.
roles of German men and women, self-discovery, moral ous enrollment in GER 203, 251 or 257 or instructor
disaster of the Nazi legacy, authority and rebellion. permission. GER 292B German Composition 2.00: Continua-
Course conducted in English and all films with English tion of GER 291B. Instructor permission required.
subtitles. Students may take only one course in the 261 GER 270C Readings in German Literature
series: A, B, or C. 1.00: Read and discuss literary works of German GER 292C German Composition 1.00: Continua-
prose and poetry. Skills for reading in German are also tion of GER 291C. Instructor permission required.
GER 261C German Culture Through Film 1.00: emphasized. Conducted in German. Recommended:
Enhances understanding of German culture and Gerontology
Second year German at the college level, simultane-
contemporary society through analysis of cultural and ous enrollment in GER 203, 251 or 257 or instructor GRN 165 Activity Director Training 2.00: Course
social issues presented in four German films. May permission. prepares students to manage an activity department; do
explore issues including but not limited to: interracial assessments and documentation; design, schedule, and
and cultural relations, ethnic conflict, the New German GER 271A Readings in German Literature 3.00:
implement appropriately designed activity programs;
Cinema, morality of the bourgeoisie, alienation of youth, Continuation of GER 270. Recommended: GER 270 or
foster healthy resident and family dynamics; facilitate
roles of German men and women, self-discovery, moral instructor permission. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115
resident council meetings; and manage personnel and
disaster of the Nazi legacy, authority and rebellion. and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
resources.
Course conducted in English and all films with English
GER 271B Readings in German Literature 2.00:
subtitles. Students may take only one course in the 261 GRN 181 Exploring the Field of Aging 2.00:
Continuation of GER 270B. Recommended: GER 270B
series: A, B, or C. Introduces the range of emerging professional op-
or instructor permission.
portunities in the field of aging, and guides students to
GER 262A German Culture Through Film 3.00: explore and identify potential career pathways. Course
GER 271C Readings in German Literature 1.00:
Enhances understanding of German culture and work includes career and market research, coaching
Continuation of GER 270C. Recommended: GER 270C
contemporary society through analysis of cultural and from course instructor, self assessment, reflection,
or instructor permission.
social issues presented in seven German films. May fieldwork, informational interviews and other activities
explore issues including but not limited to: love as a GER 272A Readings in German Literature 3.00: to identify potential internships, entry level positions,
medium for representing changing ideas in Germany, Continuation of GER 271. Recommended: GER 271 or and educational and training opportunities fitting the
east vs. west, personal and national identity struggles, instructor permission. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 student’s goals and trends in the field.
foreigners in Germany, stereotypes, roles of women in and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
German society. Course conducted in English and all GRN 235 Advanced Care Issues 2.00: Focuses
films with English subtitles. Students may take only GER 272B Readings in German Literature 2.00: on issues related to the care of older adults presenting
one course in the 262 series: A, B, or C. Prerequisites: Continuation of GER 271B. Recommended: GER 271B behavioral and cognitive challenges, using a person-
WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement or instructor permission. centered, person-directed approach. Introduces
test scores. students to assessment, treatment and care of persons
GER 272C Readings in German Literature 1.00: experiencing dementia, problematic mental health
GER 262B German Culture Through Film 2.00: Continuation of GER 271C. Recommended: GER 271C conditions, and the dying process. Recommend: WR
Enhances understanding of German culture and con- or instructor permission. 115 and RD 115.
temporary social issues presented in five German films.
May explore issues including but not limited to: love as GER 290A German Composition 3.00: Practice in GRN 236 Advanced Care Practice 2.00: A case
a medium for representing changing ideas in Germany, developing composition skills. Conducted in German. study approach to advanced behavioral and cognitive
East vs. West, personal and national identity struggles, Recommended: Instructor permission and completion of care issues, based on realistic scenarios in a variety
foreigners in Germany, stereotypes, roles of women in second year college German with grades of A or B or native of settings. Includes assessing appropriate long term
German society. Course is conducted in English and all or near native ability in German. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD care options for memory care, problem-solving, func-
films with English subtitles. Students may take only one 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. tional levels and other challenges, managing surveys,
course in the 262 series: A, B, or C. responding to deficiencies, problem solving repetitive
GER 290B German Composition 2.00: Practice in
211
Course Descriptions
incident reports, implementing fall prevention pro- Includes the chemical, biological, physical and geologi- training in Automated External Defibrillations (AED)
grams, and developing family education and support cal nature of the oceans. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and Bag-Valve Mask. A student who satisfactorily
programs. Prerequisite: GRN 235. and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. completes the course requirements is eligible to receive
a Responding to Emergencies First Aid Card and CPR
GRN 265 Activity Professional Training 1 3.00: GS 109 Physical Science (Meteorology) 4.00: for the Professional Rescuer Card.
Course provides didactic and experiential learning to Covers characteristics of our atmosphere, air pressure
prepare for a career as an activity professional with older and winds, atmospheric moisture, large air masses, violent HE 254 Weight Management and Health 3.00:
adults in long term care facilities, adult daycare and com- storms, the effect of oceans on weather, and climates. Course examines the causes of obesity, its impact
munity settings. Includes overview of the activity profes- Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent on human health and explores weight loss and diet
sion, late-life human development and health, standards placement test scores. options for the individual from a holistic perspective,
of practice, activity planning for quality of life in a person- including social, emotional, and physical dimensions
centered care model, and methods of service delivery for Health of human health. Recommended: Students have a WR
diverse populations. Prerequisite: GRN 165. 121 skill level.
HE 110 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation 1.00:
GRN 266 Activity Prof Training 2 3.00: Course Provides education and training in infant, child and adult HE 255 Film and Public Health 4.00: Critically
provides didactic and experimental learning to prepare CPR, respiratory emergencies and cardiac arrest. explores public health issues as they are portrayed in
management level careers as an activity professional popular films and discusses the scientific and social
HE 112 First Aid and Emergency Care 1.00:
with older adults in long term care facilities, adult day- underpinnings of the public health issues. Recom-
Describes emergency procedures and techniques of
care and community settings. Includes professional mended: WR 121
basic life support for adult, child, or infant victims of
responsibilities of the Activity Director, the system
airway obstruction, respiratory arrest and/or cardiac HE 262 Children’s Health, Nutrition & Safety
of activity program development in diverse settings,
arrest. Provides education and training in Automated 3.00: Explores current health and safety issues for in-
administrative practices in the Activity Profession,
External Defibrillator. fants and young children. Issues examined include child-
communications, leadership, and community relations.
Prerequisite: GRN 265. HE 120 Health in the Dental Workplace 2.00: hood illnesses and ailments, nutrition, obesity, stress,
Provides opportunity to examine current health issues safe environment, self esteem and general first aid.
GRN 280A CE / Gerontology Internship 1.00–
for personnel working in the dental areas. Topics include HE 264 Health, Food Systems, and the Environ-
3.00: Students engage in intentional internships to gain ergonomics, managing stress, nutrition, personal and
practical experience, skill development and professional ment 3.00: This course will examine how food systems
dental health. influence human and environmental health. Students
direction in achieving their career goals, working under
supervision in an approved worksite. Prerequisite: HE 125 First Aid & Industrial Safety 3.00: Pres- will explore the connections between sustainable agri-
Instructor approval. ents overview of industrial safety regulations, accident culture concepts/practices, food systems, and personal
prevention, ergonomics, hazardous materials, first aid and environmental health.
GRN 280B Gerontology Internship Seminar 1.00: and adult CPR. Successful students attain a First Aid
Students prepare for intentional internships appropriate to Consumer and Family Studies
and Adult CPR card.
their career pathway, identify and negotiate worksite place-
HEC 157 Parenting Skills 1.00: Designed for parents
ments, and acquire skills essential for successful intern- HE 212 Women’s Health 4.00: Examines women’s or prospective parents to examine the current issues
ships. Course focuses on work-based learning outcomes, health issues from a local, national and international affecting the role of parents in today’s society. Studies
working under supervision, effective communication and perspective exploring the impact of bio-psycho-socio- the stages of child development, influences parents have
teamwork in organizations, stress and conflict manage- cultural factors on the diagnosis, treatment, prevention on their child’s development and how those influences
ment, professional ethics, boundary setting, and burnout and promotion of women’s health. can shape their child’s development over time.
prevention. Prerequisite: CG 181 or GRN 181.
HE 213 Men’s Health 4.00: Examines general and HEC 201 Family Partnership Education 3.00: The
GRN 282 Gerontology Professional Seminar specific men’s health issues such as heart disease, study of influences on children and their families which
1.00: Seminar provides gerontology students close to prostate disorders, impotence and sexual dysfunction, impact child and family behaviors, values, attitudes,
graduation the opportunity to participate in a supportive HIV disease, human relationships and accidents/vio- beliefs, and morals. Topics include: parenting patterns:
seminar environment with other gerontology students, lence from a holistic wellness perspective. cultural, religious and socioeconomic influences: peer,
prepare and get feedback on portfolios and resumes ap- school, media, impacts; family development, com-
propriate to the student’s career goals in the field, receive HE 242 Stress and Human Health 4.00: Surveys
and critically analyzes the stress concept and its impact munity ecology, special needs children, prejudice, and
guidance from a gerontology specialist, and participate public policy.
in other activities to prepare for entry into or path change on individual health. Using a multi-dimensional model,
within the field. Prerequisite: GRN 181 or CG 181. students will explore their personal stressors and the HEC 226 Child Development 4.00: Basic theories,
interaction between stress, human health and disease. research and principles of physical, cognitive, language,
General Science Recommended: WR 121 social and emotional development of children from the
GS 106 Physical Science (Geology) 4.00: Cov- HE 250 Personal Health 3.00: Explores current prenatal period through adolescence. Includes observa-
ers minerals, rocks, volcanism, earthquakes, plate general health issues in emotional health and stress, tion and classroom processes. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD
tectonics, erosion and deposition by wind, glaciers physical fitness, nutrition, human sexuality, commu- 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
and streams, weathering, fossils and geologic history. nicable and degenerative diseases and drugs from a HEC 280A CE / Consumer and Family Studies
Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent wellness perspective. HE 251 Community/Public Health 1.00–10.00: Offers hands-on skill in planned, super-
placement test scores. Issues Community and Public Health Issues Inquires vised and regularly evaluated experiences at appropriate
into the causes and potential solutions for current work sites. Each cooperative education placement site
GS 107 Physical Science (Astronomy) 4.00: community health issues, overviews the organization
Surveys astronomy to include historical development is planned to meet the student’s individual and specific
of community and health care agencies, and explores skill needs. Department permission required.
of the universe, earth as a planet, earth’s moon, planets career opportunities in community health. Includes
of the solar system, the sun, stars and galaxies. Pre- Service Learning. HEC 9421 Living and Learning with Your Toddler
requisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent
1.00: Designed for parents and their children between
placement test scores. HE 252 First Aid - Basics and Beyond 4.00:
the walking stage and two and one-half years of age.
Explores and demonstrates basic first aid, addresses
GS 108 Physical Science (Oceanography) 4.00: Parents observe and participate with their children in
first aid in remote settings, and provides education and
212
Course Descriptions
developmentally designed activities. In addition, they tion of diseases and current reimbursement systems 1.00: Work under supervision of facility personnel in
participate in a parent seminar focusing on parenting utilizing ICD. local health care facilities. Experience actual working
topics and needs. conditions and various aspects of medical records.
HIM 271 Quality Improvement in Healthcare
Health Information Management 3.00: Covers medical staff organization, physician HIM 294 Health Information Directed Practice 3
credentialing, and quality improvement techniques in 4.00: Work under supervision of facility personnel in
HIM 101 Service Learning 2.00: Allows students the healthcare setting. local health care facilities. Experience actual working
to volunteer in a community service project. conditions and various aspects of medical records.
HIM 272 Health Information Management 3.00:
HIM 103 Seminar 3 1.00: Assists students in Principles of personnel supervision and management HIM 295 Certification Review Seminar 1.00
developing job search skills, resume preparation, and of a health information department.
interviewing skills for health care facilities. Horticulture
HIM 273 Classification Systems 2 4.00: Continu-
HIM 105 Ancillary Information 3.00: Analysis ation of HIM 270. Prerequisite: HIM 270. HOR 226 Deciduous Plant Materials 4.00: Decid-
Develops knowledge of health care ancillary services, uous Botanical characteristics and field identification.
laboratory tests, and imaging services. English com- HIM 274 Quality Improvement in Healthcare Lab Cultural requirements, pests, diseases, and landscape
munication skills necessary. 1.00: Corequisite: HIM 271. uses of plants with concentration on deciduous material
and plants of Fall interest.
HIM 107 Ancillary Information Analysis Lab HIM 275 Classification Systems 3 3.00: Introduces
1.00: Develops proficiencies in the skills taught in HIM coding and classification systems for outpatient procedures HOR 227 Plant Materials - Evergreens 4.00: Bo-
105. Corequisite: HIM 105. and ambulatory care facilities. Prerequisite: HIM 273. tanical characteristics and field identification. Cultural
requirements, pests, diseases, and landscape uses of
HIM 110 Health Information Technology 1 HIM 276 Classification Systems Lab 2.00: Labo- plants with concentration on deciduous material and
3.00: Introduces the concept of health information ratory course for HIM 273 and HIM 275. Allows students plants of Winter interest.
management including the components of content, to practice the skills and apply the knowledge learned in
use and structure of hospital healthcare data along Classification Systems 2 and Classification Systems 3. HOR 228 Plant Materials - Flowering 4.00: Bo-
with information keeping practices in both paper and Corequisites: HIM 273 and HIM 275 tanical characteristics and field identification. Cultural
electronic systems. Corequisite: HIM 120. Prerequisites: requirements, pests, diseases, and landscape uses of
Placement into RD 90, WR 90, MTH 20. HIM 277 Health Info Management Lab 2.00: plants with concentration on flowering plants and plants
Develop proficiencies in the skills included in HIM 272. of Spring interest.
HIM 120 Health Information Technology 1 Lab Corequisite: HIM 272.
1.00: Laboratory course for HIM 110 Health Information HOR 255 Spring Annuals and Perennials 3.00:
Technology 1 and allows students to practice the skills and HIM 281 Data Management & Analysis 1 3.00: Identification of Spring herbaceous annuals and peren-
knowledge learned in that course. Corequisite: HIM 110. Collection, retrieval, analysis, and quality review of nials most commonly used in landscapes. Care, culture,
administrative and clinical information and data. pests, diseases, propagation and landscape use.
HIM 121 Legal and Ethical Aspects of Health-
care 3.00: Overview of the legal system and the legal HIM 282 Data Management & Analysis 2 3.00: HOR 272 Summer Annuals & Perennials 3.00:
principles that govern the delivery of healthcare. Cov- Statistical analysis and presentation of administrative and Identification of summer herbaceous annuals and peren-
ers patient confidentiality and the disclosure of patient clinical information and data. Prerequisite: HIM 281. nials most commonly used in landscapes. Care, culture,
information. Discusses codes of ethics and bioethical pests, diseases, propagation and landscape use.
HIM 283 Health Information Systems 3.00:
issues facing today’s healthcare professionals. English Examines the goals and features of health information HOR 290 Introduction to Landscape Design
communication skills necessary. systems including administrative and clinical applica- 3.00: Basic steps and elements used in landscape
HIM 131 Medical Science 5.00: Concepts of dis- tions. Teaches health information management students design. Establishment of specific design criteria, field
ease processes as they relate to the normal physiology strategies and tools to insure the development and/or measurements and basic drawing techniques required
of the major body systems. selection of health information systems. in production of finished design.
HIM 136 Medications 3.00: Covers appropriate drug HIM 285 Healthcare Financing and Compliance HOR 291 Landscape Design Process 3.00: Criti-
uses, effects, dangers, and precautions; routes of admin- 3.00: Provides an understanding of the essential cal thinking approach to landscape design. Methods
istration. Review common prescription abbreviations, components of financing and compliance in health of developing use of line, proportion, color, scale and
forms of medications and basic drug categories. care facilities. texture in the creation of landscape spaces. Landscape
architectural history and sites used as background ma-
HIM 140 Health Record Content 1 2.00: Explains HIM 286 Data Management and Analysis 1 Lab
terial. Prerequisites: HOR 226, 227, 228, 290; LAT 106,
the content and structure for health care records. Em- 2.00: Laboratory course for HIM 281. Allows students
108, 110, 111, 236; CSS 200 and concurrent enrollment
phasizes hospital records. to practice skills and apply the knowledge learned in Data
or completion of LAT 217, or department permission.
Management and Analysis 1. Corequisite: HIM 281
HIM 141 Health Information Technology 2 3.00: Health and Physical Education
Continues the concepts of health information manage- HIM 290 Health Information Tech 3 3.00:
ment covered in Health Information Management 1 Examins and develops skills for training healthcare HPE 295 Health & Fitness for Life 3.00: Explores
including components of the content, use and structure teams, healthcare entities, and consumers on health the role of wellness, physical fitness, stress, nutrition
of non-hospital healthcare data. information. Project management and the management and cardiovascular health in promoting an individual’s
of change in relation to health information management health and well being. Fitness testing and fitness lab
HIM 182 Health Care Delivery Systems 3.00: are also covered. are included.
Explains the past, present, and future influences on the
delivery of health care. Covers provider organizations and HIM 292 Health Information Directed Practice 1 HPE 296 Health & Fit for Industry I 2.00: Explores
settings in health care, financing of health care, causes and 1.00: Work under supervision of facility personnel in the roll of wellness, physical fitness, stress, nutrition
characteristics of health care utilization in the Unites States, local health care facilities. Experience actual working and cardiovascular health in promoting an individual’s
regulation and monitoring of health care systems and ethi- conditions and various aspects of medical records. health & well-being. Individual exercise program plan-
cal issues associated with health care technology. Department permission required. ning with emphasis on skills needed for industry and
non-traditional occupations. Corequisite: Concurrent
HIM 270 Classification Systems I 4.00: Classifica- HIM 293 Health Information Directed Practice 2 enrollment in HPE lecture section.
213
Course Descriptions
HPE 297 Health & Fitness for Ind II 2.00: Con- 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. 4.00: Examines the historical and cultural variations in
tinuation of fitness lab principles begun in HPE 296. family life and sexuality in the 19th and 20th centuries
Prerequisite: HPE 296. HST 106 History of Eastern Civilizations / East in an international context (including the United States)
Asia 4.00: Surveys the eastern regions of Asia, through topics such as courtship, marriage, reproduc-
Culinary Assistant specifically China and Japan. Includes political, social, tion, violence, colonialism, homosexuality, and work.
religious and cultural themes from pre-history to mod- Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent
HR 107 Culinary Assistant Training 15.00: Com- ern times. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 placement test scores.
plete individualized vocational training in food services or equivalent placement test scores.
or clerical areas. Classroom sessions cover customer HST 240 Oregon History 4.00: Examines the rich
service skills, and developing effective communication HST 111 U.S. History / Skills and Issues 1.00: and diverse history of Oregon including the significance
and appropriate social skills at work. Helps students increase academic skills and deepen their of Oregon’s frontier heritage and Oregon’s role in Ameri-
understanding of American history as a discipline while can history from pre-European contact to the modern
HR 108 Culinary Assistant Training 15.00: Com- supporting work performed in HST 201, 202, or 203. In- era. Explores economic, political, social, and cultural
plete individualized vocational training in food services cludes 1) a tutorial relating to course concepts and content, factors in terms of race, ethnicity, gender, class, and
or clerical areas. Classroom sessions cover career 2) academic skill building, and 3) a brief community-related religion. Prerequisites: WR115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or
exploration. Topics include: identification of values, learning project to allow for direct application of learning. equivalent placement test scores.
interests, skills, and barriers to employment. Corequisites: HST 201 or HST 202 or HST 203.
HST 246 Religion in U.S. to 1840 4.00: Studies
HR 109 Culinary Assistant Training 15.00: Com- HST 201 History of the U.S. - I 4.00: Studies cause basic features of native American religions, European
plete individualized vocational training in food services and effect, and significant trends and movements related backgrounds of Christianity in the United States, develop-
or clerical areas. Classroom sessions cover job search to political, social and economic ideas and events from ment of different religious groups in America and their
skills including ADA regulations, identifying accom- Colonial times to 1840. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 impact on American life, and trends and development of
modations needed for employment, resume writing, and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. religion in the United States in the first half of the 19th
developing a portfolio, preparing for interviews, and
century. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or
contacting potential employers. HST 202 History of the U.S. - II 4.00: Studies cause
requivalent placement test scores.
and effect, and significant trends and movements related
History to political, social and economics ideas and events from HST 247 Religion in U.S. since 1840 4.00: Covers
HST 100 Introduction to History 3.00: This course 1840 to 1914. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115, and MTH basic features of native American religions, European
will provide a general introduction to the nature and 20 or equivalent placement test scores. backgrounds of Christianity, development of different
methods of history. Students will explore how history religious groups in the United States and their impact on
HST 203 History of the U.S. - III 4.00: Studies
is reconstructed through the study of various histori- American life. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH
cause and effect, and significant trends and movements
cal sources such as primary documents, secondary 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
related to political, social and economic ideas and
accounts, films, posters, art, and more. Prerequisite: events from 1914 to present. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD HST 270 History of Mexico 4.00: Surveys Mexican
Placement into WR 115. 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. history from pre-Columbian to modern times. Focus on
HST 101 Western Civilization / Ancient World post contact history: the Spanish conquest, colonial
HST 204 History of US Women / Pre-colonial
to Medieval 4.00: Studies the ancient civilizations Mexico, independence and its aftermath to contem-
to 1877 4.00: Examines the lives of women in terms
of Egypt, Mesopotamia, Greece and Rome. Covers porary times. Emphasizes on social, political and
of family relations, religion, culture, sexuality and
development of Judeo-Christian beliefs, early Islamic cultural developments and contributions by a diversity
reproduction, and work roles, as well as educational
civilization, the Byzantine Empire and the early Medieval of Mexico’s peoples. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and
opportunities and social reform activities. Explores
period. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
diversity in terms of class, race, ethnicity, legal status,
equivalent placement test scores. and region. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 HST 274 African American History - I 4.00:
HST 102 Western Civilization / Medieval to Early or equivalent placement test scores. Presents a framework for understanding the early
Modern Europe 4.00: Studies the High Middle Ages Black experience in America. Examines Western Af-
HST 205 History of Women in the U.S. / 1877 to
and early modern Europe, including the Renaissance, rican societies, the Diaspora, and the development of
Present 4.00: Examines women’s work in maturing African American culture from colonial times through
Reformation, Scientific Revolution, Enlightenment and industrial economy, women’s reform activities, and
the French Revolution. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 the Civil War and the abolition of slavery. Prerequisites:
changing family and social relationships. Explores WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement
and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. class, ethnic, racial, and regional diversity. Prereq- test scores.
HST 103 Western Civilization / Modern Europe uisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent
placement test scores. HST 275 African American History - II 4.00:
4.00: Studies history of the 19th and 20th centuries,
including the Industrial Revolution, nationalism, imperi- Focuses on interpretation of major events in the Black
HST 206 History of Women in the U.S. / 1920 experience from emancipation at the end of the Civil
alism, socialism, the Russian Revolution, Nazism, world to Present 4.00: Examines women’s work, family,
wars and their aftermath. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 War to the beginning of the civil rights movement at
social reform, and educational experiences in modern the outbreak of World War II. Examines social, political,
and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. America and traces the history of the feminist movement. economic, artistic and intellectual endeavors. Prereq-
HST 104 History of Eastern Civilizations / Middle Explores class, ethnic, racial, and regional variation. uisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent
Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equiva- placement test scores.
East 4.00: Surveys the Middle East from ancient to
lent placement test scores.
modern times. Includes political, economic, social, re-
ligious and cultural themes from pre-history to modern HST 276 African American History- III 4.00:
HST 218 Native American Indian History 4.00: Offers a historical perspective of political, economic,
times. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or Explores examples of Indian culture, general history of
equivalent placement test scores. social and cultural development of the Black experience
Indian life during the white occupation of North America in the United States from 1941 to present. Prerequisties:
and nature and effects of Native American and European WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement
HST 105 History of Eastern Civilizations / India
American contact and conflict. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD test scores.
and Subcontinent 4.00: Surveys India and Subconti-
115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
nent, including Pakistan and Afghanistan. Includes politi-
HST 277 Oregon Trail 4.00: Examines Euro-Ameri-
cal, economic, social, religious and cultural themes from HST 225 History of Women, Sex, and the Family can motivations for westward migration; indigenous
pre-history to modern times. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD
214
Course Descriptions
peoples; predecessors of the route; trail life; impact on literature, theatre, art, music, architecture, philosophy, and style. The course integrates readings from classic
humans and environment; diversity in terms of race, and religion by critically thinking about moral values, works of literature, contemporary multicultural readings,
class, ethnicity, gender, and religion. grade. Prereq- myths, aesthetics, and liberty; all of this within histori- experiential exercises and films. Issues of diversity,
uisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent cal frameworks. It is designed to reawaken our sense personal growth and interpersonal relationships are
placement test scores. of wonder and curiosity about the meaning of life. It explored within the context of leadership development.
shows how the various arts and sciences intersect, Prerequisites: WR 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent place-
HST 278 Russian History I 4.00: Helps to build an influence and are influenced by cultural and historical ment test scores.
historical basis to better understand current issues. The circumstances. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115, and MTH
main lines of Russian history will be reviewed: the rise 20 or equivalent placement test scores. Interior Design
of Kiev to the reign of Catherine the Great. Through his-
torical analyses, a critical understanding will be gained HUM 201 Humanities & Technology / Exploring ID 120 Interior Products and Materials I 3.00:
of the cultural, social, political, and economic forces Origins 4.00: Introduces concepts and approaches Analysis and evaluation of products utilized in the design
that shaped Russian history from the ninth through the used in study of humanistic disciplines and surveys profession including selecting case goods and uphol-
eighteenth centuries. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and visions and perspectives that our culture has inherited stered goods, and emphasis on measuring and specifying
MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. from literature, philosophy, theology, visual arts, music, floor coverings and window treatments. This course is
history, and mythology of Western and non-Western recommended for ID 121, Interior Products/Materials II.
HST 279 Russian History II 4.00: The main lines of traditions. Focuses on selected historical periods and Prerequisite: ID 131; WR 115 or placement into WR 121;
Russian history will be reviewed from the late eighteenth themes. Demonstrates quest for knowledge as a syn- MTH 20 or placement into MTH 60.
century to the present. Through historical analysis, a thetic activity, relating various disciplines, traditions,
critical understanding will be gained of the cultural, ID 121 Sustainable Materials for Residential
and historical periods to each other. Prerequisites:
social, political, and economic forces that shaped Rus- Interiors 3.00: Analysis and evaluates materials
WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement
sian history from the late eighteenth century to the utilized in interior design including walls, ceilings,
test scores.
present. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 counters, accessories, and other products. Prerequi-
or equivalent placement test scores. HUM 202 Humanities & Technology / Contem- sites: ID 120, WR 115 or placement into WR 121; MTH
porary Issues 4.00: Offers critical examination 20 or placement into MTH 60.
HST 280A CE / History 1.00–4.00: Offers the chance of the relationship between people and technology.
to extend knowledge of history through work in settings ID 122 History of Furniture-Ancient to 1800 3.00:
Uses insights derived from a study of the Humanities Studies and analyzes styles of furnishings from antiquity
which provide learning experiences supplementing in conjunction with those from the Social Sciences to
classroom learning. Department permission required. through the 18th century. Includes contemporary usage
inquire into the appropriate use and possible misuse as well as the mixing of period furniture styles.
HST 280B CE / History - Seminar 2.00: Provides a of technology in contemporary society. Prerequisites:
forum in which to discuss work experiences with peers WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement ID 123 History of Furniture-1800 to Present
and instructor. Department permission required. test scores. 3.00: Studies and analyzes furnishings from the 19th
century to the present. Includes contemporary usage as
HST 284 History of Africa 2.00: An introductory HUM 203 Humanities & Technology / Future
well as the mixing of period furniture styles. Prerequi-
course designed to provide students with an under- Directions 4.00: Looks for ways in which technology sites: ID 122;WR 115 or placement into WR 121.
standing of major themes and issues in the culture and can be applied in new, socially and ethically respon-
history of the African continent, the course will consider sible forms. Recommended: Courses should be taken ID 125 Computer Drafting for Interior Designers
the rise of complex indigenous empires, smaller African sequentially. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 3.00: Introduces computer aided design software as
societies, agricultural and technological achieve- 20 or equivalent placement test scores. a drafting tool for residential interior design. Covers
ments, African state systems, as well as the impact of creation and modification of drawings such as floor
HUM 204 African History 4.00: Introduces students
international trade and Islam on Africa. It will examine plans, elevations, furniture and lighting plans, and
to some major themes in the history of the African
colonialism, independence and social, political and three-dimensional projections. Focuses on interior
continent from ancient times to the present. It is the
cultural contributions of Africa’s diverse people to the plans and elevations of cabinetry for kitchen/bath de-
first course in the Humanities sequence on Africa, and
global enterprise. Recommended: completion of WR sign, writing/calculating specifications, and how to use
provides a wide background for subsequent courses.
115 with a C or better grade. drawings to communicate design concepts to clients.
Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equiva-
Prerequisite: ID 131. Prerequisite/Concurrent: ID 132.
HST 285 The Holocaust 4.00: The aftermath of lent placement test scores.
World War I and the rise of the Nazis, the historical roots ID 131 Introduction to Interiors 3.00: A study of the
HUM 205 African Literature 4.00: Introduces
of anti-Semitism, the evolution of the Final Solution and design elements and principles as applied to interiors.
written and oral literature of the African continent,
its coordination in Nazi-occupied Europe, the victims of Includes skill development in drawing floor plans, ana-
from ancient to modern and from many different geo-
Nazi policies, the camps, the perpetrators, bystanders, lyzing furniture arrangement, and basic techniques for
graphic regions, cultures and religions. Prerequisites:
and the aftermath of the Holocaust will be discussed. creating interior design presentation boards including
WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement
Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent floor plans, color boards, and elevation drawings. ARCH
test scores.
placement test scores. 110 recommended for students with no previous drafting
HUM 206 African Art 4.00: Part of three course experience. (can be taken concurrently)
HST 298 Independent Study / History 3.00: Offers series. Introduces a variety of art forms from differ-
individualized study at an advanced level. Emphasizes ID 132 Planning Interiors 3.00: Covers designing
ent time periods and geographic areas of the African
areas of history not considered in other courses which interiors utilizing design and furniture arrangement
Continent. Explores how art is influenced by culture,
meet special interests or program requirements. skills, and developing skills in selection of furniture, floor
myth, economics, politics, gender, and region. Ability
Complete a term project and readings approved by coverings, wall and window treatments, color, fabric and
to understand and participate in class discussions
the instructor. Recommended: Prior study in history. pattern, lighting and accessories. Prerequisites: ARCH
required. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20
Instructor approval required. 110 and ID 131. Prerequisite/Concurrent: ARCH 100.
or equivalent placement test scores.
Humanities ID 133 Space Planning and Design 3.00: Studies
HUM 221 Leadership Development 4.00: The
functional and aesthetic design requirements in residen-
HUM 100 Introduction to Humanities 4.00: Intro- primary focus of the course is the development of
tial space planning, kitchens and storage spaces. Re-
duces students to college-level study in the humanities; leadership skills. It provides a basic understanding of
lates housing aspects to needs of individuals, families,
promotes a sense of humanity through such topics as leadership principles and group dynamics and helps
and special groups. Prerequisites: ID 131 or ARCH 201,
students develop a personal leadership philosophy
215
Course Descriptions
ARCH 110, ARCH 124, and placement into MTH 60 and Must be coordinated with the supervisor, instructor, INSP 251 International Building Code 1 4.00:
WR 121. Prerequisite/Concurrent: ARCH 100. and cooperative education specialist. Department Covers nonstructural regulations of the International
permission required. Building Code, including administration, occupancy
ID 135 Professional Practices for Designers classification, building area, height and location limits,
3.00: Covers the business aspects of Design. In- Building Inspection Technology type of construction, interior environments and fire
cludes topics on ethics, contracts, licensing, ordering, resistive standards for small commercial buildings
client- designer relationships, costs, billing and fee INSP 101 Architectural Graphics 1 – 2.00: Intro-
including multi story structures. Emphasis is placed on
structures, and legal considerations. Prerequisites: ID duction to design and drawing for residential design.
presenting basic code and building element concepts
132 or ARCH 201, MTH 20 or placement into MTH 60. Includes programming, code/zoning/site analysis,
for the student wit limited construction background.
ID 138 Introduction Kit/Bth Plng Introduction to Kitchen concept diagrams, and design development for plans
This is 40 total contact hours and is also worth 60 HSW
and Bath Planning Incorporates basic functional and and elevations.
credits to AIA members. Prerequisites: RD 115 or WR
aesthetic design principles for residential kitchen and INSP 102 Architectural Graphics 2 – 2.00: 115, placment into MTH 60.
bath planning, and chronicles the kitch and bath plan- Introduction to design and drafting for a small commer-
ning process from conceptual design to construction INSP 252 International Building Code 2 – 3.00:
cial project. Includes programming, code/zoning/site
completion. Prerequisites: ARCH 111 or BCT 220, ID Study of the International Building Code including fire
analysis, concept diagrams, and design development
133 or ARCH 201 or BCT 220. protection systems, egress systems, accessibility,
for plans and elevations.
sanitation, exterior finishes, glazing, plastics, chimneys,
ID 225 CAD for Kitchen and Bath Design 1.00: In- INSP 151 International Residential Code - Struc- and fireplaces. Prerequisite: INSP 251.
troduces kitchen and bath design software as a drafting
tural 4.00: Covers residential building code as applied
tool and its applications to the kitchen and bath planner. INSP 253 International Building Code 3 3.00:
to residential construction practices. This course is 40
Covers the creation, retrieval and modification of draw- Introduces the loading parameters for structural engi-
total contact hours and also worth 80 HSW credits to AIA
ings using basic commands. Advances prior knowledge neering in the International Building Code chapters that
members. Prerequisites: RD 115 or WR 115 or placement
of Kitchen and Bath design skills. Prerequisites: ID 138, apply to Small Commercial Structures of three stories
into RD 121 or WR 121 and MTH 20.
ID 125 or ARCH 126 or BCT 105. and less. Also covers glazing, temporary structures and
INSP 152 International Residential Code - prefabrication construction. This courseis worth 60 HSW
ID 230 Textiles for Interiors 3.00: Provides credits to AIA members. Prerequisites: RD 115 or WR 115
Mechanical 2.00: Study of residential mechanical
students with knowledge and critical thinking skills and placement into MTH 60 or equivalent/higher.
systems code requirements. This course is 20 total
required for the identification, selection, usage and care
contact hours and also worth 40 LU credits to AIA
of textile products. Prerequisite: WR 115 or placement INSP 255 International Mechanical Code 1
members. Prerequisites: RD 115 or WR 115, MTH 20
into WR 121. – 2.00: Study of the International Mechanical Code
or equivalent.
regulations for permitting, general requirements, ven-
ID 234 Advanced Interiors 3.00: Creative problems in tilation, exhaust systems including kitchen hoods and
INSP 154 Introduction to Residential Inspection
interior design intended to develop an analytical approach duct systems. This course is 20 total contact hours and
1.00: Introduction to processes, procedures, and ex-
to interiors. Based upon individual projects and includes also worth 40 LU credits to AIA members. Prerequisite:
pectations related to residential inspections. This course
advanced presentation skills. Prerequisites: ID 120, 121, RD 115 or WR 115; and placement into MTH 60.
is taught in the classroom. Prerequisite: INSP 151.
122, 123, 131, 132, 133, 135, 138; ARCH 101, 111, 124. A
“C” grade or better is required in all prerequisites. INSP 201 Plans Exam - Commercial 4.00: Covers INSP 256 International Mechanical Code 2
development of procedures in plans examination to – 3.00: Study of the International Mechanical Code,
ID 236 Lighting Design 3.00: A study of interior including combustion air, chimneys and vents, refrig-
determine code compliance of building permit applica-
lighting as it relates to residential interiors including eration, and specific appliances/systems. This course
tions. Includes blueprint reading and code administra-
terminology, lamps, fixtures, cost factors, developing is 30 total contact hours and also worth 60 LU credtis
tion. Emphasis is placed on presenting plan review
lighting plans, design techniques and energy saving to AIA memebers. Prerequisite: INSP 255.
processes and procedures for the student with limited
concerns. Prerequisites: ARCH 110; ID 131 or ARCH
construction background. This course is 40 total contact
201; Placement into MTH 60 and WR 121. INSP 257 International Fuel-Gas Code 3.00:
hours and also worth 60 LU credits to AIA members.
Studies the International Mechanical Code includ-
ID 238 Advanced Kitchen and Bath Planning Prerequisite: INSP 252, placement into MTH 65.
ing new code requirements, application of code to
3.00: Incorporates advanced understanding of de- inspection requirements and methods used to inspect
INSP 202 Plans Exam – Residential 4.00: Covers
sign principles and elements to analyze and evaluate mechanical installations. This course worth 60 LU
development of procedures in residential plan examina-
functionality and aesthetic principles for residential credits to AIA members. Prerequisite: RD 115 or WR
tion to determine code compliance of building permit
kitchen and bath planning. Includes Universal Design 115; placement into MTH 60.
applications. Includes residential blueprint reading and
as it relates to the kitchen and bath and incorporates
code administration. Prerequisite: INSP 151 Prerequi-
an advanced understanding of the guidelines as estab- INSP 260 Oregon Inspection Certificate 2.00:
siste/concurrent: ARCH 123.
lished by the National Kitchen and Bath Association. This course reviews Oregon construction standards,
Prerequisites: ID 138; ID 225; ARCH 121 or BCT 103; INSP 211 Building Department Administra- such as architectural barrier regulations and the Or-
ARCH 132 or INSP 151. tion 1 3.00: Prepares students in understanding the egon Administrative Rules an inspector may enforce.
responsibilities of the Building Official under State of This course is intended to be taken near the end of the
ID 240 Interior Design Internship 3.00: Supervised student’s code studies.
Oregon guidelines.
and educationally directed internship. Weekly lectures
relate on-the-job experiences with academic program. INSP 212 Building Department Administra- INSP 280A CE / Field Examination 1.00–5.00:
Prerequisites: ID 120, 121, 122, 123, 131, 132, 133, 135, tion 2 3.00: Prepares students in understanding the Student receives as varied and complete an experience
138, 236; ARCH 101, 111, 124. A “C” grade or better is responsibilities of the Building Official under State of as possible inspecting a building. Student will complete
required in all prerequisites. Oregon guidelines. all necessary forms. Credits are variable and based on
experience required. Department permission required.
ID 280A CE / Kitchen and Bath 2.00–6.00: Work INSP 220 Fire and Life Safety 3.00: Addresses
or observe on approved job sites. Student receives as Fire and Life Safety requirements in the International INSP 280B CE / Field Experience 1.00–5.00:
varied and complete an experience as possible under Fire and Building codes including building occupan- Work on approved job sites where student will receive
job conditions. Credits are variable and based on the cies, exit systems, hazardous materials regulations, site as varied and complete an experience as possible
number of clock hours students spend on job site. access, water availability, and fire protection systems. under job conditions. Credits are variable and based
Prerequisites: INSP 252 and INSP 201.
216
Course Descriptions
on the number of clock hours student spends on job skill in ASL. Includes wide range of topics. Admission simultaneous ASL to English and English to ASL inter-
site. Must be coordinated with supervisor, instructor, into Sign Language Interpretation program and depart- preting skills. Focuses on individual areas of needed
and cooperative education specialist. Department ment permission required. skill growth. Includes in-class interpretation of live
permission required. presenters, specialized topics and group discussions.
ITP 230 American Sign Language Linguistics I Department permission may be required. Prerequisite:
Sign Language Interpretation 3.00: Explores the basic concepts of linguistics as they ITP 273.
pertain to ASL structure. Analyzes and discusses pho-
ITP 111 American Sign Language I 5.00: Acceler- nology, morphology, syntax, semantics, use of language, ITP 275 Interpreting Process VI 4.00: Devel-
ated course designed for interpreting students. Focuses and sociolinguistic structure of ASL. Examines current ops interpretation skill development appropriate for
on grammar features, non-manual behaviors and higher research. Admission into Sign Language Interpretation educational settings K-12 and community college, and
language skill development in ASL. Admission into Program and instructor permission required. introduces transliteration, including the use of Signed
Sign Language Interpretation program and department English. Department permission may be required.
permission required. ITP 231 American Sign Language Linguistics II Prerequisite: ITP 274.
2.00: Continues work of ITP 230. Analyzes and explores
ITP 112 American Sign Language II 5.00: Con- additional phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics, ITP 276 Specialized Discourse I 3.00: Introduces
tinues work of ITP 111. An accelerated course designed variation and historical change of ASL. Analyzes and Deaf guest speakers (live or on videotape) to talk about
for interpreting students. Focuses on grammar features, explores the discourse organization of ASL. Admission wide range of specialized topics in ASL. Explores wide
non-manual behaviors and higher language skill into Sign Language Interpretation Program and instruc- range of topics incorporating the skill to know about and
development in ASL. Includes wide range of topics. tor permission required. Prerequisite: ITP 230. discuss in ASL. Admission into Sign Language Interpre-
Admission into Sign Language Interpretation program tation Program and department permission required.
and department permission required. ITP 260 Interpreting Theory I 3.00: Introduces
the profession of sign language interpretation, the role ITP 277 Specialized Discourse II 3.00: Continues
ITP 113 American Sign Language III 5.00: and function of an interpreter, the National Registry work of ITP 276. Introduces Deaf guest speakers to talk
Continues work of ITP 112. Focuses on additional of Interpreters for the Deaf Code of Ethics, profes- about wide range of specialized topics in ASL. Explores
grammar features, non-manual behaviors, higher sionalism, the history of the profession, and the basic wide range of topics incorporating the skill to know about
language skill development including discourse skill theories and practices of interpretation. Admission into an discuss in ASL Admission to Sign Language Interpre-
in ASL. Includes wide range of topics. Admission into Sign Language Interpretation Program or department tation Program and department permission required.
Sign Language Interpretation program and department permission required.
permission required. ITP 279 Mock Interpreting I 1.00: Works with team
ITP 261 Interpreting Theory II 3.00: Focuses on the interpreters to interpret live presenters in class. Applies
ITP 120 Fingerspelling I 2.00: Emphasizes in- role and function of interpreters and interpreting theo- text analysis to prepare content. Prerequisite: ITP 270.
creased fingerspelling skill by incorporation into the ries, principals and practices in educational settings: Corequisite: ITP 272.
context of ASL conversation. Introduces some strategies K-12 and post-secondary. Prerequisite: ITP 260.
and proper position when fingerspelling. Admission into ITP 281 Mock Interpreting II 2.00: Practices inter-
Sign Language Interpretation program required. ITP 262 Interpreting Theory III 4.00: Covers spe- preting in ongoing classroom settings where interpret-
cial settings and clients, including the following: oral, ing services are not needed. Develops simultaneous
ITP 121 Fingerspelling II 2.00: Continues work of deaf/blind, minimal language competency, telephone, interpreting skills and stamina. Qualifying exam given
ITP 120. Emphasizes increased fingerspelling skill by religious, performing arts, social service, medical, men- at end of course to assess readiness to enter ITP 283.
incorporation into the context of ASL conversation in tal health and legal. Freelance practices and national, Prerequisite: ITP 271. Corequisite: ITP 273.
depth. Admission into Sign Language Interpretation state, and local certification evaluations are covered.
program required. Prerequisite: ITP 120. ITP Prerequisite: ITP 260. ITP 283 Interpreting Internship I 3.00: Applies
interpreting skills in business, agency, or college set-
ITP 131 Deaf Culture 4.00: Studies values, social ITP 270 Interpreting Process I 4.00: Introduces tings to gain practical experience assuming the role of
customs, literature, folklore, language, Deaf - hearing the interpreting process, beginning with theories of a professional interpreter in a structured setting with
interaction, cross-cultural issues and current perspec- discourse/text analysis and a view of “dynamic on-going feedback from professional interpreters acting
tives of Deaf-World. Admission into Sign Language In- equivalency” between source and target languages. as mentors. Passing the qualifying exam the term prior
terpretation program required. Prerequisite: ASL 130. Applies principles of text analysis to interpreting from to enrollment is required.
ITP 180 Field Experience 1.00: Provides practi- ASL to English and English to ASL. Admission to the
Sign Language Interpretation Program or department ITP 284 Interpreting Internship II 3.00: Applies
cal experience through observations of professional interpreting skills in educational settings to gain practi-
interpreters. Participation in professional development, permission required.
cal experience assuming the role of an educational in-
Deaf community activities, and contact with Deaf chil- ITP 271 Interpreting Process II 4.00: Continues terpreter in a structured setting with on-going feedback
dren/adults. Discuss relevant issues through journals work on consecutive interpretation from ASL to English from professional educational interpreters acting as
and recitation. Criminal background check required. and from English to ASL. Department permission may mentors. Passing the qualifying exam the term prior to
Good standing in Sign Language Interpretation program be required. Prerequisite: ITP 270. enrollment or completion of ITP 283 is required.
required. Department permission may be required.
Corequisites: ITP 113, ITP 260. ITP 272 Interpreting Process III 4.00: Continues ITP 285 Deaf Studies Internship 3.00: Students
to develop students’ consecutive interpretation skills, gain practical experience working under the supervision
ITP 211 American Sign Language IV 3.00: Con- and introduces simultaneous interpretation from ASL to of onsite mentors in an agency that serves deaf people.
tinues work of ITP 113. Focuses on more advanced English and from English to ASL. Department permis- Prerequisite: Fifth term standing in the Sign Language
grammar features, non-manual behaviors, language sion may be required. Prerequisite: ITP 271. Interpretation Program or Deaf Studies Program.
skill development, register continuum, and discourse
skill in ASL. Includes wide range of topics. Admission ITP 273 Interpreting Process IV 6.00: Increases Journalism
into Sign Language Interpretation program and depart- simultaneous ASL to English and English to ASL inter-
ment permission required. preting skills. Focuses on individual areas of needed J 200 Introduction to Media Writing 4.00:
skill growth. Includes in-and out-of class interpreta- Introduces the basic process and practice of writing
ITP 212 American Sign Language V 3.00: Con- tion practice sessions. Department permission may be media. Discusses style and story structure for print and
tinues work of ITP 211. Focuses on more advanced required. Prerequisite: ITP 272. electronic media and the rights and responsibilities of the
grammar features, non-manual behaviors, language public communicator. Emphasizes journalistic style and
skill development, register continuum, and discourse ITP 274 Interpreting Process V 6.00: Increases format, accuracy and clarity in writing. Recommended:
217
Course Descriptions
Concurrent enrollment in J 202. Prerequisite: WR 121. derstanding of the materials presented in JPN 151. instructor permission.
Recommended: Concurrent enrollment in JPN 151 or
J 201 Mass Media and Society 4.00: Survey of the instructor permission. JPN 211B Intermediate Japanese Conversation
various media of mass communication and their effects on 2.00: Designed to provide extended practice for better
society. Introduces the history and development of mass JPN 112C First Year Japanese Conversation understanding of the materials presented in JPN 201.
communication systems and their role in society. Analysis 1.00: Provides extended practice for better under- Recommended: Completion of JPN 103 or JPN 151,
of print and broadcast journalism, advertising, public rela- standing of the materials presented in JPN 102. or concurrent enrollment in JPN 250 or instructor
tions, television and film. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and Recommended: Completion of JPN 101 or instructor permission.
MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. permission.
JPN 211C Intermediate Japanese Conversation
J 202 Information Gathering 4.00: Surveys meth- JPN 113A First Year Japanese Conversation 10.00: Designed to provide extended practice for better
ods and strategies for acquiring information for the vari- 3.00: Offers a review of and additional practice with understanding of the materials presented in JPN 201.
ous mass media. Examines records, databases, sources structures and vocabulary presented in JPN 103. Recommended: Completion of first year Japanese at the
and interview methods. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 Recommended: Completion of JPN 102 or instructor college level, or three years of high school Japanese or
and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. permission. instructor permission.
J 204 Visual Communication for Media 4.00: JPN 113B First Year Japanese Conversation JPN 212A Intermediate Japanese Conversa-
Theory and application of visual communication in 2.00: Provides extended practice for better un- tion 3.00: Offers a review of and additional practice
newspapers, magazines, television news, advertising, derstanding of the materials presented in JPN 103. with structures and vocabulary presented in JPN 202.
and public relations. May include a Service Learning Recommended: Completion of JPN 102 or instructor Recommended: Completion of JPN 201 or instructor
component. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 permission. permission.
or equivalent placement test scores.
JPN 113C First Year Japanese Conversation JPN 212B Intermediate Japanese Conversation
Japanese 1.00: Provides extended practice for better under- 2.00: Designed to provide extended practice for better un-
standing of the materials presented in JPN 103. derstanding of the materials presented in JPN 202. Recom-
JPN 101 First Year Japanese 5.00: Emphasizes
Recommended: Completion of JPN 102 or instructor mended: Completion of JPN 201 or JPN 250 or concurrent
the spoken language of Japanese. Skills of listening,
permission. enrollment in JPN 251 or instructor permission.
speaking, reading, and writing are developed with
emphasis on active use of these skills. Hiragana and JPN 150 First Year Japanese 6.00: Emphasizes the JPN 212C Intermediate Japanese Conversation
Katakana syllabaries are introduced. Information is of- spoken language of Japanese. Skills of listening, speak- 1.00: Designed to provide extended practice for better
fered to help gain cultural awareness and appreciation. ing, reading, and writing are developed with emphasis understanding of the materials presented in JPN 202.
For beginners. on active use of these skills. Hiragana and Katakana Recommended: Completion of JPN 201 or JPN 250 or
syllabaries are introduced. Offers to enhance cultural instructor permission.
JPN 102 First Year Japanese 5.00: Expands commu-
awareness and appreciation. For beginners. Recom-
nicative use of Japanese and cultural awareness. Practice JPN 213A Intermediate Japanese Conversa-
mended: Concurrent enrollment in JPN 111B.
of Hiragana and Katakana syllabaries continued. Kanji tion 3.00: Offers a review of and additional practice
characters are introduced. Communicative proficiency JPN 151 First Year Japanese 6.00: Continuation of with structures and vocabulary presented in JPN 203.
is the main objective of the sequence. Recommended: JPN 150. Expands the communicative use of Japanese Recommended: Completion of JPN 202 or instructor
Completion of JPN 101 or instructor permission. and cultural awareness. Practice of Hiragana and Katakana permission.
syllabaries are continued. Kanji characters are introduced.
JPN 103 First Year Japanese 5.00: Expands further JPN 213B Intermediate Japanese Conversation
Recommended: Completion of JPN 150 or instructor
the communicative use of Japanese and cultural aware- 2.00: Designed to provide extended practice for better
permission and concurrent enrollment in JPN 112B.
ness. The practice of Hiragana and Katakana syllabaries, understanding of the materials presented in JPN 203.
and Kanji characters are continued. Communicative JPN 201 Second Year Japanese 5.00: Develop- Recommended: Completion of JPN 202 or instructor
proficiency is the main objective of the sequence. ment of the four skills of listening, speaking, reading, permission.
Recommended: Completion of JPN 102 or two and a and writing is continued. Kanji characters are further
half to three years high school Japanese. explored. Offers to expand cultural awareness and JPN 213C Intermediate Japanese Conversation
appreciation. Recommended: Completion of first year 1.00: Designed to provide extended practice for better
JPN 111A First Year Japanese Conversation 3.00: understanding of the materials presented in JPN 203.
Japanese at the college level, or three years high school
Offers a review of and additional practice with structures Recommended: Completion of JPN 202 or instructor
Japanese, or instructor permission.
and vocabulary presented in JPN 101. For beginners. permission.
JPN 202 Second Year Japanese 5.00: Continues
JPN 111B First Year Japanese Conversation JPN 250 Second Year Japanese 6.00: Emphasizes
work begun in JPN 201, expanding the communicative
2.00: Provides extended practice for better un- use of Japanese and cultural awareness. Study of Kanji the spoken language of Japanese. Skills of listening,
derstanding of the materials presented in JPN 150. characters is further explored. Recommended: Comple- speaking, reading, and writing are continued. Kanji
Recommended: Concurrent enrollment in JPN 150 or tion of JPN 201 or instructor permission. characters are further explored. Offers to expand cultural
instructor permission. awareness and appreciation. Recommended: Comple-
JPN 203 Second Year Japanese 5.00: Continues tion of first year Japanese at the college level or three
JPN 111C First Year Japanese Conversation 1.00: work begun in JPN 201 and 202, expanding further the
Provides extended practice for better understanding of years of Japanese in high school or instructor permis-
communicative use of Japanese and cultural awareness. sion or concurrent enrollment in JPN 211B.
the materials presented in JPN 101. For beginners. Kanji characters are further explored. Recommended:
JPN 112A First Year Japanese Conversation 3.00: Completion of JPN 202 or instructor permission. JPN 251 Second Year Japanese 6.00: Continues
Offers a review of and additional practice with structures work begun in JPN 250, expanding the communicative
JPN 211A Intermediate Japanese Conversa- use of Japanese and cultural awareness. Kanji charac-
and vocabulary presented in JPN 102. Recommended:
tion 3.00: Offers a review of and additional practice ters are further explored. Recommended: Completion
Completion of JPN 101 or instructor permission.
with structures and vocabulary presented in JPN 201. of JPN 250 or equivalent, or concurrent enrollment in
JPN 112B First Year Japanese Conversation Recommended: Completion of first year Japanese at the JPN 212B.
2.00: Provides extended practice for better un- college level, or three years of high school Japanese, or
JPN 260A Japanese Culture 3.00: Japanese Cul-
ture through Film. Increases understanding of Japanese
218
Course Descriptions
traditional and modern culture and society through Japanese traditional and modern culture and society strategies, recordkeeping, information sources, wit-
analysis of cultural, historical and social issues pre- through analysis of cultural, historical and social is- ness location, report writing, subpoenas, physical and
sented ten Japanese films. May explore concepts such sues presented in five Japanese films. May explore demonstrative evidence. Prerequisite: LA 101.
as families, social roles, friendship, WWII, traditions concepts such as imperialistic past, neo-nationalism,
and pop culture, morality, philosophies, economics. cultural pride, mode social issues, marriage, emigration, LA 105 Litigation 3.00: Covers litigation process
Course conducted in English. Japanese films will be workforce and religions. Course conducted in English. with emphasis on civil litigation. Includes a study of tort
subtitled in English. Prerequisites: WR 115 and RD 115 Japanese films will be subtitled in English. law principles focusing on the trial process (investigation,
or equivalent placement test scores. discovery and motion practice) emphasizing preparation of
JPN 262C Japanese Culture 1.00: Provides inter- documents and pleadings. Prerequisites: LA 101.
JPN 260B Japanese Culture 2.00: Japanese Cul- mediate level students of Japanese with opportunity
ture through Film. Increases understanding of Japanese to increase skills in listening, reading, speaking and LA 106 Computer Research in Law 3.00: Covers
traditional and modern culture and society through analysis vocabulary usage and to gain cultural awareness. Rec- how and when to use computers for legal research and
of cultural, historical and social issues presented in five ommended: Completion of JPN 203, 251 or instructor operational content differences between Westlaw and
Japanese films. May explore concepts such as families, permission or concurrent enrollment in JPN 203. Lexis. Includes retrieving specific documents, checking
social roles, friendship, WWII, traditions and pop culture, citations, and practice research. Prerequisite: LA 203.
morality, philosophies, economics. Course conducted in JPN 270 Reading in Japanese Literature 3.00:
Emphasizes Japanese reading skills. Reading and LA 107 Techniques of Interview 3.00: Students
English. Japanese films will be subtitled in English. study and conduct simulated interviews. Prerequisite:
discussion of accessible works of Japanese prose and
JPN 260C Japanese Culture 1.00: Provides inter- poetry. Prerequisite: Second year Japanese at the col- WR 121; Prerequisite or concurrent LA 101.
mediate level students of Japanese with opportunity to lege level or equivalent or instructor permission.
LA 109 Estate Planning 3.00: Approaches to estate
increase skills in listening, reading, reading, speaking, planning, including wills, trusts, shared ownership,
and vocabulary usage and to gain cultural awareness. JPN 271 Reading in Japanese Literature 3.00:
Emphasizes Japanese reading skills. Reading and gifts and life insurance are covered. Includes objectives
Recommended: Completion of JPN 203, 251 or instruc- people have for estate planning, probate and the estate,
tor permission or concurrent enrollment in JPN 201. discussion of accessible works of Japanese prose and
poetry. Prerequisite: Second year Japanese at the col- and structures and results of different estate plans.
JPN 261A Japanese Culture 3.00: Japanese lege level or equivalent or instructor permission.
LA 111 Probate Practice 3.00: Covers preparation
Culture through Film. Increases understanding of and filing of necessary papers used to administer an
Japanese traditional and modern culture and society JPN 272 Reading in Japanese Literature 3.00:
Emphasizes Japanese reading skills. Reading and estate under Oregon state law.
through analysis of cultural, historical and social issues
presented in five Japanese films. May explore concepts discussion of accessible works of Japanese prose and
LA 113 Income Tax Law 3.00: Students study how to
such as self- identity, Japanese views of the West, gender poetry. Prerequisite: Second year Japanese at the col-
assist the attorney in preparation of income tax returns
roles, youth and social issues, social groups, social lege level or equivalent or instructor permission.
for estates, trusts and individuals and study Oregon and
events, perspectives on death, organized crime. Course federal income tax law.
JPN 290 Japanese Composition 3.00: Practice in
conducted in English. Japanese films will be subtitled in
developing composition skills. Prerequisite: Second
English. Prerequisites: WR 115 and RD 115 or equivalent LA 116 Real Property Law I 3.00: Covers introduc-
year Japanese at the college level or equivalent AND
placement test scores. tory principles and procedures in real and personal
instructor permission.
property law including possessory interests, estates,
JPN 261B Japanese Culture 2.00: Japanese Culture deeds, contracts, servitudes, leases, title issues and
JPN 291 Japanese Composition 3.00: Practice in
through Film. Increase understanding of Japanese real estate transactions.
developing composition skills. Prerequisite: Second
traditional and modern culture and society through
year Japanese at the college level or equivalent AND
analysis of cultural, historical and social issues pre- LA 124 Law Office Management 3.00: Covers
instructor permission.
sented in five Japanese films. May explore concepts law office organization and management, personnel
such as self- identity, Japanese views of the West, JPN 292 Japanese Composition 3.00: Practice in management, accounting, procedural and automated
gender roles, youth and social issues, social groups, developing composition skills. Prerequisite: Second systems, and other aspects of law office management.
social events, perspectives on death, organized crime. year Japanese at the college level or equivalent AND
Course conducted in English. Japanese films will be LA 128 Legal Correspondence and Forms 3.00:
instructor permission.
subtitled in English. Covers basic forms of legal writing generally required
Paralegal of a legal assistant in a general law practice. Uses writ-
JPN 261C Japanese Culture 1.00: Provides inter- ing techniques and tools common to internal law office
mediate level students of Japanese with opportunity LA 101 Introduction to Law - Fundamentals communications as well as communicating techniques
to increase skills in listening, reading, speaking and 3.00: Covers sources and function of law in the United between lawyer and client. Prerequisite: WR 121, 122;
vocabulary usage and to gain cultural awareness. Rec- States, court systems and procedure, introductory legal LA 101, 102. Prerequisite or concurrent: LA 203.
ommended: Completion of JPN 203, 251 or instructor analysis, and an overview of civil and administrative law.
permission or concurrent enrollment in JPN 202. Prerequisite: WR 121. LA 203 Legal Research and Library Use 3.00:
Covers function of the law library and develops research
JPN 262A Japanese Culture 3.00: Japanese Cul- LA 102 Introduction to Law - Substantive Areas skills through the use of digests, encyclopedias, reporter
ture through Film. Increases understanding of Japanese 3.00: Continues the study of several substantive areas systems and practice manuals. Prerequisite: LA 101.
traditional and modern culture and society through of law. Prerequisite: LA 101.
analysis of cultural, historical and social issues present- LA 204 Applied Legal Research and Drafting
ed in five Japanese films. May explore concepts such LA 103 Introduction to Law - Ethics 3.00: Covers Or- 3.00: Students practice legal research skills and
as imperialistic past, neo-nationalism, cultural pride, egon ethics rules and their practical application for the legal draft legal memoranda common to the practice of law.
modern social issues, marriage, emigration, workforce assistant. Includes application of rules via systems and Prerequisite: LA 203.
and religions. Course conducted in English. Japanese procedures used in law practice. Prerequisite: LA 102.
LA 206 Intellectual Property Law 3.00: Introduces
films will be subtitled in English. Prerequisites: WR 115 the basic terms, concepts, laws, and administrative rules
LA 104 Investigation Techniques for Legal Assis-
and RD 115 or equivalent placement test scores. necessary to interpret and accomplish tasks typically
tants 3.00: Explores fundamental techniques of legal
JPN 262B Japanese Culture 2.00: Japanese investigation from the incident scene to the courtroom. assigned to legal assistants by attorneys in intellectual
Culture through Film. Increases understanding of Includes ethics, research techniques, investigative property (IP) law practices. Emphasizes patent and
trademark prosecution (filing documents with the United
219
Course Descriptions
States Patent and Trademark Office), copyrights, and to international torts, negligence and strict liability claims; LAT 217 Landscape Drafting 3.00: Basic drafting
lesser extent, unique facets of IP litigation. defenses; vicarious liability; tort claims act; damages; skills and layout techniques to produce quality design
analyze fact situations; review case law; draft plead- drawings. Drafting equipment, linework, lettering and
LA 208 Family Law 3.00: Covers theory, procedure, ings; evaluate damages; discovery issues; and apply drafting shortcuts. Prerequisite: HOR 290. LAT 219
and practical aspects of a domestic relations practice. principles discussed in class. Prerequisites: LA 101 Landscape Illustration Landscape Illustration Basic
Includes dissolution of marriage, issues of custody, visi- and LA 102. principles of graphic presentation for landscape design.
tation, property and debts, adoption, paternity, domestic Produce perspectives, isometric drawing, botanical
violence, and prenuptial and co-habitation agreements. LA 225 Advanced Law Office Management 3.00: drawings and plan renderings.
Examines practical solutions to law office management
LA 210 Advanced Estate Planning 3.00: Covers problems through application of theory and concepts LAT 223 Site Surveying and Analysis 3.00: Appli-
estate planning as it applies to estate building. Includes discussed using a case study approach. cation of basic surveying techniques to landscape sites.
pensions and business interests, retirement concerns Topographic maps and land divisions. Techniques for
including the living trust, taxation, entitlement, insur- LA 226 Criminal Law for Legal Assistant 3.00: measuring, recording, and interpreting site information
ance, residence choices, use of charities. Also covers the Covers general criminal law and procedure to gain a needed in the design and construction of landscapes.
interrelationship of the complexities of acquiring, using, basic understanding of the criminal justice system as Prerequisite: LAT 236 or department permission.
protecting and passing an estate. Prerequisite: LA 109. well as the legal assistant’s role in the criminal justice
system. LAT 225 Water Gardens 2.00: Layout and con-
LA 214 Fiduciary Tax & Accounting 3.00: Covers struction of water features. Hands-on techniques for
basic federal and Oregon income taxation of estates LA 280A CE / Legal Assistant1.00–3.00: Students site development, use of liners, placement of rock
and trusts and skills necessary to prepare required work at approved job sites to receive as varied and com- and plants, pumps and plumbing. Selection of water
documents. The basic form of fiduciary accounting plete a job experience as possible under job conditions. plants and fish.
for filing of accounts with the court is also covered. Designed to meet the needs of the individual student
Prerequisite: LA 113. and the conditions of the work site. Completion of core LAT 232 Landscape Irrigation II 4.00: Information
courses, or at least 18 credit hours in the Legal Assistant and calculations needed to layout and draw irrigation
LA 215 Employee Benefits Programs 3.00: In- program, or departmental approval required. plans for conventional spray and drip systems. Irrigation
troduces various types of employee benefits programs controller programming and auditing. Prerequisites:
emphasizing tax qualified retirement plans. Non- Landscape Technology LAT 108, LAT 236; or department permission.
qualified plans and other types of employee benefits
are covered as time allows. LAT 104 Pesticides 3.00: Federal and Oregon LAT 235 Tree Care-Fall 3.00: Principles and
pesticide laws, safety, application equipment, types practices of modern arboriculture (tree work). Tree
LA 216 Employment Law 3.00: Overview of Em- of pesticides and alternatives to pesticides. Recom- biology, basic rope work, climbing with rope and saddle,
ployment Law and remedies under state and federal mended basic information for use in preparation for diseases and pests, and urban forestry issues.
law, including employment at will doctrine; wrongful state pesticide certification. Credit is accepted towards
discharge claims; discrimination based upon disability, recertification of valid Oregon pesticide license. LAT 236 Landscape Math 3.00: Upgrade of compu-
age, gender and other claims; retaliation claims; Equal tational skills required in the landscape industry. Range
Pay Act, Family Medical Leave Act; health and safety LAT 106 Basic Horticulture 4.00: Botany and biol- of topics include business, construction, materials,
issues; BOLI process; and other relevant issues. ogy of plant physiology. Plant growth and reaction to measurement, water hydraulics, chemicals and fertil-
nutrients, light, air, water, pests, and diseases. izers. Recommended: MTH 60. Prerequisite: MTH 20.
LA 217 Real Property Law II 3.00: Covers key real es-
tate transaction documents and concepts, including earnest LAT 108 Landscape Irrigation I 3.00: Materials LAT 240 Tree Care-Spring 3.00: Principles and
money agreements, deeds, title insurance escrow instruc- used, installation, and maintenance for residential and practices of modern arboriculture (tree care). Plant
tions, financing documents and closing documents. small commercial spray and drip irrigation systems. growth regulators, fertilization, tree appraisals, con-
Applied math calculations used in basic hydraulics struction protection, hazard tree management and
LA 219 Consumer Law 3.00: Covers current and system layout. Students will install sprinkler and pruning.
consumer law, examines the legal assistant’s role in drip zones.
consumer law. LAT 241 Turfgrass Cultural Practices 3.00: Plant-
LAT 109 Plant Propagation 3.00: Covers propa- ing and maintenance techniques for specific types of
LA 220 Worker’s Compensation 3.00: Covers gation techniques in hardwood, softwood and conifer turf, soil preparation, selection and application of fertil-
principals and procedures that exist in the Oregon’s cuttings; budding and grafting; layering; division; seed izers, equipment use for mowing, thatching, aeration and
workers’ compensation system. Familiarization with a sowing; as well as an overview of propagation facilities, edging, pest control, and budgeting for costs.
general understanding of the rules and concepts that irrigation and pest control.
control the right to compensation in the system as well LAT 243 Landscape Business Operations 3.00:
as the procedural skills. LAT 110 Grounds Maintenance 4.00: Operational Requirements for beginning and operating a land-
procedures, materials, safety, and equipment. Emphasis scape/horticultural business. Licensing requirements,
LA 221 Bankruptcy Law 3.00: Covers Bankruptcy on industry standards for scheduling seasonal, yearly basic bookkeeping systems, insurance, liability and
Code, Rules of Procedure, types of bankruptcy relief, approach to maintenance operations and hands-on, legal requirements, state regulations, marketing, and
exempt and non-exempt property, dischargeability of practical experience. promotional ideas.
debts, and bankruptcy forms.
LAT 111 Landscape Construction Practices LAT 250 Plant Disease, Insect, Weed ID 3.00:
LA 222 Corporate Law Practice 3.00: Covers 3.00: Basic materials, safety, equipment and techniques Specific identification and controls for diseases, insects,
most significant state corporation law, how to assist in used in the construction of landscapes. Basic tool and affecting the normal development of horticultural plants.
preparation and filing of documents necessary to form hardware identification and use in fences, decks, hard- Class accepted for 15 hours of recertification for State
a corporation, how to draft resolutions for corporate scapes, planters and retaining walls. Hands-on projects of Oregon Pesticide Certification.
shareholders and directors’ meetings, and how to pay in wood, concrete, stone, and modular pavers.
dividends to shareholders or to terminate business and LAT 262 Native Plants of Oregon 3.00: Identifica-
distribute property. LAT 214 Plant Composition I 3.00: Aspects of plant tion of common Native plants of Oregon. Plant commu-
arrangement in landscape projects with emphasis on nities and their environmental requirements. Adaptation
LA 224 Torts and Personal Injury 3.00: Provides plant use, styles of planting, color, texture, form and and use of native plants in landscapes. Requirements
an overview of tort law and handling personal injury scale. Prerequisites: Completion of first year and LAT include Saturday field trips around state for hands-on
claims, including paralegal’s role. Includes study of 217 or department permission. field identification. Check schedule for dates.
220
Course Descriptions
LAT 264 Landscape Estimating & Bidding 3.00: MA 118 Medical Office Administrative Proce- MA 147 Specialty Directed Practice 2.00: Practice
Methods and mechanics of estimation. Interpretation of dures (Lab) 2.00: Practice and demonstrate profi- administrative skills, clinical skills or a combination of
specifications and drawings, material take-offs, labor, ciency in the procedures listed under MA 117. both in a medical clinic/physician office setting. Work
equipment, contingency, and overhead calculations, two four-day, eight hour rotations and attend one six hour
pricing strategies, production rates, bid procedures, MA 121 Medical Legal Aspects 2.00: Introduces seminar at Portland Community College. Prerequisite:
recordkeeping, and computer use. Prerequisites: LAT the legal system, emphasizing the doctrine of confi- MA 125, 133, 134.
236,LAT 108,110,111; or department permission. dential communication, the relationship to the medical
record and the disclosure of information. Includes the MA 180 Coding and Reimbursement 1.00: Intro-
LAT 268 Wetlands 3.00: Types of Wetlands and wetland concepts of professional credentialing and responsibil- duces coding and reimbursement systems for physician
habitats including environment and types of plants. Wetland ity, liability, and consents and moral issues. offices and medical clinics.
development, restoration, and enhancement. Federal and
State regulations applying to wetland use. MA 122 Medical Office Assistant Seminar II 1.00: Machine Manufacturing Technology
The study of the health care delivery systems, medical
LAT 271 Computer Aided Landscape Design office management, interpersonal communications; and MCH 100 Machine Tool Basics 1.00: Covers using
3.00: Site designer software and its use in landscape coordination of directed practice which includes a review the Machinery’s Handbook and Machine Tool Safety. An
design. Computer aided design (CAD) techniques for the national credential examination. overview in utilizing the Machinery’s Handbook, safe
needed to produce finished landscape designs, plant work practices, safe clothing for personal safety, fire
lists, and reports. Prerequisite: LAT 217. LAT 272 MA 123 Medical Office Clinical Procedures 3.00: prevention in the shop, and hand tool safety.
Sustainable Landscaping Sustainable Landscaping Examination room techniques, assisting the physician
with examinations, treatment and minor surgery. Covers MCH 101 Occupational Health & Safety 3.00: A
Discusses methods used to protect and conserve natural technical elective course in the Associate of Applied
systems and resources within the landscape. Deals methods of asepsis and sterilization and the proper care
of equipment and supplies. Concurrent enrollment MA Science Degree in the Machine Manufacturing Tech-
with the health of people, plants and the environment nology program. Introduces the concepts of industrial
and looks a new approaches to landscaping. Recom- 124. Prerequisite: MA 111; BI 55 or 122 or 233; MTH
22A and placement into RD 115 and WR 115. health and safety regulations, compensation laws, and
mended: WR 115. profitability of safety management.
LAT 275 Introduction to Landscape Night Light- MA 124 Medical Office Clinical Procedures (Lab)
2.00: Practice and demonstrate proficiency in the proce- MCH 102 Introduction to Manufacturing 3.00:
ing 3.00: An introduction to landscape low voltage Technical elective course in the Associate of Applied
night lighting. Topics covered include electricity funda- dures in MA 123. Concurrent enrollment in MA 123. MA
125 Administrative Directed Prac Administrative Directed Science Degree in the Machine Manufacturing Technol-
mentals, layout, bulbs and fixtures, transformers, wire ogy program. Covers an introduction to the manufactur-
sizing and connections, and lighting design. Students Practice Develop proficiency in administrative duties and
other office management tasks in a medical clinic/physi- ing technology discipline. Prerequisite: MCH 100.
will install a night lighting system.
cian office setting. Department permission required. MCH 105 Blueprint Reading I 1.5: Covers blueprints
LAT 280A CE / Landscape 1.00–10.00: Actual using multi-view projection, sectional & auxiliary views
work experience at approved job sites or on Rock Creek MA 131 Introduction to Medical Science 5.00:
Concepts of disease processes as they relate to the normal and title blocks & drawing format which are the basis for
grounds. Department permission required. all graphical communication in industry today. Knowl-
physiology of the major body systems. Course specifically
LAT 280B Cooperative Work Experience- designed for students currently enrolled in the Medical edge of the techniques used on blueprints is necessary
Assisting program. in industry whenever descriptions of size, shape, and ar-
Landscape Seminar 1.00: This online seminar
rangement are used to produce, service, or sell a product.
compliments a Cooperative Education work experi-
MA 132 Medical Office Assistant Seminar III Introduces blueprints and drawing techniques which will
ence. Students must have a designated worksite and
1.00: The study of the health care delivery systems, be built upon with further modules in the program.
be concurrently enrolled in LAT 280A. Department
permission required. medical office management, interpersonal com-
MCH 110 Blueprint Reading II 1.5: Covers di-
munications, and coordination of directed practice
mensions, notes, gears, threads & fasteners which
LAT 280C Cooperative Work Experience- Land- which includes a review for the national credential
provide the technician with a complete description of
scape Design 3.00: Actual landscape design work examination.
size, shape, feature location special tolerances, finish
experience for approved clients utilizing a required set of
MA 133 Clinical Directed Practice 2.00: Develop treatments, and assembly instructions are included
learning outcomes. Department permission required.
proficiency in identification and care of equipment, so that the product can be manufactured, inspected,
Medical Assisting sterile technique and asepsis, diagnostic and ex- assembled and tested to exact design specifications,
amination procedures, therapy, surgery, medication and finishes on part drawings. Introduces the various
MA 110 Medical Assistant Pre-credentialing (pharmacology and administration) and handling of types of dimensions, tolerances, notes, thread forms,
Seminar 1.00 medical emergencies in a medical clinic/physician office representation, and specifications, finish specifications
setting. Concurrent enrollment in MP 131 and MP 136. used in industry today to carry out these functions.
MA 111 Medical Terminology 3.00: Covers pre- Prerequisite: MCH 105.
Department permission required. Prerequisite: MA 123,
fixes, suffixes, root words, abbreviations, conditions,
124; MLT 100; MP 104; HE 112.
symptoms and procedure terms. Course taught by body MCH 115 Geometric Dimensioning and Toleranc-
systems. English communication skills necessary. MA 134 Health Record Transcript (Lab) 1.00: ing 3.5: Covers the use of geometric dimensioning
Transcribe medical reports. A proficiency certificate and tolerancing as specified by the American National
MA 112 Medical Office Assistant Seminar I 1.00: Standards Institute’s 1982 publication. Introduces the
is awarded to students who demonstrate satisfactory
The study of the health care delivery systems, medical symbols, concepts and basic use of these new
transcription speed, accuracy and quality of work. To
office management, interpersonal communications; and techniques for dimensioning and tolerancing used in
successfully complete this course students must be able
coordination of directed practice which includes a review industry today. Prerequisites: MCH 105,110.
to keyboard 45 words per minute by touch. Prerequi-
for the national credential examination.
sites: MP 111; (BI 55 or 122 or 233).
MCH 120 Machine Shop Math 2.00: Covers in-
MA 117 Medical Office Administrative Proce- struction and practice in working with whole numbers,
MA 136 Medications 2.00: Covers appropriate
dures 4.00: Covers medical reception room tech- drug uses, effects, dangers, and precautions; routes of fractions, decimals, formulas, inch and metric systems,
niques, including appointment scheduling, telephone administration, dilutions and calculations, management formulas, calculating simple and direct indexing. Intro-
techniques, mail handling, financial records, accounting, and control. Review common prescription abbreviations, duces how to apply the use of the inch/metric systems,
accounts receivable and payable, insurance, office care forms of medications and basic drug categories. dividing/index head and formulas as they pertain to
and management, and medical records management.
221
Course Descriptions
thread calculations, gear calculations, speed and feed methods related to industrial dimensional conformance performed operations and uses of a variety of cutters,
calculations, and taper calculations. Prerequisite: requirements. Drawing and part compliance methods, accessories, indicators, center/edge finder, clamping
MCH 100. including geometric dimensioning verification techniques. methods, squaring a block of material on all 6 sides,
Prerequisite: MCH 150. find the edge of a workpiece, drilling/threading a hole,
MCH 121 Manufacturing Processes I 4.00: A performing circular cutting operations, using the bor-
technical elective course in the Associate of Applied MCH 157 Project Machine Technology I 1.5: ing head to bore holes on manufactured parts to print
Science Degree in the Machine Manufacturing Tech- Designed to allow students the opportunity to customize specifications. Prerequisites: MCH 100, 125.
nology program. An introductory course in material or select various individual modules from within the Ma-
removal operations emphasizing drilling, milling and chine Manufacturing Technology program offerings. MCH 210 Project Machine Technology IV 6.00:
lathe processes with emphasis on production speeds Designed to allow students the opportunity to customize
and feeds. Prerequisite: MCH 102. MCH 158 Project Machine Technology II 3.00: or select various individual modules from within the Ma-
Designed to allow students the opportunity to customize chine Manufacturing Technology program offerings.
MCH 123 Sheet Metal Fabrication 4.00: A techni- or select various individual modules from within the Ma-
cal elective course in the Associate of Applied Science chine Manufacturing Technology program offerings. MCH 211 Project Machine Tech V 7.5: Designed
Degree in the Machine Manufacturing Technology to allow students the opportunity to customize or select
program. An introductory course in the setup and op- MCH 159 Project Machine Technology III 4.5: various individual modules from within the Machine
eration of manual sheet metal machinery. Prerequisite: Designed to allow students the opportunity to customize Manufacturing Technology program offerings.
MCH 100. or select various individual modules from within the Ma-
chine Manufacturing Technology program offerings. MCH 212 Project Machine Tech VI 9.00: Designed
MCH 125 Speeds and Feeds 1.00: Covers how to to allow students the opportunity to customize or select
calculate proper cutting speeds, revolutions per minute MCH 160 Drilling Machines & Operations 2.00: various individual modules from within the Machine
(RPM) and feeds for various machine tools and cutting Covers setup, applications, parts and operation of the Manufacturing Technology program offerings.
conditions. Introduces how accurately calculating sensitive, upright and radial arm drill presses. This
speeds and feeds prior to cutting on the work piece will course introduces the commonly performed operations MCH 213 Project Machine Tech VII 10.5: Designed
save time, money, and avoid the waste of materials and of drilling, reaming, counterboring, countersinking, to allow students the opportunity to customize or select
tools. Prerequisite: MCH 100. spotfacing and tapping on the various types of drilling various individual modules from within the Machine
machines used to produce part features to print speci- Manufacturing Technology program offerings.
MCH 130 Machine Shop Trigonometry 2.5: In- fications. Prerequisites: MCH 100, 125, 135.
troduces the rules, methods and procedures for using MCH 214 Project Machine Tech VIII 12.00: De-
trigonometry formulas that deal with both the sides and MCH 175 Band Saws 1.00: Covers setup, applica- signed to allow students the opportunity to customize or
the angles of the right triangle and oblique triangle to tions, parts and operation of the vertical, and horizontal select various individual modules from within the Ma-
solve for the unknown parts. Prerequisite: MCH 100. band saws and the selection/preparation of band saw chine Manufacturing Technology program offerings.
blades. Introduces the skill of welding band saw blades
MCH 135 Basic Measuring Tools 1.5: Covers use and the common cutting operations performed on the MCH 215 Horizontal Milling Machines 2.5: Cov-
and applications associated with basic measuring tools vertical/horizontal to manufacture parts to print speci- ers setup, applications and operation of the horizontal
including: the machinist’s scale, dividers, telescoping fications. Prerequisite: MCH 100. milling machine. Introduces how to set-up horizontal
gage, combination square, hermaphrodite caliper, milling machine and saw a slot in a piece of steel, use
surface gage, surface finish gage. Introduces the MCH 180 Turning Machines & Operations 4.00: the indexing head to cut keyways and keyseats, use the
proper techniques and applications of the basic transfer Covers setup, applications, parts and operation of the Dividing Head to cut a gear, the basic function and uses
measurement and comparison tools in measuring holes various types of lathes. Introduces the commonly per- of a jig or fixture to produce machined parts to print
accurately, scribing parallel lines, finding the center of formed operations of drilling, reaming, counterboring, specifications. Prerequisites: MCH 100, 125, 205.
round stock, determining the factors which contribute to countersinking, spotfacing, tapping, maintaining/align-
ing, parallel turning, facing, filing, knurling, grooving, MCH 216 Mechanical Inspector 4.00: Introduces
the quality of surface finish, and practice in identifying measurement by mechanical, electronic, and optical
surface finishes. Prerequisite: MCH 100. cutting radii, cutting tapers, and parting on the various
types of turning machines used to produce part features methods related to industrial dimensional conformance
MCH 145 Layout Tools 1.5: Covers instruction and to print specifications. Prerequisites: MCH 100, 125. requirements. Drawing and part compliance methods,
practice in cutting, filing, layout, scribing, use of gage including geometric dimensioning verification tech-
blocks, and utilizing the height gage to accurately layout MCH 190 Boring on the Lathe 1.00: Covers setup, niques.
lines, angles and the location of part features. Introduces applications and operation of boring on the lathe. Intro-
duces the commonly performed operation of boring on MCH 217 Quality Technician 4.00: Introduces qual-
the proper use and applications of the hacksaw, scribe, ity management philosophies, strategies for continuous
dividers, prick punch, ballpeen hammer, combination the various types of turning machines used to produce
part features to print specifications. Prerequisites: MCH improvement, graphical and numerical methods for data
square set, and height gage to produce the accurate analysis and methods of manufacturing process control.
layout of part features. Prerequisite: MCH 100. 100, 125, 180.
Prerequisite: MCH 216.
MCH 150 Precision Measuring Tools 1.5: Covers MCH 195 Threading on the Lathe 3.00: Covers
setup, applications and operation of single point thread- MCH 220 Manufacturing Processes II 4.00: A
instruction and practice of precision measurement technical elective course in the Associate of Applied Sci-
with tools commonly used by the machinist to produce ing and geometric forming heads for the production of
single and multiple lead threads. Introduces cutting, ence Degree in the Machine Manufacturing Technology
and measure part features. This course introduces program. Covers the interaction of design with industrial
the proper use, applications and parts of the outside, chasing, rolling and forming production of single and
multiple lead threads. Also covers cutting, chasing, materials and processes in connection with technical
inside, and depth micrometers; the vernier caliper; dial and economic feasibility, trade-offs and automation.
indicators; and the dial bore gage commonly used by rolling and forming of internal/external threads on the
lathe and drill press by using a single point cutting tool, Prerequisite: MCH 121.
the machinist to verify and manufacture part features to
print specifications. Prerequisite: MCH 100. tap or geometric thread cutting/rolling head on nuts,
MCH 221 Gears 2.00: A technical elective course
bolts, fasteners, castings and machined parts to print
in the Associate of Applied Science Degree in the Ma-
MCH 151 Metrology 2.00: Technical elective course specifications. Prerequisites: MCH 100, 180, 190.
chine Manufacturing Technology program. Covers part
in the Associate of Applied Science Degree in the Machine drawings with gears which provide the technician with
Manufacturing Technology program. Provides an introduc- MCH 205 Vertical Milling Machines and Opera-
tions 3.5: Covers setup, applications and operation of a complete description of size, shape, feature location,
tion to measurement by mechanical, electronic, and optical special tolerances, finish treatments, and assembly
the vertical milling machine. Introduces the commonly
instructions so that the product can be manufactured,
222
Course Descriptions
inspected, assembled and tested to exact design speci- types, heat treatment, testing, machinability, proper- Includes terminology relevant to PC-based CAD/CAM
fications. Prerequisite: MCH 215. ties and the physics of materials and material removal work. Covers hardware familiarity, system operation,
of ferrous and non-ferrous materials. Introduces the folders, file types and structure, Mastercam menu struc-
MCH 222 Coordinate Measuring Machine Opera- processing of materials to obtain the desired changes ture and system management, and 2 1/2 axis toolpaths
tion 2.00: A technical elective course in the Associate in its physical properties, the non-destructive and for milling. Emphasis on proper geometry creation,
of Applied Science Degree in the Machine Manufactur- destructive testing of materials, the machinability of manipulation and management, relevant utilities and
ing Technology program. Covers the roles and types materials and the efficiently/required knowledge of the C-hooks, terminology, toolbar and menu functions.
of CMMs; modes of operation; types of probes; CMM metal to be cut, but also how the cutting tool material
software; measuring features; alignments and reverse and its shape will perform under various machining MCH 273 Mastercam Level II 5.00: Construct
engineering (digitizing). Prerequisite: MCH 115. conditions. Prerequisite: MCH 100. advanced geometric models using geometric, free
form, and derived surface types. Emphasis on surface
MCH 225 Surface Grinding Machines and MCH 246 Metallurgy II 4.00: A technical elective creation and mathematical category, applicability,
Operations 2.00: Covers the setup, applications course in the Associate of Applied Science Degree association, Open-GL, shading and curves, C-hooks,
and operation of the horizontal spindle/reciprocating in the Machine Manufacturing Technology program. terminology and analyzing. All aspects of roughing and
table surface grinder to produce parts to extremely Covers selection of materials for modern engineering finishing are covered with focus on correct application
close tolerances with improved surface finishes and and technology applications; structure and properties and use of parameters. Includes mill/turn machining
accuracy. Introduces automatic grinder operation by of materials starting with fundamental atomic arrange- conventions, C-axis programming, tool libraries and
grinding a block square/parallel and perpendicular by ments; microstructural control through thermal and solid toolpath verification.
applying the required setups and operational sequenc- mechanical processing and effects of service environ-
ing, and grinding of angular surfaces on a workpiece ment. Prerequisite: MCH 245. MCH 276 Mastercam Solids 3.00: A continuation
to print specifications. Also introduces grinding wheels of the CAD/CAM curriculum and explores the solids
and abrasives, selecting, balancing and mounting the MCH 247 Manufacturing Processes III 3.00: A application of Mastercam as it pertains to model design
grinding wheel and the methods/machines of surface technical elective course in the Associate of Applied and toolpath generation.
grinding. Prerequisite: MCH 100. Science Degree in the Machine Manufacturing Tech-
nology program. Introduces less conventional and MCH 277 Mastercam CNC/CAM Project 3.00: A
MCH 227 CNC Grinder Operation 2.5: A technical non-traditional manufacturing processes and materials. continuation of the CAD/CAM curriculum. Purpose of
elective course in the Associate of Applied Science Prerequisite: MCH 220. course is to solidify the connection between Mastercam
Degree in the Machine Manufacturing Technology and the CNC Machine through the physical manufactur-
program. A preparatory course designed to introduce MCH 248 Metallurgy III 4.00: A technical elective ing of projects.
the operation of the Computer Numerical Controlled course in the Associate of Applied Science Degree in the
Surface Grinder including proper setups, uses and Machine Manufacturing Technology program. Covers MCH 278 CNC Operation - Mill 4.00: Introduces
operations associated with the CNC surface grinding the selection of materials for modern engineering and basic operation and setup skill used with Fanuc (G&M
machine and its accessory devices. Prerequisite: technology applications; structure and properties of compatible) controlled CNC machining centers. Pre-
MCH 226. ceramics, polymers, composites; the materials proper- requisite: MCH 268.
ties of electrical, thermal, magnetic; and the economic,
MCH 228 Abrasives 1.5: A technical elective course MCH 279 CNC Operation - Lathe 4.00: Introduces
environmental and societal issues in materials science
in the Associate of Applied Science Degree in the basic operation and setup skill used with Fanuc (G&M
and engineering. Prerequisite: MCH 246.
Machine Manufacturing Technology program. Covers compatible) controlled CNC turning centers. Prerequi-
the different types of abrasives available, selection and MCH 259 CNC Programming-Lathe 5.00: Intro- site: MCH 259.
their applications. Prerequisite: MCH 215. duces the basic programming skills used with Fanuc
MCH 280 CE / Machine Technology 1.00–8.00:
(G&M compatible) controlled CNC turning centers.
MCH 229 Rapid Prototyping 5.00: Preparatory This work occurs outside the classroom at a work site
Prerequisites: MCH 100, 110, 125, 130, 160, 205.
course designed to introduce the student to the proper performing machine tool setup and operation under the
setups, uses and operations associated with additive MCH 262 CNC Conversational Controls 2.00: supervision of a professional machinist technician or
and rapid manufacturing processes including but not Covers basics of CNC Conversational Controls. In- supervisor. Department permission is required. Offered
limited to the Dimension BST Rapid Prototyping ma- troduces the student to CNC conversational controls for one to eight credits based upon the number of clock
chine and its accessory devices. Prerequisites: MCH and the flow of CNC conversational programming. hours completed at the work site.
276 or instructor approval. Prerequisite: MCH 260, 261.
MCH 282 CNC Router Operation 3.00: A technical
MCH 235 Tool Sharpening 2.00: Covers setup, MCH 263 CNC Cycle Time Reduction 1.5: Covers elective course in the Associate of Applied Science Degree
applications and specifications of tool sharpening/ concepts associated with CNC cycle time reduction. in the Machine Manufacturing Technology program.
reconditioning utilizing the universal tool and cutter Covers proven methods for CNC setup time reduc- Introduces the basic operation and setup skill used with
grinder, the drill pointer and bench grinder. Introduces tion, and CNC cycle time reduction Prerequisite: MCH Techno (G & M compatible) controlled CNC Routers.
the sharpening of drill bits, lathe tools, end mill sides/ 260, 261. Prerequisite: MCH 281.
ends, milling cutters, and various formed relieved cut- MCH 283 CNC Router Mastercam Program 3.00:
ters, reamers and taps to manufacturers specifications. MCH 266 Advanced CNC Programming 3.5:
Presented by means of audio visual presentations, dem- A technical elective course in the Associate of Applied
Prerequisite: MCH 100. Science Degree in the Machine Manufacturing Technol-
onstrations, lab experiences, and research activities.
MCH 240 Cutting Tool Technology 2.00: Covers Emphasizes the development of skills and knowledge ogy program. This is a preparatory course in CAD/CAM
types, setup, applications and specifications of cutting competencies prescribed by business and industry designed to introduce personal computing and the opera-
fluids and cutting tools. Introduces why the selection of performance standards. Prerequisite: MCH 260, 261. tional basics of Mastercam Router required to produce a
the appropriate cutting tools and cutting fluids are es- CNC manufactured part. Prerequisite: MCH 282.
sential in metal cutting operations to reduce the heat and MCH 268 CNC Programming-Mill 5.00: Introduces
basic programming skills used with Fanuc (G&M com- MCH 284 Computer Aided Manufacturing 3.00:
friction produced during material removal operations A technical elective course in the Associate of Applied
and how the selection, setup and applications effect patible) controlled CNC machining centers. Prerequi-
sites: MCH 100, 110, 125, 130, 160, 205. Science Degree in the Machine Manufacturing Technol-
the quality, accuracy, efficiency and productivity of the ogy program. Provides an introduction to the develop-
workpiece produced. Prerequisite: MCH 100. MCH 272 Mastercam Level I 5.00: Introduces ment of NC machine tool manufacturing processes
MCH 245 Metallurgy 2.5: Covers the manufacture, personal computing and Mastercam operational basics. using computer aided process planning and advanced
223
Course Descriptions
CAD/CAM software. Emphasizes analysis and planning ered. Stresses professionalism, safety and interpersonal blood group systems. Prerequisite: Acceptance into
required for successful NC production, development skills in the health care setting. Prerequisite: Department the second year of the MLT Program.
of CAD drawings and solid models for CAM program permission required.
development, toolpath simulation software, and manu- MLT 242 Immunohematology II 4.00: Presents
facturing engineering issues associated with NC based MLT 201 Introduction to Histologic Techniques I blood group systems other than ABO and Rh, testing
production. Prerequisite: MCH 273. 4.00: First course of a two-course sequence. Introduces methods, Hemolytic Disease of the Newborn, donor
histologic knowledge and skills including instrumenta- selection, blood components, anticoagulants, and
MCH 285 Integrated Manufacturing 3.00: A tion, tissue fixation, embedding, sectioning, staining and transfusion reactions. The principles involved in various
technical elective course in the Associate of Applied Sci- troubleshooting. Stresses professionalism and safety in serologic tests will also be discussed. Prerequisites:
ence Degree in the Machine Manufacturing Technology the medical setting. Department permission required. Acceptance into second year of MLT Program.
program. Provides an introduction to the concepts and
technologies of Computer Integrated Manufacturing. MLT 202 Introduction to Histologic Techniques II MLT 250 Hematology 4.00: This course reviews and
Prerequisite: MCH 284. 4.00: Second course of two-term sequence. Introduces further develops knowledge and skills in the areas of
histologic knowledge and skills including instrumenta- hemoglobin, hematocrit, blood cell counts and blood
MCH 288 Certified Manufacturing Technolo- tion, staining techniques, frozen sections and immuno- cell morphology. Presents abnormalities, anomalies
gist Review 4.00: Technical elective course in the histochemical techniques. Stresses professionalism and conditions affecting red blood cells and white blood
Associate of Applied Science Degree in the Machine and safety in medical settings. Prerequisite: MLT 201. cells. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the second year of
Manufacturing Technology program. Provides a the MLT Program.
review of the material to prepare for the Society of MLT 213 Introduction to Medical Microbiology
Manufacturing Engineers (SME) Certification Test for 4.00: Introduces clinical microbiology, including an MLT 261 Bacteriology I 4.00: Incorporates basic
the Manufacturing Technologist (CMfgT). Prerequisite: overview of the organization and function of the clinical principles and practices of clinical bacteriology focusing
Industrial experience and/or manufacturing enterprises/ microbiology laboratory. Processing, handling, and on the following families: Micrococcaceae, Streptococ-
engineering technology coursework required. work-up of clinical specimens for microbiological study caceae and Neisseriaceae. The principles of molecular
are thoroughly addressed. Stresses a “systems” ap- diagnostic testing will also be introduced. Prerequisite:
MCH 289 Certified Manufacturing Engineer Re- proach to the identification and control of the etiological Acceptance into the second year of the MLT Program.
view 4.00: Technical elective course in the Associate of agents of disease. Prerequisite: MLT 112.
Applied Science Degree in the Machine Manufacturing MLT 262 Bacteriology II 3.00: Incorporates basic
Technology program. Provides a review of the material MLT 221 Clinical Chemistry I 3.00: Review and practices and principles of general bacteriology with
to prepare for the Society of Manufacturing Engineers expansion of introductory clinical chemistry topics clinical bacteriological practices focusing on the En-
(SME) Certification Test for the Manufacturing Engineer including: quality control, laboratory mathematics, terobacteriaceae, non-fermentative gram negative rods,
(CMfgE) with emphasis in Processes. spectrophotometry, and carbohydrates. This course Bacteroidaceae, coccobacilli, aerobic and anaerobic
also presents the normal and abnormal composition of spore-formers, and Mycobacteria. Prerequisite: Ac-
Medical Laboratory Technology urine, testing procedures, sources of error and clinical ceptance into second year of MLT Program required.
correlation. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the second
MLT 100 Medical Office Lab Orientation 3.00: MLT 263 Medical Parasitology 3.00: The course
year of the MLT Program.
Introduces clinical laboratory principles and procedures provides an introduction to the field of medical parasitol-
commonly performed in the small office setting, includ- MLT 222 Clinical Chemistry II 4.00: Focuses ogy. Identifying characteristics, life cycles, pathogenic-
ing specimen collection and handling, urinalysis, basic on: Physiology, Pathophysiology and analysis of uric ity and testing methods for various relevant organisms
hematology, serology, microbiology and quality control. acid, cholesterol and triglycerides, acid-base bal- are covered. Prerequisites: Acceptance into second year
Prerequisites: MP 111, BI 55 or BI 122 or BI 233. ance, blood gas analysis and interpretation, proteins, of MLT Program required.
and enzymology. The course also introduces organ
MLT 111 Medical Technology I 4.00: Introduces MLT 264 Medical Mycology 3.00: Studies medically
system assessment using various chemistry panels.
the field of clinical laboratory science, including an important fungi and procedures for the collection, han-
Prerequisite: Acceptance into the second year of the
introduction to the use and care of the microscope dling, preparation and use of media. Includes methods
MLT Program.
and other laboratory supplies and equipment, basic introduction to diagnostic procedures for the cultivation
blood cell morphology, basic urinalysis, bloodborne MLT 223 Clinical Chemistry III 3.00: Presents and identification of pathogenic fungi. Prerequisite: Ac-
pathogens, and ABO/Rh blood grouping. Prerequisite: coagulation theory, tests and disease correlation; ceptance into the second year of the MLT Program.
Acceptance into first year of Medical Laboratory Tech- protein electrophoresis testing principles and correla-
nology Program. MLT 271 Clinical Laboratory Practice I 3.00:
tion of abnormal results with various disease states;
Students are assigned to various clinical laboratories
the principles and applications of toxicology and EIA
MLT 112 Medical Technology II 4.00: This is the to become familiar with their organization and and op-
testing; thyroid function and assessment, electrolytes;
second course in a sequence introducing the field of eration. Students also gain insight into how the clinical
blood urea nitrogen and creatinine; and fecal fat.
clinical laboratory science. Includes an introduction laboratory practitioner relates to the entire medical team
Prerequisite: Acceptance into the second year of the
to clinical chemistry, quality control and laboratory and to the community. Students gain experience in deal-
MLT Program.
statistics. The study of hematology, blood collection and ing with patients and in performing procedures required
coagulation are also included. Prerequisite: MLT 111. MLT 230 Body Fluids 3.00: The course will pres- of a laboratory technician. Prerequisite: Acceptance into
ent special urine testing protocol surrounding the the second year of the MLT Program.
MLT 150 Lab Assistant - Phlebotomy Practicum aminoacidurais and porphyrinurias. Students develop
7.00: Receive training in a clinical laboratory to learn MLT 272 Clinical Laboratory Practice II 3.00:
knowledge of the composition and testing of cerebrospi-
basic laboratory assisting skills. Introduces specimen Students are assigned to various clinical laboratories to
nal, synovial, seminal, pleural, pericardial, peritoneal,
processing, phlebotomy and information systems. become familiar with their organization and operation.
and amniotic fluids. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the
Stresses professionalism, interpersonal skills and Students also gain insight into how the clinical labora-
second year of the MLT Program.
safety. Department permission required. Keyboarding tory practitioner relates to the entire medical team and
skills recommended. MLT 241 Immunohematology I 3.00: Presents a to the community. Students gain experience in dealing
general understanding of basic immunology and the with patients and in performing procedures required of
MLT 170 Phlebotomy Practicum 4.00: Student various immunoglobulins. Develops knowledge of a laboratory technician. Prerequisite: Acceptance into
assigned to a clinical laboratory to become proficient the complement system and the principals involved the second year of the MLT Program.
in basic phlebotomy procedures. Some basic specimen in various antigen-antibody reactions with emphasis
processing and information system concepts may be cov- MLT 273 Clinical Laboratory Practice III 3.00:
on aggultination reactions. Reviews the ABO and Rh
224
Course Descriptions
Students are assigned to various clinical laboratories to (previous or concurrent) or instructor permission. various playback bandwidths. Prerequisites: MM 130,
become familiar with their organization and operation. 140; CAS 111D, 175; or instructor permission.
Students also gain insight into how the clinical labora- MM 141 Incorporating Multimedia Elements in
tory practitioner relates to the entire medical team and Presentation Software 2.00: Plan and produce a MM 232 Multimedia 3D Modeling and Animation
to the community. Students gain experience in dealing multimedia presentation using industry level presenta- 3.00: Create, edit, and take apart 3D models and anima-
with patients and in performing procedures required of tion software (Microsoft PowerPoint[TM]). Incorporate tions using 3D modeling and animation software, such as
a laboratory technician. Prerequisite: Acceptance into design theory, clip-art, video clips and sound into a Alias/Wavefront Maya. Basic features of the 3D modeling
the second year of the MLT Program. Microsoft PowerPoint(TM) presentation. Emphasis on environment will be highlighted. Prerequisites: MM 130,
quality, presentation flow and program design. 140; CAS 111D; or instructor permission.
MLT 274 Clinical Laboratory Practice IV 8.00:
Students are assigned to various clinical laboratories to MM 150 Multimedia Project Review, Testing and MM 233 3D Character Modeling and Animation
become familiar with organization and operation. Stu- Delivery 1.00: Introduction to finalizing the multimedia 3.00: Continues the study of 3D emphasizing the
dents also gain insight into how the clinical laboratory project through quality assurance, beta testing and group creation of animated characters. Involves sophisticated
practitioners relates to the entire medical team and to evaluation. Technical support, product documentation, final techniques for creating organic shapes and natural
the community. Students gain experience with patients production and packaging will be addressed. The strengths motion. Facial expressions and lip movement will be
and in performing procedures required of a laboratory and weaknesses of various delivery options will be reviewed. matched to dialog. Characters will move using internal
technician. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the second The authoring project developed in Multimedia 140 will be structures and kinematics. Student produces a complete
year of the MLT Program. the project used for this class. Prerequisite: Previous or short animated video with a moving, speaking character.
concurrent: MM 140, or instructor permission. Course provides the opportunity to individually experi-
MLT 281 Clinical Seminar 4.00: This course ence all aspects of production. Also includes group
introduces new concepts in the clinical laboratory MM 160 Marketing Yourself as a Multimedia production projects in which the student will concentrate
including laboratory management; state and federal Professional 2.00: Develop a marketing plan that will on a particular production aspect. A professional 3D
regulations such as HIPPA, CLIA, and Medicare; point lead to employment in the multimedia field. Describe software, such as Alias/Wavefront Maya(tm) will be
of care testing, and the prevention of laboratory errors. the primary features of guerrilla marketing. Create used. Prerequisite: MM 232
Other topics include clinical virology, tumor markers, professional quality promotional materials. Managing
and heavy metals. Students are also prepared for cer- the production of a multimedia project including project MM 234 3D for the World Wide Web 3.00:
tification examinations. Prerequisite: Acceptance into planning, production scheduling and management, cost Design, create, and display high-quality, interactive
the second year of the MLT Program. estimating, resource management, proposing, market- 3D graphics and animations delivered via the World
ing/advertising, copyright issues and contract develop- Wide Web. Focuses on current interactive 3D delivery
Multimedia ment strategies. Prerequisites: Previous or concurrent: products and creating 3D models with low polygon
MM 130 and MM 140 or instructor permission. count, thus addressing low-bandwidth limitations.
MM 110 Introduction to Multimedia 1.00: Explores Projects created using standard 3D modeling tools,
the different job areas within multimedia field. Roles of MM 220 Multimedia Design II 3.00: Emphasizes with interactivity added. Prerequisite: MM 232; or
the multimedia team are examined and explained. Create design concepts including layout, typography, color instructor permission.
a basic multimedia project using entry level multimedia theory, and information architecture with the goal of
industry standard authoring software; and the first por- creating interactive designs that balance aesthetics and MM 235 Digital Video Editing and Production
tion of a multimedia portfolio targeted to job acquisition. function. Develops a working knowledge of interface 3.00: A project based course that addresses various
Completion of CAS 111D highly recommended. design using standard drawing programs such as issues encountered in the post-production design
Macromedia Freehand, which translate created designs and delivery of digital video and audio for multimedia
MM 120 Multimedia Design 2.00: Introduces seamlessly into other software tools such as Adobe projects and television. using non-linear editors, such
multimedia development and design process. Includes Photoshop, Macromedia Flash and Dreamweaver. as Apple Final Cut Pro and image editors such as Adobe
developing multimedia team and identifying the job Students participate in “real-world”, client focused, col- Photoshop, students will learn the basic techniques of
titles, functions and skills; designing a multimedia laborative team design projects, which include assigned project planning, media capture, device control, non-lin-
project, identifying target audience, project budget and positions, such as project manager, account manager, ear editing, compositing and object animation. Students
development time lines; applying instructional design creative director, art director, copywriter, and program- will also learn various device specific delivery method-
guidelines to a multimedia project, developing multi- mer. Students will critique work and post projects to the ologies for TV and multimedia applications such as tape
media portfolios. Prerequisites: Previous or concurrent: department web site as directed. Prerequisites: MM 120, formatting and media compression formats and codecs.
MM 110, or instructor permission. 130; CAS 111D, 175; or instructor permission. Prerequisite: MM 130 or instructor permission.
MM 130 Multimedia Graphic Video and Audio MM 230 Graphics for Multimedia 4.00: Using MM 236 Internet Delivery of Digital Video and
Production 3.00: Introduces graphics, text, audio, and multimedia industry standard graphic software such Audio Files 3.00: Introduces preparing video and
video development for multimedia. Students produce as Adobe Photoshop(TM), Macromedia Flash (TM) audio for playback on the World Wide Web incorporating
multimedia elements using a variety of tools, such as and Adobe Illustrator(TM) to create and adapt graphic the principles of quality video and audio capture and
digital still and video cameras, analog video cameras, images for use in multimedia and interactive computer editing techniques. Develop video and audio segments
scanners, and the internet. Graphic, video and audio edit- applications. Create customized color palettes for im- using industry standard digital editing software such
ing software, such as Adobe Photoshop(TM) and Apple proved display. Color correct, select appropriate file for- as Adobe Premiere(TM) and Apple Final Cut Pro(TM).
Final Cut Pro(TM) are introduced. Prerequisites: Previ- mats (JPEG, GIF, TIFF, PICT & EPS), resize and combine The cross platform projects will be used on PCs (Win-
ous or concurrent: MM 120, or instructor permission. multiple graphics for use in multimedia presentations dows) and Macintosh computers and the World Wide
MM 140 Multimedia Authoring I 3.00: Introduc- and multimedia web page graphics. Prerequisite: MM Web. Prerequisite: MM 235; CAS 111D; or instructor
tion to producing a usable multimedia project that 130 or instructor permission. permission.
incorporates the principles and practices from MM 110, MM 231 Vector Graphics & Animation for the World MM 237 Video Compositing and Effects 4.00:
MM 120 and MM 130. Students develop an interac- Wide Web 3.00: Create navigation controls, animated Introduction to the creation of motion graphics using
tive multimedia project incorporating graphics, text, logos, long-form animations with synchronized sounds industry standard software tools such as Adobe After
video, and audio, using multimedia industry standard using multimedia industry standard vector graphics and Effects a standard for creating motion graphics for
authoring software (Macromedia Director[TM]). The animations software (Macromedia Flash[TM]). Create video, TV, film, multimedia, and the WWW. Illustrates
cross platform project may be used on PCs (Windows) translucent and transparent vecotr objects for use with the basic concepts of motion graphics, as well as the
and Macintosh computers and the World Wide Web. multimedia applications. Optimize Flash(TM) movies for functions, and capabilities of the software tools includ-
Additional lab time required. Prerequisites: MM 130
225
Course Descriptions
ing their extensive compositing, keying, animation, and QuickTime Streaming Server Using HTML editors such creating and adapting technical information and linear
special effects capabilities. Projects will be created, as Macromedia Dreamweaver, students will address narratives for non-linear, interactive multimedia ap-
optimized, and published to the departmental website. special user interface design challenges encountered plications. Includes developing ideas into multimedia
Prerequisites: MM 230, MM 235 in bandwidth intensive web sites using Cascading scripts, incorporating text with other media, writing
Style Sheets, Javascript, and XHTML. Streaming media narration, and writing for voice-over, writing for interac-
MM 238 Creating Professional DVD-Video4.00: will be delivered via the World Wide Web and APple tivity, presenting text on-screen, and writing concisely.
Introduction to the creation of custom DVD-Video using Quicktime Streaming Server. Students will also evaluate Prerequisites: MM 120; WR 121, 122, 123 or WR 214;
professional level authoring software, such as Apple media stream- ing performance, codec efficiency, image or instructor permission.
DVD Studio Pro. Digital video created in MM 235, quality and cross platform functionality, interactivity, ac-
and/or from other sources will be integrated with audio, cessibility, and web design standards. Recommended: MM 280 Cooperative Work Experience in Mul-
graphics, and other assets. Custom navigation, menus, CAS 112D, 113, & 206. Prerequisites: MM 230 & CAS timedia 1.00–3.00: Practice and enhance skills
chapters, and interactivity will be developed. Encode 11D or Instructor Permission. gained in the Multimedia 100 and 200 level classes.
uncompressed audio into highly compressed Dolby Spend 4 to 12 hours per week working in the multimedia
digital AC-3 streams, and incorporate into the DVD MM 250 Advanced Multimedia Project Develop- industry (public/private sector organizations) working
authoring software for full 5.1- channel surround sound. ment I 3.00: Designed to allow the student to combine at an approved multimedia development company
Final DVD projects are intended for use in standard their creative and technical skills developed in the pre- doing cooperative work. Develop career objectives by
home entertainment DVD players. Prerequisite: MM ceding 100 and 200 level Multimedia classes through linking course work with out-of-classroom experiences
140 and MM 235, or instructor permission. the production of a consummate project. Prepare an by becoming part of the “multimedia team” learning
interactive multimedia project using industry standard cooperation, team building, communication skills and
MM 240 Multimedia Authoring II-Scripting 4.00: software tools. Project development will include plan- project development. Prerequisites: MM 230, 231, 235,
Using multimedia industry standard authoring programs ning, production, project review and, implementing the 236, 240, 241, 245 or instructor permission.
(such as Macromedia Director and Flash) to develop evaluation suggestions. Final projects will be submitted
interactive projects. Focuses on interactive design of for faculty and peer critiques and then placed on the Medical Professionals
the project and the applications’ underlying scripting World Wide Web. Prerequisites: MM 230, 231, 235,
languages (e.g., Lingo and ActionScript). Previously MP 109 Basic Medical Terminology 2.00: Analyze
236, 240, 241, 245; or instructor permission.
developed multimedia elements will be assembled, the structure of medical words and apply this to basic
made interactive through the use of scripting tech- MM 251 Advanced Multimedia Project Develop- anatomy, physiology and disease processes of the
niques, and then tested for function, design, usability, ment II 3.00: Further develop the project created in human body. Covers prefixes, suffixes, root words,
and distribution. Final cross-platform projects may be MM 250. Prepare an interactive multimedia project abbreviations, conditions, symptoms and procedure
delivered via the WWW, CD, or DVD. Essential script- using industry standard software tools. Project develop- terms for the basic body systems. Recommend: RD
ing concepts and practices will be covered. No prior ment will include planning, production, project review 90 and WR 90.
programming skills are required. Prerequisites: MM and, implementing the evaluation suggestions. Final MP 110 Basic Medical Terminology 2 – 2.00:
140, 231; or instructor permission. projects will be submitted for faculty and peer critiques Reviews in depth the basic body systems and medical
and then placed on the World Wide Web. Prerequisite: terminology taught in MP 109. Expands knowledge to
MM 241 Multimedia Authoring III - Scripting MM 250 or instructor permission.
4.00: Extends scripting skills acquired in MM 240, include prefixes, suffixes, root words, abbreviations,
enabling student to build more sophisticated interactive MM 252 Advanced Multimedia Project Develop- conditions, symptoms and procedure terms used in
projects that may include: synchronized audio, complex ment III 3.00: Further develop the project created oncology, psychiatry, radiology and nuclear medicine.
data structures (arrays), and user tracking (such as score in MM 251. Prepare an interactive multimedia project Recommend: RD 90 and WR 90.
keeping). Focuses on how scripting enhances usable using industry standard software tools. Project develop- MP 111 Medical Terminology 4.00: Covers pre-
interfaces to provide the best user experience. Identi- ment will include planning, production, project review fixes, suffixes, root words, abbreviations, conditions,
fies solutions to production obstacles, and negotiate and, implementing the evaluation suggestions. Final symptoms and procedure terms. Course taught by body
solutions to design problems to meet project goals. projects will be submitted for faculty and peer critiques systems. English communication skills necessary. MP
Concentrates on applying gained knowledge and skills and then placed on the World Wide Web. Prerequisite: 199 Basic Medical Terminology Basic Medical Termi-
to larger projects. Students may use multimedia- MM 251 or instructor permission. nology Builds a basic medical vocabulary using medical
authoring applications such as Macromedia Director word elements for the major body systems. Common
or Flash and their corresponding scripting languages MM 260 Video Production I 4.00: Introduction to
digital video production, with a focus on the fundamen- diseases and diagnostic testing and procedures are
(e.g., Lingo and ActionScript) for their projects, but the also covered.
scripting skills acquired may be applicable to other tals of project planning, basic camera functions, shoot-
application environments as well. Prerequisite: MM ing techniques, lighting principles, and audio recording Magnetic Resonance Imaging
240; or instructor permission. fundamentals. Pre-production issues, production
terminology, and industry etiquette are also discussed, MRI 101 MR Physics I - Principles, Equipment &
MM 244 Creating Interactive Web Pages 3.00: studied, and evaluated. Prerequisite: MM 130. Safety 2.00: Introduces Magnetic Resonance Imaging
Develop web pages using multimedia industry standard theory and application, patient care, MR safety, Imaging
web page development software, such as Macromedia MM 261 Video Production II 4.00: Intermediate procedures, data acquisition and processing and the
Dreamweaver (TM) and web animation tools, such level of digital video production, continues with digital physical principles of image formation. Department
as Macromedia Flash (TM). Incorporate multimedia video production and nonlinear editing and incorporates permission is required.
elements for optimal internet delivery. Commercially field audio recording, audio editing, and shooting and
available multimedia elements (clip media) will be used preparing video for multiple distribution methods. MRI 102 MR Physics II - Advanced Principles
for constructing the web page. Prerequisites: CAS 111D Prerequisite: MM 260. 2.00: Continues Magnetic Resonance Imaging theory
and MM 231 or instructor permission. and application, patient care, MR safety, imaging proce-
MM 262 Video Production III 4.00: Explores docu-
dures, data acquisition and processing and the physical
MM 245 Internet Delivery Methods 3.00: Focuses mentary video making through hands-on exercises and
principles of image formation. Department permission
on methods used to optimize and deliver still graphics, assignments. Covers relevant preproduction methods
required. Prerequisite: MRI 101.
animations, audio, and video streaming and website and materials, the small-crew field production model
design. Students will use still image optimization and editing concepts and strategies. Prerequisites: MM MRI 111 MR Cross-Sectional Anatomy I 2.00:
programs such as Adobe Image Ready and streaming 235, MM 260, or instructor’s permission. Introduces the normal appearance of anatomical
media compression tools such as Apple QuickTime and structures of the head, soft tissue neck, spine and
MM 270 Writing for Multimedia 3.00: Introduces
226
Course Descriptions
lower extremity in normal planes. Enables students to sections. The role of contrast agents in diagnosis will professionals step out from the “crowd of look-a-likes.”
differentiate between normal and abnormal anatomical be discussed in all sections. Department permission Topics include improving individual effectiveness,
structures. Primary focus is MR appearance of anatomy required. Prerequisites: MRI 102, 112, and 122. developing interpersonal relationships, functions of
but includes correlation with anatomical drawings and work groups, multi-cultural relations, productivity and
CT anatomy. Department permission is required. MRI 140 MR Registry Review 1.00: Provides a quality at the organizational level.
comprehensive review of patient care, imaging pro-
MRI 112 MRI Cross-Sectional Anatomy II 1.00: cedures, data aquisition and processing and physical MSD 116 Creative Thinking for Innovative
Introduces the normal appearance of anatomical principles of image formation for magnetic resonance Change 1.00: In today’s-and tomorrow’s- unpredict-
structures of the upper extremity, chest, abdomen imaging. Department permission required. Prerequisite: able and increasingly challenging world, we must make
and pelvis in normal planes. Enables students to dif- MRI 102, MRI 112, and MRI 122. MRT 111 Health a fundamental choice: to be changed, inevitably, by the
ferentiate between normal and abnormal anatomical Information Seminar 2 Health Information Seminar 2 forces churning around us, or to be the change-leader
structures. Primary focus is MR appearance of anatomy In seminar students accomplish a major group project through innovative actions. Learn how to jump-start
but includes correlation with anatomical drawings that begins fall term and lasts through spring term. The your own creative, innovative thinking.
and CT anatomy. Department permission required. students will select the project given criteria that meets
Prerequisite: MRI 111. the goals of the course. MSD 117 Customer Relations 3.00: Discusses the
importance of customer relations. Emphasis on tech-
MRI 121 MRI Clinical Education I 6.00: Provides Management and Supervisory Development niques for effective customer service. Explores setting
clinical education experience in an affiliated hospital the stage, analyzing and developing customer service
Magnetic Resonance Imaging Department under the MSD 101 Principles of Management and Su- policies, listening, handling problems and concerns,
supervision of a Registered MR Technologist and Radi- pervision 3.00: Discusses concepts and practices building a team and growing a business.
ologist. Includes application of equipment manipulation of fundamental supervisory skills such as planning,
and operation, MR imaging procedures, MR safety, staffing, communication, ethics, leadership, impact MSD 119A Intercultural Communication 1.00:
medicolegal and ethical protocol, record keeping and of technology, training, conflict management, problem Identifies sources of common cultural misunderstand-
patient care. Requires clinical competencies, objec- solving, quality improvement, safety management and ings. Helps solve basic interpersonal challenges
tives, performance assessment and attendance. The performance reviews. through discussion, video, and practice. Gives re-
student will learn the necessary skills that are required sources to improve relationships.
MSD 105 Interpersonal Communication 3.00:
to function in the clinical area as a MR Technologist and
Discusses how principles of interpersonal communica- MSD 121 Leadership Skill Development 3.00:
will develop and exhibit proper professional work ethic.
tion operate in everyday life such as: communication Discusses new leadership theories and paradigm shifts
Department permission required.
processes, barriers and misconceptions; impact of and strategies for leading others and managing yourself.
MRI 122 MRI Clinical Education II 8.00: Provides cultural values and norms; influences of perception and Topics include strategies for developing organizational
intermediate clinical education experience in an affiliated judgment; communication and self talk; creating and visions, communication with clear meaning, developing
hospital Magnetic Resonance Imaging Department under responding to messages; characteristics of nonverbal trust through positioning, creating the learning organi-
the supervision of a Registered MR Technologist and communication and their impact; listening effectively; zation, and sharing leadership through empowerment.
Radiologist. Includes application of equipment manipu- identifying and controlling emotions; developing an
effective communications climate; and effectively MSD 122 Motivation Without Manipulation 1.00:
lation and operation, MR imaging procedures, MR safety,
managing conflict. This 10-hour workshop will focus on setting a climate
medicolegal and ethical protocol, record keeping and
for intrinsic motivation. Topics include organizational
patient care. Requires clinical competencies, objectives,
MSD 107 Organizations & People 3.00: This theories and their impact, ranking needs in the work-
performance assessments and attendance. The student
course is about how individual, group, and organiza- place, delegation obstacles to motivation, recognition
will learn the necessary skills that are required to function
tional characteristics influence each other. Included systems and emotional intelligence.
in the clinical area as a MR Technologist, and will develop
are personality development as it affects group and
and exhibit proper professional work ethic. Department MSD 123 Job Search Strategies 1.00: This 10-hour
organizational interactions; interpersonal and work
permission required. Prerequisite: MRI 121. workshop explores strategies for finding the “right” job.
group processes; job design, organizational structure
and culture. Includes self-discovery, goal-setting, prospecting, net-
MRI 123 MRI Clinical Education III 8.00: Provides
working, resume-writing, interviewing, career-planning,
advanced clinical education experience in an affiliated
MSD 110 Gender Conflict Resolution 1.00: This and self-marketing skills.
hospital Magnetic Resonance Imaging Department un-
10-hour workshop examines gender and multi-cultural
der the supervision of a Registereed MR Technologist MSD 125 Unions in Today’s Business Environ-
communication. The material includes identifying and
and Radiologist. Includes application of equipment ment 1.00: This workshop discusses the role of
evaluating sources of conflict and developing strategies
manipulation and operation, understanding and ap- unions from their inception to present day. Topics
and skills to positively manage and resolve conflicts.
plication of imaging parameters, MR safety, mediolegal include the health and safety issues which spurred the
and ethical protocols, record keeping and patient care. MSD 111 Corresponding Effect at Work 3.00: formation of unions in the late 1800’s; impact of work
Requires clinical competencies, objectives, performance Discusses the necessary communication tools and how hours, wages and safety; the enactment of the National
assessments and attendance. The student will learn the to use them in a variety of ways such as: writing letters, Labor Relations Act (Wagner Act), and the challenges
necessary skills that required to function independently memos, performance reviews, reports and brochures supervisors and managers face as labor relations issues
in the clinical area as a MR Technologist, and will develop relating to job situations. are addressed.
and exhibit proper professional work ethic. Department
permission is required. Prerequisite: MRI 122. MSD 113 Influence Without Authority1.00: Par- MSD 128 Crisis Intervention / Handling the Dif-
ticipants will learn to clearly distinguish between the ficult Person 1.00: This workshop will discuss the
MRI 130 MR Imaging Procedures and Diagnosis terms power, influence and authority. Topics include: phases of situation crisis intervention. Topics include
2.00: Correlates and compares the normal appearance effective listening, lateral relationships in the workplace, techniques for approaching and handling the difficult
of anatomy in all body sections with pathologic findings. influencing peers, influencing one’s supervisor, mutual person, the potentially dangerous person, and the
Discussion to include comparision of T1 vs. T2 imag- exchange, rules of reciprocation, knowing yourself and potentially volatile situation.
ing techniques as they correlate to imaging protocols your allies, and building relationships.
and diagnosis. The pathology section of the course is MSD 129 Exploring Myers-Briggs Type Indicator
designed to give the student an in depth consideration MSD 115 Improving Work Relations 3.00: Dis- (MBTI) 1.00: Explores how the MBTI can be applied
of disease processes. Special equipment, fat suppres- cusses management techniques, methods and strate- as a tool for understanding personality preferences and
sion and coil considerations will be discussed in all gies for helping managers, aspiring managers and staff
227
Course Descriptions
their effects in work settings. Through discussion and of change, proposing change, addressing resistance to MSD 160A Communication Styles 1.00: Concen-
comparison, discover ways to enhance communication, change, and successfully implementing change. trates on understanding various communication styles
resolve conflict, and adapt to differences in leadership including differences in perspectives, styles, beliefs
styles. Discover ways to develop the neglected sides of MSD 143 Working Smarter, Not Harder 1.00: and feelings. Discussion includes building relation-
yourself, and recognize the potentially rich contributions Explores techniques for turning inefficient time into ships at home, work and in communities with a wide
of your own type. productive time. Emphasizes analyzing your working range of people.
style to: eliminate any self-defeating work behaviors,
MSD 130 Creative Problem Solving 3.00: Cov- enhance productive behaviors, learn methods for con- MSD 161 Customer Relations 1.00: This 10-hour
ers creative problem solving and thinking, steps in the serving and maintaining energy to keep performance workshop discusses the principles of effective customer
creative problem-solving process, right and left brain at the “peak” level. relations. Topics include identifying and responding to
thinking, ambiguity and imagination, overcoming barri- customer needs, dealing with difficult customers, de-
ers to creative thinking, synthesis, and applying creative MSD 143A Managing Cultural Diversity 1.00: veloping a positive customer climate, building effective
problem-solving to the organization. This 10-hour workshop discusses how work-styles verbal and nonverbal communication skills.
differ among the diverse cultural groups, employed in
MSD 131 Preparing for Supervision 1.00: companies within this country. Topics include under- MSD 162 Coping with Angry Feelings and Angry
Designed for those new to supervision or consider- standing how misunderstandings and conflicts may People 1.00: This 10-hour workshop focuses on how
ing taking supervisory responsibilities. Skills and be the result of cross-cultural differences, identifying to cope more effectively and constructively with angry
responsibilities for successful supervision examined. how cultural values influence behavior, learning how to feelings. Also includes understanding the impact anger
Ideas shared on how to deal with common problems avoid offending and alienating others while encouraging has on ourselves and others; learning how to gain con-
and challenges facing new supervisors. positive behavior. trol over our reaction to anger-provoking situations; and
converting angry feelings into positive action.
MSD 133 Brave New Workplace / Strategies to MSD 148 Asserting Yourself in the Workplace
Excel in World of Change 1.00: Discover tools and 1.00: This workshop looks at three typical types of MSD 162B Professional Image 1.00: Focuses on
strategies to cultivate creative thinking your competitive human behavior and focus on assertiveness. Particular being taken seriously in the workplace. Develop a first
edge in these turbulent, exciting times. We are surround- attention given to creating appropriate situations for impression that people remember. A practical approach
ed by simple, obvious solutions that can dramatically assertive behavior to occur and opportunities for skill to building professionalism through behavior and ap-
increase our income, power influence and ultimately, practice also provided. pearance, and handling office politics, personalities,
long-term success. Our challenge is to see them! and criticism more effectively.
MSD 150 Listening Skills 1.00: Acquire an un-
MSD 134 Who Moved My Cheese 1.00: Change derstanding of the techniques of active listening and MSD 164 Better Memos and Letters 1.00: This
is constant, it’s all around us and it’s inevitable. This communication skills. Communication techniques 10-hour workshop teaches effective writing skills for
class on transition and change is based on the #1 best such as the perception check, interpretive listening, the work place. Topics include learning how to begin
seller business book by Spencer Johnson, M.D. called paraphrasing and questioning will be presented, and writing and when to stop, becoming more efficient and
Who Moved My Cheese. This course is fun learning opportunity to practice these skills included. confident, learning what to include and what to avoid
and it positively equips people to better understand in memos and letters.
and grow from change. MSD 151 Dealing with Difficult People 1.00:
This 10-hour workshop explores ideas for coping suc- MSD 165B Lessons in Leadership 1.00: Topics
MSD 139 Facilitating Skills That Work 1.00: cessfully with difficult people and situations. The basic covered include: workplace teams, getting things done,
Learn skills to facilitate meetings that produce results. psychology and personal styles of difficult interactions managing people, change and diversity. This workshop
Participants will learn to pre-plan a meeting, gain desired is examined. Specific techniques for dealing with is for all levels of the organization including executives,
outcomes, plan the agenda, and evaluation techniques. difficult encounters and enhancing relationships are managers, supervisors and team members.
discussed along with hands-on application.
MSD 140 Management Workshops 1.00: This MSD 170 The Challenge of Ethics & Values in
workshop focuses on a wide range of management MSD 151A Strategic Planning 1.00: This 10-hour the Workplace 1.00: This 10-hour workshop explores
issues: maintaining quality, building teams, setting workshop consists of three parts: how to analyze the ethical problems and challenges employees face in the
ethical standards, managing diversity, implementing current condition of the organization; how to develop a workplace. Topics include understanding the meaning
technology, maintaining an effect organization, bal- strategic plan for the organization; and how to develop of business ethics, the need for maintaining high ethi-
ancing authority and leadership, problem solving and the strategies to achieve the strategic plan. cal standards, the concept of social responsibility, and
decision making. strategies for promoting ethics in the organization.
MSD 156A Sexual Harassment and Other Prob-
MSD 141A The Time-Stress-Communication lems in the Workplace 1.00: This 10-hour workshop MSD 173B Performance Appraisal 1.00: This
Triangle 1.00: This 10-hour workshop focuses on focuses on current legal and personnel problems in the 10-hour workshop focuses on skills for evaluating
the stress control, time management, and interpersonal workplace. Topics include sexual harassment, worker’s performance. Topics include defining performance ap-
communication triangle. While learning to function compensation, discrimination, disability laws, and other praisals, evaluating various appraisal methods, using
effectively under pressure, participants will learn how federal regulations. MSD 157 Conflict Management flowcharts for assessing performance, and incorporat-
to maintain good relationships, conquer interruptions, Conflict Management This 10-hour workshop examines ing feedback.
manage meetings, and build self-esteem. common causes of conflict and developing approaches
for managing conflict for positive results. Content MSD 174 Time Management 1.00: This 10-hour
MSD 142A Personnel and the Law 1.00: Historical includes learning practical on-the-job techniques for workshop focuses on learning how to evaluate time
and governmental perspective of employment law, the working through conflict such as “cooperative conflict,” usage to make it more efficient and more effective.
Civil Rights Act and other equal employment opportu- dealing with anger, and prevention ideas. Topics include developing awareness of how we use
nity laws. Includes comparing EEO laws with regulations our time, understanding productivity, developing a time
of the Federal Contract Compliance Program, identify- MSD 159 Stress Control 1.00: This 10-hour management system, protecting our time, and additional
ing and complying with legal issues of employment, and workshop focuses on understanding your own signs time management tips.
discussion of other laws affecting personnel. of stress. Includes techniques for preventing stress,
identifications of personality factors and interpersonal MSD 174B Leadership & Effective Decision
MSD 142B Thriving in Transition 1.00: This 10-hour factors related to stress, and job burnout. Making 1.00: Covers historic examples, character-
workshop discusses how to thrive in the midst of the con- istics and styles of leadership. Participants will explore
stant change. Topics include understanding the sources leadership activities in public and private organizations;
228
Course Descriptions
investigate opportunities to exercise personal leader- centrates on the rediscovery of laughter and humor three credit course discusses techniques for managing
ship skills, contribute to group leadership situations through situational humor to re-build human con- productivity. Topics include basic productivity defini-
and discuss the impact of moral and ethical factors in nection, improve individual health, kindle creativity, tions, control measures and productivity, impact of the
decision making. and establish perspective in a work world confused by internet on productivity, impact of change on productiv-
strategies such as downsizing, reengineering, outsourc- ity and tools for measuring productivity.
MSD 175A How to Implement TQM At Your ing, etc. Participants should be forewarned that sporadic
Organization 1.00: This 10-hour workshop fo- laughter is entirely possible. MSD 202 Training the Employee 3.00: Develops
cuses TQM practices and philosophies employed practical perspective of training as an organizational
by successful business of all types, large and small, MSD 188B Self Management for Success 1.00: resource. Includes ways people learn, identifying
throughout the world. Topics include direct links be- We can’t manage others effectively until we learn to employee training development requirements, devel-
tween management’s leadership, employee activities manage ourselves. This course helps you identify your oping objectives, designing lesson plans, evaluation
and customer satisfaction, while understanding what roadblocks to success--including the “too much to criteria, developing strategy, alternatives to training,
it takes to eliminate impediments to service quality do, too little time” syndrome, excessive stress, unclear and practicum.
through continuous improvement. goals, and unproductive work patterns--and provides
strategies to change these habits. You will gain a new MSD 204 Labor - Management Relations 3.00:
MSD 175B Direct Communication in the Work- sense of enthusiasm as you redirect your energy and Provides a perspective on labor management interac-
place 1.00: This 10-hour workshop focuses on various take a new approach to your work. tions and insight into current labor relations events.
communication situations (both verbal and written) in the Includes the history and development of the labor move-
workplace. Topics include putting oneself in the receiver’s MSD 192A Project Management 1.00: Provides ment, management/supervisory responsibilities for labor
shoes, understanding what the listener’s hear, adapting both the tools and behavioral skills necessary to manage relations, labor unions’ current status and organizational
messages to enhance the receiver’s understanding, and any project successfully. All steps of the project cycle are make-up, labor legislation, grievance and disciplinary
focusing on the results the sender wants to achieve. modeled with opportunities for participants to practice action, arbitration, mediation, and contracts.
each step. Participants will learn to increase productiv-
MSD 176 Nonverbal Communication 1.00: This ity, present a project activity plan using professional MSD 206 The Troubled Employee 3.00: Reviews
10-hour workshop discusses the impact non-verbal tools and develop project team building skills. the factors contributing to the development of the
communication has on understanding the message. troubled employee. Includes identifying potential
Topics include body language, eye contact, attire, and MSD 193 Self Esteem the Key to Success 1.00: troubled employee work habits and attitudes (e.g.
manner of presentation and cultural differences. This 10-hour workshop focuses on the cornerstone of absenteeism, tardiness, sudden personality change),
behavior: self-esteem. Topics include learning how Employee Assistance Programs and possible com-
MSD 176A Interpersonal Communication 1.00: self-esteem affects our relationships, our ability to solve munity assistance agencies.
This 10-hour workshop explores a practical approach problems and set goals, our work performance, and
to understanding interpersonal communication. Topics our health. Emphasizes understanding the importance MSD 210 Public Relations 3.00: Discusses the
include techniques for active listening, methods for con- of maintaining a healthy self-esteem when handling importance of public relations in the business world.
flict resolution, and learning techniques for becoming conflict and many major dilemmas common to modern Emphasizes understanding key concepts, how to ef-
“other person” focused. life. MSD 193A Leadership Skill Development Leader- fectively use public relations in a business, techniques
ship Skill Development Leadership is an essential part of for promoting image, and working with the media in any
MSD 177 Team Building 1.00: Discusses what team public relations campaign.
running a quality organization. Learn about the various
building is, why it is important, how to start it, how to
facets that define leadership today.
manage the team building process, 12 components MSD 212 Work Analysis and Improvement 3.00:
of generating team building development, and some MSD 194 Effective Presentation Skills 1.00: This This three credit course discusses steps for analyz-
selected tools for team building. 10-hour workshop focuses on preparing participants for ing work and improving its impact. Topics include
giving an effective presentation. Topics include select- objectives of work analysis, using charts and graphs,
MSD 177B Coaching Great Performance 1.00: developing an environment that encourages questions
ing topics, analyzing the audience, developing ideas,
Centers on how to effectively work with people in a and discussion of differences, principles of motion
selecting and using visual aids, handling questions
helping relationship. Introduction to coaching and economy, time management, procedure writing and
and overcoming objections. Each participant will give
gaining hands-on experience being and working with employee training.
a presentation during the session.
a client. Coaching helps clients examine the way they
do things as well as what they do. Build your coaching MSD 198A Male/Female Communication Style MSD 214 Safety and Security Management 3.00:
skills by focusing on five key principles of coaching: Differences 1.00: Understanding the other’s ways Covers safety and security management, roles of OSHA/
coaching listening, powerful inquiry, creating choice, of talking is a giant leap across the communication NIOSH, supervisor’s role in safety and security manage-
balance and fulfillment. gap between women and men and a giant step toward ment, compensation laws and practices, and profitability
opening lines of communication. of quality safety and security management.
MSD 179B Avoid Burnout / Build Resilience 1.00:
Explores symptoms of the five distinct and sequential MSD 198B Exploring 7 Habits of Highly Effective MSD 216 Budgeting for Managers 3.00: Covers
stages of burnout; the three major areas of negative People 1.00: Each of Dr. Covey’s 7 Habits is rich in budgeting vocabulary, finance principles, record keep-
stress; the relationship between stress and burnout; the life-helpful ideas. This class explains how to apply them ing techniques, cash management, cash budgeting
five distinct and interrelated characteristics of personal to your day. Practical tips on stress control, conflict and capital budgeting. Recommended: Work-related
resilience; and the application of coping skills, antidotes resolution, time management and communication are budgeting experience.
and resilience to avoid burnout. discussed. MSD 222 Human Resource Management /
MSD 180A Goal Setting and Productivity 1.00: MSD 200 Organizations and Social Responsibility Personnel 3.00: Covers personnel operations, hu-
This 10-hour workshop focuses on steps for setting 3.00: Clarifies managerial/supervisory attitudes about man resource planning, job design and job analysis,
goals and successfully completing them. Includes the the relationships between business and government, the recruitment and equal employment opportunity, and
SMART goal approach, the benefits of setting goals, anti-discriminatory and open work environment, current job selection and placement.
identifying and overcoming obstacles, and creating environmental issues such as pollution and energy, the
achievable, small steps. MSD 223 Human Resource Management
consumer movement, and workplace ethics. /Performance and Compensation 3.00: Covers
MSD 187 Humor in the Workplace 1.00: Con- MSD 201 Productivity Management 3.00: This performance appraisal, indirect compensation pro-
grams, improving productivity and quality of work life,
229
Course Descriptions
employee rights and collective bargaining. ics include identifying the role the manager plays in Labs emphasize circuit construction and include simula-
identifying priorities, methods for improving creative tion of amplifier circuits. Prerequisite: MT 112.
MSD 240 Strategic Planning 3.00: Covers de- approaches to problem solving, handling a crisis, and
termining company strategy, defining major policy, increasing productivity. A maximum of four credit hours MT 121 Digital Systems I 3.00: Covers combina-
tactical planning and action, policy implementation and may be applied toward the degree requirements. tional logic devices and circuits. Includes basic operation
follow-up procedures. of logic gates, Boolean algebra, and MSI logic devices.
MSD 298 Trends in Management and Supervi- Labs emphasize prototyping and testing of combinational
MSD 265 Fundamentals of Production and sion 1.00–6.00: Examines specific topics of current logic circuits. Prerequisites: WR 115; MTH 65.
Inventory Management 4.00: Introduces the mul- interest not necessarily covered in other Manage-
tiple facets of production and inventory management. ment/Supervisory Development classes but related to MT 122 Digital Systems II 3.00: Covers sequential
Provides a general foundation for future American the changing management field. Investigate different logic devices and circuits. Includes the operation of
Production and Inventory Control Society (APICS) topics earning from 1 to 6 credits depending on the latches and flip-flops, ripple and synchronous counters,
courses and national examinations. Includes planning, length of the class. Other workshop descriptions are shift registers, memories, and a simple microprocessor
forecasting, master production scheduling, materials available by calling the Management and Supervisory system. Labs emphasize prototyping and testing of
planning, inventory management, production activity Development Department. sequential logic circuits. Prerequisite: MT 121.
control, purchasing, production and inventory manage-
ment, project management, mathematical programming Microelectronic Technology MT 200 Semiconductor Processing 3.00: This
and stochastic simulation. course explores aspects of semiconductor processing.
MT 70 Vacuum Technology Practice 0.5: Cus- Covers semiconductor device (CMOS) design and the
MSD 279 Project Management 3.00: Designed so tomizable survey course in the theory and practice following manufacturing processes: oxidation, photo-
participants can learn the essential strategy and meth- of vacuum as used in semiconductor manufacturing. lithography, etch, doping, chemical vapor deposition,
ods for project management. Each student will develop a Includes vacuum principles, vacuum pumps, guages metalization and test/sort. Prerequisites: MT 223, MT
“model” project using a step-by-step methodology. and components, and leak detection. 240, SP 130 and CH 222.
MSD 280A Coop.Ed. / Management and Super- MT 80 Safety and Cleanroom Protocol 2.00: Cov- MT 222 Quality Control Methods in Manufac-
visory Development 3.00: Designed to permit a ers safety consideration for working in a semiconductor turing 3.00: Explores quality control methods used
student in concert with an organization to combine new industry cleanroom. Introduces safety programs in the in semiconductor manufacturing, including statistical
on-the-job supervisory work experience with concepts industry. Overviews available hazard information and process control (SPC), control charts, performance
and skills learned in supervisory classes and in the how to obtain it. Covers personal safety and related representation and capability measurements. Em-
process become a greater asset to the organization. equipment. phasizes computer manipulation of actual data for
Department permission required. analysis and design of quality. Prerequisites: MTH 243
MT 90 Basic Electronics 3.00: Includes Ohm’s and WR 227
MSD 280B Coop. Ed. / Management and Super- Law, Kirchhoff’s Voltage and Current Law in series
visory Development- Seminar 1.00: Designed and parallel circuits, and troubleshooting problems of MT 223 Vacuum Technology 3.00: Covers theory
as a one credit hour seminar in which the student will basic electric circuits. Labs include basic measurement and practice of vacuum technology as used in semicon-
learn how to prepare and deliver a work-related plan. and troubleshooting techniques, use of electronic test ductor manufacturing. Includes vacuum principles, gas
Skills learned will be directly related to these activities. equipment and proper documentation procedures. Pre- loads, pumping techniques, pressure measurement,
Includes a visit by the instructor to the work site and a requisite/Concurrent registration: MTH 60; WR 115. RGAs, and leak detection. Prerequisites: MT 100, MT
discussion of the project with the student’s supervisor 113, CH 222 and WR 227.
as well as the student. MT 100 Introduction to Micro and Nano Tech
3.00: Introduces the methods used to manufacture MT 224 Process Equipment I 3.00: First course in a
MSD 285A Fund Total Quality Management 3.00: Micro and Nano technologies. Traces semiconductor two-course sequence in semiconductor process equip-
Designed so participants can learn the basic methods, processing from raw material to a finished integrated cir- ment. Covers microcontrollers, DC and stepper motors,
procedures and practices of Total Quality Management. cuit using planar technology. Introduces the processes pneumatics, and mechanical linkages. Prerequisites:
Emphasis is on fundamentals of understanding and us- and equipment used to create devices on the micro and MT 100, 113, 122.
ing quality-based management in organizations. nano scale. Emerging applications of MEMS and Nano-
technology are discussed. Prerequisite: MTH 65. MT 227 Process Equipment II 3.00: Covers subsys-
MSD 287 Data Analysis for Quality Improve- tems of a semiconductor processing system. Includes
ment 3.00: Introduces the basics of quality control MT 111 Electronic Circuits & Devices I 4.00: In- pneumatics and robotic systems. Focuses on analysis,
and problem solving. Exposes key concepts via a cludes Ohm’s Law, Kirchhoff’s Voltage and Current Law, maintenance and troubleshooting. Prerequisite: MT
job-related approach. Topics include how to collect Superposition, Thevenin’s Theorem, and R-C circuits. 223 and MT 224.
data, sampling methods, check sheets, run charts, Labs include basic measurement techniques, use of
electronic test equipment and proper documentation MT 228 Process Equipment III 4.00: Covers a
histograms, cause and effect diagrams, scatter diagrams
procedures. Prerequisites: WR 115 and placement into semiconductor processing system. Includes power,
and control charts.
or completion of MTH 95. vacuum, gas, delivery, robotic and control systems.
MSD 295A Management Effectiveness 3.00: Focuses on maintenance and troubleshooting. Prereq-
Focuses on providing students with a more in-depth MT 112 Electronic Circuits & Devices II 4.00: uisites: MT 227, 223, 240.
understanding of various management concepts. Covers AC circuits. Includes both single frequency
and frequency response analysis of circuits contain- MT 240 RF Plasma Systems 3.00: Covers the
Topics include the changing role of managers today,
ing resistance, capacitance, and inductance. Both theory and practice of RF plasma systems used in
organizational techniques for production management
trigonometry and phasors will be covered. Labs include semiconductor manufacturing. Includes plasma phys-
situation, methods for assessing various organizational
circuit construction, computer simulation and testing. ics, RF power subsystems, gas delivery, subsystems,
problems and motivational climates. A maximum of
Prerequisites: MT 111; MTH 95. and plasma-aided manufacturing. Prerequisites: MT
six credit hours may be applied toward the degree
223, MT 224, CH 222 and WR 227.
requirements.
MT 113 Electronic Circuits & Devices III 4.00:
Overviews discrete semiconductor devices - diodes, Mathematics
MSD 295B Management Effectiveness 2.00:
Focuses on providing students with a more in-depth BJTs, and FETs - and operational amplifiers. DC models MTH 10B Fundamentals of Arithmetic I 2.00: Use
understanding of various management concepts. Top- as well as frequency response, bandwidth/rise time of whole numbers to write, manipulate, interpret, and
relationships, and performance criteria are emphasized. solve application and formula problems. Concepts will
230
Course Descriptions
be introduced numerically, graphically, symbolically, completion of MTH 11 with a “C” or better and Reading MTH 27C Applications in Mathematics 1.00:
and in oral and written form. Prerequisite: Pre-Algebra COMPASS score 44-65 or successful completion of RD Use fractions, decimals, percents, integer arithmetic,
COMPASS 1-20. 80 or ESOL 250 with a “C” or better. and measurements to write, manipulate, interpret and
solve applications and formulas. Concepts will be
MTH 10C Fundamentals of Arithmetic I 2.00: Use MTH 22 Measurements 1.00: Use both English and introduced numerically, graphically, symbolically, and
of whole numbers to write, manipulate, interpret and Metric measurements, conversions, temperature, and in oral and written form. Scientific calculator with frac-
solve application and formula problems. Concepts will to write, manipulate, interpret, and solve applications tion capabilities required. Prerequisites: Pre-Algebra
be introduced numerically, graphically, symbolically, and formula problems . Concepts will be introduced COMPASS score 21-48 or successful completion of
and in oral and written form. Prerequisites: Pre-Algebra numerically, graphically, symbolically, and in oral and MTH 11 with a “C” or better and Reading COMPAS score
COMPASS score 1-20. written form. Scientific calculator with fraction capa- 44-65 or successful completion of RD 80 or ESOL 250
bilities required. Prerequisite: Pre-Algebra COMPASS with a “C” or better.
MTH 11B Fundamentals of Arithmetic II 2.00: Use score 21-48 or successful completion of MTH 11 with
of fractions and decimals to write, manipulate, interpret a “C” or better and Reading COMPASS score 44-65 MTH 30 Business Mathematics 4.00: Applica-
and solve applications and formulas. Concepts will be or successful completion of RD 80 or ESOL 250 with tion of arithmetic to a variety of problems found in
introduced numerically, graphically, symbolically and a “C” or better. the business field, including simple and compound
in oral and written form. Prerequisites: Pre-Algebra interest, annuities, payroll preparation, pricing, invoice
COMPASS score 1-20 or successful completion of MTH 22C Measurements 1.00: Use both English preparation, trade discounts, taxes, and depreciation.
MTH 10. and Metric measurements, conversions, temperature, Scientific calculator required. Prerequisites: MTH 20;
and to write, manipulate, interpret and solve application (RD 80 or ESOL 250).
MTH 11C Fundamentals of Arithmetic II 2.00: and formula problems. Concepts will be introduced
Use fractions and decimals to write, manipulate, numerically, graphically, symbolically, and in oral and MTH 60 Introductory Algebra- 1st Term 4.00: Use
interpret and solve application and formula problems. written form. Scientific calculator with fraction capa- applications, formulas, and reasoning skills to write,
Concepts will be introduced numerically, graphically, bilities required. Prerequisite: Pre-Algebra COMPASS manipulate, interpret, solve and graph linear equations.
symbolically, and in oral and written form. Prerequisite: score 21-48 or successful completion of MTH 11 with Concepts introduced numerically, graphically, and
Pre-Algebra COMPASS score 1-20 or successful a “C” or better and Reading COMPASS score 44-65 symbolically. Communicate results in oral and written
completion of MTH 10 with a “C” or better. or successful completion of RD 80 or ESOL 250 with form. See instructor for calculator recommendation.
a “C” or better. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MTH 20 and
MTH 15 Conquering Math Anxiety 1.00: How to
(RD 80 or ESOL 250).
manage anxiety and stress about mathematics. Personal MTH 23C Introduction to Geometry 1.00: Use
development gives instruction in methods for dealing geometric properties to write, manipulate, interpret and MTH 61 Introductory Algebra-Part I 3.00: Use
with excessive math anxiety. Relaxation techniques solve application and formula problems. Concepts will applications, formulas and reasoning skills to write,
are demonstrated. Includes study skills information be introduced numerically, graphically, symbolically, manipulate and interpret expressions and equations.
concerning the best ways to study and to change the and in oral and written form. Scientific calculator with Concepts introduced numerically, graphically, and
perception of math anxiety. fraction capabilities required. Prerequisites: Pre-Alge- symbolically. Results communicated in oral and written
bra COMPASS score 21-48 or successful completion form. See instructor for calculator recommendation.
MTH 20 Basic Math 4.00: Use fractions, decimals,
of MTH 11 with a “C” or better and Reading COMPASS Prerequisites: MTH 20; (RD 80 or ESOL 250).
percents, integer arithmetic, measurements, and
score 44-65 or successful completion of RD 80 or ESOL
geometric properties to write, manipulate, interpret MTH 62 Introductory Algebra-Part II 3.00: Use
250 with a “C” or better.
and solve application and formula problems. Introduce applications, formulas, and reasoning skills to write,
concepts of basic statistics, charts and graphs. Con- MTH 24C Pre-Algebra 1.00: Use integer arithmetic manipulate, interpret, solve, and graph linear equa-
cepts will be introduced numerically, graphically, and to write, manipulate, interpret and solve application tions. Concepts introduced numerically, graphically and
symbolically, and in oral and written form. Scientific and formula problems. Concepts will be introduced symbolically. Results communicated in oral and written
calculator with fraction capabilities required. Prerequi- numerically, graphically, symbolically, and in oral and form. See instructor for calculator recommendation.
site: Pre-Algebra COMPASS score 21-48 or successful written form. Scientific calculator with fraction capa- Prerequisites: MTH 61; (RD 80 or ESOL 250).
completion of MTH 10 or MTH 11 with a “C” or better and bilities required. Prerequisites: Pre-Algebra COMPASS
Reading COMPASS score 44-65 or successful comple- score 21-48 or successful completion of MTH 11 with MTH 63 Introductory Algebra-Part III 3.00: Use
tion of RD 80 or ESOL 250 with a “C” or better. a “C” or better and Reading COMPASS score 44-65 applications, formulas, and reasoning skills to write, ma-
or successful completion of RD 80 or ESOL 250 with nipulate, interpret, solve, and graph quadratic equations.
MTH 20B Basic Math 4.00: Use fractions, deci- Concepts will be introduced numerically, graphically and
a “C” or better.
mals, percents, integer arithmetic, measurements, and symbolically. Results communicated in oral and written
geometric properties to write, manipulate, interpret MTH 25C Fractions 1.00: Use fractions to write, form. See instructor for calculator recommendation.
and solve application and formula problems. Intro- manipulate, interpret and solve application and formula Prerequisites: MTH 62; (RD 80 or ESOL 250).
duces concepts of basic statistics, charts and graphs. problems. Concepts will be introduced numerically,
Concepts will be introduced numerically, graphically, graphically, symbolically, and in oral and written form. MTH 65 Introductory Algebra-2nd Term 4.00:
symbolically, and in oral and written form. Scientific Scientific calculator with fraction capabilities required. Use applications, formulas, and reasoning skills to
calculator with fraction capabilities required. Prerequi- Prerequisites: Pre-Algebra COMPASS score 21-48 or write, simplify, solve, and graph linear systems and
sites: Pre-Algebra COMPASS score 21-48 or successful successful completion of MTH 10 with a “C” or better quadratic. equations. Concepts introduced numerically,
completion of MTH 10 or MTH 11 with a “C” or better and and Reading COMPASS score 44-65 or successful graphically, and symbolically. Communicate results
Reading COMPASS score 44-65 or successful comple- completion of RD 80 or ESOL 250 with a “C” or better. in oral and written form. See instructor for calculator
tion of RD 80 or ESOL 250 with a “C” or better. recommendation. Prerequisites: Successful completion
MTH 26C Decimals 1.00: Use decimals, to write, of (MTH 60 or 62); and (RD 80 or ESOL 250).
MTH 21C Percentage and Statistics 1.00: Use manipulate, interpret and solve application and formula
fractions, decimals, and percents to write, manipulate, problems. Concepts will be introduced numerically, MTH 70 Review of Introduction Algebra 4.00:
interpret and solve applications and formulas. Intro- graphically, symbolically, and in oral and written form. Linear and quadratic equations, systems of equations,
duce concepts of basic statistics, charts and graphs. Scientific calculator with fraction capabilities required. properties of exponents and factoring polynomial
Concepts will be introduced numerically, graphically, Prerequisites: Pre-Algebra COMPASS score 21-48 or expressions are reviewed. Technology is integrated as
symbolically, and in oral and written form. Scientific successful completion of MTH 10 with a “C” or better appropriate. Students communicate results in oral and
calculator with fraction capabilities required. Prerequi- and Reading COMPASS score 44-65 or successful written form. Prerequisites: MTH 63 or MTH 65, and
sites: Pre-Algebra COMPASS score 21-48 or successful completion of RD 80 or ESOL 250 with a “C” or better.
231
Course Descriptions
RD 80 or ESOL 250. graphing calculator required, see instructor at first class in the presentation of mathematics at the K-9 levels.
meeting. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 95 or Various manipulatives and problem solving approaches
MTH 75 Introduction to Formal Geometry 4.00: equivalent placement test scores. are used to explore informal geometry, transformational
Topics include: inductive and deductive reasoning, geo- geometry, and measurement systems. Prerequisite:
metric constructions, line and angle properties, triangle MTH 111C College Algebra for Math, Science, MTH 211 and its prerequisite requirements.
properties, polygon properties, circles, transformations, & Engineering 5.00: Relations and functions are
area, volume, Pythagorean Theorem, similarity, and investigated graphically, numerically, symbolically, and MTH 231 Elements of Discrete Mathematics
geometric proofs. Results communicated in oral and verbally. Exponential, logarithic, polynomial, power, and I 4.00: A survey course introducing the language,
written form. Prerequisite: MTH 60. rational functions are explored. Special topics include concepts, techniques, and applications of Discrete
systems of linear and non-linear equations. Applications Math. Topics include:Logic, Set Theory, Graph Theory,
MTH 91 Intermediate Algebra Part 2.00: Func- are investigates from Science and Engineering perspec- Boolean Algebra, Math Induction, and Recursion.
tions are investigated graphically and symbolically with tives. Technology is integrated throughout the course. Prerequisite: MTH 111B or 111C and their prerequisite
an emphasis on function notation. Quadratic functions Students communicate results in oral and written form. requirements. MTH
are examined in detail. Radical expressions are in- Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 95 or equivalent
troduced. Absolute value equations and inequalities placement test scores. Graphing calculator required; TI MTH 232 Elements of Discrete Mathematics II
are solved. Technology is integrated as appropriate. 89, TI 92 or Voyage 200 recommended. 4.00: Second term of a survey course that continues
Students communicate results in oral and written form. with topics from Discrete Mathematics. Topics include:
Graphing calculator required: TI 89/92 plus or Voyage MTH 112 Elementary Functions 5.00: Topics direct proof and counterexample, probability, ccombi-
200 recommended. Prerequisite: MTH 63, MTH 65 or investigated graphically, numerically, symbolically, natorics, cardinality, and algorithms. Students will not
MTH 70 and placement into WR 115. Students must and verbally and include: trigonometric functions and get credit for both (CS 251 and 252); and (MTH 231 and
take both MTH 91 and MTH 92 to satisfy MTH 95 their graphs, trigonometric equations and identities, MTH 232). Prerequisite: MTH 231 and its prerequisite
requirements. solution of right and oblique triangles, vectors, polar requirements.
coordinates, parametric equations and complex num-
MTH 92 Intermediate Algebra Part II 2.00: Func- bers. Technology is integrated throughout the course. MTH 241 Calculus for Management, Life and So-
tions are investigated graphically and symbolically with Students communicate results in oral and written form. cial Science 4.00: Topics include limits, continuity,
emphasis on function notation. Rational and radical Graphing calculator required; TI 89, TI 92 or Voyage 200 derivatives, and integrals. Applications are investigated
expressions and equations are emphasized. Technology recommended. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH from science, business, and social science perspec-
is integrated as appropriate. Students communicate 111B or 111C or equivalent placement test scores. tives. TI graphing calculator required, see instructor
results in oral and written form. G Graphing calculator at first class meeting. Prerequisite: MTH 111B or MTH
required: TI-89/92 recommended. Prerequisite: Suc- MTH 191 Math Tutoring 3.00: Pre 100-level Credit 111C and their prerequisite requirements.
cessful completion of MTH 91 and placement into WR Courses Training in one-to-one and small group tutor-
115. Students must take both MTH 91 and MTH 92 to ing in arithmetic and other non-transfer courses. Re- MTH 243 Statistics I 4.00: Topics include display-
satisfy MTH 95 requirements. quired field work consists of providing tutoring service ing data with graphs, numerical descriptions of data,
in the community or college. Concurrent enrollment in producing data, elementary probability, probability
MTH 93 Introduction to the TI Graphics Calcula- a math transfer course of MTH 111 or above. distributions, and introduction to confidence intervals.
tor 1.00: Explores the power of your programmable Applications are investigated from science, business,
graphing calculator for use at school and home. The MTH 192 Math Tutoring 3.00: 100-level Credit and social science perspectives. TI graphing calculator
TI-89, TI 92+, or Voyage 200 graphing calculator is Courses Training in one-to-one and small group tutor- with advanced statistical programs and/or computer
required. ing in 100-level courses. Required field work consists of software, see instructor. Prerequisites: MTH 111B or
providing tutoring service in the community or college. 111C and their prerequisite requirements.
MTH 95 Intermediate Algebra 4.00: Functions Prerequisite: MTH 251 or equivalent.
are investigated graphically and symbolically with an MTH 244 Statistics II 4.00: Topics include confi-
emphasis on function notation. Quadratic functions are MTH 193 Math Tutoring 3.00: 200-level Credit dence interval estimation; tests of significance including
examined in detail. Rational and radical expressions and Courses Training in one-to-one and small group tutor- z-tests, t-tests, ANOVA, and chi-square; and inference
equations are emphasized. Absolute value equations ing in 200-level math courses. Required field work for linear regression. Applications are investigated
and inequalities are solved. Technology is integrated as consists of providing tutoring service in the community from science, business, and social science perspec-
appropriate. Students communicate results in oral and or college. Consent of instructor required. tives. TI graphing calculator with advanced statistical
written form. Graphing calculator required: TI 89/92 plus programs required and/or computer software, see
or Voyage 200 recommended. Prerequisites: MTH 63, MTH 211 Foundations of Elementary Math I 4.00: instructor. Prerequisites: MTH 243 and its prerequisite
MTH 65 or MTH 70 and placement into WR 115. Surveys mathematical topics for those interested in the requirements.
presentation of mathematics at the K-9 levels. Topics
MTH 105 Explorations in Mathematics 4.00: Stu- emphasized are problem solving, patterns, sequences, MTH 251 Calculus I 4.00: The student will develop
dents engage in the discovery and exploration of selected set theory, logic, numeration systems, number bases, an understanding of limits, continuity, derivatives and
non-traditional topics in mathematics. Possible topics in- arithmetic operations, and number theory. Various applications of derivatives. Students will communicate
clude mathematics of social choice, geometry, statistics, manipulative and problem solving strategies are used. their results in oral and written form. Graphing calculator
probability, and discrete mathematics. Technology will be Prerequisite: MTH 95 or higher, and WR 115 and RD required. Prerequisites: MTH 112 or MTH 116 or CMET
used where appropriate. Students communicate results in 115 or equivalent placement test scores. 131; and their prerequisite requirements. Corequisite:
oral and written form. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 251 Lab section.
MTH 95 or equivalent placement test scores. MTH 212 Foundations of Elementary Math II 4.00:
Surveys mathematical topics for those interested in the MTH 252 Calculus II 5.00: The student will develop
MTH 111B College Algebra-Business, Manage- presentation of mathematics at the K-9 levels. Various an understanding of antiderivatives, the definite integral,
ment, Life & Social Science 5.00: Relations and manipulatives and problem solving approaches are topics of integration, and improper integrals. Students
functions are investigated graphically, numerically, used to explore rational numbers (fractions, decimals, will communicate their results in oral and written form.
symbolically, and verbally. Logarithmic functions, ex- percents), integers, the set of irrational numbers, the set of Graphic calculator required. Prerequisites: MTH 251
ponential functions, and systems of equations are real numbers, and simple probability and statistics. Pre- and its prerequisite requirements.
explored. Special topics include polynomial and rational requisite: MTH 211 and its prerequisite requirements.
functions. Applications are investigated from business, MTH 253 Calculus III 5.00: Topics include: infinite
management, life and social science perspectives. MTH 213 Foundations of Elementary Math III sequences and series (emphasis on Taylor series), an
Technology is integrated throughout the course. TI 4.00: Surveys mathematical topics for those interested introduction to differential equations, and vectors in
232
Course Descriptions
three space. Students will communicate their results in discern the quality of intervals, rhythms, harmonies hours may be required.
oral and written form. TI graphing calculator required, and melodies, and to intone rhythms. Musical samples
see instructor at first class meeting. Prerequisites: MTH are transcribed by ear to include melody, rhythm, and MUC 145C Group Guitar/Bass III 2.00: Intermedi-
252 and its prerequisite requirements. harmony. Must have prerequisite or instructor permis- ate to advanced intermediate instruction for guitar and
sion. Prerequisite: MUC 120B. bass. Includes chord studies, chord progressions,
MTH 254 Vector Calculus I 5.00: Topics include scales, basic chord substitution. Also, open tuning and
multivariate and vector-valued functions from a MUC 123 Electronic Music I 2.00: Covers com- slide guitar, soloing and accompaniment techniques.
graphical, numerical, and symbolic perspective. Ap- puter based recording, synthesis and notation for the
plies integration and differentiation of both types of composer/arranger. Includes fundamentals in Midi, MUC 150A Keyboard Harmony I 1.00: Piano
functions to solve real world problems. Students will sequencing, sampling, basic signal processing, and keyboard performance of simple keyboard skills intro-
communicate their results in oral and written form. TI practical production skills using current digital technol- ducing scales, cadences, melody harmonization, simple
graphing calculator required, see instructor at first class ogy. Write original material during lab sessions. accompaniment patterns and transposition as they apply
meeting. Prerequisites: MTH 253 and its prerequisite to principles studied in Commercial Music Theory I.
requirements. MUC 124 Electronic Media II 2.00: Covers com-
puter based recording, synthesis and notation for the MUC 150B Keyboard Harmony II 1.00: Piano
MTH 256 Differential Equations 5.00: Study a composer/arranger. Includes fundamentals in Midi, keyboard performance of simple keyboard skills
variety of differential equations and their solutions, sequencing, sampling, basic signal processing, and introducing scales, cadences, melody harmonization,
with emphasis on applied problems in engineering practical production skills using current digital technol- simple accompaniment patterns and transposition as
and physics. Differential equations software will be ogy. Write original material during labs sessions. Must they apply to principles studied in Commercial Music
used. Students communicate results in oral and written have prerequisite or instructor permission. Prerequisite: Theory II. Must have prerequisite or instructor permis-
form. TI graphing calculator required, see instructor MUC 123. sion. Prerequisite: MUC 150A.
at first class meeting. Prerequisites: MTH 253 and its MUC 150C Keyboard Harmony III 1.00: Piano
prerequisite requirements. MUC 125 Electronic Media III 2.00: Covers com-
puter based recording, synthesis and notation for the keyboard performance of simple keyboard skills
MTH 261 Applied Linear Algebra I 5.00: Overview composer/arranger. Includes fundamentals in Midi, introducing scales, cadences, melody harmonization,
of linear algebra with some applications. Includes linear sequencing, sampling, basic signal processing, and simple accompaniment patterns and transposition as
systems, vectors, and vector spaces, including eigens- practical production skills using current digital technol- they apply to principles studied in Commercial Music
paces. TI graphing calculator required, see instructor at first ogy. Write original material during lab sessions. Must Theory III. Must have prerequisite or instructor permis-
class meeting. Prerequisites: MTH 253 and its prerequisite have prerequisite or instructor permission. Prerequisite: sion. Prerequisite: MUC 150B.
requirements. MUC 124.
MUC 152A Contemporary Arranging Settings
Professional Music MUC 130A Rhythm Training I 1.00: Develops basic for Originals and Covers I 3.00: Develops skills in
skills of rhythmic sight reading. the tonal placement of sound required for orchestration
MUC 101 Commercial Music Theory I 3.00: Cov- and arrangement for various styles of music and sizes of
ers chord types and scales, and their proper spellings. MUC 130B Rhythm Training II1.00: Develops basic musical groups. Focuses on individual instruments and
Practice dictation practice. Includes music copying. skills of rhythmic sight reading. the scoring of each section in the jazz idiom. Includes
instrumental and vocal transposition, ranges, harmony,
MUC 102 Commercial Music Theory II 3.00: Cov- MUC 130C Rhythm Training III1.00: Develops basic voicing, form, counterpoint, styles, introductions,
ers functional harmony and altered chords, especially skills of rhythmic sight reading. modulations, interludes, endings, harmonic progression
dominants. Focuses on chord progressions presented and experimental materials.
aurally and analyzed in reference to popular tunes, and MUC 140A Group Piano I 2.00: Introduces the
scalular techniques to include melody writing with basics of piano technique with correct observance MUC 152B Contemporary Arranging 3.00: Set-
emphasis on jazz, rock and other commercial rhythms. of pitch, clef, meter, phrasing and interpretation in a tings for Originals and Covers II Develops skills in the
Basic tune forms are analyzed. Must have prerequisite or contemporary style. tonal placement of sound required for orchestration and
instructor permission. Prerequisite: MUC 101. arrangement for various styles of music and sizes of
MUC 140B Group Piano II 2.00: Advanced beginner
to intermediate instruction for piano. Develops practice musical groups. Focuses on individual instruments and
MUC 103 Commercial Music Theory III 3.00: the scoring of each section in the jazz idiom. Includes
Covers preliminary score layout. Introduces harmoniz- skills, sight reading and technical form. Also covers
music fundamentals, harmony, notation, improvisation, instrmental and vocal transposition, ranges, harmony,
ing and blocking melodies and transposition, stressing voicing, form, counterpoint, styles, introductions,
craft and execution. Continue dictation adding elements and stylistic nuances.
modulations, interludes, endings, harmonic progression
of melodic and harmonic transcription. Must have and experimental materials Must have prerequisite or
MUC 143 Group Percussion 2.00: Uses rhythms
prerequisite or instructor permission. Prerequisite: instructor permission. Prerequisite: MUS 152A.
from rock, jazz, R&B, funk and Latin music to cover
MUC 102.
basic techniques of performance on percussion in-
struments. MUC 152C Contemporary Arranging 3.00: Set-
MUC 120A Sight Singing and Ear Training I 1.00: tings for Originals Covers III Develops skills in the
Develops ability to use the ear accurately to discern the tonal placement of sound required for ochestration and
MUC 144 Contemporary Singing 2.00: Covers
quality of intervals, rhythms, harmonies and melodies, arrangement for various styles of music and sizes of
basic technical skills necessary to develop individual
and to intone rhythms. Musical samples are transcribed musical groups. Focuses on individual instruments and
ability in solo or ensemble performance. CDA: Ad-
by ear to include melody, rhythm, and harmony. the scoring of each section in the jazz idiom. Includes
ditional lab hours may be required.
instrumental and vocal transposition, ranges, harmony,
MUC 120B Sight Singing and Ear Training II
MUC 145A Group Guitar/Bass I 2.00: Beginning voicing, form, counterpoint, styles, introductions,
1.00: Develop the ability to use the ear accurately to instruction for guitar and bass. Includes basic chords, modulations, interludes, endings, harmonic progression
discern the quality of intervals, rhythms, harmonies strums, patterns and song forms. and experimental materials. Must have prerequisite or
and melodies, and to intone rhythms. Musical samples
instructor permission. Prerequisite: MUS 152B.
are transcribed by ear to include melody, rhythm, and MUC 145B Group Guitar/Bass II 2.00: Advanced
harmony. Must have prerequisite or instructor permis- beginner to intermediate instruction for guitar and bass. MUC 153A Show Band (Large) 2.00: Stage band.
sion. Prerequisite: MUC 120A. Includes moveable chords, scales, patterns, and song Select, rehearse and perform a variety of music.
forms. Also, open tuning and slide guitar, basic soloing
MUC 120C Sight Singing and Ear Training III and accompaniment techniques. CDA: Additional lab MUC 153B Show Band (Large) 2.00: Stage band.
1.00: Develops the ability to use the ear accurately to
233
Course Descriptions
Select, rehearse and perform a variety of music. music business. guidance of a program instructor in a weekly seminar.
Department permission required. Corequisite: MUC
MUC 153C Show Band (Large) 2.00: Stage band. MUC 222 Introduction Recording Technologies 280A.
Select, rehearse and perform a variety of music. 2.00: Course familiarizes students with the terminol-
ogy, equipment and basics used in the recording indus- Applied Music
MUC 154A Band Performance Workshop 2.00: try. Prepares students for the technical requirements of
Class chooses, rehearses, and performs a variety the Recording Technologies courses. MUP 100 Individual Lessons for Non-majors
of musical styles, vocal and instrumental. Includes 1.00: Includes individual instruction in piano, organ,
popular, jazz, and R&B. Rehearsal and presentation MUC 223 Studio Recording Technology I 3.00: voice and instruments of the band and orchestra. Can
skills developed. Fundamental skills in audio engineering including a be taken for a maximum of six credits. Credit fee is
mixture of theory and practical application of current paid to the college. Lesson fees are variable and paid
MUC 154B Band Performance Workshop 2.00: recording technology. Includes fundamental acoustics, directly to instructor.
Class chooses, rehearses, and performs a variety microphone placement, editing, multi-track recording,
of musical styles, vocal and instrumental. Includes mix-down, signal processing, Midi, and time code syn- MUP 156A Applied Brass I 1.00
popular, jazz, and R&B. Rehearsal and presentation chronization. Focuses on commercials, music recording
skills developed. MUP 156B Applied Brass II 1.00
and sound tracks for visual media.
MUC 154C Band Performance Workshop 2.00: MUP 156C Applied Brass III 1.00
MUC 224 Studio Recording Technology II 3.00:
Class chooses, rehearses, and performs a variety Fundamental skills in audio engineering including a mix- MUP 157A Applied Woodwind I 1.00
of musical styles, vocal and instrumental. Includes ture of theory and practical application of current recording
popular, jazz and R&B. Rehearsal and presentation technology. Includes fundamental acoustics, microphone MUP 157B Applied Woodwind II 1.00
skills developed. placement, editing, multi-track recording, mix-down,
signal processing, Midi, and time code synchronization. MUP 157C Applied Woodwind III 1.00
MUC 155 Introduction to Improvisation 2.00:
Introduces the beginning improviser to the art of solo- Focuses on commercials, music recording and sound MUP 159A Applied Percussion I 1.00
ing. On the most basic level common staples of the jazz tracks for visual media. Prerequisite: MUC 223.
solo are presented and practiced. Simple tunes featuring MUP 159B Applied Percussion II 1.00
MUC 225 Studio Recording Tech III 3.00:
these staples are used as “vehicles” for soloing. Enroll- Fundamental skills in audio engineering incuding a MUP 159C Applied Percussion III 1.00
ment open for this class. mixture of theory and practical applicaiton of current
recording technology. Includes fundamental acoustics, MUP 160A Applied Vocal I 1.00
MUC 155A Improvisation I 2.00: Covers how scales
and chords are constructed and used, including me- microphone placement, editing, multi-track recording,
MUP 160B Applied Vocal II 1.00
lodic construction, phrasing, motifs, riffs, substitution mix-down, signal processing, Midi, and time code
chords, voice leading, paraphrase and melodic ramps. synchronization. Focuses on commercials, music MUP 160C Applied Vocal III 1.00
Includes harmonic construction of all styles of jazz and recording and sound tracks for visual media. Prereq-
uisite: MUC 224. MUP 161A Applied Piano I 1.00
ear training. By the end of the sequence, students solo
against song form. MUC 226 Digital Recording 1 – 3.00: Covers MUP 161B Applied Piano II 1.00
MUC 155B Improvisation II 2.00: Covers how digital technology used in the recording industry.
Principle studies are A/D-D/A conversions, graphic MUP 161C Applied Piano III 1.00
scales and chords are constructed and used, including
melodic construction, phrasing, motifs, riffs, substitu- editing, plug in effects programming and data handling. MUP 162A Applied Bass I 1.00
tion chords, voice leading, paraphrase and melodic Prerequisites: MUC 225.
ramps. Includes harmonic construction of all styles jazz MUP 162B Applied Bass II 1.00
MUC 227 Digital Recording 2 – 3.00: Second
and ear training. By the end of the sequence, students course in a three part series. Focuses on mixing, auto- MUP 162C Applied Bass III 1.00
match solo against song form. Must have prerequisite mation and synchronization. Both graphic and console
instructor permission. Prerequisite: MUC 155A. methods will be practiced. Lectures focus on theory, MUP 163A Applied Guitar I 1.00
MUC 155C Improvisation III 2.00: Vocal and in- musical qualities and functions of both. Prerequisite:
MUC 226. MUP 163B Applied Guitar 1.00
strumental improvisation. Covers how scales and chords
are constructed and used, including melodic construction, MUC 228 Digital Recording 3 – 3.00: Third part of a MUP 163C Applied Guitar 1.00
phrasing, motifs, riffs, substitution chords, voice leading, three part series. Focuses on competencies in varied ap-
paraphrase and melodic ramps. Focuses on harmonic MUP 171 Applied Piano 1.00
plications such as audio for video and picture. Lectures
construction of all styles of jazz and ear training. By the focus on musical requirements, theory, and practical MUP 172 Applied Harpsichord 1.00
end of the sequence, students match solo against song approaches to field related tasks. Labs will consist of
form. Must have prerequisite or instructor permission. practical appliations of all previously learned artistic MUP 173 Applied Organ 1.00
Prerequisite: MUC 155B. and command skills. Prerequisite: MUC 227.
MUP 174 Applied Voice 1.00
MUC 164 Survey of the Music Industry 1.00: Pro- MUC 234 Income Tax Prep for Musicians I 1.00:
vides overview of career options in the music industry. MUP 175 Applied Violin 1.00
Prepare federal and state individual returns, and in-
Focuses on making a reasonable and informed choice troduces partnership and corporate taxation. Includes MUP 176 Applied Viola 1.00
as to a career in music. basics of record-keeping and financial planning.
MUP 177 Applied Cell 1.00
MUC 165 Business for the Musician 1.00: In- MUC 280A CE / Vocational Music 1.00–3.00:
structs prospective music-related business owners, Develops individual music performance, writing or MUP 178 Applied Bass 1.00
such as bands or private teachers, how to initiate, recording skills in a department approved work set-
organize and operate a successful small business. ting. Department permission required. Corequisite: MUP 179 Applied Harp 1.00
Included are promotion, marketing, and record-keep- MUS 280B.
ing. MUC 199 Business of Music The Music Business: MUP 180 Applied Guitar 1.00
Career Opportunities and Self-Defense Covers what MUC 280B CE / Vocation Music - Seminar 1.00: MUP 181 Applied Flute 1.00
you need to know to pursue a career in music and the Discusses and compares training experience under the
234
Course Descriptions
MUP 182 Applied Oboe 1.00 contemporary music of our time. Class will be presented tinues work from MUS 112. Introduction to chromatic
using a multi-media format. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 harmony as exhibited through tonicization and harmonic
MUP 183 Applied Clarinet 1.00 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. modulation. Covers melodic structure and basic Schen-
kerian reduction technique. Also includes large-scale
MUP 184 Applied Saxophone 1.00 MUS 106 Opera Appreciation3.00: Covers musical form and analysis and written composition. Meets arts
and dramatic analysis of opera. Read about and listen to and humanities sequence requirement for Associate of
MUP 185 Applied Bassoon 1.00
operas dating from 1600 to the present. Prerequisites: Arts Oregon Transfer degree. Part three of three-term
MUP 186 Applied Trumpet 1.00 WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement sequence. Concurrent enrollment in MUS 113C recom-
test scores. mended for music transfer majors. Prerequisite: MUS
MUP 187 Applied French Horn 1.00 112 and its prerequisite requirements.
MUS 108 Music Cultures of the World 3.00: Exam-
MUP 188 Applied Trombone 1.00 ines the world’s music with attention to musical styles MUS 113C Music Theory I / Sight Singing and
and cultural contexts. Includes the study of Oceania, Ear Training (part three) 1.00: Continues develop-
MUP 190 Applied Tuba 1.00 Indonesia, Africa, India, China, Japan, Middle East, ment of skills learned in MUS 112C. Includes two-part
MUP 191 Applied Percussion 1.00 Latin America, and ethnic North America. Prerequisites: melodic and rhythmic notation. Introduces secondary
WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement function and diatonic modulation. Part three of three-
MUP 192 Applied Music Miscellaneous 1.00 test scores. term sequence. Corequisite: MUS 113. Prerequisite:
MUS 110 Fundamentals of Music 3.00: Covers MUS 112C. Corequisite: MUS 113.
Individual first-year instruction in piano, voice
and instruments of the band and orchestra. Concepts of sound, music notation, rhythm, meter, MUS 131 Group Vocal 1.00: Basic technique and
intervals, modes, scales, triads, sight singing and ear theory of vocal proficiency necessary to develop indi-
MUP 271 Applied Piano 1.00 training. Introduces the basic terminology of music vidual ability in solo or ensemble settings. Students will
theory and begins development of musical skills. Pre- learn to apply topics covered (including breath support,
MUP 272 Applied Harpsichord 1.00 requisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent projection, phrasing, musical styles) to their own voices
MUP 273 Applied Organ 1.00 placement test scores. in solo repertoire.
MUP 274 Applied Voice 1.00 MUS 111 Music Theory I (part one) 3.00: Covers MUS 152A Contemporary Arranging / Settings
music theory as exhibited in the works of the great for Originals & Covers I 3.00: Develops skills in the
MUP 275 Applied Violin 1.00 composers of the 17th and 18th centuries. Includes tonal placement of sound required for orchestration and
notation, pitch, meter, tonality, modality, harmony and arrangement for various styles of music and sizes of
MUP 276 Applied Viola 1.00 diatonic function. Basic music analysis focusing on musical groups. Focus on individual instruments and
harmonic function and figured bass notation. Includes the scoring of each section in the jazz idiom. Includes
MUP 277 Applied Cello 1.00
written composition. Part one of three-term sequence. instrumental and vocal transposition, ranges, harmony,
MUP 278 Applied Bass 1.00 Meets arts and humanities sequence requirement for voicing, form, counterpoint, styles, introductions,
Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree. MUS 111C modulations, interludes, endings, harmonic progression
MUP 279 Applied Harp 1.00 Recommended for music transfer students. Prereq- and experimental materials.
uisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent
MUP 281 Applied Flute 1.00 placement test scores, and MUS 110. MUS 152B Contemporary Arranging / Settings
MUP 282 Applied Oboe 1.00 for Originals & Covers II 3.00: Develops skills in
MUS 111C Sight Singing and Ear Training (part the tonal placement of sound required for orchestration
MUP 283 Applied Clarinet 1.00 one) 1.00: Focuses on the development of skills related and arrangement for various styles of music and sizes
to the notation, performance and aural recognition of of musical groups. Focus on individual instruments and
MUP 284 Applied Saxophone 1.00 music. Includes meter, rhythm, diatonic melodies, the scoring of each section in the jazz idiom. Includes
triads, solfeggio, intervals, and harmonic function. Part instrumental and vocal transposition, ranges, harmony,
MUP 285 Applied Bassoon 1.00 one of three term sequence. Corequisite: MUS 111. voicing, form, counterpoint, styles, introductions,
MUP 286 Applied Trumpet 1.00 MUS 112 Music Theory I (part two) 3.00: Contin- modulations, interludes, endings, harmonic progression
ues work from MUS 111.Focuses on four-part harmony and experimental materials. Must have prerequisite or
MUP 287 Applied French Horn 1.00 instructor permission. Prerequisite: MUS 152A.
and common practice period voice leading. Includes
MUP 288 Applied Trombone 1.00 figured bass realization, harmonic analysis and written MUS 152C Contemporary Arranging / Settings
composition. Part two of three-term sequence. Meets for Originals & Covers III 3.00: Develops skills in the
MUP 289 Applied Baritone 1.00 arts and humanities sequence requirement for Associate tonal placement of sound required for orchestration and ar-
of Arts Oregon Transfer degree. Concurrent enroll- rangement for various styles of music and sizes of musical
MUP 290 Applied Tuba 1.00 ment in MUS 112C recommended for music transfer groups. Focus on individual instruments and the scoring
MUP 291 Applied Percussion 1.00 majors. Prerequisites: MUS 111 and its prerequisite of each section in the jazz idiom. Includes instrumental
requirements. and vocal transposition, ranges, harmony, voicing, form,
MUP 292 Applied Music Miscellaneous 1.00 counterpoint, styles, introductions, modulations, inter-
MUS 112C Music Theory I / Sight Singing and Ear
Training (part two) 1.00: Continues development of ludes, endings, harmonic progression and experimental
Individual second-year instruction in piano,
skills from MUS 111C. Includes harmonic implications materials. Must have prerequisite or instructor permission.
voice and instruments of the band and orches-
in melody, complex rhythms, beat subdivisions and Prerequisite: MUS 152B.
tra. Prerequisites: MUP 171-192.
four-part harmony. Introduces melodic chromaticism, MUS 154A Band Performance Workshop A Show
MUP 293 Applied Guitar 1.00 extended harmony and phrase relationships. Part two of Band (Small) 2.00: Class chooses, rehearses, and
three-term sequence. Recommended for music transfer performs a variety of musical styles, vocal and instru-
Music students. Corequisite: MUS 112A Prerequisite: MUS mental. Includes popular, jazz, and R&B. Rehearsal and
MUS 105 Music Appreciation 3.00: Provides an intro- 111C. Corequisite: MUS 112. presentation skills developed.
duction to understanding symphonic music in the vocal and MUS 113 Music Theory I (part three) 3.00: Con-
instrumental genres from the ancient period through the MUS 154B Band Performance Workshop B Show
Band (Small) 2.00: Class chooses, rehearses, and
235
Course Descriptions
performs a variety of musical styles, vocal and instru- Prerequisite: MUS 192. historical avenues in which it has developed. Study
mental. Includes popular, jazz, and R&B. Rehearsal and how the blues has inspired and constructed the format
presentation skills developed. MUS 193P Class Piano III 2.00: Continues group of today’s music. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and
instruction in piano performance covered in MUS 192p. MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
MUS 154C Band Performance Workshop C Show Intent of course is the development of piano proficiency
Band (Small) 2.00: Class chooses, rehearses, and skills. Focus given to basic keyboard technique, score MUS 210 African-American Music 3.00: Examines
performs a variety of musical styles, vocal and instru- reading and performance, sight-reading, harmoniza- present-day jazz art-form through its progression from
mental. Includes popular, jazz, and R&B. Rehearsal and tion, accompanying, and transposition. Designed for the blues. Study the construction of jazz and its vari-
presentation skills developed. music majors but available to all students. Prerequisite: ous formats, appreciate of the art-form through direct
MUS 192p. exposure to the music, receive historical background
MUS 158 Chamber Ensemble 1.00: Provides and examine its contribution to the international field
opportunity for instrumentalists and vocalists to form MUS 201A Introduction to Music and Its Literature of music. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20
small ensembles (i.e. solo, duet, trio, quartet, etc.). 3.00: Covers music of the Medieval, Renaissance and or equivalent placement test scores.
Ensembles rehearse individually and participate in Baroque eras of music history. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD
performance. Requires the ability to read music. 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. MUS 211A Music Theory II 3.00: Continues work
on skills from in Music Theory I adding compositional
MUS 170 Music and Computers 2.00: Introduction MUS 202 Introduction to Music and Its Literature techniques associated with the 20th century, as well
to computer technology for musicians and musicians 3.00: Covers music of the Classic and Romantic eras of as introducing tonal counterpoint and formal musical
and music major. Focuses on software-based music music history. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH analysis. Prerequisite: MUS 113.
composition and notation. Introduces electronic mu- 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
sic composers and compositional techniques. Basic MUS 211B Music Theory II / Keyboard Harmony
knowledge of computers is recommended. Prerequisite: MUS 203 Introduction to Music and Its Literature 1.00: Piano keyboard performance of simple keyboard
MUS 110 or MUS 111. 3.00: Covers music of the post-Romantic era and the skills (scales, cadences, melody harmonization, simple
20th century. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH accompaniment patterns and transposition) as they ap-
MUS 191 Class Guitar I 2.00: Group instruction in 20 or equivalent placement test scores. ply to principles studied in Music Theory II. Corequisite:
guitar. Covers traditional classical guitar technique. MUS 211A.
Focuses on note reading and basic music theory as MUS 204 Music of the Western World 4.00: De-
applies to guitar. Topics include single line first posi- signed primarily for music transfer students and those MUS 212A Music Theory II 3.00: Continues work
tion melodies, common arpeggio patterns and music with the ability to read music. Provides a survey of the on skills from Music Theory I, adding compositional
in two or more parts. Includes both solo and ensemble music of the western world. Major periods, forms, styles, techniques associated with the 20th century, as well
performance. Attention given to history and repertoire and music scores from the ancient period through the as introducing tonal counterpoint and formal musical
of the guitar. No previous experience required. contemporary music of our time will be covered. Pre- analysis. Prerequisite: MUS 211.
requisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent
MUS 191P Class Piano I 2.00: Group instruction placement test scores. MUS 212B Music Theory II / Keyboard Harmony
in piano performance. Intent of course is the develop- 1.00: Continues development of piano keyboard skills
ment of piano proficiency skills. Focus given to basic MUS 205 Introduction to Jazz History 3.00: (scales, cadences, melody harmonization, simple ac-
keyboard technique, score reading and performance, Covers the 90-year history of jazz, a truly American art companiment patterns and transposition) as they apply
sight-reading, harmonization, accompanying, and form. Eras, styles, and significant artists are examined to principles studied in Music Theory II. Prerequisite:
transposition. Designed for music majors but is avail- and analyzed. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH MUS 211B. Corequisite: MUS 212A.
able to all students. No previous experience required. 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
MUS 213A Music Theory II 3.00: Continues to work
MUS 192 Class Guitar II 2.00: Group instruction MUS 206 Introduction to History of Rock Mu- on skills from Music Theory I adding compositional
in guitar. Continues material presented in Music 191. sic3.00: Examines rock music’s roots and develop- techniques associated with the 20th century. Includes
Topics include reading notes up to the fifth position, ment, its innovators and significant events through a tonal counterpoint and formal musical analysis. Pre-
advanced left hand technique, chord structure, flamenco cultural as well as musical perspective. Prerequisites: requisite: MUS 212A.
technique and music theory as it applies to the guitar. WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement
Includes both solo and ensemble performance. More test scores. MUS 213B Music Theory II / Keyboard Harmony
in depth study of the historical origins of the guitar, the 1.00: Continues development of piano keyboard skills
repertoire and its major players. Prerequisite: MUS 191 MUS 207 Introduction to History of Folk Music (scales, cadences, melody harmonization, simple ac-
or knowledge of first position note reading. 3.00: Examines ballads, worksongs, bluegrass, companiment patterns and transposition) as they apply to
country blues and gospel music are examined as well principles studied in Music Theory II. Prerequisite: MUS
MUS 192P Class Piano II 2.00: Continues group as influential non-American styles. Also covers protest 212B. Corequisite: MUS 213.
instruction in piano performance covered in MUS 191p. songs and the “folk revival” of the sixties. Prerequisites:
Intent of course is the development of piano proficiency WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement MUS 220 Chorus 1.00: Directed rehearsal and
skills. Focus given to basic keyboard technique, score test scores. performance of music for the larger general chorus of
reading and performance, sight-reading, harmonization, mixed voices--soprano, alto, tenor, bass. Chorus is
accompanying, and transposition. Designed for music MUS 208 African-American Music 3.00: Traces open to all students who desire to sing. No audition
majors but is available to all students. Prerequisite: the spiritual and all of its counter-parts to gospel music is required. Music selected will be keyed to the ability
MUS 191p. back to its African beginnings. Includes certain musi- of the group. Purpose is to develop as high a level of
cal aspects of various African, Caribbean and South artistic choral singing as is possible within the capability
MUS 193 Class Guitar III 2.00: Group instruction American cultures. See how African-American music of the group.
in guitar. Continues material presented in Music 192. is related to these cultures and how the inception of
Topics include reading notes up to the twelfth position, music in the African-American tradition occurred. Pre- MUS 221 Chorus / Chamber Choir 1.00: Develop
alternate tunings, altered chords, creating original ar- requisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent a high level of artistic choral singing through directed
rangements and music theory as it applies to the guitar. placement test scores. rehearsal and performance of music for the smaller
Includes both performing as a soloist and as a member choir of mixed voices--soprano, alto, tenor, bass.
of an ensemble. Detailed study of twentieth century MUS 209 African-American Music 3.00: Examines Audition required.
guitar practice and the influence of popular styles. the progression of African-American music to the blues.
Includes the elements of the blues and the various Nursing
236
Course Descriptions
NUR 104 Introduction to Nursing 2.00: Introduces practical nurse level. This course is for the Columbia system. It can include lecture and clinical laboratory
the basic concepts of nursing practice as a preparation Gorge Nursing Program only. Prerequisite: NUR 111. experiences in order to increase competence in nurs-
for NUR 106. Educational survival in college setting also Clinical: Registration must be completed and TB test ing. It also can be a forum to perform and discuss off-
addressed. Concepts include communication, legal/ results and proof of current immunizations submitted campus clinical experiences with peers and instructor.
ethical issues, professionalism, and safety. Laboratory before a student permitted in clinical area. Current CPR Attendance at the initial advisory group meeting is
experiences provide the opportunity to develop basic certification required. Class fee $30. (Sp) required to enroll. The course is used as a route to as-
health care skills related to these concepts. Students sist re-entry students to prepare for the coming term, to
must be admitted into the nursing program before NUR 206 Nursing Care Clients w/Acute Hlth improve academic skills, nursing knowledge and clinical
registering for this course. Care Need & Care of Family 9.00: Focuses on skills. Previous enrollment in the nursing program and
the nursing management of adults, child-bearing and department permission required.
NUR 106 Foundations for Nursing and Client child-rearing families with acute and complex health
Self-Care 9.00: Provides foundation for nursing care needs. Learning experiences engage students with Ophthalmic Medical Technology
practice using the self-care model and the nursing opportunities to further develop nursing competencies
process. Explores influences of legal, ethical, and while collaborating with other health care disciplines in OMT 102 Pharmacology/Eye Disease I 2.00:
cultural issues on the role of the nurse. Applies nursing multiple settings. Prerequisites: NUR 106, 107, 108. Studies major ocular diseases and related structures inte-
process and principles of effective communication to grated with symptomology and treatment. Introduction of
professional nursing care. Provides an introduction to NUR 207 Nursing Care Clients w/Complex & ophthalmic drugs.
community-based nursing health principles. Prerequi- Unstable Health Care Needs 9.00: Focuses on the
nursing management of clients with complex and unstable OMT 103 Pharmacology/Eye Disease 2 2.00:
sites: Admission into the Nursing program and satisfac- Continuation of OMT 102. Details major classifications
tory completion of NUR 104. Prerequisite/concurrent: health care needs. Leadership and management principles
are explored in relation to caring for clients with changing of ophthalmic drugs, mechanism of action, side effects,
PSY 215, BI 233. first aid techniques for acute ophthalmic drug reactions.
needs. An additional focus is on disease prevention for
NUR 107 Nursing Care for the Perioperative vulnerable groups in the community. Prerequisites: NUR Explores the relationship of ocular pathology and medi-
Clinic/Psychosocial Adapt 9.00: Assists students 106,107, 108, 206. cations used to treat. Prerequisite: OMT 102.
to apply the nursing process to perioperative clients and OMT 104 Ophthalmic Office Procedures 3.00:
clients with mental health needs. Principles of thera- NUR 208 Nursing Care of Clients with Emergent
Utilizes techniques to obtain medical and ophthalmic
peutic communication in promoting adaptive behaviors Health Care Needs 8.00: Focuses on the nursing
history, transcription of information into the medical
for clients and families in stress, loss, and grief. Health management of clients experiencing physical and
chart, and common terms/abbreviations used in history
promotion, client education, and culturally sensitive emotional crises. Role transition is facilitated from
taking. Covers front office techniques, including basic
nursing care are emphasized. Prerequisite: NUR 106. student to the professional graduate nurse with a focus
functions of a computer in the medical office. Develops
on leadership, management and legal/ethical concepts.
NUR 108 Nursing Care for Clients with Chronic skills needed to obtain accurate patient visual acuity.
Prerequisites: NUR 207.
Health Care Needs 9.00: Assists the student to apply OMT 106 Introduction to Clinical Skills 3.00:
biological, psychosocial, and cultural concepts to the NUR 210 Nursing IV 9.00: Concepts and skills
Covers basic test principles and techniques including
care of clients with chronic health needs. A focus is to related to nursing care of medical/surgical patients and
tangent screen visual fields, non-contact tonometry, tear
promote optimal health or peaceful death for clients. The families, and mentally ill clients. Standards of nursing
function, color plates, slit lamp function, extra-ocular
practice of the professional nursing role is emphasized care are adopted to meet the basic human needs of in-
muscle function and anterior chamber depth. Assisting
in subacute, acute, and community settings. Prerequi- dividual patients. Patient/client teaching is emphasized.
the physically or visually disabled patient and dealing
sites: NUR 106, 107. This course is for the Columbia Gorge Nursing Program
with children during the eye examination is addressed.
only. Prerequisite: NUR 112. Clinical: Registration must
NUR 110 Nursing I 9.00: Beginning concepts and be completed and TB test results and proof of current OMT 111 Introduction to Medical Terminology
skills develop the foundation for socialization into the immunizations submitted before a student permitted in 3.00: Analyzes structure of medical terminology and
nursing profession and for providing safe basic nursing clinic area. Current CPR certification required. Class fee application to basic anatomy, physiology and disease
care. Introduces nursing process with emphasis on $30. (F) For Columbia Gorge nursing students only. processes of the human body. Emphasis on definition,
assessing basic human needs of patients. This course spelling and pronunciation.
for Columbia Gorge Nursing Program only. Prerequisite: NUR 211 Nursing V 9.00: Concepts and skills related
Admission to the Nursing program. Clinical: Registra- to nursing care of medical/surgical patients and families OMT 121 Practicum I 1.00–4.00: Introduces clini-
tion must be completed and TB test results and proof with ambulatory, acute and critical needs. Discharge cal work designed to apply technical skills acquired in
of current immunizations submitted before permitted planning emphasized. Multiple standards of nursing previous course work. Recording of clinical data,
in the clinical area. Current CPR certification required. care are synthesized to meet basic human needs of front office procedures, obtaining patient’s health and
Class fee $40. (F) individual patients. This course is for the Columbia ocular history, measuring visual acuity, medical record
Gorge Nursing Program only. Prerequisites: NUR 110, management, commonly used abbreviations/terms
NUR 111 Nursing II 9.00: Concepts and skills inte- 111, 112, 210. Clinical: Registration must be completed stressed.
grate growth and development, psycho-social coping and TB test results and proof of current immunizations
responses to illness and alterations in health status in submitted before student permitted in clinical area. OMT 145 Clinical Optics 1 – 2.00:Presents basic
children and adults. Nursing process is applied to meet Current CPR certification required. Class fee $20. (W) optical principles and the human eye from both theoreti-
basic human needs of individual patients. This course is cal and practical standpoints. Explores prisms, basic
for the Columbia Gorge Nursing Program only. Prerequi- NUR 212 Nursing VI 8.00: Emphasizes leadership dispensing, techniques for measuring types of lenses,
site: NUR 110. Clinical: Registration must be completed and management concepts and skills in providing use of the lens clock, use and maintenance of ophthal-
and TB test results and proof of current immunizations nursing care at the associate degree nurse level for mic instruments and equipment.
submitted before a student is permitted in the clinical groups of patients. This course is for the Columbia
area. Current CPR certification required. Class fee $30. Gorge Nursing Program only. Prerequisites: NUR 211. OMT 146 Clinical Optics 2 – 2.00: Continuation
(W) For Columbia Gorge nursing students only. Clinical: Registration must be completed and TB test of OMT 145 Clinical Optics 1. Introduces principles
results and proof of current immunizations submitted of retinoscopy, refractometry, basic lensometry, basic
NUR 112 Nursing III 9.00: Concepts and skills are re- before student permitted in clinical area. Current CPR keratometry, and prisms as they relate to ocular motility.
lated to nursing care of medical/surgical and childbear- certification required. Class fee $5. (Sp) Prerequisite: OMT 145.
ing patients and families. Nursing process is applied to
meet basic human needs of patients and families at the NUR 298 Independent Study 1.00–9.00: This is a OMT 163 Ocular Anatomy & Physiology 2.00:
1-9 credit elective course using a pass/no pass grading Relates structure and function of the human visual
237
Course Descriptions
system. Anatomy and physiology of the eyeball, orbit, to actual working conditions and skills in ophthalmic CAS/OS courses, or instructor permission required.
and ocular adnexa are covered. Special emphasis placed diagnostic and therapeutic procedures.
on ocular terminology. OS 280G CE / Administrative Assistant - Seminar
OMT 224 Practicum IV 4.00: Work in local oph- 1.00: Supplements the work experience portion of
OMT 206 Diagnostic Procedures I 4.00: Introduc- thalmic practices and health care facilities under the cooperative education and the student’s on-campus
es fundamentals of diagnostic testing and techniques supervision of facility personnel. Includes exposure program through feedback sessions, instruction in
including: applanation and Schiotz tonometry and to actual working conditions and skills in ophthalmic job-related area. Co-requisite: OS 280F. Recommended:
biomicroscopy. Presents principles and techniques of diagnostic and therapeutic procedures. RD 115, WR 115 and satisfactory progress through at
refractometry and retinoscopy with emphasis on skill least 15 credit hours of CAS/OS courses, or instructor
development utilizing the schematic eye. OMT 231 Seminar I 1.00: Discusses practicum permission required.
experiences, review of major professional subject areas,
OMT 207 Diagnostic Procedures II 4.00: Presents and hear guest speakers on topics of interest to the Physical Education
principles and techniques of various methods of visual class. Complete clinical research papers.
field examination. The visual pathway, common causes of PE 10 Physical Education Activity Program
visual field loss, and related anatomy will be covered with OMT 232 Seminar II 2.00: Discusses practicum expe- 1.00: Independent study format allowing students to
emphasis on Goldmann perimetry. Also covers principles riences, review of major professional subject areas, and participate in a variety of activities using designated
and techniques of exophthalmometry, color vision and tear hear guest speakers on topics of interest to the class. PCC facilities when classes are not scheduled. This
function tests. Emphasis placed on skill development. class does not count towards PCC degrees or PCC
OMT 233 Seminar III 2.00: Discusses practicum financial aid. Check with appropriate institution or high
OMT 208 Ocular Motility/Binocular Vision experiences, review of major professional subject school for transferability of this class. Consultation with
2.00: Introduces ocular motility and binocular vision. areas, and hear guest speakers on topics of interest instructor may be required. Recommended: signed
Emphasis placed on understanding the presentation, to the class. physical examination form.
characteristics, natural history of the strabismus patient. OMT 234 Seminar IV 2.00: Discusses challenges
Amblyopia and binocular vision are also addressed. PE 180A Beginning Swim 1.00: Introduces swimming
confronting practitioners and the presentation of new and aquatic skills to students who have very limited or no
OMT 209 Surgical Assisting Procedures 3.00: material in the field. May include field trips and guest swimming skills and may be uncomfortable in the water.
Addresses the technician’s role in minor office surgery speakers on topics of interest. Discussion of clinical
and assisting in the operating room. Topics include practicum experiences and a general review for national PE 180B Intermediate Swimming 1.00: Continues
proper aseptic technique, scrubbing, gowning and certification examinations included. the development of swimming and water safety skills.
gloving, sterilization of instruments, the importance New strokes introduced include the breaststroke,
OMT 283 Perception/Low Vision 2.00: Covers sidestroke, and elementary backstroke. Deepwater skills
of surgical conscience/legal responsibilities, proper theories of visual perception and how lenses affect
disposition of supplies/medications and security pro- also developed. Prerequisite: PE 180A or instructor
perception. Introduces basic and advanced visual aids permission.
cedures of medications as regulated by law. and their application to patients with various forms of
OMT 210 Therapeutic Assist Procedures 4.00: low vision. Concepts of depth perception and color PE 180C Advanced Swimming 1.00: Continues
Focuses on technician’s role in assisting in the manage- vision explored. the development of the student’s swimming and water
ment of preoperative and post operative patients. More safety skills. Stroke refinement, and skill proficiency are
Office Systems stressed. New strokes introduced include the butterfly
advanced ophthalmic procedures included such as
ultrasound, potential acuity meter, direct ophthalmos- OS 120 Business Editing Skills 4.00: Develops and underwater swimming. Prerequisite: PE 180B or
copy and contrast sensitivity. Specimen collection for skills necessary for editing, transcribing, and writing instructor permission.
the laboratory addressed. memos, letters and e-mail. Emphasis: punctuation, PE 180F Lap Swimming 1.00: Continued improve-
capitalization, spelling, grammar, and word use. ment of skilled swimmer’s cardiovascular endurance.
OMT 212 Contact Lens 1 – 3.00: Covers funda- Recommended: Qualify for WR 121, keyboard by touch
mentals of contact lens. Principles of lens structures, Explores and develops various training methods to
and completion of a beginning word processing class, enhance swimming techniques and knowledge of
materials used in manufacture, categorization, compari- or consent of instructor.
son of characteristics of soft and rigid lenses. Includes training strategy. PE 180G Swim Conditioning Swim
theory and utilization of instruments commonly used OS 131 10-key on Calculators 1.00: Develops Conditioning Uses aspects of swim skills to improve
in fitting and assessing contact lenses. Includes use of 10-key skills by touch. Recommended: qualify to enter cardiovascular endurance, muscular strength/endur-
keratometer, biomicroscope, radiuscope, lensometer, Reading 115 or WR 115. ance, and flexibility. Includes water/land exercises, lap
gauges, loupes, magnifiers and fluorescent tubes. swimming and water games. Recommended: Intermedi-
OS 240 Filing and Records Management 4.00: ate level swim skills or equivalent.
OMT 213 Contact Lens 2 – 3.00: Continuation of Develops skills for indexing, coding, and cross-refer-
OMT 212. Covers fitting theories and principles for encing documents to be filed. Includes requisitions and PE 180H Aquatic Exercise 1.00: Includes aerobic
soft and rigid contact lenses, solutions for care and charge-outs, records transfer, various filing systems, exercise, strength conditioning, and stretching move-
maintenance, dispensing, patient education, post fit- and an overall view of the role of records management in ments set to music. Performed in shallow water to
ting observations and theories on fitting keratoconus business including electronic and image records. Recom- reduce the effects of gravity. Swimming skills are not
and bifocal contact lenses. Lab activities allow for mended: RD 115; WR 115; and basic computer skills. required.
observation of physical properties and fitting challenges
OS 245 Office Systems and Procedures 4.00: PE 180K Masters Swimming 1.00: Enjoy a more
of contact lenses.
Use computer technology for tasks such as scheduling, competitive swimming class that incorporates all
OMT 222 Practicum II 4.00: Work in local oph- e-mail, and faxing. Develops communication skills and competition strokes, turns, strategies and training.
thalmic practices and health care facilities under the telephone techniques. Organize and prioritize office Possibilities for optional weekend Masters swim meets.
supervision of facility personnel. Includes exposure work. Develops workplace readiness and job search Advanced swimming skills highly recommended.
to actual working conditions and skills in ophthalmic skills. Prerequisites: CAS 216 and OS 120. PE 181A Beginning Weight Training - Coed 1.00:
diagnostic and therapeutic procedures.
OS 280F CE / Administrative Assistant 1.00– Stresses the proper techniques of weight lifting and
OMT 223 Practicum III 4.00: Work in local oph- 5.00: Provides field experience for the administrative the development of muscular strength and endurance.
thalmic practices and health care facilities under the assistant student. Recommended: RD 115, WR 115 and Individual programs developed which allow for body
supervision of facility personnel. Includes exposure satisfactory progress through at least 15 credit hours of and strength differences and safety in lifting.
238
Course Descriptions
PE 181B Intermediate Weight Training - Coed better manage stress. Vinyasa yoga is a dynamic series mental techniques in the use of all clubs along with an
1.00: Continues the development of the student’s of poses performed at a gentle pace and helps to reduce understanding and appreciation of rules, course manage-
strength/fitness. Individual evaluation and weight lifting stress levels. Recommend for students with limited abili- ment and etiquette. Playing a few rounds outside of class
programs developed to meet the student’s needs. Rec- ties and beginners who are not ready for Yoga I. Covers is required. In-class time is spent on the range, putting
ommended: Beginning weight training or equivalent. basic yoga philosophy, asanas, pranayama, meditation green, pitching area and in video assessment sessions.
and relaxation for a holistic approach to better health
PE 181C Advanced Weight Training - Coed 1.00: and wellness. PE 183H Intermediate Golf 1.00: Emphasizes
High level development of student muscular strength, proper use of all clubs under variable conditions.
endurance and cardiovascular fitness. Individual pro- PE 182K Yoga I 1.00: Introduces the values and skills Focuses on rules, etiquette and course management.
grams developed to meet the student’s needs. Recom- of Hatha Yoga (Yoga of exercise). Includes basic Yoga phi- Requires several out-of-class rounds.
mended: Intermediate weight training or equivalent. losophy and exercises for increased flexibility, improved
health, relaxation, and reduced stress in daily living. PE 183I Beginning Volkswalking 1.00: Provides
PE 181D Circuit Weight Training 1 - Coed 1.00: independent opportunity to achieve/maintain age-re-
Cardiopulmonary and strength fitness are maintained/ PE 182L Yoga II 1.00: Expand knowledge, application lated walking/fitness levels through individual walking
improved through the use of multiple weight and aerobic and skill in Hatha Yoga. Offers exposure to other areas of program and active participation in Volkswalking events.
stations, based on a structured time and rotation system. health care and an opportunity to study a selected topic Due to independent nature of course, requires weekly
PE 181E Circuit Weight Training 2-Coed Circuit Weight in depth. Recommended: prior class in Hatha Yoga. walking log reports via current email account.
Training 2 - Coed Cardiopulmonary and strength fitness
are maintained/improved through the use of multiple PE 182N Corrective Physical Education 1.00: In- PE 183J Intermediate Volkswalking 1.00: Al-
weight and aerobic stations, based on a structured time dividualized, self-paced exercise and swim programs for lows student to independently continue progress from
and rotation system. students with acute or chronic injuries or disabilities. beginning age-related walking/fitness levels through
individual walking program and active participation in
PE 182A Beginning Group Fitness 1.00: Offers PE 182P Body in Balance - Pilates Condition- intermediate Volkswalking activities. Due to nature of
students knowledge and skills to keep fit for life. ing 1.00: Covers basic concepts and skills in the course, requires weekly walking log reports via current
Teaches safe performance of movement and exercise Pilates Method of conditioning, designed to increase email account. Recommend: Beginning Volkswalking or
in a progressive approach. Includes cardiovascular and core strength and stabilization, muscle balance, tone, average fitness level.
muscular endurance, flexibility and body composition. coordination, and flexibility. Non-impact mat exercises
Aerobic training principles stressed using target heart develop whole body awareness and control, and can be PE 183K Pickleball - Badminton 1.00: Introduces
rate and Borg methods. modified to various fitness levels. the fundamentals of pickleball and badminton. Racquet
grip, hitting strokes, court position, strategy and rules
PE 182B Intermediate Group Fitness 1.00: Offers PE 182Q Self-Paced Fitness 1.00: Provides op- of the games will be taught.
students an opportunity to improve and/or maintain a portunity to develop regular physical fitness habits for
high level of fitness. Includes cardio-vascular endur- everyday schedule. Faculty assesses student through PE 183M Advanced Volkswalking 1.00: Allows
ance, muscular endurance, flexibility, and body com- pre/post fitness testing and required consultations. Due student to independently continue progress from in-
position. Recommended: Beginning Aerobic Fitness or to independent format it is intended for those with a high termediate age-related walking/fitness levels through
a recent aerobic dance/exercise class. level of fitness. Requires active email account. individual walking program and active participation
in advanced Volkswalking activities. Due to nature of
PE 182C Beginning Fitness and Walking 1.00: PE 182R Back Care 1.00: Explore appropriate exer- course, requires weekly walking log reports via current
Beginning level, self-paced walking programs and a cises, body mechanics, posture, and other techniques email account. Recommend: Intermediate Volkswalking
variety of conditioning exercises for specific body areas. for prevention and relief of back pain. or above average fitness level.
Provides instruction for integrating walking into a lifetime
PE 182S Tai Chi 1.00: Explore this ancient form of PE 183N Racquet Sports 1.00: Introduces two
fitness program.
gentle movement which emphasizes balance, concen- court games: pickelball and badminton. Several weeks
PE 182D Intermediate Fitness & Walking 1.00: tration and coordination. Learn traditional styles of Tai spent with each game emphasizing rules, equipment,
Improves fitness through self-paced walking programs Chi in an easy to follow format. Gain strength while technique and strategy for both singles and doubles
designed to increase the frequency and duration of regu- relieving tension and stress. play. Most class time spent in game play.
lar workouts. Incorporate a walking program into a total
PE 182T Triathlon Training 1.00: Prepares student PE 183O Beginning Table Tennis 1.00: Introduces
fitness program for future use. Recommended: Begin-
for olympic and/or Sprint distance swim, bike, run fundamentals of table tennis skills in singles/doubles,
ning Fitness and Walking or average fitness level.
triathlon. Focuses on endurance training and transition serving, smashing, forehand/backhand rules and strat-
PE 182E Jogging for Health 1.00: Introduces the work for the three events. Covers basic metabolic and egy. Knowledge and recreational play emphasized.
proper running technique and provides the opportunity nutritional concepts, triathlon rules, and equipment.
to improve general fitness. Running will be done on the Requirements: Student must have their own bike and PE 183P Intermediate Table 1.00: Reviews
track until student and instructor feel the student is ready helmet (CPSC or ANSI). Student must arrange their strokes, strategies, and skills in singles and doubles
to run on the road. transportation to off campus events. play. Emphasizes recreational and competitive play.
Recommended: Beginning table tennis skills.
PE 182F Boot Camp 1.00: A group exercise class PE 182U Pilates II 1.00: Builds on concepts and
focusing on cardio respiratory fitness and muscular skills in the Pilates method of conditioning. Designed PE 183Q Advanced Table Tennis 1.00: Reviews
endurance using dumbbells and other equipment to continue to increase core strength and stabilization skills, strokes and strategies used in singles and
(physioballs, steps, etc.) This class concentrates on challenging the body to further its range of motion. doubles play. Prepare for competition necessary to play.
all key muscle groups, working toward muscle fitness Recommended: Pilates I or instructor permission. Recommended: Beginning, intermediate table tennis or
and flexibility gains. This class is geared to those who equivalent experience.
PE 183E Beginning Tennis 1.00: Includes basic his-
enjoy high-intensity callisthenic training in a group class PE 183R Beginning Karate I 1.00: Introduces a
tory/terminology/etiquette/strategy and skills of game.
format. PE 182H Adult Fitness Adult Fitness Exercises working knowledge of the fundamental techniques
and activities which strengthen and condition specific PE 183F Intermediate Tennis 1.00: Builds further employed in the art of Karate-Do.
large muscle groups, improve cardiovascular fitness on the beginning techniques of the game. Emphasizes
and flexibility. singles, doubles and competition play. PE 183S Beginning Karate II 1.00: Progressive
continuation of fundamental techniques employed in
PE 182J Gentle Yoga 1.00: Introduces techniques to PE 183G Beginning Golf 1.00: Emphasizes funda-
239
Course Descriptions
the art of Karate-Do. Recommended: Beginning Karate Addresses variables of weather, snow conditions, and shooting, goalie play, corner kicks, goalie kicks, penalty
I or equivalent. terrain. Recommended: Intermediate Alpine class or kicks, soccer formations (5-3-2, 4-3-3, 3-3-4, 2-4-4),
equivalent. defensive play, offensive play, rules of soccer.
PE 183T Aikido I 1.00: Introduces a working knowl-
edge of the fundamental techniques employed in the PE 184I Beginning Snowboard Skiing 1.00: PE 185H Advanced Soccer 1.00: Presents more
art of Aikido. Basic skills necessary for safe and fun snowboarding advanced soccer skills, strategies and rules not covered
on appropriate terrain will be taught. Also skidded turns in the beginning course. Includes footwork (trapping,
PE 183U Aikido II 1.00: Progressive continuation with control on beginning and beginning/intermediate feinting, shielding, dribbling), tackling, volley kicking,
of the fundamental techniques employed in the art terrain. The variables of weather and snow conditions shooting, heading, goalkeeper play, soccer formations,
of Aikido. will be addressed. defense, offense, rules. Beginning and intermediate
soccer skills required.
PE 183V Judo I 1.00: Introduces a working knowledge PE 184J Intermediate Snowboard Skiing 1.00:
of the fundamental techniques employed in the art of Continues refinement of basic skills. Students will PE 185I Flag Football 1.00: Covers skills, rules and
Kodolan Judo. be taught to link beginning carved turns with rhythm strategies. Emphasizes individual and team offensive,
and control on intermediate and beginning advanced defensive and kicking techniques as well as concepts of
PE 183W Judo II 1.00: Build on knowledge and skill
terrain. Stresses safe boarding with improvement in team organization and play. Considerable time is spent
areas covered in Judo I.
skill applications. The variables of weather and snow playing the game.
PE 183X Tae Kwon Do I 1.00: Introduces a working conditions will be addressed. Recommended: Beginning
Snowboarding class or equivalent. PE 185J Softball 1.00: Emphasizes team play, strat-
knowledge of the fundamental techniques employed in
egy and individual skills. Included are: batting, running
the art of Tae Kwon Do.
PE 184K Alpine Ski Instructor Training 1.00: bases and sliding, throwing from outfield, throwing from
PE 183Y Tae Kwon Do II 1.00: Progressive continu- Develops skills needed to teach alpine skiing. American infield, pitching, catching, fielding and communication.
ation of the fundamental techniques employed in the art Teaching System progression will be taught from first Time is divided between drills and game play.
of Tae Kwon Do I. day through open parallel turns. Skills concept, demon-
strations, class safety and handling, movement analysis PE 185K Slowpitch Softball 1.00: Uses basic rules
PE 184A Beginning Skiing - Nordic 1.00: Designed and limited practice teaching will be covered. Recom- and skills of softball, altered for slowpitch. Generally
to teach beginning nordic skiers proper skiing technique mended: Advanced Alpine Skiing or equivalent. utilizes equal numbers of men and women in playing
for groomed tracks and ungroomed snow conditions. positions.
Emphasizes speed control, efficient body movement PE 184L Advanced Snowboarding Skiing 1.00:
Development of snowboarding skills at higher speeds, PE 185L Intermediate Soccer 1.00: Applies skills
and safety. Basics of winter survival, proper clothing,
varied and difficult terrain. Includes instruction in park acquired in basic/beginning soccer play. Utilizes kick-
and trail etiquette are also emphasized.
riding, freestyle, or powder. Emphasizes safe boarding ing, passing, dribbling, heading, play strategies, and
PE 184B Intermediate Skiing - Nordic 1.00: in challenging conditions. Recommended: Intermediate goal-keeper skills. May be played on outdoor field or
Emphasizes techniques to increase power and control snowboard skiing or equivalent. altered for indoor play.
in the diagonal stride, speed control in varied downhill
PE 185A Beginning Basketball 1.00: Provides PE 186A Ballet I 1.00: Develops skills and examines
conditions, varied turning maneuvers and beginning
instruction in basketball fundamentals, skills, and rules principles in the fundamentals of classical ballet tech-
skating and telemark skiing Recommended: experience
through drills and game play. nique. Emphasizes correct alignment, basic barre and
in basic cross country skiing.
center work, traveling steps, and ballet vocabulary.
PE 184C Advanced Skiing - Nordic 1.00: Designed PE 185B Intermediate Basketball 1.00: Provides
instruction and opportunity to develop skills and knowl- PE 186B Ballet II 1.00: Continues development
to teach student who can perform dynamic diagonal
edge above the basic level. Implements set plays and of skills and principles of classical ballet technique
stride and turning maneuvers to perform dynamic tech-
skills through drills and game play. Beginning basketball beyond the beginning level. Emphasizes correct align-
nique adjustments to timing, terrain changes, turning
skills required. ment, increased speed, strength, flexibility, balance,
for speed control and efficiency in skating and telemark
coordination, and ballet vocabulary in more challenging
skiing. Addresses terrain changes, weather and snow
PE 185C Advanced Basketball 1.00: Emphasizes combinations. Recommended courses: PE 186A or D
conditions.
continued development of skills necessary to participate 192A or equivalent.
PE 184D Beginning Skiing - Alpine 1.00: Designed in basketball at an advanced level through game play
and drills. Beginning/Intermediate basketball skills PE 186F Jazz Dance I 1.00: Introduces principles
to teach inexperienced skiers to link turns together
required. and skills in the fundamentals of jazz dance technique.
with control on beginning and beginning/intermediate
Emphasizes and develops correct body alignment,
terrain. Introduces the fun of downhill skiing and em-
PE 185D Beginning Volleyball 1.00: Includes coordination, strength, flexibility, rhythm, and move-
phasizes skills necessary to ski safely on appropriate
basic history, terminology, etiquette, strategies and ment awareness. Includes jazz dance vocabulary and
terrain. Addresses the variables of weather and snow
skills of game. simple dance combinations. Course may be taken 3
conditions.
times for credit.
PE 185E Intermediate Volleyball 1.00: Builds fur-
PE 184E Intermediate Skiing - Alpine 1.00:
ther on the beginning techniques of the game. Emphasizes PE 186G Jazz Dance II 1.00: Continues development
Opportunity for continued improvement in safe, enjoy-
team play, special situations and officiating. Beginning of jazz dance technique at the beginning /intermediate
able skiing for students capable of beginning wedge
volleyball class or instructor permission required. level. Emphasizes increased coordination, strength,
christies. Includes skidded parallel turns of varying
control, flexibility, stamina, musicality, and jazz dance
radii with control on intermediate and beginning begin- PE 185F Advanced Volleyball 1.00: Builds further vocabulary in more challenging combinations. Course
ning/advanced terrain. Addresses variables of weather, on the intermediate techniques of the game. Emphasizes may be taken 3 times for credit (D 151 or PE 186G
snow conditions, and terrain. Recommended: Beginning team play, offensive/defensive situations and other separately or in combination). Recommended courses:
Alpine class or equivalent. advanced skills of spiking, team blocking and shoulder D 150, or PE 186F, or equivalent.
roll. Beginning volleyball and intermediate volleyball
PE 184F Advanced Skiing - Alpine 1.00: Ski on
skills or instructor permission required. PE 186I Modern Dance I 1.00: Introduces knowl-
intermediate/advanced terrain with dynamic parallel
edge and skills in beginning modern dance technique.
turns. Apply edging, pressure control, rotary and bal- PE 185G Beginning Soccer 1.00: Basic skills, Includes dance fundamentals, vocabulary, and impro-
ancing movements to allow confidence and versatility rules, and strategies for soccer will be taught. Includes visation, emphasizing correct alignment, coordination,
on steeper terrain and in varying snow conditions. dribbling, kicking, trapping, heading, throw-in, tackling,
240
Course Descriptions
strength, and awareness of movement. Course may be Cross swim screening test required. other health care students. Focuses on applying ethical
taken 3 times for credit (D 192C or PE 186I separately concepts to the situations and dilemmas nurses and
or in combination). PE 292A Water Safety Instructor 2.00: Teach other health care workers confront in their professional
swimming and water safety and further develop personal roles. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or
PE 186J Modern Dance II 1.00: Continues de- skills in these areas. Successful completion leads to equivalent placement test scores.
velopment of modern dance technique, with focus on receiving the American Red Cross Water Safety instruc-
alignment, strength, control, musicality, and dynamics. tor (WSI) certificate. Students must be at least 17 years PHL 206 Introduction to Environmental Ethics
Includes expanded modern dance vocabulary, dance of age, skilled at intermediate swim level, and have 4.00: Investigates the ethical questions that pertain to
combinations, and improvisation. Course may be taken completed pertinent Red Cross requirements. human choices regarding the environment. Some of the
3 times for credit (D 192D or PE 186J separately or in questions addressed include: Do non-human animals
combination). Recommended courses: D 192C or PE Philosophy have rights? What is the environment and do we have
186I or equivalent. an obligation to protect it? What is the proper ethical
PHL 185 Computer Ethics 3.00: Discusses
ethical and social issues around the use of computer balance between economic and environmental concerns
PE 186K Tap Dance I 1.00: Introduces beginning regarding natural resources? Does the present genera-
skills in tap dance. Covers basic steps, terminology, technology. Computer use has created unique ethical
issues not addressed in traditional ethics for computer tion have an ethical obligation to preserve a healthy
rhythms, and combinations. environment for future generations? Prerequisites:
professionals and even casual computer users, it is
imperative not only to explore what we can do with WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement
PE 186L Basic Dance / Ballroom, Country, Folk
computer technology, but our ethical responsibilities test scores.
1.00: Offers instruction in ballroom, folk and country
western dance. Includes instruction, practice time, in using that technology. CIS 185 and PHL 185 cannot PHL 207 Ethical Issues in Aging 4.00: This course
and development of personal confidence in a social both be taken for credit. will investigate central ethical issues pertaining to the
setting. Coursework develops coordination, rhythm, care of elderly patients. Students will become more
and knowledge of basic dance skills. PHL 191 Critical Thinking / Language and the
familiar with various ethical principles and frameworks
Layout of Argument 4.00: Analyzing arguments,
and then apply these to various ethical issues and
PE 186N Intermediate Ballroom Dancing 1.00: recognizing arguments when they occur, discerning
dilemmas that arise in caring for the elderly. Students
Continues development and refinement of skills in simple logical patterns of argument, extracting argu-
will learn how to identify ethical issues in caring for
ballroom dance. Practice and improvement of rhythm, ments from the contexts in which they occur, restating
the elderly and become more proficient in ethical deci-
styling, dance variations, and dynamics. them in clear and concise terms and clearing away need-
sion making in order to render well-reasoned ethical
less language in formulating arguments. Prerequisites:
PE 281 Professional Activities / Weight Training decisions regarding care for the elderly. Prerequisites:
WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement
2.00: Work with a faculty mentor to develop knowledge WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement
test scores.
and skill in weight training. Design programs for circuit test scores.
training and strength and endurance training. Includes PHL 195 Critical Thinking: Science and the Occult
PHL 208 Political Philosophy 4.00: Introduction to
equipment selection, teaching methods and safety 4.00: Introduces scientific method, assessment criteria
and analysis of political theories and concepts through
guidelines. Prerequisite: PE 181A or 181B for scientific observations and explanations and the
study of the works of major figures in the history of
difference between genuine and bogus science. Pre-
PE 282A Professional Activities / Aerobic political philosophy from Plato to the present. Pre-
requisites: WR115, RD115, And MTH30 or equivalent
Group Exercise 1.00: Work with a faculty mentor requisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent
placement test scores.
to explore and develop knowledge about aerobic fit- placement test scores.
ness. Covers components of aerobic fitness, styles of PHL 197 Critical Thinking: Television & The Presen-
PHL 209 Business Ethics 4.00: Designed primarily
aerobic exercise, and teaching methods. Corequisite: tation of Reality 4.00: Thoughtful and critical look at
for students of business and related fields. Reviews
Concurrent enrollment in PE 182A, 182B, or instructor television programming. Includes news, entertainment
some historical and contemporary ethical theories and
permission. programming and commercials. Emphasizes thinking,
ethical issues that arise in several aspects of business,
talking and writing about what students see on TV and
PE 282B Professional Activities / Special Popu- such as, management, use of computers, marketing, ac-
reflecting on how television influences their images of
lations 2.00: Work with a faculty mentor to identify counting, and doing business in an international setting.
themselves and their reality. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD
special populations within the fitness industry. Explore Includes the social responsibilities of corporations, the
115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
the needs and abilities of these populations with an rights of workers, truth in advertising, the environmental
emphasis on modifications in assessments, adaptive PHL 201 Introduction to Philosophy: Philosophical impact of doing business, affirmative action in hiring,
equipment, and fitness programs. Recommended: Problems 4.00: Introduces metaphysics and the theory sexual harassment in the workplace, respect for cultural
Active email account and transportation to Portland of knowledge via the works of important figures in the differences, and the responsibilities of the individual in
metropolitan area facilities. history of philosophy. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 the corporate setting. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and
and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
PE 283 Professional Activities: Mind/Body
Disciplines 1.00: Explores, with faculty mentor, tradi- PHL 202 Introduction to Philosophy: Elementary PHL 210 Introduction to Asian Philosophy
tional and contemporary mind/body disciplines. Applies Ethics 4.00: Studies attempts by philosophers to ac- 4.00: Introduces the non-dualistic philosophies of
mind/body principles to fitness programming. count for the difference between right and wrong, for the India, China, Japan, and South East Asia, which offer a
notion of moral obligation and to answer the question: complementary approach to Western traditions in logic,
PE 287 Professional Activities - Aquatics 1.00: How should we lead our lives. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD ethics, epistemology, and metaphysics. Prerequisites:
Work with a faculty mentor to develop knowledge and 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement
skill in aquatics. Explores the use of swimming and test scores.
water exercise to achieve total fitness. Corequisite: PHL 204 Philosophy of Religion 4.00: Examines
Concurrent enrollment in PE 180H, PE 180G, or PE the existence and attributes of God, faith, reason and PHL 211 Existentialism 4.00: This course will
180F or instructor permission. mysticism, religion and science, religion and morality, investigate existential philosophy from the 19th Century
religious language and life after death from the perspec- to the present. Students will become familiar with the
PE 291A Lifeguard Training 2.00: Designed to help tive of the philosopher. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 different branches of existentialist thought and the
students learn, practice, and develop the skills of water and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. influence existentialism had on philosophy, literature,
safety. Successful completion results in receiving an and culture in the 19th and 20th Centuries. Philosophers
American Red Cross Lifeguard Training certificate. Red PHL 205 Contemporary Moral Problems: Bio- that will be studied include, but are not limited to, some
medical Ethics 4.00: Designed primarily for nursing and
241
Course Descriptions
of the following: Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Heidegger, and identifying astronomical objects in night skies. An on Oregon state and local politics. PS 201, 202, and
Camus and Sartre. Prerequisite: Placement into WR introduction to clock drives, astrophotography, and 203 need not be taken in sequence. Prerequisites:
121 and placement into RD 90 photoelectric photometry will be provided. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement
PHY 123. test scores.
PHL 221 Symbolic Logic 4.00: Propositional nota-
tion and truth value analysis of simple and compound PHY 201 General Physics 4.00: Introductory phys- PS 204 Comparative Political Systems 4.00:
statements. Includes quantificational notation and ics (algebra based) for science majors, pre-medical, Covers the study of political systems in various coun-
deductive techniques for determining consistency and pre-dental, pre-chiropractic and pre-physical therapy tries. Includes such issues as policy-making, represen-
validity. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or students. Topics include mechanics including statics, tation/ participation, political culture, political economy
equivalent placement test scores. forces and motion energy, collisions, circular motion and and development and governance. Countries chosen
rotational dynamics. Prerequisite or concurrent: MTH will represent various political systems including,
PHL 222 Philosophy of Art and Beauty 4.00: 111A, B or C and their prerequisite requirements. democracies, totalitarian regimes, dictatorships, post-
Introductory course exploring individual and cultural communist systems in transition, newly industrializing
assumptions about the nature of art and aesthetic ex- PHY 202 General Physics 4.00: Topics include and developing countries. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD
pression. Applies a philosophical approach to the mechanical properties of matter, heat, waves, sound 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
study of art forms from many world cultures. In semi- and light. Algebra-based physics. Prerequisite: PHY
nar/workshop format, the class involves the study of a 201 and its required prerequisites. PS 205 Global Politics: Conflict & Cooperation
variety of media and genres, with possible field trips 4.00: Examines the nature of relations among states.
to museums, galleries gardens, and performing arts PHY 203 General Physics 4.00: Topics include Topics include motivating factors such as nationalism
events. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or electricity, magnetism and radioactivity. Algebra-based and imperialism, economic rivalries and the quest for
equivalent placement test scores. physics. Prerequisite: PHY 202 and its prerequisite security, questions of national sovereignty and interna-
requirements. tional cooperation, war and peace, global issues, and
PHL 298 Independent Study: Philosophy 4.00: the future. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20
Advanced, individualized study in areas of philosophy PHY 211 General Physics (Calculus) 5.00: Topics
or equivalent placement test scores.
not considered in other courses to meet special interests include concepts in mechanics and their relationship
or program requirements. Complete a term project and to practical applications for science and engineering PS 211 Peace and Conflict 4.00: Explores the
readings approved by the instructor. Recommended: majors. Prerequisites: MTH 251 and MTH 252 and causes and manifestations of violence in actions
prior study in philosophy and instructor permission. their prerequisite requirements. Prerequisite/Concur- involving oneself, society, one’s nation, and the global
rent: MTH 252. community. Alternatives to oppressive behavior, un-
Physics democratic institutions, and the violent resolution of
PHY 212 General Physics (Calculus) 5.00: Topics
conflict are considered. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115
PHY 101 Fundamentals of Physics I 4.00: Intro- include concepts in fluid mechanics, waves, thermo-
and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
duction to Physics. Includes mechanics, vectors, en- dynamics and optics. Prerequisites: PHY 211 and its
ergy, simple machines, satellite motion, and the theory prerequisite requirements. PS 220 U.S. Foreign Policy 4.00: Historical
of special relativity. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and analytical treatment of select foreign policy themes
MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. PHY 213 General Physics (Calculus) 5.00: Topics
since World War I is presented. Examines the United
include concepts in electromagnetism together with
States’ attempt to create world order through use of
PHY 102 Fundamentals of Physics II 4.00: A their relationship to practical applications. Prerequi-
economic, military and diplomatic power, the roles of
conceptual study of physics. Topics include properties sites: PHY 211 and its prerequisite requirements.
democratic institutions and decision-making elites in
of matter, heat and thermodynamics, and atomic and
Political Science creating foreign policy, and the interdependent basis of
nuclear physics. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH
the contemporary international system. Prerequisites:
20 or equivalent placement test scores.
PS 111 Skills and Issues 1.00: Designed to depen WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement
PHY 103 Fundamentals of Physics III 4.00: A understanding of PS 201 or PS 202. Includes interactive test scores.
conceptual study of physics. Topics include waves and tutorials, student skills building exercises, and commu-
nity-based projects. Co-requisite: PS 201 or PS 202. PS 225 Political Ideology: Alternative Idea Systems
sound, electricity and magnetism, and light and optics.
4.00: Covers sources, strengths and weaknesses of
Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115, and MTH 20 or equivalent
PS 201 U.S. Government: Foundations & Principles contemporary ideologies, and the conditions which
placement test scores.
4.00: Examines the development of constitutional tradi- lead to conflict or to cooperation among them. Includes
PHY 121 Elementary Astronomy 4.00: Introduces tions in America. Includes topics such as free speech, liberalisms, conservativisms, socialisms, fascisms, and
the contents of our solar system, including the earth, its equal rights under law, movements, interest groups, other idea systems. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and
moon, the other planets and moons; asteroids, comets, and political parties, and elections in a democratic struggle MTH 20 or equivalent test scores.
meteors. Algebra recommended. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD for power. PS 201, 202, and 203 need not be taken in
sequence. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 PS 280A CE / Political Science 1.00–4.00: Ex-
115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
or equivalent placement test scores. tends knowledge of Political Science through work and/
PHY 122 Elementary Astronomy 4.00: Introduces or volunteer time spent in settings that provide learning
stellar astronomy, including our sun, properties of PS 202 U.S. Government: Institutions & Policies experiences. Department permission required.
stars, and stellar evolution. Algebra recommended. 4.00: Examines the national institutions of American
politics including the Legislative, Executive, Judiciary, PS 280B CE / Community Service & Action Semi-
Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent
and Bureaucracy. Topics include national policies, nar 2.00: This interdisciplinary seminar provides an
placement test scores.
foreign policy, taxation, spending priorities, govern- integrative framework for students engaged in commu-
PHY 123 Elementary Astronomy 4.00: Introduction ment regulations and entitlements. PS 201, 202, and nity service and cooperative education work. Focuses on
to star clusters, the contents of our galaxy; other galax- 203 need not be taken in sequence. Prerequisites: social interaction, group and organizational processes,
ies, including active galaxies, and cosmology. Algebra WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement and public policies related to service, advocacy, and
recommended. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH test scores. social change placements.
20 or equivalent placement test scores.
PS 203 State and Local Government 4.00: Exam- PS 280C CE / Peace and Conflict 1.00–4.00:
PHY 196 Observational Astronomy 1.00: De- ines state and local government policy formulation and Extends knowledge of Peace and Conflict Studies
signed to teach use of telescopes and binoculars in outcomes on issues ranging from taxation to prisons, through work and/or volunteer time spent in settings
conjunction with star atlases and catalogs in locating and education to environmental concerns. Focuses that provide learning experiences. Department permis-
242
Course Descriptions
sion required. overview of the brain’s role in behavior. Emphasizes the ogy 4.00: Surveys the history, theories, diagnosis,
neurophysiological properties relevant to psychological etiology, and treatment of the major mental disorders.
PS 298 Independent Study: Political Science 4.00: functions: sensation, perception, motivation, learning, Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent
Advanced individualized study of areas of political science emotion, activation, and motor responses. Includes placement test scores, and PSY 201 or 201A or 202
not considered in other courses to meet special interests extensive coverage of the anatomical and physiological or 202A.
or program requirements. Includes a term project and aspects of the human nervous system. Prerequisite: WR
readings approved by the instructor. Recommended: prior 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test PSY 240 Personal Awareness and Growth 4.00:
study in political science and instructor permission. scores, and PSY 201 or one year biology. Provides theory and experience to acquire a comprehen-
sive perspective on intra- and inter-personal dynamics
Occupational Skills Training PSY 214 Introduction to Personality 4.00: Cov- related to personal growth and awareness. Activities
ers personality theories including the theoretical and provide opportunities to increase self-understanding,
PST 101 Professional Skills Training 1.00–16.00:
scientific explanations for individuals’ characteristic awareness, and acceptance, identify areas for potential
Unique off-campus training program which provides an
patterns of perception, thought, emotion, and behavior. growth, and explore awareness of self as perceived by
opportunity to develop marketable job skills in areas not
Incorporates activities which help students apply what others to improve effectiveness relating to other people.
normally addressed by on-going programs. Custom
they have learned about personality theories to their Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent
designed training tailored to individual abilities, skills
personal and professional lives. Recommended: PSY placement test scores.
and interests. Program permission required.
201A or 202A Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH
20 or equivalent placement test scores. PSY 280A CE / Psychology - Worksite Placement
Psychology
1.00–4.00: Extends knowledge of Psychology through
PSY 101 Psychology and Human Relations PSY 215 Human Development 4.00: Surveys major work in settings which provide learning experiences
4.00: Focuses on practical and personal applications theories of behavior and patterns of change and continu- supplementing classroom learning. Department per-
of psychological principles. Encourages applications ity in people over the life span. Emphasizes development mission required. Prerequisite: Placement in WR 121
of psychological principles to daily living and human from physical, cognitive, social, emotional, moral, or completion of WR 115 with a “C” or better.
interactions to areas such as work, leisure, school and and cultural perspectives from prenatal development
through development of infants, children, adolescents, PSY 285 Psychology Seminar and Practicum
relationships. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH
adults, and the elderly. Recommended: PSY 201A or 4.00: Designed for psychology majors, the class con-
20 or equivalent placement test scores.
202A. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or sists of two hour weekly seminar and a practicum place-
PSY 201 Introduction to Psychology - Part 1 equivalent placement test scores. ment in the community (60 hours). The seminar will focus
4.00: First term of a two-term sequence in introduc- on career paths in psychology at both the undergraduate
tory psychology covering the history of psychology, PSY 216 Social Psychology 4.00: Examines how and graduate levels, research methods, and professional
scientific methods, the brain and nervous system, society affects human behavior, including persuasion, writing and presentation skills. Highly recommended:
sensation and perception, states of consciousness, conformity, aggression, conflict, and interpersonal MTH 243 Prerequisites: PSY 201 or 201A and PSY 202
human development, learning, memory, language, and attraction. Applications to business, politics, environ- or 202A. Prerequiste/Concurrent: WR 122.
cognition. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 ment, health, the legal system and human relations.
Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equiva- PSY 298 Independent Study / Psychology 3.00:
or equivalent placement test scores.
lent placement test scores. Advanced individualized study of psychology not
PSY 201A Introduction to Psychology - Part 1 considered in other courses to meet special interests
4.00: First term of a two-term sequence in introductory PSY 222 Family & Intimate Relationship 4.00: or program requirements. Complete a term project and
psychology covering the history of psychology, scientific Explores processes involved in both traditional and readings approved by the instructor. Recommended:
methods, the brain, nervous system, sensation, percep- non-traditional relationships and families; including Prior study of psychology. Prerequisite: Placement in
tion, consciousness, human development, learning, love, cohabitation, dating, marriage, parenting, com- WR 121 or completion of WR 115 with a “C” or better.
memory, language, and cognition. Taught from a socio- munication and conflict resolution, sexuality, balancing Instructor permission required.
cultural approach which assumes that gender, culture, work and family, domestic violence, divorce, remarriage,
and blended families. Prerequisite:WR 115, RD 115 and Religious Studies
and ethnicity are essential to understanding behavior,
thought, and emotion. Meets cultural diversity require- MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
R 210 World Religions 4.00: A general survey
ments for Associate Degrees. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD PSY 231 Human Sexuality 4.00: Part one of two- course that examines the major religions of the world,
115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. term sequence exploring sexual issues from scientific including Hinduism, Buddhism, Chinese religions,
and humanistic perspectives. Topics: historical, cultural, Christianity, Judaism and Islam. Attention is given to
PSY 202 Introduction to Psychology - Part 2 4.00:
cross-cultural perspectives on sexuality, sex research, their founds and history, myths and doctrines, rituals
The second term of a two-term sequence in introductory
female and male sexual and reproductive anatomy and and traditions, and social and personal ethics. Pre-
psychology, covering emotion, motivation, intelligence,
physiology; gender issues; sexual response, com- requisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent
personality theory, health psychology, abnormal
munication, and behavior patterns; love and sexual placement test scores.
psychology, therapies, and social psychology. Recom-
mended: PSY 201 or 201A. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 orientations. Recommended: PSY 231 taken before
Radiography
and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. PSY 232. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20
or equivalent placement test scores. RAD 100 Introduction to Radiology 2.00:
PSY 202A Introduction to Psychology - Part 2 Introduces the health care team and various aspects
4.00: The second term of a two-term sequence in intro- PSY 232 Human Sexuality 4.00: Part two of
of radiological sciences. Includes medical ethics,
ductory psychology, covering emotion, motivation, intel- sequence exploring sexual issues from scientific and
professional organizations, medicolegal considerations,
ligence, personality theory, health psychology, abnormal humanistic perspectives. Topics: sexuality through the
communication, cultural diversity, basic radiation
psychology, therapies, and social psychology. Course life cycle, sexual problems, sexual satisfaction, contra-
protection, fundamental technical components, radio-
taught from a sociocultural approach which assumes that ception, conception, sexuality and disability, sex and
logical history, health care organizations and medical
gender, culture, and ethnicity are essential to understand- chronic illness, sexually transmitted infections, sexual
specialties. Department permission required.
ing behavior, thought, and emotion. Meets cultural diver- victimization, atypical sexual behavior, commercializa-
sity requirements for Associate Degree. Recommended: tion of sex. Recommended: PSY 231 taken before PSY RAD 101 Radiographic Positioning I 3.00:
PSY 201 or 201A. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 232. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or Introduces basic positioning techniques used in ra-
20 or equivalent placement test scores. equivalent placement test scores. diography of the respiratory system, abdomen, upper
and lower extremities. Lab includes peer positioning,
PSY 213 Brain, Mind & Behavior 4.00: Provides PSY 239 Introduction to Abnormal Psychol-
film critique, anatomical identification, pathologies
243
Course Descriptions
and an energized section using phantoms. Department RAD 120 Radiographic Clinic II 4.00: Provides RAD 209 Advanced Radiological Procedures
permission required. clinical education experience in an affiliated hospital 2.00:Covers contrast media, fluoroscopic exams and
radiology department under the supervision of a regis- special procedures involving the following systems: biliary,
RAD 102 Radiographic Positioning II 3.00: Basic tered radiographer and radiologist. Includes application mammary, lymph, female reproductive, respiratory, pan-
positioning techniques used in radiography of the di- of equipment manipulation and operation, radiological creatic and salivary. Also covers techniques and equipment
gestive system, urinary system and continuation of the imaging procedures, radiation protection, medicolegal used to catheterize the vascular system, indications for vari-
upper and lower extremities. Lab includes peer position- and ethical protocol, recordkeeping and patient care. Re- ous vascular procedures, contrast agents used for specific
ing, film critique, anatomical identification, pathologies quires clinical competencies, objectives, performance procedures and selective vascular anatomy. Department
and an energized section using phantoms. Department assessment and attendance. Department permission permission required. Prerequisite: RAD 105.
permission required. Prerequisite: RAD 101. required. Prerequisite: RAD 110.
RAD 210 Radiographic Clinic V 6.00: Provides
RAD 103 Radiographic Positioning III 3.00: RAD 122 Radiation Protection - Biology 3.00: clinical education experience in an affiliated hospital
Basic positioning techniques used in radiography of Introduces biological effects of ionizing radiation and radiology department under the supervision of a regis-
the bony thorax, spinal column and pelvic girdle. Lab application of principles to minimize the risks of man- tered radiographer and radiologist. Includes application
includes peer positioning, film critique, anatomical made radiation. Examines standards and requirements of equipment manipulation and operation, radiological
identification, pathologies and an energized section determined by government guidelines. Department imaging procedures, radiation protection, medicolegal
using phantoms. Department permission required. permission required. Prerequisite: RAD 106. and ethical protocol, recordkeeping and patient care. Re-
Prerequisite: RAD 102. quires clinical competencies, objectives, performance
RAD 130 Radiographic Clinic III 4.00: Provides assessment and attendance. Department permission
RAD 105 Methods of Patient Care 3.00: Cov- clinical education experience in an affiliated hospital required. Prerequisite: RAD 140.
ers general care of patients in radiology department. radiology department under the supervision of a regis-
Emphasizes radiographer’s role regarding patient care tered radiographer and radiologist. Includes application RAD 211 Advanced Imaging Modalities 4.00:
with cardiac arrest, vital signs, accident victims, bedside of equipment manipulation and operation, radiological Builds on information from previous radiation physics
procedures, aseptic techniques, contagious disease con- imaging procedures, radiation protection, medicolegal courses in the series. Introduces computed tomography,
trol, blood borne pathogens, venipuncture, administration and ethical protocol, recordkeeping and patient care. Re- magnetic resonance, nuclear medicine, sonography and
of medication and contrast media reactions. Introduces quires clinical competencies, objectives, performance radiation therapy. Department permission required.
fundamentals of urinary catheterization. Lab provides assessment and attendance. Department permission Prerequisite: RAD 107.
application of theory. Department permission required. required. Prerequisite: RAD 120.
RAD 215 Principles of Exposure II 3.00: Intro-
RAD 106 Radiographic Equipment I 4.00: Covers RAD 132 Radiographic Image Production 3.00: duces theory and application of inverse square law,
fundamental concepts of energy and measurements, Introduces theory and practical application of film/screen distortion, radiographic quality, technique conversion
atomic structures, molecules, electricity, magnetism, systems, sensitometry, image formation, automatic film factors, formulation of technique charts, and quality
electromagnetism, transformers, and rectifiers. Depart- processing, subtraction/duplication, computed radiog- assurance. Lab includes use of energized equipment
ment permission required. raphy and quality assurance. Lab includes using test and test tools. Department permission required. Pre-
tools with energized equipment. Department permission requisite: RAD 132.
RAD 107 Radiographic Equipment II 4.00:
required. Prerquisite: RAD 115.
Covers generators, timers, x- ray tubes, recording RAD 216 Radiography Registry Review 2.00:
devices, physiology of sight, image intensifiers, tele- RAD 140 Radiographic Clinic IV 10.00: Provides Provides review of the major content areas appearing
vision camera/monitors, digital radiography, mobile clinical education experience in an affiliated hospital in the national certification examination. Requires class
radiography and fluoroscopic equipment, tomography radiology department under the supervision of a regis- participation, review of radiation protection, equipment
and teleradiography. Department permission required. tered radiographer and radiologist. Includes application operation and maintenance, image production and evalu-
Prerequisite: RAD 106. of equipment manipulation and operation, radiological ation, radiographic procedures and patient care. Students
imaging procedures, radiation protection, medicolegal must demonstrate an understanding of these subjects by
RAD 107C Principles of Fluoroscopy 1.00: Covers
and ethical protocol, recordkeeping and patient care. Re- successful completion of unit examinations and at least
the state of Oregon fluoroscopy education require-
quires clinical competencies, objectives, performance one mock registry examination.
ments on operation of the equipment. Designed as an
assessment and attendance. Department permission
update for physicians or radiographers and to satisfy RAD 220 Radiographic Clinic VI 6.00: Provides
required. Prerequisite: RAD 130.
the Oregon Radiation Protection Services rules for clinical education experience in an affiliated hospital
fluoroscopy. Department permission required. RAD 203 Applied Radiography Topics 2.00: radiology department under the supervision of a
Examines legal principles in radiography by looking at a registered radiographer and radiologist. Includes ap-
RAD 110 Radiographic Clinic I 4.00: Provides
variety of topics related to medical/professional ethics. plication of equipment manipulation and operation,
clinical education experience in an affiliated hospital
Discussions will include the code of ethics and bioethical radiological imaging procedures, radiation protection,
radiology department under the supervision of a
issues in radiography. Also covered will be the attitudes medicolegal and ethical protocol, record keeping and
registered radiographer and radiologist. Includes ap-
and communication knowledge needed to develop critical patient care. Requires clinical competencies, objectives,
plication of equipment manipulation and operation,
thinking skills in patient care. Prerequisite: RAD 140. performance assessment and attendance. Department
radiological imaging procedures, radiation protection,
permission required. Prerequisite: RAD 210.
medicolegal and ethical protocol, record keeping and RAD 205 Radiographic Positioning V 3.00: Cov-
patient care. Requires clinical competencies, objectives, ers basic positioning of the skull, paranasal sinuses, RAD 230 Radiographic Clinic VII 10.00: Pro-
performance assessment and attendance. Department facial bones, temporal bone, mastoids and mandible. vides clinical education experience in an affiliated
permission required. Lab includes peer positioning, film critique, anatomical hospital radiology department under the supervision
identification, pathologies and energized imaging with of registered radiographer and radiologist. Includes
RAD 115 Principles of Exposure I 3.00: Covers
the use of phantoms. Department permission required. application of equipment manipulation and operation,
production and control of scattered radiation, stereo
Prerequisite: RAD 103. radiological imaging procedures, radiation protection,
radiography, grid technique, filtration, half value layer,
medicolegal and ethical protocol, recordkeeping, and
magnification, contrast and density principles. Lab RAD 206 Survey Medical Imaging Disease 3.00: patient care. Requires clinical competencies, objectives,
includes application of theories using energized equip- Covers basic principles and processes of disease, performance assessment and attendance. Department
ment and test tools. Department permission required. characteristics of neoplasms and systems with related permission required. Prerequisite: RAD 220.
Prerequisite: RAD 106. disease as it applies to the radiological science imaging.
Department permission required. RAD 240 Radiographic Clinic VIII 8.00: Provides
244
Course Descriptions
clinical education experience in affiliated hospital reading rate improvement, and study skills. Prerequisite: estate brokerage, appraisal, escrow, and management.
radiology department under supervision of registered Placement into RD 80. Focuses on these aspects of the real estate industry
radiographer and radiologist. Includes application of and provides basic information for choosing real estate
equipment manipulation and operation, imaging radio- RD 80C Reading 80C 3.00: Topic include vo- as a career.
logical procedures, radiation protection and patient care. cabulary, dictionary use, motor skills, comprehension,
Requires clinical competencies, completion of clinical reading rate improvement, and study skills. Prerequisite: RE 110 Real Estate Practices 3.00: Introduces the
objectives, clinical assessments, attendance and terminal Reading placement test score above 31 or successful real estate business in general, real estate licensing
clinical competencies in radiological imaging. Depart- completion of RD 70. laws, listing agreements, sales agreements, and fair
ment permission required. Prerequisite: RAD 230. housing. Satisfies Oregon Real Estate Broker pre-licens-
RD 81A Reading 81A 1.00: Focuses on instruction ing requirements.
RAD 251 Sectional Anatomy-Neck/ Thorax in vocabulary, study skills, and dictionary use. Prereq-
1.00: Introduces the normal appearance of anatomi- uisite: Placement into RD 80. RE 112 Real Estate Law 3.00: Introduces the laws
cal structures in multiple planes. Enables student to affecting real estate ownership and the transfer of real
RD 82A Reading 82A 2.00: Focuses on instruction in estate ownership. Satisfies Oregon Real Estate Broker
differentiate between normal anatomical structures vocabulary, comprehension, study skills, and dictionary
and abnormalities. Designed for graduate technologists pre-licensing requirements.
use. Prerequisite: Placement into RD 80.
or senior radiography students. ARRT certification or RE 114 Real Estate Agency Law 2.00: Topics
department permission required. RD 90 Reading 90 3.00: Instruction in reading im- covered are common law and statutory law aspects of
provement through work on vocabulary development, agency. Satisfies Oregon Real Estate Broker pre-licens-
RAD 252 Sectional Anatomy-Abd/Pelvis 1.00: motor skills, comprehension and some reading rate
Introduces the normal appearance of anatomical ing requirements.
improvement. Prerequisite: Placement into RD 90 or
structures in normal planes. Enables student to dif- successful completion of RD 80. RE 116 Real Estate Finance 3.00: Methods for
ferentiate between normal anatomical structures and financing the acquisition and transfer of real property.
abnormalities. Designed for graduate technologists RD 90A Reading 90A 3.00: Reading improvement Emphasizes the mortgage market, lending instruments,
or senior radiography students. ARRT certification or through work on vocabulary development, motor skills, foreclosures and remedies, governmental loan
department permission required. comprehension and reading rate. Prerequisite: Place- programs, private loan programs, loan applications,
ment into RD 90 or successful completion of RD 80 appraisals and closings. Satisfies Oregon Real Estate
RAD 253 Sectional Anatomy-Head/Spine 1.00: with a “C” or better.
Introduces the normal appearance of anatomical pre-licensing requirements.
structures in multiple planes. Enables student to dif- RD 91A Reading 91A 1.00: Focuses on reading RE 118 Real Estate Brokerage 2.00: Topics include
ferentiate between normal anatomical structures and effectiveness. Comprehension strategies, vocabulary advertising, financial records, regulatory require-
abnormalities. Designed for graduate technologists development, and reading rate are emphasized. ments for real estate offices, escrow, office manuals,
or senior radiography students. ARRT certification or and other topics. Satisfies Oregon Real Estate Broker
department permission required. RD 92A Reading 92A 2.00: Focuses on reading
pre-licensing
effectiveness. Comprehension strategies, vocabulary
RAD 281C Computed Tomography 1.00: Empha- development, and reading rate are emphasized. Prereq- RE 126 Real Estate Contracts 2.00: Topics include
sizes imaging procedures, physics, and instrumenta- uisite: Placement into RD 90 or successful completion basic contract law, listing agreements, earnest money
tion, radiation safety, contrast agents, artifacts, data of RD 80. agreements, options, first rights of refusal, leases and
acquisition and processing. A.R.R.T.(R) certification or escrow agreements. Satisfies Oregon Real Estate Broker
department permission required. RD 95 Reading for Enjoyment 3.00: Instruction
pre-licensing requirements.
in developing abilities to read, understand, and enjoy
RAD 281D Magnetic Resonance 1.00: Emphasizes literature. Discussion topics include vocabulary, RE 130 Real Estate Advanced Practices 3.00:
imaging procedures, physical principles of image forma- story line, character development, and major themes. Satisfies the Oregon Real Estate Agency post-license
tion, data acquisition and processing, safety precautions, Prerequisites: Placement into RD 90 or successful requirement to complete an advanced course related
contrast agents, biological effects, patient assessment and completion of RD 80. to the practice of real estate prior to their first renewal
monitoring. A.R.R.T.(R) certification or department permis- of their license.
sion required. RD 115 College Reading 3.00: Improve reading rate,
vocabulary and comprehension. Includes formation RE 140 Real Estate Broker Property Manage-
RAD 285 Imaging for Pathology 1.00: Compares the of efficient reading habits, vocabulary development, ment 1.00: Topics include Oregon real estate license
appearance of pathology using various imaging modali- inferential and critical reading, and adapting reading and administrative rules, Oregon Residential Landlord
ties such as CT, MRI, diagnostic radiography, and others. rate to different reading tasks. Prerequisite: Placement and Tenant Act, record keeping, and anti-discrimination
Covers variables of imaging exam selection according into RD 115 or successful completion of RD 90 (C or statutes. Satisfies Oregon Real Estate Broker pre-licens-
to pathology. All classes are designed for graduate tech- better), or successful completion of ESOL 260. ing requirements.
nologists and senior medical imaging students. ARRT
certification or department permission required. RD 116 College Vocabulary Development 3.00: RE 210 Real Estate Appraisal-Foundations 3.00:
Adds significantly to students’ reading, writing, and Basic principles, methods and techniques of determin-
RAD 290 Mammography I 4.00: Provides the speaking vocabularies, fosters interest in words, and ing the value of real estate in connection with transfer of
means for a certified radiographer (A.R.R.T.) to learn the offers strategies for continuous vocabulary development ownership, financing and credit, just compensation in
necessary knowledge and skills to become certified as throughout life. Prerequisite: Placement into RD 115 or condemnation, and as a basis for taxation. Meets State
an A.R.R.T. mammographer. This will enable the radiog- successful completion of RD 90. of Oregon requirements for licensing/certification.
rapher to understand the requirements and procedures
for the new regulations in mammography. RD 117 Advanced College Reading 3.00: Further RE 211 Real Estate Appraisal-Single Family
exploration of topics covered in RD 115, emphasizing Residences 3.00: Introduces more sophisticated
Reading inferential, critical, and technical reading. Prerequisite: methods and techniques of valuation related to the ap-
Successful completion of RD 115. praisal of single family residential properties. Satisfies
RD 80 Reading 80 3.00: Instruction in vocabulary,
dictionary use, motor skills, comprehension, some Real Estate Oregon State Qualifying Education requirements for
study skills. Prerequisite: Placement into RD 80. licensing/certification.
RE 100 Introduction to Real Estate 3.00: Real
RD 80A Reading 80A 3.00: Topics include vo- RE 212 Real Estate Appraisal - USPAP 2.00:
cabulary, dictionary use, motor skills, comprehension,
245
Course Descriptions
Focuses on requirements for ethical behavior and sented in RUS 102 in a conversational format. instructor permission.
competent performance by appraisers which are set
forth in the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal RUS 112B First Year Russian Conversation RUS 211C Intermediate Russian Conversation
Practice. Satisfies Oregon State Qualifying Education 2.00: Continues to practice structures and vocabulary 1.00: Emphasizes conversational skills and listening
requirements for licensing/certification. presented in RUS 102 in a conversational format. comprehension at the second year level. Recommended:
Completion of first year Russian at college level or
RE 226 Real Estate Investments - Advanced RUS 112C First Year Russian Conversation instructor permission. RUS 212A Inter Russian Conver-
3.00: Introduces more sophisticated and complex real 1.00: Continues to practice structures and vocabulary sation Intermediate Russian Conversation Emphasizes
estate finance and investments concepts. presented in RUS 151 in a conversational format. Rec- conversational skills and listening comprehension at the
ommended: Enrollment in RUS 151. second-year level. Recommended: Completion of RUS
RE 241 Real Estate Brokerage Administration 201 RUS 211B or instructor permission.
and Sales Supervision 4.00: Management theory, RUS 113A First Year Russian Conversation
characteristics and functions of successful management 3.00: Reviews structures and vocabulary presented in RUS 212B Intermediate Russian Conversation
organizational formats. Includes corporate, partnerships first year Russian. Special emphasis on conversational 2.00: Emphasizes conversational skills and listening
and proprietorships, management related problems and skills. Recommended: Completion of RUS 103, 151, or comprehension at the second-year level. Recom-
license types and requirements. Required prior to taking instructor permission. mended: Completion of RUS 201, 211B or instructor
the Oregon Real Estate Broker’s exam. permission.
RUS 113B First Year Russian Conversation 2.00:
RE 250 Real Estate Investments I 3.00: Introduces Continues to practice structures and vocabulary pre- RUS 212C Intermediate Russian Conversation
various aspects of personal real estate investments. sented in first year Russian in a conversational format. 1.00: Emphasizes conversational skills and listening
Discusses basic strategies of real estate investment, Recommended: Completion of RUS 103, 151 or instruc- comprehension at the second-year level. Recom-
including the relationship between risk and return. tor permission. RUS 113C First Yr Russian Conversation mended: Completion of RUS 201, 211B or instructor
Introduces important considerations for potential First Year Russian Conversation Continues to practice permission.
investors when purchasing, holding and selling invest- structures and vocabulary presented in RUS 103 in a
ment property. conversational format. RUS 213A Intermediate Russian Conversation
3.00: Emphasizes conversational skills and listening
RE 252 Real Estate Property Management 6.00: RUS 150 First Year Russian 6.00: For beginners. comprehension at the second-year level. Recommend-
Emphasizes functions and responsibilities of managers Emphasizes active communication in beginning Rus- ed: Completion of RUS 202 or instructor permission.
of real property. Includes applications of contract and sian. Includes listening, speaking, reading, writing,
agency law, and statutory materials concerning landlord pronunciation, structure, vocabulary and culture. Rec- RUS 213B Intermediate Russian Conversation
and tenant, anti-discrimination, and fair credit reporting. ommended: Enrollment in RUS 111C when offered. 2.00: Emphasizes conversational skills and listening
Satisfies Oregon State property management license comprehension at the second-year level. Recommend-
RUS 151 First Year Russian 6.00: Continues the ed: Completion of RUS 202 or instructor permission.
pre-licensing requirements.
work of RUS 150. Emphasizes active communication
Russian in Russian. Includes listening, speaking, reading, writ- RUS 213C Intermediate Russian Conversa-
ing, pronunciation, structure, vocabulary and culture. tion 1.00: Emphasizes conversational skills and
RUS 101 First Year Russian 4.00: Emphasizes Recommended: Completion of RUS 150 or instructor listening comprehension at the second-year level.
active communication in beginning Russian. Includes permission.Recommended: Enrollment in RUS 111C Recommended: Completion of of RUS 202 or instruc-
listening, speaking, reading, writing, pronunciation, when offered. tor permission.
structure, vocabulary and culture. For beginners.
RUS 201 Second Year Russian 5.00: Continues the RUS 241 Great Russian Writers 4.00: Introduction
RUS 102 First Year Russian 4.00: Continues the work of first year Russian, reviewing, expanding, and to Russian literature’s gretes writers including Pushkin,
work of RUS 101. Emphasizes active communication perfecting pronunciation, structure, and vocabulary for Lermontov, Gogol, Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, Zoschenko,
in Russian. Includes listening, speaking, reading, writ- the purpose of active communication. Includes practice Olesha and Bulgakov. Explores themes, genres, style,
ing, pronunciation, structure, vocabulary, and culture. in reading and writing. Recommended: Completion historical context, social, and cultural issues. Course
Recommended: Completion of RUS 101 or instructor of first year Russian at college level or instructor conducted in English and all readings in English. No
permission. permission. knowledge of Russian needed. Prerequisite: Placement
into WR 121.
RUS 103 First Year Russian 4.00: Continues the RUS 202 Second Year Russian 5.00: Continua-
work of RUS 102. Emphasizes active communication tion of RUS 201. Continues to expand structure and RUS 260B Russian Culture 2.00: Russian culture
in Russian. Includes listening, speaking, reading, writ- vocabulary for the purpose of active communication. through film. Enhances understanding of Russian
ing, pronunciation, structure, vocabulary and culture. Includes practice in reading and writing. Recommended: culture and contemporary society through analysis of
Recommended: Completion of RUS 102 or instructor Completion of RUS 201 or instructor permission. cultural and social issues presented in five Russian
permission. films. May explore issues including, but not limited to,
RUS 203 Second Year Russian 5.00: Continua- Russian women, female gender roles, Russian families,
RUS 111A First Year Russian Conversation 3.00: tion of RUS 202. Continues to expand structure and the communist past, ethnic conflict, views of the west,
Continues to practice structures and vocabulary pre- vocabulary for the purpose of active communication. and Russia’s self identity. Course conducted in English
sented in RUS 101 in a conversational format. Includes practice in reading and writing. Recommended: and all films with English subtitles. Course can be taken
Completion of RUS 202 or instructor permission. out of sequence.
RUS 111B First Year Russian Conversation
2.00: Continues to practice structures and vocabulary RUS 211A Intermediate Russian Conversation RUS 261B Russian Culture 2.00: Russian culture
presented in RUS 101 in a conversational format. 3.00: Emphasizes conversational skills and listening through film. Enhances understanding of Russian
comprehension at the second-year level. Recom- culture and contemporary society through analysis of
RUS 111C First Year Russian Conversation mended: completion of first year Russian at college
1.00: Continues to practice structures and vocabulary cultural and social issues presented in five Russian
level or instructor permission. RUS 211B Inter Russian films. May explore issues including but not limited
presented in RUS 150 in a conversational format. Conversation Intermediate Russian Conversation
Recommended: Enrollment in RUS 150. to Russian men, male gender roles, marriage and
Emphasizes conversational skills and listening com- divorce, friendship, Russian youth, organized crime,
prehension at the second-year level. Recommended: poverty and wealth. Course conducted in English and
RUS 112A First Year Russian Conversation 3.00:
Completion of first year Russian at college level or all films with English subtitles. Course can be taken
Continues to practice structures and vocabulary pre-
246
Course Descriptions
out of sequence. Emphasizes skills for reading in Russian. Recommend- SOC 214B Illumination Project — Tools for
ed: Completion of or concurrent enrollment in RUS 203 Creative Social Activism 2 4.00: This is the second
RUS 262B Russian Culture 2.00: Russian culture or instructor permission. of a three-term sequence designed to address issues
through film. Enhances understanding of Russian of institutional oppression through classroom and
culture an dcontemporary society through analysis of Sociology community presentations utilizing interactive theater.
cultural and social issues presented in five Russian Provides skills in the area of social analysis, group
films. May explore issues including but not limited the SOC 181 Gerontology Career Exploration 1.00:
Includes introductory workshop and followup online facilitationm social change interventions, creative
legacy of Stalinism, collectivism, national pride and production and basic acting. Prerequisites: SOC
heroism, idealization of past, World War II, death, fatal- assign- ments, meetings with instructor and fieldwork to
explore careers and to identify appropriate internships in 214A and its prerequisite requirements and instructor
ism, holiday traditions, love of nature. Course conducted permission.
in English and all films with English subtitles. Course the field Fieldwork includes shadow mentorships, infor-
can be taken out of sequence. mational interviews, career research, and other activities SOC 214C Illumination Project — Tools for
to prepare students for careers in gerontology. Creative Social Activism 3 4.00: This is the third
RUS 262R Russian Culture in Russia 1.00: of a three-term sequence designed to address issues
Studies and discusses Russian culture and history. SOC 204 General Sociology — Sociology in
Everyday Life 4.00: Introduces the sociological of institutional oppression through classroom and
Facilitates excursions which parallel topics in class. community presentations utilizing interactive theater.
Designed for students participating in approved Russian perspective and sociology as a scientific discipline.
Focuses on individuals and groups and how they are Provides skills in the area of social analysis, group
study abroad programs. Recommended: completion of facilitation, social change interventions, creative
RUS 103 or RUS 203. shaped by their social locations (status, roles, race,
class, sex, age, etc.), society’s structures, stratification, production and basic acting. Prerequisites: SOC 214A
RUS 270A Readings in Russian 3.00: Read and institutions, groups and organizations and by such cul- and SOC 214B and their prerequisite requirements and
discuss accessible works of Russian prose and poetry. tural processes as socialization and group interaction. instructor permission.
Emphasizes skills for reading in Russian. Recommend- Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115, and MTH 20 or equivalent SOC 215 Global Studies — Social Issues and
ed: Completion of or concurrent enrollment in RUS 203 placement test scores. Movements 4.00: Explores social issues and move-
or instructor permission. ments from a global perspective. Examines the impact
SOC 205 General Sociology — Social Change
RUS 270B Readings in Russian 2.00: Read and & Social Institutions 4.00: Explores various social of social change and cultural contact on individuals
discuss accessible works of Russian prose and poetry. institutions (family, economy, polity, and religion) from and social structure and focuses on organized social
Emphasizes skills for reading in Russian. Recommend- a social change perspective. Various theories of social responses to social problems, utilizing a multicultural,
ed: Completion of or concurrent enrollment in RUS 203 organization and social change are compared and multidisciplinary approach. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD
or instructor permission. contrasted. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115, and MTH 115 and MTH or equivalent placement test scores.
20 or equivalent placement test scores. SOC 218 Sociology of Gender 4.00: Focuses on
RUS 270C Readings in Russian 1.00: Read and
discuss accessible works of Russian prose and poetry. SOC 206 General Sociology — Social Problems how socialization is affected by gender. Topics include
Emphasizes skills for reading in Russian. Recommend- how gender is reflected in culture through values,
4.00: Applies the sociological frame of reference to the
ed: Completion of or concurrent enrollment in RUS 203 norms, language, media, power, violence, various
study of social problems, their identification, analysis of
or instructor permission. theoretical approaches, significant social institutions,
causes and possible solutions. Problems explored may
social movements and issues. Recommended: SOC
include mental disorders, drug and alcohol addiction,
RUS 271A Readings in Russian 3.00: Read and 204 or SOC 205 or instructor permission. Prerequisite:
crime and delinquency, group discrimination, inequality,
discuss accessible works of Russian prose and poetry. WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement
poverty, alienation, domestic and international violence,
Emphasizes skills for reading in Russian. Recommend- test scores.
environment and energy. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115
ed: Completion of or concurrent enrollment in RUS 203 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
or instructor permission. SOC 219 Religion & Culture: Social Dimensions
3.00: Explores the relationship between culture, social
SOC 211 Peace and Conflict 4.00: Explores causes
RUS 271B Readings in Russian 2.00: Read and structure, and religion, through a comparative and
and manifestations of violence in actions involving
discuss accessible works of Russian prose and poetry. cross-cultural examination of religious beliefs, prac-
oneself, society, one’s nation, and the global commu-
Emphasizes skills for reading in Russian. Recommend- tices, and organization.
nity. Alternatives to oppressive behavior, undemocratic
ed: Completion of or concurrent enrollment in RUS 203 institutions, and the violent resolution of conflict are
or instructor permission. SOC 223 Social Gerontology/Sociology of Aging
considered. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115, and MTH 4.00: Explores the impact of social and sociocultural
RUS 271C Readings in Russian 1.00: Read and 20 or equivalent placement test scores. conditions on the process of aging and the social con-
discuss accessible works of Russian prose and poetry. SOC 213 General Sociology — Diversity in the sequences of this process. Also explores the aging
Emphasizes skills for reading in Russian. Recommend- process through a life-course perspective and adopts
United States 4.00: Examines a variety of topics such
ed: Completion of or concurrent enrollment in RUS 203 a social problems approach to aging and related issues.
as race and ethnicity, gender, age, sexual orientation,
or instructor permission. Recommend: SOC 204 or 205, or instructor permission.
social class, and related issues and concepts from a
Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115, and MTH 20 or equivalent
RUS 272A Readings in Russian 3.00: Read and number of sociological perspectives. Prerequisites:
placement test scores.
discuss accessible works of Russian prose and poetry. WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement
Emphasizes skills for reading in Russian. Recommend- test scores. SOC 228 Introduction Environmental Sociol-
ed: Completion of or concurrent enrollment in RUS 203 ogy 4.00: Examines the relationship between society
SOC 214A Illumination Project — Tools for
or instructor permission. and the environment. The industrialization of society
Creative Social Activism 1 4.00: This is the first
and our increasing demand for natural resources has
RUS 272B Readings in Russian 2.00: Read and of a three-term sequence designed to addresss issues
significantly impacted the earth’s ability to meet the
discuss accessible works of Russian prose and poetry. of institutional oppression through classroom and
needs of humanity and other species. Explores the
Emphasizes skills for reading in Russian. Recommend- community presentations utilizing interactive theater.
causes and consequences of such topics as population,
ed: Completion of or concurrent enrollment in RUS 203 Provides skills in the area of social analysis, group
consumption, development, pollution, public policy, and
or instructor permission. facilitation, social change interventions, creative pro-
environmental justice. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115
duction and basic acting. This course requires Instructor
RUS 272C Readings in Russian 1.00: Read and and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
permission. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH
discuss accessible works of Russian prose and poetry. 20 or equivalent placement test scores. SOC 230 Introduction to Gerontology 4.00: In-
247
Course Descriptions
troduces the current theories, policies, and practices in 1.00: This professional seminar, offered in a hybrid SP 130 Business and Professional Speech
gerontology and professional opportunities in the field. workshop/ online/field-based format, provide geron- Communication 4.00: Communication as it relates
Addresses the concerns of practitioners and focuses on tology students close to graduation the opportunity to to business and professional settings. Readings and
service delivery and policy directions. Recommended: participate in a job club, prepare portfolios and resumes discussions focus on the climates, settings, philoso-
SOC 204 or 205, or instructor permission. Prereq- appropriate for geron- tological careers, receive career phies, and practices of organizational communication,
uisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent coaching from gerontology career specialists, and including effective business presentations. Prerequisite:
placement test scores. participate in other activities to prepare for entry into WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement
an identified career path in the field. test scores.
SOC 231 Sociology of Health & Aging 4.00: Pro-
vides an introduction to age related health issues in social SOC 298 Independent Study — Sociology SP 140 Introduction to Intercultural Communica-
and cultural context. Topics include the social structuring 1.00–3.00: Advanced, individualized study of areas tion 4.00: Explores the nature and impact of different
of age, health and illness; demographics and patterns of of sociology not considered in other courses to meet cultures on communication. Includes interactive rela-
health and illness of older adults; issues related to medical special interests or program requirements. Includes a tionship forms as the basis for global understanding in
and healthcare services; health and long-term care policy term project and readings approved by the instructor. the classroom, business or travel. Focus on process-
and programs. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH Instructor permission required. Recommended: prior ing messages with accelerating changes in political,
20 or equivalent placement test scores. study of sociology. economic and immigration patterns through individual
cultural perceptions. Understand and communicate with
SOC 232 Death and Dying — Culture and Issues Speech people who are “different.” Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115
4.00: Introduces the student to the institution of death and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
in the United States. From a sociological frame of SP 100 Introduction to Speech Communication
reference, the student will study death as a system for 4.00: Covers complexities of the communication SP 212 Voice & Diction 4.00: Voice production
dealing with the social processes of dying, death, and process. Includes insights into the causes and effects and articulation of speech sound, with attention to
bereavement. Recommend: SOC 204, 205, or instructor of general communication behaviors, involvement in elementary speech physiology and phonetics. Develops
permission. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 active exploration of basic communication theories and more effective speech for teachers, radio and television
or equivalent placement test scores. concepts, and opportunities to develop communication speakers, public speakers and others who require
strengths. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 special competence in speaking. Prerequisite: SP 111
SOC 234 Death — Crosscultural Perspectives or equivalent placement test scores. and its prerequisite requirements.
4.00: An interdisciplinary study of the crosscultural
variations regarding human responses to death and SP 101 Oral Communication Skills 3.00: Improve SP 214 Interpersonal Communication — Process
the differing cosmological implications these suggest. listening and speaking skills. Includes oral reports, & Theory 4.00: Study of interpersonal communication
Death, a cultural universal, is addressed in its diversity conference procedures and everyday conversation. in different contexts; focuses on message exchange in
from both anthropological and sociological perspective. person-to-person interactions, emphasizing theoreti-
SP 105 Listening 4.00: Emphasizes understanding
The topic of death as experienced by several major cal principles and their application. Concentration is
and appreciation of listening as an integral part of the
regions and cultures of the world is explored including in the development of various communication skills in
communication process. Investigates and applies cur-
Asia, India, Bali, Middle East, Melanesia and Native interpersonal contexts. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115
rent research in listening theory. Analyzes and provides
Americans; historical trends in Western Europe and and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
practice in the appropriateness and application of the
the Americas are assessed regarding the evolution of
major types of listening in academic, business, media SP 215 Small Group Communication — Pro-
contemporary perspectives on mortality. ATH 234 and
and interpersonal contexts. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD cess and Theory 4.00: Problem solving aspects
SOC 234 cannot both be taken for credit. Recommend:
115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. of small group activities. Includes process and task,
A prior course in Anthropology or Sociology.
SP 110 Voice and Articulation 3.00: Present pre- leadership, verbal and non-verbal messages in the
SOC 252 Introduction to Sociological Theory small group, norms and roles, conflict reduction, and
pared and impromptu assignments with emphasis on
4.00: Provides foundation in classical and contempo- understanding the vocal mechanism for production of decision making. Focuses on theory and practice. SP
rary sociological theory for sociology and social science Standard American speech while learning the Interna- 100 recommended. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and
majors, or those who are interested in this area of study. tional Phonetic Alphabet. In class group and individual MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
Prerequisite: SOC 204, 205, as well as, WR 115, RD 115 work designed to improve articulation, breathing, pro-
MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. SP 227 Nonverbal Communication 4.00: Studies
jection, expressiveness, and pronunciation. the nonverbal aspect of communication as related to
SOC 280A CE / Sociology1.00–3.00: Extend SP 111 Public Speaking 4.00: Introduction to verbal communication. Emphasis is on the theories and
knowledge of sociology through work and/or volunteer speechmaking based primarily on a traditional public types of nonverbal behavior. Consideration is given to
time spent in settings that provide learning experiences. speaking approach. Aids students in developing theo- the influence of such factors as voice, body movement,
Instructor permission required. retical understanding and practical application of oral eye behavior, touch, space, time, smell, and physical and
communication skills. Also includes techniques in con- social environments. Prerequisite: WR 115, RD 115 and
SOC 280B CE / Community Service & Action MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
Seminar 2.00: This interdisciplinary seminar pro- trolling speech anxiety, how to structure and organize
vides an integrative framework for students engaged information to present to a variety of audiences, and SP 228 Mass Communication 4.00: Explores the
in community service and cooperative education work. physical and vocal delivery skills. Prerequisite: MTH 20 symbiotic relationship of the mass media and society
Focuses on social interaction, group and organizational or equivalent placement test score, and WR 121. from a rhetorical perspective. Investigation into the
processes, and public policies related to service, advo- SP 112 Persuasion, Argumentation and Debate technological advancements in mass communications
cacy, and social change placements. 4.00: Explores theories of persuasion. Develops skills and their subsequent affect on public discourse and
of inquiry and advocacy through oral discourse, includ- the individual in society will be examined. Prerequisite:
SOC 280M CE / Mentoring 1.00: Provides a forum WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement
for students engaged in cooperative education worksite ing critical analysis and rules of evidence. Practice in
using, planning, delivering and refuting persuasive test scores.
placements in sociology with a focus on a mentoring
partnership. Can be taken in conjunction with any arguments in a variety of extemporaneous formats. SP 229 Oral Interpretation 3.00: Oral interpretation
sociology offering. Through this course, students will learn how to more of literature from the areas of prose, poetry and drama.
effectively influence others as well as how others are Analyze specific literary works and communicate that
SOC 282 Gerontology Professional Seminar trying to influence them. Prerequisite: SP 111 and its understanding through performance. Prerequisite:
prerequisite requirements. WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement
248
Course Descriptions
test scores. ish in a conversational format. Recommended: First year SPA 211B Intermediate Spanish Conversation
Spanish at the college level or instructor permission. 2.00: Stresses conversational skills at the second year
SP 237 Gender and Communication 4.00: Exam- level. Recommended: Completion of or simultaneous
ines the similarities and differences in male and female SPA 112B First Year Spanish Conversation 2.00: enrollment in SPA 201 or instructor permission.
communication styles and patterns. Particular attention Practice of structures and vocabulary of first year Span-
given to the implications of gender as social construct ish in a conversational format. Recommended: First year SPA 211C Intermediate Spanish Conversation
upon perception, values, stereotypes, language use, Spanish at the college level or instructor permission. 1.00: Stresses conversational skills at the second year
nonverbal communication, and power and conflict in level. Recommended: Completion of or simultaneous
human relationships. Discusses influence of mass SPA 112C First Year Spanish Conversation 1.00: enrollment in SPA 201 or instructor permission.
communication upon shaping and constructing male Practice of structures and vocabulary of first year Spanish
and female sex roles. Course fulfills block transfer and in a conversational format. Recommended: Simultaneous SPA 212A Intermediate Spanish Conversation
cultural diversity requirements and is transferable to enrollment in SPA 102 or instructor permission. 3.00: Continuation of SPA 211. Recommended: Comple-
state four-year colleges and universities. Prerequisite: tion of or simultaneous enrollment in SPA 202 or instruc-
SPA 113A First Year Spanish Conversation 3.00: tor permission. SPA 212B Inter Spanish Conversation
WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement
Continuation of SPA 112A. Recommended: First year Intermediate Spanish Conversation Continuation of SPA
test scores.
Spanish at the college level or instructor permission. 211B. Recommended: Completion of or simultaneous
SP 270 Forensics — Speech & Debate 3.00: enrollment in SPA 202 or instructor permission.
SPA 113B First Year Spanish Conversation 2.00:
Development of public communication skills by rep-
Continuation of SPA 112B. Recommended: First year SPA 212C Intermediate Spanish Conversation
resenting the college in intercollegiate competition.
Spanish at the college level or instructor permission.
Designed to improve skills in reasoning and public 1.00: Continuation of SPA 211C. Recommended:
communication. SPA 113C First Year Spanish Conversation 1.00: Simultaneous enrollment in SPA 202. Completion of
Continuation of SPA 112C. Recommended: Simultane- SPA 201 or equivalent also recommended.
SP 270B Projects in Public Speaking 2.00:
ous enrollment in SPA 103 or instructor permission.
Intercollegiate forensics and non-competitive speak- SPA 213A Intermediate Spanish Conversation
ing. Represent the college through participating in SPA 150 First Year Spanish First Year Spanish 3.00: Continuation of SPA 212. Recommended: Comple-
the forensics team. Requires one hr/wk meetings with 6.00: Emphasizes active communication in Span- tion of or simultaneous enrollment in SPA 203 or instruc-
instructor and four hr/wk outside sessions and speech ish. Includes listening, speaking, reading, writing, tor permission. SPA 213B Inter Spanish Conversation
tournaments. SP 111 recommended. pronunciation, structure, vocabulary and culture. For Intermediate Spanish Conversation Continuation of SPA
beginners. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 212B. Recommended: Completion of or simultaneous
Spanish enrollment in SPA 203 or instructor permission.
20 or equivalent placement test scores.
SPA 101 First Year Spanish-First Term 4.00: SPA 213C Intermediate Spanish Conversation
SPA 151 First Year Spanish 6.00: Increases vo-
Beginning communication in Spanish. Includes listen- 1.00: Continuation of SPA 212C. Recommended:
cabulary and proficiency in the present, past and future
ing, speaking, reading, writing, pronunciation, structure, Simultaneous enrollment in SPA 203 or instructor
tenses, and the command of verb forms. Engage in and
vocabulary and culture. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 permission.
initiate Spanish dialogue. Recommended: SPA 150 or
and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
completion of at least two years of recent high school
SPA 217 Reading & Writing for Experienced
SPA 102 First Year Spanish-Second Term 4.00: Spanish. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20
Speakers of Spanish 3.00: Part of a three-course
Active communication in Spanish. Includes listening, or equivalent placement test scores.
sequence to be taken in any order. Improve experienced
speaking, reading, writing, pronunciation, structure, speaker of Spanish skills in spelling, grammar, reading,
SPA 201 Second Year Spanish-1st Term 4.00:
vocabulary and culture. Recommended: Simultaneous composition and translation. Recommended: Experi-
Reviews and expands the use of basic vocabulary,
enrollment in SPA 112C. Successful completion of SPA enced speaker of Spanish who can read and write.
structural patterns, indicative tenses and commands
101 or instructor permission. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD
from first-year college Spanish. Listen, speak, write and
115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. SPA 218 Reading & Writing for Experienced
read in Spanish. Recommended: Simultaneous enroll-
ment in SPA 211. SPA 151, 103, or instructor permission Speakers of Spanish 3.00: Part of a three-course
SPA 103 First Year Spanish-Third Term 4.00: sequence to be taken in any order. Improve experienced
Active communication in Spanish. Includes listening, required. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20
or equivalent placement test scores. speaker of Spanish skills in spelling, grammar, reading,
speaking, reading, writing, pronunciation, structure, composition and translation. Recommended: Experi-
vocabulary and culture. Recommended: Simultaneous enced speaker of Spanish who can read and write.
SPA 202 Second Year Spanish-2nd Term 4.00:
enrollment in SPA 113C. Successful completion of SPA
Practice and expand vocabulary and structures. Emphasiz-
102 or instructor permission. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD SPA 219 Reading & Writing for Experienced
es subjunctive tenses to express personal feelings, doubts
115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. Speakers of Spanish 3.00: Part of a three-course
and opinions in Spanish. Recommended: Simultaneous
enrollment in SPA 212. Successful completion of SPA 201 sequence to be taken in any order. Improve experienced
SPA 111A First Year Spanish Conversation 3.00: speaker of Spanish skill in spelling, grammar, reading,
Practice of structures and vocabulary of first year Span- or instructor permission. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115
and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. composition and translation. Recommended: Experi-
ish in a conversational format. Recommended: First year enced speaker of Spanish who can read and write.
Spanish at the college level or instructor permission.
SPA 203 Second Year Spanish-3rd Term 4.00:
Practice and expand vocabulary and subjunctive pat- SPA 250 Second Year Spanish 6.00: Develop and
SPA 111B First Year Spanish Conversation 2.00: practice language competence and proficiency by rein-
Practice of structures and vocabulary of first year Span- terns. Listen, speak, read, write and begin to sense the
culture in the idiom. Recommended: Simultaneous forcing all basic structures and expanding vocabulary of
ish in a conversational format. Recommended: First year first year Spanish. Emphasizes understanding, speak-
Spanish at the college level or instructor permission. enrollment in SPA 213. Successful completion of SPA
202 or instructor permission. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD ing, reading and writing. Recommended: Completion
SPA 111C First Year Spanish Conversation 1.00: 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. of first year college Spanish or three or more years of
Practice of structures and vocabulary of first year Span- recent high school Spanish, or instructor permission.
ish in a conversational format. Recommended: Simulta- SPA 211A Intermediate Spanish Conversation Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equiva-
neous enrollment in SPA 101 or instructor permission. 3.00: Stresses conversational skills at the second year lent placement test scores.
level. Recommended: Completion of or simultaneous
SPA 112A First Year Spanish Conversation 3.00: enrollment in SPA 201 or instructor permission. SPA 251 Second Year Spanish 6.00: Develop and
Practice of structures and vocabulary of first year Span- practice communicative competence and proficiency.
249
Course Descriptions
Emphasizes proper use of the subjunctive to understand people and culture through essays, poetry, short story, SPA 290B Spanish Composition 2.00: Reviews
and express personal feelings and thoughts. Focuses on novels and theater. Focuses on the Hispanic region, and practices basic grammatical concepts to increase
various dimensions of Hispanic culture. Recommended: period and genre subtitled in the schedule. Conducted confidence and fluency in writing correctly. Recom-
Completion of SPA 250 or four or more years of recent in Spanish. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 mended: Completion of SPA 203, 251 or instructor
high school Spanish or instructor permission. Pre- or equivalent placement test scores. permission.
requisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent
placement test scores. SPA 270B Readings in Spanish Literature SPA 290C Spanish Composition 1.00: Reviews
(Hispanic) 2.00: Reading and discussion of Hispanic and practices basic grammatical concepts to increase
SPA 260A Spanish Culture 3.00: Hispanic culture people and culture through essays, poetry, short story, confidence and fluency in writing correctly. Recom-
through reading, conversation, and writing. Conducted novels and theater. Focuses on the Hispanic region, mended: Completion of SPA 203, 251 or instructor
in Spanish. Specific regional and topical focus is sub- period and genre subtitled in the schedule. Conducted permission.
titled in the schedule when offered. Recommended: in Spanish.
Completion of SPA 203, 251 or instructor permission. SPA 291A Spanish Composition 3.00: Reviews
Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equiva- SPA 270C Readings in Spanish Literature and practices basic grammatical concepts to increase
lent placement test scores. (Hispanic) 1.00: Reading and discussion of Hispanic confidence and fluency in writing correctly. Recom-
people and culture through essays, poetry, short story, mended: Completion of SPA 203, 251 or instructor
SPA 260B Spanish Culture 2.00: Hispanic culture novels and theater. Focuses on the Hispanic region, permission.
through reading, conversation, and writing. Conducted period and genre subtitled in the schedule. Conducted
in Spanish. Specific regional and topical focus is sub- in Spanish. SPA 291B Spanish Composition 2.00: Reviews
titled in the schedule when offered. Recommended: and practices basic grammatical concepts to increase
Completion of SPA 203, 251 or instructor permission. SPA 271A Readings in Spanish Literature confidence and fluency in writing correctly. Recom-
(Women Writers) 3.00: Literature written by women mended: Completion of SPA 203, 251 or instructor
SPA 260C Spanish Culture 1.00: Hispanic culture in Spanish. Read literary essays, poetry, short stories, permission.
through reading, conversation, and writing. Conducted novels and/or theater by Spanish and Latin American
in Spanish. Specific regional and topical focus is sub- SPA 291C Spanish Composition 1.00: Reviews
women. Conducted in Spanish. Prerequisites: WR
titled in the schedule when offered. Recommended: and practices basic grammatical concepts to increase
115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement
Completion of SPA 203, 251 or instructor permission. confidence and fluency in writing correctly. Recom-
test scores.
mended: Completion of SPA 203, 251 or instructor
SPA 261A Spanish Culture 3.00: Hispanic culture SPA 271B Readings in Spanish Literature permission.
through reading, conversation, and writing. Conducted (Women Writers) 2.00: Literature written by women
in Spanish. Specific regional and topical focus is sub- SPA 292A Spanish Composition 3.00: Reviews
in Spanish. Read literary essays, poetry, short stories,
titled in the schedule when offered. Recommended: and practices basic grammatical concepts to increase
novels and/or theater by Spanish and Latin American
Completion of SPA 203, 251 or instructor permission. confidence and fluency in writing correctly. Recom-
women. Conducted in Spanish.
Prerequisites: WR 115, RD115 and MTH 20 or equivalent mended: Completion of SPA 203, 251 or instructor
placement test scores. SPA 271C Readings in Spanish Literature permission. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH
(Women Writers) 1.00: Literature written by women 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
SPA 261B Spanish Culture 2.00: Hispanic culture in Spanish. Read literary essays, poetry, short stories,
through reading, conversation, and writing. Conducted SPA 292B Spanish Composition 2.00: Reviews
novels and/or theater by Spanish and Latin American
in Spanish. Specific regional and topical focus is sub- and practices basic grammatical concepts to increase
women. Conducted in Spanish.
titled in the schedule when offered. Recommended: confidence and fluency in writing correctly. Recom-
Completion of SPA 203, 251 or instructor permission. SPA 272A Readings in Spanish Literature mended: Completion of SPA 203, 251 or instructor
(Spain) 3.00: Reading and discussion of Spanish permission.
SPA 261C Spanish Culture 1.00: Hispanic culture people and culture through essays, poetry, short story,
through reading, conversation, and writing. Conducted SPA 292C Spanish Composition 1.00: Reviews
novels and/or theater. Focuses on peninsular literature, and practices basic grammatical concepts to increase
in Spanish. Specific regional and topical focus is sub- period and genre subtitled in the schedule. Conducted
titled in the schedule when offered. Recommended: confidence and fluency in writing correctly. Recom-
in Spanish. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 mended: Completion of SPA 203, 251 or instructor
Completion of SPA 203, 251 or instructor permission. or equivalent placement test scores. permission.
SPA 262A Spanish Culture 3.00: Spanish culture SPA 272B Readings in Spanish Literature
through reading, conversation, and writing. Conducted Theatre Arts
(Spain) 2.00: Reading and discussion of Spanish
in Spanish. Specific regional and topical focus is sub- people and culture through essays, poetry, short story, TA 101 Theatre Appreciation 4.00: This course
titled in the schedule when offered. Recommended: novels and/or theater. Focuses on peninsular literature, exposes students to several live theatrical productions
Completion of SPA 203, 251 or instructor permission. period and genre subtitled in the schedule. Conducted in the Portland area with the purpose of enriching the
Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equiva- in Spanish. understanding and appreciation of the theatrical event.
lent placement test scores. Students will attend productions, write critiques and
SPA 272C Readings in Spanish Literature learn to appreciate the production from the viewpoints
SPA 262B Spanish Culture 2.00: Spanish culture (Spain) 1.00: Reading and discussion of Spanish
through reading, conversation, and writing. Conducted of the actors, directors, playwrights, designers and
people and culture through essays, poetry, short story, audience. Also, a brief history of the theatre is covered.
in Spanish. Specific regional and topical focus is sub- novels and/or theater. Focuses on peninsular literature,
titled in the schedule when offered. Recommended: Prerequisites: WR 115 and RD 115 or equivalent place-
period and genre subtitled in the schedule. Conducted ment test scores.
Completion of SPA 203, 251 or instructor permission. in Spanish.
SPA 262C Spanish Culture 1.00: Spanish culture TA 111 Fundamentals of Technical Theatre 4.00:
SPA 290A Spanish Composition 3.00: Reviews Covers basic principles and techniques of technical
through reading, conversation, and writing. Conducted and practices basic grammatical concepts to increase
in Spanish. Specific regional and topical focus is sub- theatre such as stage design, lighting, properties and
confidence and fluency in writing correctly. Recom- stage management. Explores the role of the technician
titled in the schedule when offered. Recommended: mended: Completion of SPA 203, 251 or instructor
Completion of SPA 203, 251 or instructor permission. in the theatre organization. Lecture and lab allows
permission. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH flexible scheduling.
SPA 270A Readings in Spanish Literature 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
(Hispanic) 3.00: Reading and discussion of Hispanic TA 112 Introduction to Set Design 4.00: Covers
250
Course Descriptions
elements of technical theater including practical hands- dependent project associated with the theatre. Develop to the present. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH
on experience in designing a stage set, construction, a contract with a theatre arts instructor covering the 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
the set design and stage rigging. Lecture/lab format course content. May be repeated.
provides time for individualized projects. TA 290A Projects in Theatre 1.00: Advanced
TA 190B Projects in Theatre 2.00: Develop a study independent study course. Contract with a theatre arts
TA 113 Introduction to Stage Lighting 4.00: Ex- contract emphasizing self-directed research, on an instructor for individual project. Examples of projects
plores theater and studio lighting. Focuses on elements individualized basis allowing for maximum flexibility. could be assistant directing, lighting design, costuming,
of electricity, optics, stage lighting design, color in May be repeated. dramaturge. May be repeated.
light, stage lighting instruments and intensity controls.
Participate in stage lab activities. TA 190C Projects in Theatre 3.00: Develop a study TA 290B Projects in Theatre 2.00: Develop a study
contract emphasizing self-directed research, on an contract emphasizing self-directed research, on an
TA 141 Fundamentals of Acting Techniques 4.00: individualized basis allowing for maximum flexibility. individualized basis allowing for maximum flexibility.
Explores the actor’s resources to develop physical and May be repeated. May be repeated.
vocal expressiveness providing insight to the process of
dramatic characterization and “believability” in a role. TA 227 Stage Make-Up 3.00: Techniques of apply- TA 290C Projects in Theatre 3.00: Develop a study
Includes two hours of group activity and two hours of ing stage make-up including use of tools and products. contract emphasizing self-directed research, on an
lab time. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 Focuses on analyzing the character and theater to create the individualized basis allowing for maximum flexibility.
or equivalent placement test scores. best make-up for various roles on any given stage. Class May be repeated.
time is divided into lecture and student make-up projects.
TA 142 Fundamentals of Acting Techniques 4.00: Veterinary Technology
Acquire concentration and relaxation in approaching a TA 241 Intermediate Acting Technique 4.00:
Concentrate on in-depth study of the skills introduced VT 100 Veterinary Medical Terminology 2.00:
role. Improve performance skills with focus on vocal Covers medical word parts, abbreviations and basic
and physical control. Scene study is used. Prerequisite: in first year acting. One-act plays will be assigned as
projects. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 terms along with a basic knowledge of word construction
TA 141 and its prerequisite requirements. are taught. Program admission or instructor permission
or equivalent placement test scores.
TA 143 Fundamentals of Acting Techniques 4.00: required.
Practice skills from TA 141 and TA 142. Stresses further TA 242 Intermediate Acting Technique 4.00:
Comedy characterization as a style of performance. VT 101 Introduction to Veterinary Technology
inquiry and use of knowledge and skills in performance.
Study and perform a variety of comic literature. Focuses 2.00: Covers the job of the veterinary technician. This
Includes audition techniques. Prerequisite: TA 141 and
on comedy techniques. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 will illustrate that the course work is both practical and
its prerequisite requirements.
and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. necessary. Program admission required.
TA 144 Improvisational Theatre 3.00: Become
TA 243 Intermediate Acting Techniques 4.00: VT 102 Animal Nursing & Restraint 3.00: Teaches
more in touch with the body and senses as used to
Emphasizes vocal and physical techniques as well as nursing techniques and principles of restraint of dogs,
express yourself and communicate with others. Includes
stylized and contemporary acting methodology. Projects cats, horses, cattle, sheep, birds and laboratory animals.
exercise, theatre games and impromptu scenes to tap
are approved by the instructor to strengthen all areas of Emphasizes techniques to maximize the safety aspect of
the creative potential of the human imagination. Pre-
stage performance. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and restraint to both the handler and to the animal patient.
requisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equivalent
MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. Program admission required. Prerequisite: VT 101.
placement test scores.
TA 244 Advanced Improvisation 3.00: This class VT 103 Animal Health Record Systems 3.00: An
TA 147 Voice & Diction for Theatre 3.00: Intro-
emphasizes the development of improvisational act- introduction to veterinary medical records, admitting
duces vocal production through a series of exercises
ings skills for sustained narrative and long-form of procedures, history taking, record maintenance for both
which will increase muscle awareness, flexibility and
improvisational theater. Students are encouraged to in/out patient, and kennel records. Includes follow-up
freedom. Includes the mechanics of blank verse,
trust their intuition and to focus their senses, their and discharge procedures on filing and record retention.
auditioning and material selection as well as voice
body awareness and vocal qualities on the creation of Covers using the computer in veterinary medicine.
projection, articulation and performance.
narrative structures. Team work and the development
VT 105 Comparative Veterinary Anatomy and
TA 148 Movement for the Stage 3.00: Develops of group cohesion are stressed. Prerequisites: TA 144,
Physiology I 4.00: Covers the form and function of
awareness and skills in movement as related to acting and WR 115 or placement into WR 121.
animal bodies and their anatomical and physiological
communication. Focuses on body awareness, relaxation,
TA 253A Theatre Rehearsal and Performance differences between selected species are studied. Lab
energy, creating physical images and character, and com-
1.00: Performance in a play. May be repeated. Audi- includes skeletons and cadaver specimens. Focuses on
municating through body language. Explores expression
tion required. microscopic anatomy and anatomy and physiology of
through movement. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and
bones, muscles, and skin. Program admission required.
MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores.
TA 253B Theatre Rehearsal and Performance Prerequisites: VT 121; (BI 101 or BI 101B); CH 100.
TA 180A Theater Rehearsal & Perform 1.00: Credit 2.00: Performance in a play. May be repeated. Pre-
requisite: Audition. VT 106 Comparative Veterinary Anatomy and
for performance in theater production, if cast. Gain first-hand
Physiology II 4.00: Covers the form and function of
experience in performance techniques. Audition required.
TA 253C Theatre Rehearsal and Performance animal bodies and their anatomical and physiological
TA 180B Theater Rehearsal & Perform 2.00: Per- 3.00: Performance in a play. May be repeated. Pre- differences between selected species are studied. Lab
formance in theater production. Audition required. TA requisite: Audition. includes skeletons and cadaver specimens. Focuses
180C Theater Rehearsal & Perform Theater Rehearsal on anatomy and physiology of the digestive, nervous,
and Performance Performance in theater production. TA 261 Introduction to Costuming 4.00: Surveys urinary, reproductive, and endocrine system. Includes
Audition required. costume history, design, and basic patterning-to-con- organs of special sense. Prerequisite: VT 105.
struction techniques. Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and
TA 180D Theater Rehearsal and Performance MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores. VT 107 Veterinary Parasitology and Pathology
4.00: Performance in theater production. Audition 3.00: Introduces life cycles, modes of transmission,
TA 274 Theatre History 4.00: Explores the nature of geographical distribution, and diseases associated
required.
the theatrical event, its emergence and significance in with each parasite. Lab includes identification of para-
TA 190A Projects in Theatre 1.00: Design an in- the lives of the people of the past from ancient Greece sites using prepared slides and collected specimens.
Students will be able to recognize terms and processes
251
Course Descriptions
involved in veterinary pathology, means and processes VT 202 Surgical Nursing and Lab Animal tives by linking their PCC course work with off-campus
that result in disease, types of cells and tissues, and Procedures 4.00: Covers surgical preparations of learning experiences in business, industry, and/or the
recognize signs of inflammation. Prerequisites: BI 101, the patient, surgical monitoring, surgical assistance, public sector. Focuses on office/receptionist skills,
BI 102 or BI 112. pre-operative and post-operative animal care, instru- animal nursing and restraint, and laboratory procedures.
ment sterilization methods, instrument identification, Department permission required.
VT 108 Pharmaceutical Mathematics 1 1.00: and the veterinary technicians role in special surgical
Introduces mathematics as applied to pharmacology. procedures. Also includes laboratory animal diseases VT 280B CE / Clinic II 4.00: Develops career objec-
Includes unit conversions, solutions and percentage and procedures. Prerequisite: VT 201. tives by linking their PCC course work with off-campus
calculations, and drug dosage calculations. Program learning experiences in business, industry, and/or the
admission required. VT 109 Radiation Safety Radiation VT 203 Veterinary Procedures Seminar 3.00: public sector. Focuses on office/receptionist skills,
Safety Introduces x-radiation and safety principles Covers the special skill areas of technician training, such animal nursing and restraint laboratory procedures,
involved in using of x-ray machines. Program or current as electrocardiography, bandaging, and various diag- pharmacology, radiography, surgical preparation and
employment in a veterinary hospital or clinic doing x-ray nostic and therapeutic procedures. Students investigate, assistance and anesthesiology. Students may request
work is required. research and report (both orally and in writing) on topics to attend a special clinic, such as the Oregon Regional
of special interest. Prerequisite: VT 202. Primate Center, Oregon Health Science University, The
VT 110 Specimen Collection Laboratory 1.00: College of Veterinary Medicine at Oregon State Univer-
Covers collection techniques used on both large and VT 204 Applied Radiography 3.00: Teaches the sity, or a large animal or equine practice. Department
small animals and skills needed to obtain the specimens practical application of radiography in the veterinary permission required.
required for analysis in clinical laboratories. Prerequi- profession. Includes principles of x-ray production,
sites: VT 105; (BI 101 or BI 101B), BI 102; CH 100. the operation and uses of x-ray machines, the care and VT 280C CE / Clinic III 4.00: Develops career objec-
development of films, and radiographic positioning of tives by linking their PCC course work with off-campus
VT 111 Hematology and Urinalysis 5.00: De- animals. Prerequisites: VT 105, 106, 109. learning experiences in business, industry, and/or the
velops the knowledge and skills necessary to perform public sector. Focuses on office/receptionist skills,
hematology and urinalysis. Includes how to perform VT 205 Veterinary Pharmacology 4.00: Intro- animal nursing and restraint laboratory procedures,
a complete blood count and to do a urinalysis using duces general pharmacological principles, drugs, and pharmacology, radiography, surgical preparation and
current technology. Prerequisites: VT 105; (BI 101 or classification of agents used in veterinary medicine. assistance and anesthesiology. Students may request
BI 101B), BI 102; CH 100. Prerequisites: VT 105, 106, 107, 108, 111, 112, 113. to attend a special clinic, such as the Oregon Regional
Primate Center, Oregon Health Science University, The
VT 112 Clinical Laboratory Procedures 5.00: VT 207 Public Health & Sanitation 2.00: Covers
College of Veterinary Medicine at Oregon State Univer-
Teaches the knowledge and skills necessary to perform the principles of public health and sanitation as they
sity, or a large animal or equine practice. Department
the various types of tests that are usually done in the apply to veterinary medicine and the veterinary techni-
permission required.
clinical laboratory of a veterinary hospital. Includes cian. Emphasizes epidemiology, public health principles
learning to perform serum chemistries on various types and regulations, zoonoses, and meat and food hygiene. Welding Technology
of machines, knowledge of special commercial test Prerequisites: VT 111, 112, 113.
procedures, and examination of cytology specimens. WLD 100 Career Opportunities for Welders
Prerequisites: VT 105, 106, 111; (BI 101 or BI 101B), VT 208 Small Animal Diseases 4.00: Covers 1.00: Explores various career paths open to welders.
BI 102; CH 100. important diseases and disease processes occurring Introduces exploration resources assisting students in
in small animals are covered. Includes the causes, identifying the skills needed to succeed in the field.
VT 113 Veterinary Microbiology 3.00: Develops pathogenesis, clinical signs, treatment and prevention Covers self-assessment, goal setting and job search
the knowledge and skills necessary to perform micro- of each disease. Prerequisites: VT 105, 106, 111, 205, skills preparation. Course is self-paced with required
biology functions. Includes learning about the various 112, 113. attendance. Appropriate for students currently enrolled
pathological genus and species of bacteria, fungi, and in welding courses and students on the wait-list for
viruses. Focuses on the various laboratory methods VT 209 Large Animal Diseases and Procedures
welding courses.
used in the identification of bacterial and fungal organ- 3.00: Covers the important disease and disease pro-
isms. Prerequisites: VT 105, 106, 111; (BI 101 or BI cesses, and obstetrics as they occur in large animals. WLD 101 Welding Process & Application 4.00:
101B), BI 102; CH 100. Includes the causes, pathogenesis, clinical signs, Covers welding processes, safety, equipment, and es-
treatment and prevention of each disease. Lab includes sential variables of operation.
VT 121 Basic Animal Science 4.00: Introduces the large animal treatment procedures. Prerequisites: VT
livestock industry and the various species of large ani- 105, 106, 111, 205, 112, 113. WLD 102 Blueprint Reading 4.00: Covers the
mal livestock. Includes livestock terminology, breeds, language of blueprints including lines, views, di-
production systems, basic management practices, and VT 210 Animal Nutrition 3.00: Introduces various mensioning, print organization, welding symbols and
animal products and by-products. Lab introduces the types of nutrients, the basic principles of nutrition as structural shapes.
livestock production systems and producers. applied to small and large animals, various feeding
practices and their economic importance, and important WLD 111 Shielded Metal Arc Welding (E7024)
VT 150 Veterinary Technician National Exami- nutritionally caused diseases. Covers care and handling and Oxy-acetylene Cutting 4.00: Covers uses,
nation Prep Course 4.00: Designed for veterinary of orphaned animals and special prescription diets. safety, nomenclature, equipment operation, set-up
assistants currently working in the field to prepare for Prerequisites: VT 105, 106, 121; (BI 101 or BI 101B), and shutdown procedures and welding related math
the Veterinary Technician National Examination (VTNE). BI 102; CH 100. and science for S.M.A.W. and O.A.C. Department
Emphasizes subject areas covered on the exam. Mate- permission required.
rial presented provides foundation knowledge in animal VT 211 Pharmaceutical Mathematics II 1.00:
health care principles and practice for those wishing to Continues mathematics as applied to pharmacology WLD 112 Shielded Metal Arc Welding: Mild Steel
further their education. from Pharmaceutical Mathematics I. Includes a review I (E7018) 4.00: Develops knowledge and manipulative
of drug dosage calculations and solutions and percent- skills in the use of E7018 mild steel electrodes when
VT 201 Anesthesiology 3.00: Introduces basic ages, except problems are more difficult. New topics performing various welds in the flat and horizontal
anesthetic agents, the use and operation of allied ma- covered are fluid therapy and cancer chemotherapy positions. Welding applied math and science included.
chines, monitoring and care of the anesthetized animal problems. Program admission or prerequisite Phar- Department permission required.
patient, and the pre-operative considerations and duties maceutical Mathematics I required.
for both surgery and anesthesia. Second year standing WLD 113 Shielded Metal Arc Welding: Mild Steel
required. Prerequisites: VT 105, 106, 111, 112, 113. VT 280A CE / Clinic I 4.00: Develops career objec-
252
Course Descriptions
II (E7018) 4.00: Develops knowledge and manipulative WLD 210 Aviation Welding 2.00: Develop horizontal and overhead positions. Department permis-
skills in the use of E7018 mild steel electrodes when knowledge and manipulative skills with oxy-acetylene sion required.
performing various welds in the vertical and overhead welding, torch brazing, and gas tungsten arc welding
positions. Welding applied math and science included. processes on steel and aluminum when performing vari- WLD 256 Preparation for Pipe Certification I
Department permission required. ous welds. Training will conform to current FAA 14CFR 3.00: Develops knowledge and skills in the use of
Part 147 requirements. Prerequisites: Placement into RD melt-through procedures in preparation for pipe weld-
WLD 114 Shielded Metal Arc Welding: Mild Steel 90 or higher; placement into WR 90 or higher; MTH 60 ing with the shielded metal arc process. Department
III (E6011) 3.00: Develops knowledge and manipulative or higher; AMT 101 with a “C” or higher. permission required.
skills in the use of E6011 mild steel electrodes when per-
forming various welds in the flat, horizontal and vertical WLD 211 Auto Collision Repair Welding Alu- WLD 257 Preparation for Pipe Certification II
positions. Department permission required. minum 2.00: Develops knowledge and manipulative 3.00: Practice for pipe certification using the S.M.A.W.
skills using the Gas Metal Arc Welding- Pulse transfer process to weld pipes in all positions. Department
WLD 115 Shielded Metal Arc Welding: Mild Steel process on aluminum performing various welds to permission required.
IV (E6011) 3.00: Develops knowledge and manipulative I-CAR industry standards. Covers safety, uses, no-
skills in the use of E6011 mild steel electrodes when WLD 261 Basic Fabrication I 6.00: Develops
menclature, equipment operation and set up and shut
performing various welds in the vertical and overhead fabrication knowledge and skills in selection and use
down procedures.
positions. Department permission required. of layout tools and equipment, to assemble a fabrica-
WLD 216 Miscellaneous Electrodes & Advanced tion project from given specifications. Department
WLD 131 Gas Metal Arc Welding 3.00: Develops Positions 3.00: Develops knowledge and manipula- permission required.
knowledge and manipulative skills welding with solid tive skills in the use of a variety of electrodes when
wire on ferrous and non-ferrous materials using short WLD 262 Basic Fabrication II 6.00: Develops
welding complex joints and welding positions. Depart-
arc in the flat, horizontal, vertical and overhead posi- knowledge and skills in the proper selection and safe use
ment permission required.
tions. Department permission required. of hand tools and machinery while working on specific
WLD 217 Diesel Welding 3.00: Develops knowledge fabrication projects. Department permission required.
WLD 132 Gas Metal Arc Welding-Pulse 3.00: De- and skills in welding required of a diesel mechanic.
velops knowledge and manipulative skills using the Gas WLD 263 Welding Technology-Capstone 6.00:
Focuses on maintenance and repair applications using
Metal Arc Welding - Pulse transfer process on common Students will demonstrate readiness for welding em-
S.M.A.W., O.A.W., and O.A.C. processes. Department
mild steel and aluminum joints in all positions. Covers ployment through the development and performance
permission required.
safety, users, nomenclature, equipment operation and of a comprehensive hands-on welding related Service
set up and shut down procedures. WLD 221 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding Mild Steel Learning Project, and the successful completion of
3.00: Develops knowledge and manipulative skills an industry based written assessment. Prerequisite:
WLD 141 Flux-Cored Arc Welding I (Gas Shield- while welding common joints in all positions on mild Completion of One-Year Certificate of Completion in
ed) 3.00: Develops knowledge and manipulative skills steel with the G.T.A.W. process. Department permis- Welding Technology.
in the shielded flux-cored arc welding process in the flat, sion required.
vertical, horizontal and overhead positions. Department WLD 271 Oxy-acetylene Welding Projects 3.00:
permission required. WLD 222 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding: Aluminum Practice hand coordination and controlling heat while
3.00: Develops knowledge and manipulative skills while welding steel with oxy-acetylene equipment using all
WLD 142 Flux-Cored Arc Welding II (Self Shield- welding common joints in all positions on aluminum positions. Department permission required.
ing) 3.00: Develops knowledge and manipulative skills with the G.T.A.W. process. Department permission
in the self-shielding arc welding process in the flat, WLD 280A CE / Welding1.00–4.00: On-the-job
required. experiences which allow for the application and develop-
vertical, horizontal and overhead positions. Department
permission required. WLD 223 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding: Stainless ment of knowledge and skills acquired in the on-campus
Steel 3.00: Develops knowledge and manipulative program. Work experiences are offered for variable
WLD 151 SMAW Certification Practice: Unlimited skills while welding common joints in all positions on credit up to a maximum of four credits. Department
Thickness Mild Steel 3.00: Covers safety, welding tech- stainless steel with the G.T.A.W. process. Department permission required.
nique, and qualification procedures in compliance with AWS permission required.
D1.1 structural test. Department permission required. WLD 280B CE / Welding - Seminar 1.00: Share
WLD 224 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding: (Mild Steel) experiences with other students and the on-campus
WLD 152 Wire Welding Certification 6.00: Prac- Pipe I 3.00: Develops knowledge and manipulative skills instructor in order to develop strategies for successful
tice Methods and skills to improve and upgrade welding required to weld mild steel pipe in all positions using the cooperative work experiences and future employment.
techniques to a qualification level to become certified in G.T.A.W. process. Department permission required. Department permission required.
the gas metal arc and flux-cored arc welding processes.
Department permission required. WLD 225 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding: (Mild Steel) WLD 290 Submerged Arc Welding 2.00: Develops
Pipe II 3.00: Develops knowledge and manipulative knowledge and skills with the submerged arc welding
WLD 203 Structural Steel Welding Code & skills while welding a variety of diameters mild steel pipe process. Department permission required.
Standards 4.00: Develops technical knowledge in the 6G, (fixed 45 angle) using the G.T.A.W. process.
necessary for the reading and understanding of the WLD 295 Sculpture Welding II 4.00: Develops the
Department permission required. artist’s knowledge and skills with Oxyacetylene weld-
AWS Structural Steel Welding Code, D1.1. Purpose of
course is to enable student to use a systematic method WLD 253 SMAW Certification Practice 3/8” ing and cutting, SMAW (stick) welding, GMAW (wire)
in the application and understanding of the Structural Mild Steel (E6011) 3.00: Practice for the American welding and TIG (gas tungsten) arc welding processes.
Steel Welding Code. Welding Society Mild Steel Welding Certification tests Explores metal sculpture design and construction with
using SMAW mild steel electrodes in the horizontal, supporting demonstrations, slides, lectures and films.
WLD 204 Nondestructive Testing I 4.00: Develops vertical and overhead positions. Department permis- Completion of ART 293 strongly recommended. No prior
technical knowledge and manipulative skills necessary sion required. welding experience is required.
for conducting Visual, Dye Penetrate and Magnetic
Particle Inspections on weldments in accordance with WLD 254 SMAW Certification Practice 3/8” WLD 9901 Welding Practice 0.75: Covers personal
AWS D1.1 Structural Steel Welding Code. Training will safety, shop safety, and learning objectives agreed
Mild Steel (E7018) 3.00: Practice for the American
conform to SNT-TC-1A standards. upon by the instructor and the student. Upgrade and
Welding Society Mild Steel Welding Certification tests
using SMAW low hydrogen electrodes in the vertical,
253
Course Descriptions
develop welding skills as needed. Department permis- safety, shop safety, and learning objectives agreed upon by Covers personal safety, shop safety, and learning ob-
sion required. the instructor and the student. Upgrade and develop welding jectives agreed upon by the instructor and the student.
skills as needed. Department permission required. Upgrade and develop welding skills as needed. Depart-
WLD 9902 Welding Practice 1.00: Covers ment Permission Required.
personal safety, shop safety and learning objectives WLD 9931 Wire Welding 3.00: Covers personal
agreed upon by the instructor and student. Upgrade safety, shop safety, and learning objectives agreed upon by WLD 9962 Weld Practice Metal Sculpting 3.00:
and develop welding skills as needed. Department the instructor and the student. Upgrade and develop welding Covers personal safety, shop safety, and learning ob-
permission required. skills as needed. Department permission required. jectives agreed upon by the instructor and the student.
Upgrade and develop welding skills as needed. Depart-
WLD 9904 Welding Practice 2.00: Covers personal WLD 9932 Wire Welding 3.00: Covers personal ment Permission Required.
safety, shop safety, and learning objectives agreed safety, shop safety, and learning objectives agreed upon by
upon by the instructor and the student. Upgrade and the instructor and the student. Upgrade and develop welding WLD 9963 Weld Practice Metal Sculpting 3.00:
develop welding skills as needed. Department permis- skills as needed. Department permission required. Covers personal safety, shop safety, and learning ob-
sion required. jectives agreed upon by the instructor and the student.
WLD 9933 Wire Welding 3.00: Covers personal Upgrade and develop welding skills as needed. Depart-
WLD 9905 Welding Practice 3.00: Covers personal safety, shop safety, and learning objectives agreed upon by ment permission required.
safety, shop safety, and learning objectives agreed upon by the instructor and the student. Upgrade and develop welding
the instructor and the student. Upgrade and develop welding skills as needed. Department permission required. WLD 9970 Fabrication Welding Practice 3.00: Cov-
skills as needed. Department permission required. ers personal safety, shop safety and learning objectives agreed
WLD 9940 Pipe Welding Practice 3.00: Covers upon by the instructor and the student. Upgrade and develop
WLD 9910 Shielded Metal Arc Wld (Stick) 3.00: personal safety, shop safety, and learning objectives agreed welding skills as needed. Department permission required.
Covers personal safety, shop safety, and learning objectives upon by the instructor and the student. Upgrade and develop
agreed upon by the instructor and the student. Upgrade and welding skills as needed. Department permission required. WLD 9971 Fabrication Welding Practice 3.00: Cov-
develop welding skills as needed. Department permission ers personal safety, shop safety, and learning objectives agreed
required. WLD 9941 Pipe Welding Practice 3.00: Covers upon by the instructor and the student. Upgrade and develop
personal safety, shop safety, and learning objectives agreed welding skills as needed. Department permission required.
WLD 9911 Shielded Metal Arc Wld (Stick) 3.00: upon by the instructor and the student. Upgrade and develop
Covers personal safety, shop safety, and learning ob- welding skills as needed. Department permission required. WLD 9972 Fabrication Welding Practice 3.00: Cov-
jectives agreed upon by the instructor and the student. ers personal safety, shop safety, and learning objectvies agreed
Upgrade and develop welding skills as needed. Depart- WLD 9942 Pipe Welding Practice 3.00: Covers upon by the instructor and the student. Upgrade and develop
ment permission required. personal safety, shop safety, and learning objectives agreed welding skills as needed. Department permission required.
upon by the instructor and the student. Upgrade and develop
WLD 9912 Shielded Metal Arc Wld (Stick) 3.00: welding skills as needed. Department permission required. WLD 9973 Fabrication Welding Practice 3.00: Cov-
Covers personal safety, shop safety, and learning objectives ers personal safety, shop safety, and learning objectives agreed
agreed upon by the instructor and the student. Upgrade and WLD 9943 Pipe Welding Practice 3.00: Covers upon by the instructor and the student. Upgrade and develop
develop welding skills as needed. Department permission personal safety, shop safety, and learning objectives agreed welding skills as needed. Department permission required.
required. upon by the instructor and the student. Upgrade and develop
welding skills as needed. Department permission required. WLD 9980 Certification Welding Practice 3.00:
WLD 9913 Shielded Metal Arc Wld (Stick) 3.00: Covers personal safety, shop safety, and learning ob-
Covers personal safety, shop safety, and learning objectives WLD 9950 Oxy-Acetylene Welding Practice jectives agreed upon by the instructor and the student.
agreed upon by the instructor and the student. Upgrade and 3.00: Covers personal safety, shop safety, and learning Upgrade and develop welding skills as needed. Depart-
develop welding skills as needed. Department permission objectives agreed upon by the instructor and the student. ment permission required.
required. Upgrade and develop welding skills as needed. Department
permission required. WLD 9981 Certification Welding Practice 3.00:
WLD 9920 Gas Tung Arc Welding (Heliarc) 3.00: Covers personal safety, shop safety, and learning ob-
Covers personal safety, shop safety, and learning objectives WLD 9951 Oxy-Acetylene Welding Practice jectives agreed upon by the instructor and the student.
agreed upon by the instructor and the student. Upgrade and 3.00: Covers personal safety, shop safety, and learning Upgrade and develop welding skills as needed. Depart-
develop welding skills as needed. Department permission objectives agreed upon by the instructor and the student. ment permission required.
required. Upgrade and develop welding skills as needed. Department
permission required. WLD 9982 Certificate Welding Practice 3.00: Cov-
WLD 9921 Gas Tung Arc Welding (Heliarc) 3.00: ers personal safety, shop safety, and learning objectives agreed
Covers personal safety, shop safety, and learning objectives WLD 9952 Oxy-Acetylene Welding Practice upon by the instructor and the student. Upgrade and develop
agreed upon by the instructor and the student. Upgrade and 3.00: Covers personal safety, shop safety, and learning welding skills as needed. Department permission required.
develop welding skills as needed. Department permission objectives agreed upon by the instructor and the student.
required. Upgrade and develop welding skills as needed. Department WLD 9983 Certification Welding Practice 3.00:
permission required. Covers personal safety, shop safety, and learning ob-
WLD 9922 Gas Tung Arc Welding (Heliarc) jectives agreed upon by the instructor and the student.
3.00: Covers personal safety, shop safety, and learn- WLD 9953 Oxy-Acetylene Welding Practice Upgrade and develop welding skills as needed. Depart-
ing objectives agreed upon by the instructor and the 3.00: Covers personal safety, shop safety, and learning ment permission required.
student. Upgrade and develop welding skills as needed. objectives agreed upon by the instructor and the student.
Department permission required. Upgrade and develop welding skills as needed. Department Writing
permission required.
WLD 9923 Gas Tung Arc Welding (Heliarc) WR 60 Spelling I 3.00: Basic rules of English spell-
3.00: Covers personal safety, shop safety, and learn- WLD 9960 Weld Practice Metal Sculpting 3.00: ing and their frequent exceptions. Includes phonics,
ing objectives agreed upon by the instructor and the Covers personal safety, shop safety, and learning ob- spelling rules, affixes and roots, misspelled words and
student. Upgrade and develop welding skills as needed. jectives agreed upon by the instructor and the student. apostrophe.
Department permission required. Upgrade and develop welding skills as needed. Depart-
WR 60C Spelling I 1.00: Basic rules of English spell-
ment Permission Required.
WLD 9930 Wire Welding 3.00: Covers personal ing and their frequent exceptions. Includes phonics,
WLD 9961 Weld Practice Metal Sculpting 3.00: spelling rules, affixes and roots, misspelled words and
apostrophe.
254
Course Descriptions
WR 65 Spelling II 3.00: Basic rules of English spelling of fragments, run-ons, and other errors. professional databases and other forms of research.
and their frequent exceptions. Includes more advanced Includes paraphrasing, summarizing, quoting, and docu-
work with spelling and vocabulary for students who have WR 105 Writing for Scholarships 1.00: This course menting, using style appropriate to discipline researched.
completed Spelling I. Prerequisite: WR 60. is part of a new learning community designed to help At least two conferences required. Prerequisite: Comple-
students get scholarship funding for college. (This will tion of WR 122 with a grade of “C” or higher.
WR 80 Writing 80 3.00: Instruction includes basic help our own students pay for PCC classes as well as
communication skills, language mechanics, grammar, pay for funding a transfer to a university.) WR 105 deals WR 227 Technical and Professional Writing 1
spelling, sentence structure and paragraph development. specifically with writing essays and other written com- 4.00: Introduces technical and professional communica-
Prerequisite: Placement into WR 80 and RD 80. munication required in the competitive scholarship pro- tions. Students compose, design, revise, and edit effec-
cess. Corequisites: Concurrent enrollment in CG 105. tive letters, memos, reports, descriptions, instructions,
WR 80C Writing 80C 3.00: Instruction includes and employment documents Emphasizes precise use of
basic communication skills, language mechanics, WR 115 Introduction to Expository Writing 4.00: language and graphics to communicate complex techni-
grammar, spelling, sentence structure and paragraph Introduces college level skills in reading critically, exploring cal and procedural information safely, legally and ethi-
development. Prerequisite: Writing placement test ideas, and writing. Students compose essays which sup- cally. Two instructor conferences required. Prerequisites:
score above 31. port a thesis through structure appropriate to both thesis Placement into or completion of WR 121, basic computer
and reader and learn to revise for clarity and correctness. literacy and intermediate word processing skills.
WR 90 Writing 90 3.00: Instruction includes Prerequisites: (Placement into WR 115 or completion of WR
sentence structure, paragraph and essay develop- 90 or ESOL 262) and (placement into RD 115 or completion WR 240 Creative Writing (Nonfiction) 4.00:
ment, and written expression. Students can expect to of RD 90 or ESOL 260). Focuses on creative nonfiction and the writing of essays
increase working vocabulary and improve skills in basic which use creative writing techniques, such as nature
communications. Prerequisite: Placement into WR 90 WR 117 Introduction to Technical Writing 3.00: writing, reviews, satire, personal essays, and literary
or completion of WR 80 and placement into RD 90 or Focuses on the specific writing needs of career pro- journalism. Evaluates students’ compositions in class
completion of RD 80 with a “C” or better. grams: procedures, proposals, letters, memoranda, discussion. Recommended: WR 122. Prerequisite: WR
lab reports, work reports. Prerequisite: WR 115 or 121 and MTH 20 or equivalent placement test scores,
WR 90C Writing 90C 3.00: Includes instruction in placement into WR 121. or instructor permission.
grammar, punctuation, sentence structure, essay de-
velopment, and critical thinking skills. Improves basic WR 121 English Composition 4.00: Develops skills WR 241 Creative Writing (Fiction) 4.00: Focuses
writing skills by learning to use simple and complex in analytical reading, critical thinking, and expository on writing and submitting fiction for class discussion and
sentences in developing a good essay, and by developing and persuasive writing. Students compose several es- analysis in a workshop setting. Study established writers
critical thinking skills that are used in the writing process. says using a variety of strategies to present evidence for techniques, structures, and styles. Prerequisites: WR
Prerequisites: Placement into WR 90 or completion of WR in support of a thesis. Prerequisite: Placement into WR 115 and RD 115 or equivalent placement test scores.
80; Placement into RD 90 or completion of RD 80. 121, or completion of WR 115 and RD 115.
WR 242 Creative Writing (Poetry) 4.00: Focuses
WR 91 Basic Grammar 1.00: Overview of some WR 122 English Composition 4.00: Focuses on on writing and submitting poetry for class discussion
fundamental principles of American English grammar, argument as a means of inquiry, clear and appropriate and analysis in a workshop setting. Study established
including parts of speech, sentence types, sentence writing style, and critical reading. Explores ideas and is- poets for techniques, structures, and styles. Prereq-
analysis, simple/compound/complex sentences, and a sues through discussion and writing. Students compose uisites: WR 115 and RD 115 or equivalent placement
brief overview of punctuation. analytical, argumentative, and/or expository essays with test scores.
appropriate documentation. Prerequisite: WR 121.
WR 91A Basic Grammar 1.00: Overview of fun- WR 243 Creative Wr (Script Wr) 4.00: Focuses on
damental principles of American English grammar WR 123 English Composition 3.00: Uses extensive writing and submitting theatre and film scripts for class
including parts of speech, sentence types, simple/com- research writing to develop skills in critical analysis discussion and analysis. Studies established writers for
pound/complex sentences, subject-verb agreement, and documented argument. Students synthesize their techniques, structures, and styles. Prerequisites: WR
pronoun usage, avoidance of fragments, run-ons,and considered response to designated text(s) and/or 115 and RD 115 or equivalent placement test scores.
other errors. Recommended: Ability to read, write and issues with the reactions of other writers. Includes
communicate at the RD/WR. 90 level. paraphrasing, summarizing, quoting, and document- WR 244 Advanced Creative Writing — Fiction
ing using style appropriate to discipline researched. 4.00: Focuses on continuing to apply the techniques
WR 92 Basic Grammar 2.00: Overview of some Prerequisite: WR 122. and structures of fiction writing introduced in WR 241.
fundamental principles of American English grammar, Write fiction, and have work critiqued by peers and
including parts of speech, sentence types, sentence WR 180 Composition Conferencing and Tutor- instructor, and critique the work of others in a workshop
analysis, simple/compound/complex sentences, a ing 1.00: Explores the techniques and philosophies setting. Students without WR 241 may enter the class
brief overview of punctuation, subject-verb agreement, involved in tutoring and conferencing one-to-one with with instructor permission. Prerequisite: WR 241 and
pronoun usage, and selected homonyms. writing students. Students practice skills learned in the its prerequisite requirements.
classroom as they work in the PCC Writing Center.
WR 92A Basic Grammar 2.00: Overview of funda- WR 245 Advanced Creative Writing — Poetry
mental principles of American English grammar includ- WR 185 English Language: Theory and Practice 4.00: Extends the introduction to the craft of poetry
ing parts of speech, sentence types, sentence analysis, 3.00: Explores elements and nuances of Standard Eng- in WR 242. Write poetry, have work critiqued by peers
simple/compound/complex sentences, subject-verb lish and dialects in both theory and practice. Explores and the instructor, and critique the work of others in a
agreement, pronoun usage, selected homonyms, historical, social, and current cultural issues of grammar workshop setting. Students without WR 242 may enter
punctuation, capitalization, and avoidance of fragments, and language use through reading, discussion, and the class with instructor permission. Prerequisite: WR
run-ons, and other errors. Recommended: Ability to writing. Prerequisites: Placement into WR 121 or WR 242 and its prerequisite requirements.
read, write and communicate at the RD/WR 90 level. 115 with a grade of C or better.
WR 246 Advanced Creative Writing, Editing &
WR 93 Basic Grammar 3.00: Overview of some WR 222 Writing Research Papers 4.00: This course Publishing 4.00: Emphasizes development of craft
fundamental principles of American English grammar uses extensive research writing to develop skills in critical in students’ writing while introducing basics of editing
including parts of speech, sentence types, sentence analysis and documented argument. Students synthesize others’ manuscripts and preparing them for publication
analysis, simple/compound/complex sentences, their considered response to designated text(s) and/or in a variety of forms, including an annual student literary
subject-verb agreement, pronoun usage, selected issues with the reactions of other writers. Students gain magazine. May be repeated twice for credit. Students are
homonyms, punctuation, capitalization, and avoidance experience locating and using sources via library catalogs, required to have instructor permission in addition to or
255
Course Descriptions
in place of the listed course prerequisites. Prerequisites: Theory and Practice 4.00: Examines how women
(WR 240 or 241 or 242 or 243) and (WR 244 or 245) and have worked to empower girls and women and improve
their prerequisite requirements. the conditions of their lives. Explores ways that feminist
theories have shaped the goals and strategies of social
WR 247 Advanced Creative Writing — Script- change efforts. Offers an in-depth look at selected topic
writing 4.00: Focuses on writing and submitting areas, connects analysis and personal experience, and
both drama and screen scripts for class discussion prepares students to become effective change agents.
and analysis, as introduced in WR 243. Continues the Prerequisites: WR 115, RD 115 and MTH 20 or equiva-
study of established writers for techniques, structures, lent placement test scores, and WS 101.
and styles. Includes lecture, small group activities, and
conferences. Prerequisite: WR 243 and its prerequisite
requirements; or instructor permission.
Women’s Studies
256
Staff
257
Staff
258
Staff
259
Staff
260
Staff
261
Staff
262
Staff
263
Staff
264
Staff
265
Staff
266
Staff
267
Staff
268
Staff
269
Staff
270
Staff
271
Staff
272
Staff
273
Staff
274
Staff
275
Staff
276
Staff
277
Staff
278
Staff
Wolleck, Julie A
Coord/Comm Ed Program
279
Index
280
Index
F
Customized and Workplace Training (CWT).........................................138
281
Index
282
Index
N Powerplant ...............................................................................................39
Powerplant Certificate..............................................................................39
Network Administration ...........................................................................63
Prepare for College Programs...............................................................135
Network Administration: Career Pathways..............................................63
Prepare for College Programs...............................................................135
New Directions or Project Independence............................................... 19
Preveniton Specialist Program Award.....................................................30
New students.............................................................................................. 4
Professional Music................................................................................. 120
Non-credit courses................................................................................... 21
Professional Skills Training..................................................................... 242
Nondiscrimination...................................................................................155
Professional Staff....................................................................................260
Non-traditional Credit............................................................................... 10
Programming Sequence Elective Course List........................................62
NSC Not Satisfactory Completion......................................................... 145
Programs and Disciplines........................................................................ 27
Nursing.................................................................................................... 114
Property Manager Preparation Course................................................. 123
O
Psychology............................................................................................. 121
Public Safety............................................................................................. 13
Occupational Skills Training . ................................................................ 116
Office Assistant .......................................................................................60
Office Assistant certificate: Career Pathways.........................................59
R
Radiography .......................................................................................... 121
Office of International Education (OIE)...................................................... 4
Radiologic Technology........................................................................... 121
Office Systems.........................................................................................56
Reading..................................................................................................245
Older Adults................................................................................................ 9
Real Estate . ........................................................................................... 122
One-year Certificate Restrictions.............................................................22
Refrigeration, HVAC and Trade Related . ...............................................86
Open Enrollment/Home School................................................................. 5
Refunds....................................................................................................... 9
Ophthalmic Medical Technology........................................................... 116
Register for Classes................................................................................... 2
ORACLE and SQL ..................................................................................65
Registering Online with MyPCC................................................................ 7
Oracle and SQL: Career Pathways..........................................................65
Registration................................................................................................. 7
Oregon Leadership Institute (OLI)........................................................... 17
Religious Studies . ................................................................................. 123
Oregon Transfer Module (OTM)...............................................................26
Repeated Courses................................................................................. 145
OSD Counselors....................................................................................... 12
Reporting, Recording, and Maintaining Records.................................153
Other Arts and Letters............................................................................ 142
Residency.................................................................................................22
Other Programs.......................................................................................... 5
Residential Structural and Mechanical Inspection
Other Science......................................................................................... 144
and Plans Examination.....................................................................46
Other Social Science.............................................................................. 143
Residential Structural and Mechanical Inspection
and Plans Examination certificate....................................................46
P Responsibility of the College.................................................................155
Retail Management ................................................................................. 52
Paraeducator............................................................................................77
Paraeducator AAS Degree......................................................................77 Retail Management Certificate................................................................53
Paraeducator Certificate..........................................................................77 Rock Creek Child Care............................................................................. 15
Paralegal................................................................................................. 117 Russian................................................................................................... 123
Parent Education.................................................................................... 118
283
Index
S U
SC Satisfactory Completion................................................................... 145 Upward Bound......................................................................................... 16
Scholarships............................................................................................... 2
Science and Mathematics..................................................................... 143
Sign Language Interpretation................................................................ 123
V
VB.NET Application Programming .........................................................65
Sign Language Interpretation ............................................................... 216
VB.Net Application Programming: Career Pathways..............................65
Sign Language Interpretation Certificate.............................................. 216
Veterans Services....................................................................................... 2
Sign Language Studies ........................................................................ 125
Veterans’ Benefits....................................................................................... 2
Small Business Development Center (SBDC)...................................... 139
Veterinary Technology............................................................................ 127
Social Science....................................................................................24, 25
Video Production .................................................................................. 112
Sociology................................................................................................ 125
Video Production Certificate ................................................................. 112
Solar Voltaic Manufacturing Technology................................................111
Volunteer Literacy Program.................................................................... 137
Solar Voltaic Manufacturing Technology AAS Degree..........................111
Volunteer Literacy Tutoring..................................................................... 137
Solomon Act........................................................................................... 147
W
Spanish ..................................................................................................249
Speech....................................................................................................248
Speech Communication ....................................................................... 126 W Withdrawal.......................................................................................... 145
Spreadsheet ............................................................................................60 Web Application Development ...............................................................65
Spreadsheet certificate: Career Pathways..............................................60 Web Application Development: Career Pathways..................................65
Standards for Student Academic Progress........................................... 146 Web Assistant I . ......................................................................................60
Structural / Mechanical Inspection .........................................................46 Web Assistant I certificate: Career Pathways..........................................60
Student Employment................................................................................ 18 Web Assistant II . ..................................................................................... 61
Student Government (ASPCC) ............................................................... 18 Web Assistant II certificate: Career Pathways......................................... 61
Student Payment Options.......................................................................... 3 Web Site Development and Design .......................................................58
Student profile........................................................................................155 Web Site Development and Design Certificate......................................58
Student Resources................................................................................... 14 Welding................................................................................................... 128
Student Rights and Responsibilities...................................................... 147 Welding Certificate................................................................................. 128
Student Services...................................................................................... 12 Welding Technology . ............................................................................ 128
Student Services Phone/Locations......................................................... 12 Windows Network Security .....................................................................65
Student-Initiated Drops.............................................................................. 3 Windows Network Security: Career Pathways........................................65
Sustainable Building.................................................................. 34, 98, 168 Wireless and Data Communications.......................................................80
Sustainable Building Certificate...............................................................98 Wireless and Data Communications Engineering Technology-EET Op-
Sylvania Child Development.................................................................... 15 tion AAS Degree.......................................................................................80
Sylvania ROOTS.......................................................................................34 Withdrawal Policy................................................................................... 145
Withdrawing from College.......................................................................... 8
284